Getting Back to the ‘Real’ Constitution–Fagettaboutit

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 27 October 2010

by Kirkpatrick Sale

There’s much talk these days, particularly by the Tea Party types, about getting back to the “real” Constitution, forcing the Obama government to honor the “original intent” of the Founding Fathers, and “understanding the Constitution through the eyes of its creators,” as one contributor to the Tenth Amendment Center recently put it.  That center, in fact, is dedicated to, and attracting a growing following for, a rigid interpretation of that amendment reserving to the states the powers not expressly given to the Federal government. And along with it in the last few years has grown up a Constitution Party that has the idea that the nation’s problems can be solved by “a renewed allegiance” to the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution and hence a return to “limited government.”  The problem with current officials of both parties, as the CP see it, is that they “ignore their oaths to uphold the Constitution,” that is to say, the Constitution  as originally written and used in the 18th century .

This would be a far different country, of course, if it paid an allegiance to the document of 1787 that the renegade Congress had come up with, in secret, that summer in Philadelphia, even along with its first ten amendments.  But what all the critics who believe that going back to the original Constitution would forestall the kinds of forces that have led to the present bloated, overstretched, intrusive, and unwieldy government do not realize is that this is what it almost inevitably had to lead to.

Let’s wake up these “real Constitution” die-hards and the ardent “Tenthers” and tell them that it’s a waste of time to try to resurrect that document in order to save the nation —because  because the growth of government and the centralization of  power is inherent in its original provisions.   As the anti-Federalists were trying to say all along from the very beginning of the ratification process.  Only when we get people today off this understandable but ill-fated track can we begin to open their eyes to the reality of our present peril: we have a big overgrown government because that’s what the Founding Fathers founded, and we won’t escape from it until we take the idea of secession as seriously as it must be taken.   Let’s look at some of the dangerous elements of the “real” Constitution.

It starts off with a phrase that, right there at the start, sounded alarm bells in those who, having experienced the powers of the individual states as sovereign states under the Articles of Confederation, saw that it was not to  the states but to “we the people” that power would be given.  “What right had they to say, We ,the people,” cried Patrick Henry to the Virginia ratification convention,  “instead of, We, the states?”  He saw that the phrase gave power to an amorphous “people” whom the new government could define and use as it chose, bypassing and undercutting the states.  If “the people” spoke through the Congress, it could willy-nilly ignore the individual states.

Which, indeed, is what happened, and Congress was cheerfully ratified in doing so by another centralizing branch of government, the Supreme Court.  But the idea was never more egregiously used than when Lincoln denied that the states had any particular power, indeed denied that they were sovereign entities at all, and argued that all power rests with the people, who had created a United States and wanted it united.  “Government of the people,” in other words,  means that Washington can do whatever it damn pleases in their name.

And the anti-Federalists had warned of exactly that seventy years before.  The framers of the Constitution, said Luther Martin, a delegate to the convention from Maryland, were crypto-monarchists whose “wish it was to abolish and annihilate all State governments, and to bring forward one general government…of a monarchical nature, under certain restrictions and limitations.”   That was said in November 1787—don’t say you weren’t warned.       But let’s go on with the faults of the centralizers’ Constitution.  There is in Article I a bold statement that “Congress shall have the power to” and there follow some specifics about taxes and debts—and then “provide for the… general welfare of the United States.”  Agree to that and you’ve agreed it can do anything it likes without check or rein, for what measure could not be thought to be enhancing the “general welfare”?  James Madison, who had a hand in Federal enlargement elsewhere in the document, saw the danger here: “If Congress can employ money indefinitely to the general welfare, and are the sole and supreme judges of the general welfare, they may take the care of …in short, everything, from the highest object of state legislation down to the most minute object of police.”  That is not what they had fought a war against the British monarchy for.    Not more than a few phrases away is the famous “commerce clause,” by which a Supreme Court, ever-willing to enhance the powers of the Washington establishment, managed almost from the beginning to enhance Congressional control over what the states would be allowed to do.  Congress shall have the power, it reads, “to regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several states.”  That would seem to mean that Congress could establish terms by which states could trade with each other, so that none would establish tariffs against any other—“a negative and preventive provision against injustice among the States themselves,” as Madison saw it, “rather than as a power to be used for the positive purposes of the General Government.”

But positive is what the clause became.  The Supreme Court decided that practically anything that went on commercially within one state would have some kind of effect on all the others, in some way or other, and so government can regulate it; as early as 1828 it held that the government could regulate trade on the Hudson river for its entire length because some of it ran along New Jersey, and the monopoly New York state had given to Robert Fulton to run his steamboat it decided to be null and void because it affected New Jerseyans.  Its reading of the clause became ever more expansive as time went on and by the New Deal it gave the government carte blanche to interfere in state business down to the level of a janitor’s salary and a farmer’s wheat crop.

And as if that wasn’t a sufficient interference in state business, the Founding Fathers wound up their Constitution with a clause that ringingly asserted that what they had just enumerated as the powers of  the government—and any laws that they should subsequently pass “in pursuance thereof”—“shall be the supreme law of the land” and judges in the states better take that to heart.   This “supremacy clause” was hotly debated at the time because it, like the other sections above, could be interpreted in such a broad way that the states would be powerless to act on matters of serious concern, and thus it was that when there finally came a slew of amendments that the people of the states demanded as checks on Federal power, one of the most important was the Tenth, asserting that Washington had only the specific powers enumerated in the Constitution and the states had jurisdiction in all else.

Which brings up the final deficiency in that Constitution, that Tenth Amendment itself.  It seems clear that a great many serious people felt that when it said “the powers not delegated to the U.S….are reserved to the states…or to the people,” that this guaranteed a considerable sovereignty for the states.  But the centralists agreed to it (and put it at the end of the Bill of Rights) because they knew that it was so unspecific, so merely rhetorical, that it was capable of any interpretation—and that a Supreme Court capable of giving itself judicial review over Congress ( not enumerated in the Constitution) would be capable of finding that the powers delegated to the U.S.  were pretty vast and those given to the states were few and limited in scope.  As it so happened.

The Tenthers are fighting valiantly to reverse the 220 years in which that last item in the Bill of Rights has been emasculated and rendered effectively irrelevant, and they may even be gaining some attention, particularly in the states’ growing resistance to Obamacare.  But it seems most unlikely that, with the other centralizing tools at their command, the Federal courts will give it much consideration.   And then when they finally see their beloved amendment in shreds, maybe then the Tenthers and other Constitutional-Firsters will begin to see that the U.S. Constitution, by the centralists, of the nationalists, and for the Hamiltonians, is not a document that will lead them to liberty and sovereignty.  The only method for that, let us hope they finally realize, is secession.

The Black Panthers’ Community Service Programs

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 27 October 2010

Has anyone read this book? It looks rather interesting.

Some of this stuff would seem to be a possible prototype for replacing the state’s social welfare system. Presumably, these models could be utilized by separatist or decentralist movements of any type.

Dumbokrats attempt to bribe Dennis Steele into quiting race with offer of job in new administration

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 27 October 2010

Apparently the Democrats are getting a little nervous about the Second Vermont Republic.

‘Justice for Palestinians is a Vital British National Interest’

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 27 October 2010

Interesting talk at a meeting of the London New Right. Part 1, Part 2, Part 3

How the Man is Screwing You Over

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 26 October 2010

Yes, the Rent Really Is Too Damn High!! by Kevin Carson

Obamacare Feeds Insurance Oligarchs by David D’Amato

Why Building Codes and Licensing Boards Are Bad for You by Nicole Paluszek

If the Supply Trucks Stop Rolling In, What Will You Be Eating? by Nicole Paluszek

Time to Rescind the Social Contract by David D’Amato

Understanding Intellectual Property An Interview with Stephen Kinsella

On Putting the Legal Racket Out of Business

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 26 October 2010

Tonight, I had a conversation with a woman who has worked in a clerical capacity for the court system in three different jurisdictions in my state.  She told me that during her time as a court employee she observed that if drug cases were eliminated from the court system altogether the criminal division of the courts would essentially be non-existent compared to what it is now. Hmmm.

Jonathan Bowden on Julius Evola

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 21 October 2010

Interesting talk by Bowden. I’m not that big on Evola, I prefer Nietzsche, but either way this is a great discussion of religion, philosophy, and society. Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, Part 5, Part 6, Part 7.

Beware Human Rights Imperialism

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 21 October 2010

It’s somewhat surprising to find an article like this in a relatively mainstream publication like the Guardian.

Yet it does not require that much thought to realise that people in different countries may have different views about what policies would be most appropriate for achieving economic growth or that attitudes towards certain human rights are quite socially and culturally specific. No one should ever be tortured, arbitrarily executed or held in slavery, but notions such as freedom of expression, religion and sexual relations do vary in different parts of the world. The right to private property is basically a western concept, which may be politically sensitive in societies where it is associated with capitalism and colonialism.

Why Motorcycle Clubs Are Potential Constituents for Anarcho-Pluralism

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 21 October 2010

Of all my positions on various things, one of the most controversial is my view that official outlaw organizations like motorcycle clubs and street gangs are potential constituents for the anarcho-pluralist struggle against the state. Indeed, aside from my militantly anti-totalitarian humanist outlook, this issue combined with my insurrectionist views are probably the aspects of my thinking that raise the most eyebrows.  Here’s an illustration of why I take this position:

Jury Chosen at Outlaws Trial in Richmond

Notice this passage in particular:

(Defense attorney) Collins said the job of the undercover agents is to break up gangs such as the Outlaws. He urged the jury to pay close attention to whether they were collecting evidence or instigating problems.

An authentic anarchist movement should be defined first and foremost by two essential characteristics. The first of these is a commitment to freedom of thought and speech in the tradition of Voltaire, Thomas Jefferson, John Stuart Mill, or Bertrand Russell. This is where our PC “anarchist” thought police fail the exam. The second characteristic should be a defense of all those who come under the attacks of the state. Clearly, the role of state agents in the infiltration of motorcycle clubs and other comparable organizations for the sake of stirring up violence between different groups should be exposed and attacked by opponents of the state. There are numerous reasons for this. First, such state agents often participate in crime themselves, and not just consensual crimes like buying and selling drugs. State agents of this kind provoke violence that would not otherwise occur in many circumstances. State attacks on motorcycle clubs or anti-gang laws essentially criminalize freedom of association and are used as a weapon against subcultures that are at odds with the establishment. Lastly, the same tactics that are used against groups like motorcycle clubs are often used against political dissidents as well. See COINTELPRO.

It matters not whether the members of such organizations are “good” people are not. Political and social struggles are not contingent on the virtue of the individual members of groups that are under attack by the state or the ruling class. We might aid a general strike by fast food workers, even though some fast food workers may be virtuous people and others may be scumbags. The historic struggle against evils like labor exploitation, slavery, the religious subordination of women, religious persecution, or the state persecution of homosexuals was not contingent on the individual character or personality of individual workers, slaves, women, religious or ethnic outgroups, and gays. Of course, this doesn’t mean that we adopt the totalitarian humanist practice of defining individual virtue by group identity, either. It is fine to recognize genuine problems caused by, for instance, the presence of street gangs for residents of nearby neighborhoods.  It is fine to hold individuals accountable for harm they do to others. Not all criminal prosecutions are “unjust” by any means, though we may ultimately seek abolition of the state’s “criminal justice” system and its replacement with our own private, common law, tribal, or otherwise non-statist legal systems.

Still, a crucial test of a true anarchist is the degree to which anarchists defend all enemies of the state, regardless of their personal feelings about them or the individual characteristics of persons involved. Fuck the feds, I’m rooting for the Outlaws.

Islam, Women, and Us

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 20 October 2010

James Kalb discusses his observances concerning “gender relations” during his time as a math instructor for the Peace Corps in Afghanistan. Read it here.

Instead of a Book by Benjamin R Tucker

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 22 January 2008

http://fair-use.org/benjamin-tucker/instead-of-a-book/

Instead Of A Book, By A Man Too Busy To Write One

This is a complete electronic transcription of the second edition (1897) of Instead Of A Book, By A Man Too Busy To Write One by Benjamin Tucker, a self-published collection of Tucker’s writings from the individualist anarchist periodical Liberty.

New Views of Nietzsche by Robert Steuckers

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 22 January 2008

http://foster.20megsfree.com/417.htm

Kurt Eisner, the leader of the revolutionary socialist Bavarian Republic, devoted his first book in 1919 to the philosophy of Nietzsche. Though he criticized the “megalomania” that he found in Thus Spake Zarathustra, he also praised its aristocratic ideals. The aristocratic values found in Nietzsche, he said, had to be put at the service of the people, not treated as ends in themselves. Gustav Landauer (1870-1919), another founder of the Bavarian “Red Republic,” emphasized Nietzschean voluntarism in his training of political revolutionaries. Landauer’s original anarchistic individualism became more communitarian and populist during the course of his political career, approaching the folkish, nationalist thinking of his enemies. Landauer died in the streets of Munich fighting the soldiers of the Freikorp, a group of paramilitary adventurers who were classified as “rightist” but who shared much of Landauer’s outlook.

The Next Radicalism: Rightism without Jingoism, Leftism without Political Correctness

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 23 January 2008

Martin Van Creveld’s masterful work “The Rise and Decline of the State” argues that the nation-state system as it has been known since the time of the 1648 Treaty of Westphalia is on its way out. As the twenty-first century progresses, conventional states of the kind that began to emerge several centuries ago and fully established themselves in the 19th and 20th centuries will be challenged by regional autonomist movements, transnational federations, separatist breakaway movements and “fourth generation” private armies and sources of authority outside the state.

If this is true, then the next wave of political radicalism will be the precise opposite of the radicalisms that arose in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries-liberalism, socialism and nationalism-all of which aimed towards more concentrated political authority. More than a century and a half since Proudhon first proclaimed himself an anarchist, it is time for anarchism to achieve its moment in the sun. What would a 21st century revolutionary anarchism look like?

1. It would draw on the history of classical anarchism and other pre-existing forms of anarchism, but modify these to make them more compatible with the times.
2. It would attack the Left, i.e., Liberalism and Marxism, as its primary enemies, particularly in North America, given that North America has no historical attachment to the Ancien Regime and the traditional Right. Instead, the enemy to be assaulted is modern bourgeoise liberalism (internationalist, social democratic, corporatist, multiculturalist, therapeutist, managerialist)
3. It would specifically embrace movements, causes and groups ignored by the Left establishment, focusing primarily on the lumpenproletariat, petite bourgeoise, rural agricultural population and the declasse elements from all class backgrounds.
4. It would crossover to the radical Middle with a populist-decentralist economic outlook standing in opposition to both Big Government and Big Business.
5. It would crossover to the vast culture of right-wing populism recognizing the many economic, foreign policy, civil liberties, decentralist and cultural rights issues raised by these milieus.
6. Its primary strategy would be the creation of alliance of local and regional secession movements spanning the cultural and ideological spectrum but united against the common enemies of State, Capital and Empire.
7. The leadership corps of such movements should ideally be hardline revolutionaries with a committment to radical action and an understanding of the major issues.
8. Aside from a populist-decentralist economic platform, such a movement would assemble coalitions of consituent groups at the local and regional level with grievances against the state and in favor of the decentralization of power.
9. Such a movement would seek to establish alternative infrastructure so as to reduce dependency on state services and to transfer responsibility to non-state services following the demise of the state.
10. Such a movement would recognize the legitimacy of armed self-defense against the ruling class, and so seek to establish private defense forces independently of the state.

So what would the endgame be?

1. Limited, decentralized and federative political institutions and the elimination of the gargantuan states of modernity.
2. Cooperative, decentralist economics outside the modern fiefdoms of State-Capitalism.
3. Non-interventionist foreign policy in opposition to both neoconservative “global democratic revolution” or leftist “human rights internationalism”.
4. Defense of civil liberties and individual freedom across the board, whether on seemingly right-wing populist issues like the right to bear arms or seemingly left-wing counterculture issues like drug decriminalization.
5. An authentically pluralist approach to social and cultural matters, where the basis of social organization is autonomous ethnic, religious, cultural, familial, linguistic, sexual, commercial, aesthetic or other such particularist enclaves.

So how do we get started?

To some degree, we see the beginnings of such a movement in the Ron Paul campaign, a grassroots revolt against the Neocons’ foreign policy agenda, Kirkpatrick Sale’s and Michael Hill’s alliance of neo-secessionist factions, the emergence of the New Right as a genuine intellectual challenge to Liberalism and Marxism, the resolutions local communities have issued against the Iraq war, the Patriot Act and other abominations of the present system, the success of popular referendums in favor of medical marijuana, the rise of the militia movement in defense of the 2nd Amendment in the 1990s, the rise of the anti-globalization movement a few years later, the economic scholarship advanced by Kevin Carson and other contemporary decentralists, and many other things that serve as prototypes for what might be done in the future.

I favor a trickle-down/trickle-up, inside/outside strategy. This means at the top level we need a new generation of scholars to emerge that challenge the hegemony of neoconservatism and reactionary leftism in the cultural and intellectual realms. At the bottom level, we need streetfighting radical activists devoted to the kinds of ideas that have thus far been outlined.
We need those who work on the outside (like citizens militias confronting agents of the state when necessary or feasible) and on the inside (lawyers and lobbyists fighting the system on its own turf like the ACLU or the NRA).

Obviously, there is much work to be done.

The Wisdom of Paul Avrich

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 27 January 2008

http://www.deadanarchists.org/avrich.html

The late Anarchist historian Paul Avrich probably met and got to know more people from the original anarchist movement than anyone who was young enough to be alive at the beginning of the 21st century. He was acquainted with the sons of Johann Most and Rudolph Rocker, and the daughters of Benjamin R. Tucker and Peter Kropotkin and with those who had been personal friends of Emma Goldman, Alexander Berkman, Sacco and Vanzetti and Voltairine de Cleyre. What did he have to say about the old anarchists?

“”I’ve known thousands of anarchists and the percentage of them I didn’t like is very small,” says Avrich. At his sparsely furnished Upper West Side apartment, overlooking the Hudson River, Avrich speaks quickly and passionately about the people and the movement he spent a lifetime chronicling. “I loved these people,” he says, leaning forward with his hand clutching his heart. “I think about them every day.”

Now what did the distinguished historian have to say about what passes for “anarchism” today?

“Avrich does not shy away from controversy in his books, treating the anarchist acts of violence honestly and in the context of the time. He does not condone the violence of Berkman, but says he still admires his decision, considering how brutal Frick acted toward striking workers. But Avrich does not have the same patience for some contemporary anarchists, who choose to destroy property and who, he says, come mainly from educated and middle-class backgrounds. “I’m not so crazy about anarchists these days,” he says. Anarchism means that you leave other people alone and you don’t force people to do anything.”
He says he is sad that the old-timers are not around to guide the resurgent movement. “They were nicer people –much nicer people.”

Of course, not a few of today’s “anarchists” are really nothing more than brownshirts for the new Totalitarian Humanism. To hell with ‘em.

The 60s Radicals Have Won-Now What?

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 30 December 2008

Forty years ago, in the summer of 1968, leftist radicals fought the police outside the Democratic National Convention in Chicago. Four years later, these same New Left forces went into the Democratic Party, seized control of its nomination process, and put George McGovern on the presidential ticket. The result was the biggest defeat of a major party candidate in modern American history, surpassing even the Goldwater and Mondale debacles of 1964 and 1984. For decades afterward, as the cultural Left consolidated its position in the Democratic Party (and other places, like the mass media and academia), the Democrats fuctioned as an often seemingly irrelevant opposition party, achieving victory only when they put up a couple of previously obscure frying pan governors as candidates.

As Republicans continued to win elections, the cry from the Right was a persistent, “The Sixities are over!” as if the radical Left had finally been vanquished for good. The Right was saying this as recently as 2004, when a former celebrity of the anti-Vietnam War movement, John Kerry, headed up the Democratic Party ticket, obtaining forty-eight percent of the vote. The radical Left was a fringe movement in the late 1960s, comprised of politically marginalized and socially outcast racial minorites, feminists, homosexuals, environmentalists, student radicals, leftist intellectuals, counterculturalists and the antiwar movement. Now, forty years later, what was marginal in 1968 is normal, mainstream and a cultural majority at the end of 2008.

The electoral victory of Barack Obama symbolizes the culmination of the long march from the streets of Chicago to full institutionalization of the radical Left of a previous era. That Obama, the individual, is more of a centrist than a leftist and was only a child in 1968 is less significant than what he represents. The 68ers have now seized the establishment and those who insisted the establishment could never be trusted have become the establishment.

On virtually every issue, the radical Left of the 1960s has either won or is in the process of winning. Racism? Despite the claims of “anti-racist” professionals who insist that Nazis are hiding under every bed, racism is at an all-time low. Blacks are only 12.5 percent of the U.S. population, and have a lengthy history as an outgroup, yet a black man wins the presidency. If hatred of blacks was particularly common, the Obama presidency would be impossible. Sexism? The woman who is to become the next Secretary of State is a woman who personally epitomizes 70s era feminism. The class of urban professional women has grown exponentially in recent decades. Even the vice-presidential candidate of the ostensibly “conservative” party was a woman, something that would have been virtually unthinkable forty years ago. A friend of mine’s mother was told as a child that her ambition to become a doctor was inappropriate because of her gender. Today, such sentiments would be laughable. As an illustration, the daughter of the Reverend Jerry Falwell, the man who for many symbolized anti-60s social conservatism, is now a physician. Gay rights? Homosexuals are more out of the closet, more socially integrated and have more “rights” than ever before. Anti-gay marriage referendums continue to pass, but do so by a smaller margin each time they come up for vote, with the real source of the conflict being generational in nature. The gay rights movement will eventually win on that issue as well. In the 1950s, homosexual relationships were considered a serious felony, like drug use in the present era. Today, not only does gay culture thrive in American cities, but even mainsteam bookstores like Barnes & Noble feature entire sections of literature devoted to gay issues. Such materials would likely have been banned under obscentity laws prior to the late 60s or early 70s.

Environmentalism? One of the world’s leading advocates of environmental causes, who obtained a Nobel Prize for his efforts, was very nearly elected President of the United States in 2000. Student radicalism? Many of the student rebels of the 1960s are now tenured academics, and there is no place in American society where the far Left is more secure than in academia. The sexual revolution? This has proven to be every bit as enduring as the civil rights revolution. Very few Americans even remember that some states had laws prohibiting contraceptive devices in the 1960s. Pornography and adult entertainment are now almost as mainstream as rock and rap music.

What about the antiwar movement? Surely, some might think, the present war in Iraq illustrates a failure of the radical Left is this area. Well, not really. In the early days of the Vietnam War, it was physically dangerous to oppose the war. Early antiwar protests typically required police protection, and the protestors were happy to have the cops present to ward off vigilante attacks from gung ho patriots. When the Gulf of Tonkin resolution was passed, it did so unanimously in the House of Representatives, and with only two dissenters in the Senate.

The number of casualties on the American side has yet to be one-tenth of what they were in Vietnam, yet public opinion turned against the war at the first site of blood, and this was in spite of the fact that September 11 had occurred only a few years earlier. It is politically impossible to impose war taxes, which is why the System is financing the war with inflation, deficit spending and foreign loans. The draft is likewise politically impossible and, indeed, the fact that there has been no draft since the Vietnam era marks yet another profound victory for the radical Left of the time. The present Iraq war, the public disgust generated by the neoconservatives and the Bush crowd, the national bankruptcy produced by Bush policies and the ineptness of the U.S. at fighting modern, “fourth generation” guerrilla armies have likely rendered further major imperial expeditions like Vietnam or Iraq impossible for the forseeable future. Yes, some piss ant Clintonesque imperialisms like those in Haiti or Kosovo may continue (with the added irony of former Vietnam War protestors defending these in the name of “humanitarian” war), and these will likely end only when the present regime finally dissolves, but the empire is on its last legs and its days are likely numbered. 

Indeed, even the “conservatism” of the present time is “liberal” compared to the pre-1960s period. Ronald Reagan did not govern appreciably to the right of John F. Kennedy. Reagan’s wars in Central America were simply a repeat of Kennedy’s Bay of Pigs and early involvement in Vietnam. George W. Bush has not governed to the right of Lyndon Johnson, presiding over the same kind of failed combination of joint extension of the warfare and welfare states as LBJ. The present day leadership of the Republican Party are the neoconservatives, who were on the far left end of the Democratic Party in the 1960s, the so-called “state department socialists.” What about the Religious Right? There is no group around more consistently demonized by the Left, and the literature of the Left is full of wild claims concerning an imminent theocratic coup by the Religious Right. The reality is that the Religious Right are simply convenient scapegoats for the Left and useful idiots for the Right. In the thirty years that the Religious Right has been an organized political movement, it has achieved nothing concerning any of its major issues. Putting prayer back into public schools? There are arguably more restrictions on religious practice and expression in state institutions than ever before. Banning abortion? A comprehensive anti-abortion referendum could not pass popular vote even in conservative South Dakota, and with Obama likely appointing the next members of the Supreme Court, Roe v. Wade is probably secure. Tuition tax credits or vouchers for private religious schools? It ain’t happening.

Jews are another traditional American outgroup, who were at times excluded from some social organizations and institutions until the civil rights era. Today, ethnic Jews own the majority of the major media companies, and the Israel Lobby is by far among the most powerful in the U.S government, essentially controlling U.S. policy in the Middle East. Yet, merely pointing out these facts invite sshrill accusations of the new “Scarlet A” of anti-Semitism. Prior to 1965, the U.S. maintained a racially restrictive immigration policy, which has since been liberalized remarkably. America was ninety percent white in 1960. Today, the U.S. is only sixty-eight percent white, and proposed policies to so much as deny welfare state benefits to illegal immigrants are denounced as racist and xenophobic.

Indeed, the only area where the radical Left is losing is in the area of so-called “criminal justice.” The U.S. police state has expanded dramatically in recent decades, and the “War on Drugs” and enforcement of other “consensual crime” laws have largely been the foundation of this, and has produced a corresponding prison-industrial complex. The execution rate in the U.S.  is also unusually high for a modern, democratic, industrialized nation. 

Though the Left has achieved complete or nearly complete victory on just about every issue, the Left will never admit as much. Sixties radicalism has become what any other movement becomes once it is institutionalized. The purpose of the Left today is to simply perpetuate its own existence and its own vested interests. For this reason, invisible armies of racists, sexists, homophobes and theocrats must constantly be said to be hiding behind every rock or tree. Heretics who dissent from left-wing orthodoxy on any number of matters must be constantly sought out for denunciation, repression or persecution.

This brings us to the question of what it really means to be a radical in 21st century North America. How “radical” is it to simply espouse anti-racism, feminism, gay rights, environmentalism and other run of the mill “progressive” causes? Are such things “radical” or are they mainstream, status quo and now establishmentarian in nature?

Is attacking the supposed “racism”  of a Don Imus or a James Watson really the act of a dissident? Or would it be the “radical” thing to do  to champion the rights of freedom of speech, religion or association for those with beliefs and opinions that dissent from liberal orthodoxy? Is it “radical” to persistently denounce groups like the Klan or Neo-Nazis that everyone hates anyway, or would it be more “radical” to expose supposed humanitarian do-gooders like the SPLC or the ADL for the frauds they are? What would be more cutting edge or “going against the flow,” to denounce “sexism” in the manner of an establishment liberal like Gloria Steinem or to defend academic and intellectual liberty for the likes of Walter Block? As far as defending outgroups goes, are groups like homosexuals, immigrants, minorities or women really “outgroups” in contemporary society? Would it not be far more radical and far more shocking to the establishment to defend gun-toting rural rednecks, drug-dealing inner-city ghetto dwellers, home schoolers and truants, practicioners of alternative medicine, strange religious sects, drug users, prostitutes and convicts, or avowedly separatist indigenous people like the Lakota Republic? What would be a greater outrage, a protest demonstration led by commie cults like the Workers World Party, or the formation of citizen militias, common law courts and secessionist movements? What would be more rebellious in nature, a recycling program or civil disobedience demanding the right to smoke in private bars and clubs, thereby giving the finger to the therapeutic state? What is more truly radical, agitating for gay marriage or a riot against the police state and prison-industrial complex similar to that which recently transpired in Greece?

The anwers to these questions are clear enough.

Cultural Radicalism Beyond Political Correctness

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 4 January 2009

I’ve written rather critically of the cultural Left in the past. I do this for two primary reasons: 1) my view that left-wing concerns about matters like oppression of racial minorities, women, homosexuals, et.al., while rooted in legitimate concerns and historical realities, have metamorphed into a new kind of authoritarianism, intolerance, and dogmatic fanaticism that is only now starting to become prevalent and will likely become more predatory in the future and 2) my view that the contemporary emphasis on cultural politics from the Left has proven to be extremely destructive to the broader struggles against the forces of State, Capital and Empire.

I have had many brickbats thrown at me because I hold these positions. Some of the criticism on these matters I have received is rooted in simple disagreement or honest misunderstanding. Yet, much of the more vociferous hostility I have encountered seems to be rooted in dishonesty, mendacity, and hysteria, thereby proving my point.  I’m going to outline what I consider to be  the “proper” positions on cultural politics for libertarian radicals in the contemporary era. I say “proper,” in the sense of conformity to actual, tangible facts, relevance to the types of societies we find ourselves in, and the relationship of such questions to broader issues.

In looking around for examples of how the cultural Left typically thinks, an excellent example is a pamphlet in my possession published by a left-wing anarchist “collective” in my local community in 2002. I’m going to quote extensively from this pamphlet, and offer my own thoughts in response. The folks associated with this collective are very good people, some of whom I’ve known for over ten years, who have supported various projects of my own, whom I’ve appeared on television with, and who do very good work on many issues. In no way is any criticism I offer meant to convey hostility or personal attacks.  The first point of this left-wing anarchist manifesto calls “For An End to White Supremacy”:

We live in a culture that was founded upon the slavery of Africans, the genocide of indigenous people, and the brutal exploitation of people of color.

No disagreement so far, though there was plenty of “brutual exploitation” of white labor during early American history as well.

Since our culture has not come to terms with its white supremacist past we continue to live in a white supremacist present based upon the unrelenting economic exploitation of people of color, the mass imprisonment of black and Latino youth, and the privileging of white people and their value systems. Behind the creation and perpetuation of this white Euro-centric status quo is the drive to create profitable capitalist empire.

I thoroughly disagree that we are in a “white supremacist present” in the contemporary United States, at least as far as historic American “white supremacy” is concerned. If that were the case, a black man could not be elected President, people would not lose their jobs or public figures would not be subject to relentless opprobrium for perceived racist utterances. Nor would features such as affirmative action or sensitivity training be the institutional norms that they have become. Are people of color really subject to “unrelenting economic exploitation”? The urban underclass, which is mostly black and Hispanic, falls into this category, but so does the rural white lumenproletariat. What about the black middle class? What about the black professional class or wealthy, upper class blacks?

White people need to know that allowing people of color marginal participation in the dominant white culture is not true freedom.

The problem with a statement like this is that it ignores demographic realities. Blacks are only 12.5% of the U.S. population, so it is unlikely that blacks are ever going to be dominant or a numerical majority in institutions or social organizations. The exception would be those geographical areas where blacks are a demographic majority, and in large American cities where that is the case, black dominated local governments are quite frequently found.

People of color in North America have historically resisted their oppression and colonization by any and all means necessary. From slave revolts to riots against the police to union organizing to movements for control of their own destinies they have resisted their oppressors. The white status quo has historically conceded only what was necessary  to preserve their power and prevent the emergence of a revolutionary mass movement against white domination.

There’s no mention of what a “revolutionary mass movement against white domination” would actually involve.  So long as whites are a demographic majority, there’s only three possible ways to avoid “white domination.” One would simply be to import large numbers of non-white immigrants to such a degree that whites would no longer be a majority. Indeed, this seems to be one of the reason why the Left is rather enthusiastic about mass immigration. Yet, the consequences of such an action are likely to be quite severe. Historically, genuinely multicultural/multiethnic societies tend to be rather unstable and prone to outbursts of intercommunal violence. Oppression of minorities by majorities becomes less of an issue than persistent strife and even bloodshed between contending racial/ethnic power groups attempting to get the political upperhand. Another method might be to grant minorities political and economic privileges and power beyond that of their actual numbers. This has been done through such measures as antidiscrimination laws, affirmative action, electoral redistricting so as to guarantee a certain number of minority legislators, quotas and set asides, school “busing” policies, and many other such measures that are too numerous to mention. Yet, in spite of all of this, minority and/or left-wing claims of inequality still persist.

The third alternative may well prove to be the most satisfactory one. Towards the end of his life, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. was apparently moving towards the idea of an independent black nation in North America, for the sake of achieving economic parity with the wider white society. Indeed, the level of wealth in the black community is already such that if black Americans were an independent nation, they would be one of the world’s more prosperous nations, comparable to many European or the more advanced Asian nations. Perhaps black sovereignty, and reparations for that purpose, will be the next phase of the movement for civil rights. The relative prosperity of black Americans may well be an obstacle to white embracement of reparations, as no living Americans ever owned slaves, and many were not even born when Jim Crow when still in effect. Still, there’s no denying that such past policies have prevented black prosperity of today from being what it otherwise would have been. If reparations were combined with elimination of statist social engineering policies concerning race relations, perhaps whites would not be as resistant.

We wholeheartedly support the needs and desires of people of color to organize in their own communities and workplaces free from the intrusion of the guilt-ridden consciences of white radicals. We recognize the ability of people of color to self determine their course in the world. People within the — — Collective who have white skin privileges will stand as allies and work in coalitions with people of color, when and only if, the people of color involved so desire.

Absolutely. I think the key phrase here is “when and only if, the people of color involved so desire.” Most radical groups in North American are predominately white, often exclusively so. The more rhetorically “anti-racist” they are the more all-white they seem to be. Racial minorities in North America who are politically motivated typically tend to prefer their own, separate political organizations. Some of these are obviously more about getting a bigger piece of the System, rather than overthrowing the System. But others aren’t, and it would seem the proper course of action would be to simply recognize and, when feasible, collaborate with black nationalists and related tendencies when mutually beneficial, with everyone otherwise going their own way. The emergence of groups such as Anarchist People of Color, the Lakota Republic, or the Pan-African International Movement would seem to be a positive development along these lines.

Another plank in my anarchist friends’ manifesto reads “For An End to All the Tentacles of the Patriarchy”:

We aim to shape a society based on equality, mutual respect, celebration of difference, and freedom from dominant patriarchal values and behaviors. Our society places value on labor, politics, and culture that benefits men, heterosexuals, and people who don’t bend the gender they were assigned at birth. Women, transgendered people…transvestites…transexuals…butch women…and feminine males..intersexed people… and sexual minorities (gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, etc. are in different ways oppressed by a patriarchal system that privilges the masculine, the “normative” heterosexual, and the “appropriately” gendered.

I think some qualification is in order here. As Justin Raimondo points out, certain sectors of the homosexual population are quite successful and prosperous. It’s also true that some within the “gay rights” movement have an authoritarian and destructive agenda of their own. Still, if freedom or liberty or anarchy means anything, it ought to mean the right to be different or to be a non-conformist, and there are some people who would not give a “sexual minority” a fair shake no matter what. While there’s always going to be a certain price attached to being “different,” as that’s the way human nature and human societies actually work, it is true that oppressions of this type have long been overlooked. There are religious non-conformists that have been persecuted in American history to various degrees-Quakers, Antinomians, Mormons, “witches,” Jehovah’s Witnesses, Moonies, Branch Davidians. There exists such groups today on the cultural level (drug users, for instance).  No reason exists why the oppression of sexual /gender outgroups cannot be opposed with the same vigor with which one might oppose religious persecution.

The patriarchy manifests itself in many visible ways; from the disparity of earning power between women and men…

There are reasons for this besides rank misogyny but there’s no identifiable reason why there cannot be a meritocracy whereby individual recognition is based on personal achievement and ability rather than group characteristics like gender. One of my favorite examples of such are the resistance movements in Latin America. Twenty percent of the FMLN of El Salvador’s fighting forces in the 1980s were females, and there were even all-female military units. At times, one third of the FARC of Colombia’s forces have been teenaged girls, and when it comes to leadership roles, there’s no denying the place of leaders like Lucy Parsons, Emma Goldman or Voltairine de Cleyre in the anarchist pantheon. Some of the most ferocious fighters in China’s Tai Ping rebellion in the 19th century were female warriors.

…to brutal hate crimes against queer and trans people…

Certainly, such crimes are despicable, yet they are only a very small portion of all the violent crime that occurs in America. The people who perpetrate such actions are not honored by society. Such actions often become national scandals and the perpetrators subject to arrest and lengthy terms of imprisonment. However, just as some people commit other acts of murder, robbery or rape inspite of laws, arrests and prosecutions ostensibly designed to prevent such behavior, “sexual minorities” continue to be victimized in such ways at times as well. Perhaps the Pink Pistols are the solution?

…to the inaccessibility of hormones and surgery for transexual people…

Very few people today realize that the polio vaccine was developed without state funding. Instead, it was developed through a private foundation founded by FDR, with funds provided by the March of Dimes. Perhaps there could also be a “March of Dollars” to generate funding for gender reassignment surgery for trans people?

…to the constant fear of violence that many women feel on the streets…

The obvious solution here is more women who are skilled and trained in the use of weapons, including firearms, for self-defense, and the repeal of laws restricting self-defense. This should be an issue where anti-rape and anti-sex crime feminists and conservative gun rights activists can find common ground.

Simultaneously, the patriarchy operates in many “invisible” ways; from the way that we speak and interact intimately

Sorry, but “intimate” relationships are a matter of interpersonal relations, whatever the issues that arise, not political matters.

…to the self loathing that many queer, intersexed people, transgendered people and women feel… 

Psychological peace has to come from within. If you look to others or to society to provide it, you’ll be waiting a long time. It’s as simple as that.

…to eating disorders caused by sexist beauty standards…

Again, self-acceptance comes from within, not from without. All societies have “beauty standards” of some sort. An acquaintance of mine who is a specialist in Latin American history tells me the Mayans thought crossed-eyes were attractive. In some cultures, “plump” women are considered attractive. Such variations we will always have with us.

…to the feeling of entitlement that people socialized as male often feel…

And not just “people socialized as male.” The assholes ye shall always have with you.

As a first order of business, cultural radicals need to get past their tendency to act with reflexive hysteria whenever “conservative” social views or opinions not in line with left-wing orthodoxy are presented or expressed. The dichotomy between “change” and “tradition” or “reactionary” and “progressive” will always exist on some level. Any genuine libertarian philosophy must have freedom of thought, opinion, speech and honest and open debate as a foremost principle. Sean Gabb of the Libertarian Alliance describes the intellectual atmosphere of Hans Hoppe’s annual gathering of the Property and Freedom Society in Bodrum, Turkey:

These conferences provide a time and a place where nothing is off limits. There are no forbidden subjects, no polite suggestions that whatever is being loudly debated over dinner by the swimming pool might be “inappropriate”. The only rule is the obvious one—that you listen to the other side before making reply.

These are conferences where social conservatives sit down with anarcho-libertarians, where Czechs and Chinese discuss where history went wrong, where English is the preferred language, but a knowledge of half a dozen other languages will frequently come in handy.

They are also conferences useful for what everyone nowadays describes blandly as networking, but what the old Marxists, with a more sinister and accurate turn of phrase, called “cadre building”. It is in Bodrum, every May, that the connections and ideas that will be the future of the libertarian movement are first to be perceived.

And so it should be.

The Kind of Anarchist Movement I’d Like to See

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 4 January 2009

In a previous post, I outlined my view that the radicals from the 60s  have won on virtually every issue, and that the kinds of values associated with 60s radicals aren’ t all that radical anymore, but are actually rather mainstream and normal. Given the demise of Communism and the institutionalization of both social democracy and 60s-era cultural politics, it would seem that a new direction for radicals is necessary, and that such efforts would likely emerge from one or another of the libertarian camps. The surprisingly energetic nature of the Ron Paul campaign in late 2007 and early 2008 is symptomatic of this.

For some time, I held to the position that before there could be a serious anti-state movement there first needed to be a more solid intellectual foundation for anti-state radicals. At the time, libertarianism was limited largely to the bourgeoisie economics of the libertarian-right, and the warmed over Marxism, both economic and cultural, of the left-wing anarchists. More specifically, I realized that an effective radical anti-statist movement would have to have as its primary targets the forces of the State, particularly the police state that taken control of American society over the past few decades, the economic arm of the State, which is the corporate and banking system whose activities have also grown more pernicious in recent years, and lastly the American Empire, which is responsible for roughly 8 million deaths over the last 60 years of its existence. Unfortunately, most of the anti-state movements were fixated on other issues, whether the welfare state for right-libertarians or traditional forms of social prejudice (”racism, sexism, homophobia”) for much of the libertarian left.

To be sure, there have been happy exceptions. One of these in the paleolibertarian movement, which is far more radical in its critique of the State and its emanations that most of its classical liberal counterparts. Another is the militia movement of the 1990s, which was big on attitude but unfortunately short on intellectual substance. Still another is National-Anarchism, which offers potential correctives to various deficiencies in other forms of anti-authoritarian thought.  I have considered all of these to be embryos for a new kind of radicalism that might possibly emerge at some point in the future.

Just as important, however, has been the emergence of some major theoretical works, some of them from outside the various libertarian milieus, that can inform both our ideological and our strategic outlook in the future. One of these is Martin Van Creveld’s work on the origins and demise of the nation-state system. Still another is Bill Bishop’s “The Big Sort,” which indicates that Americans are creating the sociological infrastructure for a future anarcho-pluralist system, and they’re doing it all on their own, without any imput from anarchists. Additionally, we have functional models of what the politics of anarcho-pluralism might actually be in practice in the form of the many micronations currently in existence, for instance, Iceland, Liechtestein, Monaco, Luxemborg and Andorra, and the many functional intentional communities from around the world, ranging from Israel’s kibbutzim to South Africa’s Orania community.

On economic matters, the 21st century now has its own Proudhon in the person of Kevin Carson, whose work provides a magnificent continuation and synthesis of the classical anarchists, Marx, the Austrians, Rothbard, the decentralists, the distributists and others who have come before. Finally, anarchists can answer Keynes and Friedman, Marx and Mises. We also have functional alternative economic models in the form of Brazil’s Semco and Spain’s Mondragon cooperative federation.

On military matters, we have “fourth generation warfare” theory of the kind advanced by Van Creveld and Bill Lind, and a working model of a fourth generation army and social infrastructure in the form of Hezbollah. We also have others who are tired of the “culture war” psychology that dominates much of the Right and Left alike, and is seeking out something more appropriately called “culture peace,” including Kirkpatrick Sale’s pan-secessionist movement and the national-anarchists, both of which are tendenies that recognize the legitimacy of a plurality of cultural foundations and value systems, as opposed to the totalitarianism implicit in both imperialism and left-wing universalism. Likewise, the Americans for Self-Determination Plan offers a constructive “third way” beyond both old-fashioned racism and the totalitarianism of modern liberal “anti-racism.”

The various manifestations of the modern states have already been subject to penetrating critiques. Aldous Huxley and to some degree George Orwell predicted what modern states would become, and the core features of these states-therapeutism, managerialism, mass democracy, military humanism-have been dissected by thinkers as diverse as Hans Hermann Hoppe, Thomas Szasz, Noam Chomsky, Michele Foucault, James Burnham, James Bovard, Richard Lawrence Miller, Erick von Kuehnelt-Leddihn, Murray Rothbard, James Kalb, C.S. Lewis, Hannah Arendt, Paul Gottfried and Alain De Benoist.

An effort to synthesize libertarian anti-statism and class analysis has emerged in the works of Kevin Carson, Walter Williams on race issues, Charles Johnson, Shawn Wilbur and others. No less respectable a figure as Vincent Bugliosi has brought forth a compilation of compelling evidence that George W. Bush and his associates deliberately went to war in Iraq under fraudulent pretenses and deliberately mishandled the war against Al-Qaeda in Afghanistan. James Petras from the Left and John Mearsheimer and Stephen Walt from the Center have produced comprehensive works documenting Israeli domination of U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East, and they have done so without relying on the anti-Semitic conspiracy theories of past times.

Another work that needs to be revisited is Walter Block’s classic “Defending the Undefendable.” In my own writings, I have mentioned a large number of political, cultural and economic scapegoats and outgroups that lack political representation, and might well be cultivated as constituent groups for a future anti-state movement. Similarly, now that conservatism, which claims to be the voice of opposition to “big government,”  is in shambles, at least some of the more radical or sincere constituents for conservatism might well be steered towards some sort of crypto-anarchism.

Ultimately, the only way that anarchists can eventually gain enough influence to finally topple the State, Capital and Empire, or at least severely curtail these, is to achieve leadership positions in much larger popular organizations, economic enterprises and political coalitions. Recent events in Greece have shown the potential social power of relatively small organized cadre of anarchists.  So how do we get this revolution going?

Updated News Digest January 11, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 10 January 2009

Quote of the Week:

“As a matter of priority the new generation of “Alternative” righties are decentralists and anti-imperialists first, and culture warriors second, if at all. To them the warfare state and erosion of civil liberties are vastly more important and relevant than the overturning of Roe v. Wade or the supposed “threat” of gay marriage. Furthermore, the primary cultural issue of interest to them is probably the decriminalization of marijuana, an issue where the paleo-friendly New Right of the 80’s would have been unsympathetic at best. ”

                                                                             -Dylan Hales

McGovern and the Right by Dylan Hales

Dumb is the New Smart by Robert Weissberg

Time to End the Second Prohibition by Charles Glass

The American Puppet State by Paul Craig Roberts

Will There Be a Recovery? by Paul Craig Roberts

Anarchy 101 by Wally Conger

Ecuador Repudiates Foreign Debt: It’s About Time by Kevin Carson

The Non-Aggression Principle and the Pauline Principle from LiberaLaw

Enforcing Rights in a Stateless Society from LiberaLaw

The Holocaust of Gaza 

The Creation of the Second Great Depression by Ron Paul

On Hamas Vs. Israel by Rad Geek

A Historical Perspective on the Events in Greece by Francois Tremblay

Bargaining Power from LiberaLaw

Proudhon on Justice and the Origin of Ideas by Shawn Wilbur

It’s All One Big Lie by Pam Martens

The Gaza Bloodbath  by Mike Whitney

Israel is Immune From Criticism by Brian Cloughley

Lawrence Auster Attacking Taki by Red Phillips

Fort Collins Banner Drop in Solidarity with Greek Uprising 

What’s Happening in Gaza? by Eric Margolis

Obama is Bush III by Kevin Gutzman

Fred Reed is a Breath of Fresh Air by Doug French

American Soviet TV and the Secret Police by Becky Akers

Bombing the Other by Glenn Greenwald

The Eco-Chicken Littles by Vin Suprynowicz

Rationalizing Gaza  by Justin Raimondo

Have Bush and the Neocons Ruined It for the Israelis? by Juan Cole

Pity the Poor Neocons by Robert Parry

Military Keynesianism to the Rescue? by Robert Higgs

Top Five Lies About Israel’s Assault on Gaza by Jeremy R. Hammond

Obama’s Bay of Pigs by Michael Carmichael

The Afghan Quagmire by Bob Herbert

Why Aren’t More Americans Dancing to Israel’s Tune? by Max Blumenthal

Bush’s Last War Crime by Robert Dreyfuss

Attack on Gaza: As Usual U.S., Media, Liberals Silent by Greg Mitchell

Forces of Totalitarian Humanist Therapeutic Statism Move in Virginia

The Case Against Adolescence by Doug French

Good News for 4GW Fighters, Bad News for States by William Lind

Baltimore Police Shield Identity of PIGS Who Kill and Maim Citizens 

Dying to Win Robert A. Pape Interviewed by Scott Horton

The Empire Shrugs by Alan Bock

Israel Attacks Schools, Ambulances by Mel Frykberg

The Real Value of the Standing Army by Jacob Hornberger

Neoconservatism in the Obama Age by Patrick Krey

Why Do So Few Speak Up for Gaza? by Robert Scheer

Why Do They Hate the West So Much, They Will Ask by Robert Fisk

Many Americans Do Love Their Police State by J. D. Tuccille

Cut the Pentagon ‘Til It’s a Triangle by John Zmirak

Advertising is Rape by Robert Stacy McCain

The Vermont Gold Train Token: Alternative to Financial Disaster by Robert Gray

The End of White America? by Hua Hsu

“America Should Be On Neither Side” by Ron Paul

What Kind of Security Will This Barbarism Bring Israel? by Saree Makdisi

Bend Over, Professor Dershowiz, It’s Time for Your Checkup by Franklin Lamb

America’s Other Glorious War by William Blum

Subcomandante’s Marcos’ Speech on Gaza

PIGS Kill Unarmed Man in His Driveway 

PIGS Attack Mentally Handicapped Woman 

PIGS Kill Man Already in Custody

Therapeutic Statist General Says No on Marijuana Legalization 

Sheriff Jailed for Starvation of Inmates

Resistance to the PIGS in Oakland

Ending Tyranny Without Violence by Murray Rothbard

America, Land of Opportunity by Don Cooper

Do You Have the Guts to Be a Gun Owner? by Mike Gaddy

The Bubble of Middle East Dominance by William Norman Grigg

The Department of Injustice by Glenn Greenwald

Making Wall Street More Crooked by Bob Murphy

How to Read a Society by Theodore Dalrymple

Holocaust Denied by John Pilger

The Lessons of Gaza by Andrew Bacevich

Neoconservatism Dies in Gaza by Juan Cole

Israel’s Looming Catastrophe by Robert Parry

Obama: Listen to Iraqi Opinion by Eric Stoner

This Brutality Will Never Break Our Will to be Free by Khalid Mish’al

Obama May Follow Bush’s Foreign Policy by Stephen Kinzer

Right and Left, Diaspora Jews More Critical of Israel Than Ever by Anshel Pfeffer

Obama Is Losing A Battle He Doesn’t Know He’s In by Simon Tisball

The Difficulty of Being an Informed American by Paul Craig Roberts

A Damn Foolish Thing: Why Israel Loses Asymmetric Wars by Richard Spencer

Israel: The Bernid Madoff of Countries by Taki Theodoracopulos

Weyrich and Huntington: Rebels of the Establishment by Marcus Epstein

A War of Democracies by Grant Havers

Porn: A Cherished American Industry by Richard Spencer

Response to Lawrence Auster by Paul Gottfried

Two Cheers for George McGovern? by Daniel McCarthy

McGovern and the Neocons by Dylan Hales

Can Anyone Ever Consent to the State? by Rad Geek

Rebellion 

Montreal Activists Evict Israeli Consulate 

New National-Anarchist Website for Australia/New Zealand

An Interview with French New Right Intellectual Christian Bouchet

Anarchist Beach Cleaning from Bay Area National Anarchists

We Need Constitutional, Not Just Economic, Recovery by Paul Craig Roberts

Andrew Sullivan: Israeli Stooge by Justin Raimondo

Oakland Anti-PIG Insurrection Continues 

The Real Global Warming Threat by David Gordon

The Inevitable U.S. Defeat in Afghanistan by Ron Shirtz

The Same Old Change by Justin Raimondo

An Unnecessary War by Jimmy Carter

The Ten Biggest Problems Facing African-Americans Today from AfroChat

R.I.P. Ron Asheton

Living Through New Deal II by Lew Rockwell

Israel is Committing War Crimes by George E. Bisharat

We Can No Longer Afford the Empire by Ivan Eland

Winners and Losers in the Gaza Strip by Jesse Walker

Democrats/Republicans Cheer for Israel’s War by Glenn Greenwald

Set Up Your Own Cooperative Community 

Our World Needs a Klaatu Nikto by Flavio Goncalves

Counterattacking the Smearbund by Paul Gottfried

Inflation as Income Distribution by Sheldon Richman

It’s Time to Bring Back the Gold Standard by Thomas N. Naylor

Why Greek Youths Took to the Street by Valia Kaimaki

Oakland’s Not for Burning by George Ciccariello-Maher

Israel’s Onslaught on Gaza: Criminal and Stupid by Alexander Cockburn

New Orleans PIGS Shoot Man 12 Times in the Back 

Starbucks Vs the IWW 

Deliberative vs Participatory Democracy and the Role of the News Media by Dain Fitzgerald

Updated News Digest January 18, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 17 January 2009

Quote of the Week:

“In the republic of mediocrity, genius is dangerous. We need men with courage to speak and write their real thoughts, and to stand by their convictions, even to the very death. When the will defies fear, when duty throws the gauntlet down to fate, when honor scorns to compromise with death-that is heroism.”

                                                                                 – Robert Ingersoll

Fat Assed Neocon Slob Wants to Enslave American Youth to Kill Pakistanis

PIGS Caught on Video Murdering Innocent Civilian by Rad Geek

Punk Rock Bands Go on “Civil Disobedience” Tour 

Brad Spangler to Discuss Center 4 a Stateless Society on Live Radio 

If You’re in Richmond, March at the General Assembly on Wednesday

We Are All War Criminals by Francois Tremblay

Spain’s Last Anarchist 

Alliance Journal-new magazine from Chris Lempa 

The Coming Military Dictatorship in America by Gene Healy and Benjamin Friedman

The Revival of Local Alternative Currencies 

A Fresh Look at the Whiskey Rebellion by Carl Watner

Urban Warfare Training in Richmond 

The Paleos and the Peculiar Institution by Dylan Hales

Bush is a Bonehead by Pat Buchanan

America’s Shame by Paul Craig Roberts

Will the Government Turn to the Printing Press? by Paul Craig Roberts

The Coming Collapse of the Middle Class 

Oakland on Fire by Kara N. Tina

Russell Means Breaks the Silence on Obama by Brenda Norrell

From Vietnam to Gaza by Dave Lindorff

Economic Rescue from the Bottom Up 

The “Violence” of the Oscar Grant Riots 

Insurrection in San Francisco 

Economic Solutions from Mexico 

An Interview with Troy Southgate from Extreme Politics

Pure Propaganda by Philip Giraldi

Gaza Attack Was Long Planned by Jonathan Cook

Gaza is the Future  by Justin Raimondo

We Need an America First PAC to Counter the Israel Lobby by Juan Cole

Why Be Libertarian? by Murray Rothbard

Obama Acts Like a Neocon by Glenn Greenwald

Gaza and State Intellectuals by Karen Kwiatkowski

Repudiate the National Debt! by Murray Rothbard

Where Do Americans Stand on the Issues? from Media Matters

The Humiliation of America by Paul Craig Roberts

Pro-Life Death Merchants by Jack Hunter

America First by Jack Hunter

Prince Harry’s Hate Crime by Richard Spencer

Obama the Intellectual by Matthew Roberts

The GOP: More Marx Than Marx by Dylan Hales

No Defense by Dylan Hales

Murderous Oakland PIG Arrested 

Smash Things at Night 

Fattening the Rats by Dave Lindorff

Hezbollah Militants Chafe as Gaza Burns by Franklin Lamb

Washington or Mercer? by Patroon

Is Gaza the Revenge of Bush-Cheney? Eric Margolis interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Permanent Alliances with All, Friendship with None by Joshua Snyder

Obama Dines with Evil Neocons by Sam Stein

Half of Gazans are 13 or Younger by Dennis Kucinich

Richard Perle: Still Crazy After All These Years by Justin Raimondo

Why War? by Charles Pena

Israel Doesn’t Get Fourth Generation Warfare by Bill Lind

Bush’s Tortured Morality by Susan Brooks Thistlethwaite

Not All Jews Agree with Israel’s Gaza  Actions by Antony Loewenstein

Israel’s Free Ride Ends by Michelle Goldberg

Pro-Israel Rally Descends into Calls for Wiping Out Palestinians by Max Blumenthal

How the U.S. Magnified Palestinian Suffering by Norman and Matthew Olsen

Bailouts, Double Standards, Hypocrisy by Kevin Carson

Easing the Transition to an Alternative Economy by Kevin Carson

Is Social Conservatism Necessary? by James Kalb

I’ll Decline “the West” by Richard Spencer

Neocons Embrace Change by Richard Spencer

Virginia Takes Constitutional Convention Stage by Chuck Baldwin

Obama’s Marijuana Prohibition Acid Test by Bob Fitrakis and Harvey Wasserman

Just Violence in Gaza? by Timothy Seidel

The State of Black America by Ron Jacobs

Obama and the Military-Industrial Complex by Karl Grossman

Zion Uber Alles 

Eradicating Hamas by Eric Margolis

Thomas Friedman: Terrorist Sympathizer by Glenn Greenwald

War on Terror Was Wrong by David Miliband

Communities Make Their Own Currencies 

What Does An Obama Administration Mean for Gun Rights? from the Independent Institute

Don’t the Secret Police Make You Feel Wonderful? by William Norman Grigg

Israel vs America by Justin Raimondo

Assessing the Bush Administration by Doug Bandow

It’s Hard to Be an Anti-Zionist Jew by Jeremy Sapienza

The End of an Error by Jack Hunter

The Israel Lobby Takes Off the Gloves by Taki Theodoracopulos

What Is Religion? by James Kalb

Israel, Ilana and the Paleos by Paul Gottfried

Israel, Ilana and I by Richard Spencer

Happy 200th, Pierre Joseph Proudhon 

On Distributism from No Third Solution

Alexander Cockburn Brings a Voice of Reason by Niccolo Adami

Hail to the Chief by Alexander Cockburn

Forecasting Obama by Joshua Frank

Prosecuting Bush and Cheney by Dave Lindorff

Who Runs America? by Brian Cloughley

The Facts About  Hamas and the War on Gaza by Norman Finkelstein

Republicans Staying the Course on Iraq by W. James Antle, III

Obama Should Seek Advice from Jimmy Carter by Ivan Eland

Is Ehud’s Poodle Acting Up? by Pat Buchanan

Letters from Gaza by Kenneth Ring

Israel and the United States by Frida Berrigan

Say No to Cops: The Case for Elimination and Reduction by William Buppert

A Real Discussion on TV of US Policy Towards Israel by Glenn Greenwald

Starbucks: A Zionist Entity  by Barbara Ferguson

 

 

                                             

The State and the Banksters

category Uncategorized keith Monday 19 January 2009

by Peter Bjorn Perls

As an old libertarian and anarchist, news like this is not a surprise to
me anymore, and neither should it be for others of like persuasion, but
for those not accustomed to cynicism against the Establishment, a lot of
reminders of the corruption in the circles of power continually needs to
be shown, as the latest, quote:

“Bernanke, speaking in London, said in his prepared remarks that the
nearly $800 billion plan being discussed by the incoming Obama
administration and the newly elected Congress “could provide a
significant boost to economic activity.” He did not comment on or
endorse any specifics of the nearly $800 billion.

But Bernanke cautioned that the plan is “unlikely to promote a lasting
recovery unless they are accompanied by strong measures to further
stabilize and strengthen the financial system.”

link:http://money.cnn.com/2009/01/13/news/economy/bernanke_speech/index.htm?postversion=2009011308

Same ‘ol Bernanke (same as the rest of the crowd of Keynesians) – weak
on the specifics on how to spend the gargantuan handouts that they take
for granted is needed to right the economy (likewise a vaguely defined
concept). But I digress; the point of the matter here is that the US
federal handouts to the financial institutions are now so blatantly
obvious that only the blind (usually from political persuasion; I’d add)
fail to see it. The politicians already pumped sums that are
astronomical to any working man and local community, and now we are told
it’s not enough? (Will we hear that again when the next round of
bailouts come, too?)

A few bullet points to illustrate how the state works for the friends of
those in power and not those it allegedly serves – the public;

* Citigroup’s stock was busy running into the group two months back, but
recieved a big bag of cash from the feds, not only making the bankers
happy because they could stay in business for a while, but also a
Alwaleed bin Talal of Saudi royalty happened to buy up a large wad of
stock shortly before the cash infusion announcement, thus making himself
an even billion dollars in the process.

link:http://current.com/items/89559833/saudi_prince_profits_from_us_taxpayer_bailout_of_citigroup.htm

* The Feds propped up the banks to keep people borrowing and spending,
but Henry Paulson had to realize that the money that went to the banks
did not go to lending; it was spent on the banks buying each other out,
quote:

“Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson has said the money was aimed at
rebuilding banks’ reserves so that they would resume more normal lending
practices. But reports then surfaced that bankers might instead use the
money to buy other banks. Indeed, the government approved PNC Financial
Services Group Inc. to receive $7.7 billion in return for company stock
and, at the same time, PNC said it was acquiring National City Corp. for
$5.58 billion.”

(source: Yahoo News, article since deleted)

Then there is the case of the dying US automobile industry that went to
Capitol Hill with tears on their cheeks to beg for handouts for
themselves; after 3 decades of ever worsening business management and
ever worsening general quality of its produce; they had to go back home
two times, but as they say, three’s a charm, and they finally got their
double-digit-billion-bailout in the form of a loan. (Any bets on if it
will ever be paid back?)

Story of note why the “Big Three” bailout is foolish anyhow:

link:http://www.kuro5hin.org/story/2008/11/18/93514/227

And now the latest from Bernanke, as quoted above, saying in effect that
the already-huge bailouts for banks and industry are not enough. Now, a
few comments.

First, I’m not saying that banking is a non-productive endavour, as some
other establishment critics and typically reds would have it. But it is
obvious that the federal-corporate banking symbiosis today serves the
interests of politicians and businessmen more than that of the public
and the regular customers of the banks.

Second, the banks and financial institutions are being bailed out
because they are already a privileged class; the ability to create
credit from thin air (which is what the banks do; that is part of their
business) is not something anybody can do. Only politically
rubber-stamped institutions can do that, and thus it is a very valuable
enterprise, which again means that there is a struggle to get such a
privilege. Those who pay, however, is the public, specifically the
working public, and in more than one way. (Can you survive as a “normal
citizen” in society today without a bank account? Can you be on a
company payroll without having an account at a bank?)

Third, it is a quite human, and I might add, social thing, to help your
friends and relatives, but when this cooperation takes place in the
halls of power (which is the entire point of what I’m writing here; of
course it does!), it’s happening at your expense. The pillars of a
corrupt establishment is being kept in place with your money.

(On the other hand, if you can somehow remain free of taxes, and thus
not contribute to this exploitative machinery, my hat is off to you!)

After the happenings of 2008, who can honestly say that they do not see
the nepotism of the back-and-forth exchanges between state and big
business, and how this does nothing good for themselves, their friends
and families?

Those that don’t see it, are blind. Those who see, but make excuses for
it, are naive. But those who do see it, and do excuse for it, have a
duty to start working to end this state of affairs. Yes, it may not be
possible to do much, but at least stop participating in the lie; that is
the first step.

Updated News Digest January 25, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 24 January 2009

Quote of the Week:

“It seems unlikely that many Americans will do other than breathe a long sigh of relief when George W. Bush finally leaves the White House. His farewell appearances last week were suitably bizarre, suggesting a man of limited capacity for sustained ratiocination, who, like many essentially weak people seeking to camouflage their weakness, views any admission of a mistake, or even a willingness to compromise or consider the views of another, as an unacceptable sign of the vulnerability he knows is there and doesn’t wish to acknowledge.

I’d love to see change I could believe in under a new president, and it’s worthwhile to suspend judgment for at least a bit. But the likelihood of an Obama administration actually reducing the U.S. footprint in the world seems rather low.”

                                                                                              -Alan Bock

The Trouble With Those “Shovel-Ready” Projects by Kevin Carson

Venezuelan and Argentine Influences on the Chicago Factory Occupation by Larry Gambone

James Bond on the Drug War by Roderick Long

Obama: Already Dropping the Ball on Palestine by Niccolo Adami

Stimulating Consumption Won’t Help the Economy by Sheldon Richman

Israel and the European Right by Paul Gottfried

Is Gaza the Beginning of World War Three? from the Trends Research Institute

Obama’s Economics by Stonewall

Four Surprises in Global Demography by Nicholas Eberstadt

Tales of Hard Times Reveals How Soft We’ve Become by Michael Deacon

The Findhorn Community  Watch and Find Out More 

War Criminal in Chief by Laurence Vance

No Debate, No Dissent by Glenn Greenwald

Getting Our Priorities Straight Joshua Frank interviewed by Scott Horton

Inauguration Day, A Day of Mourning by Justin Raimondo

The More Things Change by Alan Bock

How Bin Laden Bankrupted America by Jon Basil Utley

U.S. Jewish Peace Lobby Isolated on Gaza by Daniel Luban

Another War, Another Defeat by John J. Mearsheimer

Punishing the Palestinians by Ralph Nader

Gaza Agonistes by Eric Alterman

Who’s in Charge-Obama, the Pentagon or Israel? by William Pfaff

Not Just Guantanamo by Joanne Mariner

How Will History Judge America’s 43rd President? by Gene Healy

Overseas, Expectations Build for Torture Prosecutions by Scott Horton

A Suicide Foretold: The Case of Israel by Immanuel Wallerstein

Reality in Gaza is Bad Enough by Robert Fisk

How Al-Jazeera  Helped Me Think Differently About the World by Eric Calderwood

The Stories of Torture Sounded Made Up. They Weren’t by Carol Leonnig

Close Guantanamo, End the Cuban Blockade by Eric Margolis

Ehud’s Poodle by Pat Buchanan

A Deadly Stimulus by Don Armentano

Obamanomics Will Fail by Mike Rozeff

The National Anthem of the U.S.S.A. by Joshua Snyder

Predictions About the Obama Administration by Mike Rozeff

False Dawn by Justin Raimondo

The Myth of Israel’s Strategic Genius by Stephen Walt

Obama Offers Internationalist Vision by Jim Lobe

Obama’s Strategic Wasteland by Jeff Huber

Introducing the CIA to the Constitution by Nat Hentoff

Israel Wanted a Humanitarian Crisis by Ben White

Prosecute the Torturers by Glenn Greenwald

An Interview with Alex Jones from Russia Today

An Interview with Malik Zulu Shabazz of the New Black Panther Party 

Tribal Anarchy vs The State by Stefan Blankertz

Is GOP Still a National Party? by Pat Buchanan

Young Americans for Liberty by Jack Hunter

Israel and US by Tom Piatak

Israel’s Inalienable Rights by Charles Glass

Russian Anarchist Murdered by Porkupine Blog

Looking at the Wrong Depression and Finding the Wrong Solution 

Nothing Personal, Just Business by Patroon

Understanding Gaza by Gabriel Kolko

State Terrorism Against Gaza by Ralph Nader

 Archduke Wilhelm of Austria and Missed Opportunities by Ean Frick

The Pet Rock Presidency by Sean Jobst

Class Bias Against Poor Whites by Alan Travis

Seven of Nine: The Woman Who Created Obama by Sarah Gallick

Empire Undermines Tradition by Matthew Roberts

Another Real Estate Crisis is About to Hit by Paul Craig Roberts

Mandela’s Example for Obama by Martin Kelly

Health Insurance Before the Welfare State from the Independent Institute

In Defense of Internet Journalism by Kevin Carson

Chomsky, Inc. 

Steal This Journal 

The Death of Conservatism by Stonewall

The Democrats on Israel by Adriana Kojeve

The Gathering Storm Against the 2nd Amendment by Mike Gaddy

Fixing the International Monetary Disaster by Jesus Huerta de Soto

An American Mao?

Swiss Firefighters: A Living Rebuke to Right and Left by Geoffrey Wheatcroft

The Borders of Freedom of Opinion 

Death Threats Against Dutch Film Maker Should Be Condemned 

Israel’s Lies by Henry Siegman

Alex Jones Analyzes Barack Obama’s Inaugural Speech 

Norman Finkelstein on Gaza 

Mohawk Autonomous Zone by Martin Patriquin

Children Found with Bullets Lodged in Their Head by Topaz Amoore

U.S. Intel Nominee Lied About ‘99 Massacre by Allan Nairn

A Neo-Reaganite Inaugural? by Pat Buchanan

Obama and Black Pride by Jack Hunter

The Minarchist Fallacy: It’s For Leftists, Too! 

Nazi Privatization by Kevin Carson

The Ghosts at Obama’s Side by Alexander Cockburn

The Freefalling Economy by P. Sainath

In Israel, Detachment from Reality is the Norm by Patrick Cockburn

Reasons for War? by Saul Landau

It’s Time to Free Leonard Peltier by Bob Fitraki and Harvey Wasserman

The Way Forward by Dave Lindorff

U.S. Foreign Policy Writ Small by Fred Reed

Obama is Wrong About Afghanistan by George Phillips

Mengele City? by Nick Evans

The Liberals Grand Bargain by Justin Raimondo

Investigate and Prosecute the Bush Administration by Doug Bandow

Obama Was Right to Halt Guantanamo Trials by Andy Worthington

The Return of Liberal Interventionism by Doug Bandow

So Far, Obama’s Missed the Point on Gaza by Robert Fisk

Plans in Place to Close Guantanamo-Eventually  by J.D. Tuccille

Guantanamo State of Mind by Jacob Sullum

Balkanizing Barack by Gordon N. Bardos

Pentagon 1, Obama 0 by Benjamin H. Friedman

Ideology and Polarization by Dain Fitzgerald

Hey World, Pick Up Our Tab by Peter Schiff

At Least They Didn’t Call Him Sue by William Norman Grigg

Monopoly Kills Creativity-Down with Intellectual Property by Jeffrey Tucker

Nationalizing Private Life: The Legacy of the Great War by Hunt Tooley

Huckleberry Finn and PC Insanity by John Lietchy

Darkness, Tyranny and Oppression by Jacob Hornberger

Richard Holbrooke: Obama’s Neocon by Joshua Frank

The Neocons: Always Wrong, But Never in Doubt by Murray Polner

Prohibition 3: The Candy Wars

Obama Dips His Hands in Blood by Tim Reid

Prosecute Bush! by Ivan Eland

Gaza: Worse Than An Earthquake by Kathy Kelly

Obama: Off to Good Start with Detainees? by Andy Worthington

New Era of American Leadership? by Gordon Prather

War Crimes Prosecutions Scott Horton interviewed by Scott Horton

US/Israeli Terrorism in Gaza Gareth Porter interviewed by Scott Horton

Lawyers Who Can Say No by Jacob Sullum

The Degeneration of the Imperial Legions from Christian Science Monitor

Asset Forfeiture Helps FBI’s Gambling, Jewel-Studded, Jerk-Offs by Jacob Sullum

In the Age of Obama by Justin Raimondo

Just a Question by Sheldon Richman

 

Updated News Digest February 1, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 31 January 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“A centralised democracy may be as tyrannical as an absolute monarch; and if the vigour of the nation is to continue unimpaired, each individual, each family, each district, must preserve as far as possible its independence, its self-completeness, its powers and its privilege to manage its own affairs and think its own thoughts.

                         –James Anthony Froude (1818-1894), author and historian.
                            Source: Short Studies on Great Subjects

“Whoever appeals to the law against his fellow man is either a fool or a coward. Whoever cannot take care of himself without police protection is both. It is as cowardly to betray an offender to justice, even though his offences be against yourself, as it is not to avenge an injury by violence. It is dastardly and contemptible in a wounded man to betray the name of his assailant, because if he recovers, he must naturally expect to take vengeance himself.”
 
                             – From Porello, The Rise and Fall of the Cleveland Mafia

Save the Economy by Cutting the Defense Budget by Winslow T. Wheeler

Torture at a Louisiana Prison by Jordan Flaherty

Access to Economic Justice by Ralph Nader

How Iceland Fell by Rev. Jose’ M. Tirado

What If Israel Were in Your Neighborhood? by Russell Mokhiber

Speaking the Truth is a Career Ending Event by Paul Craig Roberts

The India Lobby: Drunk with the Sight of Power by Vijay Prashad

Bolivia Looking Forward by Benjamin Dangl

The Torture Ban That Doesn’t Ban Torture by Allan Nairn

Afghanistan Is No Threat to America by Dave Lindorff

The Ghost of LBJ by Norman Solomon

The Economy Will Collapse-Drastic Action Will Be Taken from Trends Research Institute

Noam Chomsky on Obama and Pakistan from SlackBastard

Molinari Symposium 2009: Call for Papers on Intellectual Property 

Rad Geek Speaks on Anarchism in Vegas 

The Atrocity of Hope  by Roderick Long

A Bibi-Barack Collision? by Pat Buchanan

Anti-Military Conservatives by Jack Hunter

Money for Nothing by David Gordon

Put Torture on Trial by Philip Giraldi

Meet the New Boss, He’s the Same as the Old Boss by David Henderson

Muslim World Hails the End of Gitmo by William Fisher

War Crimes in Gaza Kathy Kelly interviewed by Scott Horton

The Politics of Palestine Dean Ahmad interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama Good on Detainee Policy So Far Andy Worthington interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama’s Vietnam  by Justin Raimondo

Five Questions for George Mitchell by Sandy Nolan and Tom Engelhardt

Not Thrilled About Obama by Tony Campos

Continuing Bush Policies in Israel and Afghanistan by Glenn Greenwald

Thus Sprach Obama: Pouring Acid on Gaza’s Wounds by Chris Floyd

Gaza War Pushes Arabs to the Brink by Robert Dreyfuss

Two Prisons Pose Similar Problems for President Obama by Eric Schmitt

Did Bush’s Usurpations Keep Us Safe? by Bruce Fein

Ministry of Truth and Peace by Jeff Huber

Refuting Cheney’s Lies on Guantanamo by Andy Worthington

Is Political Islam a Threat to the West? by Wajahat Ali

Obama’s Guantanamo Opportunity by Anthony Gregory

Barack Obama, Meet Lyndon Johnson by Juan Cole

Are We Civilized Enough to Hold Our Leaders Accountable for War Crimes? by John Dean

End the Iraq Occupation by Medea Benjamin

Close Gitmo and Get Out of Cuba by Eric Margolis

Bush, Obama and the American State by Anthony Gregory

Nobody Ever Said You Needed a High IQ to Be a Celebrity 

The Answer is Freedom by Lew Rockwell

Dumb Cop of the Week 

The Greatest Depression in History is Coming Gerald Celente interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Protection Through “Law Enforcement” by Mike Gaddy

Hyperinflation and the U.S. Banana Republic by Mike Rozeff

The Torture State Endures and Prospers by William Norman Grigg

Eminent Domain in Palestine by Glenn Greenwald

George W. Bush: More Freedom Hokum by Jim Bovard

Gay is Okay to Adopt in the U.K., But Old is Not 

The Proliferation of Anti-Smoking Thugs 

The Case for Disunion by Joe Schembrie

Che Was An Asshole by Humberto Fontova

Lies of War by Chris Hedges

The Mailed Fist and the Velvet Glove by Justin Raimondo

Obama the Imperialist by Richard Seymour

Can Israel Last? by Fred Reed

What Stimulus Advocates Learned from the “Push” for War with Iraq by Jesse Walker

It is Time to End the War on Terror by Philip Giraldi

Iranians You Don’t Know by Rick Steves

Bill Kristol: A Case Study in Affirmative Action by Paul Campos

Interface: A Journal For and About Social Movements 

The New New Deal, Same as the Old New Deal by Daniel Flynn

The Institution of “Institutional Racism” by Derek Turner

The US is a Right-Wing USSR by Kevin DeAnna

Not Stimulating by Richard Spencer

RE: What Blacks Are Really Celebrating by Jack Hunter

RE:RE: What Blacks Are Really Celebrating by Paul Gottfried

Is It Time to Bail Out of the U.S.? by Paul Craig Roberts

Anarchist Canada?  from theConverted

The Center: America’s Greatest Political Threat by Sam Smith

A Pilgrim’s Progress by LiberaLaw

Tom Paine’s Birthday by Peter Linebaugh

The Future of Gaza: An Interview with Jimmy Carter by Riz Khan

Pakistan: The New Cambodia? by M. Reza Pirbhai

Whither the Two-State Solution? by Dina Jadallah Taschler

Economy Without Escape Routes by Alan Farago

Rise of the Red Tories by Phillip Blond (thanks, Ean!)

The Evil of Patents by Jeffrey Tucker

Kleptocrats of the World, Unite! by William Norman Grigg

America Is Not a Free Country by Mike Rozeff

The Anarchist Catholic Worker Movement by Ellen Finnigan

Here’s To Crime 

Belmont, California Imposes Complete Tobacco Prohibtion by David Kramer

The Presidency: The Founders’ Great Mistake by Garrett Epps

The Big Stimulus: Get Rid of the Empire by Justin Raimondo

Diplomatic Means to Militaristic Ends by Doug Bandow

The Iranian Revolution, Thirty Years On by Sadegh Kabeer

Obama’s Flock of Hawks by Stephen Zunes

Washington’s Battle Against America’s Veterans by Gerald Nicosia

Obama’s First Steps on Guantanamo by Joanne Mariner

Globalism vs Ethno-nationalism by Pat Buchanan

RE:RE:RE: What Blacks Are Really Celebrating by Richard Spencer

Military to Pledge Oath to Obama, Not the Constitution by Michelle Chang

LeftLiberty #1 -Call for Submissions 

Welcome, Antiwarriors by Charles Johnson

Obama and the Oddsmakers by Alexander Cockburn

The American Economy is Not Coming Back by Dave Lindorff

Gaza Will Survive by Subcomandante Marcos

Last Gasp of the Culture Wars? by David Rosen

If Deflation is Coming, Sell Your Gold by Lew Rockwell

The Misesian Case Against Keynes by Han Hermann Hoppe

The Power Elite is All Wet by Jeffrey Tucker

Elect the Cops by Dylan Hales

Increasing Even-Handedness in the Middle East by Glenn Greenwald

The Expanding War in Afghanistan by Warren Mass

Organizing National-Anarchist Networks by Bay Area National Anarchists

“Raise the Starry Plough On High” 

Rapist PIGS by Rad Geek

ALLiance is Seeking Submissions by Chris Lempa

Republican Albatross by Sheldon Richman

Give Bill Kristol’s New York Times Op-Ed Spot to Wendy McElroy by Brad Spangler

The Mafia is More Legitimate Than World Governments by Niccolo Adami

Updated News Digest February 8, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 7 February 2009

Quote of the Week:

“A war for Kuwait? A war for an oil-can! The rest is vanity; the rest is crime
… an unimaginative, ‘democratic capitalist’ Republican regime, early in 1991, committed the United States, very possibly, to a new imperialism.

                                            –Russell Kirk, The Politics of Prudence

Cystic Fibrosis Fundraiser by Bay Area National Anarchists-Donate! 

Cultural Marxism in Canada: Prosecuting Polygamy, Protecting Gay Marriage 

How to Save Money Like a Mormon by Jennifer Dobner

Israel Hopes to Colonize Parts of Iraq as “Greater Israel” by Wayne Madsen

When Did We Stop Caring About Civilian Deaths During Wartime? by Robert Fisk

Elect the Cops-The Response by Dylan Hales

Trial of Neo-Nazi Leader to Have Important 1st Amendment Implications 

America: A Bankrupt and Discredited Country by Paul Craig Roberts

War Tax Resistance lecture by David Schenk

Pro-Life Tax Resistance by Dr. Gerald DePyper

The Therapeutic State in North Carolina 

The Persecution of Michael Phelps 

Czech President Attacks Al Gore’s Climate Campaign 

Monetary Lessons from America’s Past lecture by Tom Woods

Putin to the West: Take Your Medicine by Justin Raimondo

The Return of Real Interventionism by Leon Hadar

Renditions May Expand Under Obama from AntiwarNews

Obama: Agent of Change? Well, Agent of Something… by Jeremy Sapienza

The Bogus War on Terror by Eric Margolis

End Legal Immunity for Government Officials by Bill Anderson

Going Bankrupt for “National Defense” by Tom Engelhardt and Chalmers Johnson

Our Rulers Are Destroying Our World by Bob Higgs

Coming: The Third American Hyperinflation by Mike Rozeff

Condemn the System, Not Michael Phelps by Paul Armentano

Served, Protected and Sodomized in Baltimore 

Ideology and the Internet  by Justin Raimondo

Repudiate the Monroe Doctrine by Phillip Brenner and Saul Landau

Politically, Hamas May Have Won by Adam Morrow and Khaled Moussa al-Omrani

Obama’s Defense of Rumsfeld and Yoo by Jacob Hornberger

Neocons Spin Pentagon Budget Increase as Cut by Glenn Greenwald

What Cheney’s Daughter’s Senior Thesis Tells Us About the Bush Presidency by Zac Frank

Protect and Defend…The Military-Industrial Complex by Jeff Huber

Obama’s Wars by Bill Moyers

First, Jail All Bush’s Lawyers by Robert Parry

How the U.S. Created an Enemy in Iran by Brett Popplewell

Obama’s War Cabinet Stephen Zunes interviewed by Scott Horton

Putin’s Warning to America Justin Raimondo interviewed by Scott Horton

Military to Pledge Oath to Obama, Not Constitution by Michelle Chang

Nancy Pelosi’s New Deal by Pat Buchanan

The War on Terror is a Hoax by Paul Craig Roberts

I Saw Iceland Melt by Kevin DeAnna

Why Iceland Melted by Richard Spencer

How to Prevent Vermont from Going Down with the Titanic by Thomas N. Naylor

How Much Does It Cost Vermont to Remain in the Union? by Thomas N. Naylor

We, the Anarchists-An Interview with Stuart Christie by Chuck Morse

Resisting Anti-Panhandling Law by David Beyer

A Generals’ Revolt? by Dave Lindorff

Obama’s Lincoln Thing by Kirkpatrick Sale

What to Do About Wall Street by Ralph Nader

Reactionary Late Modernism: Back in Style! from Ean Frick

The 68ers In A Nutshell from Ean Frick

Former Trots Make Good from Ean Frick

The One-State Solution by Muammar Qaddafi

America First by Merle Haggard

The Therapeutic State Strikes in Australia and New Zealand

American Fascism by Karen Kwiatkowski

The Blessed Return of Right-Wing Paranoia by Anthony Gregory

French Cartoonist on Trial for “Anti-Semitism” 

The Iranian Revolution 30 Years On: Was it Worth it? by Angus McDowell

Stasi Britain: The Culture of Snitches by Melanie Phillips

Never Talk to the Cops 

Fractional Reserves Have Wrecked the Fascist State by Gary North

Stimulating Tyranny by William Norman Grigg

Endgame? What Endgame? by Justin Raimondo

The Nightmare of Netanyahu Returns by Johann Hari

Hold Israel Accountable for Gaza by George Bisharat

Geert Wilders and the Dutch Republic byDerek Turner

This is Just the Beginning by Peter Schiff

Reefer Madness by Jack Hunter

Those Darn Purists! by Grant Havers

Do Americans Cherish Freedom Anymore? by Chuck Baldwin

Whistleblowers and Management by Larry Gambone

More Than a Paycheck National War Tax Coordinating Committee

Simple Solutions to Stupid Problems by Rad Geek

Counter-Economic Optimism 

Authoritarians in Libertarian Clothing by Kevin Carson

Obama’s First Bad Week by Alexander Cockburn

Obama and the Empire by William Blum

Ten Reasons to Get High About Pot in 2009 by Norm Kent

Obama, Mitchell and the Palestinians by James Abourezk

Occupied Territory by Russell Mokhiber

Obama, Race and the Future of U.S. Politics by Bob Wing

Economy on a Thread by Dave Lindorff

The End of the Monroe Doctrine Saul Landau interviewed by Scott Horton

Why Not Apologize to Iran for the Coup? by Robert Naiman

Sorrows of Empire Chalmers Johnson interviewed by Scott Horton

Bush Jr.’s Foreign Policy Legacy Doug Bandow interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama, The Ruling Class and the Future of Secession

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 3 February 2009

Thus far, the Obama presidency has moved along lines similar to what one might expect. The significance some would assign to his mulatto ancestry notwithstanding, Mr. Obama is very much an Establishment Man. The actions of the Obama administration in its earliest days indicate that the policies of this administration will largely be a continuation of those of the Bush administration. On economic policy, Obama has surrounded himself with neoliberals and called for deficit spending on additional bank and corporate welfare in the form of the “stimulus package.” The so-called “stimulus” is really just Phase Two of the extravagant “bailout” program enacted under President Bush. This should not be surprising, given that Obama’s primary financial backers during his campaign were Goldman-Sachs and other principal beneficiaries of the bailout, which Obama supported as a Senator. Of course, the “stimulus” program includes some additional social spending for the sake of appeasing various Democratic Party constituencies. This is the reason, along with sheer partisanship, that the Republicans are opposing the stimulus, which they are correct to do, even if they are doing so for all the wrong reasons.

On foreign policy, it appears that the Obama administration, whose foreign policy team is comprised mostly of recycled Clintonites, will continue to pursue the same set of foreign policy goals as the Bush administration. Obama has called for increased military spending, expanding the war in Afghanistan, perhaps to Pakistan, and it appears renditions will also continue. Obama does seem to be scaling back operations at Guantanamo, yet only as a public relations  maneuver so far as world opinion is concerned. It’s not like the prisoners at Guantanamo are going to be released. Indeed, it would appear that the only real difference between Bush and Obama on foreign policy is that the Obama government will be less bellicose in its formal rhetoric. As a protege’ of Zbigniew Brzezinski, Obama represents the liberal internationalist wing of the foreign policy elite, who are just as committed to the preservation of the Empire as the neoconservatives, but who are more cautious about openly giving the finger to allies, client states, and world opinion. Liberal internationalists realize that this is not conducive to the efficient administration of the Empire or its maintenance over the long haul, particularly given the current dependence of the U.S. economy on Russian, Chinese, Japanese and Arab lenders.

Obama also kowtows to the Israel Lobby, as illustrated by his appearance before AIPAC prior to his election to the presidency and his appointment of Rahm Emmanuel. James Petras has observed that the Obama administration contains as many arch-Zionists as any previous administration. There is also some indication that Israel will go to war with Iran under Obama’s watch, which could likely lead to actual U.S. participation in such a war. In fact, the overall amount of U.S. military intervention may escalate under Obama, as it did under Bill Clinton.

On “culture war” issues, Obama predictably leans somewhat to the left of the Bush government. So far, he has lifted the abortion-related “gag rule” and eased restrictions on stem cell research, and Obama has also signed an “equal pay for equal work” law as a reward for his middle-class feminist constituency. Yet Obama is far from being an ACLU civil libertarian. For instance, he voted as a Senator to authorize warrantless wiretaps and provide legal immunity to telecommunications companies engaged in such actions.

I’ve written before that the election of Obama signifies a demographic, cultural and generational shift among the American electorate. The left side of the “culture war” now has the upper hand, if it did not already. The Democrats will likely be the dominant political party for the forseeable future due to the fact that those groups who vote Democratic are growing in number and those who vote Republican are shrinking. The Obama coalition includes the left-wing of the “old elite” (demonstrated by the Kennedys support for Obama), the New Class center-left welfare state professionals, the “bourgeois bohemians” that David Brooks has written about, upwardly mobile members of the traditional outgroups now in ascension (blacks, immigrants, Jews, feminists, gays), newer ideological movements like environmentalism, younger people and a wide variety of public sector dependents. This coalition will probably prove to be stable enough to sustain itself over the next few decades even if matters like economic downturn occasionally produce a victory for the Republicans.  

Because the liberal side of the culture wars is gaining does not mean that the culture wars are over. While there is not enough of a constituency for the kind of cultural conservatism represented by the religious right  or the right-wing Republicans for these to achieve a majority in a national election, proponents of such an outlook are a large and vocal enough group to continue to be a force for political and cultural polarization for some time, even if their prospects for long-term victory are dim.

Indeed, the evidence indicates that the U.S. Congress of 2008 was the most polarized of any Congress in 120 years! The degree to which Americans are polarized has increased even in the last five years. Further, as Bill Bishop has shown, Americans are becoming more and more geographically segregated along cultural, ideological, religious, economic, ethnic, racial and generational lines.

As an old-fashioned anarchist who wishes to see an end to the U.S. empire internationally and the end of the Big Brother state domestically, I see this polarization as a welcome phenomenon. It is difficult for a state to survive when there is no consensus on primary values. If the cultural Left is going to be in the ascendency, then let’s hope that the likes of Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, et.al. turn up the volume even louder and keep the polarization coming.  Those guys really aren’t my cup of tea, but I’m all for increased divisiveness.

Divisiveness will likely escalate for a variety of reasons. One of these will be the widening gap between socio-economic classes, which Obama shows no signs of doing anything about. Another will be the social conflict associated with  increased statism as politics becomes a spoils system for different groups looking to plunder one another. Increased diversity will likely result in increased disharmony in many ways, and the massive American police state will likely be used to squelch economic unrest and sharpening demographic conflict.

If secession by regions and communities is the most viable method of dissolving the Empire, as I believe it is, then it would seem that we revolutionaries should devote ourselves to the following tasks:

1) Continue to popularize the idea of secession. A Zogby poll taken last year showed that twenty-two percent of Americans support the right of secession, with eighteen percent saying they would support a secession movement in their area. Additionally, forty-four percent say the U.S. political system is broken and cannot be fixed. We need to get these numbers up.

2) Continue to develop actual secession movements and build constituencies for these movements. For instance, the dominance of the cultural Left is likely to increase support for separatist ideas on the Right. There is a prototype for this in the rise of the militia movement during the Clinton era. Likewise, Obama is likely to prove to be a disappointment to many on the Left, both blacks and whites, and this combined with increased economic misfortune may generated secession movements from the Left. The nationwide, continent-wide proliferation of secessionist tendencies from the Right and Left against the ruling class Center would be a highly welcome event.

3) Encourage greater polarization. In some ways, we should think of Limbaugh, Hannity, Newt Gingrich, Ann Coulter, Michael Moore, Al Franken, Barney Frank and Arianna Huffington as the public relations arm for a future pan-secessionist movement as it is figures such as these who serve to create the polarization likely to result in eventual political splintering.

4) Build cross-cultural, cross-ideological alliances against the ruling class common enemy whenever feasible. If Afro-centrics, Black Muslims, militiamen and Ku Klux Klansmen can engage in common action, then what the hell is wrong with the rest of us?

Updated News Digest February 15, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 14 February 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“Nowadays the Capitalist cry is: “Nationalize what you like; municipalize all you can; turn the courts of justice into courts martial and your parliaments and corporations into boards of directors with your most popular mob orators in the chair, provided the rent, the interest, and the profits come to us as before, and the proletariat still gets nothing but its keep.”

This is the great corruption of Socialism which threatens us at present. It
calls itself Fascism in Italy, National Socialism (Nazi for short) in Germany,
New Deal in the United States, and is clever enough to remain nameless in
England; but everywhere it means the same thing: Socialist production and
Unsocialist distribution. So far, out of the frying pan into the fire.”

                – George Bernard Shaw, Everybody’s Political What’s What (1944)

“The most dangerous man, to any government, is the man who is able to think things out for himself, without regard to the prevailing superstitions and taboos. Almost inevitably he comes to the conclusion that the government he lives under is dishonest, insane and intolerable, and so, if he is romantic, he tries to change it.”

                                                                                                -H.L. Mencken

American Triumphalism: A Postmortem by Andrew Bacevich

The Two Faces of Libertarianism by Austin Bramwell

The New Neocons by Barron YoungSmith

The Ron Paul Youth: Young Americans for Liberty 

The Gist of Paul Gottfried by Thomas F. Bertonneau

Why Are American Literacy Rates So Low? by Christina Oxenberg

New New Nationalism by Pat Buchanan

Will the Surge Work? by Jack Hunter

Tony Blankley: Imperialist Scumbag Supremo by Dylan Hales

Obama’s Savior-Based Economy by Michelle Malkin

President and Congress Grovel Before the Fed by Chuck Baldwin

Ship of Fools-May You Live in Interesting Times by Paul Craig Roberts

Are We All Socialists Now? by Robert Higgs

Herbert Spencer: Social Darwinist or Libertarian Prophet?  by Peter Richards

Thank You for Not Breeding by Francois Tremblay

Death to the PIGS 

The Cases for Pessimism and Optimism by Wendy McElroy

History is Written by the Idiots by Francois Tremblay

Disrobing the System: Obama vs “Real Change” from Slingshot

Thoughts on the Crisis: What is Planned for Us and the Alternatives by Andrew N. Flood

Is the Global Economy Fixable? by Thomas N. Naylor

How Do People in Gaza Keep Going? by Kathy Kelly

A Commodity Called Misery by Joe Bageant

Seek Truth, But Prosecute Liars by Dave Lindorff

Taking the Bong by Binoy Kampmark

Conservatism is Dead by Sam Tanenhaus

R.I.P. Henry Ashby Turner by William Grimes

Australian Bush Fire Tragedy by National Anarchists of Australia/New Zealand

Police Watching “White Enclave” from AnarchoNation

Tribes on the High Seas from AnarchoNation

Andy Griffith and Civil Society by Darrin Knode

The Left, the Right and the State Lew Rockwell interviewed by Scott Horton

The Patent-Copyright Regime by Jeffrey Tucker

The Evil of Immunity for PIGS by Bill Anderson

Obama is Making You Poorer by Lew Rockwell

The Growing Army of Angry Men by Mark Crovelli

Obama’s Cure is Worse Than the Ailment by Eric Margolis

No Free Speech in Britain by Sean Gabb

Instead of a Stimulus-Do Nothing! Seriously! by Robert Higgs

The Porn Bailout by Doug French

The Enslavers by William Norman Grigg

The Audacity of Mendacity by Justin Raimondo

Kyrgyzstan’s Revenge by Justin Raimondo

Obama Wants a Surge of His Own by Charles Pena

Obama Lies for Israel by Grant F. Smith

Is An Empire Necessary? by Bruce Fein

The 180-Degree Reversal of Obama’s State Secrets Position by Glenn Greenwald

The Holocaust is Over by David Gordon

What if Avigdor Lieberman Were in Austria? by Glenn Greenwald

The Biden Speech: The Downside by Robert Dreyfuss

The Plight of the Skanks by Richard Spencer

Obamania in Canuckistan by Nina Kouprianova

The Old California by Justin Raimondo

The Economic Apocalypse Isn’t So Bad by Richard Spencer

Dylan Hales interviewed by Jack Hunter 

Abraham Lincoln: Taking the Gloss Off the Great Emancipator by Jeffrey Rogers Hummel

What Is Anarchism? by Rad Geek

Americans Favor a Probe of War on Terror Excesses 

Secession Workshops and Seminars Now Available 

The Largest Wave of Suicides in History 

Change We Can Smoke? by Fred Gardner

A Call to End All Renditions by Marjorie Cohn

Who’s Running Guantanamo? by Andy Worthington

Judges Nabbed for Jailing Kids for Kickbacks by Dave Lindorff

Against Military Slavery by Karen Kwiatkowski

Abe the Mass Murderer: A Lincoln Scholar Comes Clean by Tom DiLorenzo

Economic Meltdown Tom Woods interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Tim Geithner and the Ruling Class by Morgan Reynolds

Killer Greens Down Under by Andrea Petrie

Fred Reed Retires-We’ll Miss You, Fred! 

Gerald Celente on FOX 

More Gerald Celente: “The Worst Economic Collapse Ever” 

Obama Backs Bush “State Secrets” Position by J.D. Tuccille

The History of Schools from InfoAll

The Worker As Tool 

A Pierre Joseph Proudhon Reader 

Anarchism and Its Many Sects by Shawn Wilbur

How Will Obama’s Deficits Be Financed? by Paul Craig Roberts

Obama’s Great Game by Pat Buchanan

Geithner Lays an Egg by Peter Schiff

Being Honest About Abe by Jack Hunter

Libertarians, Freaks and Kooks by Dylan Hales

Comic Libertarianism by Tom Piatak and Kevin Michael Grace

Darwinian Traditionalism by Matthew Roberts

France: It Couldn’t Happen Here, Could It? by Ted Rall

On the Rocks by Alexander Cockburn

Pakistan On the Brink by Brian M. Downing

Israel’s Ball Boys by Christopher Ketcham

Why Can Judd Gregg See What Obama Can’t? by Dave Lindorff

A Short History of Business Handouts by Stephen Lendman

How the American Empire Will Fall by Tom Schmidt

Joint Venture by David Usborne

Should You Join the Military? by Laurence Vance

Stimulus to Depression Lew Rockwell on the Mark and Jim Show

Out of Iraq? by Justin Raimondo

Barack Obama’s Empire Chris Floyd interviewed by Scott Horton

The International Silence on Gaza by Ann Wright

Can Procedural Utility Lend a Hand to Paleo-Libertarianism? by Dain Fitzgerald

Updated News Digest February 22, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 21 February 2009

Quote of the Week:

“Conservatives uphold voluntary community, quite as they oppose involuntary collectivism. Although Americans have been attached strongly to privacy and private rights, they also have been a people conspicuous for a successful spirit of community. In a genuine community, the decisions most directly affecting the lives of citizens are made locally and voluntarily. Some of these functions are carried out by local political bodies, others by private associations: so long as they are kept local, and are marked by the general agreement of those affected, they constitute healthy community. But when these functions pass by default or usurpation to centralized authority, then community is in serious danger.

Whatever is beneficent and prudent in modern democracy is made possible through cooperative volition. If, then, in the name of an abstract Democracy, the functions of community are transferred to distant political direction why, real government by the consent of the governed gives way to a standardizing process hostile to freedom and human dignity. For a nation is no stronger than the numerous little communities of which it is composed. A central administration, or a corps of select managers and civil servants, however well intentioned and well trained, cannot confer justice and prosperity and  tranquility upon a mass of men and women deprived of their old responsibilities. That experiment has been made before; and it has been disastrous. It is the performance of our duties in community that teaches us prudence and efficiency and charity.”

                                                                                     -Russell Kirk

The Feminazi War Against Liberty, Family, and All Good Things by Stephen Baskerville

Boomers-Your Financial Crisis Has Arrived by James Quinn

Help, Help, I’m Being Repressed! classic scene from a classic film

New Boss, Worse Than the Old Boss? by Lew Rockwell

The Looting Bush Family Russ Baker interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Western Aggression Against Iran by Eric Margolis

State Money vs. Private Money by Gary North

Talk Show Leninism by William Norman Grigg

Pro-Smuggling: Because I Have a Brain by Cristina C. Espina

The Nanny State by Laurence Vance

Hold Them Accountable by Justin Raimondo

Renounce Extraordinary Rendition by Philip Giraldi

“Anti-Semitic Pandemic” by Ran HaCohen

Reckoning for Bush? by William Fisher

The Draft: Just Say No by Ron Paul

Hamas Pushed to the Wall Over Cease-Fire by Mel Frykberg

Obama Defends Torturers and Wiretappers by Thomas Eddlem

Obama Embraces Bush’s Abuses by Bruce Fein

Avoiding Another Cold War by Scott Ritter

We Are All Extremists Now! by Seuman Milne

Where Will Obama Take U.S. in Afghanistan? by Alan Bock

Crisis Over Kosovo by Ian Bancroft

Israel is Trapped, and the Chance for Peace is Ever More Remote by Bruce Anderson

Crises vs. Liberty by Jacob Hornberger

Obama’s War in Iraq May Be Longer Than Bush’s War in Iraq by Thomas Ricks

Obama: The President of Special Interests by Paul Craig Roberts

The Metrics of National Decline by Pat Buchanan

Who Remembers “Guns and Butter”? by Paul Craig Roberts

Has the Schiff  Hit the Fan? by Karen De Coster

Bipartisan Generational Theft by Jack Hunter

BBC Priggery by Derek Turner

Meltdown Tom Woods and Richard Spencer interviewed by Jack Hunter

Why Pay Less? by Cristina Oxenberg

Idiocracy by Paul Gottfried

Center For a Stateless Society -Fundraiser by Brad Spangler

Entrepreneurs in Everything by Niccolo Adami

Obama’s “Civilian National Security Force” Has Been Established 

Ten Conservative Principles by Russell Kirk

British Man Fined Over Racist Abuse…of Germans 

North Idaho Polygamist Sect Draws Scrutiny 

To Alter or Abolish by David Bardallis

The Obama Deception 

The Politics of Economic Disaster 

Beating Back Modern Lincolnism by Patroon

Evolutionary Conservatism by MRob

The Oligarchs Escape Plan by Michael Hudson

The One-Dimensional Congress by Ralph Nader

Commodifying the Revolution by John Ross

Who Is a Terrorist? by Matt Svensson

Iraq Reconstruction: The Greatest Fraud in U.S. History by Patrick Cockburn

The Meltdown: Whose Fault is It? by P. Sainath

Did George Washington Smoke Pot? by Harvey Wasserman

White Recession, Black Depression by Dedrick Muhammad

Sean Hannity-Secessionist?

Hideous He-She Hag of the Week (but not all trannies are PC turdballs-don’t be prejudiced!)

The Politics of Johann Wolfgang Goethe by Hans Hermann Hoppe

“This is the Modern Underground Railroad” 

Get Out of the Euro by Gary North

Mexicans Are Dying in the U.S. Drug War by Steven Greenhut

Time Magazine is Finished! by Dave Gonigam

The Comic Opera of Democracy by William S. Lind

Where the Wild Things Are (The Soviet-Afghani War 1979-1989) by C. J. Maloney

Smuggling: Personal Free Trade by Cristina Espina

America’s Confused Cause in Central Asia by William Pfaff

Hollywood’s New Censors by John Pilger

Counter Intelligence by Philip Giraldi

It Isn’t All About Me by Justin Raimondo

Will Obama Close the School of the Americas? by Chris Steele

Peace or the Draft William Astore interviewed by Scott Horton

The Israeli Elections Jason Ditz interviewed by Scott Horton

The Super Judge Who Wants to Rule the World by Srdja Trifkovic

“We Will Behead the Infidels of Those Who Construct Negative Images of Muslims!” 

Public Schooling and Criminal Texting by Rad Geek

A Nation of Cowards? by Stonewall

Arizona Anarchist Assembly 

Sticks and Stones-New Anarchist Periodical 

The Cleanser by Norman Finkelstein

Aftermath of a Beheading by Wajahat Ali

Afghan Pitfalls by M. Shahid Alam

The Mormon Worker 

America’s Privileged Apparatchik Class by Stephanie Fitch

Self-Management in Cuba? by Larry Gambone

Spectral Analysis  by Roderick Long

Death to the New Class  from Rad Geek

Self-Management in Cuba, Part 2? by Larry Gambone

“He Was a Man of His Times” by Francois Tremblay

The Long Retreat by Pat Buchanan

From One Assault on the Constitution to Another by Paul Craig Roberts

The Status of Women vs Diversity? by Brenda Walker

A Conversation About Race by Richard Spencer

Young Americans for Liberty Jeff Frazee interviewed by Richard Spencer and Jack  Hunter

Do We Need More Race Talk? by Lila Rajiva

Castro Did Not Improve the Lives of Cubans by Humberto Fontova

Swiss Peoples Party Stands Up to U.S. Imperialism 

Soros and Volcker: Worse Than the Great Depression 

More Americans Support Marijuana Legalization Than the Stimulus Package 

Preparing for a Domestic Surge? by William Norman Grigg

“We Are Not Responsible” by Pat Buchanan

Liking Ike by Lew Rockwell

Beyond Open and Closed Borders by Laurence Vance

Obama’s Policy on Civil Liberties: Bush Lite? by Ivan Eland

Twilight in Afghanistan? by Philip Giraldi

Our Enemy, the President by Daniel McCarthy

Smearing The American Conservative by Glenn Greenwald

Don’t Bet on Obama Reining in Defense Spending by Benjamin H. Friedman

The Emerging State Sovereignty Movement by Patroon

Liberals Jump On Obama’s War Bandwagon by Justin Raimondo

The Prince of Darkness Denies Own Existence by Dana Milbank

The Lawyer’s Tale  by Alexander Cockburn

Using the Recession to Hammer Workers by David Lindorff

War Criminals Must Be Prosecuted by Marjorie Cohn

Updated News Digest March 1, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 28 February 2009

Quote of the Week:

“Everything the State says is a lie, and everything it has it has stolen.”

                                                                              -Friedrich Nietzsche

“Journalists and opinion makers who now deride what was revolutionary and progressive about modern capitalism (an easier life and a higher standard of living) do so as to stay ahead of the curve so they can welcome with open arms the new class war between the People (the majority of the population, those who work for a living) and the Elite (the plutocrats and oligarchs, their enablers and co-conspirators in the government, and their defenders in the MSM and upper academia) and ensure they are on the winning side. These court ‘intellectuals’ (if we can even dignify them with such a word) will speak of the very real and often underexplained and underestimated economic crisis with the same level of urgency as the entirely fictional environmental crisis, itself a secularized catastrophe fantasy designed to give these postmodern Puritans something to feel morally superior about with their lifestyle politics of Whole Foods activism and urbanite entitlement.”

                                                                                  -Ean Frick

 

On the Essentials of the High Modernist Era and the Current Crisis by Ean Frick

Maybe the Meltdown Wasn’t What You Think by Peter Brimelow

Why the U.S. Stimulus Package is Bound to Fail by David Harvey

Slumdog Success Story from Distributist Review

ACORN Initiates Civil Disobedience to Stop Foreclosures by Fernanda Santos

The PIGS Are At It Again from Rad Geek

Self-Management in Cuba, Part 3? by Larry Gambone

Choose Responsibility: Abolish the Drinking Age by from Thus Spoke Belinsky

How the Economy Was Lost by Paul Craig Roberts

American Homelessness Indicts Elite Heartlessness by Donald A. Collins

Why Merge Turkey with Europe? Why Merge Mexico with the U.S.? by Taki Theodoracopulos

How the Jews Got Their Smarts by Razib Khan

The Baptism of the State by Richard Spencer

Do You Really Want a “Conservation on Race”? by Pat Buchanan

Our Enemy, the GOP by Paul Gottfried

Get Those Shovels Ready to Dig Our Economic Graves by Bill Bonner

Weary Cogs in the Imperial Machine by Mark Crovelli

The Tax Attack on Persecuted Smokers by Philip Hensley

The Friendly Iranians by Will Hide

The Israel-Firsters Gasping, Dying Smear Tactics by Glenn Greenwald

Obama Should Follow Gorbachev’s Example by Eric Margolis

Republican National Socialism by Mike Tennant

Getting On With It in China  by Chris Clancy

Federal Repression of Secessionists? by Carol Moore

Twenty States Are Talking About Secession 

Puritannically Correct Cruelty by William Norman Grigg

The Rise of Avigdor Lieberman by Justin Raimondo

Empire at the End of Its Rope by Alan Bock

Cambodia’s Missing Accused by John Pilger

Peace or Peril by Chris Hedges

Obama’s Bananastan by Jeff Huber

Who Is Binyam Mohamed? by Andy Worthington

Don’t Let the Iran Headlines Scare You by Robert Dreyfuss

We Need a Truth Commission to Uncover Bush-Era Wrongdoing by James Cavallaro

Israel is Blind to Its Own Arab Citizens by Fareed Zakaria

Obama’s “Humane” Guantanamo is a Joke by Andy Worthington

Obama’s Embrace of Bush/Cheney “Terrorism” Policies by Glenn Greenwald

GI Resistance in Chicago 

Tax Time  from Second Vermont Republic

Is Nationalization Inevitable? by Peter Morici

The New War in Iraq by Patrick Cockburn

Going Up Against Big Coal in West Virginia by Mike Roselle

Obama Steps on the Pentagon Escalator by Franklin Spinney

How Credit Unions Survived the Crash by Ralph Nader

Kennedy and the Corporate Lobbies Craft a Health Plan by Helen Redmond

Murderous Atlanta PIGS Sentenced to Fed Time (don’t drop the soap, piggies!)

A Particular Universalism by TGGP

Affirmative Action Around the World by Thomas Sowell

Who Pulls the Strings: Zionism or Capitalism? Norman Finkelstein and James Petras debate

The New York Times is Going Under-Hooray!! by Eric Englund

Race Cowards in Academia by Walter Williams

Billions for Bankers, Nothing for Homeowners by Dave Gonigam

Understanding Environmentalism by Vin Suprynowicz

The Obamanians Are Dangerously Wrong by Lew Rockwell

Race Agitator by William Norman Grigg

The Sickening Media by Glenn Greenwald

Ron Paul vs Paul Volcker 

Will There Be Civil Unrest in the U.S.? 

The Forerunner to Obamanomics by Lew Rockwell

Gun Owners in the Age of Obama by Mike Gaddy

The Silence of the Liberals by Justin Raimondo

To Russia, With Hate by Justin Raimondo

Balancing Beijing by Doug Bandow

Start Closing Overseas Bases Now by David Vine

Beware Treating Afghanistan Like Iraq by Patrick Cockburn

What Obama’s Risking in Afghanistan by John Bruhns

Return of the War Party  by Pat Buchanan

Obamaland by Charles Glass

Affirmative Action GOP by Jack Hunter

Poverty Does Not Cause Terrorism by Austin Bramwell

The Transition to a Relocalized Manufacturing Economy by Kevin Carson

So Much for the Freedom to Protest by Francois Tremblay

South Carolina House Adopts State Sovereignty Resolution 

Alternatives to Panic: Rising from the Ashes of the Old Economy by P. B. Floyd

Teacher and Student: The New Class Struggle by Niranjan Ramakrishna

Obama’s Non-Withdrawal Withdrawal Plan by Chris Floyd

Afghanistan: Chaos Central by Chris Sands

All About Greed by Sheldon Richman

Wall Street Journal Says Limited Liability Plays a Role in Current Crisis 

The Pentagon is a Money Toilet by John Zmirak

We Should Laugh at Race-Based Jokes, Says Clint Eastwood 

PIG Assaults 15-Year-Old Girl 

It Would Be Cheaper to Fight WW2 Again by Robert Higgs

Glenn Beck is a Worthless Piece of Shit

The Economics of Empire David Henderson interviewed by Scott Horton

Drawdown Plan May Leave Combat  Brigades in Iraq by Gareth Porter

Obama’s Afghan Problem by Thomas Eddlem

Doomed to Repeat History in Afghanistan by Joseph Galloway

Starting the Second Korean War by Doug Bandow

Obama’s War on Terror by Joanne Mariner

Obama’s Iraq Plan Ain’t It by Robert Dreyfuss

Obama’s Debt Orgy by Peter Schiff

Anarchism and Radical Governments by Larry Gambone

PIGS Occupy California High School 

Is Nancy Pelosi Really Against War Crimes? by Alexander Cockburn

From Bush to Obama: Seven Years of Wartime Propaganda by Anthony DiMaggio

The Banks War on Workers by Mischa Gaus

Ruining Young Lives for Profit by Nicole Colson

National-Anarchist Beach Cleanse by Bay Area National Anarchists

Updated News Digest March 8, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 7 March 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“Any man who afflicts the human race with ideas must be prepared to see them misunderstood.”

                                                                               -H. L. Mencken

“The anarch understands that the particular identity of the authorities over him has come about randomly, with no inner connection with his true inner nature – he merely happens to be born or live in their domain, for the time being. Whether a Greek or an American, within a communist, capitalist or fascist structure – how could such a random association with his own nature expect special deference or respect from him? But he knows that he needs the authority for his own purposes and as a practical man, he therefore learns about its particularities and adjusts his behaviour accordingly.

Consciously recognizing the absence of any credible superior virtues or mandates in the authorities requires him to be more reliant on his own judgements and critical faculties. His understanding of history gives him a basis on which to critically judge the offers and boasts of authorities – he does not naively buy whatever is sold to him.”

                                                                                                         -Karl Fraser

National-Anarchism and Tribalism, Part One by Andrew Yeoman

National-Anarchism and Tribalism, Part Two by Andrew Yeoman

Left-Libertarianism Explained from The Radical Whole

A Kinder, Gentler Totalitarianism by Robert Weissberg

Pitchfork Time by Pat Buchanan

What’s Wrong with the Right? by Jack Hunter and Richard Spencer

A Banana Republic by 2012? by Paul Craig Roberts

Outlaw Thoughts by Doug French

The Denationalization of Money by Mike Gaddy

Ruling Class Libertarianism by Lew Rockwell

Banksters and Leftists: The Unholy Historic Alliance by Lew Rockwell

Bob Schieffer interviews Ron Paul 

Bob Schieffer interviews Ron Paul, Part Two

Obama, Pull Out of Iraq, or Dig In by Eric Margolis

Working in “Communist” China by Chris Clancy

The Communist Origins of Political Correctness by Agustin Blazquez

Is Obama a Potential Dictator? by Glenn Greenwald

Obama is Grabbing Your Medical Records by James Bovard

The Government Cannot Spend Its Way Out of a Depression Bob Higgs interviewed by Dennis Praeger

Radical Rethink Needed in Washington, D.C. by Philip Giraldi

It’s Obama’s War, Now by Chris Hedges

Mission Accomplished Indefinitely by Jeff Huber

Iran, the Jews and Germany by Roger Cohen

Obama’s State Secrets Echo Bush by Nat Hentoff

Obama’s Retreat on Iraq by Steve Chapman

Conservatives Need a Humbler Foreign Policy by Gene Healy

Lessons from LBJ’s Failed Presidency by Bob Herbert

Shouldn’t MoveOn Oppose Obama on Afghanistan? by John Nichols

New York Was Supposed to Have Been Immortal, But in the End It Couldn’t Deliver by Thomas Naylor

The Economics of Autonomous Zones 

Ethnic Cleansing and Israel by Conn Hallinan

The Changing Game in Afghanistan by Brian M. Downing

Banana Republic, USA by Tom Woods

Is the Political Class Deliberately Blocking an Economic Recovery? by Bill Anderson

Two Checks on Tyranny by Jacob Hornberger

Increase Revenues for California-Legalize Marijuana by Dale Gieringer

Voting Sucks! 

Hegemony or Survival? Noam Chomsky interviewed by Scott Horton

Endless War by Margaret Kimberley

Intel Head Draws Ire of Israel Lobby by Daniel Luban and Jim Lobe

War Comes Home to Britain by John Pilger

Read the Fine Print by Ivan Eland

Playing Defense by Winslow Wheeler and Pierre Sprey

Is It Now Okay to Talk About Hitler’s Assumption of Dictatorial Power? by Jacob Hornberger

Obama’s Coalition of the Unwilling by Amy Goodman

Setbacks for Pro-Israel Hawks in the U.S. by Bernd Debusmann

War Crimes and Double Standards by Robert Parry

Iran in the Crosshairs by Gareth Porter and Ray McGovern

The Ultimate Earmark: U.S. Military Aid to Israel by Bill and Kathleen Christison

Afghanistan: For Your Reading Pleasure by Robert Dreyfuss

Can Anti-Prohibition Cops Be Trusted? 

Shoplifting in a Free Store from Silent Radical’s Blog

Ask An Anarchist from Rad Geek

Responses to “Anarchism and Radical Governments” by Larry Gambone

Interview with Tucker Carlson by Red Phillips

Being Serious About Torture…Or Not by William Blum

Blueprint for a Police State by Marjorie Cohn

Will the Winds of Change Reach El Salvador? by Mark Engler

What’s Hezbollah Done for Us Lately? by Franklin Lamb

Porn Star Blows PIG,  Avoids Drug Arrest 

Manufacturing Fictive Kinship by John Robb

Kropotkin on Ants (from Mutual Aid) 

A Rambling Discussion of National-Anarchism 

Support the Center for a Stateless Society 

Sean Gabb Review’s Kevin Carson’s Organization Theory 

Legalize Drugs-Or See Mexico Become Afghanistan South! by Pat Buchanan

Montana Has It Right on 2nd Amendment by Chuck Baldwin

What We’re Fighting  by Evan McLaren

The Last Word on CPAC by Richard Spencer

Tax Revolt by Dylan Hales

Losing Majority by Dylan Hales

A Confession to Austrian Libertarians by Jeremy Weiland

Stylistic Reaganism and Right-Wing Existentialism by Ean Frick

Beating Back Obamanomics by Lew Rockwell

Recession and Recovery  by Bob Higgs

The Greatest Crash in History by Tom Woods

Harlots High and Low by Alexander Cockburn

Georgia Injustice by Rebekah Ward

My Day at the Terror Charity by Patrick Cockburn

We Want Obama to Fail by Peter Schiff

The Deck Chairs Are Fine Where They Are by Tom Woods

If Only Paul Krugman Were a Moron by Lila Rajiva

No More Reefer Madness by Steve Huntley

The Coming Second American Civil War? 

Drug Wars in Mexico Alan Bock interviewed by Scott Horton

U.S. Out of Afghanistan Jeff Huber interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama’s Appointments  Jim Lobe interviewed by Scott Horton

Bush Tyranny: Why Did So Few Americans Give a Damn? by William Pfaff

Afghanistan’s Graveyard of Invaders by Jurgen Todenhofer

Things Fall Apart (including the EU) by Richard Spencer

Front Porch Socialism by Dylan Hales

Freedom to Consume, or Not by Sheldon Richman

Updated News Digest March 15, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 14 March 2009

Quote of the Week:

“All universal moral principles are idle fancies.  All, all is theft, all is unceasing and rigorous competition in nature;…Are not laws dangerous which inhibit the passions? Compare the centuries of anarchy with those of the strongest legalism in any country you like and you will see that it is only when the laws are silent that the greatest actions appear.”

                                                                                      -Marquis De Sade

We Are All Collapsitarians Now by Kevin Kelly

The Pestilence of Fanaticism by U.S. Senator James A. Reed, 1925

Social Characteristics of Tribalism by Bay Area National Anarchists

9th Annual Berkeley Anarchist Students of Theory and Research and Development from Bay Area National Anarchists

All You Need to Know About the Bay Area Anarchist Bookfair 

Communism vs Agorism from No Third Solution

Randian Collective Action from theConverted

Considering Redistribution of Property from No Third Solution

Axis of the Expendable: Frum vs Limbaugh by Jack Hunter

Lyndon Baines Obama by Pat Buchanan

Conservatism: Ideology of the Old? by Razib Khan

Little Miss Zionist Gossip Queen by Adam Kharij

It’s the End of the World As We Know It by Nina Kouprianova

Did Somebody Say “Democracy”? by Kevin R. C. Gutzman

The Paleo-Punks by Dylan Hales

“The Greatest Depression” Underway from Second Vermont Republic

Too Big…Period by Ralph Nader

Stop Demonizing Iranians by Eric Margolis

Doomsday by Doug French

The Neocons Are Losing Their Grip by Glenn Greenwald

Enough with the “Diversity” by Walter Block

Sentence First, Trial Never by William Norman Grigg

Gunowners Are In Trouble by Mike Gaddy

A Victim of the State Speaks Out by Becky Akers

Signs of Progress and Danger by Justin Raimondo

Imagine An Occupied America by Ron Paul

A Convenient Scapegoat by Philip Giraldi

Enduring Blunder by Jeff Huber

Why the U.S. Under Obama Is Still a Dictatorship by Andy Worthington

Seeds Sprouting in the Rubble by Kevin Carson

Corporate Extortion from theConverted

That’s Politics for You by Sheldon Richman

Tax Revolt in Argentina from The Picket Line

The American Criminal Injustice System by Paul Craig Roberts

Decentralism or Bust Dylan Hales and Richard Spencer interviewed by Jack Hunter

Lessons From Kirkpatrick Sale by Dylan Hales

Can’t Get Enough Frum vs Limbaugh by Red Phillips

The Coming Evangelical Collapse by Dostoevsky

Bottom Feeders at the Trough  by Sharon Smith

Israeli Spying in the United States by Christopher Ketcham

Obama Caves in to the Lobby by Ray McGovern

The Doublespeak of a Discredited IMF by Eric Toussaint and Damien Millet

Prisons, Profits and the Banality of Evil by Chris Floyd

Making a Difference by Bay Area National Anarchists

The Fed Has Destroyed Your Retirement by Gary North

Home Defense in the Coming Depression Greg Perry interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Caesar Is Not God by Ryan McMaken

Do We Want the Republicans Back? by Laurence Vance

The Economics of Depression Lew Rockwell interviewed by Brian Wilson

The Drug War vs Civilization by Anthony Gregory

China: The Next Big Enemy? by Justin Raimondo

The Groundwork Has Already Been Laid for Martial Law by John Whitehead

Don’t Fear China Doug Bandow interviewed by Scott Horton

Why Is Obama Defending John Yoo? by Daphne Eviatar

Empire of Bases by Hugh Gusterson

Barack Obama, Meet Team B by Scott Ritter

The Necons Strike Back by Robert Parry

Dick Cheney’s Death Squad by Seymour Hersh

The Totalitarian Therapeutic State by Sheldon Richman

Go to Cancun With Your Virginity, Leave With 20 Kilos of Heroin 

In Defense of McCarthyism by Dylan Hales

The Parable of the Shopping Mall by Alexander Cockburn

Is This Really the End of Neoliberalism? by David Harvey

How Israel Gives Jews a Bad Name by Saul Landau

Drug War Doublespeak by Laura Carlsen

Imprisoning Immigrants for Profit by Tom Barry

Criminalizing Poverty by Chris Mobley and Leela Yellesetty

Anarchist-Communist Appeal Against NATO Summit 

San Diego IWW Demonstration for Fired Organizer 

Texas Police Exploit Black Motorists 

It’s “Racist” to Oppose Afghan War by Harrison Bergeron 2

Wrong Classical Liberal Predictions by TGGP

Individualism and Self-Defense by Mike Gaddy

A Vintage Fight Over Wine by Michael A. Lerner

The Destruction of Mexico by Guy Lawson

Crisis in Pakistan Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

Charles Freeman’s Victory by Justin Raimondo

In Memory of Rachel Corrie by Gila Svirsky

Updated News Digest March 22, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 22 March 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“Bad laws are the worst sort of tyranny.” -Edmund Burke

“Laws: We know what they are, and what they are worth! They are spider webs for the rich and mighty, steel chains for the poor and weak, fishing nets in the hands of the government.”

                                                                        -Pierre Joseph Proudhon

“The State calls its own violence law, but that of the individual crime.”

                                                                                      -Max Stirner

My Anarchism Problem by Bob Black

A Washington, D.C. Heretic is Punished by Eric Margolis

America’s Ivy League College: The Dumbass Factory by C. J. Maloney

Traveling in the New China by Chris Clancy

The Ides of March Got a Bad Rap by Cheryl Vanbuskirk

Et Tu, Switzerland? by Balz Bruppacher

Drunk Driving Laws Are Absurd by Mark R. Crovelli

The Drug War vs Civilization Anthony Gregory interviewed by Scott Horton

Continuity and Change by Justin Raimondo

These Secretaries Can’t Even Type by Jeff Huber

Taliban Plan Drags Obama Deeper by Gareth Porter

Obama Follows Bush on Detainees by William Fisher

Who Are the “Worst of the Worst”? by Andy Worthington

Of Patriots and Assassins by Pat Buchanan

John Stossel Takes Down Sean Hannity 

Zionism is the Problem by Ben Ehrenreich

What We Don’t Know About Iraq by Philip Bennett

How Abu Ghraib Was Politically Defused, Part One by James Bovard

Ending Our Imperial Foreign Policy by Fareed Zakaria

The More Things Change… by Srdja Trifkovic

Racist Jim Clyburn by Jack Hunter

The Domestic Costs of Empire from Richmond Left-Libertarian Alliance

San Francisco PIGS Attack Demonstrators 

Wobblies March in San Diego 

Racist Abuse of Pennsylvania Prisoners 

Shut Down IMF/World Bank Meeting 

Santa Cruz Anarchist Convergence, May 7-11 

Obama and the Empire by Bill and Kathleen Christison

Victory for the Left in El Salvador by Richard Gott

Americans Want Justice for Wall Street Crooks by Ralph Nader

Coxey’s Army Will March Again! by Stephen Fleischman

Dismantling the Killer Elite by William Norman Grigg

EU Bans “Miss” and “Mrs” As Sexist (the journey into the Cultural Marxist Twilight Zone continues)

California to Legalize Marijuana? 

What Should We Do in the Face of Private Firearms Confiscation? by Mike Gaddy

The Emerging Marxist Church by Bill Anderson

The Confiscation of Privately Owned Weapons by Tim Case

What Happened to the War? by Laurence Vance

Some Truths About Guantanamo Bay by Lawrence Wilkerson

Compulsory National Service On Its Way? 

A Great Debate on Afghanistan by Jacob Hornberger

My Life in the New Left by Kevin MacDonald

Systemic Failure by Pat Buchanan

Israel’s American Chattel by Paul Craig Roberts

Was the Bailout Itself a Scam? by Paul Craig Roberts

Launching Lifeboats Before the Ship Sinks by Paul Craig Roberts

Empire, Secession and the Left Kirkpatrick Sale interviewed by Jack Hunter and Dylan Hales

States’ Rights and the Left by Jack Hunter

A Lexicon of Conservative Bullshit by Dylan Hales

Is Capitalism Making Life Better? by Noam Chomsky (hat tip to Francois Tremblay)

Massive French Protests and Ontario Factory Occupation by Larry Gambone

Economics: The Abysmal Science by Thomas N. Naylor

Open Letter to the Antiwar Movement 

London PIGS Fear Insurrection at G-20 Meeting 

Conservatives In Name Only by Filmer

The Economy in Two Eras of Democrats by Sam Smith

Bedouin Villages Left in the Dark Ages by Jonathan Cook

Where Are We Leaving Iraqi Women? by Yifat Susskind

U.S. Human Rights Abuses in the War on Terror by Joanne Mariner

A Grand Bargain for the Culture Wars by TGGP

We’re Dropping Down an Economic Hole by Gerald Celente

The U.S. Dollar, R.I.P. by Peter Schiff

An Open Letter to Chuck Norris by Chuck Norris

The Big Takeover by Matt Taibbi

Warning from Bosnia for Iraq by Ivan Eland

Iran: A Way Forward by Philip Giraldi

Obama’s New Message to Iran  by Glenn Greenwald

Obama and the Neocon Middle East Agenda by Stephen Sniegoski

Negotiate with the Taliban, Free John Walker Lindh by Kelley Vlahos

Why It Matters That the Army Was on the Streets of Samson, Alabama by J.D. Tuccille

Chuck Norris: Revolutionary? 

Cops Cause Crime by Francois Tremblay

Canning for the Revolution by Chris Lempa

Enemies of What State? by Kevin Carson

Institutionalized Sadism by Rad Geek

Annual Anti-Police March in Montreal 

On the Edge of the Volcano by Alexander Cockburn

When Things Fall Apart by Paul Craig Roberts

Slumdogs vs Billionaires by P. Sainath

Local Currencies by John Robb

Targeting Banksters? by John Robb

Updated News Digest March 30, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 28 March 2009

Quote of the Week:

“As an anarch, I am determined to go along with nothing, ultimately take nothing seriously-at least not nihilistically, but rather as a border guard in no man’s land, who sharpens his eyes and ears between the tides.”

                                                                                            -Ernst Junger

“My notion of the law as written is that it was conceived to catch every whore and make every mean man rich.”

                                                                                               -Norman Mailer

The Dangerous Movement for States’ Rights by Dylan Hales

Sarah the Populist? by Paul Gottfried

State of Revolution by Jack Hunter

What Happened to the War on Terror? by Jack Hunter

Going Weimar by Pat Buchanan

States, Not Washington, D.C., Need Our Attention by Chuck Baldwin

Attending Anarchist Events from Bay Area National Anarchists

New Australian National-Anarchist Video 

Are You a Domestic Terrorist? 

On Revolution and Counter-Revolution by Larry Gambone

Hollywood Always Loves the State from Out of Step

Off the PIGS!! 

Our Next Debacle by Harrison Bergeron 2

Obama’s Gang of Four by Thomas N. Naylor

Obama’s Team of Losers by Michael Donnelly

Denial and Evasion on Afghanistan by Norman Solomon

Cat-and-Mouse Off Hainan Island by William S. Lind

IDF Fired on Medics in Gaza 

Capitalism From the Standpoint of Its Victims by M. Shahid Alam

Israel’s Most Revolting Law by Uri Avnery

Bush the Teacher by Ralph Nader

The Rules of Engagement in Gaza: Fire on the Rescuers by Amira Hass

The Stark Facts About Violence Against Women by Elizabeth Schulte

The Intellectual Origins of “Militant Democracy” by Dain Fitzgerald

Terror Begins at Home by Philip Jenkins

The Attempt to Silence Walter Block by Tom DiLorenzo

A Fifteen-Year-Depression by Phil Davis

FDA Totalitarianism by Bill Sardi

The Case for Norman Mailer Conservatism a classic from Murray Rothbard, 1969

The Virtues of Patriarchy by Bob Higgs (as Aster begins to snivel and drivel in-between slurps, “Boo-hoo-hoo-hoo, I’m so oppressed, sniffle, sniffle, sob, sob, poor, poor me, boo-hoo-hoo”)

The American Empire: A Finale by Justin Raimondo

Tangled Webs by Philip Giraldi

The Long War Generals by Jeff Huber

Non-Interventionists Need Not  Apply by Michael Scheuer

NATO: Still Mission-Creeping at 60  by Alexander Cockburn

Obama Doesn’t Talk Like Bush, He Just Acts Like Him by Ted Rall

Russia: Big Threat or Paper Bear? by Eric Margolis

It’s Time to Let Go of NATO by Pat Buchanan

Politics, Jews and Israel by Razib Khan

Barney’s Bitches by Ilana Mercer

Thomas Woods interviewed by Richard Spencer 

Reefer Madness by Jack Hunter

War and the Neoconservative Mind by Jack Hunter

Containing Jihad by Mark Hackard

Old Right, New Beck? by Dylan Hales

Is the Bailout Plan Breeding a Greater Crisis? by Paul Craig Roberts

What the Drug Warriors Have Given Us by Sheldon Richman

Cost Plus Mark-Up and Mandatory Overhead by Kevin Carson

The Fallacy of Prevention From theConverted

What Games Are Conditions? by Francois Tremblay

London Protesters Threaten Bankers, Evoke Executions 

Obama’s Fall Guy  by Alexander Cockburn

How the Scam Works by Michael Hudson

The Insolence Abroad: A Defense of Iceland by Gregory A. Burris

The Broken Stone of Corporatism by Stephen Martin

The Mafia Without Moralizing by Kim Nicolini

Why Do We Need a Health Insurance Industry? by Dave Lindorff

The Big Con on Iraq by Gareth Porter

Billions More for Failed Banks by Dean Baker

Sexting: A First Amendment Challenge by David Rosen

Another System Atrocity 

The Portuguese National-Syndicalist Movement by Flavio Goncalves

The War on Drugs is Now the War on Guns by Mike Gaddy

Drug War Idiocy by Jacob Hornberger

The Threat of Hyper-Depression by Bob Murphy

How I Got In Trouble Walter Block interviewed by Lew Rockwell

How Do a Free People Lose Their Liberty? by Bob Higgs

Get a Van! You’ll Need a Back-Up Home by Joe Schembrie

Breaking with Israel by Justin Raimondo

The Nation Formerly Known As Yugoslavia by Justin Raimondo

Judge Terrified of Citizen (poor baby) by Paul Hein

I’m Tired of What My Country Has Become by Don Cooper

Traveling in China by Chris Clancy

The Truth About Guantanamo Lawrence Wilkerson interviewed by Scott Horton

Diplomacy in the Obama Administration Philip Giraldi interviewed by Scott Horton

The Facts About Iran’s Uranium Enrichment Program Muhammad Sahimi interviewed by Scott Horton

The “Rule of Law” Nuisance by Glenn Greenwald

Obama’s Afghan Quagmire Deepens by Simon Tisdall

A Terrorist-Producing Machine by Jacob Hornberger

China: Don’t Buy Government Bonds by Sheldon Richman

Afghanistan: Waiting for the “Exit Strategy” by Robert Dreyfuss

Lost History Hurts Obama’s Iran Bid by Robert Parry

The Global Impact of U.S. War on Terror, Part Two by Joanne Mariner

Debate Over Israel Lobby Clout Returns by Nathan Guttman

U.S. Spills Afghan War Into Pakistan by M K Bhadrakumar

Will Israel Be Brought to Book? by Seumas Milne

National-Anarchists in the Military

Hero of War Song from Rise Against

The Only Place Where Freedom Has Any Meaning by Jeremy Weiland

Dead Culture Walking by Brenda Walker

Bash Back: Solidarity with Cop Killers 

Pink and Black Attack: New Gay Anarchist Publication 

A Ban on Global Currency? by Red Phillips

Bush Administration Torturers to be Put on Trial by Harrison Bergeron 2

Too Big to Fail? by Arno J. Mayer

Updated News Digest April 5, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 5 April 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“I read the Social Democratic newspapers. I saw their disgusting attitude towards anything that bore even the slightest revolutionary character, and I realized that there could be no reconciliation between a revolutionary party and a party trying to earn a reputation for ‘moderation’ in the eyes of the government and the bourgeoisie.”

                                                                                 -Peter Kropotkin

States Rebellion Pending by Walter Williams

David Allan Coe: American Rebel by Will Forbis

“The FARC Think These Americans Are Pussies” by Christina Oxenberg

Tory Hacks Give Lip Service to Localism and Communitarianism by Sasha Issenberg (thanks Ean!)

911 Truths by Jack Hunter

On Loving to Hate the South by Paul Gottfried

Globomoney by Richard Spencer

Conspiracy Theories by Dylan Hales

Obama’s Attack on the Middle Class by Paul Craig Roberts

Is Notre Dame Still Catholic? by Pat Buchanan

Terror Begins At Home by Philip Jenkins

Neocon Obama Fans by Harrison Bergeron 2

Saint Wal-Mart? by Roderick Long

Patri Friedman on Seasteading (hat tip to Kevin Carson)

Open Source Health Care

Hollywood’s Democratic-Capitalist Self Censorship by Francois Tremblay

Which Politician Came Up With the Idea That Dying for Your Country is a Good Thing? by Sheldon Richman

They Really Give Nobel Prizes Away Like Candy These Days by Paul Krugman

R.I.P. Burt Blumert (1929-2009) by Wally Conger

Sheldon Richman on Arkansas Public TV 

Libertarian Essays by Roy Halliday 

All Hail Tax Resistance! from The Picket Line

Lessons from the Gulag Archepelago from The Picket Line

Virginia: Human Rights Abuses at Red Onion Supermax Prison 

UK: Protests Against Capitalism and the G20 

More Reasons To Be Against Happiness by TGGP

Early Mormon Cooperative Economics (thanks Chris!)

Barack of Kabul by Eric Margolis

Explaining the Boom and the Bust by Bob Murphy

Newsweek Actually Tells the Truth for Once? by Glenn Greenwald

End the War on Drugs by Ron Paul

We’re On the Edge of the Abyss by Peter Schiff

Burt Blumert: Liberty’s Benefactors by Lew Rockwell

Here Come the Food Police by Vin Suprynowicz

Fiat Money and Inflation by Chris Clancy

Civil War by Bill Bonner

The Obamamites Go to War by Justin Raimondo

To Reduce Violence, End the Drug War by Justin Raimondo

Stop Arming Israel by Philip Giraldi

Yes, We Have No Bananastan by Jeff Huber

Another Lost War? by William S. Lind

U.S. Cries Wolf Over China? by David Isenberg

National Anarchist-Syndicalist Union 

Leftism 101 by Lawrence Jarach

Prospects for Global Depression and Unrest by John Robb

Oppose Internet Censorship from National-Anarchists Australia/New Zealand

A New Global Debt Crisis by Nicholas Dearden

The Obama Betrayal by Dave Lindorff

“We’ll Make You See Death” by Joanne Mariner

Obama’s Pakistan Gambit by Ron Jacobs

Economic Inequality: The Foundation of the Racial Divide? by Dedrick Muhammad

What Next in Afghanistan? by Patrick Cockburn

Where’s All the Money Coming From? by Ralph Nader

Obama Bombs by Ray McGovern

Syria Calling by Seymour Hersh

The New Far Right Philo-Semitism 

Is Angelina Jolie Bad for Africa? 

“I’m Having a Very Good Crisis,” says George Soros 

The New American Interviews Antiwar.Com’s Eric Garris Part I Part II

What Is the State? by Lew Rockwell

Civil Unrest, Ghost Malls and Another American Revolution Interview with Gerald Celente

The Role of Government in a Free Society Lecture by Walter Williams

Asshole PIG Resigns 

Minneapolis PIGS Plant Gun on Teen After Murdering Him 

Mexico Has a U.S. Problem, Not a Drug Problem by Fred Reed

Blessed Are the Warmakers? Laurence Vance interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Neocon Victimology by Glenn Greenwald

Why Do PIGS Kills Dogs? by J.D. Tuccille

Guns, Gold, Secession by Karen De Coster

New World Disorder by Gary North

Dead Banks Walking by Lila Rajiva

The Scam of Political Representation by Gerard Casey

The Outlook for the Dollar Peter Schiff interviewed by Eli Neusner

Collapse: The Dollar’s Destination by Mike Rozeff

It’s All A Conspiracy! by Richard Spencer, Dylan Hales and Jack Hunter

Catholics and the Left John Zmirak interviewed by Richard Spencer

The Green Revolution Saved Lives? by Kevin Carson

The New Proudhon Library from Shawn Wilbur

John Taylor Gatto: State-Controlled Consciousness from Francois Tremblay

Tax Day Protests Planned from The Picket Line

Sheldon Richman on the Financial Crisis from Social Memory Complex

Affluenza and the Economic Meltdown of America by Thomas N. Naylor

Will There Be Anarchy After the 1930s? 

Modesto Citizens Retaliate Against PIGS 

Carter Conservatism by Sean Scallon

Obama and the Ruling Class  by David Macaray

Assassination Attempt Against St. Louis Green Party Leader by Don Fitz

Surging Further Into the Afghan Abyss by Chris Floyd

Dershowitz Encounters a Worrying Future by Michael Scheuer

Mandatory National Service on the Way? James Bovard interviewed by Scott Horton

The Truth About Guantanamo Lawrence Wilkerson interviewed by Scott Horton

Repeating Vietnam War Errors in Afghanistan by Matt Steinglass

How Do We Save NATO? We Quit by Andrew Bacevich

Fake Faith and Epic Crimes by John Pilger

The Greatest Blunder in British History by Laurence Vance

New Issue of Black Oak Presents by Michael Kleen (thanks Flavio!)

Is India Headed for Hyperinflation? by Subroto Roy (thanks Peter!)

Fucking Retards (thanks Ean!)

The Forest for the Trees by Ean Frick

An Introduction to Carl Schmitt by Gary Ulmen

National Lampoon by Austin Bramwell

How I Became a Domestic Terrorist by Ilana Mercer

Let’s Play Pretend by Peter Schiff

The Real Federal Deficit  by Tim Worstall

On the Justice of Clearing Ward Churchill by Dylan Hales

Being Honest About Abe by Jack Hunter

Should We Kill the Fed? by Pat Buchanan

Homesteading Detroit: On Urban Farming by No Third Solution

An Exercise to Clear Your Mind by Francois Tremblay

Bring on the Summer of Rage! by Charlie Brooker

Defining Terms by Thomas Fleming (thanks Chris!)

Republic Magazine: Issue # 14 (thanks Flavio!)

But in Anarchy, Who Would Make the Roads? (thanks Peter!)

Coming to a Town Near You, the BANA Newstand! 

An Interview with Noam Chomsky 

Solidarity with the Students: An Open Letter from Greek Soldiers 

Veganarchists on the London Insurrection 

PIGS/Protestors Clash in Paris 

From Twin Towers to Twin Camelots by Alexander Cockburn

Homeless in Tent City, USA by Kathy Sanborn

Girding for a Depression by Morici

The War on Drugs is a War on You by Michael Boldin

Biden, Nixon and Latin America by Saul Landau

Nuclear Power Plants: Fooling with Disaster? by Sue Sturgis

Was Gaza Israel’s Waterloo? by John Goekler

The Federal Railroading of Victoria Sprouse by William Anderson and Candice Jackson

Death to D.A.R.E. by William Norman Grigg

The Humanitarian with the Printing Press by Anthony Gregory

The PIGS Are Out to Get You by Brian Cohoon

Marijuana Reduces Tumors 

Christianity is Not a Neocon Death Cult by Tom Woods

Small Town Anarchy by J.L. Bryan (thanks Folk n’ Faith!)

There Will Be Hyper Inflation  by Thorstein Polleit

The Fair Tax is a Scam by Laurence Vance

The Goldberg Syndrome by Justin Raimondo

How to Combat Mexican Drug Cartels by Ivan Eland

Obama’s Neoliberals: Selling His Afghan War by Jeremy Scahill

An Ominous Parallel by Jacob Hornberger

Obstruction of Justice by Chris Hedges

Updated News Digest April 12, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 11 April 2009

Quote of the Week:

The categories of ‘Left’ and ‘Right’ are paradigmatically modernist. It is not an accident that they date back to the French Revolution, and that they fade with the decline of modernity. In the early 19th century, the distinction referred primarily to the relation to the French Revolution, with the Right defending the status quo ante, and the Left the new bourgeois regime. Later, after it became clear that there was no way to restore the ancien régime, the categories came to characterize the split between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat. But, even that became obsolete with the development of social democracy and the integration of the labor movement into the system at the turn of the century. Subsequently the Bolshevik Revolution introduced a seven-decades-long distortion, which only now is beginning to disappear, whereby Left and Right were identified with political regimes based respectively on capitalism and socialism. The capitalist turn in Communist China and the predominance of social democracy in the capitalist West indicate the extent to which the reduction of politics to economics presupposed by the distinction was a Cold War fraud. Consequently, after 1989, the distinction has become increasingly blurred; it lingers on by default, pending the development of better alternatives and of a political climate that will make it possible to recast the political in terms other than those deployed by the ruling elites.

In other words, how to reconfigure the political is itself a political issue, whose outcome is a function of political struggle. Today, the Left/Right split remains an ideological smokescreen concealing the real distinction: between neo-liberals (as well as neo-conservatives) and communitarians.

The former are committed to ever-growing state intervention, bureaucratic rationality, and the bourgeois values of abstract individuality, formal equality, social justice, representative liberal democracy, and unrestricted inclusiveness. This is the ideology of the therapeutic New Class, camouflaging its axiological particularity as universal truth, proceduralizing politics, and privatizing morality. The hypostatizing of bourgeois values to universal truths warranting their imposition on dissidents, now degraded from political opponents to pathological or criminal cases, is part of that general process of depoliticization entailed by the liberal project from its very beginning: the reduction of politics to administration.

The latter (communitarians) insist on insist on local autonomy, direct democracy, cultural particularity, and traditional values of solidarity, belonging, and the identity of politics and morality. Opponents are neither pathologized or criminalized, but classified as ‘enemy’ or ‘friend’ and treated accordingly (within various kinds of confederal, federal, or international agreements) or ostracized, confronted, and, in extreme cases, forcibly coerced.”

                                                                                          -Gary Ulmen

 

The Forest for the Trees by Ean Frick

The Neocon Credo by Dan McCarthy

The Marcuse Factor  by Paul Gottfried

In Search of Anti-Semitism by Paul Gottfried

The Mondragon Cooperatives: All in This Together from the Economist (thanks Brady!)

Taking Communism Away from the Communists: The Origins of Modern Liberalism by Fred Siegel

Liberals and Conservatives: Relics of the Past by Thomas Naylor

Global Currency: One Step Closer by Evans Ambrose-Pritchard

Progressive Warmongers by Justin Raimondo

The Two Faces of Barack Obama by Justin Raimondo

National Security: The Last Refuge of Scoundrels by Kevin Carson

Let a Thousand Nations Bloom by Patri Friedman

America’s Imperial Wars: Why We Need to See the Horrors by David Lindorff

America’s Friends: The Kkmer Rouge 

The Suicide of the West by Justin Raimondo

Left and Right Against the Military-Industrial Complex by Jon Basil Utley

Iraq Disaster Still a Mystery to Some by Alan Bock

Beware the Cult of Obama by Gene Healy

Cowardice in the Time of Torture by Ray McGovern

Ten Ways the U.S. Is Turning Afghanistan Into Iraq by Juan Cole

Obama Threatens North Korea Over Launch 

New and Worse Secrecy and Immunity Claims by Glenn Greenwald

No Excuses for Ongoing Concealment of Torture Memos by Glenn Greenwald

What About the Other Missing War Photos? by Greg Mitchell

Obama’s Flawed Nuclear Free Vision by John Nichols

A Missile Launch for Dummies by Donald Kirk

Let’s Hope Obama Keeps His Cool Toward N. Korea by John Gittings

North Korean Rocket Stirs Hawks by Katrina Vanden Heuval

March Madness, 1939 by Pat Buchanan

How Freedom Was Lost by Paul Craig Roberts

The Function of Political Ideologies by Larry Gambone

A Different Approach to Socialism by Jeremy Weiland

The Postmodern Alliance by Mark Hackard

Korean Straits  by Richard Spencer

2.7 Million People Demonstrate in Italy 

The IMF Rules the World by Michael Hudson

Prison Talk 

The Democrats and the Afghan War by Normon Solomon

Newt’s Foreign Policy Fantasies by Jack Hunter

Gangsta Gifts by Ilana Mercer

Screwing the Country by Jack Hunter

Americans Don’t Need New Cars by Richard Spencer

Riots and Intrigue in Eurasian by Mark Hackard

Kooks and Blue State Republicans by Robert Stacy McCain

White Europeans: An Endangered Species? from Yale Daily News

More Cultural Enrichment? by Thomas Fleming

Democrats for Plutocrats by Roderick Long

Against Privateering by Rad Geek

Fun With Totalitarianism by Roderick Long

Priority Number One for the PIGS by Rad Geek

Obama Expands Bush’s Wiretapping Program by Harrison Bergeron 2

The Decade of Darkness by Mike Whitney

What Would It Take to Mend Fences with Islam? by Patrick Cockburn

Israel’s Master Plan for Transfer by Ellen Cantarow

Obama and Israel’s Threat to Strike Iran by Gareth Porter and Jim Lobe

Obama’s Bloated Military Budget by Jeremy Scahill

Escaping the Drug War Quagmire by Kevin Zeese

Prosecuting the Bush Torture Team: Spain Leads the Way by Marjorie Cohn

Secession-One Year Later by Bill Buppert

Be in Charge of Your Own Health Care by David McKalip M.D.

After Torture, Resurrection by Ray McGovern

America’s Drug War Is Destroying Mexico Guy Lawson interviewed by Scott Horton

Goodbye, Bill of Rights by Philip Giraldi

The Ballad of John Singer by William Norman Grigg

Why Europe Won’t Fight by Pat Buchanan

The Wise Man of Liberty by Justin Raimondo

Common Sense Bye-Bye by Peter Schiff

The Radical Right by Jack Hunter

Good News: $PLC Loses $50 Million by Patrick Cleburne

Wilhelm Ropke’s Swiss Front Porch by Allan Carlson

Cash Strapped Communities Are Printing Their Own Money by Marisol Bello

G.K. Gets Real by Patrick Deneen

Chavez in China Touts “New World Order” 

Squatters Resist Foreclosures 

Student Revolt in NYC 

Resurrection and Revenge by Alexander Cockburn

How the Media Bought the Surge by Saul Landau

Obama’s Afghanistan Plan and India-Pakistan Relations by M. Reza Pirbhai

The Ideology of Barack Obama by William Blum

Obama’s Crossover Dribble on Marijuana by Fred Gardner

Don’t Believe Barack by Lew Rockwell

My Censored Reply to the Sheriff by William Anderson

Nullification: Its Time Has Come Again by Clyde Wilson

Barack Obama: Torture Enabler by Ted Rall

Fujimori’s Lesson for Bush by Jacob Hornberger

Liberals Line Up with Militarism by Chris Floyd

Essential Skills for the Post-Apocalyptic World 

China’s Threat to the U.S. is Exaggerated by Ivan Eland

Obama Worse Than Bush on State Secrets Glenn Greenwald interviewed by Ivan Eland

Why Big Government Always Wins by Harrison Bergeron 2

A People Apart? Paul Gottfried interviewed by Richard Spencer

The Union Makes Us Weak by William Gillis

The German Anarchist Movement in NYC: 1880-1914

ATS Book Review: Ken MacLeod’s “The Execution Channel”

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 9 April 2009

by Peter Bjorn Perls

Ken MacLeod is one of the better Science Fiction authors of this day. He is best known, I think, for his “Fall Revolution” quarilogy consisting of the books The Star Fraction, The Sky Road, The Stone Canal and The Cassini Division, which were released between 1995 and 1999, in which he manages to produce a fantastically fresh blend of science fiction and  political exploration, with an unexpected quality: It does not preach ideology. (I will review his other works at a later time).
Political science fiction is the staple of MacLeod, and The Execution Channel continues on that path. In this, the book does not take place in 2040 and onwards, but quite a bit closer to our current point in time. Even though no “present day” dates are mentioned, by my reckoning it takes place just before 2020.
The setting is an Earth where the War on Terror rages on with no end in sight, this time, the Coalition peace keepers moved North from Afghanistan into central Asia on the nexus between several factions and states: Tien Shan, squeezed between Russia, China, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. Closer to home, with the pace of technological progress continuing apace (and i might add, a continually deteriorating degree of accountability of the powers that be), the fact of life circa 2020 in England, and presumably much of the world, is video surveillance of all roads and street corners, and mobile phones being so cheap that they have reached the point of disposability (paid for with Euros), but society still seems dominated by use of automotive transportation and the associated fossil fuel use. The US has an increased presence in Britain, it seems, though mostly confined to the military bases around the country. Everything else is much the same, even the cultural/religious/racial tensions in the ghettos, (in the UK, notably Bradford), and Google is still the centerpiece in people’s life on the internet.
Where the world differs from What We Know is that the Cold War is back of sorts: Russia and China are both rising back to superpower status, and they are anti-Western with a vengeance. The latter has aligned itself with North Korea, the former with… France.
The wellspring of the difference between this world and the one we know, is (Ken really chose his ideas tongue-in-cheek!) the contested US Election of 2000. Yes, G.W. Bush never made it to office – Al Gore did. In 2001 when Al is at work, a memo lands on his desk, stating that Al Queda intends to strike the US, so he goes into action and launches a volley of cruise missiles at Afghanistan. The result is lots of civilian casualties, and a popular backlash which in the story is what galvanizes the AQ to perform the 9/11 attacks. All which this goes on with Gore becoming a Democratic War President, Bush is relegated to authoring a book about the foolishness of US military adventures in foreign countries. With this digression I’m pointing out that MacLeod has a talent for making political satire from juxtapositions and keen observations of facts of history and ideology that will make you laugh out loudly. With the repeated pokes at vocal political groups (particularly those that tend to whine loudly), MacLeod uses both wit and sarcasm to full effect.
The core of the dramatis personae is the Travis family: The son Alec in the peacekeeping forces in Central Asia, the daughter Roisin who is a peacenik that as the novel takes off, has spent the last 6 months in a peace protest camp outside a Scottish air force base (RAF Leuchars, north of Edinburgh), and the father, James, is a government software contractor with ties to foreign intelligence agencies. The barrel of blackpowder couldn’t be more obvious!
What happens on what is later termed the 5/5 attack (the morning the 5th of May, 2000-something), is that the Leuchars base is hit by a low yield nuclear weapon. Roisin is tipped off of this by her brother (who despite being separated from his family by thousands of kilometers is still tied into the story) flees with the fellow peace protesters, and then it all starts: Britain is struck by a volley of bombings on important infrastructure points, and from there on, the ball rolls; international tension, since the reasoning goes that it’s one of the other nuclear powers that did it, and domestic chaos as the state comes down on everyone who gets out of line, at the same time as popular suspicion Al Queda intervention results in attacks on Muslims all over Britain. Yep, MacLeod certainly knows what contemporary strings to play.
The two dark horses of the story are: First, that the governments of the world use farfetched conspiracy theories to distract political dissenters toward unproductive pursuits (namely UFO scheming instead of aiming for the unaccountable political powers, which is MacLeod’s stab at the conspiracy buffs), second, that these governments also run secret detention centers around the world (which is already commonplace knowledge) where brutal executions take place, and somehow footage from these executions make it to the public on a broadcast channel that gives the book its title: The Execution Channel. In MacLeod’s world, you don’t have to go to 4chan.org anymore for your filth and atrocities, it’s right on your TV set!
Now, closing on the verdict of the book. Is it any good? My answer is that that It Depends.
I got it in the mail yesterday morning, and after having performed the chores of the day, I started reading it in the late afternoon. In doing so, I surprised myself by doing something I haven’t done, by my count, in 13 years: I read a book cover-to-cover in under a day, more specifically in under 13 hours, including dinner, two bathroom breaks, a shower, checking my email once, and a 15 minute rest. The book is a page-turner is the real sense of the word, and even though it is not that long (some 360 pages), the feat of blazing through it makes me wonder, writing this.
The book IS good, very much so. The blend of science fiction and fringe politics with a plausible near-future descent into dystopia is dynamite, and MacLeod knows how to execute it well. But here comes the caveat: It is the first 300 or so pages are good, whereafter the terrible happens: The story fizzes out, and plods along with late story development (decay may be a better word for it, though) of little substance, and to me it was as if MacLeod throws so much stuff into his literary blender that it becomes an uninteresting gray smudge, where only the earlier parts of the book pressures you on the back to keep on reading. I’ll have to agree completely with a number of Amazon UK reviewers: The last few (six, to be precise) pages of the book drops it all on the floor with the introduction of a non sequitur and of such silliness that it’ll make you moan loudly. (I know that I did.)
On closing the book after 4 o’clock in the morning, I got the feeling that Ken MacLeod had performed, in the terms of the British, a massive piss take on his readers. That, or he ran out of ideas at page 330, and had a ghostwriter with no feel for the story and no sense of remorse in butchering the potential of it all, finish it for him. A T.S. Elliot quote on the book ending here would be appropriate.
So, to repeat, if the book is good overall depends, on whether you tear out the last 60 pages of it before you read it, and dream up your own ending. If you do, it’s just about a 5-star read. Including the ending into the verdict, I wouldn’t even rate the book mediocre, but instead poor.
Of criticism of the story before the abysmal finish, I can offer some. For example, the title topic of the book, the Execution Channel, only has a significant presence early in the book, and after the first fourth or so, it disappears from view, only to make a single significant reappearance toward the end. I won’t go into spoilers, but suffice to say that the author wasted a  massive potential story element by not using what is drives the Execution Channel. This is unforgivable.
Second, while the portrayal of the apprehension of one of the book’s characters on Terrorism charges makes the small hairs at the back of your neck stand up, the long-run portrayal of the government agents that do this and other things, becomes far too monotonous and in the end (especially the aforementioned dreadful last 50-60 pages) they appear like robotic constructs that just keep doing what they’ve always done to finish off the story (even though the idea the some government employees are unfeeling automatons may be appropriate, but I digress…).
So. If you are already a MacLeod fan, they book is worthwhile reading, but to repeat, beware the ending. As for me, i’ll think twice about buying his books in the future. As much as I want the intensity and intricacy of his works of the 90’s to keep on coming, I’m afraid that a book like the one reviewed here signals that he has is past his peak, and do no care enough about the stories (and thus, his readers) he weave, to round it off in a graceful manner that doesn’t insult the audience.
*** END

Why I Am an Anarcho-Pluralist

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 12 April 2009

Over the last few days, there’s been an interesting discussion going on over at the blog of left-libertarian philosopher Charles Johnson (also known as “Rad Geek“). I’ve avoided posting there, due to the presence of an individual who has declared themself my mortal enemy (a role I’m happy to assume), but the subject matter of the discussion provides a very good illustration of why any sort of libertarian philosophy that demands a rigid universalism cannot work in practice. A poster called “Soviet Onion” remarks:

It seems that both social anarchism and market libertarianism have respectively come to adopt forms of collectivism typical of either the statist left or right. That’s a result of the perceived cultural affinity they have with those larger groups, and partly also a function of the fact that they appeal to people of different backgrounds, priorities and sentiments (and these two factors tend to reinforce each other in a cyclical way, with new recruits further entrenching the internal movement culture and how it will be perceived by the following generation of recruits).

On the “left” you have generic localists who feel that altruism entails loyalty to the people in immediate proximity (they’ll unusually use the term “organic community” to make it seem more natural and thus unquestionably legitimate). Most of them are former Marxists and social democrats, this is simply a way to recast communitarian obligations and tacitly authoritarian sentiments under the aegis of “community” rather than “state”. This comes as an obvious result of classical anarchism being eclipsed as THE radical socialist alternative by Leninism for most of the twentieth century. Now that it’s once again on the rise, it’s attracting people who would have otherwise been state-socialists, and who carry that baggage with them when they cross over.

On the “right”, it’s a little more straightforward. Libertarians have adopted the conservative “State’s Rights” kind of localism as a holdover from their alliance with conservatives against Communism, to the point that it doesn’t even matter if the quality of freedom under that state is worse than the national average, just so long as it’s not the Federal Government. And with this, any claim to moral universality, or the utilitarian case for decentralism go right out the window. Like true parochialism, it hates the foreign and big just because it is foreign and big.

That’s also one of the reasons why I think there’s a division between “social” and “market” anarchists; they each sense that they come from different political meta-groups and proceed from a different set of priorities; the established gap between right and left feels bigger than the gap between they and statists of their own variety. And the dogmatisms that say “we have to support the welfare state, workplace regulations and environmental laws until capitalism is abolished” or “we should vote Republican to keep taxes down and preserve school choice” are as much after-the-fact rationalizations of this feeling as they are honest attempts at practical assessment.

The problem with left-libertarianism (or with the 21st century rebirth and recasting of 19th century individualism, if you want to imperfectly characterize it that way), is that instead of trying to transcend harmful notions of localism, it simply switches federalism for communitarianism. It does this partially as a attempt to ingratiate itself to social anarchists, and partly because, like social anarchists, it recognize that this idea is superficially more compatible with an anti-state position. But it also neglects the social anarchists’ cultural sensibilities; hence the more lax attitude toward things like National Anarchism.

These are some very insightful comments. And what do they illustrate? That human beings, even professed “anarchists,” are in fact tribal creatures, and by extension follow the norms of either their tribe of origin or their adopted tribe, and generally express more sympathy and feel a stronger sense of identification with others who share their tribal values (racism, anti-racism, feminism, family, homsexuality, homophobia, religion, atheism, middle class values, underclass values, commerce, socialism) than they do with those with whom they share mere abstractions (”anarchy,” “liberty,” “freedom”).

Last year, a survey of world opinion indicated that it is the Chinese who hold their particular society in the highest regard, with 86 percent of Chinese expressing satisfaction with their country. Russians expressed a 54 percent satisfaction rate, and Americans only 23 percent. Observing these numbers, Pat Buchanan remarked:

Yet, China has a regime that punishes dissent, severely restricts freedom, persecutes Christians and all faiths that call for worship of a God higher than the state, brutally represses Tibetans and Uighurs, swamps their native lands with Han Chinese to bury their cultures and threatens Taiwan.”

 ”Of the largest nations on earth, the two that today most satisfy the desires of their peoples are the most authoritarian.”

What are we to make of this? That human beings value security, order, sustenance, prosperity, collective identity, tribal values and national power much more frequently and on a deeper level than they value liberty. Of course, some libertarians will likely drag out hoary Marxist concepts like “false consciousness” or psycho-babble like “Stockholm syndrome” to explain this, but it would be more helpful to simply face the truth: That liberty is something most people simply don’t give a damn about.

The evidence is overwhelming that most people by nature are inclined to be submissive to authority. The exceptions are when the hunger pains start catching up with them and their physical survival is threatened, or when they perceive their immediate reference groups (family, religion, culture, tribe) as being under attack by authority. We see this in the political expressions of America’s contemporary “culture wars.” During the Clinton era, many social or cultural conservatives and religious traditionalists regarded the U.S. regime as a tyranny that merited armed revolt. During the Bush era such rhetoric disappeared from the Right, even though Bush expanded rather than rolled back the police state. Meanwhile, liberals who would denounce Bush as a fascist express polar opposite sentiments towards the Obama regime, even though policies established by Bush administration have largely continued. So how do we respond to this? Soviet Onion offers some suggestions:

The proper position for us, and what could really set us apart from everyone and make us a more unique and consistent voice for individualism in the global Agora, is to recognize all cultures as nothing more than memetic prisons and always champion the unique and nonconforming against the arbitrary limitations that surround them, recognizing their destruction as barriers in the sense of being normative. And to that end there’s the instrumental insight that the free trade, competition, open movement and open communication are forces that pry open closed societies, not by force, but by giving those who chafe under them so many options to run to that they make control obsolete, and thus weaken control’s tenability as a foundation on which societies can reasonably base themselves. Think of it as “cultural Friedmanism”: the tenet that open economies dissolve social authority the same way they render political authority untenable.

THAT’s what left-libertarianism needs to be about, not some half-baked federation of autarkic Southern towns filled with organic farms and worker co-operatives. It can still favor these things, but with a deeper grounding. It doesn’t ignore patriarchy, racism, heterosexism, but opposes them with a different and more consistent understanding of what liberation means.

But how far should our always championing of the “unique and nonconforming” go? If, for instance, a group of renegades happen to show up at the workers’ cooperative one day and commandeer the place, should we simply say, “Hell, yeah, way to go, noncomformists!” As for the question of the “Big Three” among left-wing sins (”racism, sexism and homophobia”), are we to demand that every last person on earth adopt the orthodox liberal position on these issues as defined by the intellectual classes in post-1968 American and Western Europe? Why stop at “patriarchy, racism and heterosexism”? Soviet Onion points out that many “left-wing” anarchists do not stop at that point:

I; used to be an anarcho-communist. Actually, I started out as someone who was vaguely sympathetic to mainstream libertarianism but could never fully embrace it due to the perceived economic implications. I eventually drifted to social anarchism thanks to someone who’s name I won’t mention, because it’s too embarrassing.

After hanging around them for a while I realized that, for all their pretenses, most of them were really just state-socialists who wanted to abolish the State by making it smaller and calling it something else. After about a year of hanging around Libcom and the livejournal anarchist community, I encountered people who, under the aegis of “community self-management”, supported

  • smoking and alcohol bans
  • bans on currently illicit drugs
  • bans on caffeinated substances (all drugs are really just preventing you from dealing with problems, you see)
  • censorship of pornography (on feminist grounds)
  • sexual practices like BDSM (same grounds, no matter the gender of the participants or who was in what role)
  • bans on prostitution (same grounds)
  • bans on religion or public religious expression (this included atheist religions like Buddhism, which were the same thing because they were “irrational”)
  • bans on advertisement (which in this context meant any free speech with a commercial twist)
  • bans on eating meat
  • gun control (except for members of the official community-approved militia, which is in no way the same thing as a local police department)
  • mandatory work assignments (ie slavery)
  • the blatant statement, in these exact words, that “Anarchism is not individualist” on no less than twelve separate occasions over the course of seven months. Not everybody in those communities actively agreed with them, but nobody got up and seriously disputed it.
  • that if you don’t like any of these rules, you’re not free to just quit the community, draw a line around your house and choose not to obey while forfeiting any benefits. No, as long as you’re in what they say are the the boundaries (borders?) of “the community”, you’re bound to follow the rules, otherwise you have to move someplace else (“love it or leave it”, as the conservative mantra goes). You’d think for a moment that this conflicts with An-comm property conceptions because they’re effectively exercising power over land that they do not occupy, implying that they own it and making “the community” into One Big Landlord a la Hoppean feudalism :)

So I decided that we really didn’t want the same things, and that what they wanted was really some kind of Maoist concentration commune where we all sit in a circle and publicly harass the people who aren’t conforming hard enough. No thanks, comrade.

These left-wing anarchists sound an awful lot like right-wing Christian fundamentalists or Islamic theocrats. Nick Manley adds:

I have encountered an “anarchist” proponent of the draft on a directly democratic communal level.

Of course, we also have to consider all of the many other issues that anarchists and libertarians disagree about: abortion, immigration, property theory, economic arrangments, childrens’ rights, animal rights, environmentalism, just war theory, and much, much else.  We also have to consider that anarchists and libertarians collectively are a very small percentage of humanity. Nick Manley says:

I spend more time around libertarians then left-anarchists — although, I briefly entered “their” world and sort of know some of them around here. I was a left-anarchist at one time, but I no longer feel comfortable with the hardcore communalism associated with the ideology. I don’t really want to go to endless neighborhood meetings where majorities impose their will on minorities. I also would agree with Adam Reed that it’s naive to imagine such communes being free places in today’s world — perhaps, this is less true of New Zealand.

The list of things supported by anarcho-communists posted by Soviet Onion confirms my fears about village fascism posturing as “anti-statism”. I frankly do just want to be left alone in my metaphorical “castle” — I say metaphorical, because I am not an atomist and don’t live as such. I will engage in social activities, but I will not allow someone to garner my support through the use of force or do so to others. Like Charles, I have a strong emotional and intellectually principled revulsion to aiding the cause of statism in any way whatsoever. I’d be much happier being at some risk of death from handguns then in enforcing laws that harm entirely well intentioned peaceful people. This is not a mere political issue for me. I know more than a few people with guns who deserve no prison time whatsoever — one of them has guns affected by the assault weapons ban.

I honestly see a lot of principled parallels between conservative lifestyle tribalism and left-liberal lifestyle tribalism. Oh yes: there are contextual inductive distinctions to be made. A gun is not the same as homosexuality. The collectivist dynamic is still the same. Gun owners become no longer human in sense of rational beings. All of contemporary politics seems to be one thinly veiled civil war between fearful tribalists.

It would appear that tribalism is all that we have. I have been through a long journey on this question. I was a child of the Christian Right, drifted to the radical Left as a young man, then towards mainstream libertarianism, then the militia movement and the populist right, along the way developing the view that the only workable kind of libertarianism would be some kind of pluralistic but anti-universalist, decentralized particularism. Rival tribes who are simply incompatible with one another should simply have their own separatist enclaves. This concept is explained very well in a video series beginning here. Unlike the other kinds of libertarianism, there is actually some precedent for what I’m describing to be found in past cultures. See here and here. As Thomas Naylor remarks:

Conservatives don’t want anyone messing with the distribution of income and wealth. They like things the way they are. Liberals want the government to decide what is fair. Liberals believe in multiculturalism, affirmative action, and minority rights. Conservatives favor states’ rights over minority rights.

What liberals and conservatives have in common is that they are both into having—owning, possessing, controlling, and manipulating money, power, people, material wealth, and things. Having is one of the ways Americans deal with the human condition—separation, meaninglessness, powerlessness, and death. To illustrate how irrelevant the terms “liberal” and “conservative” have become, consider the case of Sweden and Switzerland, two of the most prosperous countries in the world.

Sweden is the stereotypical democratic socialist state with a strong central government, relatively high taxes, a broad social welfare net financed by the State, and a strong social conscience. Switzerland is the most free market country in the world, with the weakest central government, and the most decentralized social welfare system. Both are affluent, clean, green, healthy, well-educated, democratic, nonviolent, politically neutral, and among the most sustainable nations in all of history. By U.S. standards, they are both tiny.

Switzerland and Sweden work, not because of political ideology, but rather because the politics of human scale always trumps the politics of the left and the politics of the right. Under the politics of human scale, a politics that trumps our now-outdated and useless “liberal-versus-conservative” dualistic mindset, there would be but one fundamental question:

“Is it too big?” 

It would seem that contemporary America is precisely the place to build a movement for this kind of decentalized particularism, a huge continent wide nation with many different cultures, religions, subcultures, ethnic groups and growing more diverse all the time, and where political and economic polarization is the highest it has been in over a century, and where dissatisfaction with the status quo is almost universal.

My challenge to anarchists, libertarians, communitarians, conservatives, radicals and progressives alike would be to ask yourself what kind of community you would actually want to live in, and where and how you would go about obtaining it. For instance, the geography of the culture war typically breaks down on the basis of counties, towns, precincts, municipalities and congressional districts rather than states or large regions. So why not envision forming a community for yourself and others in some particular locality that is consistent with your own cultural, economic or ideological orientation? The Free State Project, Christian Exodus, Second Vermont Republic, Green Panthers and Twin Oaks Commune are already doing this.

Political victory in the United States is achieved through the assembling of coalitions of narrow interest groups who often have little in common with one another (gun toting rednecks and country club Republicans, homosexuals and traditional working class union Democrats). Imagine if a third force emerged in U.S. politics whose only unifying principle was a common desire to remove one’s self and one’s community from the system. The only thing anyone has to give up is the desire to tell other communities what to do.

Updated News Digest April 19, 2008

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 18 April 2009

Quotes:

“Liberals: they’d support Nazi death camps if it raised more money for public schools (also invented by German autocrats).”

                                                                                                         -Soviet Onion

“The fact is that the average man’s love of liberty is nine-tenths imaginary, exactly like his love of sense, justice, and, truth. He is not actually happy when free; he is uncomfortable, a bit alarmed, and intolerably lonely. Liberty is not a thing for the great masses of men. It is the exclusive possession of a small and disreputable minority, like knowledge, courage, and honor. It takes a special sort of man to understand and enjoy liberty- and is usually an outlaw in democratic societies. It is, indeed, only the exceptional man who can even stand it. The average man doesn’t want to be free. He simply wants to be safe. . . .”

                                                                                             -H. L. Mencken (thanks Ray!)

“Chavez has always been a non sequitur. 20th century politics in the 21st. It’s all part of the same ruse as the false left/right “division” which is the
private enterprise/public sector “division.” Would you rather have your life
controlled by a corporate shill or an arrogant, uneducated state bureaucrat? How come, neither is never an option in mainstream discourse?”             

                                                                                                             -Ean Frick

“Spare me the mewling about “ordered liberty,” please – 50 years of conservative pieties about “ordered liberty” led to Dick Cheney and a movement full of “men” who dared not open their mouths to defend liberty when she needed it most. Give me disorderly hinterland rebels any day.”

                                                                                        -Bill Kauffman (thanks Jeremy!)

 

Unprincipled Conservatism: The Tea Partyers by Jeremy Weiland

The Big Government/Big Business Axis of Evil by Chuck Baldwin

Empire Nearing Its End? by Alan Bock

Inflationary Depression is on the Way by Eric DeCarbonnel

Progressive Consensus Against Obama Emerges by Glenn Greenwald

Drug Decriminalization in Portugal Glenn Greenwald and Peter Reuter

The Declining American Empire by Eric Margolis

Payback: The U.S. Has Already Lost in Afghanistan by Michael Scheuer

The Fourth Generation Armies Are Winning by William S. Lind

Anarchy and Chaos in Black Communities by Robert Wicks

Peace Out by Justin Raimondo

Getting Beyond Race by Walter Williams

Confessions of a Liberal Anarchist by Ray Mangum

Hey, Tea Partyers, Put Your Money Where Your Mouth Is from The Picket Line

Homesteading on the High Seas for Liberty by Patri Friedman

Developmental Aid for Africa is Not Working by Dambisa Moyo

How the Vulgar Libertarians Work Against Liberty by theConverted

Richard Dawkins and Lalla Ward on the Police Abuse of Atheists from Francois Tremblay

The Grammar of War  from Rad Geek

Taxation with Misrepresentation by Sheldon Richman

Charles Schumer is a Scumbag from Rad Geek

Attend the Tax Protest of Your Choice from The Picket Line

John Demanjuk and the True Haters by Pat Buchanan

NORML for Aspen by Christina Oxenberg

Extending Our Firepower by Paul Gottfried

Mark Sanford, the Alternative Right and Me by Jack Hunter

New Midwest Anarchist Website 

Wild Weekend in NYC 

Anarchist Organizing Conference in Chicago 

114 British Activists Arrested 

The Censorship of Norman Finkelstein 

French Comedian to Face Trial for Anti-Semitism 

Vulgar Childish Liberals by Filmer

Happy Easter! by Ean Frick

The Holocaust Justified My Values by TGGP

Iraqi Militia Fear Reprisals After US Exit by Patrick Cockburn

A Test for Habeus Corpus by Jeremy Scahill

Bossnapping by John V. Walsh

Marry a Farmer Rana Foroohar interviews Jim Rogers

A Mother is Tased After Learning Her Child Was Dead 

Pirates and Presidents 

Jon Stewart is Half Way There 

Open Hearings for War Crimes by Philip Giraldi

The Fog of Warmongering by Jeff Huber

Neoconned Again by Michael Brendan Dougherty

A Message from Der Tax Commissar (umm, IRS Commissioner) from Rad Geek

How Do We Get Out of the Financial Crisis? by Sheldon Richman

Generational Theft  by Jack Hunter

Tea Partyers in Charleston by Jack Hunter

The LaRouchian Madness by Ean Frick

Noam Chomsky and Robert Faurisson 

The Corporate Lobbyists Behind the Tea Parties by Jane Hamsher

Youth for Western Civilization Banned in UNC by Richard Spencer

A Clusterfuck is Descending on the IMF/WB Summit Meetings

Fire to the Prisons Issue # 6 Needs Submissions 

Put All Your Eggs in One Basket Jim Rogers interviewed by David Bogoslaw

To Mexicans, the U.S. is Not a Friendly Nation by Fred Reed

94 Years of Serfdom by Paul Craig Roberts

Texas to Secede by Rick Perry

Why the End of America is Closer Than You Think by Mike Adams

Tax Resistance, Then and Now podcast with Charles Adams

Revolution is the Only Solution by Gerald Celente

Optimism Opium from Second Vermont Republic

Snatch-and-Jail Justice by Dave Lindorff

No Blank Check for the IMF by Robert Weissman

Taxing Grandma to Subsidize Goldman Sachs by Peter Morici

Letter to Obama on the Rights of Native Hawaiians 

Solving Palestine While Israel Destroys It by Bill and Kathleen Christison

Bush, the Torture Decider by Ray McGovern

Obama and the Pirates by Justin Raimondo

U.S. Foreign Policy and the Drug War by Liz Harper

Youngstown PIGS Put 13 Shot Into Puppy  by Rad Geek

Death by Homeland Security by Rad Geek

Invitation to Open Conspiracy by John Taylor Gatto

Peace Through Statism? by Roderick Long

Help Challenge the $PLC by Peter Brimelow

Vermont Secession Video Archives

The Resurrection of Guy DeBord by Andrew Gallix

“Feral Futures” Gathering in Colorado 

Jimmy Carter Conservatism 

Thin Ice from Here to the Horizon by Alexander Cockburn

Persia Rising by Franklin Lamb

The Greedsters Are Back! by Ralph Nader

Obama’s Chimerical Marijuana Policy by Fred Gardner

Economic Fallout Hits Families Hard by Kathy Sanborn

Latin America Changes by Benjamin Dangl

Thinking Like an Afghan by Paul Fitzgerald and Elizabeth Gould

Banning Barbie  by Christopher Brauchli

The Book of Ruth by Kevin R.C. Gutzman

Tea Party Terrorists  by Richard Spencer

Rendering Unto Caesar by Pat Buchanan

Are the Tea Parties Radical and Paranoid Enough? by Richard Spencer

Youth for Western Civilization by David Reid Saucier

The Terrorists at Home by Dylan Hales

A Jeffersonian in Texas or a Hot Air Peddler? by Kevin R.C. Gutzman

Obama’s Inflationary Depression by Peter Schiff

Revenge of the “Waco Gene” by William Norman Grigg

No More Commie Highways by Walter Block

Cal Thomas and the Gospel of the Pharisees by Christoper Manion

Political Winds Whift in Favor of Legalized Pot by Carla Marinucci

The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along by Gary D. Barnett

The Right-Wing’s A.N.S.W.E.R. by Anthony Gregory

These United States: Too Big to Fail? by Justin Raimondo

Delusions of Omnipotence by William Pfaff

How Obama Excused Torture by Bruce Fein

Expedience and the Torture Amnesty by David Bronwich

The West’s Hysterical Reaction to North Korea by Scott Ritter

U.S. Military Spending and the Cost of the Wars by Chris Sturr

Freedom by Permission by Jacob Hornberger

Stop the War, Stop the Spending by David Boaz

Tea and Sympathy by Roderick Long

Manufactured Consent by Peter Schiff

Sleepless Goat Workers’ Cooperative 

The Peoples’ Economic Forum in Washington, D.C. on April 25 

Piracy: The Family Business

The Waco Butchers Are Back by Anthony Gregory

Prepare for Austerity by James Howard Kunstler

Is Secession “Anti-American”? by Larry Beane

Tim McVeigh: Blowback, American Style by C.J. Maloney

Updated News Digest April 26, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 25 April 2009

Quote of the Week:

“Yes, something very ugly has surfaced in contemporary American liberalism, as evidenced by the irrational and sometimes infantile abuse directed toward anyone who strays from a strict party line. Liberalism, like second-wave feminism, seems to have become a new religion for those who profess contempt for religion. It has been reduced to an elitist set of rhetorical formulas, which posit the working class as passive, mindless victims in desperate need of salvation by the state. Individual rights and free expression, which used to be liberal values, are being gradually subsumed to worship of government power. . . . For the past 25 years, liberalism has gradually sunk into a soft, soggy, white upper-middle-class style that I often find preposterous and repellent. The nut cases on the right are on the uneducated fringe, but on the left they sport Ivy League degrees. I’m not kidding — there are some real fruitcakes out there, and some of them are writing for major magazines. It’s a comfortable, urban, messianic liberalism befogged by psychiatric pharmaceuticals.”

                                                                                                    -Camille Paglia

We Live in a Fascist State Gerald Celente interviewed by Russia Today

Putting the Bush Years on Trial by Alexander Cockburn

If Obama Were Not a Pawn of Wall Street and Corporate America by Thomas Naylor

Sovereignty Resolutions, Nullification and Tea Parties: Much Ado About Nothing by Thomas Naylor

The Tea Parties: A Step in the Right Direction? Richard Spencer and Jack Hunter

Secede and Survive: Prepare to be Overwhelmed by Secession by Carol Moore

Go to CNN and Vote on Secession (looks like the poll has closed)

Conservatives Are Evil by Ryan McMaken

Libertarianism vs “Libertarianism by Justin Raimondo

If Only Libertarians Had Cards, So They Could Be Taken Away by TGGP

Bay Area National Anarchists Participate in Cystic Fibrosis Walkathon (good work, comrades! good outreach and a good cause!)

Just How Big a Disaster is the American Military by Bill Lind

Why the State is Our Enemy Robert Higgs interviewed on C-Span

Does the New Class Oppress Traditional Religious Communities? by David R. Hodge

The National-Anarchist Litmus Test by Keith Preston

Too Small to Fail: The Wilhelm Roepke Solution to Our Economic Woes by Dermot Quinn

Secession, the Fed and Tomorrow Ron Paul interviewed by Lew Rockwell

War Socialism and National Bankruptcy by David Gordon

The Amazing Catholic Bullshit Generator by John Zmirak

PIGS Ambush Citizen in Milwaukee by William Norman Grigg

The Apologist by Pat Buchanan

A Storm in a Cup of Tea by Jack Hunter

The Real Tea Parties by Ilana Mercer

First They Came for the Fatties by Richard Spencer

On Nation and Nationalism by Matthew Roberts

The War on Family Farms by Richard Spencer

The Thin and Thick, the There and the Here by Razib Khan

Are Hierarchies Rational? by Francois Tremblay

Missing the Point on Secession by Rad Geek

A Match Made in Hell by Roderick Long

Government Spending is No Cure for Recession by Sheldon Richman

The Real Debate on Foreign Policy: Intervention vs Non-Intervention by Sheldon Richman

Dangerous Men in Uniform by Rad Geek

Tea and Sympathy by Roderick Long

Legal Purgatory and John Demjanjuk by Binoy Kampmark

Ten Years After Columbine: The Tragedy of Youth Continues by Henry A. Giroux

Drug War Persecution Continues by Fred Gardner

The American Empire Foreclosed? by Marc Engler

The FARC Can’t Dance by Belen Fernandez

Norman Finkelstein with Martin Indyk on Gaza 

Survivalists: Regular People Get Ready for the Worst 

Ex-President of Colombia Says America Should Decriminalize Drugs 

The Ultimate Reaping of What One Sows: The Reich-Wing Edition by Glenn Greenwald

The Republic Strikes Back by Bill Kauffman

Against All Flags by Jesse Walker

Bush’s Torturers by Justin Raimondo

When Torture Isn’t “Torture” by Thomas R. Eddlem

Reading the Case of Roxana Saberi by Henry Newman

Japan Pays Foreign Workers to Go Home from Global Business

The Dark Side of Dubai by Johann Hari

Murdering Police Scum 

The Europe Syndrome and The Last Man 

A Federalism Amendment to the Constitution? by Randy Barnett

End the Cuban Embargo! by Sheldon Richman

Keynesian Conservatives by Sheldon Richman

Direct Action Gets the Goods: Syndicalist Action Against Starbucks by Rad Geek

U.S. Militant Workers Union Formed: Workers Unite Beyond Left and Right! 

A Nation of Helpless Idiots by Karen De Coster

Fuck Single Mothers by Gavin McInnes

The Soul of Booker T. Washington by Dylan Hales

The Ghosts of Earth Day’s Past by Dylan Hales

Get In Touch With Your Inner Bigot by Robert Stacy McCain

Obama Plays Hamlet on Torture by Ray McGovern

The Torture Commission Trap by Michael Ratner

Deconstructing the Taliban by Fawzia Afzal-Khan

Torture, War and the Imperial Project by Chris Floyd

Unemployment Across the USA by Chris Wilson

Obama’s Afghan Plan: Fracturing the Antiwar Movement by Vijay Prashad

The Tyranny of Bad Economics by Dean Baker

White Privilege in the Americas by Aisha Brown and Dedrick Muhammed

A Reflection on the “Left” and My Arrest by Joaquin Cienfuegos

PC Gestapo Disrupts Meeting at UNC 

Man Sentenced to 10 Years for Defending His Home Against PIGS 

Man Arrested for Murder for Defending Property Against Masked Criminal 

Obama the Bubble Pricker by Tom Woods

Don’t Criticize the Somali Pirates by John Higgins

Why is there a Totalitarian Drug War? by Jacob Hornberger

Banning Black Cars: The Latest Eco-Insanity by L.K. Samuels

The American Police State vs Little Boys by Paul Craig Roberts

The Servants of the Reptilian State by William Norman Grigg

Economic Survivalists by Judy Keen

Harmanic Convergence  by Justin Raimondo

The Cuban Embargo is a Proven Failure by Michael Kinsley

Of Course It Was Torture by Gene Healy

The Obedience Circuit  by Francois Tremblay

Rather Than Say This Myself from Back to the Drawing Board

Torture by Sheldon Richman

Paul Krugman is Right About Something from Back to the Drawing Board

In Counting There Is Strength by Rad Geek

Don’t You Wish It Really Could Be This Way? from Back to the Drawing Board

Educrat PIGS Molest Little Girls by Rad Geek

Obama Positioning for Back Door Gun Control by Chuck Baldwin

Immigration Hitting American Workers Hard by Peter Brimelow and Edward S. Rubenstein

Is Sean Hannity Now Cool? No!! by Jack Hunter

Religion and Politics by Razib Khan

Free John Walker Lindh by Dave Lindorff

Are Democrats Afraid of Investigating Torture? by Jeremy Scahill

A Housing Crash Update by Mike Whitney

Obama and the Housing Crisis by Anthony DiMaggio

The Debt Looters by Greg Moses

Blowback in Pakistan by Stonewall

Marijuana Advocates See Tipping Point by Brian Montopoli

Matt Taibbi’s The Great Derangement a review

TV Military Analysts Are Paid Pentagon Shills  by Glenn Greenwald

The Crime That Cannot Be Wiped Away by Laurence Vance

Never Trust a Commie or a Conservative by Jeffrey Tucker

Our Economic Future Peter Schiff interviewed by Lew Rockwell

The Shamelessness of Jane Harman by Justin Raimondo

Newt’s Sword of Damocles by Gordon Prather

How to Deal with North Korea Doug Bandow interviewed by Scott Horton

On Somali Piracy Jesse Walker interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama’s Foreign Policy Ron Paul interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama’s First 100 Days: Give Him a “D” by Ivan Eland

Soldier Killed Herself After Refusing to Take Part in Torture by Greg Mitchell

The National-Anarchist Litmus Test

category Uncategorized keith Friday 24 April 2009

Lately, when surveying the works of various anarchist/libertarian/whatchamacallit writers, commentators or bloggers, I’ve starting applying what I call the “National-Anarchist Litmus Test.” That is, I’ve come to think that a fair standard for measuring some anarchist ideologue’s level of intellectual, political, emotional or psychological maturity is his/her ability to discuss the ideas of National-Anarchism without falling into something resembling an epileptic seizure. For those who want to know more about National-Anarchism and its actual ideas, go to the Synthesis website and real some of the articles in their archives. Then go check out AnarchoNation, Bay Area National Anarchists, Folk and Faith, A Heretickel Anarchyste, National Anarchists of Australia and New Zealand, Ean Frick, and  Revolution International. Make up your own mind.

I’m only a fellow traveler to National-Anarchism, but if I had to summarize it with one idea, I’d say it’s primary message is self-determination for all the world’s diverse peoples. You know, all those Tibetans, Palestinians, Kurds, Basques, Irish, Chechnyans, Lakota, Maori, Hmong, Oaxacons, Miskito and other occupied, colonized or oppressed peoples that the Left pretends to give a flying fuck about. Another idea might be the self-preservation of all the world’s diverse peoples. You know, kind of like those endangered spotted owls, snail darters, and sea turtles the Left is always wringing hands over.

Of course, what really gets a hair up the ass of the Left is the fact that National-Anarchists apply the same standards to indigenous Europeans that they do to other peoples. For some reason, this seems to evoke images in the Leftist mind of apartheid, Jim Crow or Nazism, although it would seem to a rational person that self-determination for all peoples is the polar opposite of a stratified racial caste system like Jim Crow or apartheid, much less a genocidal ideology like Nazism.

As I write this, there is a discussion going on over at the Rad Geek blog concerning the infamous Keith Preston and the shady National-Anarchist forces of darkness for whom I am supposedly a front man. Many anarcho-leftoids regard me as similar to the “Mr. Morden” character in the earlier episodes of the old 90s sci-fi show Babylon Five. For non-sci-fi fans, Morden was a human who acted as an operative for unseen sinister alien forces. Ironically, a thread that starts off as a very good and helpful discussion of Starbucks workers organized by the IWW soon degenerates into this from Soviet Onion:

As wishful as it sounds, it’s a welcome antidote to the left-libertarian tendency to treat localism and decentralization as THE POINT rather than an instrumental tool to some more fundamental desire. That shit’s also vulnerable to corruption by every kind of village fascism under the sun. Hence the enabling attitude toward things like National Anarchism coming from Keith Preston and Jeremy Weiland that almost makes ANTIFA-style gang beatdowns seem like a more intelligent response to the phenomenon.

Never one to allow herself to be outdone, my Number One Cheerleader Aster pipes in:

It is hard for me to express how much I appreciate your speaking out against the national anarchist Trojan horse. Thank you.

And that’s precisely it- replacing rights with decentralism completely throws out the principle of liberty. I want the implementation of a specific social system which guarantees individual rights and supports individual autonomy. I’m not interested in a politics which switches this for the goal of acceptance of existing social systems. whether individualist or not. Liberty requires a conscious and rational set of values and institutions which are incompatible with traditional organic society.

I’m a moderate on decentralisation- actually, I think the original 1789 American federal system buttressed by an extensive and enforceable Bill of Rights fully incorporated against local tyranny is a fairly good model. I’m at the moment inclined to say yes to decentralisation in economic matters, no in educational matters, and to favour a mixed system in politics. I think we do need broad regional social organisation in a form which maintains an easy flow of goods, people, and ideas- I think this aspect of the Roman, British, and American empires was a good thing (have you read Isabel Paterson’s God of the Machine?).

Incidentally, I think Jeremy Weiland (if he’s Jeremy of Social Memory Complex) means well, in the sense of wanting a world in which human beings are really happy. I still disagree with him, but he’s not like Preston or Troy Southgate. I’ve been unjustly nasty to him in the past and regret it.

So political and economic decentralization really aren’t so bad so long as an enlightened cultural elite gets to control a nationalized educational system in order to properly brainwash the young with The Official Enlightened Progressive Truth. You know, notions like the idea that human history can be primarily defined in terms of the historic, dialectical, objectively revolutionary, linear struggle for the inalienable, inevitably triumphant sacred human right to suck cock in the men’s room at the airport. Next up is Marja Erwin:

In my admittedly incomplete understanding, collectivist anarchism has historically involved either or both of two kinds of community control. The first being near-monopolistic but temporary; a transitional confederation instead of Marx’s transitional state. I think this was Bakunin’s pragmatic proposal. The second being community control of specific institutions, but neither requiring participation nor forbidding competition.

I think Parecon has sowed the seeds of Prestonism, because it imagines a permanent system which subjects individual choices to community decision, and forbids independent exchange. … And the primitivists like that!

Huh??

Then comes Rad Geek (a writer I actually like, BTW):

For what it’s worth, on this specific issue, I think you’re being subjected to a bit of six-degrees-of-Heinrich-Himmler here, and I think it’s unfortunate and unfair to you. Although Keith Preston is not himself an anarcho-fascist he has put a lot of effort into being accommodating towards anarcho-fascists; and you’ve put a lot of effort into being accommodating towards Keith Preston. I think the links in that chain are worth talking about individually, but I don’t think it’s fair to describe what you’ve been doing as “enabling” the anarcho-fascists by some kind of transitive property.

And pot-smoking leads to cocaine-sniffing, which leads to crack-smoking, which leads to heroin-addiction, which leads to junkie whores turning tricks for their dope, which leads to junkie whores selling their daughters to pedos for their dope, which leads to the collapse of civilization and the conquest of America by homosexuals, al-Qaeda and liberals.

Now for some other jewels. Says William:

Although a majority of folks express annoyance at it (generally by deriding the partisans as rat-bastard “theorists”, and ridiculing the notion that folks should be forced to choose between hugging a tree or holding a union card) Red / Green hostilities nevertheless play an enormous role in shaping the movement. In the muddled mainstream of the movement virtually everyone calls themselves “anti-civ” and supports the IWW in a desire to avoid conflict. The campus activist derived folk side more with the Syndicalists, while the Crimethinc romantic punx side more with the primmies. The fringes are the one’s that produce substantive thought.

In the isolated, insular core of these wings (ie, Eugene and NEFAC) the primmies are likely to write MAs off as irrelevant and the syndicalists are likely to go batshit insane a la McKay.

Might I dare to suggest that an ideological conflict between “primmies” and syndicalists means about as much to Actually Existing Reality as a theological conflict between snake handlers and Scientologists?

My buddy Aster:

There’s some obnoxious political correctness stuff… I got bugged about prostitution a few times (mildly), and one has to mind vegetarian and recycling Ps and Qs to avoid hassles. I got involved in a reasonably benevolent individualist/collectivist anarchist schism which began (I am not making this up) over recycled toilet paper.

These are the folks that old tolerance-mongering Aster prefers to hang out with? Sheesh. Soviet Onion:

I could perhaps try to initiate the conversation (that is supposed to be one of the functions of the Alliance of the Libertarian Left), but I think it would be frustrating at best and dangerous at worst. The Libertarians don’t know enough about the currents of anarchist movement/scene continuum to even “get” the conflict, and social anarchists would react with all the courtesy and consideration currently reserved for the interwebs, if not being equally confused. Given that I’ve also witnessed conversations where market anarchists have been compared to neo-Nazis, I honestly wouldn’t even feel safe doing that, at least alone with a group of them.

What? “Dangerous”? “Wouldn’t even feel safe”? Around all those inclusive, tolerant, humane-humanitarian-human rights loving, sensitivity-mongering anarchists?

Well, isn’t it great that we’ve got that giant squid to keep us from killing each other. It’s a bit like Iain McKay’s strategy of easing up on the mutualists only because he sees anarcho-capitalists as a bigger aberration and threat (and to avoid having to cede history and ideological pedigree to the “other side”).

Someone needs a “strategy” for that? Sounds about as important as a “strategy” for jerking off or picking your nose. William again:

The superficial story is that the primmies control the NW, the SW desert and the Appalachians, while the Reds control the entire NE block and have a mild advantage everywhere else. Also don’t forget that primitivism got much of its start in the UK. Its just that the Reds and Greens have relatively zero interaction there.

Sounds like the Bloods and the Crips. Rad Geek:

For reference, when you refer to a “left-libertarian tendency” to fetishize localism and decentralism, do you have anyone particular in mind, other than Jeremy Weiland? (There’s also Keith Preston, presumably, but he doesn’t consistently identify as a left-libertarian, and in any case I’m not willing to grant him the description.)

Oh, well, poor me.

Folks, this is right out of the parody of leftist anarchism in Monty Python’s “The Holy Grail”: “Help, help, I’m being repressed!!”

This is precisely what the anarcho-leftist milieu was like when I was a hard-core participant in it going on three decades ago now. Unfortunately for anarchism, it does not seem to have progressed one iota since then. Fortunately for the rest of humanity, this sort of thing will be permanently relegated to youthful or bohemian subcultures with nothing better to do. I remember when I first became involved in leftist anarchism and was explaining my new found enthusiasms to my father, who didn’t share my enthusiasms (to say the least). Said Dad: “That just sounds like some fad  that will never amount to anything but crap.” Sorry, dad, you were right.

You Musn’t Forget S-L-A-V-E-R-Y!!!!!!

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 April 2009

In contemporary American political discourse, we often hear talk of “the legacy of slavery,” primarily in discussions of racial issues. To be sure, the “legacy of slavery” has had a damaging impact on American race relations (it wasn’t so wonderful for the actual slaves, either). Many of the rather severe social problems found among certain sectors of Americans of African ancestry today are often attributed to this legacy. I tend to think such claims are often overstated. For one thing, the overwhelming majority of American blacks are far from being the social or economic basket cases many people imagine them to be. As the black economist Dr. Walter Williams puts it:

If one totaled black earnings, and consider blacks a separate nation, he would have found that in 2005 black Americans earned $644 billion, making them the world’s 16th richest nation. That’s just behind Australia but ahead of Netherlands, Belgium and Switzerland. Black Americans have been chief executives of some of the world’s largest and richest cities such as New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Gen. Colin Powell, appointed Joint Chief of Staff in October 1989, headed the world’s mightiest military and later became U.S. Secretary of State, and was succeeded by Condoleezza Rice, another black. A few black Americans are among the world’s richest people and many are some of the world’s most famous personalities. These gains, over many difficult hurdles, speak well not only of the intestinal fortitude of a people but of a nation in which these gains were possible. They could not have been achieved anywhere else.

Of course, there is another side to this question, primarily the ongoing gap in accumulated wealth between whites and blacks, and the even more serious problem of the enormous black “underclass.” I’m inclined to think these latter problems have broader and more recent causes, such as ongoing patterns of class conflict, repression, politically imposed hinderances to the economic self-advancement of blacks, and attacks on the organic community life of the lower classes by the state. Still, there’s no doubt the “legacy of slavery” contributes to the disproportional representation of blacks among the lower classes that are impacted most heavily by such things.

There’s still another way in which the “legacy of slavery” has damaged American politics, and that is the persistent identification of ideas like local sovereignty, community autonomy or political decentralization as code words for slavery or compulsory racial segregation of the kind associated with Jim Crow. For instance, in much of American higher education, the classical American republican doctrine of “states’ rights” is simply dismissed as an anachronism that never had any purpose other than to defend the interests of slave-holders. Having studied American history in an advanced academic setting, I’ve noticed the general tendency is to present the unfolding of American history as an evolutionary struggle towards the achievement of “progress,” meaning overcoming reactionary ideas like states’ rights, limited government and other impediments to the glorious victory of the federal welfare state and centralized micromanagement of local race relations. Joe Stromberg’s parody of a modern course in what used to be called Western Civilization, which can be viewed here, is only a slight exaggeration.

The obsession with slavery has corrupted not only political discourse in elite academic circles, and among mainstream “progressive” thinkers, but also among fringe radicals as well. For this reason, my Number One Fan Aster feels it necessary to place this item in the proposed constitution for her rendition of Utopia:

The principle applies to places not subject to the jurisdiction of the County of Bohemia too, but this isn’t an excuse to bomb foreigners and take their stuff. Or to get other foreigners to ruin their livelihoods so they have to work in your sweatshops for virtually nothing. It even applies to BROWN people, believe it or not- and the fact that it took you this long to figure that out means you suck.

Section VII. Aster shall have the power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation. Actually, anyone who wants to stop a slavery situation should feel empowered to do it. Figuring out the enforcement and incentive structures will be a bitch, though- but that’s not an excuse for giving up and just letting slavery happen, Keith.

Soviet Onion:

Aster has written some unwarranted misrepresentations of Keith (I prefer to think he enables fascists rather than being one himself) and even more of Jeremy, but this isn’t one of them. Consider Keith’s mission statement that he’s a single-issue activist looking to bring down the Empire and will work with everybody from Fascists to Stalinists to do that, so long as they’re willing to secede, go their separate ways and dominate their own territories once the job is done. If he’s so ecumenical that he’s willing to work with all these people, then why not also some small-scale secessionist group that ended up practicing slavery in their area? What would make them so special that, given his stated criteria, Stalinoids are OK but they’re not?

If you include authoritarian forms of parenting, education and marriage as forms of slavery, then those are cases where he does directly advocate slavery. Unfortunately, that just makes him like everybody else.

So should we “just let slavery happen”? First of all, where does contemporary slavery actually take place? Mostly in Africa, Asia and the Middle East. You know, the places where all of those supremely virtuous “people of color” tend to be found and who would have remained in the Garden of Eden if only those evil white European snake-devils hadn’t come along and fucked up their otherwise idyllic world. If only those evil white-devil slave traders hadn’t brought Africans to the Western hemisphere as slaves, perhaps their current descendents could enjoy living in the paradise of Nigeria, where seven percent of the population are still enslaved. Maybe the prosperous members of America’s black middle class (roughly seventy-five percent of American blacks) could even be in the oasis of Mauritania, where twenty percent of the population are still slaves. Of course, to their credit, the Mauritanians did pass an anti-slavery law in 2007. Who says they’re not progressive?

Do we need to “just let slavery happen?” No, a coalition of nations could invade the African continent and force the locals to free their slaves, in the style of U.S. Grant, Bill Sherman and Phil Sheridan. However, the only nations with the level of wealth and/or military power to even attempt such an effort (disaster though it would be) would be those of North America, Europe and Russia (plus the wild card of China). Problem is it’s mostly white folks who live in those nations. So a liberatory invasion of Africa and other slavery hotbeds seems to be off the table. Otherwise, we might be practicing European colonialism, or even white supremacy. Plus, it’s been done already. Wasn’t decolonialization supposed to be a “progressive” thing? So, yes, it looks like we do indeed need to “just let slavery happen.” Anything else might even be racist or white supremacist. Of course, we could assist those actual groups who really are doing something to oppose slavery in place like Africa. For instance, those groups who have actually purchased the freedom of Sudanese slaves. Problem is a lot these actually effective anti-slavery groups seem to be Christian in orientation, and we couldn’t endorse that, given that they are all no doubt frothing-at-the-mouth homophobes who express skepticism as to whether anal sodomy and/or rimming ought to be elevated to the level of sacramental rites, right along with eucharist, baptism and the last rites.

Actually, I don’t think we should be that hard on the African slave-holders. After all, they’re not so different from us white Americans of a mere 150 years ago. Plus, the slave-holders in places like Nigeria or the Sudan never got to go to U.S. or Western European public schools, receive multicultural education, or participate in “teaching tolerance” programs whose curriculum was designed by the Southern Poverty Law Center. So give them a break.

Of course, it is sometimes argued, though usually not by sensible people, that American-style antebellum slavery was of a particularly nasty variety, unlike the sunny and hedonistic kinds that existed in places like South America, Africa, China or the Islamic world. And while we would not want to impose Eurocentric Western values like slavery abolition on places like Africa (to do so would be racist), surely the recent ancestors of us white Americans, at least the enlightened ones from up North, should not have “just let slavery happen” in the states of the Old Confederacy? Africans enslaving Africans, Chinese enslaving Chinese, or Arabs enslaving Arabs might be something we can tolerate because, well, it just couldn’t be all that bad if “people of color” are doing it, but the idea of white American Southerners (and Christians, no less) enslaving Africans, well, that’s just, well, worse than awful, for some reason or another.

I reject the claims of modern day Confederate patriots that the U.S. Civil War had nothing to do with slavery and that it was all about tariffs, agriculture and states’ rights. However, I agree that the motivation of the Union was self-preservation rather than slavery abolition because, well, the President of the Union said so. Still, wasn’t the victory of the Union a victory for liberty? Yes, if we want to overlook the imposition of the draft in both the North and South during the course of the war, the killing of hundreds of thousands of people, and the maiming or displacement of millions more. Well, wasn’t it at least a victory for “anti-racism”? Well, not really, considering the next major military effort after the defeat of the Confederacy was the conquest of the Indian territories in the West. There’s also the thorny question of the fact that there were both Indians and blacks on both the Union and Confederate sides.

Then there’s the question of the impact of the Civil War on the future of American politics. The war marked the death of the old confederal republic and the creation of a centralized, Jacobin, nationalist regime and continental empire. If America had been split into two republics in the 1860s, the Wilson regime might not have entered World War One a half century later. It was American involvement in that war that led to the total destruction of Germany, the subsequent rise of Nazism, World War Two, the genocides that transpired during the war, the invention of atomic weapons, the Stalinist occupation of Eastern Europe, the Cold War, the nuclear arms race, the brush wars in Asia, the present day American world empire and other not-so-nice things. Indeed, the war for slavery abolition advocated by many of Lincoln’s abolitionist supporters would seem to be an example of the “armed doctrine” that Edmund Burke warned against. Of course, that does not mean that an actual guerrilla war against the Southern slaveholders of the kind advocated by the anarchist Lysander Spooner would not have been justified.

So back to Soviet Onion’s comments:

Consider Keith’s mission statement that he’s a single-issue activist looking to bring down the Empire and will work with everybody from Fascists to Stalinists to do that, so long as they’re willing to secede, go their separate ways and dominate their own territories once the job is done. If he’s so ecumenical that he’s willing to work with all these people, then why not also some small-scale secessionist group that ended up practicing slavery in their area? What would make them so special that, given his stated criteria, Stalinoids are OK but they’re not?

If you include authoritarian forms of parenting, education and marriage as forms of slavery, then those are cases where he does directly advocate slavery. Unfortunately, that just makes him like everybody else.

Aside from the fact that comparing “authoritarian” parenting, compulsory school attendance and marriage to chattel slavery does little except make others think that anarchism is a philosophy not suitable for anyone over the age of fifteen, there are certain significant qualifications that would need to be added for this to be an accurate description of my actual views. I am for the dissolution of the American regime into smaller, more manageable units. Presumably, America’s international empire would no longer be able to sustain itself. Those nations are that are now colonies, vassalages, or client-states of the U.S. would achieve their full independence. However they choose to organize themselves upon achieving independence is none of my business. If the Italians elect a representative of the fascist Italian Social Movement as mayor of Rome, or if the Venezuelans prefer Chavez as their leader, or if the Cubans fail to rise up against Castro as the Romanians did to Nicolae Ceausescu, then that’s none of Keith’s goddamn business.

The question of what political factions or ideologies, if any, should be excluded from a pan-secessionist alliance in North America is indeed an interesting one. While ideologies like Nazism and Stalinism are too alien to American political culture to ever become mass movements, it is possible small bands of such groups could carve out separatist enclaves for themselves. There could theoretically be autonomous urban neighborhoods run by skinheads, or rural compounds of neo-nazi survivalists, or communes organized by Stalinist or Maoist groups. Groups of this type could even hold fairly large tracts of land that would be their de facto private property. If such communities are entirely voluntary in their membership, then there can be no political objection to them on libertarian grounds. Of course, others might have aesthetic, moral or cultural objections. But that’s too bad.

In a case where, say, a Neo-Nazi or hard-core Communist group were to seize a wider city or town, I would say the degree to which such an effort should be challenged or recognized should depend on the circumstances. At bare minimum, I would want those who wished to leave to be given the chance to do so on a model similar to, say, the partitioning of India and Pakistan in 1947. If such requests were refused, should surrounding communities engage in military action against the offending community? Perhaps, or perhaps not, depending on the circumstances, potential costs of such an action, the degree of severity of the offense given, and the probably of victory by the self-appointed policemen.

Ironically, this debate has relevance to an issue that I have raised with anarchists and libertarians in the past, and it is an issue where I have never received a satisfactory answer. What about a scenario where a libertarian or relatively libertarian society, or a federation of anarchies, was threatened by domestic political movements of an authoritarian or totalitarian nature? The classic example of this is the Weimar liberal republic, where the center collapsed and the two largest political parties were Hitler’s NSDAP and the Stalinist KPD, with each of these maintaining their own private armies, and engaging in routine, violent streetfighting with each other. To what degree do such groups cease to be mere political organizations using their rights of association, free speech and right to bear arms and become outright domestic invaders? Would the broader alliance of citizen militias, mercenaries, guerrillas, paramilitaries, posses, gangs or whatever that would comprise the defense forces of an anarchist federation ever be justified in suppressing the activities of a group like the NSDAP or the KPD? I believe they would, if such groups grew large enough, powerful enough, disruptive enough or violent enough to pose a “clear and present danger” to the survival of the anarchist federation. There is no reason why a confederacy of anarchies should tolerate an insurgency bya Khmer Rouge or a Shining Path.

I’ve even made similar arguments concerning immigration. To what degree should a host society allow or tolerate immigration by persons demonstrating values or originating from societies whose values are hostile to those of the host society? What constitutes a legitimate demographic threat? Should a billion Chinese be able to migrate to the U.S. tomorrow if they so choose, irrespective of the wishes of the natives? Should liberal-Enlightenment or Greco-Roman Western nations accept immigration from theocratic Islamic societies unconditionally? I think not.  It would seem that political, economic and civilizational survival would be an issue that trumps the migratory rights of immigrants.

These are difficult questions, and appeals to rigid ideological formulations and overblown juvenalia do not help to answer them.

 

 

Why I am an Anarcho-Pluralist, Part Two

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 April 2009

Imagine, for one horribly unpleasant moment, that the anarchist movement (movements?) in North America, in their present form, were to carry out an actual revolution. What kind of social or political system would be the result? The Wikipedia entry on anarchism in the United States lists a number of individuals who represent North American anarchism in different ways. These include Michael Albert (Chomskyite proponent of participatory economics-”parecon”), Ashanti Alston (black power anarchist), Hakim Bey (lifestyle anarchist), Bob Black (nihilist and reputed psychopath), Kevin Carson (Proudhonian mutualist), Noam Chomsky (Marxo-syndicalist-anarcho-social democrat), Peter Coyote (love generation), Howard Ehrlich (social anarchist), David Friedman (anarcho-capitalist), David Graeber (anarcho-anthropologist), Hans-Hermann Hoppe (anarcho-monarchist), Derrick Jensen (primitivist), Jeff Luers (eco-anarchist prisoner), Judith Malina (anarcho-pacifist actress), the late James J. Martin (individualist anarchist and Holocaust revisionist), Wendy McElroy (Rothbardian anarcho-feminist individualist), Jason McQuinn (post-left anarchist), Cindy Milstein (Bookchinite), Chuck Munson (anarchist without adjectives), Joe Peacott (individualist-anarchist), Sharon Presley (left-libertarian feminist), Keith Preston (agent of the forces of darkness), Lew Rockwell (Rothbardian paleolibertarian), Jeremy Sapienza (market anarchist), Crispin Sartwell (individualist-anarchist), Rebecca Solnit (environmentalist), Starhawk (neo-pagan eco-feminist), Warcry (eco-anarchist), Dana Ward (anarcho-archivist), David Watson (primitivist), Mike Webb (murder victim), Fred Woodworth (atheist anarchist), John Zerzan (primitivist) and Howard Zinn (New Left anarcho-Marxist).

This list does not even begin to mention all of the ideological tendencies to be found among anarchists, e.g., indigenist anarchism, anarcho-communism, national-anarchism, insurrectionary anarchism, Christian anarchism and many others. Even so, anarchists collectively probably do not comprise even one percent of the population at large. Imagine if the anarchist milieu were to grow to include tens of millions of people. Most likely all of these specific tendencies would grow exponentially, and some new ones no one has heard of yet would probably appear. How would anarchists go about organizing society if indeed anarchism were to become a mass movement and the state in its present form were to disappear. More specifically, how would we reconcile the differences between all of these different tendencies, and how would anarchists co-exist with persons of other belief systems? Unless we want to start sending people to re-education camps, or placing them in gulags, or engaging in summary or mass executions we had better start thinking some of this out.

There are really only three ways. One would be anarcho-totalitarianism, where whatever anarchist faction or group of factions that happens to have the most power simply represses their rivals, anarchists and non-anarchists alike. Another would be anarcho-mass democracy, where we have an anarchist parliament consisting of the Syndicalist Party, Primitivist Party, Libertarian Party, Ecology Party, Feminist Party, et.al., perhaps presided over by, say, Prime Minister Chuck Munson. While this might be an interesting situation, it ultimately wouldn’t be much different than the kinds of states we have today.

The only other alternative is the dispersion of power to local units. These could be localities where everything is completely privatized (Hoppe) or everything is completely collectivized (anarcho-communism), or some point in between. The specific anarchist tendencies these communities represented would be determined according to prevailing ideological currents at the local level. One contemporary anarchist observes:

The superficial story is that the primmies control the NW, the SW desert and the Appalachians, while the Reds control the entire NE block and have a mild advantage everywhere else.

So “after the revolution” the “primmies” would be dominant in their regions and the “Reds” in theirs, and presumably the Free Staters in theirs, and the queer anarchists in theirs,  and so forth. It’s also interesting to observe how radically different the value systems and definitions of “freedom” employed by different kinds of anarchists are. One anarchist has noted that some anarchists wish to bar alcohol, drugs, tobacco, meat, porn, S&M and prostitution from their communities. This should go along way with those libertarian-libertine anarchists for whom anarchy is synonomous with all sorts of legalized vice.  Then there’s the conflict between the ethno-preservationist national-anarchists and the anti-racist left-anarchists, and between the proprietarian anarchists and the communal anarchists. I’ve even come across an anarchist proponent of the draft. Of course, the different kinds of anarchists will insist that others are not true anarchists, but that’s beside the point. Each of the different anarchist factions consider themselves to be the true anarchists, and that’s not going to change.

The adherents of many of these philosophies act as though the fate of the world depends on their every move, when in reality each of these tendencies will often have no more than a few thousand, maybe a few hundred, maybe even just a few dozen sympathizers (or even fewer than that). Rarely is any attention given to the question of how anarchists will ever achieve any of their stated goals, to the degree that anarchists have any common goals, or any goals at all.

If anarchists want to have any impact on the wider society whatsoever, I believe there is only one way. First, anarchists, whatever their other differences, need to band together in large enough numbers to become single-issue political pressure group. This would be a pressure group just like those in the mainstream: pro-choice, pro-life, pro-gun, anti-gun, pro-gay marriage, anti-gay marriage, marijuana decriminalization, etc. The purpose of this pressure group would be to reduce political authority down to lowest unit possible, which, I believe is the local community, i.e., cities, towns, villages, districts, neighborhoods,etc. I recognize some anarchists wish to reduce politics down to the individual level. I’m a little more skeptical of that. For instance, I’m not so sure competing criminal codes could exist in the same territorial jurisdiction, but I’m willing to agree to disagree on that. I say let’s work to reduce things down to the city-state, county or village level, and then debate how much further to go from there. Such a pressure group could include not only anarchists of every kind, but also left-green decentralists, conservative local sovereignty groups, regionalist or secessionist tendencies or even good old fashioned Jeffersonian states’ rightsers. This idea does not mean that every locality would need to be an independent nation unto itself. They could be sovereign entities within broader territorial confederations, so long as they retained their right of withdrawal or to veto policies favored by the larger bodies. This way, even communities with radically different cultural values or economic arrangements could collaborate on projects of mutual interest such as maintenance of transportation systems, firefighting, or common defense.

Meanwhile, outside the context of this single-issue movement for radical decentralization, the different anarchist factions could continue their other interests in different contexts. Libertarians could continue to push for private money or competing currencies. Syndicalists could continue to push for anarcho-syndicalist unions. Primitivists could set up tech-free communes or villages. Anti-racists could protest Klan marches, and national-anarchists could set up ethnic separatist intentional communities. Pro-lifers could agitate against abortion and feminists could agitate against pro-lifers. Gun nuts could simultaneously belong to the NRA and pacifists could belong to the Catholic Workers. Anarcho-communists could organize Israeli-style kibbutzes and anarcho-capitalists could set up their preferred private defense agencies.

Additionally, different factions with different beliefs could target certain geographical areas for colonization as the Free Staters are doing in New Hampshire, the Christian Exodus is doing in South Carolina, the Native Americans are doing in the Lakota Republic, or the Ron Paulites are doing in the Liberty Districts. Indeed, Bill Bishop’s interesting book “The Big Sort” describes how Americans are in the process of self-separation along the lines of culture, religion, ideology, political affilitation, sexuality, age, income, occupation and every conceivable other issue. Colonization can then become a movement for full-blown local secession. The values and ideals of those whom you disagree with are not as personally threatening if you do not have to live under the same political roof , and the worse someone’s ideas are, the better that they be separate from everyone else.

This does not mean that sovereign communities cannot have institutionalized protects for individual liberties, minority rights, or popular rule. Some state constitutions or municipal charters already have protections of this type in some instances, and sometimes on a more expansive level than what is found in the U.S. Constitution. Individual sovereign communities could make such protections as extensive as they wanted. Nor does this mean that libertarian anti-statism is the “only” value. There are some values in life that transcend politics, and one can also be committed to other issues while also being committed to political decentralization and local sovereignty. For instance, I am also interested in prisoners’ rights, legal, judicial, penal and police reform, ending the war on drugs, repealing consensual crime laws, abolishing compulsory school attendance laws, opposing zoning ordinances, eminent domain, the overregulation of land and housing markets, sex worker rights, the right to bear arms, self-defense rights, the rights of students, the homeless, the handicapped, medical patients and psychiatric inmates, freedom of speech and the press, labor organizing, worker cooperatives, mutual aid associations, home schools and alternative education, credit unions and mutual banks, LETS, land reform, indigenous peoples’ rights, alternative media, non-state social services, and many other topics. My primary area of interest is foreign policy. In fact, foreign policy was the reason I became an anarchist and have remained one, in spite of being continually underwhelmed by the organized anarchist movement. I think the American empire and its effects on peoples throughout the world is an abomination, and I want to see it ended. Yet, I think at the same time an agglomeration of anarchist communities in North America would need some kind of “national defense” system, given that Europe and Asia may not “go anarchist” at the same moment, which is why I am interested in the paleoconservatives with their traditional American isolationist views.

At the same time, there are some topics that many anarchists are committed to that don’t particularly interest me. Environmentalism is one of these. Like all reasonable people, I think we need clean air and water, and it’s not cool to build a toxic waste dump in a residential area. Yet, the eco-doomsday ideologies associated with ideas like global warming and peak oil are not things I’m sold on as of yet. I also really just don’t see what the big deal about endangered species is. The overwhelming majority of species that have existed thus far have already gone extinct, so what’s a few more? Still, if this is an issue others care passionately about, then by all means enaged in direct action on behalf of sea turtles or spotted owls or against urban sprawl. Don’t let me get in your way. Gay marriage is another topic I really just don’t give a fuck about, not because I’m anti-gay but because I view marriage as an archaic religious and statist institution that anarchists or libertarians or radicals of any stripe should not be promoting. But that’s just me. As an atheist, I also don’t care much for the militant politicized atheism found in some circles. I agree that compulsory religious instruction and practice should not exist in state-run schools, but I think extending this idea to things like prayers at city council meetings or football games, or extracurricular religious clubs in state institutions, is taking things a bit far. It is this sort of thing that alienates the usually religious poor and working class from radicalism.

Lastly, we need to consider how to appeal to all those ordinary folks out there whose assistance we might need in order to achieve these kinds of goals. An anarchist-led, libertarian-populist, radical decentralist, pan-secessionist movement that appealed to the tradition and ideals of the American Revolution is the only possible avenue. What I have outlined here is essentially the same set of views promoted by Voltairine de Cleyre in her essays “Anarchism without Adjectives” and “Anarchism and American Traditions“. If you don’t like my views, then come up with a plan of your and let the rest of us hear about it.

Updated News Digest May 3, 2008

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 2 May 2009

Quote of the Week:

“In spite of the unceasing efforts made by men in power to conceal this and to ascribe a different meaning to power, power is the application of a rope, a chain by which a person will be bound and dragged along, or of a whip, with which he will be flogged, or of a knife, or an ax with which they will cut off his hands, feet, ears, head—an application of these means or the threat they will be used. Thus it was in the time of Nero and of Ghenghis Khan and thus it is even now, in the most liberal of governments.”

                                                                                                              -Leo Tolstoy

 

“”One sometimes gets the impression that the mere words socialism and communism draw towards them with magnetic force every fruit-juice drinker, nudist, sandal-wearer, sex-maniac, Quaker, Nature-cure quack, pacifist and feminist in England… “We have reached a stage when the very word socialism calls up, on the one hand, a picture of airplanes, tractors and huge glittering factories of glass and concrete; on the other, a picture of vegetarians with wilting beards, of Bolshevik commissars (half gangster, half gramophone), or earnest ladies in sandals, shock-headed Marxists chewing polysyllables, escaped Quakers, birth control fanatics, and Labour Party backstairs-crawlers. “If only the sandals and pistachio-colored shirts could be put in a pile and burnt, and every vegetarian, teetotaler and creeping Jesus sent home to Welwyn Garden City to do his yoga exercises quietly. As with the Christian religion, the worst advertisement for Socialism is its adherents.”

                                                                                                     -George Orwell

The Drug War: A Bonanza for the Enemies of Freedom by Kevin Carson

Prosecute ‘Em by Jack Hunter

New Issue of Synthesis

What Happened to the Peace Movement? Scott Horton interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Farewell, US Hegemony by Andrew Bacevich and Tom Engelhardt

America’s Shame by Eric Margolis

Is the State Necessary? by Kirkpatrick Sale

National-Anarchist Portraits: Andrew Yeoman

Taking Secession Seriously-At Last by Kirkpatrick Sale

H.L. Mencken Speaks Wow!!

Shrink the State: A Leftist Aim by Chris Dillow

Secession Is Our Future by Cliff Thies

Let a Thousand Nations Bloom from Free Guptastan

Revisionism: A New, Angry Look at the American Past from TIME, 1970

Why We Fight the Power by Roderick Long

Neocons on the Danube by Paul Gottfried

Credit Card Deform by Sheldon Richman

Don’t Know Much About Capitalism by Thomas Woods

African Anarchism in Zimbabwe by Larry Gambone

Is GDP Decreasing? by Francois Tremblay

Outside the Gates: Turkey and Europe by Mark Hackard

Debt as a Way of Life by Richard Spencer

The Taliban’s Road to Kabul by Patrick Cockburn

Death at Work in American by Joann Wypijewski

Zionist Lobby Targets Another Tenured Professor by Doug Henwood

The Nuremberg Truth and Reconciliation Committee by Jeremy Scahill

Will Iceland Be Handed Over to a New Gang of Kleptocrats? by Michael Hudson

Israeli Fascism by Uri Avnery

Why the U.S. Still Hates Cuba by Frederico Fuentes

Obama’s Sins of Omission by Andrew J. Bacevich

The Secessionist Option: Why Now? by Ian Baldwin

George Washington on Entangling Alliances 

James Madison on War 

Most Women Oppose Preferences in Hiring Blacks by TGGP

Unsubstantiated Blanket Statements by Ean Frick

“Get Your Hands Off My Country” 

Military Moronity by William S. Lind

The Secessionist Bookshelf by Bill Buppert

Anarchy and the Law of the Somalis by Dick Clark

The Fed Has Wounded You Gerald Celente interviewed by Lew Rockwell

To Vaccinate or Not to Vaccinate? by Charles Pena

The Case for Prosecuting Bush by David Henderson

Some Might Call It Treason by Philip Giraldi

Calamity Jane by Justin Raimondo

The U.S. is Addicted to Imperialism Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

Get Out of Iraq George McGovern interviewed by Scott Horton

The U.S. Should Cut Military Spending by One Half by Benjamin Friedman

We Are All Torturers in America by Naomi Wolf

The Greatest Gay Rights Song Ever Written -here’s the lyrics

Secession: The True Bioregional Way by Kirkpatrick Sale

The Ten Core Values of Survivalism 

The Greatest American President of All by Thomas Woods

Is is Time to Bring Back the Lone Star Republic? by Kelse Moen

Is a Hyperinflationary Depression Ahead? John Williams interviewed by Howard Ruff

The Rich Capitalist Who Co-Founded Communism by Robert Service

The Lobby Wants War by Justin Raimondo

Obama Looks Unimpressive on Civil Liberties After 100 Days by J.D. Tuccille

The Dark Core of the Empire by Jacob Hornberger

Tortured by the Past by Frank Snepp

The Obama-Netanyahu Showdown by Robert Parry

What This Country Needs is a Good Pirated Version of Kindle E-Books by Kevin Carson

Really Small Firm Size by Shawn Wilbur

Help Arthur Silber

Fair Taxers-Friends or Foes? by Dylan Hales

Obama and “Two States” by Ellen Cantarow

The McCarthyism That Horowitz Built by Dana Cloud

The Cocaine Powder/Crack Sentencing Disparity by Jasmine Tyler and Anthony Papa

Obama Disses Tea Partyers by Red Phillips

The Flu Hysteria Agency by Bill Anderson

The Evil of Eminent Domain by David T. Beito

Secede, Georgia! 

Is Neocon Foreign Policy Finished? by Ivan Eland

Dictatorial Powers Unchallenged by Andy Worthington

Bibi’s Holocaust-or Ours? by Gordon Prather

Freedom of Expression, Dissenting Historians and the Holocaust Revisionists by David Botsford

Thought Police Muscle Up in Britain by Hal G.P. Colebatch

Why Many Chinese Don’t Want Freedom by Richard Bernstein

Economic Policy and Growth by TGGP

Jon Stewart the Hypocrite by Francois Tremblay

May Day 2009 by Rad Geek

The Shadow of the Panther by Hugh Pearson

Remembering Gustave Landauer-He Was Killed 90 Years Ago Today 

Strictly Personal  by Chuck Baldwin

The Road to Weimar America by Robert Stacy McCain

“Do You Take This Pony?” by Evan McLaren

Thoroughly Modern Marxism by Richard Spencer

Is the GOP Too Conservative? by Jack Hunter

The Swine Are Loose by Ilana Mercer

Technofascism, Not Socialism by Thomas Naylor

Dissing the Declaration by Harrison Bergeron 2

Kabul’s New Elite by Patrick Cockburn

The Israel Boycott is Biting by Nadia Hijab

Updated News Digest May 10, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 9 May 2009

Quote of the Week:

“There’s the populist wing of the libertarian movement, and then there’s the Washington crowd that’s still trying to sell libertarianism, or their version of it, to elites. These people want to go along and get along. As long as they can abort their babies and sodomize each other and take as many drugs as they want to, they are happy. They don’t care who is being killed in Iraq and how many Iraqis are dying. That’s their hierarchy of values.”

                                                                                                          -Justin Raimondo

Joke of the Week:

“Watching Keith Preston shows me beyond the shadow of the doubt that life isn’t worth living as a cold manipulator.”

                                                                                              -Anonymous Lunatic

The Tyranny of Tolerance by Hal G.P. Colebatch

Soft Totalitarianism by Thomas Jackson

“Hate Crimes” Prevention Bill Will Suppress Speech by Paul Craig Roberts

The Left Attacks the Austrian Theory of the Business Cycle by Matthew Yglesias

Torture and Mr. Obama by William Blum

Obama’s War Budget by Jeff Leys

The Marijuana Dilemma: Free Market Decriminalization vs Bureaucratic Legalization by Daniel Flynn

When Norman Mailer Ran for Mayor of NYC by John Buffalo Mailer

Obama’s Afghan-Ignorant Policy by Michael Scheuer

Ignore AIPAC at America’s Peril by Philip Giraldi

The Great Depression of 2009 by Gerald Celente

Exempting Israel From Criticism by Paul Craig Roberts

Is Obama Taking on the Israel Lobby? by Justin Raimondo

Obama Must Break from Past Israel Policy by Jonathan Steele

National-Anarchists Smash Shop Windows in San Francisco by BANA

Dead Souls by Alexander Cockburn

Jailed for Caring by Neve Gordon

Why the Left Hates Decentralization by Thomas Woods

The Case for All-Black Schools by Jeff Severns Guntzel

Andrej Grubacic on Anarchism for the 21st Century 

“They Had Swords”: Anarchist Mayhem in San Francisco 

Anarchist Common Action General Assembly Meets in the Pacific Northwest 

IWW Starbucks’ Workers Organizing Efforts Extend to Chile 

American Exceptionalism (And Why American Extremists Tend to Be Anarchists Rather Than Communists and Fascists) by Seymour Martin Lipset

Bush POWs Treated Worse Than Americans Captured by the Chinese by Glenn Greenwald

Afghans to Obama: Get Out, Take Karzai With You by Patrick Cockburn

The Torturer’s Apprentice by Richard Neville

To Power a Nation: Nuclear Bombs or Sunshine? by Manuel Garcia, Jr.

Pork and Baloney: Obama’s Defense Budget by Winslow T. Wheeler

Pakistan in Crisis by Deepak Tripathi

Stanford Alumni Call for Investigation of Condoleeza Rice by Marjorie Cohn

Who’s Behind the Financial Meltdown? 

The AIPAC Spy Case by James G. Abourezk

Afghan Ayatollahs Push Marital Rape Law by Patrick Cockburn

Dropping the AIPAC Spy Case by Gary Leupp

Economy on the Ropes by Mike Whitney

Is the GOP Finished Yet? by Pat Buchanan

The Mexican Flu by Jack Hunter

I Committed Treason Last Week by Kevin D. Annett

Remembering Isabel Paterson by Stephen Cox

The Case Against the State from LiberaLaw

“Communism” vs Communism by Milan Valach

We Are Brainwashed to Believe We Are in a Classless Society by Francois Tremblay

Doing Tax Resistance from the Picket Line

Dialectical Anarchism by Roderick Long

Against Rothbard and Keynes, for Marx by TGGP

The Copyright Nazis’ Latest Venue: Newspapers by Kevin Carson

Liberty Creates Order by Sheldon Richman

The Ruling Class Nature of the Federal Reserve by Sheldon Richman

Moral Nihilism and Existentialism from Back to the Drawing Board

Victim of Amerika  by William Norman Grigg

Want to Get Out of Debt? 

Hero of Gun Rights by Jeff Snyder

Texas Highway Robbery-by the Cops!! by Gary Tuchman and Katherine Wojtecki

Armed Student Saves Lives 

The Taliban Are Coming! The Taliban Are Coming! by Eric Margolis

The Federal Government is Increasingly Totalitarian by Mark Crovelli

Survivalism: It’s Just Common Sense by Tim Elliot

Money Must Not Be State Provided by Mike Rozeff

Waterboard an A-rab for Jesus by Laurence Vance

Ron Paul, Surveillance and the GOP by James Bovard

“Democracy at Gunpoint” Strategy Guarantees Defeat by William Pfaff

A Nation of Men, Not Laws by Nat Hentoff

A Vietnam Warning  by Robert Dreyfuss

At What Point is a Traitor a Patriot? by Bill Buppert

The Union of Soviet Socialist Republicans

Jon Stewart: Wimp, Wuss and Moral Coward by Justin Raimondo

Congressional Retards Call for a Ban on “Indecent” Viagra Commercials by Butler Shaffer (and the proper response)

AIPAC Stooge Jane Harman: Fuck That Bitch article by Glenn Greenwald

How to Survive the Depression and Worse Jack Spirko interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Student Loan Debt: The Next Big Crash?

U.S. Policy Breeds Revolution in Pakistan Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

How Israel Avoids a Palestinian State by David Bromwich

Nukes and National Independence: The French Example by Edouard Husson

A Conspiracy to Prevent Torture Prosecutions? by Thomas R. Eddlem

Taking Liberties With the “Justice” System by Andy Worthington

Another Cheney Cover-Up? by David Corn

The New Face of the Senate? 

French Mutualism Beyond Proudhon  by Shawn Wilbur

How Good People Turn Evil, and Why the State is the Problem by Francois Tremblay

The Forces of the American Occupation (of America) from Rad Geek

From a Slave to His Former Master, in 1865  from Roderick Long

Can Christians Serve in the New World Army? by Chuck Baldwin

The New Racism by Pat Buchanan

Casualties of Obama’s War by Patroon

Stuff White People Like by Robert Weissberg

Can Local Government Work for the Poor? from IFPRI Forum

Another Federalist of the Left? from The Volokh Conspiracy

The End of Arrogance: Decentralization and Anarchist Organizing by the Curious George Brigade

Bush is a Felonious Torturer by Judge Andrew Napolitano

Should a Christian Join the Military? by Laurence Vance

Empire Contributed to Economic Crisis by Ivan Eland

Rangoon’s Renaissance by Doug Bandow

Obama Readies Troops as Afghans Die by Jeremy Scahill

Give Up Your Empire or Live Under It Jacob Hornberger interviewed by Scott Horton

Why We Fight: U.S. Troops Die for Rapists by Ted Rall

Taking Up Where Clinton-Gore Left Off by Gordon Prather

The President and His Troublesome Allies by Tony Karon

U.S. Foreign Policy Caused the Taliban Problem by Jacob Hornberger

The Torture BITCH by Justin Raimondo

Happy Days  by Peter Schiff

A Woman Dumber Than John McCain? by Ilana Mercer

Fuck the PIGS from Rad Geek

A Full Court Press for Pakistan War by Chris Floyd

Marilyn Chambers, R.I.P. by Warren Hinckle

In Praise of Revolutions  by Serge Halimi

Hilary and Latin America by Mark Weisbrot

Recessions and Labor Unions by David Macaray

Mothers and War by Ron Jacobs

A Break from the Past in the Drug War? by Kevin Zeese

Party of Rush by Robert Fantina

A Hymn to Political Incorrectness (and another one!)

Reflections on Urban Sociology by Chris Rock

Updated News Digest May 17, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 16 May 2009

Quote of the Week:

“The urge to save humanity is almost always only a false-face for the urge to rule it.”

“Moral certainty is always a sign of cultural inferiority. The more uncivilized the man, the surer he is that he knows precisely what is right and what is wrong. All human progress, even in morals, has been the work of men who have doubted the current moral values, not of men who have whooped them up and tried to enforce them. The truly civilized man is always civilized and tolerant.”

                                                                                              H. L. Mencken

Why is the US making itself impotent fighting wars that have nothing whatsoever to do with is security, wars that are, in fact, threatening its security?  The answer is that the military/security lobby, the financial gangsters, and AIPAC rule.  The American people be damned.”

                                                                                            -Paul Craig Roberts

Secede! Bill Buppert interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Did Somebody Say Secession? by Jack Hunter

How Dare Anyone Question the Fed? by Thomas Woods

Who Rules America? by Paul Craig Roberts

It is Getting Very Serious Now by Chuck Baldwin

Do You Feel Safer Now? from No Third Solution

Intellectual Property: A Libertarian Critique by Kevin Carson

The Great American Bank Robbery (of US) by Thomas N. Naylor

Twelve Axioms of American Foreign Policy Towards Israel by Thomas N. Naylor

The New Neocons  by Justin Raimondo

Hillary and the Sleeping Dragon by William S. Lind

A Practical Path to Secession by Bill Buppert

King of the Hate Business by Alexander Cockburn

Local Barter Clubs Proliferating by Hazel Henderson

Money Talks  by Tomislav Sunic

Workers Power and the Ultra-Right by Ean Frick

Apostle of Catastrophe Kirkpatrick Sale interviewed by Derek Turner

Pentagon Gluttons by Charles Pena

Pelosi the Ennabler by Robert Scheer

The Inside Fight Over Torture by Nick Baumann

New General, Same War by Robert Dreyfuss

10th Amendment Showdown by John Bowman

Obama’s Latest Effort to Conceal Evidence of Bush Era Crimes by Glenn Greenwald

Saving Israel from Itself by John J. Mearsheimer

The Hidden Hand of Dick Cheney by Juan Cole

Torture Cannot Be Justified to Save Lives by Klint Alexander

Surprise! by Harrison Bergeron 2

On Cops and Gangs by Manuel Lora

The Cure for Layoffs: Fire the Boss! by Naomi Klein and Avi Lewis

PIGS Kill Teenager Over Expired License Tags 

Employees Occupy Their Company in Rochester 

Where Were All of the Business Schools When Wall Street Needed Them Most? by Thomas N. Naylor

PIGS Attack Stuffed Animal with Taser 

The Shell Game of Democracy by Ray Mangum

Judicial Restraint by TGGP

Wanted: A Fighting Party by Pat Buchanan

Savage Nation by Derek Turner

Remembering the Great Screaming Lord Sutch by Ray Mangum (check it out!

Bull Markets in the Cocaine Game by Mark Easton

The U.S. Descends Deeper into the Third World 

PETA Founder Comes Up With Another Howler by Francois Tremblay

The Fascist Federation vs Free-Market Aliens by John Bowman

The Rule of the “Experts” by Justin Raimondo

Saigon Again? by Philip Giraldi

What a Horrible Weapon the Taser is… (especially in the hands of the PIGS) by William Norman Grigg

We Face Economic Destruction by Murray Rothbard

Understanding the Long War by Tom Hayden

Saberi’s Plight and American Media Propaganda by Glenn Greenwald

It’s Time to End the Cold War by James Bissett

Obama’s Empire by Sheldon Richman

The Case Against World Currency Schemes by David Gordon

Obama Can’t Fix the Military Commissions by Denny LeBoeuf

Becoming What We Seek to Destroy by Chris Hedges

The Bubble to End All Bubbles by Gerald Celente

Bill Would Turn Bloggers Into Felons by John Cox

Mohawks March on Canadian Border by Michael Peeling

The Bomb Iran Faction by Gary Leupp

Obama Chooses a Reliable Dictatorship by Wajahat Ali

Why Isn’t Obama Turning to Credit Unions? by Bob Fitrakis and Harvey Wasserman

Pseudo-Science and Wrongful Convictions in the War on Drugs by John Kelly

Who Killed 120 Civilians? by Patrick Cockburn

New York Governor Does the Right Thing by Anthony Papa

Jon Stewart and Truman, the War Criminal by Paul Krassner

Savage Nation by Derek Turner

A Hypocrisy That Can Win by Richard Spencer

Ron Paul Republicans by Jack Hunter

Social Solidarity is Overrated by Richard Spencer

The Economics of the Meltdown interview with Tom Woods

Michael Savage is Our Business by Marcus Epstein

Star Trek and Humanity by Razib Khan

Glen Beck Discusses Anarchy with Penn Jillette hat tip to Francois Tremblay

Bakunin on Order hat tip to Brad Spangler

 Where Russia Went Wrong by Michael Hudson

The Limits of Liberalism by Lance Selfa

Obama Channels Cheney by Dave Lindorff

Obama and Latin America: No Light, All Tunnell by Robert Sandels

The Banker Boys Are Alright: Time to End the Bailouts by Dean Baker

It’s Time for Another Stock Market Correction interview with Jim Rogers

A Sucker’s Rally by Gary North

The Bitterly Clinging Obama by Vin Suprynowicz

Death of a Civilization by Dave Deming

Four Traits of the Really Successful Investors by Chris Clancy

1984: The Book That Killed George Orwell by Robert McCrum

Christians for Torture by Laurence Vance

U.S. Out of Pakistan and Afghanistan by Ron Paul

The Social Benefits of Saving by Hans Hermann Hoppe

Gangbangers in Blue by William Norman Grigg

Jesse Ventura Wants Cheney on a Waterboard from Larry King Live

Support Your Local Police? by Laurence Vance

Tax Revolt in California by Gary North

What Did Nancy Know? by Justin Raimondo

Twenty Years After the Fall by Eduoard Husson

The Politics of Excusing Torture in the Name of National Security by John Dean

Obama Administration Statements on Iranian Nukes Not Backed by Intelligence by Jeremy Hammond

The Sematics of Torture by John McQuaid

Obama: A Careerist, Not an Ideologue by Pat Buchanan

National Bankruptcy by Peter Schiff

Child Abusers in Uniform? from No Third Solution

The Tragedy of Classical Liberalism by Gus diZerega

For Reproductive Anarchy by Roderick Long

Anarcho-Communists for Private Property? by Roderick Long

Film Crew Arrested for Filming PIG from Rad Geek

How the Left Killed Hollywood Drama by S.T. Karnick

Is College Worth It? by Tom Piatak

You Can’t Do This on Television or Can You? by Dylan Hales

Cultural Continuity and Revolution 

Neo-Slavery Re-Emerging as a Business Strategy by Brenda Walker

Obama Picks Up Where Bush Left Off by Mike Whitney

A Real History of Rupert Murdoch by Bruce Page

The Black Shirts of Guantanamo by Jeremy Scahill

Vaginas from Outer Space! by Kim Nicolini

PIGS Assault Pastor

Can Star Trek’s Non-Violent Utopia Happen?

A Special Kind of Feminist

You’ve Got to See This One to Believe It

Making Secession Into a Mass Movement

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 20 May 2009

Recently, ATS/ARV associate Jeremy Weiland put forth some questions that are well worth considering. Here goes:

- Is opposition to the state something that can genuinely serve as a rallying point for broad-based revolutionary change? What kind of language would this need to be articulated in?

“Anti-statism” in the more abstract sense that libertarians and anarchist theoreticians conceive of it is not something that can be a “rallying point” for the average person. Most people are not ideological or philosophical by nature. Most people do not have the aversion to authority that is implicit in libertarian ideologies. No movement calling itself “anarchist” is ever going to be a mass movement, nor will the dogmatic libertarianism of the anarcho-capitalists. Simply trying to convert “the masses” to anti-statism of the kind that, for instance, Tolstoy or Alexander Berkman or Rothbard preached will be no more successful that an attempt to convert them to Scientology. However, a rebellion against a state that has lost its perceived legitimacy is far more probable, and has many precedents throughout all sorts of cultures. The particular rhetoric employed should be strongly rooted in the cultural, political and historical traditions of the particular society in question. Therefore, for the U.S., the rhetoric of secession, self-determination, “sic semper tyrannis,” and appeals to the legacy of 1776  are appropriate because it resonates well with the political education of the ordinary person. These things seems familiar, while exotic ideologies simply seem weird. Of course, that doesn’t mean that leaders, activists, organizers, intellectuals, writers or particular groups cannot be influenced or motivated by such ideologies.

- What would a single issue, cross-ideological coalition look like, and what would keep disparate parties united in action? I’ve seen arguments on either side about this matter, but it seems we’re merely speculating.

I agree that at this point in the game it’s merely a matter of speculation. However, I do not think it would be different from similar coalitions that have existed in the past. For instance, the movement to oppose the extension of slavery into the western territories of the pre-Civil War period included racists and nativists who opposed slavery because they did not want the black population to expand westward, and it also included abolitionists who wanted to see an end to slavery for it’s own sake, and believed that containing it in the South would bring its eventual demise. The New Deal coalition included Northern blacks and civil rights activists, and Southern segregationists. These kinds of political coalitions of seemingly opposite groups are not as uncommon as many seem to think. Because the center-left is likely to be dominant for the forseeable future, the question is what kind of political re-alignment would need to take place in order to effectively challenge the hegemony of the center-left? My guess is that it would not be any kind of “conservatism” as presently understood, though it could include issue-oriented factions that are currently part of the official “conservative” milieu. Most probably, the future of radicalism is with some kind of anti-liberal left. For instance, something like Norman Mailer’s “left-conservatism,” which is in many ways polar opposite from conventional “conservatism.”

- Similarly, is it possible to promote a program for political change that is motivated by radically different political / ethical / philosophical constructions and analyses? Can we agree on the means and not the ends, or do we have to be agreed on both, or maybe just the latter?

Thus far in the secessionist movement, there are everything from socially conservative Christians to left-wing environmentalists, and some of the latter have anarchist backgrounds. So the seed is already being planted.

- What is the relationship between political belief and identity, and how does coalition deal with this effectively? Seems like a lot of the talk in the thread centers around whom one “rejects” or “is happy to work with”. Well, what does that mean, and to what extent does either affect our sense of what “side” we’re on, and therefore what the constellation of possible coalitions actually is?

Those who spend so much time discussing whom they “reject” tend to be ideologues who wish to maintain a level of purity and enforce a set of cultural values in a such a way that simply doesn’t work when it comes to practical politics. American politics operates on the basis of shifting coalitions of divergent political interest groups, which is why you find everything from the Log Cabin Republicans to the disciples of Rev. Pat Robertson among the Republicans, and everything from the traditional labor unionists and the gay lobby among the Democrats. Many of my harshest critics in the “anarchist” and “left-libertarian” milieus are not really the kinds of folks I would envision as being leaders or constituents for a pan-secessionist movement, anyway. The reason I participate in those forums is not to convert them en masse, but to reach those isolated individuals who may be sympathetic to what I’m saying, because it is an individual of that type that might very well play a leadership role at some future point.

How do we evaluate progress towards the goal of decentralizing power? This to me is a crucial problem: the coalition must be useful to these different interests. How much of this anarcho-pluralist idea depends on actual subsidiarity vs. the symbolic dissolutions of the state and other centralized institutions as such? The former seems much more fundamental but more slippery; the latter serves as a definite milepost, but could be superficial as well.

Well, how do we evaluate the success of the expulsion of the forces of King George III during the American Revolution? How do we evaluate the success of the attempted secession of 1861? For any one faction to remain in a political coalition, the faction’s leadership and members must believe they have more to gain by staying put than by leaving. At the same time, it is the nature of coalitions that some factions are more successful at achieving their objectives within the context of the coalition than others. Among Democrats, pro-NAFTA neoliberal business interests were successful than anti-NAFTA union interests. Among Republicans, neocons have been more successful than traditionalist conservatives and right-libertarians.

For example, let’s say that the panarchist lobby achieves a significant amount of local autonomy for communities in America. How would this be regarded if it did not involve the formal dissolution of the U.S.?

The end result could either be that the U.S. is broken up entirely (like the Soviet Union) or the U.S. could remain in some kind of defanged, confederated form (like the Article of Confederation). I suppose how well this would be regarded would depend on one’s perspective. Hard-core anarcho-capitalists and “purist” anarchists of other kinds would probably say this is still too much government. Perhaps these could take things further still in their own local areas.

How would we be able to TELL that the decentralization meets the coalition’s requirements? Or would we require a formal renunciation of central authority to validate our mission? I see a great deal of possible confusion occurring because preserving but weakening the central state could serve some coalition interests and not others. I go back and forth on how important it is to smash the state vs. rendering it irrelevant.

Again, the devolution of power could take on a radical decentralist flavor within the context of the wider U.S. as a nation-state (the Bill Kaufmann/Norman Mailer vision) or involve dissolution into independent political units (the Kirkpatrick Sale/League of the South vision). Within the present secessionist movement, there are proponents of both perspectives: for instance, the differences between the Second Vermont Republic and the Free State Project, as the latter does not advocate formal secession.

It seems to me like the more diverse the cross-ideological coalition, the fuzzier the end goal is. What does it mean for a particular ideological / ethnic / lifestyle group to have sufficient autonomy, and are there any attendant formalities to achieving that condition? Otherwise, how do all parties determine their particularist interests are being met by the general mission?

I suppose each party would have its own standards as to how it judges it success as a coalition member. I don’t think there can be any generally agreed upon guidelines for that. The same is true of the various members of the Democratic and Republican coalitions. How does the NRA evaluate its success as a member of the GOP coalition? How does the NAACP regard its success within the Democratic Party?

There’s another problem of achieving the big sort on terms that make sense to the anarcho-pluralist project. How quickly could an even “bigger sort” occur, and how would we handle the quite likely situation where breaking up national state power does not coincide with the self-segregation of different political tendencies into distinct, homogeneous communities?

Well, if another “big sort” occurs, there can be another round of secession or division. It’s very likely the breakup of the central regime will lead to both some communities being organized along ideologically distinctive lines (like the Free State Project or Christian Exodus) while anothers may be the ideologically mixed administrative systems that we have now.

Decentralizing power right now with the current demographics would very likely just yield hundreds of little status quo Americas over the short and medium term.

So what? The purpose of decentralization is to create a marketplace of governments and communities that collectively acts as a constraint on what any one tyrant or political interest group can impose. What you’ve described here would also be the de facto end of the empire.

How do we build popular support for a position that, essentially, breaks up existing communities filled with the non-ideologically motivated population? If I don’t give a shit about decentralizing power, I don’t see why I’d be interested in picking up and moving just because some dick comes to power in my community.

My guess is that a pan-secessionist movement would be a coalition of regional and local movements representing the prevaling cultural and ideological currents in their respective regions and communities. Secessionism in large cities might have an African-American orientation. In Oregon or Vermont it might be green-oriented. Secession movements in the South, Texas or the Western states might have a more conservative/libertarian/populist approach. It could vary even more at the local level. For instance, I think a secession movement in Texas that had a generally conservative outlook would need to strengthen its positions by providing assurances that it would not rule tyrannically over liberal enclaves in places like Austin. This is one of the reasons why I think something like “states’ rights” by itself is not enough. Something like a Swiss cantonal system would be a means to autonomy for dissident communities within a seceded area. An even more serious problem would be something where multiple factions claim the same territory: for example, Aztlan Nation and the Republic of Texas both claim Texas, and the League of the South and some of the “new Afrika” groups claim the South. Christian Exodus has its sites on South Carolina, but I’ve also seen articles by gays in South Carolina who are sympathetic to secession. So a regional confederal system, perhaps one that is polycentric in nature, may be necessary in order to handle such differences.

With regards to the first question I asked, “How do we define success”, there’s a different way of asking it that may be more useful: has there ever been a successful revolutionary / secessionist movement that only articulated a negative platform? Is merely being against the state enough, or do we also need to unite around being “for” something as well? In other words, is there historical evidence for the kind of ideologically-neutral anti-statism you’re proposing, or is there perhaps a need to articulate a positive agenda?

I think there needs to be a few overarching principles that serve as points of unity, like the legitimacy of secession, the legitimacy of decentralism or separatism as means of handling severe cultural and ideological differences, or recognition that the empire is a failure and that communities of scale are more beneficient. The thing to do is to promote and work to popularize these ideas in the wider political culture, just like proponents of gay rights, pro-life, gun control, gun rights, etc. do all the time. Beyond that, I would say that individual regional, local or private forces in a wider pan-secessionist movement could have whatever internal beliefs or practices they wished. As far as actual examples of revolutions with anti-statism as a primary item in the platform, there are a couple that have come close, like the American Revolution and the Anarchist uprising in Catalonia. I don’t think the idea of pan-secessionism is purely negative in content. It includes the positives of “self-determination” of distinctive cultures, regions, and communties; independence of subjugated populations from an oppressive overarching state, human scale institutions that maximize accountability to those whom they are supposed to serve; achievement of political peace among otherwise hostile ideological or cultural groups; and the proliferation of many different kinds of communities that allow an individual greater freedom of choice in terms of associations and lifestyles. A realistic pan-secessionist movement would likely have a number of other generally shared secondary ideas as a complement to the primary ideas. For instance, if pan-secessionism were rooted heavily in the lower classes and the less formally educated, then an economic outlook combining a variety of libertarian and populist themes would likely be present, as well as a social or cultural outlook that is generally disinterested in so-called “political correctness,” as the latter is generally the ideology of the left-wing of the educated, upper-middle class.

Of course, you do enounter the issue of groups that will not join a coalition that also includes other groups that they strongly disagree with. But these kinds of groups will necessarily have to fall by the wayside. The way to compensate for this is to focus on where we can get the greatest numbers. That’s why I’ve advocated synthesizing secessionism with populism and an emphasis on certain socio-economic classes, demographic and political groups. Generally speaking, I suspect a movement of this type that grew large enough to achieve something approaching actual success would include more lower class people than upper class, more lower educated than academic elites, more young than old. Also, while “right-wing populist” currents would likely be present in such a movement, I’m not yet convinced they would be the dominant current. Much of the populist right represents forces that are in decline and losing ground politically. I think the more relevant question for the future would be: If the center-left is likely to be the dominant ideological paradigm for some time to come, what would the opposition to the center-left from a more radical left look like? Some evidence indicates that the prevailing currents might well originate from what might be called the “independent” Left or even ethno-nationalist elements among the racial minority groups, given that research has shown that there is actually more support for genuinely radical ideas like secession among self-identified “liberals” and racial minorities. With regards to the former, I would say the real source of class conflict in modern American society is between the lumpenproletariat and the New Class. With regards to the racial minorities, I am no way suggesting that we regurgitate the “anti-racism” hysteria of the Left. I am simply saying that a future pan-secessionist political/military alliance might include secessionist movements of an African-American or Hispanic nature as core players. I am not making any PC suggestions here. I’m just recognizing that racial minority secessionists might be part of a pan-secessionist coalition in the same manner as particular nations in a military alliance. The emerging “alternative Right” might also grow into a “true left” (i.e., radical, revolutionary) opposition force at some point in the future. There is also the need for such a movement to identify those groups most under attack by the state, and with the least to loose by rejecting the state, or who lack political representation within the state, and cultivate these as constituents for a wider movement. This is what I tried to do in essays like this one.

Essentially, I see the dominance of center-left liberalism being eventually challenged by a political re-alignment that draws from the populist right, radical middle, independent left, minority nationalists, lumpenproletarian class, urban underclass, rural neo-peasantry, petite bourgeoisie, de class elements and eco-radicals. These groups would then break down into different issue-oriented groups, cultural factions and so forth. I suspect their will also be some big splits among the Left’s constituent groups in the future: genuine eco-radicals vs liberal enviros, elite vs lumpen racial minorities, upper middle class feminists vs poor and working women, etc. For instance, I recall seeing an exit poll after the Bush-Kerry election in 2004 that indicated that twenty-five percent of self-identified homosexuals actually voted for Bush. As the economy worsens and class divisions continue to widen, and as the police state continues to tighten its grip, I suspect there will be plenty of homos, lesbos, trannies, et.al who will put their own material and political survival first. For instance, I’ve seen occurrences of anti-Zionist demonstrations including Muslims and anti-Zionist Jews, left-anarchists and national-anarchists, homos/trannies and Communists, as part of the same demo, and I suspect there will be more of that in the future. So it’s not like the Left’s favored “oppressed” groups all have the same interests or politics. Collectively, all of these things might comprise constituent groups for a pan-secessionist movement that evolves into a mass secession movement like the secession of the colonies in 1776 or the attempted secession of the Confederacy in 1861

On the other side, would be neocons, jingoists, American nation-state -based nationalists, imperialists, globalists, liberal internationalists, neoliberals, totalitarian humanists, cultural Marxists, multiculturalists, elite members of traditional outgroups, the political class, the state-capitalist economic elite, the New Class, war and police state profiteers, Zionists, and others with a stake in maintaining the status quo.

Updated News Digest May 24, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 24 May 2009

Quote of the Week:

“The exception is more interesting than the rule. The rule proves nothing; the exception proves everything: It confirms not only the rule but also its existence, which derives only from the exception. In the exception the power of real life breaks through the crust of a mechanism that has become torpid by repetition.”

                                                                                                   -Carl Schmitt

“The secret to success is to offend the greatest number of people.”

                                                                                                  -George Bernard Shaw

Barack Obama: From Antiwar Law Professor to Warmonger in 100 Days by Alexander Cockburn

The Humanitarian Face of the State, With Fangs by Lew Rockwell

Why Liberals Love Obama by Justin Raimondo

The Limits of Race by Paul Gottfried

Beheading on a Bus: Why Do Psychiatrists Excuse a Killer? by Thomas Szasz

To Serve and Protect (Themselves) by Thomas Knapp

Gangsters in Blue by Kevin Carson

Tracking the Fall of Empire Chalmers Johnson interviewed by Scott Horton

American Death Squad by Justin Raimondo

Challenging the Lobby by Murray Polner

Obama Steers Toward Endless War with Islam by Michael Scheuer

Secession is in the Water by Tom Wrobleski

Picking on AIPAC? by Philip Giraldi

Vermont Patriots: Alternative to Empire by Thomas N. Naylor

Torture and Empire by Stephen Walt

The Unlikely Survivalist by Susan Carpenter

Why I Became a Wobbly by Mike Ballard

Arrogant and Ignorant: U.S. Aggression Against Pakistan and Afghanistan by Eric Margolis

Secession and Nullification Are All Around You by Patroon

Own It by Ilana Mercer

British Surveillance State Attacked-with Axes!! by Ben Leach

Richard Neuhaus: The Failures of a “Public Intellectual” by David Gordon

Torture: The Plot Sickens by Alan Bock

Unexceptional Americans: Why We Can’t See the Forest or the Trees by Noam Chomksy

Bipartisan Disaster by Jack Hunter

The Toll Booth Economy by Michael Hudson

Bibi’s Next War by Pat Buchanan

Work is Hell by Michael D. Yates

Whiteout by Jared Taylor

Meet the Climate Change Lobby by Marianne Lavelle

Opening the Conservative Mind by Paul Gottfried

Gitmo: A Prison Built on Lies by Andy Worthington

White Pride is Uncool by Steve Sailer

Zero Tolerance in the Workplace by David Macaray

The Limits of Bacevich by Richard Spencer

Oil and the American Nightmare by Grant Havers

Bacevich, Consumption, and Empire by Dylan Hales

War and Torture by Robert Rodriquez

Throw the Bums Out by Taki Theodoracopulos

Josef K: Citizen of the USA by Ray Mangum

Police Violence: How Many Kicks to the Head Does It Take? by Ben Rosenfeld

Thoughtcrime and Doublethink in England by Ray Mangum

 Brazil’s Black Market Economy More Than One Quarter of GDP

Economic Advice to My Children (And You)  Jim Rogers interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Biden and the Balkans Nebojsa Malic interviewed by Scott Horton

Armed Citizens Are Free Citizens by Karen De Coster

 The Decline and Fall of the Globalist Empire by Joe Schembrie

Obama, Accessory After the Fact by Glenn Greenwald

We Are the “Enemy of the State” by Mike Gaddy

The Coercive Education Industry by Myron Weber

How the Tamil Tigers Were Beaten

When a Cop is Charged with Assault by William Norman Grigg

Former South African Deputy President Pisses Off Gays

Supporting Police Abuse by Bill Anderson

Texas Builds Border Wall to Keep Out Unwanted Americans 

Woman Handcuffed for Not Holding Escalator Handrail by Karen De Coster

Jesse Ventura on the Lying Torturing U.S. Government 

Economists and the Zimbabwe Solution by Bill Anderson

Same Old Boss, But Talks Pretty from Social Memory Complex

The State is Still the Main Evil from Free Association

Did Bibi Box Obama In? by Pat Buchanan

Remember the Victims of the Therapeutic State from Free Association

Watching Obama Morph Into Dick Cheney by Paul Craig Roberts

Neocons Happy with Obama from Free Association

Race Difference, Immigration, and the Twilight of the European Peoples by Richard Lynn

Just Say No to Government by Jack Hunter

Workers Shut Down Wal-Mart Warehouse from Dead End

10th Division by Ilana Mercer

Ron Paul is Under Lindsey Graham’s Skin by Patroon

White Like Us by Richard Spencer

Women and Immigration  by TGGP

Is Waterboarding Torture? by Jack Hunter

Russia Rejects the U.S. Dollar 

Thoughts on White Nationalism by Dylan Hales

Radicals Battle PIGS in Greece

Celebrity Worship   by Taki Theodoracopulos

Kudos to Clinton and Canada by TGGP

An Empire of Desire by Mark Hackard

Weimar Hyperinflation: Could It Happen Again? by Ellen Brown

Obama’s Animal Farm by James Petras

Barack Obama and Black Power by Malik Zulu Shabazz

The New Bubble is the Biggest Ever by Gerald Celente

The Successor to the Dollar by Jim Rogers

Modern Survivalism  by Jack Spirko

Blowing Smoke on Gitmo by Ivan Eland

A New Libertarian Classic by Jeffrey Tucker

The Virtues of Gorbachevism by Eduoard Husson

An Introduction to Revisionism by Jeff Riggenback interviewed by Scott Horton

Cheney: Support for Israel Feeds Terrorism by Ray McGovern

The Empire is Bankrupting America by Jacob Hornberger

War President: They’re All War Presidents by Glenn Greenwald

Facts and Myths About Obama’s Preventive Detention Proposal by Glenn Greenwald

Choose the Right Gun by Charley Reese

How Long Does It Take? by Alexander Cockburn

The Morality of Torture by Laurence Vance

Obama, Torture and John Walker Lindh by Michael Teitelman

No More Commie or Fascist Highways by Walter Block

King Abdullah’s 57-State Solution by Rannie Amiri

Bartering is Booming by Kevin Simpson

Obama to Honor Confederate Dead by Lew Rockwell

PIG Assaults and Maims Innocent Man  

PIG Causes Deadly Crash While Driving 109 Miles an Hour

The “Purge” Revisted: Anarcho-Leftoids Unite in Hatred Against Keith Preston

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 27 May 2009

In his autobiography, Jerry Rubin, the late leader and co-founder of the 1960s era leftist-anarchist court jester faction the “Yippies”, told a story about how during a speech he had remarked that hippie kids should “kill their parents for the revolution.” He was speaking metaphorically, suggesting that the perceived stodgy or overly jingoist values of the pre-60s generation should be overturned, not that hippie kids should procure a knife from the kitchen and off Mom and Pop, Charlie Manson-style. But a menacing photograph of Rubin subsequently appeared on the cover of the National Enquirer with the bold headlines: “Yippie Leader Tells Kids to Kill Their Parents.” And so both a legend and a scandal were born.

I really don’t know what to make of the reaction to my recently published essay, “Is Extremism in the Defense of Sodomy No Vice?” in the circles of what is called “left-libertarianism,” particularly considering that I have been only peripherally associated with that “movement.” Given the rather extensive number of blog posts and comments threads that have appeared in response, perhaps someone in a “man from Mars” position could be forgiven for assuming that Keith Preston must be someone of overwhelming importance, perhaps a presidential candidate or leader of a mass movement of millions, with its own mass army, and who has called for a “night of the long knives” purge of the left-deviationist, homo-erotically-inclined, Ernst Roehm wing of the Left Libertarian Anarcho-National Socialist Workers Party, no doubt to secure my own grip on the Chancellorship. I suppose I should be honored that others consider my pronouncements to be of such significance, though my first inclination is to respond with the immortal words of William Shatner, who said in a comparable context: “Get a life!”

With the notable exception of Kevin Carson’s very gracious “Open Letter,” most of the criticisms expressed either a) do not contain enough substance to merit the dignity of a response or b) originate from individuals who have already rejected my own positions fairly thoroughly, anyway or c) both of the aforementioned. However, there have been a few critics who raise issues worth addressing, and if others find my own ideas to be important enough to merit the volume and kinds of response that has been generated, I suppose I should make the effort to insure that my views are being accurately understood and represented in the discussion that is taking place. So here goes.

Totally Unrepentant: A Reply to Mike Golguski

Mike Golguski is someone I know absolutely nothing about, except that he’s the fellow who renounced his American citizenship and has become officially “stateless” as someone who is not a citizen of any particular nation. If all that is true, then I very much respect him for taking such an action, given that such doings can hardly be in his own personal self-interest. Apparently, Golguski is the one who got the ball rolling in the flood of responses to my “sodomy” piece, and I’ve already posted a response on the No State blog. I want to follow up by addressing Golguski’s final sentence: “Without substantial work at repentance, Keith will not be welcome at my table, nor in my tent.”

I do not care if Golguski does not want me at his table or in his tent. After all, this whole anarcho-libertarian thing is supposed to include something about freedom of association and property rights, and that goes double for a pan-separatist like bad old me. Unlike some of my more vociferous critics, I do not care if others wish to “exclude” me from their midst. What do I find interesting is Golguski’s use of the term “repentance.” This would seem to provide evidence for the claims that I and others far more capable than myself like Alain De Benoist, Tomislav Sunic, Murray Rothbard, Samuel Francis or Paul Gottfried have made that modern “cultural leftism,” “multiculturalism,” “political correctness,” “cultural Marxism” or whatever one wishes to call it is, like orthodox Marxism and American-style liberal-progressivism before it, a type of secularized, pseudo-Christian moralism. As Thomas Sowell has mentioned, ideological leftists often tend to regard their opponents as not being not only in error, but in sin, in the same manner as their ostensible Christian rivals. Suffice to say that as a pagan, a Machiavellian, a Nietzschean, and a Stirnerite, Keith Preston does not “repent” of anything. I am reminded of an incident from well over twenty years ago when I received a letter from a former pastor of the Christian Reconstructionist church I went to as a kid, urging me to repent of the Satanic monstrosities I had inflicted on the world as an adult. I replied with a brief note saying, “Fuck you, Jesus Freak!” or something to that effect. I’d say something similar in this particular context as well.

People, Revolution and Warfare: A Reply to Brad Spangler

 Brad Spangler has a post up that seems to be sincere in intentions but is a grotesque misrepresentation of my actual views. The ideas Spangler attributes to me are something like what I would imagine a parody of Keith Preston to be like.

First, as I see it, Preston mistakes the sociopathic proclivity for personal violence commonly encountered among white nationalists for martial prowess and “fighting spirit”. Simply put — every bigot is a bully, and every bully is a coward. If we are to fight, let us fight at the side of the brave. There is no Nazi utopia. The handful of “damaged personalities” who would lay down their lives for a twisted, dystopian vision would undoubtedly be no challenge for a suitably well-armed Girl Scout troop.

 I actually agree with everything Spangler says here. The problem is these comments have nothing to do with my actual views. If one wishes to understand the nature of what I have called “martial spirit,” then read “In Storms of Steel” by Ernst Junger, who, by the way, was a close personal friend of the martyred Jewish anarchist Erich Muhsam. I also disagree with the view that everyone bearing the label “white nationalist” fits the narrow stereotypes derived from images of George Lincoln Rockwell-influenced, Hogan’s Heroes-imitating, neo-nazis being described here. In fact, one could make the ironic claim that there might just be a little bit of the dreaded “bigotry” involved in such characterizations and generalizations. I will say that I actually agree with Spangler’s analysis of the psychology of those who do fit such stereotypes. I know very few such people, probably because there are very few such people. Occasionally, some of these Hogan’s Heroes types will creep into the periphery of my circle. I tend to regard them as an interesting oddity and curious sociological phenomena and little more. And, yes, most of them are sociopaths and damaged personalities, not unlike many of their counterparts on the Left, which is why they’re useless as political allies.

Secondly, despite wearing the grandiose term “American Revolutionary Vanguard” on his sleeve, that same above statement by Preston betrays an apparently very crude, shallow and underdeveloped understanding of anarchist revolution as simply insurrection. It appears that in Preston’s view, if we can manage to collect enough of those who simply want to kill people and blow things up, we “win”. A more credible understanding is the notion that by attacking the illusionary moral legitimacy of the state we build a revolutionary class consciousness among the victims of statism that can compel them to cooperate in defending themselves against the state. And since you can’t blow up a set of dysfunctional social relationships, Preston is metaphorically flailing about at imagined nails because the only tool he apparently respects is a hammer.

I actually agree that delegitimizing the state is a fundamental part of a revolutionary effort. Where I suspect Spangler and I would disagree is that I think it unlikely that “the masses” will ever become self-proclaimed “anarchists,” and reject abstractions like “the state”, much less “authority,” “hierarchy,” “domination,” yadda, yadda, in some carte blanche sense. Without getting too deep into it, I’ll say that I don’t think the evidence from social psychology indicates that hopes for such an occurrence are warranted. However, there is much precedent of particular states losing their perceived legitimacy, usually do to their perceived violation of long-established cultural, political and historic traditions within a particular society. That is why I advocate a secessionist strategy. Secession has strong roots in American political culture, and we need to assemble a critical mass that recognizes that the present ruling class is illegitimate according to popular norms of what constitutes legitimacy. What I have in mind would simply be a repetition of 1776 and 1861, that is all.

Third, Preston suffers from a failure to understand the realities of multilateral conflict in failing states. I’ll use Iraq as an example. Ba’athists, tribal militias and Islamists commonly do cooperate on the battlefield on a per-project basis when it suits them, despite the gross differences in their visions of what they are fighting for. They create no unifying organization. Preston’s laughable proposal to “purge” an entire family of related movements with no centralized command and control speaks volumes about his understanding of organization. He’s acting as if he seeks some sort of neo-Maoist political coalition unified in thought and action — and any thoughts would apparently be okay, as long as those thoughts gather together a sufficient amount of cannon fodder.

Umm, excuse me, but has anyone ever heard of Lexington and Concord? Fort Sumter? The Durruti Column? Nestor Makhno? I simply advocate political and military alliances against common enemies, not alliances based on ideological abstractions. Nations and armies do this all the time. The issue of internecine fighting among alliance members is obviously a genuinely serious matter. That’s part of the reason why I am a pan-separatist. The anti-imperialist resistance needs its own Peace of Augsburg.

Immigration Uber Alles? A Reply to Charles “Rad Geek” Johnson

Johnson offers the same criticisms as others, with the addition of a rather intense focus on issues related to immigration, reflected in these comments pulled from different blog postings:

Similarly, I wonder what you think about the several paragraphs Keith spends attacking “the most extreme forms of pro-immigrationism,” by which he apparently means the plumb-line libertarian position against government border checkpoints, papers-please police state monitoring, and government prohibitions on hiring immigrant workers [?!]. When Keith claims that the anarchistic position is to enforce border checkpoints and police-state monitoring of national citizenship papers, the use of government immigration enforcement to exile from the country those that the American government declares “criminals [or] enemies of America” (?!) and suggests government prohibitions against employing undocumented immigrants, and apparently also government prohibitions against employing any immigrants at all during a strike (?!) — when, in short, he calls, over and over again for the expansion of the state and an increase in the power of government border police, in the name of nationalist politics, and attempts to justify this Stasi-statism by pointing to the majority opinion among those approved to vote in government elections by the United States government (?!) — what do you think of that? Do you really think of that as just a problem of “tone”? Or is a problem with the substance of his position?

The only place in which decentralization is mentioned in the discussion of immigration politics is to suggest that criteria for naturalization — that is, extending the status as politically-enfranchised citizens to immigrants — be spun off to “local community standards.” Once that’s done, though, he has nothing to say about changing how the central state treats people who are or are not counted as naturalized. Nowhere does he suggest dismantling existing centralized definitions of “national borders.” Nowhere does he suggest dismantling or even decentralizing existing agencies of border fortification, border checkpoints, border patrol, immigration-status documentation and surveillance, imprisonment and trial of alleged undocumented immigrants, paramilitary immigration enforcement, forcible deportation, etc. etc. etc. Instead he suggests giving these existing centralized government agencies more to do. He explicitly calls for deployment of the existing centralized government immigration control system: he explicitly calls for “designated checkpoints” to be run by the government, with “an objective screening process,” which is designed to screen out “criminals, enemies of America” (?! how the fuck do you suppose you ban entry to government-defined “enemies of America” in a decentralized fashion?) and people with “certain kinds of contagious diseases”; he calls for deportation of those who don’t have permission slips for their existence from the worthless megamurdering United States government (from where to where? if it’s outside the borders of the U.S.A., we’re not talking about decentralization, are we?); he adds calls for new government prohibitions on “employers … using immigrants as scab labor” and “employer use of illegal immigrant [sic] labor”. How do you suppose you go about enacting and enforcing these government prohibitions and government bans on peaceful, consensual labor contracts, without expanding the size, power, and reach of the State?

For instance, how about the several paragraphs that he devotes to arguing that anarchists, of all people, ought to be calling for the expansion of government checkpoints, documentation requirements, and prohibitions against immigrant workers? I don’t know about you, but I’d say that there’s some ideological shortcoming going on when a professed anti-statist goes around arguing for the escalation of police state tactics by government border thugs (because, hey, a majority of government-approved voters want it! well, hell, sign me up!).

I wonder what you think about the several paragraphs Keith spends, in an essay which, according to you, is mainly defending freedom of association and dissociation, attacking what he characterizes as “the most extreme forms of pro-immigrationism,” by which he apparently means the plumb-line libertarian position against government border checkpoints, papers-please police state monitoring, and government prohibitions on hiring immigrant workers.

When Keith claims that the anarchistic position is in fact to enlist the United States government to enforce border checkpoints and police-state monitoring of national citizenship papers, to demand the use of government immigration enforcement to exile from the country those that the American government declares “criminals [or] enemies of America” (?!); when he suggests escalating government prohibitions against employing undocumented immigrants, and apparently also creating new government prohibitions against employing any immigrants at all during a government-recognized strike (?!) — when, in short, he calls, over and over again for the expansion of the state and an increase in the power of government border police, in the name of nationalist politics, for the purpose of a systematic assault on free markets and free association, and then attempts to justify this Stasi-statism by pointing to the majority opinion among those approved to vote in government elections by the United States government (?!) — what do you think of all that? Do you think that this is defending the claim that “people can associate however they want in a libertarian world”? Do you think that this propaganda for growing the size, scope, and intensity of government enforcement, is the sort of thing that would make libertarianism more attractive to “regular (?) anti-government” types?

I think it can be assumed rather safely that Johnson cares a great deal about this topic. Here’s what I have written on immigration elsewhere: See here , here (section VII), here , here , and here.

Rather than rehash all the pro and con libertarian arguments concerning immigration, which aren’t going to convince anyone anyway, I’ll simply describe how my own views on this topic have evolved over time. Until I was in my thirties, I was an unqualified “open borders” libertarian. If there was one individual who could be credited with motivating me to modify my views, it would be the late Dutch politician Pim Fortuyn, a great irony considering the context of this debate, as Fortuyn was a flamboyantly gay man. Fortuyn argued against allowing mass Third World immigration into the West, and he argued from the Left rather than the nationalist or racialist Right. Simply put, his position that the “liberal” cultural values of the West, such as secularism, civil liberties, women’s rights, gay rights, and, in the case of Holland, tolerance of drug use and consensual prostitution, as well as the wider intellectual culture of the Enlightenment, were endangered by the importation of large numbers of persons from cultures that do not share such values. Fortuyn was mostly critical of Islamic immigration, but he gained the support of many among older Muslim communities in Holland, who believed immigration policy had become so indiscriminate as to allow criminals, terrorists, career welfare recipients and other such elements into the country.  For his efforts, Portuyn was assassinated, not by a Muslim, but by a fanatical leftoid.  I was in Holland myself when all of this happened, and it was a bit of a wake-up call.

Today, I would consider myself a moderate on the immigration question. I’m not ready to embrace the “immigration is the root of all evil” rhetoric of Vdare, yet I am also skeptical of Johnson’s free-for-all approach. I tend to agree with the analysis of Laurence Vance on this question. Most of the proposed policies that I have thrown out in the past concerning immigration are merely ideas for discussion, and nothing I’m particularly committed to. I will formally commit myself to only one policy concerning immigration: That immigration policy itself be taken out of the hands of the federal government and ruling class elites and as Hans Hermann Hoppe says:

More specifically, the authority to admit or exclude should be stripped from the hands of the central government and re-assigned to the states, provinces, cities, towns, villages, residential districts, and ultimately to private property owners and their voluntary associations. The means to achieve this goal are decentralization and secession (both inherently un-democratic, and un-majoritarian). One would be well on the way toward a restoration of the freedom of association and exclusion as it is implied in the idea and institution of private property, and much of the social strife currently caused by forced integration would disappear,…and to solve the “naturalization” question somewhat along the Swiss model, where local assemblies, not the central government, determine who can and who cannot become a Swiss citizen.

From there, vigorous debate can take place concerning how much or how little immigration there should be, and under what circumstances and conditions.

The Night of the Long Knives is Hereby Officially Cancelled: A Reply to Kevin Carson
Kevin Carson is as fine a scholar as any I have ever encountered anywhere, inside or outside the academic world, and across political and ideological boundaries. I consider his works on political economy and organization theory to be revolutionary in nature. He is one of those timeless writers like Hobbes, Carl Schmitt or Robert Nozick whose ideas transcend historical or ideological particulars. When someone of his caliber criticizes me, I’m inclined to pay attention and take what he says seriously. He graciously allowed me to view his “open letter” before posting it and, unlike some of my other critics, actually makes an effort to represent my own views correctly and temper his criticisms with nuance and civility. I’ll respond to what I think are Kevin’s essential points.
I have consistently defended you against the charges of fascism, racism, homophobia, and all the rest of it, that arose in response to your “big tent” strategy of offering solidarity to secessionists of all kinds. I still think you went too far in promoting active solidarity with national anarchist groups and racists.

 

Because my association with national-anarchists seems to be a particular thorn in the side for many of my critics, I will refer the reader to an essay I wrote assessing national-anarchism back in 2003. It can be viewed here. As for the libertarian credentials of national-anarchism, I will cite this interview from the movement’s founder, Troy Southgate. Beyond that, I will say that in my personal experience with national-anarchists, I have found all of them, to a person, capable of civil disagreement concerning major issues in a way that is completely absent from the “anarcho-leftoid” milieu. In other words, it is the leftoids who are the ones with the problem. Additionally, I know a number of people who consider themselves to be both left-libertarians and national-anarchists, and I know of number of national-anarchists who are sympathetic to many of the economic ideas of left-libertarianism, and I also know left-libertarians who personally disagree with national-anarchism but can approach the issue calmly. Unfortunately it is the leftoid loudmouths who seem to dominate the left-libertarian milieu’s online presence.

When Aster kicked you out of her Salon Liberty, I thought (and still think) she did so on inadequate grounds, and that nothing you’d said up to that point on your strategic approach (as outlined above) warranted such a reaction. As I recall, I said as much on her Salon at the time.

A bit of clarification is in order. When Aster booted me from her “salon” (which I can assure everyone was a long, long, long, long way from being the most tragic thing that ever happened to me), I actually defended her decision privately to others who criticized her. As a proponent of freedom of association, private property rights, the right of exclusion and pan-separatism, I have no problem with someone saying they don’t want me on their discussion list, or in their house, or in their backyard, or in their country club, or wherever. When Aster booted me, I bowed out in a way that, I think, was actually rather gracious. However, Aster has since that time persistently engaged in what quasibill has called “serial slander and cyber-stalking” towards me, at times attempting to do so anonymously but not very competently, and has attempted to draw wedges between me and others with whom I have no real quarrel. Furthermore, Aster’s clique of “friends” has refrained from criticizing her for doing so, but reacted with outrage and joined in her personal attacks when I have retaliated by throwing personal insults in her direction. The reasons for this double standard ought to be obvious.

But since she evicted you, I’ve noticed that your general language toward gays and transgender people has become increasingly “colorful” (i.e., deliberately demeaning) and hostile, by what seems like an order of magnitude or so.

No doubt about it. As this particular faction within left-libertarianism has escalated the personal attacks directed at me, I have retaliated. It’s a two-way street. I make no apologies for that. I reject the argument that the physical or sexual characteristics of others are off-limits when it comes to rhetorical political combat. For instance, the opponents of the Nazi movement during the Weimar Republic period used to refer to Goebbels as “Mickey Mouse” because of his large ears. I have no problem with such rhetoric. If others do, that’s their prerogative, but I simply do not share their conviction. If they wish to disavow or disassociate themselves from me because of it, then I would once again uphold the principle of free association and encourage them to do so.

Also, I should clarify that this war between myself and the anarcho-leftoids long pre-dates my conflict with Aster. I mean, for God’s sake, Aster’s internet postings read like a schizophrenic on an acid trip. Do I really give a damn about such a person? Of course not. The quality and content of my anti-leftoid rhetoric has not changed one bit since I first encountered Aster a couple of years ago. If one takes a look at this old article, and this, this, this, this, and this, one can see what I mean. All of these pieces were written before I ever heard of Aster, and make the same arguments and use similar rhetoric. It is true I had largely avoided such rhetoric in the left-libertarian milieu itself, as there was no need for it, but that changed as Aster and company began to attack me.

Likewise, you have become increasingly dismissive of all who express concerns about racism or fascism–even when they do not endorse thuggish “antifa” tactics–purely out of what seems to be your own increasingly knee-jerk hostility toward the “cultural left.”

I think there’s a point here that can be well-taken, with the qualification that in order to really answer this charge thoroughly I would need some working definition of what “racism and fascism” actually are, given that these terms are typically thrown about so loosely. I do concede that I find professional “anti-racism” hysterics to be a particularly ridiculous lot, and have also frequently been on the receiving end of their attacks, and consequently I have spent an excessive amount of time mocking them.

I recall a scene from the film “Born on the Fourth of July” where Tom Cruise portrays Ron Kovic, a disabled Vietnam vet who becomes a figure in the antiwar movement. In the early part of the film, Kovic is a gung-ho young guy who says he’s going off to fight in the Vietnam War in the name of anti-communism. As he is planning this escapade, a cynical but very sensible friend remarks, “Communists? Where are they? I don’t see them!”

 On a more personal level, I get a very strong sense of deja vu whenever this “fascism” question is raised. When I was in the Central America solidarity movement, I used to get a lot of accusations of “communism” thrown in my direction, or else I was accused of being an abettor of “communism.” No matter how much effort I would put into explaining the difference between anarchism or anarcho-syndicalism and Stalinism or Maoism, no matter how much I insisted the issue in Central America was not between “democracy” and “communism” but between imperialism and self-determination, there were always plenty who didn’t want to hear it. I assure everyone, this got to be rather annoying-particularly when it was coming even from Mom!! Now twenty-three years later, the political winds have shifted and most of the serious revolutionaries are on the Right (at least in the U.S.). So I have shifted accordingly. Actually, I haven’t so much shifted as much as I’ve gone from being a “communist” to being a “fascist” simply by remaining in place.

In the advanced industrial democracies where nearly all of us reside, there are no organized “fascist” movements or parties of any significance. The closest thing I know of is the U.S. Republican Party, whose neoconservative ideology seems to share certain traits with fascism, such as jingoistic militarism and nationalism. See here, here and here.  But neoconservatism also has a liberal-universalist dimension to it that would probably make it more compatible with Jacobinism that fascism. Either way, when my critics talk about “fascism,” I don’t think they’re talking about the neocons anyway.

Some might point to an incident like a former member of the Italian Social Movement getting elected mayor of Rome, but this would seem to be about as significant as David Duke getting elected to the Louisiana state legislature some years ago. Italian politics has always had a freakish dimension to it. It had the largest Communist party in Europe in the 70s, and in the 80s the Italians elected a porn star to Parliament. Others might point to something like France’s National Front, but that has black members and a pro-Israel stance, so it’s obviously a long way from what is typically meant by “fascism.” The bottom line is that there’s not going to be a “fascist” mass movement in North America anymore than there’s going to be a Maoist or anarcho-communist mass movement. These ideologies are completely alien to our own society, and regarded as utterly freakish by 99.999% of observers.

As for “racism,” there are few things that have become greater taboos among Western elites than this. In some countries, charges of “racism” will land you in the joint. Even an eminent scientist like Dr. James Watson is not immune from professional retaliation over the issue of “racism.” Nothing destroys a public figure’s career quicker than “racism,” as Don Imus found out. I see no threat of “racism” whatsoever, just as I saw no threat of “communism” when I was in the Central America solidarity movement two decades ago. Indeed, I would argue that in many countries today, so-called “anti-racism” has become a force for obscurantism rather than enlightenment, just as “anti-communism” has played a similarly obscurantist role in the past. On such questions, I would agree with most of the views outlined in Sean Gabb’s book, “Cultural Revolution, Culture War.” Indeed, if one takes Gabb’s analysis and applies it to the United States, one would have the essential views of Keith Preston.

I just can’t see how “racism” is that big of a deal in a society where blacks are thirteen percent of the population, yet where a black man is head of state, and where things like this go on. I’ve spent years around universities and graduate schools, and decades around leftist political groups, so I’m familiar with the arguments concerning “institutional racism” and the major works upholding such themes. I don’t fully discount all such arguments. Likewise, I’ll certainly concede that there are subsets of blacks who aren’t doing so well, whether because of state policies like I’ve written about here, here and here or self-inflicted wounds. Beyond that, I’ve argued for the justifiability of reparations on “forty acres and a mule” grounds, endorsed black secessionist movements, and amnesty for blacks imprisoned for “victimless crimes” and other frivolities. I’ve even characterized the L.A. Riots as a lumpenproletarian class uprising against the police state and capitalism. What else is there?

But while I could respect your willingness to tolerate loathsome people on pragmatic grounds, I can’t remain neutral when you advocate purging the anti-state movement in order to appease those loathsome people. You have “evolved,” if you can call it that, from a willingness to share a tent with racists and homophobes for the sake of defeating Empire as the primary enemy, to promoting an active purge of anti-racists and gays from the anti-Empire movement because the majority of your anti-state coalition might find them offensive. In short, you have “evolved” from tolerating racist and homophobic groups as a means to an end, to withdrawing support from the “cultural left” in order to appease the right wing of your coalition.

Well, the problem is that it’s the “cultural left” faction that’s causing all the ruckus. I rarely, if ever, get these kinds of personal attacks from “the right wing of my coalition,” even among people with whom I have significant differences. The only exceptions are rare nutcases like one fellow whose ideology was some kind of Hitler-Stalin synthesis (”Aryan Communism”). Also, I’ve noticed that it’s the right-wingers who are better at policing their own movements, e.g., not tolerating shitty behavior from favored in-groups while “calling out” everyone else’s real or imaginary offenses, and responding with indignation to every cross word thrown in their direction.

Once again, I’m also being given too much credit in some respects. There is no “anti-Empire” movement in North America beyond scattered individuals and tiny groups. The real anti-Empire movement is in places like Palestine, Syria, Lebanon, Venezuela, Ecuador, Bolivia, Brazil, El Salvador, Nicaragua, Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Nepal, and, to some degree, Russia. Also, as I indicated, this conflict between me and the “cultural left” is nothing new. It’s been going on as long as I’ve advocated these positions. For instance, the Infoshop.Org crowd has been attacking me for years now, and in the same manner and for the same reasons. Attack the System came under assault from the cultural left, commies and anarcho-leftoids from the moment we first went online eight or nine years ago. Likewise, the overwhelming majority of the “left-libertarian” milieu in which we are swimming at the moment has always rejected my own pan-secessionist, third-positionist outlook. It certainly didn’t start with my “sodomy” essay, nor did it start with my conflicts with Aster and her cohorts.

If my choice is between “self-hating whites, bearded ladies, cock-ringed queers, or persons of one or another surgically altered ‘gender identity’,” and Nazis, Klansmen and white nationalists, I know which side I’ll take.

There are no Nazis in my circle, except occasional gate-crashers on the periphery. To my knowledge, there are no Klansmen. As for white nationalists, that’s a term that’s about as varied as “socialists.” See here and here . Just as not every socialist is a Pol Potian, every white nationalist is not a Nazi.  Raimondo has a current piece critiquing white nationalism. While I would agree with many of Raimondo’s criticisms, I wouldn’t dismiss someone like Jared Taylor quite as quickly, given that Taylor raised questions that ought to at least get a fair hearing, but that no one is allowed to ask.

I do not ask that you revise your original strategic assessment that the threat of Empire justifies a broad secessionist coalition that includes some (in my opinion) very objectionable people on the right. I do not ask that you share my judgment that such objectionable people alienate more potential support than do those on the cultural left. I ask only that you 1) repudiate the flame-war quality of demeaning rhetoric that you have increasingly adopted toward sexual minorities since your breach with Aster,

I will go further than that and cease participation in the “left-libertarian” milieu altogether, on the grounds of “irreconcilable differences,” with two exceptions. One exception will be for my relationships and associations with those individual left-libertarians who are also part of the pan-secessionist, national-anarchist, anarcho-pluralist, New Right, left-conservative or other movements that I am also associated with. There are more of these than some might think. The other exception will be for the promotion of left-libertarian scholars whose work I respect (such as Kevin).

 

As for the issue of my prior rhetoric concerning sexual minorities, I suppose I would respond to that in the same way I might respond to someone who criticized me for calling the cops “PIGS” as I consistently do. There are no doubt some cops who are good people just trying to do a job, and hoping they might actually help out some crime victim, accident victim, missing child, etc. in the process. To those cops, I would say: If you’re a cool cop, then don’t take my “pig” rhetoric personally, because it’s not about you. Likewise, with sexual minorities, if you’re a cool Joe/Jane Sixpack gay guy, lesbian, transgendered person, transvestite or whomever, and you just want to be left alone to do your own thing without anyone messing you, then you’re okay with me. Don’t take it personally, because it’s not about you.

 

 

and acknowledge that you allowed a personal grudge to goad you into overreaction on that score.

 

No, it’s about a whole lot more than that. As I said, the battle between me and the “anarcho-leftoids” began years ago, long before I ever heard of Aster. It is certainly true that the battle has intensified within the left-libertarian milieu itself in more recent times, and that Aster’s persistent attacks on me and my counterattacks have been a big part of that.

and 2) repudiate your call for a purge of anti-racists, gays, transgender people and the cultural left in order to appease the majority. 

 

Again, that’s taking me way too seriously. I have no power to “purge” anything except a turd out my own ass. I will “re-phrase” what I originally said. In the context of a revolutionary anti-state, pan-secessionist movement, I have no problem with the participation of individuals who happen to be anti-racists, gays, transgender people or who might think of themselves as “cultural leftists.” For instance, I have no problem with these categories of persons being in a revolutionary guerrilla force, militia, cooperative business enterprise, copwatch or neighborhood watch program, alternative media project, non-state social services project or other such alternative or intermediary institutions. I have no problem with them holding leadership positions, or being “equal” members of secessionist organizations or support organizations, just as I have no problem with Mormons, pot-smokers, punk rockers, snake-handlers, Christian Scientists, vegetarians, or persons with tattoos and piercings being engaged in similar participation. I have no problem with them having separate organizations to promote their own interests or simply for fraternal purposes. In fact, I would encourage them to do so. Nor do I have any problem with individual secession movements within a broader pan-secessionist alliance having an explicitly “cultural left” or “sexual minority” orientation. Nor would I have any problem with a secessionist tendency specifically oriented towards racial/ethnic minorities being part of a pan-secessionist alliance. For instance, the Peoples’ Democratic Uhuru Movement advocated an independent black city-state in the majority black section of St. Petersburg, Florida some years ago. Then as now, I supported them in their ambitions.

I would view sexual minorities in the same manner that I would view other marginal social groups like drug users, prostitutes or polygamists, or fringe religious sects like Mormons, Jehovah’s Witnesses, or Scientologists, or subcultures like Grateful Deadheads, bikers, or heavy metal rockers. I would gladly undertake a lengthy battle with those who wished to engage in the genuine persecution of such groups. In fact, though I started out as a foreign policy radical, it wasn’t until I began to notice the “war on drugs,” and the related police-state and prison-industrial complex, and the police state atrocities at Ruby Ridge and Waco which involved precisely the sort of oppression or marginal religious sects I’m discussing here, that I began to turn my attention to domestic political matters within the United States.

What I do reject is the claim that a revolutionary anti-state, pan-secessionist movement should be built up around such proclivities, or that other people with different value systems should be excluded for not sharing or agreeing with such proclivities. Here’s an illustration: Within the context of the present day secessionist movement in North America, many of the groups involved have something of a “right-wing populist” orientation, such as the League of the South, Christian Exodus, Alaskan Independence Party, and the Republic of Texas. Some of these right-wing secessionists are explicitly Christian, while others are not. Others are oriented towards indigenous peoples of different kinds, such as the Lakota Republic, the Kingdom of Hawaii or the movement for Puerto Rican independence. Some are ideological libertarians, like the Free State Project and United Texas Republic. Others are non-ideological and advocate secession for its own sake, like the movement for Long Island independence. Some seem to be rather centrist (or perhaps “radical middle) in their actual politics, like the proposed New England Confederation. Still others involve people who have their roots on the Left, such as the Second Vermont Republic , Novocadia Independence Party, and Cascadia, and secessionists from the Left often have a very strong green-decentralist-ecologist-bioregionalist orientation. The North Star Republic, which is based in Illinois, is self-described as “Marxist-Leninist.”

Now, in my view, this is precisely what a pan-secessionist movement would and should look like. It makes perfect sense that secessionists in “conservative” regions would generally hold conservative values, and secessionists in “liberal” regions would generally hold liberal values and so forth. However, as we might expect, “left-wing” secessionists like the Second Vermont Republic have been attacked by various forces of liberal-totalitarianism, such as the $outhern Poverty Law Center, for being part of an alliance that also includes factions from the Right. I think Kirkpatrick Sale’s answer to these critics has been both cogent and correct:

Concern has arisen in some quarters in recent weeks regarding secessionist organizations that express values—or are charged with expressing values—that others do not like, and questions have been raised about alliances with such groups. The Middlebury Institute would like to establish a basic response to such concerns and questions.

First, the secessionist movement is made up of organizations of many different kinds that are alike in their advocacy of secession—of secession in general and of secession of their particular part of the planet. That is what makes them colleagues and allies—because in this difficult task of making secession and separatism a legitimate political goal they stand shoulder to shoulder with each other.

Second, it is not up to any organization in the movement (or its friends) to judge the attitudes, philosophies, or beliefs of others. While one would hope to have those compatible with one’s own, it must be understood that different people in different places will have different ideas, desires, goals, and strategies—that, after all, is the whole point of secession. A group is for secession precisely because it does not want to be part of a larger entity whose beliefs and actions it does not like, and wishes to live free on its own terms.

Third, the kind of people who insist on telling others how to live and think so as to have one unanimous right-minded uniformity are dangerous people and precisely the kind that establish national governments and pass laws applicable to entire populations. Fascism is one obvious and ugly form of this, but mass industrial democracy is a similar, if often more benign, form. And it is exactly this that secession and separatism are opposed to.

Fourth, as to the League of the South, it is demonstrable that as an organization it is not racist and would not establish a racist state if they were successful in secession. The Middlebury Institute has offered to be a co-sponsor with the LOS of the next Secessionist Convention this year squarely because it believes it to be an honorable and legitimate—and non-racist—organization sincerely and intelligently devoted to peaceful secession  from the empire.

We accept the fact that there may be people in the LOS who have expressed intemperate and intolerant opinions—but of what group, we ask, could that not be said? (And the scare-mongering charges along these lines by the Southern Poverty Law Center have much more to do with its desire to squeeze money out of people made to be afraid of hobgoblins than by any genuine exposure of misbehavior.] Moreover, even if there are, as individuals, LOS people we could from our point of view deem racist, that would matter not one whit as to whether they were legitimate colleagues in the secessionist movement. It is irrelevant.

People turn to secession because they want their own form of government, on their own terms, and hope to create a state that will live out their beliefs, principles, ideals. It is no more justifiable for one organization to question or criticize or castigate those goals if they work toward a Christian-directed government that outlaws abortion and adultery than if they work for a secular democracy favoring gun-control and same-sex marriages. The beauty of secession is that it looks toward having a world where those and many other kinds of states can exist, free and independent, and not impose its ideas on others or have others’ ideas imposed on it.

Ultimately we in the secessionist movement stand divided, but we standtogether. We believe in secession, each of us, and though the ends we work for may be different—and what a thriving, vibrant, multi-variant world that would bring us to—the means we use unites us all.

What Sale is saying here is simple: The purpose of the pan-secessionist movement is to promote pan-secessionism, not to promote any one faction’s cultural particularities, ideological specifics or lifestyle interests, and certainly not to allow outsiders who oppose or are indifferent to secessionism in the first place to dictate who may or may not join a pan-secessionist movement or to dictate what sort of political or cultural values they must hold. Ditto.

Some Predictions

I envision the future political struggle in the United States as something that will constitute an intra-Left struggle that essentially pits whiteys against whiteys, rather than a racial struggle or a Left vs Right struggle. Most of the political groups that now constitute the Right represent cultural, generational or demographic factions that are in decline. I’ve discussed that a bit here. I see two lefts emerging. One of these will be an establishment Left oriented towards political correctness, therapeutism, multiculturalism, what I have called “totalitarian humanism,” globalism and corporate social democracy. In other words, the present-day center-left coalition that is currently seizing the reins of power and consolidating its position. The other will be a kind of revolutionary left that transcends current left/right boundaries. This will happen for a number of reasons:

1) Over the next few decades the inherent problems associated with mass immigration will become painfully obvious. Consequently, the new revolutionary left will take a more skeptical view of multiculturalism.

2) As political correctness becomes more deeply entrenched in institutions, it will be ever more bold about showing its fangs. Hence, many people will get a wake-up call.

3) The present day left-wing coalition of traditional outgroups will splinter. This will happen for several reasons: a-growing class divisions that transcend such boundaries, b-ideological differences among the left (multicultural vs universalism), c-the incompatibility of some of the left’s constituent groups (socially conservative blacks and homosexuals, for instance),d-the decline of the traditional Right as a common enemy and unifying force for the center-left, e-the economic bankruptcy of state-socialism

4) A decisive factor will be the increased opposition to Zionism, the Israel Lobby, AIPAC, however one wishes to term it in the years ahead. The cat is out of the bag on this issue, and there is nothing that is currently more divisive among the Left than the Israel question. Recent anti-Zionist demonstrations I have observed have featured leftists, nationalists, anarchists, national-anarchists, Communists, anti-Zionist Jews, anti-Semites, libertarians, gays, transgendereds, minorities, racists, feminists, male chauvinist pigs, Greens and Muslims under the same political banners. I suspect such a “third position” left is the future of the Left, as left-liberalism becomes ever more status quo. Indeed, I suspect the PC Left will become with increasing frequency the enforcement arm of PC statism. These “anti-racist” and “antifa” hoodlums, for instance, maybe even some reading this right now, may well be the secret police of the future.

As for the relevance of all this to my wider pan-secessionist, anarcho-pluralist outlook, see here, here, here, and here.  In American political conflagrations of the past, the various out-groups of the era tended to end up on both sides of the fence. For instance, there were blacks and Indians on both sides on the American Revolution, Indians, Germans, Jews and Irish on both sides of the Civil war, even a few black Confederates. There were blacks, civil rights liberals and segregationists in the New Deal coalition. I suspect a pan-secessionist movement, for instance, a movement where, say 30 states and 50 major cities attempt to leave the U.S., would include gays, transgendereds, blacks, Jews, Hispanics, etc. on both sides of the fence, but for the most part it would be a white vs white conflict.

The Question of Empathy

As a final word, I will note that some have criticized my alleged “lack of empathy.” While I in no sense consider myself to be a liberal-humanist-humanitarian, I have been involved in the past in a good number of efforts on behalf of the genuinely downtrodden. In fact, I suspect some would be shocked by some of the activities of bad old Nazi/fascist/racist/bigoted/terrorist  Keith Preston in this regard. However, I prefer to keep such things separate from my wider political agenda (as it’s mostly irrelevant). There also reasons of prudence why such things should not be broadcast too loudly. Lastly, perhaps the one aspect of my Christian upbringing that I retained was the view that actions of piety or virtue are best done in secret rather than in the public square.

Updated News Digest May 31, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 31 May 2009

Quote of the Week:

“An intellectual is someone who has discovered something more interesting than sex.”

“That all men are equal is a proposition which, at ordinary times, no sane individual has ever given his assent.”

“There’s only one corner of the universe you can be certain of improving, and that’s your own self.”

                                                                                         -Aldous Huxley

The Struggle Against the State by Nestor Makhno

The Empire and Its Ideology by Hans Hermann Hoppe

What Is the Ruling Class? by Sean Gabb

Who Will Stand Up to America and Israel? by Paul Craig Roberts

Obama’s Democratic Authoritarianism by Justin Raimondo

Where Would We Be Without Our Prison-Industrial Complex? by TGGP

Back Into the Cold: Conservative Russia/Revolutionary America by Mark Hackard

Americans Succumb to the Dark Side by Paul Craig Roberts

The Populist Patriotism of Gore Vidal by Bill Kauffman

Who is Oswald Spengler? Austin Bramwell

Military Commissions, Round Three by Joanne Mariner

“Empathy” and International Affairs by Stephen M. Walt

A New Low in Political Correctness? by Sarah Netter

End Medical Slavery by Bill Sardi

The Subconscious Modernism of Graffiti Removal by Ean Frick

Libertarians Against Sprawl by Kevin Carson

Doublespeak on North Korea by Paul Craig Roberts

Is North Korea About to Blow Up the World? No, but lets’s not push by Justin Raimondo

How to Start Your Own Country from The Futurist

Can China Save the World from Depression? by Walden Bello

Jewish Anarcho-Nationalism? from State of Exile

It’s Official: Racism Causes Weight Gain by Harrison Bergeron 2

The Trouble with Prison by Kenneth Hartman

Enriching Our Lives? from Conservative Times

“War on Pot” Overrides “Support Our Troops” by Fred Gardner

The Worst Companies in the World  by Francois Tremblay

America’s Wise Latina Lady by Richard Spencer

How Lew Rockwell Took Over the Libertarian Movement by Gary North

Cheney Made Us Less Safe by Jack Hunter

Muslims Are Good Folks by Charley Reese

Housing: The Bubble Hasn’t Burst (Yet) by Peter Schiff

Middle American Anti-Imperialism by George Leef

The Cheney Doctrine by Pat Buchanan

Colleges Eyes 3-Year Degree Programs by Valerie Strauss

Torture at the Crossroads: Which Way America? by Ron Paul

Setting a Higher Standard for Making a War by Philip Giraldi

The Tamil Tigers Have Been Defeated by Eric Margolis

Gerald Celente on the Economic Apocalypse

When It Rains, It Pours by Charles Pena

MoveOn Remains Silent on War by Tom Hayden

Obama: Preventive Detention is My Policy by Thomas Eddlem

More on That “Bogus” Terrorist Plot in New York by Robert Dreyfuss

Is Israel Planning to Provoke Iran? by Tony Karon

Was Rape an Enhanced Interrogation Technique? by Jacob Hornberger

Downsize the Imperial Presidency by Gene Healy

The Great But Unacknowledged Wisdom of Doing Nothing by Arthur Silber

Feingold’s Constitutional Objection to “Prolonged Detention” by John Nichols

Obama in Netanyahu’s Web by Roger Cohen

Suburban Survivalists by Gillian Flaccus

Another Reason to Secede by Lori Montgomery

Life in Vichy America by Bill Buppert

Christiania Loses Court Challenge

Support Your Local “Domestic Warrior-Heroes by William Norman Grigg

Nationalists Without a Nation by Justin Raimondo

Canadian Anarchist Book Fair Targeted by PIGS 

Big Man Obama and His Diversity Princess by Ilana Mercer

Soviet America?  by Stanislav Mishin

Mark Levin Sucks by Jack Hunter

Sotomayer and the Last of the WASPS by Alexander Cockburn

There is No Authentic American Right by Kevin R.C. Gutzman

Iraq: The Mother of All Corruption Scandals by Patrick Cockburn

The Snitch Faces Human Nature by Razib Khan

When Workers Rights Go Unenforced by David Macaray

A Redneck View of Obamarama by Joe Bageant

Defending Israeli War Crimes by Stephen Zunes

First, Muslims; Next, Maybe You by Steven Greenhut

The Death of Corruption by John Pilger

The End of American Exceptionalism by Eric Black

Becoming Barbarians by Rod Dreher

Ernst Junger: The Resolute Life of an Anarch

category Uncategorized keith Friday 29 May 2009

by Keith Preston

Perhaps the most interesting, poignant and, possibly, threatening  type of writer and thinker is the one who not only defies conventional categorizations of thought but also offers a deeply penetrating critique of those illusions many hold to be the most sacred. Ernst Junger (1895-1998), who first came to literary prominence during Germany’s Weimar era as a diarist of the experiences of a front line stormtrooper during the Great War, is one such writer. Both the controversial nature of his writing and its staying power are demonstrated by the fact that he remains one of the most important yet widely disliked literary and cultural figures of twentieth century Germany. As recently as 1993, when Junger would have been ninety-eight years of age, he was the subject of an intensely hostile exchange in the “New York Review of Books” between an admirer and a detractor of his work.(1) On the occasion of his one hundreth birthday in 1995, Junger was the subject of a scathing, derisive musical performed in East Berlin. Yet Junger was also the recipient of Germany’s most prestigious literary awards, the Goethe Prize and the Schiller Memorial Prize. Junger, who converted to Catholicism at the age of 101, received a commendation from Pope John Paul II and was an honored guest of French President Francois Mitterand and German Chancellor Helmut Kohl at the Franco-German reconciliation ceremony at Verdun in 1984. Though he was an exceptional achiever during virtually every stage of his extraordinarily long life, it was his work during the Weimar period that not only secured for a Junger a presence in German cultural and political history, but also became the standard by which much of his later work was evaluated and by which his reputation was, and still is, debated. (2)

 

Ernst Junger was born on March 29, 1895 in Heidelberg, but was raised in Hanover. His father, also named Ernst, was an academically trained chemist who became wealthy as the owner of a pharmaceutical manufacturing business, finding himself successful enough to essentially retire while he was still in his forties. Though raised as an evangelical Protestant, Junger’s father did not believe in any formal religion, nor did his mother, Karoline, an educated middle class German woman whose interests included Germany’s rich literary tradition and the cause of women’s emancipation. His parents’ politics seem to have been liberal, though not radical, in the manner not uncommon to the rising bourgeoise of Germany’s upper middle class during the pre-war period. It was in this affluent, secure bourgeoise environment that Ernst Junger grew up. Indeed, many of Junger’s later activities and professed beliefs are easily understood as a revolt against the comfort and safety of his upbringing. As a child, he was an avid reader of the tales of adventurers and soldiers, but a poor academic student who did not adjust well to the regimented Prussian educational system. Junger’s instructors consistently complained of his inattentiveness. As an adolescent, he became involved with the Wandervogel, roughly the German equivalent of the Boy Scouts.(3)

 

          It was while attending a boarding school near his parents’ home in 1913, at the age of seventeen, that Junger first demonstrated his first propensity for what might be called an “adventurist” way of life. With only six months left before graduation, Junger left school, leaving no word to his family as to his destination. Using money given to him for school-related fees and expenses to buy a firearm and a railroad ticket to Verdun,  Junger subsequently enlisted in the French Foreign Legion, an elite military unit of the French armed forces that accepted enlistees of any nationality and had a reputation for attracting fugitives, criminals and career mercenaries. Junger had no intention of staying with the Legion. He only wanted to be posted to Africa, as he eventually was. Junger then deserted, only to be captured and sentenced to jail. Eventually his father found a capable lawyer for his wayward son and secured his release. Junger then returned to his studies and underwent a belated high school graduation. However, it was only a very short time later that Junger was back in uniform. (4)

 

Warrior and War Diarist

 

Ernst Junger immediately volunteered for military service when he heard the news that Germany was at war in the summer of 1914. After two months of training, Junger was assigned to a reserve unit stationed at Champagne. He was afraid the war would end before he had the opportunity to see any action. This attitude was not uncommon among many recruits or conscripts who fought in the war for their respective states. The question immediately arises at to why so many young people would wish to look into the face of death with such enthusiasm. Perhaps they really did not understand the horrors that awaited them. In Junger’s case, his rebellion against the security and luxury of his bourgeoise upbringing had already been ably demonstrated by his excursion with the French Foreign Legion. Because of his high school education, something that soldiers of more proletarian origins lacked, Junger was selected to train to become an officer. Shortly before beginning his officer’s training, Junger was exposed to combat for the first time. From the start, he carried pocket-sized notebooks with him and recorded his observations on the front lines. His writings while at the front exhibit a distinctive tone of detachment, as though he is simply an observer watching while the enemy fires at others. In the middle part of 1915, Junger suffered his first war wound, a bullet graze to the thigh that required only two weeks of recovery time. Afterwards, he was promoted to the rank of lieutenant.(5)

 

At age twenty-one, Junger was the leader of a reconnaissance team at the Somme whose purpose was to go out at night and search for British landmines. Early on, he acquired the reputation of a brave soldier who lacked the preoccupation with his own safety common to most of the fighting men. The introduction of steel artifacts into the war, tanks for the British side and steel helmets for the Germans, made a deep impression on Junger. Wounded three times at the Somme, Junger was awarded the Iron Medal First Class. Upon recovery, he returned to the front lines. A combat daredevil, he once held out against a much larger British force with only twenty men. After being transferred to fight the French at Flanders, he lost ten of his fourteen men and was wounded in the left hand by a blast from French shelling. After being harshly criticized by a superior officer for the number of men lost on that particular mission, Junger began to develop a contempt for the military hierarchy whom he regarded as having achieved their status as a result of their class position, frequently lacking combat experience of their own. In late 1917, having already experienced nearly three full years of combat, Junger was wounded for the fifth time during a surprise assault by the British. He was grazed in the head by a bullet, acquiring two holes in his helmet in the process. His performance in this battle won him the Knights Cross of the Hohenzollerns. In March 1918, Junger participated in another fierce battle with the British, losing 87 of his 150 men. (6)

 

            Nothing impressed Junger more than personal bravery and endurance on the part of soldiers. He once “fell to the ground in tears” at the sight of a young recruit who had only days earlier been unable to carry an ammunition case by himself suddenly being able to carry two cases of missles after surviving an attack of British shells. A recurring theme in Junger’s writings on his war experiences is the way in which war brings out the most savage human impulses. Essentially, human beings are given full license to engage in behavior that would be considered criminal during peacetime. He wrote casually about burning occupied towns during the course of retreat or a shift of position. However, Junger also demonstrated a capacity for merciful behavior during his combat efforts. He refrained from shooting a cornered British soldier after the foe displayed a portrait of his family to Junger. He was wounded yet again in August of 1918. Having been shot in the chest and directly through a lung, this was his most serious wound yet. After being hit, he still managed to shoot dead yet another British officer. As Junger was being carried off the battlefield on a stretcher, one of the stretcher carriers was killed by a British bullet. Another German soldier attempted to carry Junger on his back, but the soldier was shot dead himself and Junger fell to the ground. Finally, a medic recovered him and pulled him out of harm’s way. This episode would be the end of his battle experiences during the Great War.(7)

 

In Storms of Steel

 

Junger’s keeping of his wartime diaries paid off quite well in the long run. They were to become the basis of his first and most famous book, In Storms of Steel, published in 1920. The title was given to the book by Junger himself, having found the phrase in an old Icelandic saga. It was at the suggestion of his father that Junger first sought to have his wartime memoirs published. Initially, he found no takers, antiwar sentiment being extremely high in Germany at the time, until his father at last arranged to have the work published privately. In Storms of Steel differs considerably from similar works published by war veterans during the same era, such as Erich Maria Remarque’s All Quiet on the Western Front and John Dos Passos’ Three Soldiers. Junger’s book reflects none of the disillusionment with war by those experienced in its horrors of the kind found in these other works. Instead, Junger depicted warfare as an adventure in which the soldier faced the highest possible challenge, a battle to the death with a mortal enemy. Though Junger certainly considered himself to be a patriot and, under the influence of Maurice Barres (8), eventually became a strident German nationalist, his depiction of military combat as an idyllic setting where human wills face the supreme test rose far above ordinary nationalist sentiments. Junger’s warrior ideal was not merely the patriot fighting out of a profound sense of loyalty to his country  nor the stereotype of the dutiful soldier whose sense of honor and obedience compels him to follow the orders of his superiors in a headlong march towards death. Nor was the warrior prototype exalted by Junger necessarily an idealist fighting for some alleged greater good such as a political ideal or religious devotion. Instead, war itself is the ideal for Junger. On this question, he was profoundly influenced by Nietzsche, whose dictum “a good war justifies any cause”, provides an apt characterization of Junger’s depiction of the life (and death) of the combat soldier. (9)

 

This aspect of Junger’s outlook is illustrated quite well by the ending he chose to give to the first edition of In Storms of Steel. Although the second edition (published in 1926) ends with the nationalist rallying cry, “Germany lives and shall never go under!”, a sentiment that was deleted for the third edition published in 1934 at the onset of the Nazi era, the original edition ends simply with Junger in the hospital after being wounded for the final time and receiving word that he has received yet another commendation for his valor as a combat soldier. There is no mention of Germany’s defeat a few months later. Nationalism aside, the book is clearly about Junger, not about Germany, and Junger’s depiction of the war simultaneously displays an extraordinary level detachment for someone who lived in the face of death for four years and a highly personalized account of the war where battle is first and foremost about the assertion of one’s own “will to power” with cliched patriotic pieties being of secondary concern.

 

Indeed, Junger goes so far as to say there were winners and losers on both sides of the war. The true winners were not those who fought in a particular army or for a particular country, but who rose to the challenge placed before them and essentially achieved what Junger regarded as a higher state of enlightenment. He believed the war had revealed certain fundamental truths about the human condition. First, the illusions of the old bourgeoise order concerning peace, progress and prosperity had been inalterably shattered. This was not an uncommon sentiment during that time, but it is a revelation that Junger seems to revel in while others found it to be overwhelmingly devastating. Indeed, the lifelong champion of Enlightenment liberalism, Bertrand Russell, whose life was almost as long as Junger’s and who observed many of the same events from a much different philosophical perspective, once remarked that no one who had been born before 1914 knew what it was like to be truly happy.(10) A second observation advanced by Junger had to do with the role of technology in transforming the nature of war, not only in a purely mechanical sense, but on a much greater existential level. Before, man had commanded weaponry in the course of combat. Now weaponry of the kind made possible by modern technology and industrial civilization essentially commanded man. The machines did the fighting. Man simply resisted this external domination. Lastly, the supremacy of might and the ruthless nature of human existence had been demonstrated. Nietzsche was right. The tragic, Darwinian nature of the human condition had been revealed as an irrevocable law.

 

In Storms of Steel was only the first of several works based on his experiences as a combat officer that were produced by Junger during the 1920s. Copse 125 described a battle between two small groups of combatants. In this work, Junger continued to explore the philosophical themes present in his first work. The type of technologically driven warfare that emerged during the Great War is characterized as reducing men to automatons driven by airplanes, tanks and machine guns. Once again, jingoistic nationalism is downplayed as a contributing factor to the essence of combat soldier’s spirit. Another work of Junger’s from the early 1920s, Battle as Inner Experience, explored the psychology of war. Junger suggested that civilization itself was but a mere mask for the “primordial” nature of humanity that once again reveals itself during war. Indeed, war had the effect of elevating humanity to a higher level. The warrior becomes a kind of god-like animal, divine in his superhuman qualities, but animalistic in his bloodlust. The perpetual threat of imminent death is a kind of intoxicant. Life is at its finest when death is closest. Junger described war as a struggle for a cause that overshadows the respective political or cultural ideals of the combatants. This overarching cause is courage. The fighter is honor bound to respect the courage of his mortal enemy. Drawing on the philosophy of Nietzsche, Junger argued that the war had produced a “new race” that had replaced the old pieties, such as those drawn from religion, with a new recognition of the primacy of the “will to power”.(11)

 

Conservative Revolutionary

 

Junger’s writings about the war quickly earned him the status of a celebrity during the Weimar period. Battle as Inner Experience contained the prescient suggestion that the young men who had experienced the greatest war the world had yet to see at that point could never be successfully re-integrated into the old bougeoise order from which they came. For these fighters, the war had been a spiritual experience. Having endured so much only to see their side lose on such seemingly humiliating terms, the veterans of the war were aliens to the rationalistic, anti-militarist, liberal republic that emerged in 1918 at the close of the war. Junger was at his parents’ home recovering from war wounds during the time of the attempted coup by the leftist workers’ and soldiers’ councils and subsequent suppression of these by the Freikorps. He experimented with psychoactive drugs such as cocaine and opium during this time, something that he would continue to do much later in life. Upon recovery, he went back into active duty in the much diminished Germany army. Junger’s earliest works, such as In Storms of Steel, were published during this time and he also wrote for military journals on the more technical and specialized aspects of combat and military technology. Interestingly, Junger attributed Germany’s defeat in the war simply to poor leadership, both military and civilian, and rejected the “stab in the back” legend that consoled less keen veterans.

 

After leaving the army in 1923, Junger continued to write, producing a novella about a soldier during the war titled Sturm, and also began to study the philosophy of Oswald Spengler. His first work as a philosopher of nationalism appeared the Nazi paper Volkischer Beobachter in September, 1923.

Critiquing the failed Marxist revolution of 1918, Junger argued that the leftist coup failed because of its lacking of fresh ideas. It was simply a regurgitation of the egalitarian outllook of the French Revolution. The revolutionary left appealed only to the material wants of the Germany people in Junger’s views. A successful revolution would have to be much more than that. It would have to appeal to their spiritual or “folkish” instincts as well. Over the next few years Junger studied the natural sciences at the University of Leipzig and in 1925, at age thirty, he married nineteen-year-old Gretha von Jeinsen. Around this time, he also became a full-time political  writer. Junger was hostile to Weimar democracy and its commercial bourgeiose society. His emerging political ideal was one of an elite warrior caste that stood above petty partisan politics and the middle class obsession with material acquisition. Junger became involved with the the Stahlhelm, a right-wing veterans group, and was a contributer to its paper, Die Standardite. He associated himself with the younger, more militant members of the organization who favored an uncompromised nationalist revolution and eschewed the parliamentary system. Junger’s weekly column in Die Standardite disseminated his nationalist ideology to his less educated readers. Junger’s views at this point were a mixture of Spengler, Social Darwinism, the traditionalist philosophy of the French rightist Maurice Barres, opposition to the internationalism of the left that had seemingly been discredited by the events of 1914, irrationalism and anti-parliamentarianism. He took a favorable view of the working class and praised the Nazis’ efforts to win proletarian sympathies. Junger also argued that a nationalist outlook need not be attached to one particular form of government, even suggesting that a liberal monarchy would be inferior to a nationalist republic.(12)

 

In an essay for Die Standardite titled “The Machine”, Junger argued that the principal struggle was not between social classes or political parties but between man and technology. He was not anti-technological in a Luddite sense, but regarded the technological apparatus of modernity to have achieved a position of superiority over mankind which needed to be reversed. He was concerned that the mechanized efficiency of modern life produced a corrosive effect on the human spirit. Junger considered the Nazis’ glorification of peasant life to be antiquated. Ever the realist, he believed the world of the rural people to be in a state of irreversible decline. Instead, Junger espoused a “metropolitan nationalism” centered on the urban working class. Nationalism was the antidote to the anti-particularist materialism of the Marxists who, in Junger’s views, simply mirrored the liberals in their efforts to reduce the individual to a component of a mechanized mass society. The humanitarian rhetoric of the left Junger dismissed as the hypocritical cant of power-seekers feigning benevolence. He began to pin his hopes for a nationalist revolution on the younger veterans who comprised much of the urban working class.

 

In 1926, Junger became editor of Arminius, which also featured the writings of Nazi leaders like Alfred Rosenberg and Joseph Goebbels. In 1927, he contributed his final article to the Nazi paper, calling for a new definition of the “worker”, one not rooted in Marxist ideology but the idea of the worker as a civilian counterpart to the soldier who struggles fervently for the nationalist ideal. Junger and  Hitler had exchanged copies of their respective writings and a scheduled meeting between the two was canceled due to a change in Hitler’s itinerary. Junger respected Hitler’s abilities as an orator, but came to feel he lacked the ability to become a true leader. He also found Nazi ideology to be intellectually shallow, many of the Nazi movement’s leaders to be talentless and was displeased by the vulgarity,  crassly opportunistic and overly theatrical aspects of Nazi public rallies. Always an elitist, Junger considered the Nazis’ pandering the common people to be debased. As he became more skeptical of the Nazis, Junger began writing for a wider circle of readers beyond that of the militant nationalist right-wing. His works began to appear in the Jewish liberal Leopold Schwarzchild’s Das Tagebuch and the “national-bolshevik” Ernst Niekisch’s Widerstand.

 

Junger began to assemble around himself an elite corps of bohemian, eccentric intellectuals who would meet regularly on Friday evenings. This group included some of the most interesting personalities of the Weimar period. Among them were the Freikorps veteran Ernst von Salomon, Otto von Strasser, who with his brother Gregor led a leftist anti-Hitler faction of the Nazi movement, the national-bolshevik Niekisch, the Jewish anarchist Erich Muhsam who had figured prominently in the early phase of the failed leftist revolution of 1918, the American writer Thomas Wolfe and the expressionist writer Arnolt Bronnen. Many among this group espoused a type of revolutionary socialism based on nationalism rather than class, disdaining the Nazis’ opportunistic outreach efforts to the middle class. Some, like Niekisch, favored an alliance between Germany and Soviet Russia against the liberal-capitalist powers of the West. Occasionally, Joseph Goebbels would turn up at these meetings hoping to convert the group, particularly Junger himself, whose war writings he had admired, to the Nazi cause. These efforts by the Nazi propaganda master proved unsuccessful. Junger regarded Goebbels as a shallow ideologue who spoke in platitudes even in private conversation.(13)

 

The final break between Ernst Junger and the NSDAP occurred in September 1929. Junger published an article in Schwarzchild’s Tagebuch attacking and ridiculing the Nazis as sell outs for having reinvented themselves as a parliamentary party. He also dismissed their racism and anti-Semitism as ridiculous, stating that according to the Nazis a nationalist is simply someone who “eats three Jews for breakfast.” He condemned the Nazis for pandering to the liberal middle class and reactionary traditional conservatives “with lengthy tirades against the decline in morals, against abortion, strikes, lockouts, and the reduction of police and military forces.” Goebbels responded by attacking Junger in the Nazi press, accusing him being motivated by personal literary ambition, and insisting this had caused him “to vilify the national socialist movement, probably so as to make himself popular in his new kosher surroundings” and dismissing Junger’s attacks by proclaiming the Nazis did not “debate with renegades who abuse us in the smutty press of Jewish traitors.”(14)

 

Junger on the Jewish Question

 

Junger held complicated views on the question of German Jews. He considered anti-Semitism of the type espoused by Hitler to be crude and reactionary. Yet his own version of nationalism required a level of homogeneity that was difficult to reconcile with the subnational status of Germany Jewry. Junger suggested that Jews should assimilate and pledge their loyalty to Germany once and for all. Yet he expressed admiration for Orthodox Judaism and indifference to Zionism. Junger maintained personal friendships with Jews and wrote for a Jewish owned publication. During this time his Jewish publisher Schwarzchild published an article examining Junger’s views on the Jews of Germany. Schwarzchild insisted that Junger was nothing like his Nazi rivals on the far right. Junger’s nationalism was based on an aristocratic warrior ethos, while Hitler’s was more comparable to the criminal underworld. Hitler’s men were “plebian alley scum”. However, Schwarzchild also characterized Junger’s rendition of nationalism as motivated by little more than a fervent rejection of bourgeoise society and lacking in attention to political realities and serious economic questions.(15)

 

The Worker

 

Other than In Storms of Steel, Junger’s The Worker: Mastery and Form was his most influential work from the Weimar era. Junger would later distance himself from this work, published in 1932, and it was reprinted in the 1950s only after Junger was prompted to do so by Martin Heidegger.

In The Worker, Junger outlines his vision of a future state ordered as a technocracy based on workers and soldiers led by a warrior elite. Workers are no longer simply components of an industrial machine, whether capitalist or communist, but have become a kind of civilian-soldier operating as an economic warrior. Just as the soldier glories in his accomplishments in battle, so does the worker glory in the achievements expressed through his work. Junger predicted that continued technological advancements would render the worker/capitalist dichotomy obsolete. He also incorporated the political philosophy of his friend Carl Schmitt into his worldview. As Schmitt saw international relations as a Hobbesian battle between rival powers, Junger believed each state would eventually adopt a system not unlike what he described in The Worker. Each state would maintain its own technocratic order with the workers and soldiers of each country playing essentially the same role on behalf of their respective nations. International affairs would be a crucible where the will to power of the different nations would be tested.

Junger’s vision contains a certain amount prescience. The general trend in politics at the time was a movement towards the kind of technocratic state Junger described. These took on many varied forms including German National Socialism, Italian Fascism, Soviet Communism, the growing welfare states of Western Europe and America’s New Deal. Coming on the eve of World War Two, Junger’s prediction of a global Hobbesian struggle between national collectives possessing previously unimagined levels of technological sophistication also seems rather prophetic. Junger once again attacked the bourgeoise as anachronistic. Its values of material luxury and safety he regarded as unfit for the violent world of the future. (16)

 

The National Socialist Era

 

By the time Hitler took power in 1933, Junger’s war writings had become commonly used in high schools and universities as examples of wartime literature, and Junger enjoyed success within the context of German popular culture as well. Excerpts of Junger’s works were featured in military journals. The Nazis tried to coopt his semi-celebrity status, but he was uncooperative. Junger was appointed to the Nazified German Academcy of Poetry, but declined the position. When the Nazi Party’s paper published some of his work in 1934, Junger wrote a letter of protest. The Nazi regime, despite its best efforts to capitalize on his reputation, viewed Junger with suspicioun. His past association with the national-bolshevik Ersnt Niekisch, the Jewish anarchist Erich Muhsam and the anti-Hitler Nazi Otto von Strasser, all of whom were either eventually killed or exiled by the Third Reich, led the Nazis to regard Junger as a potential subversive. On several occasions, Junger received visits from the Gestapo in search of some of his former friends. During the early years of the Nazi regime, Junger was in the fortunate position of being able to economically afford travel outside of Germany. He journeyed to Norway, Brazil, Greece and Morocco during this time, and published several works based on his travels.(17)

 

Junger’s most significant work from the Nazi period is the novel On the Marble Cliffs. The book is an allegorical attack on the Hitler regime. It was written in 1939, the same year that Junger reentered the German army. The book describes a mysterious villian that threatens a community, a sinister warlord called the “Head Ranger”. This character is never featured in the plot of the novel, but maintains a forboding presence that is universal (much like “Big Brother” in George Orwell’s 1984). Another character in the novel, “Braquemart”, is described as having physical characteristics remarkably similar to those of Goebbels. The book sold fourteen thousand copies during its first two weeks in publication. Swiss reviewers immediately recognized the allegorical references to the Nazi state in the novel. The Nazi Party’s organ, Volkische Beobachter, stated that Ernst Jünger was flirting with a bullet to the head. Goebbels urged Hitler to ban the book, but Hitler refused, probably not wanting to show his hand. Indeed, Hitler gave orders that Junger not be harmed.(18)

         

Junger was stationed in France for most of the Second World War. Once again, he kept diaries of the experience. Once again, he expressed concern that he might not get to see any action before the war was over. While Junger did not have the opportunity to experience the level of danger and daredevil heroics he had during the Great War, he did receive yet another medal, the Iron Cross, for retrieving the body of a dead corporal while under heavy fire. Junger also published some of his war diaries during this time. However, the German government took a dim view of these, viewing them as too sympathetic to the occupied French. Junger’s duties included censorship of the mail coming into France from German civilians. He took a rather liberal approach to this responsibility and simply disposed of incriminating documents rather than turning them over for investigation. In doing so, he probably saved lives. He also encountered members of France’s literary and cultural elite, among them the actor Louis Ferdinand Celine, a raving anti-Semite and pro-Vichyite who suggested Hitler’s harsh measures against the Jews had not been heavy handed enough. As rumors of the Nazi extermination programs began to spread,  Junger wrote in his diary that the mechanization of the human spirit of the type he had written about in the past had apparently generated a higher level of human depravity. When he saw three young French-Jewish girls wearing the yellow stars required by the Nazis, he wrote that he felt embarrassed to be in the Nazi army. In July of 1942, Junger observed the mass arrest of French Jews, the beginning of implementation of the “Final Solution”. He described the scene as follows:

 

“Parents were first separated from their children, so there was wailing to be heard in the streets. At no moment may I forget that I am surrounded by the unfortunate, by those suffering to the very depths, else what sort of person, what sort of officer would I be? The uniform obliges one to grant protection wherever it goes. Of course one has the impression that one must also, like Don Quixote, take on millions.”(19)

         

An entry into Junger’s diary from October 16, 1943 suggests that an unnamed army officer had told  Junger about the use of crematoria and poison gas to murder Jews en masse. Rumors of plots against Hitler circulated among the officers with whom Junger maintained contact. His son, Ernstl, was arrested after an informant claimed he had spoken critically of Hitler. Ernstl Junger was imprisoned for three months, then placed in a penal battalion where he was killed in action in Italy. On July 20, 1944 an unsuccessful assassination attempt was carried out against Hitler. It is still disputed as to whether or not Junger knew of the plot or had a role in its planning. Among those arrested for their role in the attemt on Hitler’s life were members of Junger’s immediate circle of associates and superior officers within the German army. Junger was dishonorably discharged shortly afterward.(20)

 

Following the close of the Second World War, Junger came under suspicion from the Allied occupational authorities because of his far right-wing nationalist and militarist past. He refused to cooperate with the Allies De-Nazification programs and was barred from publishing for four years. He would go on to live another half century, producing many more literary works, becoming a close friend of Albert Hoffman, the inventor of the hallucinogen LSD, with which he experimented. In a 1977 novel, Eumeswil, he took his tendency towards viewing the world around him with detachment to a newer, more clearly articulated level with his invention of the concept of the “Anarch”. This idea, heavily influenced by the writings of the early nineteenth century German philosopher Max Stirner, championed the solitary individual who remains true to himself within the context of whatever external circumstances happen to be present. Some sample quotations from this work illustrate the philosophy and worldview of the elderly Junger quite well:

 

“For the anarch, if he remains free of being ruled, whether by sovereign or society, this does not mean he refuses to serve in any way. In general, he serves no worse than anyone else, and sometimes even better, if he likes the game. He only holds back from the pledge, the sacrifice, the ultimate devotion … I serve in the Casbah; if, while doing this, I die for the Condor, it would be an accident, perhaps even an obliging gesture, but nothing more.”

 

“The egalitarian mania of demagogues is even more dangerous than the brutality of men in gallooned coats. For the anarch, this remains theoretical, because he avoids both sides. Anyone who has been oppressed can get back on his feet if the oppression did not cost him his life. A man who has been equalized is physically and morally ruined. Anyone who is different is not equal; that is one of the reasons why the Jews are so often targeted.”

 

“The anarch, recognizing no government, but not indulging in paradisal dreams as the anarchist does, is, for that very reason, a neutral observer.”

 

“Opposition is collaboration.”

 

“A basic theme for the anarch is how man, left to his own devices, can defy superior force – whether state, society or the elements – by making use of their rules without submitting to them.”

 

“… malcontents… prowl through the institutions eternally dissatisfied, always disappointed. Connected with this is their love of cellars and rooftops, exile and prisons, and also banishment, on which they actually pride themselves. When the structure finally caves in they are the first to be killed in the collapse. Why do they not know that the world remains inalterable in change? Because they never find their way down to its real depth, their own. That is the sole place of essence, safety. And so they do themselves in.”

 

“The anarch may not be spared prisons – as one fluke of existence among others. He will then find the fault in himself.”

 

“We are touching one a … distinction between anarch and anarchist; the relation to authority, to legislative power. The anarchist is their mortal enemy, while the anarch refuses to acknowledge them. He seeks neither to gain hold of them, nor to topple them, nor to alter them – their impact bypasses him. He must resign himself only to the whirlwinds they generate.”

 

“The anarch is no individualist, either. He wishes to present himself neither as a Great Man nor as a Free Spirit. His own measure is enough for him; freedom is not his goal; it is his property. He does not come on as foe or reformer: one can get along nicely with him in shacks or in palaces. Life is too short and too beautiful to sacrifice for ideas, although contamination is not always avoidable. But hats off to the martyrs.”

 

“We can expect as little from society as from the state. Salvation lies in the individual.” (21)

 

Notes:

 

1. Ian Buruma, “The Anarch at Twilight”, New York Review of Books, Volume 40, No. 12, June 24, 1993. Hilary Barr, “An Exchange on Ernst Junger”, New York Review of Books, Volume 40, No. 21, December 16, 1993.

 

2. Nevin, Thomas. Ernst Junger and Germany: Into the Abyss, 1914-1945. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1996, pp. 1-7. Loose, Gerhard. Ernst Junger. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1974, preface.

 

3. Nevin, pp. 9-26. Loose, p. 21

 

4. Loose, p. 22. Nevin, pp. 27-37.

 

5. Nevin. p. 49.

 

6. Ibid., p. 57

 

7. Ibid., p. 61

 

8. Maurice Barrès (September 22, 1862 - December 4, 1923) was a French novelist, journalist, an anti-semite, nationalist politician and agitator. Leaning towards the far-left in his youth as a Boulangist deputy, he progressively developed a theory close to Romantic nationalism and shifted to the right during the Dreyfus Affair, leading the Anti-Dreyfusards alongside Charles Maurras. In 1906, he was elected both to the Académie française and as deputy of the Seine department, and until his death he sat with the conservative Entente républicaine démocratique. A strong supporter of the Union sacrée(Holy Union) during World War I, Barrès remained a major influence of generations of French writers, as well as of monarchists, although he was not a monarchist himself. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maurice_Barr%C3%A8s

 

9. Nevin, pp. 58, 71, 97.

 

10. Schilpp, P. A. “The Philosophy of Bertrand Russell”.  Reviewed Hermann Weyl, The American Mathematical Monthly, Vol. 53, No. 4 (Apr., 1946), pp. 208-214.

 

11. Nevin, pp. 122, 125, 134, 136, 140, 173.

 

12. Ibid., pp. 75-91.

 

13. Ibid., p. 107.

 

14. Ibid., p. 108.

 

15. Ibid., pp. 109-111.

 

16. Ibid., pp. 114-140.

 

17. Ibid., p. 145.

 

18. Ibid., p. 162.

 

19. Ibid., p. 189.

 

20. Ibid., p. 209.

 

21. Junger, Ernst. Eumeswil. New York: Marion Publishers, 1980, 1993.

 

Bibliography

 

Barr, Hilary. “An Exchange on Ernst Junger”, New York Review of Books, Volume 40, No. 21, December 16, 1993.

 

Braun, Abdalbarr. “Warrior, Waldgaenger, Anarch: An Essay on Ernst Junger’s Concept of the Sovereign Individual”. Archived at http://www.fluxeuropa.com/juenger-anarch.htm

 

Buruma, Ian. “The Anarch at Twilight”, New York Review of Books, Volume 40, No. 12, June 24, 1993.

 

Hofmann, Albert. LSD: My Problem Child, Chapter Seven, “Radiance From Ernst Junger”. Archived at http://www.flashback.se/archive/my_problem_child/chapter7.html

 

Loose, Gerhard. Ernst Junger. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1974.

 

Hervier, Julien. The Details of Time: Conversations with Ernst Junger. New York: Marsilio Publishers, 1986.

 

Junger, Ernst. Eumeswil. New York: Marsilio Publishers, 1980, 1993.

 

Junger, Ernst. In Storms of Steel. New York: Penguin Books, 1920, 1963, 2003.

 

Junger, Ernst. On the Marble Cliffs. New York: Duenewald Printing Corporation, 1947.

 

Nevin, Thomas. Ernst Junger and Germnay: Into the Abyss, 1914-1945. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1996.

 

Schilpp, P. A. “The Philosophy of Bertrand Russell”.  Reviewed Hermann Weyl, The American Mathematical Monthly, Vol. 53, No. 4 (Apr., 1946), pp. 208-214.

 

Stern, J. P. Ernst Junger. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953.

 

Zavrel, Consul B. John. “Ernst Junger is Still Working at 102″. Archived at http://www.meaus.com/Ernst%20Junger%20at%20102.html

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Political Theory of Carl Schmitt

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 30 May 2009

By Keith Preston

 

Discussion:

 

Carl Schmitt

The Crisis of Parliamentary Liberalism 

The Concept of the Political

The Weimar Republic Sourcebook (p. 331, 334-337, 342-345)

 

          The editors of The Weimar Republic Sourcebook attempt to summarize the political thought of Carl Schmitt and interpret his writings on political and legal theory on the basis of his later association with Nazism between 1933 and 1936. Schmitt is described as having “attempted to drive a wedge between liberalism and democracy and undercut the assumption that rational discourse and legal formalism could be the basis of political legitimacy.”(Sourcebook, p. 331) His contributions to political theory are characterized as advancing the view that “genuine politics was irreducible to socio-economic conflicts and unconstrained by normative considerations”. The essence of politics is a battle to the death “between friend and foe.” The editors recognize distinctions between the thought of Schmitt and that of right-wing revolutionaries of Weimar, but assert that his ideas “certainly provided no obstacle to Schmitt’s opportunistic embrace of Nazism.”

 

          As ostensible support for this interpretation of Schmitt, the editors provide excerpts from two of Schmitt’s works. The first excerpt is from the preface to the second edition of Schmitt’s The Crisis of Parliamentary Democracy, a work first published in 1923 with the preface having been written for the 1926 edition. In this excerpt, Schmitt describes the dysfunctional workings of the Weimar parliamentary system. He regards this dysfunction as symptomatic of the inadequacies of the classical liberal theory of government. According to this theory as Schmitt interprets it, the affairs of states are to be conducted on the basis of open discussion between proponents of competing ideas as a kind of empirical process. Schmitt contrasts this idealized view of parliamentarianism with the realities of its actual practice, such as cynical appeals by politicians to narrow self-interests on the part of constituents, bickering among narrow partisan forces, the use of propaganda and symbolism rather than rational discourse as a means of influencing public opinion, the binding of parliamentarians by party discipline, decisions made by means of backroom deals, rule by committee and so forth.

 

          Schmitt recognizes a fundamental distinction between liberalism, or “parliamentarism”, and democracy. Liberal theory advances the concept of a state where all retain equal political rights. Schmitt contrasts this with actual democratic practice as it has existed historically. Historic democracy rests on an “equality of equals”, for instance, those holding a particular social position (as in ancient Greece), subscribing to particular religious beliefs or belonging to a specific national entity. Schmitt observes that democratic states have traditionally included a great deal of political and social inequality, from slavery to religious exclusionism to a stratified class hierarchy. Even modern democracies ostensibly organized on the principle of universal suffrage do not extend such democratic rights to residents of their colonial possessions. Beyond this level, states, even officially “democratic” ones, distinguish between their own citizens and those of other states. At a fundamental level, there is an innate tension between liberalism and democracy. Liberalism is individualistic, whereas democracy sanctions the “general will” as the principle of political legitimacy. However, a consistent or coherent “general will” necessitates a level of homogeneity that by its very nature goes against the individualistic ethos of liberalism. This is the source of the “crisis of parliamentarism” that Schmitt suggests. According to the democratic theory rooted in the ideas of Jean Jacques Rosseau, a legitimate state must reflect the “general will”, but no general will can be discerned in a regime that simultaneously espouses liberalism. Lacking the homogeneity necessary for a democratic “general will”, the state becomes fragmented into competing interests. Indeed, a liberal parliamentary state can actually act against the “peoples’ will” and become undemocratic. By this same principle, anti-liberal states such as those organized according to the principles of fascism or bolshevism can be democratic in so far as they reflect the “general will.”

 

            The second excerpt included by the editors is drawn from Schmitt’s The Concept of the Political, published in 1927. According to Schmitt, the irreducible minimum on which human political life is based is the friend/enemy distinction. This friend/enemy distinction is to politics what the good/evil dichotomy is to morality, beautiful/ugly to aesthetics, profitable/unprofitable to economics, and so forth. These categories need not be inclusive of one another. For instance, a political enemy need not be morally evil or aesthetically ugly. What is significant is that the enemy is the “other” and therefore a source of possible conflict. The friend/enemy distinction is not dependent on the specific nature of the “enemy”. It is merely enough that the enemy is a threat. The political enemy is also distinctive from personal enemies. Whatever one’s personal thoughts about the political enemy, it remains true that the enemy is hostile to the collective to which one belongs. The first purpose of the state is to maintain its own existence as an organized  collective prepared if necessary to do battle to the death with other organized collectives that pose an existential threat. This is the essential core of what is meant by the “political”. Organized collectives within a particular state can also engage in such conflicts (i.e., civil war). Internal conflicts within a collective can threaten the survival of the collective as a whole. As long as existential threats to a collective remain, the friend/enemy concept that Schmitt considers to be the heart of politics will remain valid.

 

           An implicit view of the ideas of Carl Schmitt can be distinguished from the editors’ introductory comments and selective quotations from these two works. Is Schmitt attempting to “drive a wedge” between liberalism and democracy thereby undermining the Weimar regime’s claims to legitimacy and pave the way for a more overtly authoritarian system? Is Schmitt arguing for a more exclusionary form of the state, for instance one that might practice exclusivity on ethnic or national grounds? Is Schmitt attempting to sanction the use of war as a mere political instrument, independent of any normative considerations, perhaps even as an ideal unto itself? If the answer to any of these questions is an affirmative one, then one might be able to plausibly argue that Schmitt is indeed creating a kind of intellectual framework that could later be used to justify at least some of the ideas of Nazism and even lead to an embrace of Nazism by Schmitt himself.

 

          It would appear that the expression “context is everything” becomes a quite relevant when examining the work of Carl Schmitt. It is clear enough that the excerpts from Schmitt included in the The Weimar Republic Sourcebook have been chosen rather selectively. As a glaring example, this important passage from second edition’s preface from The Crisis of Parliamentary Democracy has been deleted:

 

“That the parliamentary enterprise today is the lesser evil, that it will continue to be preferable to Bolshevism and dictatorship, that it would have unforseeable consequences were it to be discarded, that it is ’socially and technically’ a very practical thing-all these are interesting and in part also correct observations. But they do not constitute the intellectual foundations of a specifically intended institution. Parliamentarism exists today as a method of government and a political system. Just as everything else that exists and functions tolerably, it is useful-no more and no less. It counts for a great deal that even today it functions better than other untried methods, and that a minimum of order that is today actually at hand would be endangered by frivolous experiments. Every reasonable person would concede such arguments. But they do not carry weight in an argument about principles. Certainly no one would be so un-demanding that he regarded an intellectual foundation or a moral truth as proven by the question, What else?” (Schmitt, Crisis, pp. 2-3)

 

          This passage, conspicuously absent from the Sourcebook excerpt, indicates that Schmitt is in fact wary of the idea of undermining the authority of the Republic for it’s own sake or for the sake of implementing a revolutionary regime. Schmitt is clearly a “conservative” in the tradition of Hobbes, one who values order and stability above all else, and also Burke, expressing a preference for the established, the familiar, the traditional, and the practical, and an aversion to extremism, fanaticism, utopianism,  and upheaval for the sake of exotic ideological inclinations. Clearly, it would be rather difficult to reconcile such an outlook with the political millenarianism of either Marxism or National Socialism. The “crisis of parliamentary democracy” that Schmitt is addressing is a crisis of legitimacy. On what political or ethical principles does a liberal democratic state of the type Weimar purports to be claim and establish its own legitimacy? This is an immensely important question, given the gulf between liberal theory and parliamentary democracy as it is actually being practiced in Weimar, the conflicts between liberal practice and democratic theories of legitimacy as they have previously been laid out by Rosseau and others and, perhaps most importantly, the challenges to liberalism and claims to “democratic” legitimacy being made by proponents of totalitarian ideologies from both the Left and Right.

 

          The introduction to the first edition and first chapter of Crisis contain a frank discussion of both the intellectual as well as practical problems associated with the practice of “democracy”. Schmitt observes how democracy, broadly defined, has triumphed over older systems, such as monarchy, aristocracy or theocracy in favor of the principle of “popular sovereignty”. However, the advent of democracy has also undermined older theories on the foundations of political legitimacy, such as those rooted in religion (”divine right of kings”), dynastic lineages or mere appeals to tradition. Further, the triumphs of both liberalism and democracy have brought into fuller view the innate conflicts between the two. There is also the additional matter of the gap between the practice of politics (such as parliamentary procedures) and the ends of politics (such as the “will of the people”). Schmitt observes how parliamentarism as a procedural methodology  has a wide assortment of critics, including those representing the forces of reaction (royalists and clerics, for instance) and radicalism (from Marxists to anarchists). Schmitt also points out that he is by no means the first thinker to point out these issues, citing Mosca, Jacob Burckhardt, Belloc, Chesterton, and Michels, among others.

 

          A fundamental question that concerns Schmitt is the matter of what the democratic “will of the people” actually means, observing that an ostensibly democratic state could adopt virtually any set of policy positions, “whether militarist or pacifist, absolutist or liberal, centralized or decentralized, progressive or reactionary, and again at different times without ceasing to be a democracy.” (Schmitt, Crisis, p. 25) He also raises the question of the fate of democracy in a society where “the people” cease to favor democracy. Can democracy be formally renounced in the name of democracy? For instance, can “the people” embrace Bolshevism or a fascist dictatorship as an expression of their democratic “general will”? The flip side of this question asks whether a political class committed in theory to democracy can act undemocratically (against “the will of the people”) if the people display an insufficient level of education in the ways of democracy. How is the will of the people to be identified in the first place? Is it not possible for rulers to construct a “will of the people” of their own through the use of propaganda? For Schmitt, these questions are not simply a matter of intellectual hair-splitting but are of vital importance in a weak, politically paralyzed democratic state where the committment of significant sectors of both the political class and the public at large to the preservation of democracy is questionable, and where the overthrow of democracy by proponents of other ideologies is a very real possibility.

 

          Schmitt examines the claims of parliamentarism to democratic legitimacy. He describes the liberal ideology that underlies parliamentarism as follows:

 

“It is essential that liberalism be understood as a consistent, comprehensive metaphysical system. Normally one only discusses the economic line of reasoning that social harmony and the maximization of wealth follow from the free economic competition of individuals…But all this is only an application of a general liberal principle…: That truth can be found through an unrestrained clash of opinion and that competition will produce harmony.” (Schmitt, Crisis, p. 35)

 

For Schmitt, this view reduces truth to “a mere function of the eternal competition of opinions.” After pointing out the startling contrast between the theory and practice of liberalism, Schmitt suggests that liberal parliamentarian claims to legitimacy are rather weak and examines the claims of rival ideologies. Marxism replaces the liberal emphasis on the competition between opinions with a focus on competition between economic classes and, more generally, differing modes of production that rise and fall as history unfolds. Marxism is the inverse of liberalism, in that it replaces the intellectual with the material. The competition of economic classes is also much more intensified than the competition between opinions and commercial interests under liberalism. The Marxist class struggle is violent and bloody. Belief in parliamentary debate is replaced with belief in “direct action”. Drawing from the same rationalist intellectual tradition as the radical democrats, Marxism rejects parliamentarism as sham covering the dictatorship of a particular class, i.e., the bourgeoise. True democracy is achieved through the reversal of class relations under a proletarian state that rules in the interest of the laboring majority. Such a state need not utilize formal democratic procedures, but may exist as an “educational dictatorship” that functions to enlighten the proletariat regarding its true class interests. Schmitt then contrasts the rationalism of both liberalism and Marxism with irrationalism. Central to irrationalism is the idea of a political myth, comparable to the religious mythology of previous belief systems, and originally developed by the radical left-wing but having since been appropriated by revolutionary nationalists. It is myth that motivates people to action, whether individually or collectively. It matters less whether a particular myth is true than if people are inspired by it.

 

          It is clear enough that Schmitt’s criticisms of liberalism are intended not so much as an effort to undermine democratic legitimacy as much as an effort to confront the weaknesses of the intellectual foundations of liberal democracy with candor and intellectual rigor, not necessarily to undermine liberal democracy, but out of recognition of the need for strong and decisive political authority capable of acting in the interests of the nation during perilous times. Schmitt remarks:

 

“If democratic identity is taken seriously, then in an emergency no other constitutional institution can withstand the sole criterion of the peoples’ will, however it is expressed.” (Sourcebook, p.337)

 

          In other words, the state must first act to preserve itself and the general welfare and well-being of the people at large. If necessary, the state may override narrow partisan interests, parliamentary procedure or, presumably, routine electoral processes. Such actions by political leadership may be illiberal, but not necessarily undemocratic, as the democratic general will does not include national suicide. Schmitt outlines this theory of the survival of the state as the first priority of politics in The Concept of the Political. The essence of the “political” is the existence of organized collectives prepared to meet existential threats to themselves with lethal force if necessary. The “political” is different from the moral, the aesthetic, the economic or the religious as it involves first and foremost the possibility of groups of human beings killing other human beings. This does not mean that war is necessarily “good” or something to be desired or agitated for. Indeed, it may sometimes be in the political interests of a state to avoid war. However, any state that wishes to survive must be prepared to meet challenges to its existence, whether from conquest or domination by external forces or revolution and chaos from internal forces. Additionally, a state must be capable of recognizing its own interests and assume sole responsibility for doing so. A state that cannot identify its enemies and counter enemy forces effectively is threatened existentially.

 

          Schmitt’s political ideas are more easily understood in the context of Weimar’s political situation. He is considering the position of a defeated and demoralized Germany, unable to defend itself against external threats, and threatened internally by weak, chaotic and unpopular political leadership, economic hardship, political and ideological polarization and growing revolutionary movements, sometimes exhibiting terrorist or fanatical characteristics. Schmitt regards Germany as desperately in need of some sort of foundation for the establishment of a recognized, legitimate political authority capable of upholding the interests and advancing the well-being of the nation in the face of foreign enemies and above domestic factional interests. This view is far removed from the Nazi ideas of revolution, crude racial determinism, the cult of the leader and war as a value unto itself. Schmitt is clearly a much different thinker than the adherents of the quasi-mystical nationalism common to the radical right-wing of the era. Weimar’s failure was due in part to the failure of political leadership to effectively address the questions raised by Schmitt.

 

Congratulations, Comrades! We’re Getting Some Upward Mobility

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 30 May 2009

American Revolutionary Vanguard and Attack the System! have now joined the world of Major League Sedition.

http://www.splcenter.org/intel/intelreport/article.jsp?aid=1058

And congratulations to BANA and Folk and Faith as well.

Much gratitude is extended to the SPLC for their promotional assistance. We look forward to this new partnership.

Is Something Really Wrong with Kansas?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 31 May 2009

ABSTRACT: The widely believed claim that many voters in American elections are voting against their economic interests (“lower income Republicans versus affluent Democrats”) in favor of their social or cultural values is not supportable by the data concerning class voting patterns. American voters are polarized on both a class and cultural basis. Economic polarization takes place on a national level, and cuts across regional and local boundaries, with rich Americans overwhelmingly voting for the Republicans and poor Americans leaning strongly towards the Democrats. Cultural polarization represents intra-class conflict within the middle class, primarily the upper middle class, with affluent people in wealthier states voting for the Democrats and persons with a comparable class position in the poorer states voting Republican. Furthermore, the “red-state/blue-state” electoral map represents conflict not between states per se as much as conflict between ideologically polarized Congressional districts, local communities, counties and neighborhoods.

————————————————————————————– 

In recent years a stereotype has emerged in American politics. The picture

presented by much of the media is one of lower income persons voting Republican and upper income persons voting Democratic. In other words, many people have started voting against their own economic interests in favor of their cultural values, with upper income, urban, educated, cosmopolitan elites voting for liberal social policies, and lower income, rural, religious voters favoring conservative policies. This image is often depicted on electoral maps as the “red state/blue state” divide with the socially conservative red state poor and working class pitted against affluent but socially liberal

residents of the blue states.  This picture is widely accepted, but is it true? Is it an accurate depiction of the class and cultural divisions among voters? The evidence indicates that it is not. The available data shows that the voting patterns of the poor are reliably Democratic. Instead, the red state/blue state divide is symptomatic of cultural conflict among middle to upper-middle income persons, and of intra-class conflict among the affluent or wealthy.

 

A leading and perhaps most well-known proponent of the “poor conservatives versus rich liberals” thesis is Thomas Frank, who outlined his views in the popularized work What’s the Matter with Kansas?: How Conservatives Won the Heart of America.  Frank provides a straightforward summary of his views:

 

If you earn over $300,000 a year, you owe a great deal to this derangement. Raise a glass sometime to those indigent High Plains Republicans as you contemplate your good fortune: It is thanks to their self-denying votes that you are no longer burdened by the estate tax, or troublesome labor unions, or meddling banking regulators. Thanks to the allegiance of these sons and daughters of toil, you have escaped what your affluent forebears used to call “confiscatory” income tax levels. It is thanks to them that you were able to buy two Rolexes this year instead of one and get that Segway with the special gold trim. (Frank, 2004, p. 2)

 

According to Frank, Republicans have been able to successfully appeal to the social conservatism of blue collar workers and the rural poor on cultural controversies like abortion, gay rights, immigration, the role of religion in public life, gun control and affirmative action. Frank sees this as a “bait and switch” tactic on the part of the Republican Party, whereby working class voters are pushed to vote according to their cultural values, and are then given economic policies that are harmful to their own interests. Frank describes what he regards as the consequences of this arrangement:

 

Vote to stop abortion; receive a rollback in capital gains taxes. Vote to make our country strong again; receive deindustrialization. Vote to screw those politically correct college professors; receive electricity deregulation.Vote to get government off our backs; receive conglomeration and monopoly everywhere from media to meatpacking. Vote to stand tall against terrorists; receive Social Security privatization. Vote to strike a blow against elitism; receive a social order in which wealth is more concentrated than ever before in our lifetimes, in which workers have been stripped of power and CEOs are rewarded in a manner beyond imagining.(Frank, 2004, p. 7)

 

Liberals who agree with Frank’s analysis will argue that working class Republican voters are under the grip of what the Marxists call “false consciousness,” meaning such voters are distracted by what the Left would consider to be religious superstition, irrational prejudices like racism or homophobia or conservative economic propaganda generated by

corporate-funded think tanks and media outlets. Allegedly, such distractions prevent working people from perceiving and voting for their rational economic self-interest.

 

Even some conservatives will agree with Frank’s general thesis, but from a polar opposite perspective. These conservatives will argue working class Republicans really do perceive their economic interests accurately, and that it is perfectly legitimate for workers to desire tax cuts in order to increase their take-home pay and deregulatory policies that ostensibly accelerate economic growth and therefore job creation and rising living standards. (Gelman, Park, Shor, Bafumi, Cortina, 2008, p. 16) An even more extreme argument is offered by the neoconservative commentator David Brooks, who suggests

that because the red state/blue divide appears to be driven more by cultural and social issues than by class or economic ones, that perhaps the idea of “class,” which he derides as “Marxist” in nature, is not applicable to American society at all.  Brooks sees Americans divided on the basis of cliques rather than classes, with these cliques being comparable to the various teenage subcultures one might find at a high school, such as “nerds, jocks, punks, bikers, techies, druggies, God Squadders,” etc. (Brooks, 2001)

 

The methodology utilized by commentators like Frank and Brooks is

problematical. Frank relies very heavily on anecdotal evidence gathered from his experiences with Republican-leaning, working-class Kansas communities of the kind that he grew up around. He provides examples like a friend’s father, a man with liberal economic views but whose Catholic religious beliefs led him to the pro-life Republicans. (Frank, 2001, p. 4) Much of Frank’s work includes sweeping political, cultural and historical analysis with very little in raw statistical data provided as supporting evidence.  Likewise, many of Brooks’ arguments are anecdotal in nature, relying on his personal experiences of living in an upper class liberal community and his ventures into conservative working class towns and conversing with the locals.

 

 

What Does the Data Show?

 

            The most comprehensive and up to date analysis of the available data concerning voting patterns in relation to class position, income, occupation and cultural background is provided by Andrew Gelman, David Park, Boris Shar, Joseph Bafumi and Jeronimo Cortina. This group of scholars published their research in 2008 under the title Red State, Blue State, Rich State, Poor State: Why Americans Vote The Way They Do. Contra Frank, these researchers found that the image of “working class conservatives versus affluent liberals” is a false one, arguing instead that “lower-income Americans don’t, in general, vote Republican-and, where they do, richer voters go Republican even more so.” With regards to Kansas, for instance, that particular state has leaned Republican by ten percent greater than the national average for sixty years, and the real source of Republican strength in Kansas is the middle to upper classes. (Gelman, 2008, pp. 14-15)

 

Political scientist Larry Bartels argues that it is only in the South that the trend of whites without college education voting Republican has emerged.(Bartels, 2006) Even so, Gelman, Park, et.al. found that in the 2004 presidential election the “poor vote” went to Democratic candidate John Kerry in all of the Southern states except Texas!(Gelman, 2008) Bartels maintains that there is no identifiable pattern of white working class voters favoring cultural issues over economic ones. Jeffrey Stonecash argues that “the last 40 years shows a growing class division in American politics, with less affluent whites more supportive of Democrats now than 20-30 years ago. Indeed, even in Kansas less affluent legislative districts are much more supportive of Democrats than affluent districts.”(Stonecrash, 2005)

 

 

The evidence indicates that the rich are overwhelmingly Republican in their

voting preferences. Republican candidate George W. Bush only won thirty-six percent of the vote from those earning less than $15,000 annually in the 2004 election. Among those earning over $200,00 Bush obtained sixty-two percent of the vote. (Gelman, 2008, p. 9) As mentioned, Bush’s home state of Texas was the only southern state where Bush won the “poor people” vote in the 2004 election. Yet even in Texas there was a significant class division in voting patterns. In Zavala County, the poorest Texas locality, Bush won

twenty-five percent of the vote. However, in the wealthiest Texas community, Collin County, Bush won seventy-one percent of the vote. The capital city of Austin is located in Travis County, where the mean income of $45,000 is solidly middle class, and where Bush received fifty-three percent of the vote. (Gelman, 2008, p. 12) 

 

 

Voting patterns indicate that poor voters are overwhelmingly Democratic, as are racial minorities. This is not to say that there are no significant cultural differences among the poor. After all, “the poor” can include everything from rural Alabama whites who belong to the Ku Klux Klan to black street gang members in the inner city areas. Yet there is no evidence that such differences play significant roles in American electoral politics. Many poor people do not vote at all. Those who do are, by a wide margin,  consistently Democratic-leaning.  The growing gap between socio-economic groups that has escalated over the past thirty years has been widely documented, but this growing divide between rich and poor is not the source of the red state/blue state divide.

 

The evidence supports the conclusion that the red state/blue state divide has its roots in cultural conflict within middle to upper-middle income groups. As Gelman summarizes:

 

There is still a rich-poor divide in voting, in popular perceptions of the Democrats and Republicans, and in the parties’ economic policies. But voting patterns have been changing, and the red-blue map captures some of this. The economic battles have not gone away, but they intersect with cultural issues in a new way. In low-income states such as Mississippi and Alabama, richer people were far more likely to vote (Republican)…But in richer states such as New York and California, income is not a strong predictor of individual votes. (Gelman, 2008, p. 17)

 

In the poor states, the pattern of wealthy people voting Republican and poor people voting Democratic is very reliable. In states where the mean income is more in the middle, the pattern begins to blur somewhat, and in the wealthiest states, income is not a determining factor in voting patterns. While the middle to upper classes in wealthier states are just as likely to favor the Democrats as poor people, the same socio-economic groups in the poor states are more likely to favor the Republicans. To break it down further on a regional basis, Democrats only win the “rich vote” in the most liberal states. For instance, in the 2004 election the Democrats won the vote of those with an income of over $200,000 annually in only four states: California, Connecticut,

Massachusetts, and New York. Middle class support for the Democratic Party is the strongest in the Northeast, parts of the upper Midwest/Great Lakes region, and on the West Coast.  To break it down to the level of local communities, affluent to wealthy urban people tend to lean towards the Democrats, even though the majority of affluent people are Republicans. The wealthiest states are also those which are the most urbanized. (Gelman, 2008, p. 19-20)

 

A key question that arises from these observations concerns the matter of why voting patterns are more divided on the basis of income in poor states. These patterns are relatively new. For instance, in the 1976 presidential election, the Democrat Jimmy Carter won the South, and the Republican Gerald Ford won California, New Jersey and parts of New England. In the 1976 election, the level of correlation between the wealth of a state and partisan sympathies was relatively small. Why do affluent people in poor

states hold such greater differences in their political allegiances than poor people when compared to affluent people in wealthier states? Gelman and associates offer four primary explanations:

 

1.      Race. Division between races is the most evident in poor states in the South. This racial division overlaps with a class division. Because of the relationship between race and class position, economic policies such as social welfare programs that involve transfer payments from rich or affluent persons to the poor are seen as race-based entitlements for African-Americans.

 

2.      Religion. Wealthier people in the poor states attend church more regularly or frequently than poor people, and are also more likely to belong to conservative religious denominations than persons with comparable levels of wealth in richer states.

 

3.      Geography and history. The wealthier states have a much larger number of unionized workers, more large cities, and stronger immigrant communities, thereby creating a more liberal political and cultural atmosphere in these states. A direct correlation exists between cosmopolitanism and Democratic voting patterns.

 

4.      Mobility. Middle to upper income persons have greater freedom and ability to choose where they will live and whom they will associate with. For instance, affluent persons with liberal social or cultural views tend to migrate towards urban enclaves such as Portland, Seattle, Madison, Minneapolis, San Francisco or Montgomery County, Maryland where such views are most prevalent. (Gelman, 2008, p. 22)

 

Political polarization in the United States occurs on two levels, the economic and the cultural. A divide exists not only between rich and poor, but between affluent Americans holding different cultural values.  Analysts differ as to the causes of this polarization. Political scientists Nolan McCarty, Keith Poole, and Howard Rosenthal attempt to explain contemporary American political polarization as an outgrowth of growing income inequality.  Between the 1920s and the mid-1970s, patterns of wealth distribution in the United States were comparable to those of other nations with relatively similar levels of

economic, industrial and technological development. However, economic inequality has grown immensely in the United States in the last thirty-five years, and at a much greater rate than what can be found in other comparable nations. McCarty, Poole and Rosenthal also point out that this wealth gap has appeared within the individual American states, and not among them. The growth of wealth inequality has transpired on a class rather than sectional basis. (McCarty, Poole, Rosenthal, 2008)

 

Since the mid-1970s, many of the more underdeveloped areas of the U.S. have improved their economic standing. Wealthy people in wealthy states have been have been getting rich at a quicker pace, while poor people in poor states have been rising out of poverty at a quicker pace. This is no doubt attributable to a variety of causes, including the growth of the industrial base of the so-called Sunbelt, the effects of tax cuts and deregulation policies implemented by several administrations, and the expansion of

the welfare state as a barrier to total poverty. Economic inequality has also grown in Democratic states and decreased in Republican ones. Concerning economic policies that primarily affect individuals, Republicans will generally favor the affluent while Democrats will favor the low-income. However, Gelman and associates point out that there is deviation from this pattern when it comes to policies that affect regions, states or local communities. In some instances, Democrats will favor more affluent communities while Republicans will favor poor localities. Gelman observes that “one might see certain

policy areas where Democratic officeholders, as friends of the rich areas, become friends of the rich people, for example, in supporting the federal tax deduction for state income tax (which benefits taxpayers, especially upper-income taxpayers, in New York and California).” (Gelman, 2008, pp. 61-62) Also, interstate social transfer payments are greater from Democratic states to Republican states rather than vice versa. The richest ten states receive only eighty cents in federal spending for every dollar paid in taxes while the poorest ten states receive $1.60. (Gelman, 2008, p. 62) The evidence indicates that while economic inequality is indeed growing, this expanding class divide is not expressed in regional divisions and cannot explain the conventional “red state/blue state” political

polarization.

 

 

The Voting Patterns

 

It has been mentioned that in the 2004 presidential election, the “rich people vote” (persons earning more than $200,000 a year) went overwhelmingly for the Republicans, with the votes of this group going to the Democrats in only four states. In the same election, the Democrats won the middle income vote (between $15,000 and $200,000) in California, Washington, Oregon, Michigan, Minnesota, Illinois and all of the northeastern states from Maryland upward. The Republicans won the “poor people” vote (less than

$15,000) only in Bush’s home state of Texas, Indiana, and the sparsely populated western states of Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska, Utah, Wyoming, Idaho and the Dakotas. 

 

It is much more striking to observe the voting patterns with regards to church

attendance. In the 2004 election the Republicans won the votes of those who attend church at least once a week in forty-eight of the fifty states! The Democrats won the votes of regular churchgoers only in Maryland and Massachusetts. Among semi-regular churchgoers, the Democrats won fourteen states: California, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Illinois, Arkansas, New York, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, Vermont, New Jersey, Delaware and Maryland. The Republicans won the

votes of non-churchgoers only in ten states: Texas, Idaho, Utah, South Dakota, Kentucky, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and South Carolina.

 

According to the World Values Survey, the United States is unique in that it is the only one of the world’s wealthier nations with a high level of religiosity. (Inglehart, 2005)) Some observers attribute this to the fact that many Americans are descended from immigrants who were often from the poorest and most religious sectors of the countries from where they came. The comparatively high level of economic inequality in the U.S. makes the nation more likely to display characteristics more common to poor countries

like a greater amount of religious practice or belief. Still another explanation is America’s tradition of separation of church and state. The lack of an established national church opens up the “religion market” to competition among a wide variety of denominations and sects that must rely on the voluntary participation and contributions of adherents in order to remain active. (Gelman, 2008, pp. 76-77)

           

It would certainly appear on the surface that the “red/blue divide” simply reflects the polarization between the religious and the non-religious and that this polarization is played out in terms of party loyalty and voting patterns.  The reputation of the Republican Party as the “Party of God” is a relatively new phenomenon. The identifiable pattern of religious people voting Republican by a significant margin did not appear until the 1992

presidential election when the incumbent George H. W. Bush obtained twenty percent greater support among those who church attendance was consistent than among those who were not regular church goers. (Gelman, 2008, p. 84) While Ronald Reagan received the enthusiastic support of the newly organized “religious right” in the 1980 and 1984 elections, the data shows that the impact of the religious vote in those two elections was actually less significant that it had been in the election between Gerald Ford and

Jimmy Carter in 1976 (Gelman, 2008, p. 86)

 

The overall level of religiosity in the United States has decreased significantly

since the early 1960s. The number of people who say they never or rarely attend church when responding to surveys has grown from only a few percent of Americans in 1960 to twenty-five to forty percent, with the variation being dependent on such factors as geography, class position and income levels. Additionally, American society has become more liberal with regards to a wide variety of issues including race relations, gender roles, sexuality, and abortion. This social liberalization has coincided with an increased

secularization of public educational institutions. Even some religious denominations have followed the wider trend of liberalization by, for instance, accepting women and gays into the ranks of the clergy. Not surprisingly, this process of greater liberalization and secularization of society at large and greater liberalization within religious institutions themselves has produced a conservative backlash. Religious conservatives have become more politically active since the 1970s, and some religious people with more traditional

views have sought out more conservative denominations in response to the increased liberalism of their former denomination. All of this is well-known.  It is also well-known that the “red states” tend on average to possess more devoutly religious people that the “blue states.”

 

However, there are problems with interpreting the “red/blue” conflict as purely religious in nature, though it may be tempting to do so from a surface look at the data. Class and geography are also important parts of the wider picture. For instance, lower-income people are much more likely to claim the importance of religion to their own lives, attend church, pray or engage in other religious practices regularly, or to describe themselves as “born-again” Christians.  The class division between the religious and the non-religious is also greatest outside the “Bible Belt” of the southern states. These are fairly predictable statistics.  What is more interesting is to observe the relationship

between income levels and church attendance within individual states. In the poor states,  the higher one’s income, the likelihood of regular church attendance increases. In the richer states, the higher one’s income, the less likely one will be to attend church regularly. In other words, in poor “red” states, more affluent people are more likely toattend church than poor people, but in the wealthier “blue” states it is the other way around. (Gelman, 2008, pp. 83-84)

 

With regards to denominational affiliation, mainline Protestants have traditionally tended to vote Republican, but these have started to move away from consistent support for the Republicans as the party’s conservative wing has become dominant and the older Rockefeller-Eisenhower Republicans have been eclipsed. Catholics have traditionally supported the Democratic Party, but the Catholic vote has been less consistently Democratic as the party has become more liberal on social questions such as abortion and

gay rights. Prior to the 1980s, “evangelical,” conservative, or fundamentalist Protestants were primarily a Democratic constituency. Yet the evangelical vote has shifted by a wide margin to the Republicans since the liberalization of the Democratic Party and the advent of the “religious right.” (Gelman, 2008, p. 86)

 

           

What Does the Data Mean?

 

The red state/blue state divide and the division between religious and non-

religious voters did not appear until 1992.  As Gelman, et.al. explain:

 

Part of the story is Bill Clinton, who repelled many religious conservatives who saw a connection between his adulterous lifestyle and his support for liberal social causes. (Reagan had been divorced, but that was long in the past, and he sided with the Religious Right on many issues.) There was also the growing strength of the evangelical movement as followers of Pat Robertson and other gained influence in state Republican parties…On the other side, Democrats became more committed to liberal positions on abortion and gay rights…With the closer alignment of moral issues to the political parties, voters have sorted themselves on these attitudes. (Gelman, 2008, p. 87-88)

 

 

Within this political framework and alignment of political parties with particular social causes and sets of cultural values, a voter who is both affluent and religious will unsurprisingly vote for the Republicans. A voter who is poor and religious could vote either Democratic or Republican. The data also shows that wealthy, non-religious people are about evenly divided between the two parties. In other words, support for the Republicans comes primarily from middle to upper class people who are also religious. Support for the Democrats comes from the non-religious and lower-class religious people. Contra the Marxist view of religion as the “opium of the masses” whereby the

working classes are distracted from pursuing their material interests because of religious or cultural values or biases, the evidence indicates that it is the affluent whose politics  are most influenced by their cultural norms. Gelman, Park, Shor, Bafumi and Cortina offer this assessment of their research:

 

Voters consider cultural issues to be more important as they become more financially secure. From this perspective it makes perfect sense that politics is more about economics in poor states  and more about culture in rich states. And it also makes sense that, among low-income voters, political attitudes are not much different in red or blue states, whereas the cultural divide of the two Americas looms larger at high incomes. For predicting your vote, we suspect that it’s not so important whether you buy life’s necessities at Wal-Mart or the corner grocery, but that it might be more telling if you spend your extra income on auto-racing tickets or on a daily gourmet coffee. We can understand differences between red and blue America in terms of cultural values of upper-middle-class and rich voters. Religious attendance is associated with Republican vote most strongly among high income residents of all states. This does not mean that lower-income Americans all vote the same way-far from it-but the differences in how they vote appear to depend less on religious values. (Gelman, 2008, pp. 89-92)

 

As an illustration, the data from the 2004 election demonstrates that the relationship between income and church attendance was a predictable indicator of how one would vote in heavily Democratic states, heavily Republican states and “battleground” states alike. In all three types of states, high income persons who attend church were likely to vote Republican, while in strongly Democratic states there was no demonstrable relationship between income and voting patterns.

 

 

Why Is the South Different?

 

The Southern states present two distinct anomalies. The first of these is Bartels observation that it is only in the South that the phenomenon of white voters lacking college education voting Republican emerges. (Bartels, 2006) Even so, it has been established that lower-income voters in the South overwhelmingly vote Democratic. What makes the South distinct is the proportionately high number of blue-collar whites who vote Republican, generally lower-middle class persons with annual earnings in the

$20,000-$40,000 range. Even more interesting is that prior to the civil rights revolution of the 1960s and 1970s, the Democratic Party was so deeply entrenched and institutionalized in the South that the Southern states essentially comprised a one-party region. Indeed, the South was known as the “Solid South” in national electoral politics because the region’s Democratic loyalties were so predictable. It was not until the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the subsequent Voting Rights Act that white

voters in the South began to drift towards the Republicans. These pieces of legislation had been passed by a Democratic-controlled Congress and signed into law by the Democratic President Lyndon B. Johnson. (Lamis, 2005)

 

This explains the shift of the South to the Republicans generally but what about working class whites in the South? It was this class of whites that proved to be the most resistant to civil rights in the South. Upper-income whites were more accommodating to the institutionalization of civil rights, as it was these whites who stood to gain the most from the economic transformation of the South during the postwar era from a predominately agricultural society to a modern industrial society, which necessitated at

least some degree of social modernization as well. Furthermore, upper-income whites were more able to insulate themselves from the perceived “negative” effects of civil rights, such as racially integrated public spaces and institutions (schools, parks, pools, golf courses, theaters, etc.) Many of these whites simply formed private schools and recreational associations for themselves that remained de facto segregated, and often resided in neighborhoods where the price of housing was cost prohibitive for blacks. In

other words, upper class whites could enjoy the economic and political benefits of public desegregation while essentially retaining segregation for themselves on a private basis.

 

This was not true of the white working class. Urban working class whites

whose resistance to desegregation failed would then relocate to racially homogenous white neighborhoods in suburban areas outside of cities. Hence, the well-known pattern of “white flight.” These patterns of a shift from public segregation to private segregation by upper-income whites and white flight by working class whites tended to push Southern whites in general towards fiscal conservatism. Simply put, these whites did not want to pay taxes to support public institutions and facilities that they regarded as having been “handed over” to blacks. (Kruse, 2005) Consequently, fiscal and economic conservatives associated with the Republican Party in the Northern states began to regard de jure or de facto “racial conservatives” in the South as their natural allies and the two forces began to bend towards one another. (Lewis, 2006) Over time, the openly racial dimension of this phenomenon would fade into a middle-class oriented fiscal conservatism that emphasized “color blindness.” It would be an overstatement to claim that contemporary working class Southern whites who vote Republican in the name of fiscal and economic conservatism are simply closet racists who hide their real views

behind something more socially acceptable. Indeed, many of them may well be unaware of the origins of this particular brand of conservatism, and some of these contemporary Southern white conservative Republicans are transplanted Northerners (or their descendents) who had little or no personal exposure to the old system of segregation, but the roots of contemporary Southern white working class political conservatism in resistance to civil rights is a demonstrable fact. (Lassiter, 2004; Hall, 2005)

 

The other anomaly to be found in the South is the greater attachment of upper-income persons to organized religion over lower-income persons. This phenomenon defies the usual pattern not only in the United States, but world wide. In most societies, the higher one’s class position, the less likely one will be to practice formal religion. The American South reverses this pattern. Thus far, it does not appear that enough research has been done on this situation to make a thorough understanding of its origins or causes available. One possibility may be the fact that the South was for all practical purposes a

feudal society with a rigid racial caste system and a primarily agrarian economy until the post-World War Two era. The use of religion as a means of social control by the traditional Southern white ruling class is well-known. For instance, each of the major U.S. Protestant denominations split into northern and southern factions over the issue of slavery prior to the Civil War. Hence, the existence of such contemporary denominations as the Southern Baptists and Southern Methodists. White fundamentalist preachers were

often defenders of the segregationist status quo during the civil rights era as well.

 

If indeed religion was used as a force for social control, it is understandable that a tradition of greater than usual attachment to religious institutions would develop among privileged Southern whites. Likewise, it would certainly be understandable that lower-class persons would experience greater alienation from religious institutions in such a situation, leading to an inversion of the usual norm where it is the lower classes that are more religiously devout than the upper classes. Similar situations have emerged in other nations. For instance, the radical labor and peasant movements in Spain during the pre-

Franco years included many otherwise culturally conservative persons who developed a militant anti-clericalism in response to the role of the Catholic Church in Spain as accomplices to a highly oppressive ruling class. (Bookchin, 2001)

 

The American South displays characteristics concerning the relationship between personal religiosity, class position and political affiliation that are in some ways similar to what is often found in Latin American countries. The American South is also more similar in its history to Latin America than other regions of North America. Both the South and most of Latin America have a feudal or quasi-feudal past as agrarian societies with a rigid class structure with organized religious institutions being very much on the side of the ruling class. In Latin America, the lower-classes tend to be very religious on a

personal level, while formal displays of religious piety through such things as regular church attendance are more common to the middle classes. The upper layers of the Church hierarchy in Latin America tend to be very conservative. Voting patterns in Latin American countries are such that the lower classes typically vote for the Left, while the middle classes will vote for the center-right Christian Democratic parties, and the upper classes will vote for the “hard Right.” (Yglesias, 2007) This fairly closely mirrors class voting patterns in the southern states in the U.S.  It is also true that evangelical religion in Latin America takes on different forms depending on the class position of the participants. Middle to upper class Latin American evangelicals will often

espouse social or political views similar to those of the U.S. “Religious Right.” The Guatemalan dictator Rios Montt was an example of this. On the other hand, lower class evangelicalism in Latin America tends to take on a “social gospel” flavor much like African-American religion in America or past expressions of left-wing evangelicalism that emerged in American populism during the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. (Freston, 2008) The American South and Latin America are similar to one another in unique ways in that both regions have both a fairly recent quasi-feudal, agrarian past and democratic governments. This would set both regions apart from the rest of North America, Europe, Asia, Africa or the Middle East. There appears to be unique and similar dynamics working in both regions that give these two regions characteristics that are difficult to find elsewhere.

 

 

The Big Sort

 

Still another factor affecting voting patterns in American elections is what author Bill Bishop has called “The Big Sort.” This is a phenomenon where persons with the financial means of doing so will relocate to a neighborhood, community or even a state that is more compatible with their cultural interests. This creates a system of cultural self-segregation among middle to upper income Americans.(Bishop, 2008) To demonstrate his argument, Bishop acknowledges that in the 1976 Ford-Carter election, the number of counties in the United States where either candidate won by a landslide (a margin of

twenty percentage points or greater) was significantly fewer in number than the number of counties where victory was determined by a landslide in the Bush-Kerry election of 2004. Bishop also describes his experience of living in a liberal enclave in the Austin, Texas area:

 

My wife and I…didn’t intend to move into a community filled with Democrats, but that’s what we did-effortlessly and without a trace of understanding about what we were doing…In 2000, George W. Bush…took sixty percent of the state’s vote. But in our patch of Austin, Bush came in third, behind both Al Gore and Ralph Nader. Four years later, eight out of ten of our neighbors voted for John Kerry. (Bishop, 2008, p. 1)

 

Like other observers of these issues, Bishop traces the beginnings of the “big sort” to the cultural revolution of the 1960s and 1970s and the subsequent backlash from social conservatives and religious traditionalists. However, Bishop maintains that the sorting process really did not begin to manifest itself until the 1990s. During that decade, the baby boom generation, the first to be heavily influenced by the 1960s-era “cultural revolution,” entered middle age. The economic expansion of the 1990s and the growth of the educated population converged to create a situation where large numbers of persons

existed who possessed a combination of affluence, education and a relatively liberal social outlook. Consequently, both middle aged baby boomers and their younger, “Generation X” cohorts began to congregate in urban centers “where they would not be bound by old ideas or tight social ties.” (Bishop, 2008, p. 144)

 

It is also important to recognize that the “big sort” occurs primarily at the level of local communities, and sometimes individual neighborhoods, rather than at the state level.  John Tierney observes that in the 2000 presidential election, George W. Bush received the smallest numbers of votes in the states of Maryland, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New York and Hawaii. However, all of these states had Republican governors at the time. Tierney believes such patterns indicate that the “red state/blue state” divide is a myth, and that most Americans are centrists. (Tierney, 2005) Jonathan Kandel observes that in the 2000 election, there were only five red states

(Wyoming, North Dakota, Utah, Nebraska and Idaho) and one blue state (Rhode Island) where the candidate of either party won by more than sixty percent. Kandel also observes that of the eleven states that passed initiatives prohibiting same-sex marriage in 2004, two of these states (Oregon and Michigan) went for the Democrats in the presidential election, and many others were competitive in that neither party won the presidency by more than sixty percent. (Kandel, 2006)

 

Bruce Oppenheimer argues that the division between red and blue states

represents divisions between Congressional districts rather than states, and he attributes this to partisan redistricting, which groups together voters with similar views and partisan sympathies and has the effect of creating “safe” districts for incumbents or their parties. (Oppenheimer, 2005) Yet the most compelling evidence is that offered by Bishop. According to Bishop, in 1976 only twenty-six percent of Americans lived in what he calls “landslide counties” where the presidential vote is determined by more than a sixty

percent total for the winner. By 1992, the year that Gelman and associates consider to be the starting point for the “red/blue” divide, thirty-eight percent of voters resided in landslide counties. That percentage increased with each subsequent presidential election, and by 2004, forty-eight percent of Americans were living in landslide counties. (Bishop, 2008, pp. 9-10)

 

 

 

The 2008 Presidential Election

 

Bishop has updated his research to include the 2008 presidential election.  In

2008, the number of Americans living in landslide counties was the same as in 2004: forty-eight percent. This division has tilted strongly towards the Democrats. In 2004, 94 million lived in Democratic landslide counties, while in 2008 it was only 64 million. In 2008, 53 million Americans were in Republican landslide counties, while in 2004 it had been 83 million. Among states, the average winning margin was seventeen percent, as opposed to sixteen percent in 2004, fifteen percent in 2000, and ten percent in 1976. The

number of landslide states increased to thirty-six from twenty-nine in 2004. The number of states where the election was decided by five or less percentage points was down to seven, from eleven in 2004. Barack Obama won forty-three percent of the rural vote, up from Kerry’s forty percent in 2004, and fifty-seven percent of the urban vote, up from Kerry’s fifty-one percent.  Bishop attributes Obama’s greater vote totals in rural America

over Kerry to the success of his strategy of targeting college towns within rural areas. Also, the 2008 election demonstrated strong divisions among racial and ethnic groups. In those counties where Obama won by a landslide, only 1.3 whites can be found for every minority. Yet in McCain-landslide counties, there are five whites for every minority. (Bishop, 2008)

 

 

The Future

 

The most striking feature of the 2008 election is the fact that while the number of landslide counties remained the same, on a partisan basis the number of persons living in a landslide county increased by a third for Democrats and decreased by about the same amount for Republicans. Bishop attributes this to a higher out-migration rate among Democrats, who relocate to traditionally “red” areas but bring “blue” values with them, and consequently influence voting patterns in their new localities accordingly. (Bishop, 2008) However, such a shift in a four year period might also be attributed to much more far reaching demographic, cultural and generational change. In 1997, the conservative writer Peter Brimelow made this prediction:

 

The Republican hour is rapidly drawing to a close. Not because the (Republican base) of the West and the South, of the middle class and urban blue-collar voters, is breaking up in the traditional manner. Instead, it is being drowned—as a direct result of the 1965 Immigration Act…Nine-tenths of the immigrant influx is from groups with significant—sometimes overwhelming—Democratic propensities. After thirty years, their numbers are reaching critical mass. And there is no end in sight.

To estimate the future impact of Immigration, we took the 1988 presidential race, in which George Bush beat Michael Dukakis with 53 per cent of the vote. This figure happens also to be the average vote received by the Republicans in presidential elections since 1968—the largest advantage won by any party over any six elections in American history. And it is the vote received by Republicans in 1994, when they took control of the Senate and House. It can reasonably be regarded as the Republican high-water mark.

Then we lowered this high-water mark by accounting for the shifting ethnic balance that the Census projects will result from immigration, assuming that the ethnic groups continued to vote as they did in 1988. The results are startling…Even if the Republicans can again win their 1988 level of support in each ethnic group—which they have miserably failed to do against Bill Clinton—they have at most two presidential cycles left. Then they go inexorably into minority status, beginning in 2008. (Brimelow, 1997)

 

 

Subsequent events since the publication of Brimelow’s article in 1997 would seem to vindicate his prognosis. Another work making a similar prediction was published by two writers associated with The New Republic in 2002. In their The Emerging Democratic Majority, authors John P. Judis and Ruy Teixeira predicted the rise of a new electoral majority rooted in educated urban professionals, racial and ethnic minorities, feminists and educated working women, college students, environmentalists, secularists, gays and

lesbians. Judis and Teixeira refer to this phenomenon as “George McGovern’s Revenge” as these were largely the groups that comprised the 1972 McGovern coalition that lost in a landslide to President Nixon.

 

However, there is another constituent group among Judis and Teixeira’s predicted Democratic majority: the white working class. Observing how the Democratic Party lost substantial numbers of blue collar white voters during the post-civil rights era over race issues, foreign policy, crime, the rise of the counterculture and the conservative religious backlash, gun control and the economic downturn of the 1970s, Judis and Teixeira argued that these voters began to return to the Democrats because of the recession that occurred

in the early 1990s during the administration of President George H.W. Bush. In other words, blue collar whites were returning to the Democrats at precisely the same time as the emergence of the red state/blue state electoral divide. President Reagan won the votes of unionized white workers in 1980 and 1984. George H. W. Bush lost these voters by four percentage points in 1988. Clinton won the white unionized worker vote by an average of twenty-three percentage points in 1992 and 1996. Yet, it is during these years

that the current electoral divide emerges, so clearly the conventional view offered by Thomas Frank and others of “working class Republicans versus upper class Democrats” is false and likely rooted in outdated stereotypes left over from the Nixon and Reagan eras.  Indeed, Judis and Teixeira point out that the composition of the “white working class” has changed significantly, with nearly fifty percent of white workers being women by 2000, and a significant number of younger, urban white workers with relatively liberal

views on social issues like abortion, the environment or gay rights. Like Brimelow, Judis and Teixeira predicted that 2008 would be the year that the new Democratic majority eventually became dominant. (Judis and Teixeira, 2002, p. 14, 37-66)

 

Gelman and associates demonstrate rather clearly that the primary driving force in the red state/blue state “culture war” is religion. The primary indicator of whether a middle class person will vote Democratic or Republican is whether they attend church regularly or not. According to the American Religious Identification Survey, nearly all American religious denominations have lost members over the last twenty years. Catholics and Baptists, the two largest denominations, lost one and four percent of their membership, respectively. The number of people claiming the generic label of “Christian” has dropped by half a percentage point. Mainline Protestant denominations

have lost nearly a third of their membership since 1990. Persons claiming no religion at all and persons with agnostic views of religion have both doubled in the past twenty years, and collectively, skeptics, atheists, agnostics and other unbelievers are the single largest religious group in the U.S. at twenty percent, except for Catholics with twenty-five percent.

 

Adherents of the Jewish religion have decreased by one third. Fringe

Protestant denominations like the Pentecostals, Mormons, Jehovah’s Witnesses or Seventh Day Adventists have either remained the same numerically or increased slightly, but these are still very small when compared to American society as a whole. The only religions that have experienced real growth in the past twenty years have been those from outside traditional American culture. The number of U.S. Muslims and adherents of

“Eastern” religions like Buddhism or Hinduism have doubled, largely due to

immigration, and adherents of so-called “new age” spiritualities, neo-paganism, and Wicca have grown by one third. (Grossman, 2009)

 

 

Summary and Conclusion

 

It has been demonstrated that the popular view of the red-state/blue-state “culture war” divide as one pitting working class conservatives against affluent liberals is false. This view is rooted in archaic stereotypes that have not been especially relevant to U.S. electoral politics since the “red-state/blue-state” dichotomy has emerged. Specifically, the defection of white working class voters to the Republicans in the 1970s and 1980s has since reversed itself. The only region of the United States where the blue collar class votes Republican in any significant numbers is in the South, and this is due to that

region’s unique history in matters of race, religion and economics. The present-day red-state/blue-state divide first begins to appear on the electoral map in the 1992 presidential election, precisely the time that blue collar whites were returning to the Democrats.

 

Nor is this divide a matter of “rich versus poor.” The United States is indeed

polarized along class lines, but this economic polarization takes places on a national rather than sectional basis. As the overall pattern of wealth and income distribution in the U.S. has become more uneven in recent decades, support for the Democratic Party among working class voters has actually increased. Instead, the “red/blue” conflict represents an intra-class conflict within the middle class, primarily the upper middle class, with middle

class voters in wealthy states being more culturally liberal than their counterparts in poorer states. The driving force behind this middle class culture war is religion, with church attendance being the primary indication of how a middle class person will vote.  Geographically, this cultural polarization transpires more at the local community level rather than at the state level, pitting rural versus urban areas and conservative neighborhoods against liberal ones, though differences among states are not insignificant.

 

The most compelling piece of evidence to support the argument that the

“red/blue” conflict represents an intra-class divide within the affluent middle-class is the fact that electoral maps show that the “poor vote” overwhelmingly goes to Democrats while the “rich vote” overwhelmingly goes to Republicans, and the middle-class vote breaks down geographically on the standard “red/blue” pattern. This divide plays out on a geographical basis to the degree that it does because of the effects of Bill Bishop’s “Big Sort” whereby middle class persons possess the means of self-segregation along cultural,

religious and ideological lines, and this system of self-segregation occurs primarily on a local rather than state level. The evidence to support this localized geographical divide consists primarily of the wide margins by which a political party will often win in a specific locality. In each of the last two presidential elections, one of the parties beat the other by a margin of more than twenty percentage points in forty-eight percent of all American counties. The gaps at the state level tend to be smaller. In the 2008 election, the

overall pattern of “red/blue” division among middle and upper-middle income voters continued. The number of “blue” states increased, while the number of counties exhibiting an electoral polarization wider than twenty percentage points remained the same. This is apparently due to two principal factors: a greater out-migration rate from blue areas to red areas rather than vice versa, and demographic, cultural and generational change that indicates the population groups that are inclined to vote Republican are shrinking, while those inclined to vote Democratic are increasing.

 

Furthermore, it can be predicted with relative safety that, barring completely

unforeseen circumstances, the “liberal” side will be the winning side in the “culture war” and the Democratic Party will likely be the dominant party in U.S. politics for the foreseeable future. This is due to a combination of the aforementioned generational, cultural and demographic changes, large scale immigration, economic downturn, an increased number of educated urban professionals, changing gender roles that include expanding roles for women, and declining interest in traditional religious beliefs, practices or denominational affiliation.  This does not mean that “social conservatives” or

the Republican Party will disappear, far from it, but it does mean that the political Right is less likely to be as influential in the foreseeable future as it has been in the recent past.

 

 

Bibliography:

 

 

Abramowitz, Alan and Kyle L. Saunders (2005). Why We Can’t We All Just Get Along?: The Reality of a Polarized America. The Forum, Berkeley Electronic Press.

 

Bartels, Larry M. (2008). Unequal Democracy: The Political Economy of the New Gilded Age. Princeton University Press.

 

Bartels, Larry M. (2006). “What’s the Matter with What’s the Matter with Kansas?” Journal of Political Science Quarterly, 2006, 1, 201-226.

 

Bill Bishop, (2008). No, We Didn’t: America Hasn’t Changed As Much as Tuesday’s Results Would Indicate. Salon, November 10, 2008.

 

Bishop, Bill and Robert G. Cushing (2008). The Big Sort: Why the Clustering of Like-Minded America is Tearing Us Apart. Boston, New York: Houghton Mifflin Company.

 

Bookchin, Murray (2001). The Spanish Anarchists: The Heroic Years, 1868-1936. London: AK Press.

 

Brimelow, Peter and Edward S. Rubenstein (1997). Electing a New People. National Review, June 16, 1997.

 

Brooks, David (2001). One Nation, Slightly Divisible. The Atlantic Monthly, December 2001.

 

Fiorina, Morris P. with Samuel J. Abrams and Jeremy C. Pope. (2004). Culture War? The Myth of a Polarized America. Longman.

 

Florida, Richard (2002). The Rise of the Creative Class, And How It’s Transforming Work, Leisure and Everyday Life. Basic Books.

 

Frank, Thomas (2004). What’s the Matter with Kansas: How Conservatives Won the Heart of America. New York: Metropolitan Books.

 

Freston, Paul (2008). Evangelical Christianity and Democracy in Latin America. Oxford University Press.

 

Gelman, Andrew and David Park, Boris Shor, Joseph Bafumi, Jeronimo Cortina (2008). Red State, Blue State, Rich State, Poor State. Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University Press.

 

Grossman, Cathy Lynn (2009). Most Religious Groups in USA Have Lost Ground, Survey Finds. USA Today, March 17, 2009.

 

Hall, Jacquelyn Dowd (2005). The Long Civil Rights Movement and the Political Uses of the Past. Journal of American History 91: 1233-1263

 

Hunter, James Davison (2005). Culture Wars: The Struggle to Define America. Making Sense of the Battles Over the Family, Art, Education, Law and Politics. Second Edition. Basic Books.

 

Inglehart, Ronald and Pippa Norris (2005). Sacred and Secular: Religion and Politics Worldwide. Cambridge University Press.

 

Judis, John and Ruy Teixeira (2002). The Emerging Democratic Majority. New York: Scribner.

 

Kandel, Jonathan (2006). The Myth of the Red State/Blue State Divide. Archived at http://www.politicsandgovernment.ilstu.edu/downloads/icsps_papers/2006/JonathanKandel1.pdf.

 

Kimball, David C. and Cassie A. Gross (2005). “The Growing Polarization of American Voters,” Presented at The State of the Parties: 2004 and Beyond conference, Akron, OH, October 6, 2005.

 

Kruse, Kevin M. (2005, July). The Politics of Race and Public Space: Desegregation, Privatization, and the Tax Revolt in Atlanta. Journal of Urban History: 610-633

 

Lamis, Alexander (2005). The Emergence of a Two-Party System: Southern Politics in the Twentieth Century. The American South in the Twentieth Century. Athens: University of Georgia Press.

 

Lassiter, Matthew D. (2004). The Suburban Origins of “Color-Blind” Conservatism: Middle-Class Consciousness in the Charlotte Busing Crisis. Journal of Urban History 30: 549-582

 

Lewis, George (2006, February). Virginia’s Northern Strategy: Southern Segregationists and the Route to National Conservatism.  Journal of Southern History, 72:111-146.

 

McCarty, Nolan with Keith Poole and Howard Rosenthal (2006). Polarized America: The Dance of Ideology and Unequal Riches. Boston: MIT Press.

 

Oppenheimer, Bruce (2005). Deep Red and Blue Congressional Districts: The Causes and Consequences of Declining Party Competitiveness. In Larry Dodd (Ed.), Congress Reconsidered, 8th edition. Washington, D.C.: CQ Press.

 

Stonecash, Jeffrey (2005). Scaring the Democrats: What’s the Matter with Thomas Frank’s Argument? The Forum: A Journal of Applied Research in Contemporary Politics, Vol. 3, No. 3, 2005.

 

Tierney, John. (2004). A Nation Divided? Who Says?. The Nation: On Message, June 13, 2004. Sec. 4, Col. 1.

 

Yglesias, Matthew (2007). Religion and Income. The Atlantic. November 11, 2007.

 

Copyright 2009. Keith Preston. All rights reserved. 

 

                                      

Property and Freedom Society Conference in Bodrum, Turkey

category Uncategorized keith Monday 1 June 2009

Dr. Hans-Hermann Hoppe’s Property and Freedom Society held its annual conference in Bodrum, Turkey on May 21-25. The Property and Freedom Society is arguably the most radical gathering of anti-state scholars and intellectuals anywhere in the world, as an examination of their program will indicate. Dr. Hoppe’s introductory remarks are currently available here. The text of a paper presented by Dr. Sean Gabb of the U.K.’s Libertarian Alliance is also available. If any Attack the System readers were present at this conference and wish to submit a review, summary or critique of the event, please contact me here .

Shrinking the Prison System

category Uncategorized keith Monday 1 June 2009

TGGP of the “Entitled to an Opinion” blog has an interesting post up on the prison-industrial complex, and he’s asked for some of my views on how to shrink the prison system in the near term. I have an extended essay on dealing with crime in a stateless social order, but obviously something like that is a good ways off, if it ever comes at all. In the meantime, what can be done to alter incarceration rates in the U.S.?

This is a serious matter, given that while the U.S. has only five percent of the world’s population, it has twenty five percent of the world’s prisoners. There can be only two possible explanations for this situation; either Americans are uniquely criminally inclined (a possibility that cannot automatically be ruled out, remember that Americans were the first to invent and use nuclear weapons), or American society suffers from gross overcriminalization.

When addressing the question of rates of imprisonment, the first question that ought to be asked is: What are the actual justifications for putting people in prison? The standard justifications are deterrence, or creating the threat of prison as an incentive for individuals to abstain from criminality; incapacitation, or restraining an individual so that they are incapable of committing more crimes, at least more crimes against the public at-large; retribution, or giving an individual their “just deserts” for past criminal behavior; and, lastly, rehabilitation, or re-training an individual to avoid criminality in the future.

Certainly, there are some crimes that are severe enough to justify removing an individual from society-at-large, for instance, heads of state that initiate aggressive war under false pretenses. Most people recognize that murder, maiming, robbery, rape, arson, kidnapping, home burglary and other comparable offenses justify segregating an individual from others. In my view, the primary justification for such segregation is not that criminals are “immoral” in some abstract sense, but simply on the pragmatic grounds that such people are immediately dangerous to other people. Virtually all states, even the most ruthlessly totalitarian ones, maintain prohibitions of private criminality of this type.  However, it is also true that states first and foremost use their monopoly over law and violence to uphold and enforce the ideological superstructure of the state. For example, in a theocratic society, ordinary criminal offenses of the common type are joined together with blasphemy, heresy, sacrilege, apostasy, etc. as offenses against the state.  Likewise, in an overtly totalitarian state, ideological and political offenses are treated in the same manner as common crimes and political dissidents are often regarded as being on par with common thieves and robbers.

While “liberal democracy” and state-capitalism of the kind that exists in the industrialized countries is often considered synonymous with “freedom,” the reality is that these states are no less ideological than their theocratic or totalitarian counterparts. Dr. Thomas Szasz has argued that just as medieval Christian or contemporary Islamic states are theocratic in nature, so are contemporary liberal states are “therapeutic” in nature. By the standards of the laws of the therapeutic state, the most egregious offense against the state is the use of psychoactive drugs outside the approval of the “white coat priesthood” or the medical-industrial-complex. Consequently, the annual number of arrests for marijuana offenses is greater than the number of arrests for all violent crimes combined.

It would seem that the first order of business in reducing rates of imprisonment would be drug decriminalization along the lines of the Portuguese model that Glenn Greenwald discusses here. Similar decriminalization might also be applied to other “consensual crimes.” Still another measure might be to pursue alternative means of handling crimes of lesser severity. While most people agree that carjackers, holdup men, rapists, child molesters, and home burglars are necessarily incarcerated, can the same really be said of shoplifters, persons convicted of traffic offenses like driving without a permit, tax evaders, check forgers, larceny of relatively small amounts of money or property, vagrants, embezzlers and trespassers? Are such people really dangerous enough to warrant keeping them under lock and key 24/7?  Could not such matters be handled in the same manner as civil offenses like those involving liability or default on incurred debts? It might also be a good idea to stop incarcerating people for self-defense, whether against ordinary criminals or against PIGS.

Beyond that, however, is the need for a total re-thinking of how so-called “criminal justice” is actually done. Paul Craig Roberts has written extensively on the sham that the police state, prison-industrial complex and legal racket have become. This is an issue where both “law and order” conservatives and left-liberals miss the boat. Conservatives idealize agents of  the “criminal justice system” as real-life Batmans who are only out to defend innocent crime victims, with no self-interest or ulterior motives of their own. The Left views the “criminal justice system” merely as a tool of racist, classist, sexist, fascist, et.al oppression, ignoring the fact that statist oppression transcends boundaries of race, class, religion and culture. This is what I have written concerning the issues of crime and statism elsewhere:

On crime, I propose the following approach: We should be tough on crime, but equally tough on cops, courts and laws. On the issues of legal restrictions on the investigative and arrest powers of the police, the powers of the courts to prosecute the accused and impose sentences, and the powers of penal institutions to hold incarcerated persons and the conditions they are held under, we should take positions as “liberal” as those of the ACLU, the National Lawyers Guild and beyond. However, when it comes to the right of private citizens to keep and bear arms, to use them in defense against criminals and to form private organizations (neighborhood watches, militias, posses, private security guard services, vigilance committees and common law courts) for the purpose of mutual self-protection against crime (including government crime), we should take positions as “conservative” as the Gun Owners of America, the Michigan Militia and beyond.

And on the prison-industrial complex:

It is well-known that the United States maintains the world’s largest prison population. More than one quarter of all the world’s prisoners reside in US prisons. A grossly disproportionate number of these are blacks or other minorities. A comprehensive amnesty program is essential to any serious effort to dismantle the US Leviathan state. As a model for amnesty, we might look to that implemented by Saddam Hussein, President of Iraq, prior to the commencement of the current war. Most prisoners were given full amnesty, foreign spies excepted. Thieves were pardoned on the condition of victim restitution. Even violent criminals had their sentences communted if the victim or the victim’s mother agreed to a pardon. If this was good enough for Saddam Hussein, it ought to be good enough for anti-state radicals in North America. Under such a general amnesty, the only remaining prisoners would be those who refused to compensate victims or whose crimes were serious enough to discourage the victim from granting a pardon. The rest of the prison population, from tax evaders to drug vendors to owners of “illegal” firearms to those convicted of violations of arcane regulatory statutes, would simply be cleared out. Likewise, those imprisoned for self-defense, whether against common criminals or the government (for example, Leonard Peltier, the surviving Branch Davidians or those resisting “no-knock” raids) should also be granted amnesty. Additionally, panels of legal experts should be commissioned to review the cases of those convicted of even the most serious crimes. Given the notorious incompetence of the US legal system, it is likely a significant number of these are innocent.

Updated News Digest June 7, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Friday 5 June 2009

Quote of the Week:

“We can tolerate intolerance and we can tolerate intolerance of intolerance.”  -TGGP

“Avrich does not shy away from controversy in his books, treating the anarchist acts of violence honestly and in the context of the time. He does not condone the violence of Berkman, but says he still admires his decision, considering how brutal Frick acted toward striking workers. But Avrich does not have the same patience for some contemporary anarchists, who choose to destroy property and who, he says, come mainly from educated and middle-class backgrounds. “I’m not so crazy about anarchists these days,” he says. Anarchism means that you leave other people alone and you don’t force people to do anything.” He says he is sad that the old-timers are not around to guide the resurgent movement. “They were nicer people –much nicer people.”    

                                  -Susan Phillips on the late anarchist historian, Paul Avrich

“We have lost the battle for our country. This does not necessarily mean we have lost the war. There is a chance—however remote—that we can overturn the existing order of things. All we must do is genuinely want to be a free people again, living in an independent country. On this definition, our allies can be everywhere. They can have nipple rings or green hair. They can be homosexuals or transsexuals or drug users. They can want to live in racially exclusive enclaves. They can be Catholics or Moslems or atheists. Whoever wants to be left alone in his own life, and whoever wants this country to be governed from within this country, is a conservative for the present century. Whoever will raise a finger towards this object I will count among my friends.”

                                                                                                         -Dr. Sean Gabb

 

On Revolutionary Discipline by Nestor Makhno

As the Dollar Falls Off the Cliff… by Paul Craig Roberts

The Empire’s Aggressions by Karen Kwiatkowski

U.S. Inflation to Approach Zimbabwe Level  by Chen Shiyin and Bernard Lo

World War Two Was an Unnecessary War by Laurence Vance

Frail, Cowardly Winston Saved Us by Robert Harris

Don’t Commit Acts of War Against North Korea by Eric Margolis

Stop Letting Cheney Frame the Torture Debate by William S. Lind

Obama’s Speech by Paul Craig Roberts

War With Iran: Has It Already Begun? by Justin Raimondo

Obama: Low Words, High Truths by Alexander Cockburn

Essay on Kropotkin and Qadhafi by Said Gafourov

The War Party Returns by Justin Raimondo

Is the GOP Dead? discussion with Jack Hunter, Richard Spencer and James Antle

Obama in Cairo: Words, Words, Words by Justin Raimondo

Is Peak Oil the Solution to Global Warming? by Kevin Carson

The New Totalitarianism by Larry Gambone

The Iranian “Threat” by William Blum

The Silencing of Political Prisoners Will Potter interviewed by Scott Horton

Homeless Under Attack in L.A. by Christopher Goffard and Corina Knoll

Neocons for Ahmadinejad by Daniel Luban

Armed and Free by Charley Reese

Pot Home Invasions: Bud and Blow Torches by Tim Stelloh

The Health Plan’s Devilish Principles by Murray Rothbard

The Future of Israel and the Decline of the American Empire by Arno J. Mayer

The Netherlands is Closing Prisons

War Is Sin by Chris Hedges

Roger Waters vs Zionism

Fail, Fail, Fail, Fail  by Lew Rockwell

Life in Gaza by Jordan Flaherty

Why I Chose Streets Over Shelter by Shannon Moriarty

Is Interracial Marriage Legal? by Gavin McInnes

Yea, I’m Declared a Commie Again by Francois Tremblay

Is America Unconservative? by E. Christian Kopff

PIG Goes on Trial for Murder

But You Didn’t Even Give Obama’s Perestroika a Chance! from Social Memory Complex

America’s Descent Into Marxism by Stanislav Mishin

The Myth of the Rule of Law by John Hasnas

What Do White Nationalists Want? by Jared Taylor

Public Education’s Role in Sprawl and Exclusion by Murray Rothbard

The Quota Queen by Pat Buchanan

The Fiscal Crisis of the State from Stumbling and Mumbling

Race, Christianity and Anarcho-Capitalism by Paul Gottfried

PC Thugs Go to Court  by Harrison Bergeron 2

Liberals and Illiberals by Grant Havers

Putting Manners on the Police from Infoshop.Org

Did George Tiller Deserve to Die? by Richard Spencer

Obama and Israel’s Nuclear Arsenal by Gideon Spiro

White Nationalism and White People by Richard Spencer

U.S.-Cuba Policy: Still Stuck in the Past by Roger Burbach

The Trouble With Sonia by Jack Hunter

The Sotomayor Scandal: What Does It Mean for America? by Steve Sailer

Nixon’s Revenge by TGGP

The Economic Impact of Immigration by Peter Brimelow

Defending the Undefendable: Michael Vick by Todd Steinberg

The Gun Industry is Booming-Thank God! by Louis Navellier

Agriculture is the Future by Gary Whit

Yet Another Reason to Secede by Stewart Doan

Whence the Terror Hysteria? Follow the Money by Philip Giraldi

At War with the U.S. Drug War by Jeremy Hainworth

Empire of Dread by Alan Bock

Reagan Did What? by William Anderson

Obama Must Wholly Reject Bush’s Dictator Policies by Matt Taibbi

Governments Are the Villians by Robert Higgs

Loving Freedom While Destroying It by Jacob Hornberger

Zoning: This Ain’t No Roadside Picnic by Ray Mangum

The U.S. Fascist Revolution by Fred Reed

Most Arabs Know Obama’s Speech Will Make Little Difference by Robert Fisk

The Rape of Gaza by Roane Carey

Israel Lobby Challenged Isaac Luria interviewed by Scott Horton

Exploding Debt Threatens America by John Taylor

Muslim Attitudes Towards Polygyny by Country by TGGP

The Sociology of Conspiracy Theories by Ray Mangum

Who is an Anti-Semite? by Tom Sunic

Jewish and Black Attitudes Towards Intermarriage by TGGP

Breaking Bibi by Pat Buchanan

Papers of the Libertarian Left, #1 by Chris Lempa

Why the Chinese Laughed at Geithner by Paul Craig Roberts

Triumph of Killdozer by Francois Tremblay

The American Conservative Movement’s Missing Second Act by Peter Brimelow

Lincoln as Hitler by Jack Hunter

Report from Squatting Festival in Sweden

The 10th Amendment Movement Spreads by Kevin R.C. Gutzman

Tangled Threads of Revolution by James Pendlebury

Leftist Tit for Tat by Grant Havers

The Evolving Non-Major Parties: Schiff Challenges Libertarians to Change by Patroon

Leftwing America by Kevin R.C. Gutzman

America First, Of Course! by Tom Piatak

Who Will Tell the People? by Karen De Coster

Obama Vs Osama by Ivan Eland

U.S. Admits But Still Defends Afghan Civilian Slaughter by Jeremy Scahill

Laurence Vance on Christianity and War

Another Club Gitmo Guest Kills Himself by Glenn Greenwald

Obama, Like Bush, Just Doesn’t Get It by Jacob Hornberger

Obama Lies Revealed by Thomas Eddlem

Pull Out of the War on Terror by Jonathan Clarke and Amy Zalman

It’s the End of the Economic World as we Know It! Gerald Celente interviewed by Terry Easton

The Truth About Tiananmen Square by Justin Raimondo

Wrongfully Convicted Man Freed by Wendy McElroy

A Former President’s Genocidal Son by William Norman Grigg

Use a Cell Phone in School, Get Electro-Shocked by the PIGS by William Norman Grigg

PIG Attacks Elderly Woman by Kerri Bellacosa

Random Subversive Thoughts by Ray Mangum

Obama as a Modern Pharaoh by Kevin MacDonald

Indigenous Protestors Murdered by Peruvian PIGS 

Christianity and War by Laurence Vance interviewed by Scott Horton

“Keith Preston, You’re on Notice!” (scroll down)-thanks, Francois!

The Concept of the Vanguard

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 7 June 2009

Recently a reader of Attack the System wrote:

Keith Preston, in his Liberty and Populism: Building an Effective Resistance Movement in North America, writes of “anarchist” “city-states”, “anarcho-papis[m]“, and “anarcho-monarchis[m]“! In the same essay he writes that most anarchists favor the “town meeting” approach of “direct democracy”. To decide what? Whose fate???! It makes me nervous to think it might ever be mine.

Is the system or systems, method or methods, advocated by anarchists truly any better, any more supportive of individual freedom, than libertarian minarchy, or are there patterns of, and tendencies toward, oppression, injustice, AND AGGRESSION, that are camouflaged by abstruse, academic, anarchist theories, and bold and heroic slogans? Is the anarchist “intellectual class” or “vanguard” Keith Preston calls for in the aforementioned work, our wise and learned advisor, or latter-day Napoleans, leading us trusting lumpen-proletariat, anarcho-foot-soldiers to our brave new Animal Farm?

To many anarchists, the word “vanguard” is a cuss word because of its association with the traditional Leninist concept of a “vanguard party” that seizes power for the purpose of setting up a totalitarian state, military dictatorship, command economy and rule by a bureaucratic elite.  I recall when in 1998 I told some anarchist associates the name of my latest project, American Revolutionary Vanguard, one of them replied in horror, “That sounds Communist!!” Today, the memory of an anarchist calling me a “communist” is somewhat amusing, given that the mainstream of the “anarchist” movement persistently labels me a “fascist.”

The title “American Revolutionary Vanguard” was suggested to me by an associate who was an NRA/survivalist/militia type. Having been both a traditional anarcho-syndicalist and a participant in the right-wing patriot movement of the 1990s, I was plotting the formation of a new movement that would synthesize left-wing anarchism and right-wing populism into a new “left-anarcho-libertarian populist nationalism” that would counter both the political correctness of the left and the jingoism of the right. I wanted a name for the project that would identify itself with both the populist tradition of the American Revolution and represent a casting off the conventional left/right labels. I recalled having once heard of a neo-nazi group in the Portland area called “National Socialist Vanguard” and being amused by the name, given the association of the term “vanguard” with Communism, and the bitter rivalry between Communism and Nazism. My associate suggested the title “American Revolutionary Vanguard.” It was perfect.

As for the reader’s questions:

Keith Preston…writes of “anarchist” “city-states”, “anarcho-papis[m]“, and “anarcho-monarchis[m]“

These are tendencies that already exist, not anything that I personally invented. See here, for a piece by anarcho-city-statist Murray Bookchin, here for an anarcho-papist, and here for a discussion of anarcho-monarchism. What I have argued for in the past is a decentralized political system that allows for many different kinds of anarchist tendencies, and as well related ideologies and even non-anarchists, to form their own intentional communities or intentional states organized according to their preferred set of principles or ways of life.

In the same essay he writes that most anarchists favor the “town meeting” approach of “direct democracy”.

Indeed they do.  

To decide what? Whose fate???! It makes me nervous to think it might ever be mine.

Frankly, this is a concern that I share, which is why I’ve long been critical of those who deify democracy as some noble end unto itself.  In fact, most serious anarchist thinkers since Proudhon have been highly critical of the unchallenged acceptance of democracy. The pioneer feminist-anarchist Emma Goldman even expressed skepticism of woman suffrage, believing that middle-class liberal and socialist women would use the vote to expand the state, particularly in the area of “victimless crimes” that libertarians are so opposed to. The role of the newly instituted female vote in bringing about alcohol Prohibition would seem to vindicate her. Speaking only for myself, I place a much higher value on limited government that on popular government, on civil liberty than on voting rights, and on local sovereignty over mass democracy.

Is the system or systems, method or methods, advocated by anarchists truly any better, any more supportive of individual freedom, than libertarian minarchy, or are there patterns of, and tendencies toward, oppression, injustice, AND AGGRESSION, that are camouflaged by abstruse, academic, anarchist theories, and bold and heroic slogans?

I don’t know that the debate between anarchists and minarchists is as important as some make it out to be, given that most proposals for an anarchist system look remarkably like some alternative form of state. As Bob Black says:

The trouble with anarchists is that they think they have agreed on what they all oppose — the state — whereas all they have agreed on is what to call it. You could make a good case that the greatest anarchists were nothing of the sort. Godwin wanted the state to wither away, but gradually, and not before the progress of enlightenment prepared people to do without it. Which seems to legitimate really existing statism and culminate in the banality that if things were different they would not be the same. Proudhon, who served in the French national legislature, in the end arrived at a theory of “federalism” which is nothing but the devolution of most state power on local governments. Kropotkin’s free communes may not be nation-states but they sure sound like city-states. Certainly no historian would regard as anything but ludicrous Kropotkin’s claim that medieval cities were anarchist.

If some of the greatest anarchists, upon inspection, appear to fall somewhat short of consistency on even the defining principle of anarchism itself — the abolition of the state — it is not too surprising if some of the lesser lights are likewise dim bulbs. The One Big Union of the syndicalists, who also uphold the duty to work, is one big state to everybody else, and totalitarian to boot. Some “anarcha”-feminists are book-burners. Dean Murray Bookchin espouses third-party politics and municipal statism, eerily parallel to the borderline fascist militia/Posse Comitatus movement which would abolish all government above the county level. And Bakunin’s “invisible government” of anarchist militants is, at best, a poor choice of words, especially on the lips of a Freemason.

My own concept of a “vanguard” is rooted in Bakunin’s idea of “principled militants”, that is, hard-core revolutionaries who assume the natural leadership roles in larger radical organizations, because of their greater level of experience, knowledge, commitment, talent, etc., and nothing more. This idea has nothing to do with particular ideological objectives as much as it is rooted in a recognition of how human organizations actually work and an application of the principles of social science and social psychology.

Is the anarchist “intellectual class” or “vanguard” Keith Preston calls for in the aforementioned work, our wise and learned advisor, or latter-day Napoleans, leading us trusting lumpen-proletariat, anarcho-foot-soldiers to our brave new Animal Farm?

Well, here’s an example of what such a “vanguard” might actually do. Some might engage in secessionist or decentralist political campaigns of the Norman Mailer variety. Others might work to unite separatist groups, as Kirkpatrick Sale is now doing. Still others might be journalists or writers who serve as the radical movement’s theoretical or propagandistic arm. Some might have leadership positions in large anti-government organizations or coalitions. One of the best descriptions I ever encountered of this concept of a “vanguard” was from an African-American anarchist by the name of Mark Gillespie:

As mediators and vision-holders, we can help each group to see that uniting for the common goal of freedom, trumps their own agendas. After all, once the government is gone, no one will care if you set up an all-black, all-white, all-Jew, all-Muslim, all-socialist, all-capitalist community. We should pick up the torch of unity and educate people into respecting the diverse views of others. I may not like what you’re doing, saying, being, etc, but I will defend to the death, your right to do, say or be it.

Because we anarchists reject statism does not mean that we should reject leadership and organization altogether. In fact, doing so is dangerous because it will lead to power vacuums that can easily be filled by our enemies.

Why You Conservatives Should Give Us Anarchists a Chance: A Reply to Paul Gottfried

category Uncategorized keith Monday 8 June 2009

A recent exchange at Taki’s Magazine between two of my favorite writers, Justin Raimondo and Paul Gottfried, prompted me to consider ways in which the thought of anarcho-libertarians and traditional conservatives might be reconciled or at least overlap. For many years, I was involved in the left-wing anarchist milieu, and I still consider Proudhon, Bakunin, Kropotkin, Chomsky, Goodman, Bookchin, et.al. to be among my primary influences. Yet over time, I developed a strong appreciation for writers and thinkers of the traditional and not-so-traditional Right as well, including Rothbard, Mencken, Nisbet, Kirk, Kuehnelt-Leddihn, Pareto, Junger, De Benoist and others. I’ve also come to strongly admire the American populist tradition beginning with Jefferson and extending through contemporary paleocons and alternative Rightists. Consequently, my ideological leanings have come to be an eccentric “left-anarcho-libertarian, populist-nationalist, decentralist-pluralism.” Odd? Perhaps, though I suspect the fact that Kropotkin’s daughter Alexandra was a Goldwater Republican indicates more continuity than radical departure within the context of her family’s ideological heritage.

Because the source of the disagreement between Gottfried and Raimondo was an earlier piece by Jared Taylor, and because the majority of the persons within the left-anarchist milieu from whence I came are known for their hysterical “anti-racism,” I should probably note that while I agreed in part with Raimondo’s criticisms of Taylor, I also recognize Taylor as someone who dares to ask provocative questions that ought to be given a fair hearing, but are forbidden by the self-appointed censors of political correctness. Surely, libertarians can do better than that. Furthermore, Taylor has publicly advocated only two policies: complete freedom of association in racial, ethnic, religious and cultural matters; and a moratorium on Third World immigration. Contrary to what many of my anarchist compatriots, themselves in the grip of political correctness, would have us believe, neither of Taylor’s proposals are in violation of traditional anarchist articles of faith. In fact, the Webster’s dictionary defines anarchism in part as “advocating a society based on voluntary cooperation and free association of individuals and groups.” Historically, anarchists have opposed the monopolization of power, wealth, land and resources by states or by state-connected plutocratic elites, and have argued for self-managed communities and a wider dispersion of ownership. But ownership implies the right of exclusion. Whether one is a leftist-syndicalist-communitarian anarchist or a rightist-proprietarian anarchist, it certainly does not follow that either collectively owned communes or associations of private property owners are obligated to admit all comers, regardless of beliefs, behavior, or individual contributions. Consequently, immigrants do not have any “right” to immigrate into the communities or proprietary associations of others, and while public areas (streets, lands, amenities) might consitute a kind of commons where individual citizens (such as street vendors or skateboarders) should not be arbitrarily excluded for the gratification of others, it does not follow that those from elsewhere have a “right” to enter or squat on such properties.

But what is even more interesting is Gottfried’s dissection of Raimondo’s Rothbardian “anarcho-capitalist” ideology. Says Gottfried:

The real source of Justin’s outrage lies in the contradiction between his ideology and Jared’s emphasis on cultural and biological specificity. The world as conceived by Justin is a collection of self-determining individuals, who should be free to work out their social and economic affairs, providing they do no physical harm to anyone else. In this ideal society, all humans, at least adults, however one defines them chronologically, will be free to develop themselves on the basis of their feelings and self-interests. Personally I couldn’t imagine how such a chimerical society could come into existence, let alone sustain itself, except in the minds of libertarian intellectuals or on a very provisional basis among likeminded ideologues. Such ideas are the modern counterparts of nineteenth-century utopian communities, all of which were attempts to restore a natural human condition that as far as I can tell never existed.

Historically, there have been more anarchist communities than many recognize, and while it is true some of these have lasted only for a few decades, or even a few years, others, such as the Icelandic Commonwealth and Gaelic Ireland, have lasted longer than the United States has been in existence.

Without authority structures, whether created by traditional hierarchies or by the modern managerial state, human beings have never lived together for any length of time. This generalization would apply to, among other societies, early America, which was a stratified and family-focused place.

I would dissent from the claim that political libertarianism necessarily implies either a radically egalitarian society or some kind of alteration of human nature from what it is at present. Certainly that is not the case for someone like myself, whose views on political science and social science are heavily influenced by the likes of Lawrence Dennis and James Burnham. Indeed, some of the most essential insights of elite theory like Michels‘ “iron law of oligarchy” and Pareto’s “80/20″ principle tell us that human organizations of any size will be dominated by the few rather than the many, and with a natural ranking of persons in even the most liberal circumstances. These principles are no less true for, say, an anarcho-syndicalist labor federation or an anarcho-capitalist private defense agency than for a conventional business firm or university. Nor does libertarianism, even in its more anarchistic forms, imply doing away with non-state social institutions such as family, religion, community, education, commerce, charity, or professional, cultural, and fraternal associations. Indeed, the elimination or massive reduction of dependency on the state should actually serve to strengthen such institutions.

Our sharp difference of views is reflected in the divergent ways in which Justin and I define the American Old Right. From his perspective, that American Right, about which he wrote an entire book, featured radical individualists resisting societal pressures and state authority. On my reading the interwar Right stood for a small-town and predominantly Protestant America faced by bureaucratic centralization and the rise of the modern culture industry.

Is it really a case of either/or? Surely, it would not be wholly counterfactual to suggest that Rose Wilder Lane, Isabel Paterson, H.L. Mencken, Zora Neale Hurston, Albert Jay Nock, or Lawrence Dennis were indeed “radical individualists resisting societal pressures and state authority,” particularly Dennis, who was placed on trial for sedition by the sinister Roosevelt regime. However, there is certainly no denying that the  American Right, whether in its “old” or “new” forms, has traditionally “stood for a small-town and predominantly Protestant America faced by bureaucratic centralization and the rise of the modern culture industry,” at least at the rank and file level.

Are libertarian-individualist anti-statism and rural, small-town, Protestant conservatism really all that incompatible? Not that I can tell. As one who wants to see government stripped down to the level of city-states, counties, communities, and neighborhoods, it would seem to me that some kind of libertarian-anarchism would potentially be the political salvation of the entire spectrum of the authentic political and cultural Right, whether cultural conservatives, moral traditionalists, religious fundamentalists, ethnic preservationists, immigration restrictionists, family advocates, racial separatists, property owners, firearms owners, homeschoolers, tax resisters or hard money advocates. It is these forces that are the most under attack by the centralized, managerial-therapeutic-multicultural-welfare state. Surely, the death of the state is at least the partial victory of social and cultural forces such as these. Surely, those most under attack by the heavy hand of totalitarian liberalism will have more to gain through the obtainment of sovereignty for their own communities and institutions than through the perpetual expansion of the state.

Now, to be honest, I would make the same argument to the Left as well. I have long believed that the ultimate settlement to the culture wars will have to be some kind of Peace of Augsburg rooted in pan-separatism. Surely, the blue counties could have all the single-payer health care, affirmative action, gun control, same-sex marriages, smoking bans, publicly subsidized transgender surgeries, institutionalized animal rights and wacky environmental laws they wished if only they did not have to share a political roof with those nasty, fascist conservatives, nazi Republicans and Christian Talibanists! Traditionally, conservatives have argued for such principles as states’ rights, local sovereignty and community standards with regard to social and cultural matters. I agree with them. So it would seem that the demise of the state would essentially solve many of these conflicts, as the various sides would simply go their own way. To some degree, everyone would win, especially those who are most likely to suffer escalating attacks as political correctness becomes ever more deeply entrenched in state and state-connected institutions.

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 9 June 2009

For some time now, I have argued for an alliance of left-wing anarchism and right-wing populism against the common enemies of imperialism and Big Brother statism. I have argued that the strategic application of such an alliance would be a pan-secessionist movement rooted in the traditions of the American Revolution and the later Southern War of Independence. Secessionism is often associated with political conservatism, given the greater regard of conservatives for American traditions like states’ rights and the conservative nature of the Southern secession of 1861. Indeed, pro-secessionist rumblings have emerged in the mainstream Right recently. Such developments are a welcome thing, of course, and no doubt a future pan-secessionist movement would have a strong right-wing and radical center constituency behind it. As the middle class continues to sink into the ranks of the underclass, and as the vast array of cultural groups associated with right-wing populism continue to come under attack by the forces of political correctness, no doubt an increasing number of people, including many former jingoists, members of the religious right and one-time neocon sympathizers, will realize that the centralized liberal-managerial regime is their enemy, and decide that a political exodus is their best bet. Certainly, a mass army of secessionists in the rural areas, small towns and red states will be a welcome addition to our cause.

However, I do not think that it is on the Right that the crucial political battles will be fought. The Right represents an agglomeration of political, cultural and demographic factions that are losing power and shrinking in size. Instead, the crucial battles will be fought on the Left. The dominant center-left that is now consolidating its position is a liberal Left that espouses liberal internationalism, universalism, humanism and human rights imperialism, and expresses itself in the form of the therapeutic-managerial-welfare state. However, there is an emerging radical Left that is oriented towards pluralism, postmodernism, cultural relativism, pro-Third Worldism and anti-Zionism. Eventually, there will be a sharp split between these two lefts, as the former is capable of cooptation by state-capitalism, but the latter is not. Take a look at these photos:

http://zombietime.com/gaza_war_protest/

Can a radical Left that is fervently anti-Israel and pro-Third World nationalism ever be reconciled with the American ruling class? It is highly unlikely. Furthermore, the spectacle of conservative Muslims, feminists, gays, transgendereds, Marxists, anarchists, leftists, nationalists, national-anarchists, Jews, anti-Semites, racialists, anti-racists, peaceniks and Hamas sympathizers marching against Zionism and U.S. imperialism is not only a potential ruling class nightmare,  but a manifestation of the kind of pluralistic, culturally relativist, cross-ideological alliances against the System that I have been arguing for in the past.

The legitimizing ideological superstructure of the present regime and ruling class, i.e., liberalism, is antithetical to both paleoconservatism from the Right and cultural relativism from the Left, but there is sufficient enough overlap between these latter two as to make strategic alliances possible. We see the beginnings of this in the current alliance between bioregionalist and Green decentralist left-wing secessionists and conservative Christian right-wing secessionists. As left-liberalism continues to become an increasingly status quo and upper middle class ideology, the radical Left will find itself increasingly alienated from liberalism. The more deeply entrenched political correctness becomes, the more it will alienate even many of its former sympathizers.

The real political war of the future will be between not only the liberal-left and the postmodern left, but between the totalitarian and anarchistic left, and the New Class and the underclass. Just as the U.S. Civil War sometimes found members of the same family on different sides of the fence, so will the future political war find members of constituent groups from the contemporary Right and contemporary Left on both sides. If the battle is between liberal universalism and relativist pluralism at the intellectual level, then the natural political expression of the latter would be some kind of decentralized anarcho-pluralism, with its popular form resembling something like left-conservatism or pan-secessionism.

Although most of the actual secessionist movements at present are rooted in the red states or the more maverick blue states like Vermont and New Hampshire, a serious pan-secessionist movement will need to be first and foremost oriented towards the large metropolitan areas. This is where the majority of the U.S. population resides. It is where the plutocratic elites, state bureaucracies and New Class managerialists are located, and it is also where the lumpenproletarian masses are located. The large cities are where the paramilitary police forces are located and they are where most of the residents of the prison-industrial complex originate from.

The goal of a serious pan-secessionist movement whose aim is to overthrow the empire for real should be to obtain political preeminence in large cities as a first order of business. Cities tend to be dominated by the aforementioned plutocratic elites, and by landlords, developers, and well-heeled civic and business interests. These elements are for the most part bought into the System, and can therefore never be converted to our side. So strategically speaking, an urban secessionist strategy will generally have the flavor of plutocratic/bureaucratic elites vs Everyone Else. Recognition of this fact implies the necessity of a class-based radical movement rooted in the lumpenproletariat, petite bourgeoisie, lower respectable poor, lower middle class, bohemians and de classe elements. The goal is to obtain a political majority capable of seizing power at the municipal level in large metro areas. Once political preeminence was obtained in a fair number of cities, a formal alliance of municipal secessionist movements could be formed, and these could form a wider alliance with secessionists among the Red Staters, Greens, indigenous people and so forth. In “Liberty and Populism” I wrote:

We need to abandon the bourgeoise identity politics that have grown out of the new left. The legacy of this has been to create a constituency for the left-wing of capital among elite members of traditional minority groups including educated professionals among blacks, feminists and homosexuals, middle-class ecology enthusiasts and animal-lovers and so on. The best approach here would be to attempt to pull the rank-and-file elements of the traditional minorities out from under their bourgeoise leadership. This means that anarchist revolutionaries such as ourselves would need to seek out common ground with nationalist and separatist elements among the non-white ethnic groups against the black bourgeoise of the NAACP, poor and working class women against the upper-middle class feminist groups like NOW and the gay counter-culture (complete with its transsexual, hermaphrodite and “transgendered” elements) against the more establishment-friendly gay middle-class.

Indeed, we have not even begun to touch on the possibilities for building a radical movement rooted in part in marginalized social groups ignored, despised or persecuted by the establishment. These elements include the handicapped, the mentally ill, students, youth, prostitutes and other sex workers, prisoners, prisoner’s rights activists, advocates for the rights of the criminally accused, the homeless and homeless activists, anti-police activists, advocates of alternative medicine, drug users, the families of drug war prisoners, immigrants, lumpen economic elements (jitney cab drivers, peddlers, street vendors), gang members and many others too numerous to name. On these and other similar issues, our positions should be to the left of the ACLU. Adopting this approach will bring with it the opportunity to politically penetrate the rather large lumpenproletarian class that exists in the US with little or no political representation. At the same time, the last thing we should wish to do is emulate the mistakes of the new left by adopting an ideology of victimology and positioning ourselves as antagonists of the broader working masses. Nothing could be more self-defeating. The defense of marginal populations way beyond any efforts in this area offered by the left establishment should be part of our program, but only part. Our main focus should be on the working class itself, the kinds of folks who work in the vast array of service industries that comprise the bulk of the US economy.

There are several reasons for these positions. The first is rooted in recognition that as the Left has abandoned class-based politics in favor of the cultural politics of the left-wing of the upper middle class, it is only natural that we should step in to fill the void. The second is rooted in recognition of a wide assortment of outgroups that have never made it into the Left’s pantheon of the oppressed/victimological coalition, and the possibility of recruiting from these groups in order to increase our own numbers. The third is to undermine liberalism’s claimed monopoly on do-gooderism. A pan-secessionist movement that is seen as the simultaneous champion of the ordinary working poor and the marginalized and persecuted such as the homeless, punk rock squatter kids, mental patients, drug addicts, prisoners, et.al. will have a much easier time of deflecting the “fascism and racism” labels that will ultimately be thrown in our direction. The fourth is to undermine liberalism by splintering its constituent groups.

Note that I am not implying anything politically correct here. For instance, while we might uphold the legitimate rights of gay organizations, businesses or individuals that come under attack by the state, and practice non-discrimination within the context  of our own alternative infrastructure radical organizations, this does not mean that we will allow “gay rights” organizations allied with the liberal enemy to dictate who can or cannot be a part of our own movement. Being a primarily lower class movement, it is only natural that many people with conservative views on sex, morality, religion and the like will also be included within our ranks. Likewise, we may support organizational efforts set up to provide genuine assistance to transgendered people (even the Iranians do this), drug addicts, the handicapped, people with AIDS or other special populations, but we do not insist on the universalization of liberalism. For instance, we might also be just as supportive of skinhead squatters as leftist punk rock squatters, national-anarchists as leftist-anarchists, separatist tendencies among redneck white communities along with black separatists. More broadly, the radical movement would vehemently defend all victims of political correctness wherever they can be found just as strongly as we might defend victims of police brutality. We would defend students harassed by school authorities for carrying Bibles or other religious artifacts just as quickly as we would defend students harassed in a similar fashion for wearing “Goth” clothing. While in urban areas at least, we would take an liberal-left-libertarian, ACLU-like approach to cultural and social matters, with some exceptions like our own defense of the right to bear arms, unlike left-liberals we would recognize that controversial social questions like abortion and gay marriage are best handled at the local level according to community standards. While our own worker, tenants, squatter, and prisoner defense organizations would out of necessity be inclusive of both natives and immigrants, even illegal immigrants in some instances, this does not mean we would necessarily accept carte blanche immigration as a matter of principle.

The question of race is a particularly interesting and challenging one. African-American anarchist Mark Gillespie offered this assessment:

Whether you are a homo-leftist-anarcho-syndicalist-voluntary-eco-feminist or a racist-ultra right-wing-neo-conservative-constitutionalist-patriot, both agree that the State, in its current form, is detrimental to their views and lifestyles. In this “society”, these groups are kept from uniting by the activity of the state and its media. However, we know that in anarchy, diversity of views is a strength, not a weakness. We have allowed the State to divide us based upon the most trivial things.

The fact is that, under anarchy, all of these different groups may “have it their way”. If the an-caps want a completely free market economy for themselves and the an-socs want to combine in communes, they can do this better under anarchy than they can now. If the Homo-an-syn-fem (hell of a moniker, yes?) wants to separate from the Neo-con-con-pat or vice versa, they can and do it more peaceably than they can under statism. This is the best weapon of an anarchist vanguard. We can and should embrace the different elements that make up this country. Think about this. If we can embrace just two major groups under the anarchist banner, we could send the statists home, without a shot. The major ethnic groups in this country are the New Worlders (Aboriginal Americans, Blacks and Spanish/Aboriginals) and the Old Worlders (people of mostly European descent). These groups are kept at each other’s throats and socially separated by negative media reports and by institutionalized racism. Reports of rampant crime, lack of morals and mob violence send shivers down the spines of the average, patriotic, “law-abiding”, traditionalist citizens, amongst the Old Worlders. Historic wrongs, appeals to end needed restorative services in the community and a envy for those who seem to do better than them, keeps New Worlders in the grip of a fear that the statists work hard to instill. Neither one of these groups are necessarily wrong, but, their fears and hatred, spread and protected by the weapons of the state, virtually ensures that these two major groups will meet together, only when they are pointing guns at each other.

The New Worlders make up a combined 25.7 percent of the nation’s population (approximately 72 million people). Let’s assume that the mostly Old Worlder patriot movement makes up about 3 percent of the white population (approximately 6.5 million). With these numbers, and a properly educated and motivated anarchist vanguard, there are at least 32 different states that are immediately vulnerable to a takeover and disbanding of the state government (based upon a population of less than 5 million/state) and any state in the union is vulnerable to a gradual takeover.

Something like 32 states and maybe 50 major cities sounds about right. I’m also inclined towards the view that an anti-state, pan-secessionist revolutionary movement would actually have a disproportionately high number of racial and ethnic minorities. Of course, even this would not stop our enemies from throwing the “racist and fascist” label in our direction. Of course, the proper response to such accusations would not be persistent denial and attempts at clarification but a simple middle finger. But while we should not treat the politically correct classes with anything but contempt, it does seem natural that a pan-secessionist alliance would indeed include many ethnic sub-tendencies, for instance, blacks in inner-cities, indigenous people in Hawaii, Alaska, the western plains or on reservations, Puerto Ricans independencias, Muslim or Arab enclaves in Michigan, Hasidic, Asian neighborhoods in large cities, or Indian Quebecois separatists, majority Aztlan local communities in the Southwest,  and perhaps even revolutionary organizations within Mexico itself.  Indeed, the pan-secessionist revolutionary organizations might even form tactical alliances with insurgent forces in Central and South American countries or in the Middle East such as Hezbollah or the Farabundo Marti National Liberation Front. After all, it is the empire that is our common enemy. None of this is inconsistent with our insistence on the sovereignty of nations against imperialism, communities against statism, and individuals within the context of freedom of association.

An urban, lumpenproletarian revolutionary movement would be unlike anything that has come before. It would be socially conscious out of the recognition of the economic circumstances of the lower classes and the social conditions of a wide array of marginal population groups. Yet it would shun the political correctness of the liberal upper-middle class and cultural and intellectual elites, and no doubt have a conservative and libertarian as well as progressive dimension to its character.

Updated News Digest June 14, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 13 June 2009

Quote of the Week:

“I participated in a forum on state sovereignty at Drexel University a short while ago where the subject of secession came up (naturally). A Pennsylvania state legislator was the other speaker, and while he did not dismiss the possibility of secession he said that it was important to first exhaust all other possibilities, such as writing and calling your congressional representative.

A student in the audience asked him this question in response (paraphrasing): ‘If a burglar broke in to your home and stole your valuables over and over again, do you think it would be effective to write the burglar a letter asking him to stop it?’

How refreshing to meet a college student who understands the ancient truth that government is just another criminal gang.”

                                                                                                           -Tom DiLorenzo

Getting to the Truth About World War Two by Eric Margolis

Fear is Eroding American Rights by Paul Craig Roberts

Liberal Imperialism in Afghanistan Bill Kelsey interviewed by Scott Horton

The Case Against the Federal Reserve by Murray Rothbard

Review of Kevin Carson’s Organization Theory: A Libertarian Perspective by Larry Gambone

Is Secession Treason? by Tim Case

Let’s Make the Youth of America More Stupid! by Childs Walker

The Case for Secession by Gary Barnett

The Rosetta Stone of Revolution: Countering Counter-Insurgency by John Robb

The Latest Torture Cover-Up Scam by James Bovard

Decentralized Craft Industry by Kevin Carson

Civil Liberties and the “Winds of Change” by Justin Raimondo

The Normalization of Violence, Torture and Annihlation by Arthur Silber

Whoever Wishes Peace Must Fight Statism Anthony Gregory interviewed by Scott Horton

“Global Warming Tax” to be Levied on International Air Travel? by John Vidal

Is Hyper-Inflation Around the Corner? by Mike Whitney

Don’t Trust Police from Anarcho-Nation

Anti-Americanism in Israel by Justin Raimondo

The USS Liberty: America’s Most Shameful Secret by Eric Margolis

Taking On the Corrections Corporation of America by Paul Wright

The Coming U.S. Default Interview with Peter Schiff

The Dairy Oligarchy by Jim Goodman

Ron Paul on Foreign Policy by Kathleen Wells

Obama: Committing the U.S. to “World Order” by Chuck Baldwin

The Few, the Proud, the Pimps 

7 in 10 Potential Military Recruits Are Unfit

Sweden’s Pirate Party Captures Euro Seat by Vernonica Ek

Remembering the Persecution of Hans-Hermann Hoppe by Vin Suprynowicz

What Global Warming? by Ron Paul

Police Insurance by Clement M. Hammond

Righteous Zeal and the Killing of George Tiller by Paul Gottfried

America’s Soft Despotism by David Gordon

Tasered While Black

Stop Collateral Damage in the War on Drugs by Marie Myung-Ok Lee

Europe Swings Right as Depression Deepens by Ambrose Evans Pritchard

Exposing the Wall Street Journal by Matt Taibbi

And We, Like Sheep… by William Norman Grigg

Leave China Alone by Justin Raimondo

Lebanon’s Odd Couple by Nicolas Dot-Pouillard

Bush is Gone, But Halliburton Rolls On by Pratap Chatterjee

Israeli Spy Fined, Scolded, Released

Richard Nixon: Liberal/Moderate Republican by TGGP

Community Kitchens by Julia Levitt

Resist the G20 Summit in Pittsburgh

Jack Ross is Back! by TGGP

Opposing the Liberal State Without Becoming Statist by David Bromwich

Anarchism and Crime from Direct Action

Becoming Barbarians by Rod Dreher

Some Dare Call It Torture by Wendy McElroy

The American Dream and the Anarchist Dream by Jake Carman

To Die for a Mystique by Andrew Bacevich

They Thought They Were Free from Murphy’s Bye-Laws

Not Good as Gold by David Gordon

The Streets Belong to the People by Jesse Walker

The Internet Lynching of Marcus Epstein by Bay Buchanan

Beyond the Paleos by W. James Antle

England: The Peasants Are Revolting by Sean Gabb

Saving Israel from Itself by John J. Mearsheimer

Ennabling the Surveillance State from No Third Solution

Peer Money by Kevin Carson

AIPAC Walls Beginning to Crack by Ira Chernus

How Civilized, Law-Abiding Countries Imprison Terrorists by Glenn Greenwald

Is the Israel Lobby Getting Weaker? by Stephen Walt

Ludicrous Albion by Austin Bramwell

The Benefits of Smoking  by N

Big Tobacco Vindicates Gabriel Kolko from Austro-Athenian Empire

“I Don’t Get the Whole Peak Oil Thing” from Back to the Drawing Board

PIGS Will Be PIGS from Rad Geek

Anarchist Summer Camp in Virginia from Infoshop.Org

The Italian Mafia: A Distorted Masonic Lodge from Mindhacks.Com

Dutch Journalist Raped but Respected by the Taliban by Thomas Landen

Somali Fisherman Says Foreigners Are the Real Pirates from Infoshop.Org

Black People Love US

The Inside Story of the Red Army Faction by Stefan Aust

2009 Northeast Anarchist People of Color Mission Statement 

Homosexuals Are By Nature of the Right by James O’Meara

Who Needs Yesterday’s Papers? by Alexander Cockburn

Fordlandia by Stuart Ferguson

Elmer Fudd Nation by Mark Ames

Bureaucrack-up by Ray Mangum

Carter in Lebanon  by Franklin Lamb

20,000 Nations Above the Sea by Brian Doherty

“People Who Lived Under King Saint Louis IX of France Were Freer Than We Are Now in America” by Brother Andre Marie

Italy’s Black Northern League Mayor by Michael Day

Gods Come Cheap These Days by Chuck Baldwin

The Right Way to Brussels by Derek Turner

Miss Affirmative Action, 2009 by Pat Buchanan

Hypocritical, Censoring Leftists by Stephan Kinsella

We Get It: Museum Shooter Was a Hateful Honkie by Ilana Mercer

Time to Start Filling the Gulag by William Norman Grigg

Got Property? by Peter Schiff

Bankers Are Scared, Are You? by Gary North

The War on Your Racism by Jack Hunter

Look Who’s Shopping Goodwill by Ruth La Ferla

Von Brunn and National Socialism by Dylan Hales

James W. Von Brunn by Anthony Gregory

Are We All Liberals Now? by Tom Piatak

America’s Left-Conservative Heritage

category Uncategorized keith Monday 15 June 2009

Recent dialogue between Kevin R.C. Gutzman, Christian Kopff and Tom Piatak concerning the tension between classical liberal-libertarians and traditionalist conservatives reminded me of an observation from my Portuguese “national-anarchist” colleague Flavio Goncalves concerning  the clarion call issued by Chuck Norris a while back: “Seems like the US Right is as revolutionary as the South American Left? Your country confuses me.”

It does indeed seem that most of the serious dissidents in America are on the Right nowadays, and I think this can be understood in terms of America’s unique political heritage. American rightists typically regard themselves as upholders and defenders of American traditions, while American liberals tend to admire the socialism and cultural leftism of the European elites. However, the republican political philosophy derived from the thought of Locke, Montesquieu and Jefferson that found its expression in such definitive American documents as the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, and of which modern neo-classical liberalism and libertarianism are outgrowths, is historically located to the left of European socialism.

A variety of thinkers from all over the spectrum have recognized this. For instance, Russell Kirk somewhat famously remarked that conservatives and socialists had more in common with one another that either had with libertarians. Murray Rothbard observed that “conservatism was the polar opposite of liberty; and socialism, while to the “left” of conservatism, was essentially a confused, middle-of-the-road movement. It was, and still is, middle-of-the-road because it tries to achieve liberal ends by the use of conservative means.” Seymour Martin Lipset affirmed Rothbard’s thesis:

Given that the national conservative tradition in many other countries was statist, the socialists arose within this value system and were much more legitimate than they could be in America…Until the depression of the 1930s and the introduction of welfare objectives by President Roosevelt and the New Deal, the AFL was against minimum wage legislation and old age pensions. The position taken by (Samuel) Gompers and others was, what the state gives, the state can take away; the workers can depend only on themselves and their own institutions…Hence, the socialists in America were operating against the fact that there was no legitimate tradition of state intervention, of welfarism. In Europe, there was a legitimate conservative tradition of statism and welfarism. I would suggest that the appropriate American radicalism, therefore, is much more anarchist than socialist.

Back in 1912, when the German Social Democrats won 112 seats in the Reichstag and one-third of the vote, Kaiser Wilhelm II wrote a letter to a friend in which he said that he really welcomed the rise of the socialists because their statist positions were much to be preferred to the liberal bourgeoisie, whose antistatism he did not like. The Kaiser went on to say that, if the socialists would only drop antipatriotism and antimilitarism, he could be one of them. The socialists wanted a strong Prussian-German state which was welfare oriented, and the Kaiser also wanted a strong state. It was the pacifism and the internationalism of the socialists that bothered him, not their socialism. In the American context, the “conservative” in recent decades has come to connote an extreme form of liberalism; that is, antistatism. In its purest forms, I think of Robert Nozick philosophically, of Milton Friedman economically, and of Ronald Reagan and Barry Goldwater politically.

Thomas Sowell has provided some interesting insights into what separates the Left and Right in contemporary American discourse. Both Left and Right are derivatives of eighteenth century radicalism, with the Left being a descendent of the French Revolution and the Right being a descendent of the American Revolution. What separates the legacies of these two revolutions is not their radicalism or departure from throne-and-altar traditionalism, but their differing views on human nature, the nature of human society, and the nature of politics. Both revolutions did much to undermine traditional systems of privileged hierarchy. After all, how “traditional” were the American revolutionaries who abolished the monarchy, disestablished the Church, constitutionally prohibited the issuance of titles of nobility, constitutionally required a republican form of government for the individual states and added a bill of rights as a postscript to the nation’s charter document? One can point to the Protestant influences on the American founding that coincide with the Enlightenment influences, but how “traditional” is Protestantism itself? Is not Protestantism the product of a rebellion against established religious authorities that serves as a kind of prelude to a latter rebellion to established political authorities?

I would maintain that what separates the modern Right and Left is not traditionalism versus radicalism, but meritocracy versus egalitarianism. For the modern Left, equality is considered to be a value in its own right, irrespective of merit, whether individual or collective in nature.  The radical provisions of the U.S. Constitution, for instance, aimed at eliminating systems of artificial privilege. No longer would heads of state, clerics, or aristocrats receive their position simply by virtue of inheritance, patronage or nepotism, but by virtue of individual ability and achievement. No longer would an institution such as the Church sustain itself through political privilege, but through the soundness of its own internal dynamics. To be sure, these ideals have been applied inconsistently throughout American history, and all societies are a synthesis of varying cultural and ideological currents. For instance, it is clear that nepotism remains to some degree. How else could the likes of George W. Bush ever become head of state?

Yet, for the Left, equality overrides merit. With regards to race, gender or social relations, for example, it is not sufficient to simply remove barriers designed to keep ethnic minorities, women or homosexuals down regardless of their individual abilities or potential contributions to society. Instead, equality must be granted regardless of any previous individual or collective achievement to the point of lowering academic or professional standards for the sake of achieving such equality. This kind of egalitarian absolutism is also apparent with regards to issues like the use of women in military combat or the adoption of children by same-sex couples. The Left often frames these issues not in terms of whether the use of female soldiers is best in terms of military standards (perhaps it is) or what is best for the children involved or whether the parenting skills of same-sex couples is on par with those of heterosexual couples (perhaps they are), but in terms of whether women should simply have the “right” to a military career or whether same-sex couples should simply have “equal rights” to adopt children, apparently with such concerns as military efficiency, child welfare and parental competence being dismissed as irrelevant.

To frame the debate in terms of tradition versus radicalism would seem to be setting up a false dichotomy. Edmund Burke, the fierce critic of the French Revolution considered by many to be the godfather of modern conservatism, was actually on the left-wing of the British politics of his time. For instance, he favored the independence of Ireland and the American colonies and even defended India against imperial interests. A deep dig into Burke’s writings reveals him to have been something of a philosophical anarchist. His opposition to the French Revolution was not simply because it was a revolution or because it was radical, but because of the specific content of the ideology of the revolutionaries who aimed to level and reconstruct French society along prescriptive lines. The American Revolution was carried out by those with an appreciation for the limits of politics and the limitations imposed by human nature, while the French Revolution was the prototype for the modern totalitarian revolutions carried out by the Bolsheviks, Nazis (whom Alain De Benoist has characterized as “Brown Jacobins”), Maoists , Kim Il-Sung and the Khmer Rouge.

One can certainly reject the hyper-egalitarianism championed by the Left and still favor far-reaching political or social change. It would be hard to mistake Ernst Junger for an egalitarian, yet he was contemptuous of the Wilhelmine German military’s practice of selecting officers on the basis of their class position, family status or political patronage rather than on their combat experience. He preferred a military hierarchy ordered on the basis of merit rather than ascribed status. Junger’s Weimar-era writings are filled with a loathing for the social democratic regime, yet he called for an elitist worker-soldier “conservative revolution” rather than a return to the monarchy.

Nor does political radicalism imply the abandonment of historic traditions. I, for one, advocate many things that are quite radical by conventional standards. Yet I am extremely uncomfortable with left-wing pet projects such as the elimination of “offensive” symbols like the Confederate flag; the alteration of the calendar along PC lines (C.E. and B.C.E instead of A.D. and B.C); the attacks on traditional holidays like Christmas or Columbus Day; a rigidly secular interpretation of the First Amendment (and I’m an atheist!); and the attempted reconstruction of language along egalitarian lines (making words like “crippled” or “retarded” into swear words or the mandatory gender neutralization of pronouns). All of these things seem like a rookie league version of Rosseauan/Jacobin/Pol Potian “year zero” cultural destructionism. Nor do I wish to do away with baseball, Fourth of July fireworks displays, Civil War re-enactors or the works of Edgar Allan Poe. I am also somewhat appalled that one can receive a high school diploma or even a university degree without ever having taken a single course on the history of Western philosophy. It is not uncommon to find undergraduates who have never heard of Aristotle. If they have, they are most likely to simply dismiss him as a sexist and defender of slavery. I’ve met graduate level sociology students who can tell you all about “the social construction of gender” but have no idea who Pareto was.

The principal evil of the Cultural Marxism of present day liberalism is its fanatical egalitarianism. Unlike historic Marxists, who simply sought equality of wealth, cultural Marxists seek equality of everything, including not only class, race, or gender, but sexuality, age, looks, weight, ability, intelligence, handicap, competence, health, behavior or even species. I’ve heard leftists engage in serious discussion about the evils of “accentism.” Such equality does not exist in nature. It can only be imposed artificially, which in turn requires tyranny of the most extreme sort. The end result can only be universal enslavement in the name of universal equality. For this reason, the egalitarian Left is a profoundly reactionary outlook, as it seeks a de facto return to the societies organized on the basis of static caste systems and ascribed status that existed prior to the meritocratic revolution initiated by the Anglo-American Enlightenment.

Perhaps just as dreadful is the anti-intellectualism of Political Correctness. In many liberal and no-so-liberal circles, the mere pointing out of facts like, for instance, the extraordinarily high numbers of homicides perpetrated by African-Americans is considered a moral and ideological offense. If one of the most eminent scientists of our time, Dr. James Watson, is not immune from the sanctions imposed by the arbiters of political correctness, then who would be? Are such things not a grotesque betrayal of the intellectual, scientific and political revolution manifested in Jeffersonian ideals? Is not Political Correctness simply an effort to bring back heresy trials and inquisitors under the guise of a secularized, egalitarian, fake humanitarian ideology? The American radical tradition represents a vital “left-conservative” heritage that elevates meritocracy over both an emphasis on ascribed status from the traditional Right and egalitarianism from the Left. It is a tradition worth defending.

Updated News Digest June 21, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 21 June 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“No doubt in the days since we last gathered together as APOC (Autonomous / Anarchist / Anti-Authoritarian People of Color), much has changed for each of us. We’ve each experienced new joys and grieves, up and downs. Across the vastness of this metropolitan wasteland, new bonds have been built, old bonds strengthened. In surviving, even thriving against the transgressions perpetrated by those who would see us torn apart, we’ve developed both as individuals and as a movement. Still problems persist. Despite our best efforts, our most spirited resistance, we remain oppressed. Native land remains occupied, its people marginalized, their culture appropriated and left to die. Zionists, backed by other Western powers, continue their genocidal campaign against the Palestinian people. Gentrification continues to invade our neighborhoods. Police, ever vigilant in their protection of the ruling class, remain a brutal force separating us from our freedom. The rich still control the means of production, while the rest are exploited, forced into wage-slavery, prisons, and graves. The all-pervasive system of patriarchy still looms over and surrounds womyn, while their bodies remain battle grounds. Queers and transfolk still face violence, bashings and murders in a world hostile to all but the established norms. Billions of animals remain enslaved in chains, tanks, cages, and barns, subject to all manner of exploitation. This year, as before, the struggle continues.

Revolution, if it is to succeed, requires a coordinated, comprehensive network of dedicated revolutionaries. Of course, APOC has existed for some time now. However, we have not thus far been able to create and maintain a form suitable to our needs. Many times have we converged, many times have we expressed a desire for something more consistent. It is clear to many that what we need is an autonomous organization of sorts, perhaps many. Our intention is to make this happen.”

                               -Philadelphia Anarchist People of Color Mission Statement

“I see nothing here that is contrary to the positions and values of National-Anarchists. However, because some National-Anarchists are Anglo-Saxons, we are still labelled “racists.” We are all exploited and oppressed by the ruling elite. I am just as much a victim of capitalism as any black or Hispanic worker. There are black people, Jewish people, homosexual people and every other so-called “minority” that make up the ruling class all anarchists oppose; yet you scapegoat “whites” as the stereotypical enemy.”

                                                                                                   -AnarchoNation

Divided We Stand by Paul Starobin

On Rejecting Keith Preston by Dixie Flatline

Mr. Obama, Tear Down This Empire! by Laurence Vance

Book Review-Kevin Carson’s Organization Theory by Sean Gabb

A Conversation About Race-film by Craig Bodeker (hat tip to AnarchoNation)

Why America is a Bank-Owned State by Samah El-Shahat

How Obama Will Outspend Reagan on Defense by Winslow T. Wheeler

Iran’s Election: None of America’s Business by Justin Raimondo

Today’s Right-Wing Youth Are More Radical Than Their Elders (thank God!) by Charles Coulombe

The World As We Presently Know It by Ean Frick

Why “the Fascists” Are Winning in Europe by Mark Steyn

Are You Ready for War with Demonized Iran? by Paul Craig Roberts

Lenin’s The State and Revolution: An Anarchist Viewpoint by Larry Gambone

Iranian Elections: The “Stolen Elections” Hoax by James Petras

Is Israel Really a Beacon of the West? Phillip Weiss interviewed by Scott Horton

Iran’s Green Revolution by Justin Raimondo

Consumerism is Too Important to be Left to the Consumers by Ray Mangum

Don’t Trust Police  from AnarchoNation

Neocon Serial Killers by Glenn Greenwald

Obama Targets Antiwar Democrats by Norman Solomon

How to Deal with the Pork in Blue from Assata Shakur

Why U.S. Neocons Want Ahmadinejab to Win by Stephen Zunes

The Truth is No Defense-In Canada by Grant Havers

 Iran Faces Greater Risks Than It Knows by Paul Craig Roberts

Confessions of a Public Servant by Mr. X

How the Recession is Wrecking Friendships Across the Land by Emily Bazelon

U.S. Anarchism, Movement Building and the Racial Order by Joel Olson

The Waning Power of Truth by Paul Craig Roberts

Neocons for Ahmadinejad by Jack Hunter

On Iran, Democracy and Nuclear Weapons by Stephen Walt

Sadism is Sexual by Fred Reed

Churchill, Hitler and the Unnecessary War review by Robert Higgs

Iran’s Tiananmen Moment by Pat Buchanan

Who Will Control Iraq’s Oil? by Patrick Cockburn

Anarchist Voices 

The Obama Siren Song to the Skeptical Muslim World by Eric Margolis

Workers Rights: No Balls, No Chains by Joe Bageant

The Case for Home Education by Sean Gabb

Farmland: The Best Investment of Our Time Jim Rogers and George Soros

Beat the Rising Cost of Health Care by Amanda Gengler

Life is Destroying the Planet! by Butler Shaffer

From Smash the Church to Going to Chapel by Tommi Avicolli Mecca

Outlasting the Ayatollahs by Pat Buchanan

Strip Club Depression by Doug French

I Become an American by Alexander Cockburn

The Extreme Right by Jack Hunter

These Are Obama’s Wars Now by Joshua Frank

PIG Assaults EMT by William Norman Grigg

Drilling and Killing: Chevron and Nigeria’s Oil Dictatorship by Francois Tremblay

Torture: An American Legacy by Carl Boggs

Lessons Learned from the Battlefield by Michael Gaddy

The American Empire is Bankrupt by Chris Hedges

String Up the Barbed Wire and Break Out the Guillotine by William Norman Grigg

The Faileocons by Paul Gottfried

Answering Some Well-Asked Questions About Self-Defense by Massad Ayoob

A  Tale of  Two Killings by S. M. Oliva

Fighting Tyranny Should Start at Home by Ilana Mercer

Another U.S.-Orchestrated “Color Revolution”? by Paul Craig Roberts

Anarchism’s Promise for Anti-Capitalist Resistance 

The Narcissism Revolution by Richard Spencer

Road Blockade in Solidarity with Mohawk Nation 

Some Things Are Acceptable in Different Cultures by TGGP

How Big of an Asshole is Keith Preston?

Charles Manson and Me by David Macaray

Sasha Grey Likes Gang Bangs-Live With It by Lily Quateman

Arlinton, Virginia: Hell on Earth

Lydia Guevara posing on the set of her PETA photo shoot.

Viva Che!

Lydia Guevara posing on the set of her PETA photo shoot

Program for a fictional ARV-ATS Scholars Conference

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 24 June 2009

Recently at the No Treason site, Josh Rhodes made the following point concerning the recent rhetorical warfare between myself and some in the “left-libertarian” community:

As someone who has read quite a bit of Keith’s work and corresponded with him extensively, I can assure you that he is not by any stretch of the imagination some kind of queer-bashing neo-nazi. That many people consider him to be so is more indicative of the sorry intellectual state of much of contemporary anarchism and libertarianism than anything Keith’s actually written.

Reflecting a bit on Josh’s observations about “the sorry intellectual state of much of contemporary anarchism and libertarianism” and watching the video records of the latest conference of the Property and Freedom Society, I came up the with this fictional program for what an American Revolutionary Vanguard-Attack the System conference of scholars and activists might look like. Just for the purpose of amusement , here ’tis:

Day One: The Incorrigible Nature of the State

9 am-‘The Advancement of the Anarchist Struggle in the Twenty-First Century“-Welcome by Keith Preston

9:45 am-”The Political Theory of Anarchism” -Dr. April Carter lectures on traditional anarchism

10:30 am-”The State as Augustine’s Robber Band Writ Large” -an Augustinian monk and scholar presents Saint Augustine’s views on the State

11:15 am-”The Rothbardian View of the State“-the thought of Rothbard described by Justin Raimondo

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”Historical Overview of the Classical Anarchist Movement“-Phd student presents his scholarly research

1:45 pm-”The Anarchists in the Spanish Civil War“-94 yr old Spanish Civil War veteran relates his experiences

2:30 pm-”Comparison and Contrast of Classical Liberalism, Classical Anarchism and Modern Libertarianism“-political scientist and professor of political philosophy expounds on these systems of thought and their relationship

3:15 pm-”The Virtue of Human Scale Institutions“-by Dr. Kirkpatrick Sale

4:00 pm-”The Case for National-Anarchism“-by Troy Southgate

Break

7 pm-viewing of rare newsreel footage of classical anarchist figures

7:30 pm-”The Rise and Decline of the State“-evening dinner lecture by Professor Martin Van Creveld

Day Two: The Economics of Anarchism and Anti-Statism

9 am-”The Contending Schools of Libertarian Economic Thought“-by Keith Preston

9:45-”Libertarian and Marxist Theories of the Ruling Class Compared“-by Dr. Sean Gabb

10:30 am-”Reconciling Property Rights with Collective Bargaining Rights“-a joint presentation by an anarcho-syndicalist and anarcho-capitalist

11:15 am-”The Case for Geoanarchism” by Dr. Fred Foldvary

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”Statement to the Convention by Kevin Carson“-read by Keith Preston

1:30 pm-”The Legitimate Foundations of Ownership Rights“-panel discussion featuring a Lockean, mutualist, syndicalist, distributist, Georgist and anarcho-communist, with questions from the audience

2 pm-”Cooperative Economics in Action“-lecture by a member of the Mondragon Cooperative Federation

2:30 pm-”Anarchic Socialism or Cutting Edge Capitalism?”-lecture from heterodox businessman Ricardo Semler

3 pm-”Land Rights Struggles for Indigenous Peoples“-indigenous person from Latin American country gives an overview

3:30 pm-”I Was a Teen-Aged Anarcho-Communist“-person raised on an Israeli kibbutz gives a first-hand report

4 pm-”The Case for Competing Currencies“-an economist makes an argument

4:30 pm-”The Prussian Militarist Origins of the Welfare State“-by Richard Ebeling

Break

7 pm-Film presentation on Anarchism in the Spanish Civil War

8 pm-”The Future of the World Economy“-noted trends researcher Gerald Celente outlines his predictions in evening dinner lecture

Day Three: The American Empire

9 am-”The Costs of the Empire to America“-by Dr. Robert Higgs

9:45 am-”The Costs of the Empire to the World“-by William Blum

10:30 am-”How I Went to Iraq and Saw the Light“-U.S. military veteran speaks

11 am-”What Happened to My Country Because of the U.S. Invasion“-an Iraqi refugee speaks

11:30 am-”How the U.S. Imperialists Crushed the Indigenous South Vietnamese Resistance and Allowed My Country to Fall to Communism“-a former South Vietnamese Buddhist militiaman speaks

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”George W. Bush and Cronies Belong on Death Row“-by Vincent Bugliosi

2 pm-”Life in the Occupied Territories“-a Palestinian refugee speaks

2:30 pm-”The Israeli Attack on the USS Liberty“-a survivor speaks

3 pm-”The Human Costs of the U.S. War Against Central America in the 1980s“-presentation by a former refugee from the civil war in El Salvador

3:30 pm-”Zionist Influence On American Foreign Policy“-by Dr. James Petras

4 pm-”Combating Zionist Influence in Domestic American Politics“-panel discussion with questions from the audience

Break

7 pm-film presentation of John Pilger’s early documentary on the role of the U.S. in the coming to power of the Pol Pot regime of Cambodia, and U.S. support for the Khmer Rouge after the Vietnamese invasion in 1979

8 pm-”On Resisting Imperialism“-evening dinner lecture by Alexander Cockburn

Day Four: Political Correctness

9 am-”Classical Anarchist and Classical Liberal Critiques of Marxism and the Historic Rivalry between Anarchists and Communists: Proudon, Bakunin, Goldman, Berkman, Mill, Russell, Kronstadt and Barcelona“-by Keith Preston

9:45 am-”The Communist Origins of Political Correctness“-by William S. Lind

10:30 am-”What I Experienced in China During the Cultural Revolution“-a survivor compares Western political correctness with Maoism

11:00 am-”My Imprisonment in Sweden“-a Christian pastor tells of his persecution under European PC laws

11:30 am-”Political Prisoners in Europe“-a European lawyer gives an overview

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”American Progressives’ Contributions to Political Correctness“-by Paul Gottfried

1:45 pm-”Judeo-Christian Roots of Political Correctness“-by Tomislav Sunic

2:30 pm-”The Emerging Totalitarian Humanism”-by Keith Preston

3:15 pm-”Political Correctness on American University Campuses“- a student activist speaks

4 pm-”How to Combat Political Correctness“-panel discussion with audience questions

Break

7 pm-”The Trial”-film adaption of the classic Kafka novel featuring Orson Welles

8:30 pm-”The Therapeutic State“-evening dinner lecture by Dr. Thomas Szasz

Day Five: Culture and Philosophy

9 am-”Peace Through Separatism: An Alternative to the Culture Wars“-by Keith Preston

9:30 am-”America’s Cultural Legacy of Anti-Statism“-by Thomas Woods

10:15 am-”The American Radical Tradition“-by Bill Kauffman 

11 am-”Has Brave New World Won Out Over 1984?”-discussion of the dystopian literary classics

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”Where the Gay Rights Movement Goes Wrong“-by Justin Raimondo

1:30 pm-”Women and the State”-presentation and panel discussion from anarcha-feminists, libertarian-feminists, individualist feminists, sex-positive feminists and anti-feminist female anarchists and libertarians

2:30–”Race-Realists Are Not the Devil“-lecture by Jared Taylor

3 pm-”The Nationalities Question“-presentations by members of the Nation of Islam, Lakota Republic, Atzlan, Puerto Rico independence and Hawaiian and Alaskan people’s movements

4:30 pm-”The Americans for Self-Determination Plan“-by Jeff Anderson

Break

 7 pm-”-”Rescuing the Conservative Revolution from the Legacy of Nazism“-presentation from a historian of Weimar intellectual history

8 pm-”The Big Sort“-evening dinner lecture from Bill Bishop

Day Six: Taking It to the Streets

9 am-”Building an Active Anarchist Local Community“-presentation from members of Bay Area National Anarchists

9:30 am-”Making Use of Alternative Media“-panel discussion with alternative radio operators, bloggers, ‘zine publishers, public access TV broadcasters, and podcasters

10:15 am-”Neither Cops Nor Criminals“-joint presentation by members of neighborhood watch and copwatch programs

10:45 am-”Social Services without the State“-scholarly presentation on  historic and contemporary non-state social service systems

11:15 am-”Putting It Into Action“-representatives of non-state assistance programs for the homeless, mentally ill, orphans, battered women, hospices, drug treatment programs, the elderly and the disabled

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”What Elite Theory Tells Us About Anarchist Political Organization“-by Keith Preston

1:30-”The Role of Zoning Laws in Class Oppression“-presentation from a critic

2 pm-”Organizing for the Class Struggle“-panel discussion featuring representatives of labor, consumers, tenants, claimants, and students rights organizations

2:45 pm-”Forming Alternative Schools“-presentation from a critic

3:15 pm-”The Oppression of Youth“-panel discussion on drinking ages, compulsory school attendance, treatment of students by schools, the rights of runaways, curfews, alternatives to both abusive parents and statist institutions, squatting and discrimination against alternative youth cultures

4 pm-”Alternatives to Both Prisons and Capital Punishment“-discussion of possibilities such as restitution, penal colonies and exile

7 pm-”Are HIV Skeptics On to Something?”-debate between an orthodox scientist and a heretic

8 pm-”Global Warming: Dangerous Reality or Political Scam?”-a believer and unbeliever debate during dinner

Day Seven: Defending the Undefendable

9 am-”Overview of the U.S. Prison-Industrial Complex“-presentation from American Civil Liberties Union representative

9:45 am-”The National Socialist German and Contemporary American Police States Compared“-by Richard Lawrence Miller

10:30 am-”The Militarization of U.S. Law Enforcement’-by William Norman Grigg

11:15 am-”Resisting the War on Drugs“-presentation from November Coalition

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”Prisoner Medical Neglect“-presentation from Wrongful Death Institute

1:30 pm-”The War Against Patients’ Rights and Medical Freedom“-a victim tells their story

2 pm-”The Persecution of the Homeless“-presentation from homeless advocacy group

2:30 pm-”What It’s Really Like on the Inside“-former prison inmates tell their stories

3 pm-”Fathers Are People, Too“-overview of the fathers’ rights movement

3:30 pm-”The Nature of Psychiatric Coercion“-lecture from a dissident psychiatrist

4 pm-”The Last Minority: Prostitutes and Other Sex Workers“-presentation on sex worker rights

4:30 pm-”I Was a Crip: What the Street Life is Really Like“-current and former gang members tell their stories

Break

7 pm-”The State’s War on Self-Defense“-presentation from Gun Owners of America

8 pm-”Stateless Legal Systems“-evening dinner lecture from Edward Stringham

Day Eight: Getting There From Here

9 am-”Historic Anarchic Communities: An Overview” by Keith Preston

9:45 am-”The Ups and Downs of Electoral Action“-presentation by a veteran of the Ron Paul campaign

10:30 am-”My Dad’s Maverick Campaign for Mayor of New York City“-by John Buffalo Mailer

11:15 am-”Lessons of the 1990s Militia Movement“-a former militiaman speaks

12 noon-Lunch

1 pm-”Political Alignments and Re-Alignments in American Political History“-by Keith Preston

1:45 pm-‘The Legitimacy of Secession“-by Thomas DiLorenzo

2:30 pm–”The Case for a Secessionist Strategy” by Dr. Kirpatrick Sale

3:15 pm-”Lessons of the Indian Independence Movement and the Partitioning of India and Pakistan“-joint presentation from a Ghandi scholar and a historian of South Asia

4 pm-”Global Guerrillas: The Rise of Fourth Generation Warfare” by John Robb

Break

7 pm-viewing of documentary about Hezbollah militia in Lebanon

8:30 pm-”Blow It Out Your Ass, Uncle Sam!”-keynote address by Commander Marcos of the EZLN

Conservative State Worship

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 25 June 2009

No matter how pissed off I get at liberals and leftists (a very frequent occurrence, I assure you), I have never been able to bring myself to start calling myself a “conservative.” Some of this is no doubt a reflexive reaction to being raised among right-wing Know-Nothings. But just when I am sometimes starting to think that philosophical conservatives are the ones who really have their act together, I come across something like this post from conservative Catholic philosopher Edward Feser.

Feser was once associated with libertarianism, at least on the periphery, and is now some kind of ultra-reactionary Catholic traditionalist. Predictably, he takes a position on abortion that equates abortion doctors with serial killers like Jeffrey Dahmer. I’ve known a number of other people who took such positions (mostly Christian fundamentalists of one type or another), and I really don’t find such views to be interesting enough to bother discussing them. Suffice to say that in an anarchic social order different kinds of communities would likely have different rules and standards concerning enormously controversial issues like abortion. As for my own preference, I’m for legal abortion, at least in the early stages of pregnancy. I’m probably for the legality of late-term abortion also, though I am less sure of this position and would be more accepting of compromise on the question. I don’t know that I really approve of peripheral regulations on abortion either, like parental consent and waiting periods. So, obviously, I’m in the “liberal” camp on this question. But what I find interesting about Feser’s post are comments like this:

On November 28, 1994, notorious serial killer Jeffrey Dahmer was murdered in prison by a fellow inmate. Unspeakably heinous though Dahmer’s crimes were, his murder can only be condemned. To be sure, by committing his crimes, Dahmer had forfeited his right to life. By no means can it be said that the injustice he suffered was as grave as what he inflicted upon his victims. But the state alone had the moral authority to execute him, and no private individual can usurp that authority. Vigilantism is itself a grave offense against the moral and social order, and Dahmer’s murderer merited severe punishment.
The recent murder of another notorious serial killer – the late-term abortionist George Tiller – is in most morally relevant respects parallel to the Dahmer case. It is true that Tiller, unlike Dahmer, was not punished by our legal system for his crimes; indeed, most of those crimes, though clearly against the natural moral law, are not against the positive law of either the state or the country in which Tiller resided. That is testimony only to the extreme depravity of contemporary American society, and does not excuse Tiller one iota. Still, as in the Dahmer case, no private citizen has the right to take justice into his own hands, and Tiller’s murderer ought to be punished to the fullest extent of the law.
 
One can understand how someone can criticize the killing of Jeffrey Dahmer by another prison inmate. Dahmer had already been arrested, tried, convicted and sentenced to life imprisonment. But by the logic of Feser, Dr. George Tiller was a serial killer who was even more evil than Dahmer himself, a mass murderer of innocent children, and the state and the law were allowing him to commit his crimes. Let’s think about this for a minute: Suppose the Manson Family started a political lobby, and through the usual process of procuring legislative favors, pushed Congress or the states to enact a law exempting the Manson Family from the laws against mass murder. The Mansonites begin using their new-found freedom to kill other people with legal immunity. So some sensible person or group of persons grab their Glocks and start picking off the Mansonites one by one. Who would criticize them? Not me. I might even join in. At the very least, if the state subsequently arrested the anti-Mansonites for taking out the Mansonites, I might lead civil disobedience at the court house where the anti-Mansonites were being tried for “murder.”

So what’s Feser’s problem? If he really thinks abortion is the mass murder of innocent children that a corrupt state allows to legally take place, then why does he not praise the heroism of someone who places himself in grave danger in order to eliminate the killer and prevent him from killing more children in the future? Would Feser object to the killing of a wild animal that repeatedly attacked and killed human beings but could not be killed legally because of “animal rights” laws? Maybe, but I’d be surprised if he did.

Frequently, I have heard hard-core pro-lifers refer to abortionists as serial killers but then object to those who assassinate an abortion doctor. I suspect there are two reasons for this. One, whatever they think they believe outwardly, they really do not believe inwardly that abortion is the equivalent of mass murder. This is reflected in the fact that many pro-lifers do not believe there should be criminal penalties for women who obtain illegal abortions, only for the doctor. But whoever heard of the idea that being an accomplice to the murder of a child is not a crime? This perspective makes no sense at all. Many cult members and adherents of fanatical religions will betray their supposed beliefs in private moments and unguarded moments, often without the realization that they are doing so. In their heart of hearts, they really don’t believe in all the bullshit they claim to believe in.

But there’s another issue involved here as well, and that’s the state worship found among many conservatives. While many other conservatives are anti-statists with varying degrees of consistency or sincerity, “moralist” conservatives often express views not unlike Feser’s. Let’s look at Feser’s words once again. This is the key passage:

But the state alone had the moral authority to execute him, and no private individual can usurp that authority. Vigilantism is itself a grave offense against the moral and social order, and Dahmer’s murderer merited severe punishment.

And this:

Still, as in the Dahmer case, no private citizen has the right to take justice into his own hands, and Tiller’s murderer ought to be punished to the fullest extent of the law.

What the hell is this crap about “the moral authority” of the state? What’s so special about the state? Would this be the same institution that killed two hundred million subjects during the 20th century alone? And how exactly is “vigilantism” such a “grave offense against the moral and social order”? The arguments against vigilantism are these:

1) Protection of the innocent. The accused should not be subject to the arbitrary accusations and retaliation of others. Instead, there needs to be a process of determining innocence or guilt according to objectives rules of evidence judged by neutral third parties.

2) Proportionality. One should not be able to arbitrarily execute someone they feel has wronged them. Instead, the punishment should “fit the crime” and be imposed by a neutral third party.

3) Civil order. If everyone “took the law into his own hands,” would this not lead to a breakdown of civil society and the emergence of a free-for-all?

These arguments might make sense in a functional society with a functional legal system, even one that performs erratically much of the time. But that would not seem to apply in a society that has formally legalized mass murder, which is what Feser thinks America has done with legalized abortion. Would a sensible person condemn Cambodian persons who armed themselves circa 1976 and starting taking out Khmer Rouge operatives? A Russian circa 1935 who did the same to Stalinist agents? A German who engaged in such actions against Gestapo agents in 1943? Of course not.

Aside from the fact that Feser does not really believe in his Catholic fundamentalist anti-abortion ideology beyond the surface, conscious level, he also exhibits the emotional and intellectual cowardice that comes with an inability to reject the state. If Feser had been born in North Korea, he would have been one of the North Korean soldiers I saw in television footage after Kim Il-Sung’s death hugging a statue of the Great Leader and weeping: “He took care of me since I was a baby!”

I’ve undergone de-conversion from three cults in my own lifetime: Christianity, statism, and egalitarianism. So maybe there’s still hope for Edward Feser. This brings me to another issue. The owner of the “Debunking Christianity” blog, John W. Loftus, has called for Feser to be fired from his teaching post at a community college because of his statements comparing the assassinated abortion doctor to Jeffrey Dahmer. Says Loftus:

We’ve heard about the murder of George Tiller, an abortionist doctor. But did you know that in this blog post Edward Feser compares Tiller to Jeffrey Dahmer who killed, dismembered and ate 17 men and boys. Feser claims that “Tiller was almost certainly a more evil man than Dahmer was.” No wonder I won’t bother reading his book length diatribe against the new atheists, “The Last Superstition: A Refutation of the New Atheism.”

Feser teaches for Pasadena City College in Pasadena, California which is a community college. I call upon that college to fire him for this highly inflamed rhetoric which will probably bring on more murders of abortion doctors. And I ask others to do likewise. No professor should use such inflammatory rhetoric or be so ignorant about some crucial distinctions.

 

Umm, excuse me, but didn’t Feser condemn the shooting of the abortion doctor and say the perpetrator should be “punished to the full extent of the law”? So it’s not like Feser is advocating the actual killing of abortion doctors. In fact, he’s criticizing such actions. What does Loftus expect? That no professor should ever express moral revulsion concerning abortion or those who practice it, even if they don’t engage in or advocate violence in retaliation against abortionists? That no one should ever insult abortion doctors? Sounds a little wacky to me.

This is the deal. Loftus is a former fundamentalist Christian apologist and pastor who converted to atheism. His writings on atheism and debunking Christianity are some of the best on these topics around. But Loftus seems to have fallen into the trap of many former religious people who replace one form of moralistic zealotry with another. Loftus say he used to lead boycotts against video stores that sold adult videos during his time as a Christian. Now he wants to lead crusades against un-PC college professors. I for one would like to see more un-PC college professors, given left-liberal dominance in much of academia.

I’ve been there. Over twenty years ago, I used to do presentations for high school and college students on the dangers of “racism and fascism” using materials from groups like the $PLC and the Berletoids (I know, I know, but forgive me for I knew not what I was doing). I used to belong to all of the official anti-Christian sects like People for the American Way until I realized that liberals are just as authoritarian and moralistic as any of their religious counterparts. I learned better as I went along. Eventually, I realized that values are simply the subjective emotions and opinions of individuals, and that life is simply a brute struggle of each against all for survival of the fittest. The only thing that matters is how one chooses to wage the war of life. What a liberating realization! May others come to such enlightenment as well.

Updated News Digest June 28, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 28 June 2009

Quote of the Week:

“A century ago, anarchism was a major force within the European revolutionary movement, and the name of Michael Bakunin, its foremost champion and prophet, was as well-known among the workers and radical intellectuals of Europe as that of Karl Marx.”

                                                                           -Paul Avrich, Anarchist Portraits

Down With the Therapeutic Left and Managerial Right by Mark Wegierski

Obama’s Denial of Reality by Lew Rockwell

Not So Huddled Masses: Multiculturalism and Foreign Policy by Scott McDonnell

The Origins of Fascism by Charles A. Burris

Stay Out of Iran! by Jack Hunter

Gun Control: What’s the Real Agenda? by Paul Craig Roberts

Obama and the Torturers by James Bovard

Mainstreaming Censorship by Harrison Bergeron 2

Ignorance is Strength by Paul Craig Roberts

Free Leonard Peltier by Michael Gaddy

The Four Stages of Revolution, Part One by Bay Area National Anarchists

Neither the U.S. Nor Israel is a Genuine “Party to Peace” by Noam Chomsky

Was 50 Million Deaths Really Necessary? by Anthony Gregory

Is Realism Better Than Idealism? byIvan Eland

Do Iranians Deserve Progressive and Liberal Sympathy? by Mupetblast

Iran: It’s All About US, Or Is It? by Justin Raimondo

Popular Support for Israel Eroding Ira Chernus interviewed by Scott Horton

Ten Days That Shook Iran by Pat Buchanan

Loose Ends by Justin Raimondo

Iran’s Green Revolution: Made in America? by Justin Raimondo

Seeing Through All the Propaganda About Iran by Eric Margolis

Iran Falling to U.S. PSYOPS? by Paul Craig Roberts

Better Load Your .44, This is Civil War by TGGP

The War at Home, Up Close by Kevin Annett

Belief in Government Means Ignoring the Evidence from No Third Solution

Noam Chomsky vs Michel Foucault (thanks, Francois!)

Conceptualizing Political Economy on the Humane Scale by Cato the Younger

What Actually Happened in the Iranian Elections? by Esam Al-Amin

 Stay Out of Iran’s Evolutionary Process by Philip Giraldi

Generation Gap by Steve Sailer

Obama’s Undeclared War Against Pakistan by Jeremy Scahill

The “Neda” Video and the Truth-Revealing Power of Images by Glenn Greenwald

What Iran Means by Stephen Walt

Dumbest Idea on the Planet by Jeff Huber

Intifada in Iran by Robert Fisk

PIG Kills Man at Stoplight by William Norman Grigg

California Is America’s Future by Pat Buchanan

San Diego Jury: PIGS Are Above the Law (of course!) by William Norman Grigg

Michelle Braun and Her Plea Bargain by Tim Worstall

When the Jackbooted Ones Strike… by William Norman Grigg

The Myth of Our Regeneration by Michael O’Meara

The U.S. Government is Evil by Francois Tremblay

Turkish Sex Workers Look to Form Union 

What the Big Banks Have Won by Mike Whitney

Arrest of Gang Intervention Leader Raises Concerns 

Building Fascism by Lew Rockwell

The Government Owns Your Body from theConverted

Parents of Unruly Students to be Jailed 

Debtors’ Prisons Are Making a Comeback by Francois Tremblay

Sicko by Ilana Mercer

Interview with Anarchist People of Color founder Ashanti Alston by Jose Antonio Gutierrez

The Hate Crimes Bill: How Not to Remember Matthew Shepard by Alexander Cockburn

Secession: Deep in the Heart of Texas

Updated News Digest July 5, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 4 July 2009

 Quote of the Week:

“I would love to be disassociated from anti-racists. I think their cultural leftism is a turnoff. And I say this as a non-white. I can’t speak for all people of diverse or non-caucasian racial makeup, but I for one am tired of some people (predominantly white) telling me to be indignant about racism, ostensibly to satisfy some sense of guilt they may have.”

                                                                                                               -Dixie Flatline

“Diversity in capacities and powers – those differences between races, nations, sexes and persons – far from being a social evil, constitutes on the contrary, the abundance of humanity.”

                                                                                                       -Mikhail Bakunin

Down with the Therapeutic Left and the Managerial Right, Part 2 (see Part One ) by Mark Wegierski

The Rise of the Libertarian Distributists by Ian Huyett

Who Are We to Accuse Iran of Election Fraud? by Thomas Naylor

The U.S. of Goldman-Sachs by Matt Taibbi (a follow-up)

The Communitarian Anarchism of Gustav Landauer by Larry Gambone

Principles of the American New Right by Chris D.

Barter Networks and the Counter-Economy by Kevin Carson

The Uncompromising Rothbard by Lew Rockwell

The Big Whorehouse on the Potomac by Paul Craig Roberts

It’s All About Independence by Justin Raimondo

Consent or Coercion  by Gustav Landauer

The Coming Nationalist Schism by Ian Huyett

Gob Smacked by Alexander Cockburn

Independence and Liberty: We’re Losing Both by Anthony Gregory

Iraq: The Coming Train Wreck by Ivan Eland

Who You Calling a Conservative? by Paul Gottfried

History Haunts Honduras by Justin Raimondo

Iraq Occupation Isn’t Over Yet Scott Ritter interviewed by Scott Horton

NAACP Calls for Martial Law (talk about a death wish!) by Steven Farley

Just What the Hell is “Socialism”? by the Tasmanian National-Anarchists

Leave Africa to the Africans (an African author agrees) by Ian Huyett

National-Anarchism and Defense from Tradition and Revolution

Liberty and the Tehran Spring by Justin Raimondo

Baptist Pastor Assaulted by PIGS from Francois Tremblay

Dissent in the Military by Dahr Jamail and Tom Engelhardt

Of Vices and Crimes, Beginnings and Ends by Quasibill

Chilean Anarchists on the Honduras Coup from Porkupine Blog

Mad Max Conservatism by Richard Spencer

The Superiority Complex from Francois Tremblay

The Honduras Coup: A Wake-Up Call from Porkupine Blog

The Democracy Regime and Honduras by Kevin DeAnna

Profit Is Not Justified by Entrepreneurial Risk by Francois Tremblay

Pirates of the Mediterranean by Paul Craig Roberts

Unity, Diversity and Divisiveness in Anarchism by Larry Gambone

Victory in Iraq? by Harrison Bergeron 2

Debtors’ Prisons Are Making a Comeback by Francois Tremblay

Hezbollah After the Elections by Franklin Lamb

Industrial Worker, Issue # 1717, July 2009 from Worker Freedom

Homeless Organize, Stand Together and Win 

Greek Anarchists Go On Arson Spree  by Kathimerini

I Hearby Resign My U.S. Citizenship by Jeff Knaebel

A College Degree is a Bad Idea by Jeff Hough

Why I Own Guns by Michael Gaddy

The Suppressed Facts: Death by U.S. Torture by Glenn Greenwald

Obama’s New Euphemism by Joanne Mariner

Obama’s Latest Leap Towards Lawlessness by J.D. Tuccille

The Freedom to Discriminate by Art Carden

Beware the Dreaded Iranian Curse by Eric Margolis

The Police Statization of America by Lew Rockwell

Real ID: A Warning on the Danger of Government by James Bovard

PIGS Gone Wild by William Norman Grigg

Insufferable Historicism by Mark Hackard

Creepy Old Men Support Pedophilia by S. M. Oliva

Establishment Chic by Thomas Woods

NYC Street Vendors Resist the State

Hands Off Honduras by Pat Buchanan

Wal-Mart: State-Capitalist Scumbags by Sheldon Richman

Race, Localism and the Problem of Over-Articulation from Front Porch Republic

What Was America? by Harrison Bergeron 2

Victim of PIGS Near Death After PIGS Attack Bar 

Direct Action in Action 

Keep the State Out of Church by Laurence Vance

The Banality of Evil Applies to Everyone by Jacob Hornberger

Half-Sigma vs Kevin MacDonald by TGGP

Video Record of Left-Libertarian Strategy Session

Updated News Digest July 12, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 12 July 2009

Quote of the Week:

““Adolf Hitler as chancellor of Germany is a horror; Adolf Hitler at a town meeting would be an asshole.”

                                                                                              -Karl Hess

It’s Not Just Fundamentalists Who Are Ignorant by TGGP

Rot in Hell, Robert McNamara: The Life of  a Monster Considered by Ray Mangum (Hear Daniel Ellsberg on McNamara’s Scumbaggery; and Alexander Cockburn and Robert Scheer)

Secession is the Answer by Claire Wolfe

Anatomy of a Wrongful Conviction by Bill Anderson

Celebrate Secession by John Payne

One Step Forward, One Step Back by William S. Lind

Fourth Generation Warfare from AnarchoNation

Why the Global Warming Hoax is Being Perpetrated by Gary North

Vatican City as a Voluntary Society by Carlo Lottieri

U.S. Imperial Aggression Against Diego Garcia by Murray Polner

Obama in Russia by Justin Raimondo

Are Afghan Lives Worth Anything? by Tom Engelhardt

Al Franken, Chickenhawk by Anthony Gregory

So This is What Victory Looks Like? by Scott Ritter

Obama Slouching Towards an Iran War? by Tony Karon

Victory is Impossible in Afghanistan by Matthew Parris

The Honduran Drama by Justin Raimondo

Ten Steps to Close Down an Open Society by Naomi Wolf

A Quagmire for Obama by Derrick Z. Jackson

What’s That Imperial Base in Honduras For? by Jacob Hornberger

Pentagon Report Verified Detainee Torture by Thomas Eddlem

The “Values” Fetish by Paul Gottfried

First They Will Come for the Hate Criminals by Peter Brimelow

The Pie Graph of Theft by Francois Tremblay

Unity, Diversity and Divisiveness in Marxism by Larry Gambone

Obama’s Strategic Blindspot by Andrew Bacevich

Prison Rape as Policy by David Rosen

The New McCarthyism by Neil Clark

Time to End the War on Drugs from the Cato Institute

Towards a Soviet America by Bill Anderson

“It’s Discrimination!” by Ben O’Neill

Tase Early, Tase Often by Patrick Bedard

Why Do Feminists Support the Afghan War? by Sonali Kolhatkar and Mariam Rawi

China’s Porcelain Empire by Justin Raimondo

Hands Off  Honduras by Philip Giraldi

The Myth of the Surge by Stephen Walt

Real ID: A Real Warning on the Danger of Government  by James Bovard

“Staying the Course” Prolongs Afghan War by Malou Innocent

Norks and Nukes by Ted Galen Carpenter

Can Ethnonationalism Bring Down America’s Tower of Babel? 

High Infidelity  by Jack Hunter

The Tyranny of Mark Levin’s “Liberty” by Jack Hunter

Americana: The 2nd Revolutionary War 

Obama’s Biden Problem by Alexander Cockburn

Rural America Needs More Than Listening Sessions by Jim Goodman

Updated News Digest July 19, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 19 July 2009

Quote of the Week:

“Whoever looks at America will see: the ship is powered by stupidity, corruption or prejudice.”

                                                                                     -Johann Most

The Myth of the Rule of Law by John Hasnas

Carter Conservatism by Sean Scallon

Ten Lessons on Empire by Stephen Walt

What Economy? There’s Nothing Left to Recover by Paul Craig Roberts

Remembering the Great William Appleman Williams by Greg Grandin

The Rise of the Red Tories from The Other Right

WW2: Unnecessary War, Unnecessary Empire Pat Buchanan interviewed by Scott Horton

This Is Your War on Drugs from Mother Jones

“It Is by Their Principles, Religious or Philosophical, That Societies Live” by Pierre Joseph Proudhon

Republicans: The Fake Party of Small Government by Kevin Carson

The American Police State by Judge Andrew Napolitano

America’s White Underclass by Joe Bageant

Communist America by Jim Rogers

Where Have All the Progressives Gone? by Kevin Annett

The Secession of Bay Beach Way by Dana Tyler

A Distributist View of the Economic Crisis by Allan Carlson

No to Obamacare by Dr. Thomas Szasz

Why Only 50 States? We Should Have More of Them by Russell Arben Fox

What is Antipsychiatry? by Dr. Thomas Szasz

Fear and Tyranny by Brian Hoostal

World Military Expenditures by Francois Tremblay

Nowhere, USA by Bill Kauffman

Poverty Draft? by Mickey Z.

America is Sinking Fast by Pat Buchanan

The Crime Lords of Wall Street by Matt Taibbi

Don’t Let Them Disarm You by Chuck Baldwin

Palinomania and Sanfordphobia by Paul Gottfried

“I’m Just Following Orders” by Francois Tremblay

Green Into Red: Environmentalists Urging Workplace Takeover

Is Military Service Honorable? by Fred Reed

Far from the Sea of Tranquility by Tom Piatak

Justice Has a Huge Blind Spot from Murphy’s Bye-Laws

Who Should Have a Date with the Hangman? by Butler Shaffer

Malaise in Retrospect by Dylan Hales

Carter Conservatism and Contrarian Conservatism by Kevin DeAnna

The Deflating Economy by Mike Whitney

The High Crimes of U.S. Presidents by Jack Douglas

Brief Notes on Social Subversion in the 21st Century by Signalfire

The Virtue of Mutiny by Laurence Vance

Protest U.S. Aggression by Ron Jacobs

Icy Smiles for Obama in Moscow by Eric Margolis

2084 by Justin Raimondo

The American Empire of Blood is Doomed by Mike Rozeff

Twittering Revolutionaries by Philip Giraldi

Women Commandos in Iran by Robert Dreyfuss

On Tribalism  by John Robb

Death of Michael Jackson More Important Than 1 Million Iraqi Dead by Kurt Nimmo

Cheney Sweats Out the Summer by Ray McGovern

Car Wash Fundraiser from Bay Area National Anarchists

Danish Hell’s Angels vs Criminal Gangs from Gates of Vienna

Comparing Zionists to Nazis May Be Criminalized in Britain by Leon Symons

What a Long, Strange Trip It’s Been by Sam Baldwin and Daniel Luzer

Obama’s War Signals by Justin Raimondo

Bush and Cheney’s Sinister Lawlessness by Ivan Eland

Mr. President, Why Are We Still Torturing? by Nat Hentoff

The Real Purpose of Affirmative Action by Richard Spencer

Watch What We Say, Not What We Do by Alexander Cockburn

On the Preston Affair by Jeremy Weiland

Updated News Digest July 26, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 July 2009

Quotes of the Week:

“We anarchists do not want to emancipate the people; we want the people to emancipate themselves.”

                                                                                                                -Errico Malatesta

“We are bound first to imform ourselves concerning so great a matter as the revolt of millions of people- what they are struggling for, what they are struggling against, and how the struggle stands- from day to day…as best you can; and second, to spread this knowledge among others, and endeavor to do what little you can to awaken the consciousness and sympathy of others.”
                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                          -Voltairine de Cleyre

Secession is the Future  An Interview with Kirkpatrick Sale

First Steps Taken to Implement Preventive Detention, Military Commissions by Glenn Greenwald

Unfashionable Nation-Building by Dan Phillips

Proudhon on Capital and Usury from Francois Tremblay

Anarchism, Class Struggle and Political Organization by Tom Wetz

Israel Jumps the Shark by Justin Raimondo

Anarchism and the Movement for a New Society by Andrew Cornell

Care Tactics: Weaponizing Human Rights by Chase Madar

A Compilation of Critiques on “Hate Crimes” Legislation from Infoshop.Org

Threatening Iran by Paul Craig Roberts

The Democrats: Fake Party of Compassion by Kevin Carson

Revolt of an Elite: On Henry Louis Gates by Elizabeth Wright

Prisoner Insurrection in Canada by Joe Warmington, Pete Fisher and Andrea Houston

Nine States Quietly Declare Their Independence by John Paul Mitchell

The Fiscal Ruin of the Western World by Ambrose Evans Pritchard

We Are in the Midst of an Economic Disaster by Gary North

The Masters of Perfidy: AIG and the System by Jeffrey St. Clair

Obama Escalates Afghanistan Quagmire by Patrick Krey

Living in a Police State by Dave Lindorff

The American Revolution Revisited by Chuck Baldwin

Eastern Europe and the Habit of Servitude by Justin Raimondo

The Unconscious of a Liberal by Jack Hunter

Invisible Iraq by Robert Dreyfuss

How to Argue Against Torture by Bernard Chazelle

Benjamin R. Tucker and Gertrude B. Kelly on Education by Libertarian Labyrinth

Blackwater Seeks Gag Order by Jeremy Scahill

“Humanitarian” Efforts Are Often a Pretext for Aggression by Paul J. Nyden

The Coup and the U.S. Airbase in Honduras by Nikolas Kozloff

Bush’s Third Term by James Joyner

The Technique of a Coup d’Etat by John Laughland

The Battle Begins: ATF vs the 2nd Amendment by Bryce Shonka

Obama’s Free Lunch is Over by Philip Giraldi

Back to the Future? Return to El Salvador by Clifton Ross

Obama’s Disappointing Secrecy by Benjamin H. Friedman

Previous Governments: To Prosecute or Not? by Michael Tennant

“A Damned Murder, Inc.” by Alexander Cockburn

Is America a Racist Nation? by Ian Huyett

The U.S. Has No Business Being in the Murder Business by Eric Margolis

A Victim of the System Needs Help (Update here)

Chinese Imperialism and Its Discontents by John Derbyshire

This Is Your Country on Drugs by Laura Miller

Why War in Afghanistan Is Futile by Malou Innocent

When Mark Levin Attacks by Jack Hunter

Is Food for Africa Working? by Brian Doherty 

Obama’s Court of Red Czars by Ilana Mercer

What Americans Can Learn From the British Experience with Surveillance by Jacob Sullum

Will the Republicans Save Us? by Laurence Vance

Never Believe Uncorroborated Police Testimony by William Norman Grigg

Uninformed Ingraham by Patrick J. Ford

Too Many Other People by William Norman Grigg

25 Scary Facts About Brainwashing by Jill Gordon

Cops Gone Wild by Dave Lindorff

Police State Wisconsin

Watch Who You Call Extremist by Steven Greenhut

Bruno: A Glimpse Into Zionism by Gilad Atzmon

Politicizing Crime by Daniel Coleman

Why More Atheists Than Anarchists? from Francois Tremblay

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 24 July 2009

For some years  now, I have advocated for the anarchist movement in North America a change in direction from the course it has followed since the 1960s. Essentially, the general flavor of the anarchist milieu is one that expresses the same set of primary values as Marxists, social democrats and left-liberal Democratic Party activists, with the added qualification of “by the way, we’re also against the state as well.” A principal problem with such an approach is that it fails to distinguish political anarchism from run of the mill leftism. Furthermore, anarchism exists primarily as a kind of youth culture/subculture which focuses on a very narrow ultra-leftism and hyper-counterculturalism that inevitably has the effect of relegating political anarchism into a fringe ideological ghetto.

This is a situation that I have sought to change. I have done so by advocating a broader, more expansive approach for political anarchism than what the current mainstream of the movement will allow for. This effort has won me many highly sympathetic friends within the anarchist milieu, and many bitter enemies as well. In a recent and highly controversial essay, I argued for a “revolution within anarchism.” What I was calling for is the future advent of a “non-leftoidal” anarchist movement, meaning one that is more substantive, comprehensive and original in its approach, rather than simply championing the run-of-the-mill causes and issues favored by leftists and post-60s counterculturalists.   

If one surveys most of the contemporary anarchist websites and publications, one typically sees persistent and predictable references to things like the evils of racism, sexism and homophobia, the villainy of pollution and cutting down trees, the need to be kinder to animals, the championing of unions and worker-related causes, the need for better health care and other things that any little old lady at a Democratic Party precinct meeting, liberal Methodist pastor or high school social studies teacher might be interested in. Added to this might be standard countercultural causes like publishing “zines,” alternative media projects, squatting, “Food Not Bombs,” vegetarianism or veganism, neo-pagan or New Age religions, transsexualism, hippie communes,  or punk music. Many of these are no doubt good causes or perfectly harmless activities, but it is questionable as to how much they really do to subvert “the System.” After all, the radicals from the 60s have for the most part been victorious on most of the issues that emerged during that time. But what has been the result? The military-industrial complex is larger and more expansive than ever before, and the empire more far-reaching and more overtly aggressive. The state is more expansive and repressive, and the police state and prison-industrial complex have emerged as major growth industries. The plutocracy has become ever more exploitive, and the socio-economic classes ever more polarized. And the “culture wars” have degenerated into battles within the middle class over symbolic issues like same-sex marriage.

I submit that anarchists in North America should strive to break the grip that the “60s model” of radicalism has on their own milieu and begin looking for new directions. In my previous writings, I have called for the development of an anarchist-led pan-secessionist movement with a strong populist orientation, and oriented towards the lower socio-economic orders, e.g., the lumpenproletariat, neo-peasantry, declasse’ sectors, lower petite bourgeoisie, respectable poor, sinking middle and so forth. Such a movement would champion “third way” economic tendencies beyond socialism or capitalism, with an emphasis on decentralization and the voluntary sector. There would be an across-the-board defense of civil liberties (defending both drug decriminalization and the right to bear arms, for instance) and irreconcilable cultural differences would be handled according to the model of “peace through separatism,” meaning groups like the feminist/gay Left or the Religious Right would have their own separate institutions, associations, communities, and, if necessary, entirely separate regions, with explosive cultural matters like the definition of marriage, abortion, capital punishment, the rights of children against their parents, educational practices, and immigration being determined according to local community standards. The emergence of such a movement would involve a situation where the independent Left, populist Right, radical Middle, underclass, lumpenproletariat, declasse’ sectors, radical ecologists, and racial-nationalists among the minority groups would naturally bend towards one another against the neoconservative/left-liberal establishment.

My own ideological perspective is, for all practical purposes, virtually identical to what one might find at a website like Infoshop.Org , with several important differences. One of these is my rejection of abstract internationalism in favor old-fashioned foreign policy isolationism. A similar policy has worked quite well for the Swiss and Swedes for generations, and an emphasis on strict neutrality in international relations is even more important in an era where “humanitarianism” is used as a justification and cover for imperialism. Second, the phenomena of what is called “political correctness” needs to be effectively and comprehensively challenged, given that this is the ideological superstructure of an emerging form of totalitarianism. Lastly, I wish to end the “culture war/race war” mentality common to many Leftists and Rightists alike, and deal with differences of religion, culture, race, ethnicity, language and so forth according to the principles of individual liberty, voluntary association, pluralism, meritocracy and peaceful co-existence where possible, otherwise decentralism, localism, secessionism, separatism, self-determination and mutual self-segregation. For holding such positions, I have gained many enemies, but I have also brought in new friends, allies, and ideological tendencies whose tenants overlap to a great degree with those of traditional anarchism. Just as those of us who opposed the Cold War were often accused of fueling Communism, so are those of us who today oppose the Culture War accused of fueling Nazism, fascism, racism and theocracy but, as has been said, “this too shall pass.”

A question that emerges from this discussion involves the issue of what sort of time frame we are looking at.  I prefer to use the “forty years in the wilderness” analogy, a reference to the biblical legend whereby the escaped Israelite slaves wandered in the wilderness for forty years before reaching the Promised Land. I will explain the relevance of this analogy shortly, but when considering such a matter it is important to recognize identifiable trends in U.S. politics. These include:

1) The two-party system has proven to be extraordinarily durable, and has survived for 200+ years since the founding of the Republic, with no significant alterations and in spite of many subsequent changes in American society of a monumental nature.

2) The state has persistently grown throughout U.S. history, with no significant rollback at any point, and will likely continue to do so in the forseeable future, particularly given the economic troubles that lie ahead. Depending on whose estimates one relies on, the U.S. state now consumes 35 to 40 percent of the GDP, and is capable of consuming still more, as the European social democracies demonstrate. Further, there is no real evidence that the public at large objects to this. Opinion research indicates that anti-statist ideologies like libertarianism and paleoconservatism are the least popular so far as ideologies somewhat connected to the political mainstream are concerned.

3) Demographic, cultural and generational trends indicate that the center-left and, consequently, the Democratic Party, will be the dominant force in American national politics in the decades ahead. It is also true that American domestic partisan cycles tend to run at 35 to 40 year intervals. The Democrats recently emerged victorious after Republican dominance since the late 1960s. The Nixon Republicans displaced the Democrats who had been dominant since the election of FDR in 1932, and FDR ended the Republican reign that had begun in the 1890s (with the exception of the disastrous Wilson presidency). If this trend has any meaning for the future, the current Democrat-dominated partisan cycle should begin to expire sometime in the 2040s, precisely the decade when Americans of non-European ancestry are expected to collectively become a demographic majority.

In other words, we should count on the center-left being dominant for the next 40 years or so, and we should plan on using that time to build up a revolutionary movement that will eventually displace the current center-left coalition that has emerged victorious with the election of President Obama. Of course, there are a lot of people who wish to unseat the present center-left ruling coalition from the Right, ranging from right-wing neocon Frumites to paleocon Buchananites to the “grassroots Republican” Palinites to the Religious Right, Libertarians, and so forth. However, it is unlikely that any of these elements will ever achieve anything more than marginal or temporary victories, as all of them represent forces that were once dominant in American society but are in a serious state of decline. Neoconservatism, for instance, is a degenerated form of Cold War liberalism and the Paleocon/Religious Right program of turning back the clock to the 1950s is something of a joke. That mainstream “conservatives” have found no one better than Sarah Palin to be their leader demonstrates what a joke their perspective is as well. The purpose of present day “conservatism” is not to gain political power but to attract listeners and viewers to talk-radio or FOX News (itself a product of the “dumbing down” of American culture) and to sell books by barely literate right-wing polemicists.

It is of the utmost importance that a genuine revolutionary movement identify the present and future center-left ruling coalition as the primary enemy. To focus on “right-wing conservatives” is foolish given that these represent the losing forces of history, e.g., the right-wing of the old-monied elite, proponents of archaic nation-state based nationalism, religious fundamentalists, opponents of the sexual revolution, the declining white middle class and so forth. Yes, Rush Limbaugh may be a fat-assed windbag who peddles jingoism in its crudest form, and Ann Coulter may be a sniveling cunt, but there is no evidence that the movement they represent will ever achieve comprehensive or enduring political power in the United States. Indeed, the Bush administration, with its grotesque ineptness, may well have been their last gasp. Even more foolish is the tendency of some in the anarchist movement to devote inordinate amounts of attention to “right-wing extremist” groups, e.g., the Ku Klux Klan, neo-nazis, skinheads, et.al. Nothing is more marginalized and irrelevant to the mainstream of American politics than these. Persistent battles between “racists” and “anti-racists” are as socially and politically productive as wars between one-percenter motorcycle clubs or crack-dealing, inner-city street gangs.

The correct historical model to draw on in the development of a 21st century revolutionary movement in North America is not the battle between the Left and classical Fascism in the 1920s and 1930s but the historic rivalry between the anarchists and the Communists, with the center-left and its ideology of political correctness now playing the role of the “new totalitarianism.” I submit that the anarchist movement in North America should adopt as its primary objective the development of a revolutionary movement to challenge the center-left from the left, with the goal of obtaining political pre-eminence once the center-left expires its historical utility. In other words, there should be an anarchist-led revolution in the United States sometime during the 2040s, and the interim decades should be a build-up period to that point.

American history informs us of how we might proceed. Given the historic durability of the two-party system, it is worth noting that the only disruptions of that system were the replacement of the Federalists with the Whigs, and the subsequent replacement of the Whigs with the Republicans prior to the U.S. Civil War. Given that the Democrats are likely to be the ruling party over the next few decades, the aim of the revolutionaries should be to eventually replace the Republican Party with a yet to be named or thoroughly defined revolutionary coalition/organization/federation of some kind.

It is also worth noting and rather ironic that the only “near miss” as far as rolling back the perpetual expansion of the Leviathan state in U.S. history was the attempted Southern secession of 1861, which the Republican Party was formed primarily to prevent. Given that the two largest revolutionary events in U.S. history were the secession by the 13 colonies from Britain and the attempted Southern secession from the Union, it makes sense that a continuation of the American secessionist tradition should be our primary strategic tool. There is also the question of how to best go about formulating propaganda whose purpose is to shift popular opinion in our direction. As anarchists, we can quote Bakunin, Kropotkin, Goldman, Proudhon, Spooner, Tolstoy, Stirner, Nock, Rothbard, Bookchin or Chomksy within our own circles all we wish. The fact that remains is that most Americans don’t know and don’t care about such things. What they do know is the American populist revolutionary tradition that extends back to Jefferson and the Declaration Independence. In other words, we anarchists should follow the lead of Voltairine de Cleyre and work to fuse anarchism with American radical traditions in a way that makes sense to the ordinary person.

The need to abandon conventional “culture war/race war” psychology cannot be emphasized strongly enough. This does not mean that anarchists, the majority of whom identify with the left on social and cultural matters, should abandon their own ideals, interests or preferences. For instance, the majority of anarchists probably take a favorable view of the “immigrants’ rights” cause. Because immigration is a highly divisive social issue within the ranks of the poor and working class, I have advocated simply decentralizing immigration policy to the local level. This means that some localities might have the ultra-liberal immigration policies of contemporary “sanctuary cities” and others might take a position more like the contemporary Minutemen. In a community where the prevailing opinion on immigration was rather “conservative” in nature, left-wing anarchists could still agitate for an alternative point of view if they wished, vote against an anti-immigration referendum, etc. Nevertheless, it remains true that a wide assortment of demographic groups commonly identified with the “cultural right” will likely come under increasingly severe attacks from the state in the decades ahead. What we anarchists should say to the Right is this: “You rightists will get a better deal from us than with the totalitarian Left. We will defend you against attacks from the state. We will uphold the right to bear arms, free speech, educational freedom, freedom of association, and freedom of religion. We will shut down the police state. We will recognize your political sovereignty in those communities where your perspective is the prevailing sentiment. We will uphold the economic interests that you share in common with others.”  It should not be difficult to connect and form alliances with a wide variety of rightist factions against the common enemy in the central government given that states’ rights and local sovereignty are venerable American traditions of the kind which conservatives are the ostensible champions.

The center-left will eventually collapse as it begins to fracture along various lines. As political correctness becomes more deeply entrenched in American society, it will have fewer and fewer inhibitions about showing its fangs. As the role of the Israel lobby in U.S. foreign policy becomes increasingly exposed, the center-left will fracture along pro-Zionist  and anti-Zionist lines. As the immigrant and non-white population expands and becomes more powerful, racial and ethnic divisions on the Left will become more obvious. Other contributing factors to the eventual demise of the center-left ruling coalition will be growing class divisions, ideological differences among the left (multicultural vs universalism), the incompatibility of some of the left’s constituent groups (socially conservative blacks and homosexuals, for instance), the decline of the traditional Right as a common enemy and unifying force for the center-left, and the economic bankruptcy of the welfare state. Ultimately, the greatest fault line will be between upper middle class, white, liberals mostly concerned with social issues like gay rights, abortion rights, environmentalism and secularism, and lower class, mostly black and Hispanic, radicals concerned with class and economic issues, framed as racial and ethnic issues.

Over the next twenty years or so, anarchists should work to re-orient their movement away from a narrowly focused ultra-leftism and towards the broader pan-secessionist, decentralist populism I have outlined here. This will be achieved by those anarchists who already hold a similar position agitating for such ideas in the anarchist milieu and eventually gaining positions of leadership as the older ways become increasingly archaic. Once again, this does not mean that anarchists should necessarily abandon many of the projects with which they are currently involved. It means simply expanding the horizons of the anarchist milieu, appealing to a wider variety and larger number of people, and tackling a wider assortment of issues.

Once the project of re-orienting the anarchist movement towards becoming a more effective fighting force is achieved, the next step will be to work to gain political preeminence at the local and regional level for the ultimate purpose of overturning the present and future center-left ruling coalition, and doing so in a way that involves radical decentralization of power to the lowest possible level. This does not mean that decentralization is the only value. There are currently many worthwhile projects that anarchists are involved with ranging from assisting the homeless, to agitating for the living wage, to prisoners’ rights, to alternative schools, to solidarity with the Palestinians, Tibetans and oppressed people in other parts of the world. This does not mean that any particular set of anarchists needs to abandon their preferred set of cultural values. What I am simply proposing is that irreconcilable cultural differences be handled according to the model of “peace through separatism” as opposed to civil war, persecution, subjugation or oppression. Some rural counties may not allow abortion and some liberal enclaves may not allow handguns or smoking in bars. Some science academies may discriminate against creationists, and some churches may discriminate against feminists and homosexuals. Some schools may teach Afro-centrism and some may teach Euro-centrism. Some neighborhoods may exclude outspoken racists and others may exclude drug dealers or vice merchants. Such is an inevitability in a highly diverse civilization of hundreds of millions of people.

As to where those anarchists already committed to an outlook such as the one I’ve outlined here should begin, I would suggest that anarchists of this type begin infiltrating larger organizations for the purpose of gaining leadership positions. For instance, most of the current “third party” organizations are politically worthless, and there has never been a genuinely successful third party in U.S. history. However, these parties might well be captured by the anarchist movement and combined into a federation of more authentically revolutionary organizations, with their own infrastructure, social services, schools, media, militia and so forth, perhaps on the model of Fourth Generation entities like Hezbollah. It is these institutions and organizations that should replace the state once the present ruling class crumbles.

Updated News Digest August 2, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 1 August 2009

Quote of the Week:

“My political opinions lean more and more to Anarchy (philosophically understood, meaning abolition of control not whiskered men with bombs) — or to ‘unconstitutional’ Monarchy. I would arrest anybody who uses the word State (in any sense other than the inanimate realm of England and its inhabitants, a thing that has neither power, rights nor mind); and after a chance of recantation, execute them if they remain obstinate!… Government is an abstract noun meaning the art and process of governing and it should be an offence to write it with a capital G or so as to refer to people… The most improper job of any man, even saints, is bossing other men. Not one in a million is fit for it, and least of all those who seek the opportunity.”

                                                                                                        –J.R.R. Tolkien

“The Left is the Establishment, the financial and cultural elite of the Western world support them, and all the SDSs, Indymedias, “antifascists,” and the rest are nothing but the managerial state’s militant wing, lackeys of the powerful as surely as were Pinkerton detectives.”

                                                                                                                     -Kevin DeAnna

Anarchism and Secession Walter Block interviewed by Lew Rockwell

The Power of Statelessness by Jakub Grygiel

America the Great…Police State by Gore Vidal

Professor Gates’ Arrest: There is a First Amendment Right to be Rude to a Cop by Harvey Silverglate

Obama’s Secret Police by Justin Raimondo

Neither Opportunism Nor Sectarianism: On Radical Strategies speech by the late Murray Rothbard

Praetorian Presumptions by William Norman Grigg

Tell Israel: Cool the Jets! by Pat Buchanan

There Is No Fix for the American Healthcare System by Thomas Naylor

Most Americans Oppose U.S. Role in Iraq and Afghanistan Wars AP Poll

The Disappearing Palestinian by Philip Giraldi

The Wall Street Journal Discovers Secession from Second Vermont Republic

The Biden and Clinton Mutinies by Alexander Cockburn

Searching for Enemies by Gabriel Kolko

The Bastards Never Die by Joe Bageant

I’d Rather Be a Farmer than a Stockbroker by Jim Rogers

Bill Kristol is a Lying, Scheming, Scam Artist, Scumbag by Glenn Greenwald

The Alternative Right and the Impossibility of Conservatism  by Kevin DeAnna

What If the Right Becomes the Antiwar Party? by Marcion

Full Spectrum Dominance by Thomas Naylor

Beyond the Palin by Rick Pearlstein

Economism in the Alternative Right by Patrick J. Ford

Microstate Madness in Europe by Chirol

Decentralization for Socialists by Brian McClanahan

Americans Don’t Trust the Federal Government by Steven Thomma

The Superpower Conceit by Justin Raimondo

The Holocaust and Israel’s “Re-Establishment” by Jack Ross

The Walls Came Tumbling Down by Kevin Carson

The PIGS Keep On F***ing Up from Rad Geek

Right-Wing Jingoist “Christians” Are Bloodthirsty Assholes by Francois Tremblay

My Experiences as a Working Class Anarchist by Terry Morgan

Proudhon on Profit from Francois Tremblay (you may need Babelfish for this one if you don’t read French)

Post-Race Scholar Yells Racism by Ishmael Reed

Lies, Damned Lies and Statistics by Paul Craig Roberts

PIG Shows His True Attitude Towards Those Whom He Serves and Protects from Austro-Athenian Empire

The Honduran Coup and the Clinton Connection by Justin Raimondo

The Recession is Finally Over-Not! by Peter Schiff

In Praise of the Heroic Pashtun by Tom Engelhardt and Juan Cole

Middle East Show of Farce by Jeff Huber

I Shouldn’t Read the News. I Really Shouldn’t. by Fred Reed

State-Capitalism in Britain by James Heartfield

Today, Henry Gates; Tomorrow, You by Kelley B. Vlahos

Cheney’s Plans for a Military Coup by Scott Horton

The Ten Commandments for Ambitious Policy Wonks by Stephen Walt

People Like Palin by Jack Hunter

Hate Crimes and Free Speech by Chris Clancy

The Politics of White Guilt  by Paul Gottfried

We All Stand Before Peltier’s Parole Board by Harvey Wasserman

Dismantling the Empire  by Tom Engelhardt and Chalmers Johnson

Bombing for a Juster World by Jean Bricmont

My Experiences with National Healthcare by Linda Schrock Taylor

Universities Face Economic Meltdown by Gillian Wee

The Last Knight of the Habsburg Empire by Jorn K. Baltzersen

The Green Rope-A-Dope by Walter Williams

China’s All-Seeing Eye by Naomi Klein

Will the Feds Declare Martial Law? by James Bovard

The Affirmative Action0cracy by Steve Sailer

The Monsters Underneath My Bed by Patroon

My Life as a Person of Color by Paul Gottfried

Afghanistan’s U.S.-Backed Child-Raping Police by Gareth Porter

U.S. Attorney General Denounces “Radicalization” of Americans by Jeremy Pelofsky

A Few Thoughts on the “Birthers” by Red Phillips

They Thought They Were Free

The Fruits of Anarchist “Anti-Racism”

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 4 August 2009

“Certain attitudes derived from the New Left and the so-called counter-culture permeated neo-anarchism and had a deleterious effect upon it. Chief among these was elitism. It was the common belief among the New Left that the majority of the population were “coopted”, “sold-out”, “racist” and “sexist”. For the hippie-left, most people were considered to be beer-swilling, short-haired rednecks. Much of this youthful hostility was directed against their parents and hence was more of an expression of adolescent rebellion than political insight. With the exception of those who opted for anarcho-syndicalism, most neo-anarchists carried this contemptuous attitude with them. The majority was written-off as hopelessly corrupted and this attitude still continues today. Such contempt is in complete contrast to classical anarchism, which even at its most vanguardist, saw itself as only a catalyzer or spokesman for the masses. While rejecting the majority, they became infatuated with minorities. The New Left, scorning workers, turned to racial minorities and the “poor” as possible agents of social change. Native people, prisoners, drop-outs, homosexuals, all have been given a high profile, virtually to the exclusion of the rest of the population.”

                                                              -Larry Gambone, Sane Anarchy, 1995

A recent article in the Intelligence Report, the journal of the state-connected, crony-capitalist, cop-friendly, “private” espionage and surveillance agency known the Southern Poverty Law Center remarked: “Unifying anarchists has been likened to herding cats. But if there is one theme that most anarchists will rally around, it is that of stamping out racism, especially organized racism driven by white nationalist ideology. Many younger anarchists are members of Anti-Racist Action, a national coalition of direct-action “antifa” (short for “anti-fascist”) groups that confront neo-Nazis and racist skinheads in the street, often resulting in violence.”

And what do these anarchists have to show for all of this “anti-racist” zealotry? How well are these anarchists regarded by actually existing people of color for their efforts? An item that has recently been circulating in the anarchist milieu with the revealing title, “Smack a White Boy, Round Two“, demonstrates just how much “solidarity” is felt towards the mostly, white, middle-class, left-anarchist movement by the supposed beneficiaries of its anti-racism:

Dread locked white punks, crusties with their scabies friends, and traveling college bros swarmed a space on the dividing line of gentrification in the Bloomfield/Garfield/Friendship area late July 2009 in Pittsburgh for the annual CrimethInc convergence. Whereas previous CrimethInc convergences had been located deep in wooded areas, this particular one took place in a poor, black neighborhood that is being pushed to the borders by entering white progressive forces.

There were those that had experienced CrimethInc’s oppressive culture and people for years and others who had experienced enough oppression after just a few days. Our goals were to stop CrimethInc, their gentrifying force, and to end the convergence right then and there for all that they had done.

Just a few blocks away, eight anarchist/autonomous/anti-authoritarian people of color* gathered to discuss a direct confrontation. We arrived from different parts of these stolen lands of the Turtle Island. Some came from the Midwest, some from the Northeast, some born and raised in Pittsburgh. Altogether we represented 7 different locations, half of us socialized as female a variety of sizes, skin color, with identities of queers, trans, gender-queers, gender variants, and womyn. With little time and a desire for full consensus, we quickly devised a plan.

The majority of the CrimethInc kids were in the ballroom on the second floor watching and participating in a cabaret. A group of us began gathering attendees’ packs, bags, shoes, banjos, and such from the other rooms on the second floor and moving it all down the hallway towards the stairs. We had gone pretty unnoticed, mostly due to lack of lighting.

Once those rooms had been emptied, it was time for the main event. We gathered at the ballroom’s doorway furthest from the stairs following the final act of the cabaret.

On the count of three. One, two, three!” one APOCista said.

Get the fuck out!”, we all shouted.

And the eviction began. One apocer began reading ‘An Open Letter to White Radicals/Progressives’, while the others began yelling at the attendees to gather their things and leave. Irritated by their continued inaction after about 10 minutes or so, one of the people involved in the action shouted,

This is not an act! Get your shit, or we’ll remove it for you!”

So much for the claims of anarchists to be exemplars of multicultural brotherly love. Now, before I get to other questions, let me say that I actually think the “Anarchist People of Color” group who carried out this “eviction” had a point. Many white leftists and progressives do indeed regard non-whites as children in need of rescue by enlightened folks such as themselves, and often assume a paternalistic attitude when dealing with people of color. And while I’m not so sure that “gentrification” by white anarchist kids is quite on the level of gentrification by upper-middle class, affluent, professional people organized into state-connected “civic organizations” and “business associations”, and operating in collusion with crony-capitalist “developers”, the overall point is still well-taken. Gentrification does indeed frequently assume the character of a kind of urban imperialism, and white, middle-class “progressives” who never tire of wearing their racial liberalism on their sleeves are often at the forefront of such efforts. Indeed, it might be argued that gentrification serves the same purpose in modern urban societies as the dispossession of native or indigenous peoples’ in frontier or colonial societies, i.e., naked robbery carried out under the banner of enlightenment, progress, paternalism or cultural and class chauvinsim. Some would go even further and argue that mass immigration serves a similar purpose, e.g., economic and cultural dispossession of the indigenous poor and working class in order to provide labor for capitalists, clients for social services bureaucrats and voters for political parties and ethnic lobbies. But that might be “racism”.

The obsession with “racism” exhibited by modern leftists appears to be rooted in a number of things. Some are the obvious, e.g., the political, cultural and intellectual backlash against such horrors as Nazism, South African apartheid, “Jim Crow” in the American South, the Vietnam War and other manifestions of extreme colonialism. Another is the need for the radical Left to find a new cause once the horrors of Communism were revealed. Still another is the universalist ethos that emerged from Enlightenment rationalism. Yet another is the adolescent rebellion against society mentioned by Gambone. And another is the quasi-Christian moralism exhibited by many left-wingers: “Love thy exotically colored neighbor.”

It’s like this, my fellow anarchist comrades: World War Two is over. Hitler is dead. George Wallace is dead. Bull Conner is dead. Jim Crow has been relegated into the dustbin of history. Apartheid is finished, and Nelson Mandela eventually became South Africa’s head of state. In case you haven’t been paying attention, the United States now has a black President. Many of the largest American cities have black-dominated governments. In the wider society, “racism” has become the ultimate sin, much like communism or homosexuality might have been in the 1950s. By continuing to beat the dead horse of “white supremacy”, anarchists are simply making our movement look like fools.

No doubt many reading this will raise the issues of the high rates of imprisonment among blacks and Hispanics, police brutality, the medical neglect of illegal immigrants in detention centers, or the high unemployment rates in American inner cities. Do you really think that no whites have ever been adversely affected by these things? Do you think there are no whites in jail or prison for frivolous reasons? Who receive shoddy medical care? Who are adversely affected by state-capitalism and plutocratic rule? Who are subject to police harrassment or violence, or who are shabbily treated by agents or bureaucrats of the state? Who are subject to social ostracism because of their class, culture, religion or lifestyle?

There is certainly nothing wrong with opposing the genuine oppression of people of other races or colors, and many anarchists and other radicals engage in laudable displays of support for the people of Palestine, Iraq, Afghanistan, Tibet, Latin America, and indigenous ethnic groups who are subjected to occupation or imperialist aggression. Yet, the obsession with “racism” found among many Western radicals has become pathological in nature. Whenever I encounter these “anti-racism” hysterics, I am reminded of the cultic, fundamentalists religious sects, where no amount of devotion to the cause is ever good enough. Go to church three times a week? Not good enough, you need to be there six times a week. And there is little doubt that the war between Anarchist People of Color and Crimethinc will produce a great deal of “What are we doing wrong, us shitty white supremacists?” self-flagellation among many”anti-racist” left-anarchists.

This obsession with “racism” on the part of many anarchists might be worth it if it had the effect of recruiting or converting many thousands or millions of people of color to our cause.  Yet, the simple truth is that decades of anti-racism hysteria has produced an anarchist movement that is as white as it ever was. This does not mean that there are never any non-whites to be found in anarchist circles. Of course there are. But are they representative of the cultural norms of the ethnic or racial groups from where they came? Not in my experience. Instead, the relatively small number of people of color who can be found in North American anarchist circles are usually immigrants from other places, or products of ethnic minority cultures that have assimilated into a wider white culture, for instance, blacks who grew up in white middle-class neighborhoods or minorities who participate in white youth subcultures, like punk rock. Honestly speaking, what would a typical African-American or Latino think if they wandered into the standard anarchist discussion group and found themselves in the midst of the usual anarchist banter about “racism”? What would they think, other than, “What a bunch of freaks!”

This does not mean that anarchists should become “pro-racist”. It simply means that it would be more productive if anarchists would simply re-orient themselves towards the ostensible purpose of anarchism, i.e., “a political philosophy encompassing theories and attitudes which consider the state, as compulsory government, to be unnecessary, harmful, and/or undesirable, and promote the elimination of the state or anarchy.” I recently came across a Facebook page with the heading “The Other Anarchists” which described itself thus: “For those who wish to see the state abolished, but are not nihilists, terrorists, or idiots. Including some: free market anti-capitalists, anarcho-capitalists, anarcho-monarchists, voluntaryists, social anarchists, Christian anarchists, Green anarchists, and our fellow travelers ( [non-violent] Luddites, paleoconservatives, minarchists, left-conservatives, retroprogressives, and the like).

This would seem to be about right. Perhaps we can work with the nihilists and terrorists, but the idiots really need to be shown the door. What should anarchists do about “racism”? Just forget about it. Yes, you read that right and if you need more elaboration, watch this. And this. Many anarchists engage in many worthwhile projects that many different kinds of people can benefit from, like antiwar activism, labor solidarity, prisoner defense, support for the homeless, resistance to police brutality, the protection of animals from cruelty, environmental preservation, alternative media or alternative education.  These are issues that transcend color lines. Just stick to these and let “people of color” work out their own problems for themselves.

The APOC/Crimethinc battle may well be indicative of what the future of the political Left will be. I have predicted before that the center-left will be dominant in American politics for the next several decades due to demographic, cultural and generational change in U.S. society. It is widely predicted that the non-white populations will collectively outnumber whites in the U.S. by the 2040s. As the non-white population grows due to demographic trends and large-scale immigration, and as class divisions widen, there is likely to be a split within liberalism between the mostly white, upper middle class, cultural progressives and the mostly black and Hispanic lower classes, which include many persons with more conservative views on social questions like gender roles, abortion, homosexuality and religion.

A Zogby poll taken last year concerning the level of public sympathy for the matter of secession indicated that the principal source of support for genuinely radical ideas (like separatism) comes not from the “far right” or backwoods militiamen but from young, unemployed, uneducated blacks and Hispanics in the heavily populated areas of the U.S.. In a few decades, the crumbling U.S. empire and its liberal-capitalist-multiculturalist elites and affluent classes may well be facing an insurgency by the expanded non-white underclass. There are an estimated one million urban gang members in the U.S., mostly blacks and Hispanics, and these are organized into thousands of armed groups. Are these not a domestic American version of the “fourth generation” insurgent movements that exist in other parts of the world like Latin America or the Middle East?

What will be the condition of American society in the decades ahead as the liberal-capitalist-multiculturalist ruling class begins to lose its grip and is faced with an insurgency by the black and Hispanic underclass? What should be the response of the mostly white anarchist movement to such a turn of events? How should the anarchist movement seek to handle such a scenario? Play your cards wrong and you’ll end up in a situation infinitely worse than that faced by Crimethinc.

The anarchist milieu needs to re-think its positions concerning racial matters. Continuing to perpetrate anti-racism hysteria year after year, decade after decade, is a dead end. There is zero evidence that such a stance will bring the masses of North American blacks and Hispanics into our ranks, and much compelling evidence that such efforts are futile, foolish and counterproductive. For many years, the anarchist movement’s obsession with “social issues” has been a distraction from what ought to be the primary objective of anarchism, i.e., the abolition of the state. This is not to say that anti-statism is the only value, or that anarchists should not be concerned with other matters. It does mean that a more constructive stance on certain questions should be pursued.

For one thing, it might be helpful if anarchists would display an interest in issues other than run of the mill left-wing causes like those involving race, gender, sexual orientation, ecology and the like. Why are anarchists not involved in the movement for the defense of the right to keep and bear arms? In a sensible anarchist movement, there would be anarchists sitting on the board of directors of the National Rifle Association. Why are anarchists not involved in the various movements for local or regional autonomy, or secession by states and communities? Certainly, such efforts should fit well with the supposed anarchist emphasis on decentralization.

What might be a more sensible approach to racial and cultural differences than the hysterical approach currently taken? A venerable American tradition is one of “separation of church and state.” This is a tradition that has worked quite well throughout U.S. history. Individual Americans are largely free to practice or not practice whatever religion they wish. Yes, fringe religious groups like the Branch Davidians are sometimes subject to persecution. Yes, state laws such as the ban on the use of psychedelic drugs impedes powerless groups like certain indigenous tribes from practicing their religion. Yes, children from sects whose tenants prohibit certain medical practices are sometimes forcibly subjected to such practices. Yes, religious do-gooders sometimes wish to use the force of the laws to suppress activities deemed immoral, like gambling, vice or alcohol. But for the most part, most people practice their religion or non-religion of choice most of the time with very little interference from either the state, or from society at-large. Compare this with the situation in, say, Saudi Arabia or North Korea, and it can be determined that “separation of church and state” is a system that works quite well. Research shows, for instance, that atheists are a minority group that is more widely disliked than any of the groups championed by the Left: blacks, immigrants, homosexuals, Muslims. Yet atheists, of whom I am one, are hardly an “oppressed minority” but an intellectually and culturally elite group who are heavily represented within the ranks of leading scientists, philosophers, academics, journalists, authors, artists and entertainers. As far back as 1910, Thomas Edison was able to proclaim his heretical religious views with to the New York Times with impunity.

I submit that the appropriate attitude for anarchists to take concerning racial and cultural matters is one of “separation of race and state” or “separation of culture and state.” Within such a context, all state legislation or regulation concerning race and culture would be eliminated, and individuals and groups would be able to engage in whatever racial or cultural practices they wished within the context of their own voluntary associations. Just as some religious organizations or institutions are very conservative or exclusionary in nature, and others are very liberal and inclusive, so might some racial or cultural organizations and institutions be similarly conservative or liberal, exclusionary or inclusive. For instance, the Anarchist People of Color and other like-minded groups could have their own schools, communities, neighborhoods, commercial enterprises and other institutions where white folks are verboten. Likewise, the Nation of Islam, Aztlan Nation, evangelical Christians, Mormons, paleoconservatives, or ”national-anarchists” might also have their own homogenous communities as well. Feminists and queers might implement similar arrangments for themselves.

As I have said before, we need a “revolution within anarchism itself”. We need an anarchist movement that is not just an all-purposes leftist movement, but a movement that has abolition of the state as its central focus, and an approach to matters of race, culture, religion and so forth that is workable in a highly diverse society. This renovated anarchist movement would shift its focus towards the building of autonomous, voluntary communties, reflecting a wide assortment of cultural, economic or ideological themes, within the context of a wider pan-separatist ethos who principle enemy is the overarching state. It should be understood that severe and irreconcilable differences among different kinds of people will inevitably arise, and that such differences are best managed according to the principle of “peace through separatism.” As Erik von Kuehnelt-Leddihn observed: “The ideological and philosophical struggles, which can neither be suppressed nor made an organic part of the governmental machine, have to be relegated to the private sphere of society.”

Updated News Digest August 9, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 8 August 2009

Why Read the Sunday Paper When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

“America is just the country that how all the written guarantees in the world for freedom are no protection against tyranny and oppression of the worst kind. There the politician has come to be looked upon as the very scum of society.”

“The law is an adroit mixture of customs that are beneficial to society, and could be followed even if no law existed, and others that are of advantage to a ruling minority, but harmful to the masses of men, and can be enforced on them only by terror.”

“Have not prisons – which kill all will and force of character in man, which enclose within their walls more vices than are met with on any other spot of the globe – always been universities of crime?”

                                                                                                              -Peter Kropotkin

Against Anarcho-Inadequacy: National-Anarchist Reflections on Race, Tribes and Identity by Andrew Yeoman

How Is America Going to End? Who’s Most Likely to Secede? by Josh Levin

The End of America 2009: Special Series

Anarchic Patriotism by Mandolyna Theodoracopulos

Who Was Right? Huxley or Orwell by Stuart McMillen

“Culturally Sensitive” Imperialism by Justin Raimondo

The Greatest Depression in History by Andrew Gavin Marshall

Why the State Sovereignty and Secession Movements? by Brian Roberts

MOLOCH: Mass Production Industry as a Statist Construct by Kevin Carson

The Silence of the Sheep by William S. Lind

Listen Up, “Anti-Racists”: It’s Not Just the Dark-Skinned Folks Who Are Victimized by the PIGS by Ted Rall

Anarchism, State-Socialism and Healthcare Reform by Gary Chartier

The Most Inclusive Day Ever  by Nina Kouprianova

The Folly and Wickedness of War by Lawrence Vance

The Return of the Bomb by Justin Raimondo

The Expiring Economy by Paul Craig Roberts

Cruise Missile Liberals Jeremy Scahill interviewed by Scott Horton

National Bankruptcy by Peter Schiff

The Belief in Regenerative War: Why So Many American Intellectuals Supported the Iraq War by Jackson Lears

National Security State by Jon Taplin

Export Cars, Not Democracy by Philip Giraldi

Wham Bam Bananastan by Jeff Huber

Mercs, Murder and the American Way by Chris Floyd

Who’s To Blame When Vets Turn Homicidal? by Kelley Vlahos

Obama’s Israel Albatross by Elaine C. Hagopian

The Hiroshima Cover-Up Greg Mitchell interviewed by Scott Horton

It’s KGB-Gestapo Time by William Norman Grigg

Obama and the Israeli Lobby by Anthony DiMaggio

“Civil Liberties Extremist” Glenn Greenwald interviewed Scott Horton

America’s Evil Asian Empire Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

The War We Can’t Win  by Andrew Bacevich

Life Under Communism: East Germans Prefer the GDR 

Let the Military Commissions Die by David Frakt

Rein in the Human Rights Bureaucracy by Peter Worthington

Jobs of Our Own: Building a Stakeholder Society from The Distributist Review

Time to Go, Grandma! by Pat Buchanan

Perpetual War for Perpetual War by Jeff Huber

No More Nuclear Mass Murder by Frida Berrigan

Whitewashing CIA Crimes by Sherwood Ross

Obama and His Media on the Economy by Lew Rockwell

What to do When There’s No Doctor by Gary F. Arnet

Away With Libertarian Opportunists by Dylan Hales

The “Patriotic” Spy by Justin Raimondo

Turning the U.S. Army Against Americans by Dan Kennedy

Bubba Scores a Reversal by Gordon Prather

Tomb of Peacemakers by Eric Margolis

FOXy Feminists by Paul Gottfried

The Empire is Running on Empty by Nebojsa Malic

It Pays to Have a Nuke by Alexander Cockburn

Squaring Dupont Circle by Eve Tusnet

Playing Politics with a Ghost by Scott Ritter

The Real Lessons of the Henry Louis Gates Affair by Radley Balko

Privacy is Dead in America by Gary D. Barnett

Adding Up the True Costs of Two Wars by Joseph Stiglitz and Linda J. Bilmes

Read Between the Lines by John Pilger

Make a Difference, Make a Living Gary North interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Obama Scales Up the Terror from Francois Tremblay

The Stand for Sovereignty by Timothy Baldwin

The Future is Going to Be a Lot Worse by James Howard Kunstler

Why Be Afraid of the State? by Harry Goslin

The Media is the Propaganda Arm of the State by Glenn Greenwald

What Samuel Said About Solomon by Frank Chodorov

The Khmer Rouge Goes on Trial Michael Paterniti interviewed by Scott Horton

Acceptable Bigotry? by Karen DeCoster

One is Six Long Term Jobless is Dead Within Ten Years by Laura Clark

The Limits of Power: An Interview with Andrew Bacevich by Aaron Leonard

PIGS Make National Guardsmen Eat Piss Dirt by William Norman Grigg

The Destruction of the Black Middle Class by Dedrick Muhammed and Barbara Ehrenreich

Grandfather Assaulted by PIGS by William Norman Grigg

The Myths of Afghanistan by William Blum

PIGS Shoot Infant to Death by William Norman Grigg

Is Food Not Bombs White Supremacist? from Bay Area National Anarchists

Sarah-Phobia? by Lila Rajiva

The Key to Understanding the State by Charles Burris

8:15 am by Rad Geek

Modern Day Daniel by Chuck Baldwin

 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

Updated News Digest August 16, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 15 August 2009

Why Read the Sunday Paper When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

“You’re cultivating disrespect for government in your children!” protested a relative not long ago. “Every way I can think of doing so, with each opportunity that presents itself, every single day that God sends me!” I responded. Children are never too young to be taught to despise the State, to distrust its agents, and to avoid cooperating in any way with the mechanism of official plunder, deception, and coercion. Parents should seek to instill such attitudes in their children as soon as possible, if for no other reason than to protect them from being abused at the hands of those employed by what Orwell might have called, with suitable irony, the Ministry of Compassion — that is, those employed by the official child-snatching apparatus.
                                                                          -William Norman Grigg

Problems and Priorities: What Issues Most Concern Americans NBC News/Wall Street Journal Poll

Live Free or Blow Hard by Jack Hunter

An Antiwar Effort Only the Right Can Lead by Dr. John V. Walsh

Why I Am A Radical Conservative by Jack Hunter

Obamageddon by Justin Raimondo

Nader Was Right: Liberals Are Going Nowhere With Obama by Chris Hedges

Unspinning the Unemployment Numbers by Paul Craig Roberts

Razing Japan to the Ground: U.S. War Crimes in WW2 Daniel Ellsberg interviewed by Scott Horton

The Case for Leaving Iraq-Now! by Tim McGirk

The Israel Lobby May Be Headed Towards Obsolescence by Michelle Goldberg

The Persistence of Empire by David Bromwich

Is the Pro-Israel Lobby Panicking? by Rami G. Khouri

Lost in Military Limbo by Tom Engelhardt, Sarah Lazare, and Dahr Jamail

Don’t Make Colombia Another Afghanistan by Teo Ballve

The Great American Plutocracy by Charles Burris

Chomsky on Iran by Niusha Boghrati

There Is No Recession; It’s a Planned Demolition by Mike Whitney

Pink Slip Nation: Get Used to It by Gary North

Sickos by Richard Spencer

Lincoln’s Appeal to Marxists by Harrison Bergeron 2

Coming Soon: Anarchy from Infoshop.Org

Creating a European Indigenous Peoples’ Movement from The Brussels Journal

Who Owns Our Jobs? by John Medaille

People Die in Obama’s Unarmed Chicago by Karen De Coster

“Anti-Racism” Hysterics Reach New Low by Riva Richmond

11:20 am  from Rad Geek People’s Daily

Tax-Feeders and Manufactured “Crimes” by William Norman Grigg

Chauvinism for Sissies by Scott Locklin

Angry White Men by Pat Buchanan

Setting the Right in the Right Direction by Red Phillips

Tax-Feeders and the New Debtors Prisons by William Norman Grigg

Obama Seeks to Block Abuse Photos by Eli Clifton

Distracted Driving Summit? by Karen DeCoster

Doomsday: Pros and Cons by Arnaud De Borchgrave

Learning from Past Exit Strategies: The American Colonies by Stanley Weintraub

Indignant Government Rhetoric on Torture Rings Hollow by Clive Stafford Smith

An Army Man Changes His Mind by Wendy Murray

The Man with the Plan for Bananastan by Jeff Huber

Hamas 2.0: The Islamic Resistance Movement Grows Up by Michael Broning

Obama’s Acting Stupidly in Afghanistan by Stephen M. Walt

Secret Prisons and Gag Orders Continue Under Obama by Thomas Eddlem

Letting Cheney Off the Hook by Joanne Mariner

Shouting for the State by Lew Rockwell

Obama’s Healthcare Horror by Camille Paglia

 Small Government Caused Our Current Problems? by Robert Higgs

Carl Schmitt Appreciation Society (hat tip to Chris Donnellan)

Prosecutorial Totalitarianism by Bill Anderson

We Who Are Against the French Revolution

Police State Healthcare by William Norman Grigg

How I Wrote 1,000 Columns for Antiwar.Com by Justin Raimondo

The Ever Present Military Option by Charles Pena

Big Brother May Be Watching You…Again by David Kramer

The Truth About Iran in Iraq Gareth Porter interviewed by Scott Horton

Kudos to Bill Clinton? by Bill Clinton

Gitmo Prosecution Witnesses Paid Daphne Eviatar interviewed by Scott Horton

Is a Political Solution in Afghanistan Possible? by William Pfaff

Israel Threatens Lebanon from The Daily Star

The Thirty Years War by Robert Dreyfuss

Getting Away with Torture by Deepak Tripathi

Eric Holder’s Cover-Up by Jacob Hornberger

Addicted to War: America’s Brutal Pipe Dream in Afghanistan by Chris Floyd

White House Opening to Hezbollah, Hamas? by Robert Dreyfuss

Is It Now a Crime to be Poor? by Barbara Ehrenreich

Second Class Citizens by Bay Area National Anarchists

Those Who Can’t Do and Those Who Can’t Teach by TGGP

Obama’s Authoritarian Style by James Taranto

Milton Friedman Unraveled  by Murray Rothbard

 The Obama Way of War by Richard Spencer

Why Are Internment Camps Being Built? by Chuck Baldwin

The Return to Depression Era Economics from No Third Solution

Thoughts on Localism by J.L. Wall

Where Is the $PLC on Panthergate?  by Ellison Lodge

Breaking the Bank by Sean Scallon

Strip Kristol and Podhoretz of their Medal of Freedom by Jack Ross

Our Alarming Economic Future Bob Murphy interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Wag the Dog, Again by Philip Giraldi

Pot Is Safer Than Booze  by Paul Armentano

The Silence of the Lefties Justin Raimondo interviewed by Scott Horton

Patients, Beware! by Hannah Borno

Anatomy of the Warfare State Robert Higgs interviewed by Scott Horton

The Best Goldman-Sachs Apology Yet by Matt Taibbi

Direct Action: An Ethnography by David Graeber

Philadelphia G-20 Info-Session and Planning Meeting from Infoshop.Org

Unhealthy Debate by Tom Harnden

I Hate to Bother You  by Eduardo Galeano

Innovation in the World of Hate? by Lila Rajiva

Breaking Eggs to Make “Libertarian” Omelets by Kevin Carson

Obama, Bush and the Limits of Power by Anthony Gregory

Line in the Sand: The State Sovereignty Movement by Timothy Baldwin

What to do When They Come for You by William Norman Grigg

You Can’t Fight City Hall, But You Can Pee on the Steps and Run by Gary North

The Surveillance Society Marches On by Wilton Alston

Posse Comitatus Act R.I.P. by David Kramer

Why Are We in Afghanistan?  by Justin Raimondo

Bombings Worse Than Hiroshima and Nagasaki by Laurence Vance

Who’s Un-American? by Jack Hunter

Why a Debtors’ Revolt Would Work by Marshall Auerback

Big Government=Low Wages by Peter Schiff

War Unwinnable by Pat Buchanan

Health Plans and Death Plans by Alexander Cockburn

My Son is Sotomayor’s Ghost by Paul Gottfried

Astroturf by Ilana Mercer

Repressive Tolerance? 

“We’re White Punks on Dope!”: Anthem of the Anarcho-Leftoid Movement?

 

 Weekly Reading of Scripture:

 The State: Its Historic Role by Peter Kropotkin

For Community: The Communitarian Anarchism of Gustav Landauer by Larry Gambone

Woman Suffrage by Emma Goldman

The Origins and Ideals of the Modern School by Francisco Ferrer

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

The Revolution Within Anarchism: Goodbye, Ultra-Leftism; Hello, Pan-Secessionism

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 11 August 2009

For any movement or system of thought to remain relevant or dynamic, it must possess the internal capability of periodically reassessing its present course and shifting its focus and direction. Thus far, political anarchism has experienced two distinct stages. The first of these was the era of “classical” anarchism. Roughly defined, this was the period between the Marx/Bakunin split in the 1870s and the defeat of the Spanish anarchists in the 1930s. The second stage began during the 1960s with the emergence of a brand of anarchism that internalized the ideological framework of the New Left, and it is this framework that still prevails at the present time.

The classical anarchist movement was primarily oriented towards proletarian revolution and the historic labor movement. This was appropriate as the “labor question” was the principal political struggle of the time. The New Left-influenced anarchist movement (”neo-anarchism”) oriented itself towards the movements that emerged during its own era. These included “anti-racism” (for instance, the movement against American and South African racial apartheid systems), “anti-colonialism” (opposition to the Vietnam War and other manifestations of imperialist aggression), “the womens’ movement” (second wave feminism), “gay liberation” (homosexuals were previously regarded as criminals, deviants or mentally ill by the wider society), the ecology movement, a variety of tendencies collectively known as “counterculturalism”  and other comparable but lesser known movements, all of which had the purpose of challenging traditional institutions, systems of authority, social practices, cultural norms and so forth. The overwhelming majority of contemporary anarchists continue to function within this particular paradigm.

However, the question needs to be asked as to whether this paradigm is really appropriate in the early 21st century. If it were found to be inappropriate, what might the alternative be? In more recent times, an number of tendencies have emerged within the anarchist milieu that have challenged the dominant New Left-derived paradigm. These include primitivists, eco-anarchists, anarcho-capitalists, anarcho-monarchists, national-anarchists, tribal anarchists, anarcho-pluralists, a variety of ideologies that might be collectively labeled “free-market anti-capitalists”, post-left anarchists, Christian anarchists, and a number of other perspectives. While there are significant differences between these tendencies, and each of these rejects the dominant New Left paradigm with varying degrees of consistency or fervor, collectively they compromise a dissident force within anarchism that seeks to move past the current second stage in the history of anarchism and into a new era.

The two most serious weaknesses of contemporary anarchism are illustrated by the opening paragraph of the Wikipedia entry on anarchism:

Anarchism is a political philosophy encompassing theories and attitudes which consider the state, as compulsory government, to be unnecessary, harmful, and/or undesirable, and favors the absence of the state (anarchy.)Specific anarchists may have additional criteria for what constitutes anarchism, and they often disagree with each other on what these criteria are. According to The Oxford Companion to Philosophy “there is no single defining position that all anarchists hold, and those considered anarchists at best share a certain family resemblance.”

Among many contemporary anarchists, there is an observable tendency to ignore the struggle against the state, or the treat the battle against the state as only one matter on a laundry list of preferred causes, usually those of a conventionally leftist or countercultural nature. This is the first weakness. The other is the matter of sectarianism, i.e., setting an amount of “additional criteria for what constitutes anarchism” that is so large that it becomes self-defeating when it comes to the matter of building an actual movement that can wield political influence. 

There needs to be a revolution within the anarchist movement itself. This should be a revolution that re-orients the anarchist movement towards the primary anarchist objective of state abolitionism. Second, there needs to be a shift in contemporary anarchist thought and action that involves a retreat from the current tunnel-visioned focus on ultra-leftism and counterculturalism. A new focus that is broader and that speaks to a wider variety of issues and population groups is necessary. Third, there needs to be an evaluation of tactics, and the adoption of new tactics that are relevant to current political realities.

An interesting list of historic anarchist communities can be viewed here. One thing that is immediately noticeable about these anarchist polities from the past is how different many of them were from one another. Consequently, it is probable that in a civilization where anarchist communities became widespread there would be wide variation in the specific ideological, cultural or structural content of these communities. This automatically means that the sectarian differences between competing strands within anarchism are irrelevant. Different kinds of anarchists will form different kinds of communities in those geographical regions where their own tendencies are prevalent. For instance, anarcho-communists and anarcho-capitalists, leftist anti-racist anarchists and national-anarchists, anarcho-futurists and primitivists, gay anarchists and Christian anarchists, anarcha-feminists and anarcho-monarchists, may not even consider one another to be “true” anarchists, but these battles simply do not matter if different kinds of anarchists are simply “doing their own thing” within the context of their own communities, institutions and organizations.

How, in a nation-state like the United States, could an anarchist movement become large enough, or influential or powerful enough, to actually carry out a revolution rivaling that of, for instance, the Spanish anarchists of the 1930s? Clearly the anarchist movement in North America could never do such a thing, given its small size and narrow focus. But what about a much larger popular movement, in which anarchists assume leadership roles, and with a much broader focus than what is found in the anarchist milieu at present?

Read this essay by the military historian Martin Van Creveld on the present decline of the state as an institution. Now, read this series of articles on the possible scenarios that will bring about the downfall of the American regime itself. Then read this review of a book that describes how Americans are in the process of sorting themselves out into communities specifically oriented towards their own political, cultural or lifestyle interests. Now, take a look at this opinion poll showing the amount of support for secessionist movements in the U.S., and the surprising nature of these numbers. Then take a look at two books (here and here) which offer us an alternative economic paradigm beyond the standard “big business vs big government” false dichotomy.

My friends, these works contain the ideas and information necessary to develop a popular revolutionary movement in North America. This essay is an attempt to synthesize these ideas and develop a comprehensive strategy for their application. No single reader is likely to agree with every argument or position taken in that essay, but its purpose is to “get the ball rolling” concerning the debate as to how anarchist revolution in North America will actually be carried out. And this essay is a discussion of considerations concerning time frames.

The single idea of state abolitionism will never be popular enough to become a mass movement. Most people simply are not that averse to political authority. However, the idea of secession has its roots in American history, culture and tradition. Therefore, anarchists should simply work to develop their own independent enclaves reflecting the value systems of their particular sect of anarchism, encourage other secession movements, and work to popularize the idea of secession. An effort should be made to appeal to those demographic groups most under attack by the state, those with single issues that put them in conflict with the state, and those who have the least to lose and most to gain by rejecting the state. 

Further, anarchists should position themselves as the upholders of the economic interests of ordinary people. This opinion poll   indicates that the issues of most concern to the public at large at present are unemployment, government spending and healthcare. What, if anything, do anarchists plan to do about these matters? How many individual anarchists have even given any thought to such topics? There are some ideas on these here, here, and here. If you do not like these, then come up with something of your own.

Particularly problematic is the question of people and groups with polar opposite views on many issues participating in the same movement. For instance, the conflicts between the various anarchist sects (Anarchist People of Color and Crimethinc come immediately to mind), or the conflict between secessionists holding opposing cultural or ideological perspectives. No doubt, there are some people who will not enter into a movement that includes others with whom they strongly disagree on certain questions no matter what. These individuals will simply have to fall by the wayside. The proper response to such questions is the “good riddance” argument.  In a decentralized political system, with voluntary association and community autonomy, leftist anti-racist anarchists and national-anarchists need not have any association with one another, nor anarcho-capitalists and anarcho-communists, nor gays and religious conservatives, nor racists and racial minorities, nor snobby rich people and slummy poor people, nor druggies and straight edges, nor feminists and male chauvinist pigs. Nor Crimethinc and Anarchist People of Color. Everyone wins but the state, the ruling class and the empire.

Updated News Digest August 23, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 22 August 2009

Why Read the Sunday Paper When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!!

Quote of the Week:

“A brilliant developer in Southern California did a market survey, and he found that in the area where he had the property, so he had to do the development, conservative Republicans and liberal Democrats were almost evenly divided, so, and he had one gated community he had to build, so on the left side he built houses that suited conservative Republicans, and on the right side he built places where you could have yoga and meditation and everything (laughter) that suited liberal Democrats, and he actually sold it out immediately, divided exactly as he had predicted, from his market surveys.”

                                                                                                   -Bill Clinton

“Counter-Culture hung up the Out of Business sign sometime in the Nineties, finished off by identity politics and general self-satisfaction.”

                                                                                                 -Alexander Cockburn

Does Decentralization Lead to Social Regression? by Ethel Leona Futo

Decentralism for the Masses: The Big Sort and What It Reveals About Localism and Voluntary Segregation by Ethel Leona Futo

Anarcho-Micronationalism and Race-Realism by Ethel Leona Futo

The National Health Service: A Libertarian Perspective by Sean Gabb

“Right-Wing Militancy” Explained by Ian Huyett

Americans: Serfs Ruled by Oligarchs by Paul Craig Roberts

Debt Revolt? Tax Strike? There Are a Lot of Angry People Out There by Marshall Auerback

Watch Out for the Thought Police by Philip Giraldi

How About a Nationwide Worker and Consumer Strike? by Larry Flynt

How Many Enemies and How Much Military Spending? by Doug Bandow

George Jackson, Black Revolutionary by Walter Rodney

The Economics of World Government Hans Hermann Hoppe interviewed by Lew Rockwell

A Color-Coded Con Job by Michael Scheuer

The “Safe Haven” Myth by Stephen Walt

Lesson of Vietnam Lost in Afghanistan by Stanley Kutler

What If They Gave a War and Nobody Knew Why? by Ted Rall

Troy Southgate’s Tradition and Revolution Reviewed by D.E. Hobson

An Interview with Andrew Yeoman of BANA from The Occidental Quarterly Online

A Smart Solution to the Diversity Dilemma by Jason Richwine

Sovereignty or Secession? by Darrel Mulloy

Why Some White People Are Stating the Obvious by Carol Swain

Why Gay Marriage is a Non-Issue by Joshua Livestro

The Creator of The Wire on the Drug War by Stephan Kinsella

Racial Partition of the United States  by Michael Hart (hat tip to TGGP and Arnold)

Slavery and the State: The Arguments for One Are the Same as the Arguments for the Other by Robert Higgs

Shoplifting: Crime, Vice or Ethical Act? by Francois Tremblay

Secession: Five Years Later by Bill Buppert

War? What War? by Justin Raimondo

Right-Wing Thugs and Corporate Reforms by Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor

Third Position Healthcare by Taylor Somers

Profit: Not Just a Motive by Steve Horwitz

Look Out Kid, It’s Something You Did from Austro-Athenian Empire

Populist Right Rising in the Age of Obama by Pat Buchanan

Fourth Sacco and Vanzetti Memorial March and Rally on August 23

Tacoma Anarchist Prisoner Support from Infoshop.Org

U.S. Soldiers Will Deploy to Columbia by Stephen C. Webster

The Second American Revolution Has Begun from Second Vermont Republic

Why I Am Not a Libertarian  by Harrison Bergeron 2

The Specter of Debt Revolt is Haunting Europe by Michael Hudson

Block Obama’s Surrender to Drug and Insurance Companies by Ralph Nader

Zionist Pioneer Renounces Zionism by Helena Cobban

The Only Good Progressive by TGGP

Money=Debt=Slavery from Mindprogrammer

How to Get Rich by Gary North

History You Are Not Supposed to Know by Tom Woods

There’s Always a Good Time to Use a Taser by Karen DeCoster

Afghan Election 2009: Freedom, Fraud and Fornication by Justin Raimondo

“Felonious Assault” With a Pizza Slice by William Norman Grigg

Look Who’s Not Talking by Jeff Huber

Shoot Them, You Win. Shoot You, You Lose. by Wilton Alston

Soldiers Who Just Say No by Jon Letman

PIGS Attack Man Sitting on His Own Porch by William Norman Grigg

A Primer for the Neo-Patriots by Kelley B. Vlahos

Questions on the Eve of the Afghan Election by Michael Scheuer

The Failed U.S. Drug War in Latin America by Jeremy Kuzmarov

Hyperinflation? Seriously? Robert Murphy interviewed by Richard Spencer

Inflation and the Fall of the Roman Empire by Joseph Peden

U.S. Denounces Iran, Runs Fake Elections in Afghanistan by Eric Margolis

Bank Holidays and Worse to Come by Achal Mehra

Out Now! That’s What the Iraqis Are Saying by Justin Raimondo

The American Police State by Fred Reed

Vietnam: Still an Unjust War by Laurence Vance

The Worst President in U.S. History by Douglas Casey

Bases of Empire by Paul J. Nyden

Armed Response by Brian Kendall

State Department: “Be Afraid! Be Very Afraid!” by Robert Dreyfuss

Guess What? He’s a Terrible President by David Michael Green

Parents, Don’t Send Your Kids to College by Gary North

Mali’s Gift Economy by Beverly Bell

How War Killed the Constitution Tom Woods interviewed by Scott Horton

Little Miss PC Southern Belle by Karen DeCoster

The War on Obesity as the Latest Manifestation of the Therapeutic State by Anthony Gregory

Doctors Who Make House Calls by Parija B. Kavilanz

The Great Writ Habeus Corpus Anthony Gregory interviewed Scott Horton

The “Intellectual Property” Racket Stephan Kinsella interviewed by Lew Rockwell

The Cruel American Raj Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

A Four-Step Healthcare Solution by Hans Hermann Hoppe

The Afghan Pipe Dream by Pete Escobar

Blackwater: CIA Assassins by Jeremy Scahill

The Profiteers of the Military-Industrial Complex by Sherwood Ross

Israel is Just Not as Powerful as You May Think by Ira Chernus

Cover Up: A Film’s Travesty of Omissions by John Pilger

Man Jailed for Three Months for Breath Mint Possession by Radley Balko

Guantanamo’s More Evil Twin? by Andrew Wander

Whites Are People, Too by Jack Hunter

I Am Finally Scared of a White House Administration by Nat Hentoff

Reality is its Own Caricature for U.S. in Afghanistan and Pakistan by William Pfaff

The Right-Wing’s Prince of Gonzo by Alexander Cockburn

Sarah and the Death Panels by Pat Buchanan

Squatters Take Root in U.S. Forests by Dennis Wagner

Why I Love Shoplifting from Big Corporations  by Anonymous

Leonard Peltier Denied Parole 

The Truth About the Afghan Election  by Patrick Cockburn

Rapper Gets Two Years in Prison for Anti-Cop Song by Jeff Douglas

The Conscience of an Anarchist Gary Chartier interviewed by Little Alex

Obama’s Alliance with Big Pharma Greg Palast interviewed by Scott Horton

“Thousands of Southern Women Were Raped” by Thomas DiLorenzo

Today’s Exploited Minorities by Pierre Lemieux

B’Nai Brith Diligently Disproves Stereotype About Jews by Ezra Levant

Conservatives Tithe Their Children to the State by Gary North

A Post-Modern Middle Ages by Parag Khanna

Lying Evangelical Christian in the Legal Racket by William Anderson

More Feminazi Crap

A Critique of Russell Kirk’s “Libertarians: The Chirping Sectaries” by Gennady Stolyarov II

 

 

Weekly Reading of Scripture

Panarchy by Max Nettlau

The Anarchist Revolution by Errico Malatesta

To Tramps, the Unemployed, the Disinherited and Miserable by Lucy Parsons

Sentencing Statements by Niccolo Sacco and Bartolomeo Vanzetti

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Gandhi: Politics, Economics and the Backlash

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 19 August 2009

by Keith Preston

I. Gandhi as Spiritual Godfather of the Indian Independence Movement

II. Critics of Gandhi and the Conservative Hindu Backlash

 

Early Life and the Beginnings of Gandhi’s Radicalism        

 

 

           Mohandas K. Gandhi originated from India’s business caste and grew up amidst Vaishnovite and Jain influences. From youth onward, he was a devout vegetarian and even belonged to an association for vegetarians during his time studying law in London. Gandhi began his adult life as an Anglophile, once referring to Great Britain as “the land of poets and philosophers”. His radicalization began when he went to practice law in South Africa and experienced the discrimination against the Indian community to be found there. He became active in the struggle for Indian civil rights, initially arguing that because Indians were British subjects, they were entitled to the “full rights of Englishmen” recognized by British law. After beginning his struggle in South Africa, he moved his efforts to India itself and began organizing poor farmers and workers against oppressive taxation and discrimination. Following the massacre at Punjab, Gandhi came to believe that Indians would require full independence from Great Britain in order to be assured of their human rights. Over time he would completely abandon his initially favorable view of the West, eventually remarking that Western civilization “would be a good idea”, implying that he regarded Westerners as barbarians.

 

 

Satyagraha and the Philosophy of Non-Violence

 

          Gandhi’s views on non-violence are widely misunderstood, particularly among Westerners. The evidence refutes the ideas that Gandhi was a conventional pacifist, as pacifism is commonly understood. Indeed, Gandhi was highly critical of efforts by the British to deprive Indians of “the right to bear arms”.  His support for the British war effort in World War One was justified in part by his desire to see the right of Indians to possess arms restored. As he stated in his autobiography:

 

“Among the many misdeeds of the British rule in India, history will look upon the Act depriving a whole nation of arms as the blackest. If we want the arms act to be repealed, if we want to learn the use of arms, here is a golden opportunity. If the middle classes render voluntary help to the government in the hour of its trial, distrust will disappear, and the ban on possessing arms will be withdrawn.” (Mohandas K. Gandhi, An Autobiography: The Story of My Experiments with Truth, Beacon Press, Boston, 1957, pp. 446-447)

 

Gandhi supported both the Boer War and the First World War and urged other Indians to do so arguing that support for British war efforts would demonstrate their loyalty as British subjects and motivate the British to recognize the civil rights of Indians. By the time of the Second World War, Gandhi had altered his position, arguing that Indians had no obligation to support a British regime that denied them their freedom and independence. Gandhi’s views on non-violence were a matter of strategy as much as principle or morality. He regarded violent resistance to oppression as preferable to doing nothing at all although he also regarded non-violent resistance as superior to violence. Gandhi also expressed concern that non-violence might be used by some as a mask for cowardice. He once noted:

 

‘I do believe,’ he wrote, ‘that where there is only a choice between cowardice and violence, I would advise violence.’” (Joan Valerie Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict, Princeton University Press, 1988, p. 28)

 

“At every meeting I repeated the warning that unless they felt that in non-violence they had come into possession of a force infinitely superior to the one they had and in the use of which they were adept, they should have nothing to do with non-violence and resume the arms they possessed before. It must never be said of the Khudai Khidmatgars that once so brave, they had become or been made cowards under Badshah Khan’s influence. Their bravery consisted not in being good marksmen but in defying death and being ever ready to bear their breasts to the bullets.” (Bondurant, p.139)

 

Much of Gandhi’s reasoning behind his adoption of non-violence is likely traceably to two core ideas. First, the British Empire was in its twilight years and in a state of decline. Gandhi may well have recognized that eventually the British would no longer be able to afford to maintain India as a dependent colony and would have to grant her independence. Meanwhile, violence by the Indians would have only a provocative effect, strengthening the resolve of Britain to keep her rebellious colony in line. Secondly, the use of non-violence carried much weight in the court of world opinion. The sight of peaceful, non-violent Indian protestors being attacked by British soldiers and policemen could only serve to increase sympathy for the Indian cause on the international level. Violence might well alienate world opinion and the Indians might be condemned as terrorists whom the British were justified in repressing. A contemporary military historian, Martin Van Creveld, explains the immense propaganda value of creating the popular perception of operating from a position of weakness against an overwhelming and brutal enemy:

 

“In private life, an adult who keeps beating down on a five year old – even

such a one as originally attacked him with a knife – will be perceived as committing a crime; therefore he will lose the support of bystanders and end up by being arrested, tried and convicted. In international life, an armed force that keeps beating down on a weaker opponent will be seen as committing a series of crimes; therefore it will end up by losing the support of its allies, its own people, and its own troops. Depending on the quality of the forces – whether they are draftees or professionals, the effectiveness of the propaganda machine, the nature of the political process, and so on – things may happen quickly or take a long time to mature. However, the outcome is always the same. He (or she) who does not understand this does not understand anything about war; or, indeed, human nature.”

“In other words, he who fights against the weak – and the rag-tag Iraqi militias are very weak indeed – and loses, loses. He who fights against the weak and wins also loses. To kill an opponent who is much weaker than yourself is unnecessary and therefore cruel; to let that opponent kill you is unnecessary and therefore foolish. As Vietnam and countless other cases prove, no armed force however rich, however powerful, however, advanced, and however well motivated is immune to this dilemma. The end result is always disintegration and defeat; if U.S troops in Iraq have not yet started fragging their officers, the suicide rate among them is already exceptionally high. That is why the present adventure will almost certainly end as the previous one did. Namely, with the last US troops fleeing the country while hanging on to their helicopters’ skids.” (Martin Van Creveld, “Why Iraq Will End as Vietnam Did”, http://www.lewrockwell.com/orig5/crevald1.html)

 

An important criticism sometimes leveled at Gandhi involves the matter of his passive approach to the rise of Nazi Germany and the Holocaust. Gandhi stated that it would have been preferable for the Jews to commit mass suicide rather than to allow the Germans to exterminate them en masse.

        

“The Jews should have offered themselves to the butcher’s knife. They

should have thrown themselves into the sea from cliffs.” (”The Gandhi

Nobody Knows”, Richard Grenier[From the magazine, "Commentary,"

March 1983, published monthly by the American Jewish Committee, New

York, NY.])

 

To Westerners, particularly Jews, such a statement no doubt seems inordinately extreme, an example of pacifism reductio ad absurdum. However, such a sentiment might be best understood within the context of Asian rather than Western culture. In some Asian traditions, the notion of suicide being preferable to defeat is commonly accepted. A prime example of this, of course, is the classical Japanese tradition of hari-kari. Even Japanese civilians would sometimes take their own lives rather than allow themselves to fall into the hands of their American enemies during WW2. In other words, these Japanese actually practiced what Gandhi suggested European Jews should do in the face of relentless persecution and eventual extermination by the Nazis. Indeed, it was the Tamil Tigers of India who first popularized the notion of the suicide bomber in the contemporary world. So perhaps Gandhi’s views on this question are better understood within the context of the “honor before life” value systems to be found within some other Asian traditions (Bushido, for example). Perhaps Islamic concepts of martyrdom also influenced Gandhi’s thinking in this area.

 

Defending the Oppressed

         

Gandhi’s efforts on behalf of the downtrodden sectors of Indian society are well-known. Throughout his lengthy career as a public figure, Gandhi undertook numerous campaigns to improve the position of workers, farmers, the untouchables and the lower castes, women, racial and religious minorities and others under attack by the status quo. One of his earliest efforts of this type was to organize serfs, landless peasants and small landowners in Champaran (in the Indian state of Bahir) against the landlords and British military forces that required them grow indigo (a profitable export crop for the British) rather than crops more suitable for their own immediate sustenance and survival. A constant theme of Gandhi’s ongoing crusades was his persistent emphasis on the importance of hygiene, sanitation and cleanliness. Some of his statements on this matter now seem quaint or archaic to the modern mind, but it was an issue of vital importance in pre-independence India, as poor hygiene and sanitation practices were a major public health problem.

 

When considering Gandhi’s work on behalf of the oppressed, it is important to remember that he would not have qualified as a “liberal”, either by contemporary standards or even by the Western standards of his time. For instance, Gandhi was always resolutely opposed to contraception, viewing it as an attack on the sanctity of life and he once debated the matter with the American feminist and pioneer advocate of birth control, Margaret Sanger.(”Mrs. Sanger’s Version”, by Margaret Sanger, in The Gandhi Reader, edited by Homer A. Jack, AMS Press, New York, 1956, p.306)  In this respect, Gandhi was no different from later religious humanitarians like Mother Theresa of Calcutta, but his thinking certainly went against progressive orthodoxy.

 

One of the areas of Indian life where Gandhi achieved his greatest success was in his efforts to curb some of the more extreme excesses concerning the treatment of the “untouchables” whom he renamed the “Harijan”, meaning “Children of God”. While his work in this area was obviously quite radical for its time, it is far from clear that Gandhi ever fully renounced the caste system itself. In many ways, he remained throughout his life a conservative-traditionalist Hindu, opposing the severities of caste discrimination but remaining committed to the varna system. His views on the role of the untouchables, or “Dalits” put him in conflict with the outspoken advocate of Dalits’ rights, Dr. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar. Gandhi was much more traditional in his social outlook than Ambedkar, who supported birth control and criticized and attacked Hinduism as a religion of oppression, responsible for the inflicting the caste system on his people. He urged the Dalits to reject Hinduism and convert to Buddhism instead. Ambedkar also called for separate electorates for the Dalitsm which Gandhi opposed as divisive to the Indian people. Indeed, when the British granted separate electorates in the Communal Award of 1932, Gandhi went on a fast to expression opposition to the provision. Gandhi and Ambedkar eventually compromised with Ambedkar agreeing to drop the separate electorates in exchange for greater representation in the Congress Party for the Dalits and greater efforts by Hindu religious leaders to oppose caste discrimination.

 

Another area where Gandhi has come under criticism involves his views on racism and blacks. Following his return from South Africa, Gandhi said in a public speech:

Ours is one continued struggle against degradation sought to be inflicted upon us by the European, who desire to degrade us to the level of the raw kaffir whose occupation is hunting and whose sole ambition is to collect a certain number of cattle to buy a wife with, and then pass his life in indolence and nakedness (from a speech delivered September 26, 1896, Collected Works Volume 2, p. 74)

 

This passage is widely cited as indication that Gandhi held racist attitudes towards the black peoples of Africa, Asia and North America. If this were indeed the case, he would not have been particularly usual in this regard. Even the most progressive European thinkers of that time held similar views of blacks. For example, Bertrand Russell, widely regarded as the most liberal intellectual of his era, stopped short of advocating the sterilization of blacks only because, he argued, they possessed greater capabilities for manual labor. Also, the passage cited above was from a speech delivered by Gandhi very early in his career as an activist. Over the next fifty years, his views seemed to evolve considerably. He remarked in a 1947 radio interview:

 

“Those who agree that racial inequality must be removed and yet do nothing to fight the evil are impotent. I cannot have anything to say to such people…If you think of the vast size of Africa, the distance and natural obstacles separating its various parts, the scattered condition of its people and the terrible divisions among them, the task might well appear to be hopeless. But there is a charm which can overcome all these handicaps.” (Interview on All-India Radio, October 23, 1947. Government of India Information Service, Washington, D.C., Bulletin No. 3531)

 

Later in his career, Gandhi also corresponded with black activists in the United States, offering advice on how to apply his tactics towards the black struggle in North America. (Harijan, March 14, 1936). He also frequently expressed disapproval of the treatment of American blacks to his American visitors. (Louis Fischer, The Life of Mahatma Gandhi, Part II, p. 425)

 

Political and Economic Views of Gandhi

          

The central idea behind Gandhi’s political outlook was his insistence on the complete independence of India, not only political but economically, culturally, spiritually and morally. He was highly critical not only of British rule over India but also of efforts by the British to impose Western concepts of law, economics, philosophy and the relationship between humanity and nature on the Indians. Gandhi is well-known for his advocacy of boycotting imported foreign goods, particularly British textiles, by the Indians and his urging of the Indian people to begin spinning their own cloth. Some of his motivation for taking this position was clearly strategic in nature. He wanted to hit the British where it would hurt the most: in the pocketbook. However, Gandhi had several other important reasons for this position as well. One was to build unity among the Indian people in their struggle for independence. He insisted that persons from all layers of Indian society, from Brahmins to Dalits, should engage in the spinning of cloth. Another purpose to be served by this activity was the uplifiting of women. However, central to Gandhi’s emphasis on economic self-sufficiency was his critique and rejection of Western economic and cultural notions with their emphasis on materialism, consumerism, technology, and industrialization. Gandhi even remarked on occasion, only half in jest, that “he actually wouldn’t mind if the British remained in India, to police it, conduct foreign policy, and such trivia, if it would only take away its factories and railways.”(”The Gandhi Nobody Knows”, Richard Grenier[From the magazine, "Commentary," March 1983, published monthly by the American Jewish Committee, New York, NY.])

         

Gandhi said of the British: “Money is their god”. He believed that the British has been able to achieve and maintain imperial domination over India partially because the Indians had internalized and adopted much of the materialistic ethos of the British. Gandhi regarded Western capitalism as having a corrupting effect on the human spirit and Indian society as it elevated the satisfaction of never-ending material wants to the highest value. Therefore, the transformation of India would have to first be a moral transformation before there could be an economic or political transformation. Gandhi observed that the British justified their colonial rule over India by claiming to have achieved a superior civilization whose virtues they were bringing to the Indians. The Indians had allowed their own enslavement and its continuation by adopting the values of the British. Gandhi’s criticism’s of British imperialism in India rested on three central points:

 

1) The British were an economic drain on India through domination of its industries and control over its trade.

2) India had as much right to sovereignty and self-rule as did the British.

3) The cultural integrity of India and its traditions must be preserved against the cultural imperialism of the British.

 

Gandhi regarded the conflict with Britain to be rooted not in a battle between East and West but between the ancient world and traditional society against modern industrial civilization. Traditional society was, in his view, oriented towards religion and spirituality while modern civilization was oriented toward materialism and technology. The resulting technocratic age brought with it the dehumanization of man as its result. He considered modern democratic regimes to be organized on the basis of voting blocks pursuing their own narrow, material self-interest and cultivating a population that, in spite of its higher literacy rates, was immensely susceptible to false propaganda generated by the establishment press. Gandhi did praise modern civilization for its spirit of scientific inquiry, its improvements in the areas of health and medicine and it organizational abilities, but felt the achievements of modernity had been put to a perverted usage. (Gandhi’s Political Philosophy, by Bhikhu Parekh, University of Notre Dame Press, 1989, pp. 11-35).

          

Gandhi was also highly critical of modern conceptions of the state. He regarded the modern state as impersonal, amoral, demanding uniformity and hostile to differences among communities, castes and sects. The state, in Gandhi’s view, functioned as a type of abstraction that had grown so large that it took on a life of its own. Individual citizens and state functionaries alike were simply cogs in a machine or flies in a wheel over which they had no personal control. One highly detrimental result of this arrangement of politics was the complete loss of any sense of personal or moral responsibility. A bureaucrat or official involved in the administration of the inhuman bureaucracy of the state could absolve himself of responsibility for the human or moral consequences of his actions by deferring to a higher authority, the abstract personage of the state itself, towards whom his relationship was that of an obedient and dutiful servant and nothing. Therefore, tyranny in its modern form was not traceable to the singular actions of individual kings or autocrats, but to the collection of action of individuals acting as automatons, responding to pressure imposed upon them by their place in an amoral, impersonal state machine.

         

Gandhi himself created a model for the political organization of an independent India that he called “ordered anarchy”, system of self-governing and self-sufficient local communities managed by “panchayats” of five persons elected annually by all literate persons in the community from ages of 18 to 50. These self-managed villages would then be organized into “expanding circles” of “takulas”, districts, and provinces. Each of these would at each level be a federation of the lower units and function with great autonomy from the central government, whose only purpose would be to hold the local communities together. Gandhi was also highly critical of the penal institutions maintained by the state, and argued against forms of criminal justice whose sole purpose was the retributive punishment of offenders. Instead, he favored more humane forms of rehabilitation.  On economic matters, Gandhi was a staunch opponent of both capitalism and communism. He regarded both systems as motivated by a materialist ethos that was foreign to the traditional spiritual life of India. In contrast to these, he proposed a system of “trusteeship” based on fostering a spirit of cooperation and responsibility between social classes. Gandhi wished to “socialize the means of production without nationalizing it” by encouraging employers to regard employees as family members whose welfare they were responsible for and by regulating the use of private property for the common good. Gandhi’s economic views at times put him in conflict with the Marxists who favored a class war between the capitalists and the proletariat. Gandhi rejected these views as fostering divisiveness and disunity among the Indian people and ultimately playing a subversive role in the struggle for national independence and national regeneration. (Parekh, pp.110-141).

 

Critics of Gandhi and the Conservative Hindu Backlash

         

Gandhi was a staunch proponent of the view that all Indians were part of a national brotherhood and community regardless of religion, ethnicity or caste. He was a tireless champion of religious toleration and deplored religious persecution of any kind. Indeed, Gandhi described himself as a practitioner of each of the major religious traditions:

 

“Thus if I could not accept Christianity either as a perfect, or the greatest, neither was I then convinced of Hinduism being such. Hindu defects were pressingly visible to me. If untouchability could be a part of Hinduism, it could but be a rotten part or an excrescence. I could not understand the raison d’etre of a multitude of sects and castes. What was the meaning of saying that the Vedas were the inspired Word of God? If they were inspired, why not also the Bible and the Koran? As Christian friends were endeavouring to convert me, so were Muslim friends. Abdullah Sheth had kept on inducing me to study Islam and of course he had always something to say regarding its beauty”. (Autobiography, p.137)

 

Gandhi regarded himself not only as a Hindu but “also a Christian, a Muslim, a Buddhist and a Jew”. He vigorously opposed those who either desired to partition India into separate nations for different religions or to create a national regime ordered on the basis of Hindu supremacy. His own vision was one of a unified but internally decentralized India that granted equal rights of citizenship to all persons irrespective of their religious identity. For this reason, Gandhi made many enemies of conservative Hindus and Muslims alike. Many traditional Hindus were appalled by Gandhi’s desire to ease caste restrictions or raise the status of women, and were equally appalled by his insistence upon equal toleration for all religions. Both Muslims and Hindus frequently accused Gandhi of not doing enough for their respective causes.

         

The greatest controversy of this type involved the partition of the Indian subcontinent following the achievement of independence. The Muslim League, led primarily by M.A. Jinnah, had long insisted that the predominately Muslim regions of northwestern and eastern India be separated into an independent nation, while Gandhi and his Indian National Congress thought such an idea to be absurd, observing that Indian Muslims and Hindus alike both spoke the same languages, shared similar styles of dress, engaged in commercial life with one another and maintained similar diets and entertainment interests. Gandhi regarded differences of religious observance as a private matter that the secular, democratic state that he preferred for India would play no role in. However, Muslim leaders insisted that as a minority, the Islamic community in India would achieve only the status of permanently disadvantaged minority following independence. The Muslim League had previously demanded a guarantee of a set minimum number of seats in the electoral system, just as the Dalits had demanded a similar arrangement for their own community.

 

The idea of a separate Islamic state caught on among Indian Muslims who feared discrimination at the hands of the Hindu majority. Also, the idea appealed to those Muslim who were fondly reminiscent of the earlier times when Muslims ruled India. Islamic feudal landlords opposed to the Indian National Congress’ call for land reform saw in the idea of partition a means of protecting their economic interests as did Islamic businessmen, civil servants and traders who viewed separatism as method of eliminating Hindu competitors. Gandhi and his allies like Jawaharlal Nehru accused the Muslim League of demagoguery and inciting religious bigotry. Nehru even compared the rhetoric of Islamic separatist leaders like Jinnah with the racist and anti-Semitic propaganda of the Nazis, a powerful accusation in the midst of the Second World War. Gandhi countered the arguments of the separatists by pointing to the examples of the United States, Canada and the USSR as unified nations with diverse peoples who managed to co-exist under a common political bond. As independence for India drew nearer and partition seemed inevitable, Gandhi resigned himself to the idea but still spoke against. As violence between Hindus and Muslims began to break out in 1946, the general consensus among Indian and British leaders alike was that partition was necessary to prevent a full-on civil war. (Gandhi and His Critics, by B. R. Nanda, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1985, pp.77-97)

 

At the time of the partition in 1947, the disastrous decision was made to attempt to divide the police and military forces, along with the civilian civil administration, along religious lines. The result of this was the complete paralysis of government and of “law and order” as the partitioning process was taking place. Minority groups in various regions across India began to fear for their safety under a new regime led by a hostile majority and impassioned majorities began to engage in acts of violence against local minorities. Millions, perhaps tens of millions, of refugees fled towards regions where members of their religion were a majority. Large-scale massacres occurred during this time. Gandhi managed to curb the violence in Calcutta when he visited the city and went on a “fast until death” in protest of the upheaval. So powerful was Gandhi’s presence and reputation that the citizens of Calcutta apparently ended their pogroms rather be make themselves responsible for the death of Gandhi. Gandhi then went to Delhi, another scene of much bloodshed, and applied the same tactic. Gandhi’s fast had a great impact and the Indian government agreed to pay funds owed to Pakistan there were being held in the dispute over the province of Kashmir. Gandhi also won the sympathy of many Muslims who had been made suspicious of him by Islamic separatist propaganda that portrayed Gandhi as hostile to Muslim interests. Violence between Hindus and Muslims began to decline. On January 30, 1948, Gandhi was assassinated by a Hindu militant who accused Gandhi of making too many concessions to the Muslims. (Nanda, pp. 98-110)

 

Gandhi’s assassin was Nathuram Godse, a follower of the militant Hindu nationalist Vinayak Savarkar. In the controversy concerning the division of India’s assets between India and Pakistan, Gandhi had taken a concessionary approach to the Muslims of Pakistan, though he personally was strongly opposed to the partition. Savarkar was one of Gandhi’s harshest critics, believing him to be far too accommodating to minorities and strongly disapproving of Gandhi’s pacifism and non-violent methods. Savarkar favored a strong nationalist regime for India, Hindu-dominated and militarily powerful. Godse had been a member of Savarkar’s Hindu Mahasabha and apparently the two men had known one another. Savarkar was suspected of involvement in Gandhi’s murder and was arrested and indicted but acquitted at trial. Much controversy remains concerning the degree of Savarkar’s involvement with the assassination of Gandhi. (AG Noorani, Savarkar and Hindutva: The Godse Connection, LeftWord, New Delhi, 2002)

    

 

An Autobiography: The Story of My Experiments with Truth, by Mohandas K. Gandhi

(Beacon Press, Boston, 1957)

 

Gandhi: The Power of Pacifism, by Catherine Clement

(Harry N. Abrams Inc., New York, 1989)

 

The Life of Mahatma Gandhi, by Louis Fischer

(Harper and Brothers Publishers, New York, 1950)

 

The Gandhi Reader: A Source Book of His Life and Writings, edited by Homer A. Jack

(AMS Press, New York, 1956)

 

Gandhi’s Political Philosophy: A Critical Examination, by Bhikhu Parekh

(University of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Indiana, 1989)

 

Gandhi and His Critics, B.R. Nanda

(Oxford University Press, Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, 1985)

 

The Essential Gandhi: An Anthology of His Writings on His Life, Work, and Ideas

by Mahatma Gandhi, edited by Louis Fischer with a preface by Eknath Easwaran

(Vintage Books, a division of Random House, New York, 1962, copyright renewed 1990)

 

Indian Critiques of Gandhi, edited by Harold Coward

(State University of New York Press, 2003)

 

Mahatma Gandhi: Political Saint and Unarmed Prophet, by Dhananjay Keer

(Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1973)

 

Gandhi: Profiles in Power, by David Arnold

(Pearson Education Limited, Edinburgh, 2001)

 

Gandhi’s Dilemma: Non-Violent Principles and Nationalist Power, by Manfred B. Steger

(Palgrave Macmillan, 1st edition, 2000)

 

“The Ambivalence About Gandhi: Southasia’s Difficulties with Gandhi’s Legacy” by Ashis Nandy

Himal Southasian, March-April 2006, Volume 18, No. 5

 

“Gandhi and the Politics of Non-Violence” by Meneejeh Moradian and David Whitehouse

International Socialist Review, Issue 14, October-November 2000

 

“Gandhi As a Political Strategist” by Gene Sharp

(Porter Sargent, Boston, 1979)

 

“Gandhi’s Vision and Values” by Vivek Pinto

(Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1998)

 

“The Great Trial of 1922: Chauri Chaura and Gandhi’s Vision of Responsibility”

by Niranjan Ramakrishnan, Counterpunch, March 20, 2004

 

“Country Studies-India-Mahatma Gandhi”

http://countrystudies.us/india/20.htm

 

“Gandhi: The Political, Personal and Practical Revolutionary” by George Woodcock

Resource Center for Non-Violence, Santa Cruz, California

 

“Was Gandhi an Anarchist?” by Josh Fattal

Peace Power: Berkeley’s Journal of Principled Non-Violence and Conflict Transformation. Volume 2, Issue 1, Winter 2006

 

“Village Republics” by Andre Beteille

The Hindu, September 3, 2002

 

“Gandhi’s Swadeshi: The Economics of Permanence” by Satish Kumer

The Case Against the Global Economy and for a Turn Toward the Local, edited by Jerry Mander and Edward Goldsmith

 

Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict, by Joan Valerie Bondurant

(Princeton University Press, 1988)

 

“Why Iraq Will End as Vietnam Did”, by Martin Van Creveld http://www.lewrockwell.com/orig5/crevald1.html)

“The Gandhi Nobody Knows”, Richard Grenier[From the magazine, “Commentary,” March 1983, published monthly by the American Jewish Committee, New York, NY.)

 Savarkar and Hindutva: The Godse Connection, by A. G. Noorani, LeftWord, New Delhi, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

Decentralizing the Decentralist Movement

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 22 August 2009

For three years in a row, between 2006 and 2008, a North American secessionist convention was held where delegates from actual secessionist organizations and interested observers gathered to discuss the possibility of decentralizing the United States into smaller political units. Thus far, it does not appear there will be another convention for 2009. I suspect this is for the better. I only attended the third such convention, but to my knowledge there was no growth in attendance or media coverage of these events over the three years they took place.

In spite of the fact that the secessionist movement in North America seems to have peaked for the time being, there has been a subsequent growth in so-called “state sovereignty” resolutions, i.e, legislation passed or at least introduced in state governmental bodies upholding the federalist principles of the Tenth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. A majority of the fifty states have either considered or enacted such resolutions. The highlight of this movement was Texas Governor Rick Perry’s no doubt insincere comments expressing sympathy for secession.

For the most part, these state sovereignty resolutions are simply matters of partisan political grandstanding initiated by members of the opposition Republican Party in order to embarrass or antagonize the Obama regime. I used to hear a lot about the Tenth Amendment the last time the Republicans were out of power, during the Clinton era, and it was often said in those days that Republican politicians carry copies of the Tenth Amendment in their back pockets but carry capitalist whore money in their front pockets.

During the era of the Bush the Younger, the roles reversed a bit, and it was not uncommon to see individual localities and a few states with liberal leanings issue resolutions denouncing the Iraq War or the Patriot Act. About 300 local governmental bodies did so. Now that the Democrats are back, the tides have turned once again. Only a handful of these recently issued state sovereignty resolutions include any genuinely radical provisions or even hint at secession.

Nevertheless, these resolutions may provide a rhetorical tool that genuine radicals can exploit. But a change in tactics will be necessary for the decentralist movement. Thus far, efforts to promote such actions as secession have involved holding continent-wide conferences attended by only a few dozen people, who in turn represent very small organizations or movements. However, these self-appointed secessionist organizations often claim to speak for entire regions containing millions, tens of millions, or even hundreds of millions of people. This would seem to be a case of putting the cart ahead of the horse.

Of course, this is not to say that the secessionist movement thus far has achieved nothing. Past efforts have brought a certain amount of publicity, and the Zogby poll commissioned by the Middlebury Institute indicates the raw materials do indeed exist for the development of a large scale secessionist effort at some point in the future. Yet, to continue to move such efforts along, it needs to be understood that before we can run, we have to crawl.

It is highly unlikely that secession by individual states or regions of any size will be viable for the forseeable future. For instance, the League of the South is the largest single secessionist organization with membership in the thousands. The southern nationalists do indeed raise legitimate and serious issues concerning the hysterical prejudice often displayed by liberal elites against white working class Southerners, and their history, culture, religion, language and so forth. Yet, it is also true that sympathy for what used to be known as the “Lost Cause” (i.e., the Confederate secession) is at an all time low among Southerners. This is because quite a few people can be found in the South today who have no historical connections to the Confederate era, e.g., transplanted Northerners and their offspring, European immigrants and their offspring, more recent immigrants from Latin America, and, of course, a large African-American population that is alienated from Confederate heritage for obvious reasons, and many liberal, cosmopolitan, urban whites who resent the South’s conservative image. In other words, the prospect for a unified secession by the former Confederate states under the Stars and Bars is just about zero.

This is not to say that instances of a full-blown, secessionist fervor by certain states are not possible. It is imaginable that Texas and Vermont, both of which were once independent nations, could actually secede at some point. The same could be said concerning Alaska and Hawaii, neither of which are connected to the American mainland and both of which have their own indigenous cultures that have been subject to colonial subjugation by the United States. The indigenous people of the American mainland itself are another possibility for secession.

For the most part, however, it is far too soon in the game to begin thinking of secession by entire regions, such as Cascadia, New England, Novocadia, the former Confederate States, or California. Instead, it is better to begin with something a little less grandiose, and start agitating for secession by towns, cities, neighborhoods, counties or communities. This is not to say that we should not have a long-term vision. In my view, the only way we will win in the long run is if we have numbers on our side. For instance, the majority of the population of the United States will need to either recognize the right of secession or not actively oppose it. Right now, the numbers are only at about twenty percent. Also, it is likely we will need for there to be a secession by at least a majority of the territory of the United States, and at least the majority of the residents of the seceded territories will need to hold pro-secessionist sympathies. This does not mean than an individual secessionist tendency cannot be very small. For instance, a single county or small town. But such a secession will need to be part of a much larger pan-secessionist alliance, or at least under the umbrella of such an alliance. Otherwise, the secessionists will end up like the Branch Davidians.

It would seem that the best course of action at present would be to begin promoting the decentralist idea in local communities. This gives us a great deal of leeway in terms of how to proceed. For instance, we can simply stick with the idea of secession or independence as an end unto itself and do so in a non-ideological manner, or we can advocate secession for a broader ideological purpose. If one wishes to pursue the former approach, then our local propaganda should simply emphasize the common benefits of independence: “Wouldn’t it be better if our tax dollars stayed in our community without going to the parasites in Washington?”; “Did you know that our locality gets less in services than what we pay in taxes?”; “Wouldn’t it be better if we could simply make our own laws here in our community rather than suffer the dictates of the feds or the state capital?”; “Look at Liechtenstein! If they can do it, why can’t we?”.

The other approach would be to agitate for a more specific ideological program, the way that the Free Staters are doing in New Hampshire, or the Christian Exodus has attempted in South Carolina and elsewhere. If this approach is what one prefers, then it is essential to pick an actual locality where the local culture is conducive to one’s wider agenda. There are also options as to how radical one wants to make one’s secessionist platform. In certain communities, it may at present be a bit of an overload to advocate full-blown secession from the United States itself, even if that is the overall goal. Instead, it might be better to advocate secession by regions (for instance, turning northern California into a separate state within the U.S.), or by cities (turning New York City into the 51st state), or by municipality (turning Long Island into an independent city from NYC). This more moderate approach does not mean that we cannot maintain the dissolution of the present state-capitalist regime as an ultimate goal, and there may be at present certain regions or localities where agitation for full-blown secession from the U.S. is the proper route.

At this point in the game, the cultivation of effective propaganda is obviously a primary task. Hans Hermann Hoppe has remarked that answering the question of “How to Win?” means asking the question of “How to win the sympathy of the youth?”  The reasons for this should be obvious enough. If and when the pan-secessionist movement becomes a mass movement, those who are currently older will most likely be deceased. Youth are the future. So our propaganda should primarily be directed at younger audiences. Also, it is the younger people who have demonstrated the greatest proclivity towards secessionist sympathies, and who have the weakest degree of sympathy for the present regime. For instance, the writer Tom Wolfe once remarked that the incidents of September 11, 2001 did little to inspire long-term patriotic sentiments among young Americans, as much as it was just another event they saw on television. Likewise, it has been said that while the older members of the current “post-paleo” movement who came out of the Ron Paul campaign adhere to older paleoconservative ideas, many of the younger members adhere to more radical libertarian, anarchist or anarcho-capitalist positions. And we have seen the rapid growth of national-anarchism in North America in recent times as well.

Our propaganda campaigns should include three indispensable elements. First, the principle of “peace through separatism” should be upheld to the letter. It makes little sense to advocate secession only by those sharing a uniform ideological stance if one of our objectives to maintain and respect genuine cultural diversity and if achieving civil and political peace is one of the reasons for separatism. Second, the “good riddance” argument must be emphasized. We should say to conservatives: “Don’t you want to be rid of all those godless atheists, ungrateful minorities, bitchy feminists, perverted homosexual deviants, tree-hugging eco-freaks, gun-grabbers and smelly, drug-addled, tofu-munching, lice-infested hippies?”. Likewise, we should say to liberals: “Don’t you want to be rid of all those Bible-banging, flag-waving, share-cropping, inbred, gun nut, gay-bashing, fetus-hugging, cross-burning, goose-stepping, trailer trash?” In other words, we should exploit and capitalize on the hatred that the dominant factions of the mainstream “culture wars” have for one another. Lastly, we should ignore the forces of political correctness when they attack, as they inevitably will. There should be no capitulation, accommodation, apology, rebuttal, attempted clarification, recognition or respect given to the forces of PC. To give an inch of ground is to play into the hands of the enemy. PC is not only the ideological superstructure of the ruling class, but its primary rhetorical and propaganda weapon. We should disarm our enemies by openly defying them.

I have in the past mentioned the possibility of infiltration into larger organizations by those holding pan-secessionist and related sympathies. For instance, the minor political parties, local units of the major parties, and single-issue pressure groups. Mr. Larry Kilgore, a conservative Christian activist, ran for the Senate in the Republican primary for Texas on an explicitly secessionist platform and won 225, 000 votes. That’s quite an achievement. I would suggest the use of local symbolic electoral campaigns as a propaganda tool. The goal would not so much be to win as much as to publicize the separatist cause. Let’s say that in a few years a wide network emerges of young people running for mayor, city council, or state representative positions in local elections, and doing so explicitly as anarchists, national-anarchists, pluralists, tribalists, decentralists and avowed secessionists. The uniqueness of such an action, e.g., a large number of such campaigns occurring simultaneously and the radical nature of the ideas of the campaigners, will likely be enough by itself to generate a fair amount of media attention. Likewise, a wider participation in ordinary, mainstream community activities and community activism by those holding such views, for example, “adopt-a-highway” campaigns, volunteering for shelters and homeless feeding programs, setting up neighborhood watch and copwatch programs, will naturally enhance our credibility. In the process of building up the classical Spanish anarchist movement prior to the Civil War, it was not uncommon for some villages and towns to have anarchist mayors, and anarchists were among the ranks of prominent community leaders, and not just fringe figures as they are today. So we have a historical model to draw on. It need only to be adapted to contemporary circumstances.

R

Updated News Digest August 30, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 29 August 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“Most of the official left has retreated into the loving arms of Whole Foods culture and the self loathing feel-goodism of identity politics.”

                                                                                                              -Dylan Hales

“It may be that the Old Right will come into its inheritance at last 20 or 30 years from now, in one of the little fragment nations that will emerge when corruption, fiscal incompetence, demographic idiocy, educational romanticism, willful scientific ignorance, ethnic warfare, and missionary imperialism have finally destroyed the United States of America.”

                                                                                                   -John Derbyshire

Mother, Should I Trust the Government? by Kevin Carson

We Don’t Want to Rule the World by Mark Weisbrot

Seventy Years Ago: The Molotov-Ribbentrop Pact by Robert Higgs

War Coverage and the Obama Cult by Justin Raimondo

In Bush’s Footsteps by Jeff Huber

Renditioning Under Obama by Anthony Gregory

What Every American Should Know About the Inspector General Torture Report by Glenn Greenwald

For an Antiwar Movement from the Right by Patrick Krey

From Citizen to Serf in 200 Years by Paul Craig Roberts

The Politics of Guilt by Paul Gottfried

Follow the Money-Toward Community Independence by Keith Humphrey

Secret Prisons and Executive Sovereignty by Bernard Keenan

Obama to Expand War in Colombia by Moira Birss

The Coming Media Bailout by Justin Raimondo

We’re All Socialists Now by Jack Hunter

The Hawaiian Independence Movement Gains Momentum by Tony Sachs

Democracy: The God That Failed by Pat Buchanan

Beautiful Losers: Review of Paul Gottfried’s Encounters by John Derbyshire

Democracy Is Not Liberty from No Third Solution

U.S. Prison Mania: Enough Is Enough by Robert Foss

New England Republicans and Southern Democrats by Razib Khan

Rapists On Patrol from Rad Geek

Barack Hussein Obama in Wonderland by Ilana Mercer

How to Bring Peace to Afghanistan by Eric Margolis

The City That Ended Hunger by Francois Tremblay

Hitler Was a Vegetarian by Robert Stacy McCain

Pluralist Libertarianism’s Far Left Counterpart by Mupetblast

A Patriotic Conservative by Jack Hunter

Occupy, Resist, Produce! by Francois Tremblay

Christoper Caldwell’s Reflections on the Revolution by Jared Taylor

The Electronic Police State by Tom Burghardt

Fidel Castro Enabler by Humberto Fontova

Back Door Gun Control by John Silveira

Do It Yourself Cigarettes by Steve Szkotak

Critical Analysis of the Left: Let’s Clean House by Joaquin Cienfuegos

Four New Books on Conservatism by Filmer

Israel: A Stalemated Action of History by Gabriel Kolko

Whatever Happened to the Antiwar Movement? by Byron York

Obama and the Black Elite by Patricia J. Williams

Remembering Ruby Ridge

Another One Bites the Dust Rot in Hell, Teddy Kennedy by Dylan Hales

Liberals for the Draft? WTF? by Richard Spencer

A Future of Poverty and Upheaval by Chris Martin

Environmentalists for Another Great Depression by John R. Wennersten

Charles Murray: Pro-Torture Libertarian In His Own Words

Aldous Huxley and C.S. Lewis: Two Great Men Who Died on the Same Day as JFK by Lew Rockwell

The Silence of the Antiwar Movement by John V. Walsh

What the Inspector General Found by Joanne Mariner

Eric Holder Rejects Nuremberg Principle by Thomas Eddlem

Afghanistan Apocalypse by Robert Dreyfuss

Closing in on the Torturers by Ray McGovern

A Terrible Blogger is Back! by Ray Mangum

Proudhon on Man’s Labor Being Dependent on Society by Francois Tremblay

Bailouts, Bullshit and Blackmail: How Banks Profit in the 21st Century from No Third Solution

Proudhon on the Labor Theory of Value from Francois Tremblay

Creep: The Trouble with Ted by Jack Hunter

The Mythical Antiwar Movement  by Dylan Hales

More on Internment Camps by Chuck Baldwin

Hate Crime Hysteria Equals Hate Speech Totalitarianism from Washington Watcher

If Americans Knew…What Every American Needs to Know About Israel/Palestine (hat tip to Chris Donnellan)

Teddy Kennedy: The Hollow Champion by Alexander Cockburn

Vague Senate Bill Would Grant President Emergency Control of Internet from Weaver

Decentralization for Freedom by Donald W. Livingstone

Advancements in Drug Decriminalization by David Kramer

How Jewish is Hollywood? by David Kramer

PIG to Protestors: “It Ain’t America No More, OK?” 

The Useless PIGS by Ryan McMaken

Put Dick Cheney in the Dock Ray McGovern interviewed by Scott Horton

Can Libertarians Lead the Antiwar Movement? James Ostrowski interviewed by Scott Horton

Thugs of Fortune by Jeff Huber

Making Afghanistan Safe for Democracy by Anthony Gregory

Weekly Reading of Scripture

Russian Anarchists and the Civil War by Paul Avrich

Life in Revolutionary Barcelona by Manolo Gonzalez

On Representative Government and Universal Suffrage by Mikhail Bakunin

Military Anarchism and the Reality in Spain by Frederica Montseny

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Why Conservatism is a Failure

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 26 August 2009

by Keith Preston

Review of Critchlow, Donald T. The Conservative Ascendency: How the GOP Right Made Political History. Cambridge and London: Harvard University Press, 2007.

 

            Donald Critchlow traces the history of modern American conservatism from its inception in the 1950s as an intellectual synthesis of the American classical liberal tradition, emphasizing individualism and free enterprise, and older European traditions expressing skepticism of liberal modernity. This intellectual framework found its expression in a fiercely anti-Communist outlook that resulted in the abandonment of the traditional foreign policy isolationism of the American Right in favor of Cold War militarism. Regarding domestic policy, these new conservatives sought to roll back the welfare state apparatus that emerged from the New Deal. Conservative leaders and activists sold their ideology and program to the public at large with an emphasis on patriotism, hawkish foreign policy views, social conservatism and traditional values.

 

            According to Critchlow, the conservatives were nearly relegated to

irrelevance on the American political scene on several occasions only to make a surprising comeback at a later point. The key events Critchlow points to are the defeat of Republican Presidential candidate Barry Goldwater in 1964, the

perceived betrayal of conservatives by President Nixon and the subsequent

scandals surrounding his administration, and the revitalization of the Democratic Party symbolized by the election of President Clinton in 1992. In each of these situations, Critchlow argues, conservatives seemed to be “down for the count” only to reemerge at a future point in defiance of the predictions of analysts and pundits.  Following the Goldwater defeat, conservatives were able to rebound by exploiting the emerging cultural divide concerning matters of patriotism, race, gender, sex, culture, and religion that continues to figure prominently in American politics at present. Nixon’s “Southern Strategy” (a term not mentioned by Critchlow) was successful in breaking the Democrats’ hold on the South and allowing the Republicans to take the White House in 1968.

 

            Once in office, Nixon was a disappointment to conservatives, not only failing to roll back but actually expanding and further institutionalizing the

welfare state initiatives of the Great Society. His realist foreign policy, loss of the Vietnam War and thawing of relations with China also contrasted with the

ferocious anti-Communism of the American Right. The Watergate related

scandals left the GOP in shambles and allowed the Democrats to make a

comeback with the election of President Carter in 1976. One of the more

interesting aspects of Critchlow’s thesis is his argument that Ronald Reagan’s

failure to obtain the Republican nomination in ‘76 actually saved his political

 career, his presidential ambitions and the conservative movement along with

them. If yet another conservative hero like Reagan had suffered defeat in the same manner as Goldwater twelve years earlier, conservatism might well have come to be regarded as lacking viability as a movement capable of achieving electoral success.

 

            Though Reagan remained personally popular with conservatives, the

performance of his administration was a disappointment and his successor George H. W. Bush was an even greater disappointment. After the Democrats were able to obtain control of both the Presidency and both houses of Congress in 1992, the conservative Republicans made a striking comeback in with sweeping congressional victories in 1994, the subsequent election of George W. Bush for two terms at the onset of the twenty-first century and the capturing of the White House and Congress by the Republicans in 2000. Critchlow points out that conservatism in power has been strikingly different from the vision of the movement’s founders in the 1950s noting, for example, the utter failure of conservatives to significantly curtail the welfare state or “big government”.

 

            This latter issue partially illustrates a gaping hole in Critchlow’s analysis. So far as his contingency theory goes, he makes his case fairly well. The right-wing Republicans have no doubt been given a number of political and electoral gifts over the years due to changes in American society of the kinds manifested as the so-called “culture wars” and, perhaps no less significantly, the persistent bumbling of their opponents, such as the inept administrations of Presidents Johnson or Carter and the often directionless, seemingly stumbling inertia of the stale and moribund Democratic Party and the wider American Left. However, Critchlow’s work is just as significant for what it leaves out as what it actually discusses.

 

            The key to understanding modern American conservatism can be found in a statement on the final page of Critchlow’s book: “The GOP Right took advantage of a population shift to the Sunbelt states and the desertion of whites from the Democratic Party.” (p. 286) The question is why did this population shift occur in the first place and how is it relevant to the “conservative ascendancy”? The growth of the Sunbelt population emerged in direct correlation to the growth of the military-industrial complex during World War Two and the early Cold War period. The growth of industry and manufacturing in these regions was directly related to military production and this massive expansion of armaments and other war related industries created a high wage blue collar sector and an expanded white collar sector that became the foundation of suburban population growth and the accompanying conservative social and political values of the emerging Sunbelt.

 

            The military industries headquartered in the Sunbelt subsequently initiated a challenge to the traditional hegemony of the “northeastern establishment”, long the center of America’s traditional ruling class. Towards this end, the arms manufacturers made common cause with other “old money” elites, such as Texas oil and the Mellon banking dynasty. Critchlow drops hints that these forces were indeed the real power behind postwar American conservatism. For instance, the role of William F. Buckley, Jr.’s National Review in providing the intellectual leadership of the conservative movement is discussed. Critchlow fails to mention that Buckley’s magazine operated at a loss for years after its inception and was underwritten by his family’s oil wealth and other donors. Critchlow also discusses the role of “philanthropies such as the Scaife Fund, the John M. Olin Foundation, and the Bradley Foundation” and “wealthy conservative benefactors such as Joseph Coors” (p. 105), along with “think tanks” such as the American Enterprise Institute whose president, A.D. Marshall, was also CEO of General Electric.(p.119) There was never any company that had closer ties to the military-industrial complex than General Electric. Critchlow mentions the Heritage Foundation, which was financed by the “Mellon heir Richard Scaife”. (p. 122)

 

            Critchlow’s work is rather narrowly focused. He concentrates merely on the operation of the political machinery by the conservative movement’s activists and politicians and the writings and publications of the movement’s intellectuals and theoreticians (some might say propagandists). Had Critchlow examined further the broader economic, class, military and foreign policy forces behind postwar conservatism he might have been in a better position to assess the movement’s failures and successes. Conservatism has succeeded in achieving only one of its stated goals and that is the permanent escalation of the military budget and the permanent expansion of America’s foreign military presence. On every other issue claimed by this brand of conservatism (a misnomer?), the level of failure is overwhelming. Rolling back the welfare state? “Big government” is now bigger and more expansive than ever. Fiscal restraint? The US public debt is larger than ever to the point where America is the world’s leading debtor. Social conservatism and traditional values? America is arguably a more culturally liberal society today than ever before. Indeed, given the phenomenal success of the “conservatives” in expanding military spending and military interventionism and their phenomenal failure on everything else, one might be tempted to look at the movement’s benefactors and true beneficiaries and argue that the former was the only issue that really mattered all along, and that the grassroots economic, fiscal, social, cultural, religious and patriotic conservatives who comprised the activist base and key voting blocks were, to use an ironic Leninist term, nothing more than “useful idiots”.

Updated News Digest September 6, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 3 September 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

“As political and economic freedom diminishes, sexual trends compensatingly to increase. And the dictator…will do well to encourage that freedom in conjunction with the freedom to daydream under the influence of dope, movies, and the radio, it will help to reconcile his subjects to the servitude which is their fate.”

                                                      -Aldous Huxley (Left-Libertarians take note)

“I was once a big advocate of North West Migration back in the eighties when it was referred to as The Northwest Territorial Imperative. This was before I actually visited the Northwest and realized how freaking cold it gets up there. I feel that if people are going to fight, actually kill and die for land, that it should be the most hospitable and fertile land available. Also after living in Asia for a few years, I saw that ethnically homogeneous states have their own assortment of serious problems.

What I see as the biggest fault in these proposals…is the belief that it is possible for an insurrection to force the system to a point where it would be willing to allow secession rather than engage in a bloody and costly counterinsurgency to hold on to Northwest States. This plan fails to acknowledge strategic importance of the region, Wyoming contains the bulk of the nations nuclear arsenal and Montana is sitting on top of one of the largest untapped oil reserves on the planet. There is no way they are going to give up these states. I also believe that Americas perceived failures in Asia, Latin America and the Middle East gives people the false impression the U.S. can be forced to make peace and concessions. I on the other hand, believe that America has always achieved it’s objectives in these conflicts and that if actually forced to, an intact, operational America will kill every man, woman and child on this continent before it allows any part of it to escape it’s control.

I personally believe that partition could only be achieved in conjunction with total systemic collapse. But in the event of such a collapse, I would imagine that free association will lead to a natural, functional and sustainable equilibrium anyway. I predict this would lead to a multiplicity of diversified states, not all based on race. The Mormons are already working towards a religious based state and I assume that other groups will define and segregate themselves along lines of religion, political inclinations, geographical preference, sexual orientation and other lifestyle considerations as well as race. And I hope that there will always be integrated cosmopolitan regions, some minorities within every state and a degree of hospitable travel and exchange between all states. ”

                                                           “Rodney”, Tradition and Revolution Forum

“Although anarchism can take the form of class struggle, it’s not defined by class struggle, it’s defined by opposition to the state or to rulership in general (which may include class rule), to hierarchy, authoritarianism, centralization, bureaucracy, etc…A nationalized health care system, contrary to expectations, would actually increase people’s individual freedom — for instance, by freeing them from dependence on jobs they hate for health care…In that sense, the opponents of nationalized health care also have a claim on the label “anarchist,” so long as they are also opposed to the present system of giant health insurance bureaucracies and employer provided insurance.

(The Left’s) analysis of race is also out of date, at least for the urban coastal areas of the USA like New York, LA, or Miami. American society is now multicultural. Does racism still exist? Sure it does, but it’s much more complex than the classic black/white right/wrong racism of the 50s and 60s. There’s a rainbow of people and racism, or simply hostility towards other cultural or language groups, runs in all directions. You say the “right wing” libertarians are all white? Well so are many left wing anarchist groups. You say white people don’t like to talk about race? But there’s an obvious reason why they don’t: there are severe penalties for saying the “wrong” thing about race, thanks to the politically correct left. Also, for white people, their racial identity has been made into a source of shame, whereas the opposite has occurred for blacks, for whom many benefits and privileges now accrue in the form of affirmative action.”

                                                                                           -Ed D’Angelo

The British State and the British National Party: The Post-Modern Tyranny of “Human Rights” by Sean Gabb

Why Not Crippling Sanctions for Israel and the U.S.? by Paul Craig Roberts

If Sarah Palin is the Answer… by Geoffrey Wheatcroft

Bay Area National Anarchists: An Interview with Andrew Yeoman, Part 2 from The Occidental Quarterly Online

Time to Get Out of Afghanistan by George F. Will

Is the Antiwar Movement Waking Up? Not Yet. by Justin Raimondo

Continental Drifts: Is a Falling Out Between Europe and America on the Way? by Geoffrey Wheatcroft

70 Years After-Did Hitler Really Want War? by Pat Buchanan

Pol Pot’s Lawyer: A Profile of Jacques Verges  by Stephanie Giry

Americans Income Slump is the Biggest on Record by Laurent Belsie

The Myth of Technological Progress by Scott Locklin

Sorry, But the Constitution Really Doesn’t Mandate Limited Government by Austin Bramwell

How I Became An Anarchist by Gary Chartier

If the Left Doesn’t Organize Them, the Right Will by Bob Morris

Andrew Yeoman of BANA Interviewed by Tomislav Sunic from Voice of Reason Radio

Paul Wolfowitz vs The Realists by Stephen M. Walt

World War II: Unspeakable Horror Now Encrusted in Myths by Robert Higgs

The Good War Wasn’t So Good by Justin Raimondo

The USSA is the Former USSR Mark Ames interviewed by Scott Horton

Reflections on the Revolution in Europe by Derek Turner

We Need a New Antiwar Coalition: Peace is the #1 Issue John Walsh interviewed by Scott Horton

Holocaust Revisionism by Richard Spencer

Assessing What Ron Paul Has Accomplished by Gary North

Where Are All These Jobs? by Ilana Mercer

Neo-Tribalism Facebook Page 

The Afghan 80s Are Back by Jonathan Steele

These Colors Run Red by Andrew Bacevich

The Corruption of Empire by Philip Giraldi

The Washington Post’s Cheneyite Defense of Torture by Glenn Greenwald

The BBC Could Not Handle a Right-Winger Against the War by Peter Hitchens

Prosecute the Torturers by Jacob Hornberger

Obama’s War by Dave Lindorff

Misunderstanding Terrorism by Jim Harper

The Menace of Gandhism by Murray Rothbard (the rebuttal by George H. Smith)

The Liberals’ War by Gene Healy

Mummar Qaddafi by Eric Margolis

Cheney and Torture by Jeremy Scahill

Does Diversity Make Whites More Opposed to Welfare? by TGGP

The Decline and Fall of Sloanism by Kevin Carson

Rethinking the Good War by Laurence Vance

Why College Costs So Much by John Zmirak

The Rise of Mercenary Armies by Sherwood Ross

The Ghost of September 11, 2001 by Justin Raimondo

The Justice of Pay Discrimination by Mike Tennant

The U.S. Is Deploying Its Vietnam-Iraq Fig Leaf in Afghanistan by Jack Douglas

It’s Groundhog Day at Duke University by William Anderson

Tyranny in Your Front Yard by Butler Shaffer

Obama’s Bogus Peace Plan Eugene Bird interviewed by Scott Horton

The Best Congress AIPAC Can Buy by Philip Giraldi

Understanding Dictatorships by Jon Basil Utley

The Next New Plan for Bananastan by Jeff Huber

Afghanistan for Dummies by Ray McGovern

Cheney is Wrong: There is Precedent for Torture Investigation by Steve Sheppard

Obama’s Meaningless War by Robert Scheer

Deficits Are Strangling the Economy to Death by Gary North

The U.S. Economy Has Been Pushed Off a Cliff by Chris Clancy

Say Hello to the Diversity Czar by Bobby Eberle

Support Our Naked Embassy Guards by Laurence Vance

Bay Area National Anarchist White Cross Patrol BANA Video

Jim Traficant Is Free at Last  by Red Phillips

The Right and Wrong Way to be Politically Incorrect by Ray Mangum

John Wilkes Booth: Did He Go to Hell, or Texas? by Martha Deeringer

Leviathan in One Lesson Tom DiLorenzo interviewed by Lew Rockwell

The Drug War is Working (for the System) by Wilton Alston

Democracy is a Very Dangerous Form of Government by Mark Crovelli

Pot Prohibition: A Crime Against Humanity by Paul Armentano

The Moral Hazard of Inflation by Theodore Dalrymple

Is Japan Moving Toward Independence? Michael Penn interviewed by Scott Horton

Why Doesn’t Hillary Fire Blackwater? by Jeremy Scahill

Whatever Happened to Gary Cooper? The Need for a Quieter Patriotism by William Astore and Tom Engelhardt

Barack Obama to Cindy Sheehan: Get Lost  by John V. Walsh

Calling Hannah Arendt by Jane Mayer

How Bad Will It Get? by Mike Whitney

Inside Auburn Prison by Marcus Rediker

Deeper Into the Tunnel by Alexander Cockburn

59 Shots: Those Dirty PIGS by Rad Geek

California Is Importing Poverty by Linda Thom

George Will Quits the War Party by Jack Hunter

Prolonging Futility in Afghanistan by Stephen Chapman

Obama Is Leading the U.S. Into a Hellish Quagmire by Mark Ames

The New Babylon by Michael Collins Piper

Churchill Spurred the Decline of the West by Pat Buchanan

Neocon Nutbaggery by Jeff Huber

Afghanistan Is Not Worth It by Joe Galloway

Could George W. Bush End Up Behind Bars? by Jonathan Mann

The Looming Political War Over Afghanistan by Glenn Greenwald

Vicious U.S. Militarism by Kirk Tofte

Alexander in Afghanistan by Mark Hackard

The Struggle for Free Speech in Canada by Kevin Michael Grace

A Landmark Victory from Toronto Globe and Mail

End the Witch Hunts from The National Post

Provacateurs Among “Human Rights” Totalitarians by Joseph Brean

Castro Issues Propaganda Piece for U.S. Liberals 

Traficant in 2012? by Red Phillips

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

Weekly Reading of Scripture

Sam Dolgoff: The Left of the Left of the Left by Paul Berman

Anarchists in the Spanish Civil War footage

An Anarchist Perspective on the Spanish Civil War by Eddie Conlon

The Trial of Leon Czolgosz 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Comments Off

Interview with Andrew Yeoman on Voice of Reason Radio

category Uncategorized keith Monday 31 August 2009
On Tuesday, September 1, 2009, at 9 PM Eastern US time, Dr. Tomislav Sunic will interview founder and spokesman of the Bay Area National Anarchists (BANA), Andrew Yeoman. It will air on the Voice of Reason Broadcast Network http://reasonradionetwork.com/ (use the minicaster at the upper right of the main page or use your favorite media player to listen in).

The discussion will involve the nature and background of National Anarchism and the activities of BANA. Topics discussed include:

· How Americans respond to the name “anarchist”

· The history if nationalism in leftist movements and the difference between National Anarchism and National Bolshevism
· The local nature of BANA, the importance of grassroots social movements, and how they work

· The growth of the movement and various National Anarchist groups around the US

· Thinking and acting “tribally” and what tribe means to the organization

· Explanation of National Autonomous Zones (NAZ); extension of the
Temporary Autonomous Zones of Hakim Bey

· BANA non-relationship with local authorities/government

· Terms of acceptance into the Bay Area National Anarchist organization

· Extensive community and charity work done by Bay Area National
Anarchists

· Critics and supporters of BANA and other National Anarchist organizations

· How tribalism ties into race

To learn more about National Anarchism, how to start your own local branch, and to lend support to the Bay Area National Anarchists, go to
bayareanationalanarchists.com, tribalanarchists.com, and join the Tradition and Revolution Forum.

_________________
http://www.bayareanationalanarchists.com

Let’s do this.

A Dissection of Classical Marxism

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 2 September 2009

by Keith Preston

Three important works by Karl Marx, written early in his career as a revolutionary theorist, contain the core ideas that would provide the foundation of the vast intellectual system later to be identified with his name. Among these are his conceptions of historical materialism, class theory, the nature of political economy and the historical function of revolutionary struggles as they emerged in the mid-nineteenth century. The later works of Marx (most famously Das Kapital) can be regarded as the accumulation of sophisticated embellishments of these principal theses. 

 

          The first of these works, The German Ideology, produced in collaboration with Friedrich Engels circa 1844, provides the most comprehensive description of the Marxist notion of historical materialism to be found in any of the works of Marx. Written as an attempted rebuttal of the Hegel-influenced Idealist philosophical outlook to be found in German intellectual circles at the time, attacking in particular the views of Bruno Bauer, “Max Stirner” (Johann Caspar Schmidt) and Ludwig Andreas Feuerbach. The thesis of this work can be summarized quite well with the authors’ statement: “Let us revolt against the rule of thoughts.” [Karl Marx, "The German Ideology", in Karl Marx: selected writings, ed. David McLellan, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000 reprint, p.176] Arguing against the view that ideas are the guiding force of history, Marx and Engels insist that ideas are themselves the product of material conditions found within the context of a given historical epoch. The material conditions of existence are expressed in a particular “mode of production”, i.e., the methodology by which human animals produce their actual subsistence. The mode of production determines not only the relationship between nations but also the domestic social structure of any given nation. The division of labor that is a corollary to a specific mode of production has the effect of grouping individual laborers into specific class categories with these classes in turn having a specific relationship to one another. [Ibid., p. 176]

 

          Human history subsequently unfolds through paradigmatic shifts in mode of production. These shifts can be identified in particular stages. The first of these, “tribal ownership“, involves a limited division of labor and is organize around the extended family, with the primary productive activities including hunting, fishing, the raising of livestock and primitive farming. The second stage includes the emergence of the State and the grouping of tribes into a system of communal ownership of property organized on the basis of the citizen/slave distinction. At this point, the institution of private property is

more clearly delineated. The division of labor grows wider, greater distinctions between economic groupings on a geographical or functional basis can be observed, and a more rigid class structure emerges. The third stage is represented by feudalism. This mode of production extends over a wider geographical area. Feudalism reverses the relationship of city and country found in the second stage and the “directly producing class” shifts from the slaves to peasant serfs. Co-existing with the feudal manors are the small property holders organized into guilds. Out of feudalism there emerges a fourth stage and a new mode of production: capitalism.[Ibid., p. 179]

 

          The relevance of this unfolding process to human intellectual life is reflected in the claim that “the ideas of the ruling class are in every epoch the ruling ideas, i.e. the class which is the ruling material force of society is at the same time its ruling intellectual force“. [Ibid., p. 192] Human intellectual life is shaped by the material conditions in which it occurs, and these conditions are not something the individual chooses but are the product of external social forces beyond his/her control. “Consciousness is, therefore, from the very beginning a social product, and remains so as long as men exist at all. ” [Ibid., p. 183]“Morality, religion, metaphysics, all the rest of the ideology and their corresponding forms of consciousness, thus no longer retain the semblance of independence. They have no history, no development; but men, developing their material production and their material intercourse, alter, along with this their real existence, their thinking and the products of their thinking.[Ibid., p.183]

 

          Marx and Engels further expound upon this theme in The Communist Manifesto, an application of their theory to the political upheavals of their era. They begin with the bold assertion that the “history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles. [Karl Marx, "The Communist Manifesto", in Karl Marx: selected writings, ed. David McLellan, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000, p.246] The historical evolution of nineteenth century capitalism is summarized. Capitalism grew out of the medieval towns. The rise of the market economy and ever-expanding byways of trade commerce came to eventually challenge the static feudal economy. Technological innovations allowed for a shift away from small-scale production towards the advent of modern industry. This development brought with it a newly emerging class, “the industrial middle class, by industrial millionaires, the leaders of whole industrial armies, the modern bourgeois. [Ibid., p. 247] As the bourgeois has become the dominant class of the capitalist mode of production, the bourgeoisie has obtained political power as well. The bourgeoisie has overthrown feudalism and established republican and parliamentary expressions of the state. These states serve as the executive committee of the bourgeoisie.

 

          Corresponding to the rise of the bourgeoisie has been the rise of urbanization, the centralization of wealth and property (”the means of production‘) and the proletarianization of the peasantry and the small property holder. This has created an unprecedented polarization in class relations between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat. The workers, or proletarians, have become mere slaves to the industrial process lorded over by the bourgeoisie. The workers have no means to life other than through the sale of their labor to the forces of capital. The process of production has become mechanized and militarized, thereby alienating the worker from the product of his labor and subjecting the worker to exploitation. The workers have organized trade unions and political parties for their own defense and the class struggle is underway. Class solidarity by the proletariat is the path to victory. As the proletariat emerges as the revolutionary class, some in the bourgeoisie have joined their ranks including “a portion of the bourgeois ideologists, who have raised themselves to the level of comprehending

 theoretically the historical movement as a whole.[Ibid. p.248-253] This latter statement is likely a reference to the middle-class intellectuals, including Marx and Engels themselves, who are among the leadership of the Communist movement.

 

          The Communists emerge as the intellectual and activist vanguard of the proletarian revolution. The Communists are the most militant and radical of the proletarian forces who aim to build an international revolutionary movement among the proletariat for the overthrow of the bourgeoisie on a world scale. Just as the French Revolution abolished feudal property relations, so do the Communists wish to abolish bourgeoisie, or capitalist, property relations. Marx and Engels expend much effort in the pamphlet mocking the hypocrisy of the intellectual apologists for the ruling class who defend the present condition of things in the name of “freedom” while reducing the proletariat to destitution and wage slavery. They also attack the subordinate position of women and the exploitation of female labor, child labor, the unavailability of education for the working class, and argue against national patriotism on the part of the working class: “The working men have no country. We cannot take from them what they have not got. Since the proletariat must first of all acquire political supremacy, must rise to be the leading class of the nation, must constitute itself the nation, it is, so far, itself national though not in the bourgeois sense of the word.“[Ibid., pp.255-260] In other words, the proletariat should replace national patriotism with class patriotism and strive to become the ruling class.

 

          Marx applies his approach to class theory and political economy further in The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte, an analysis of the event surrounding the seizure of the French state by the nephew of Napoleon Bonaparte in 1851. He begins with an explanation of how those engaged in contemporary struggles mythologize the past as a means of interpreting the present: “Similarly, at a another stage of development a century earlier, Cromwell and the English people had borrowed speech, passions and illusions from the Old Testament for their bourgeois revolution. When the real aim had been achieved, when the bourgeois transformation of English society had been accomplished, Locke supplanted Habakkuk.“[Karl Marx, "The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte", in Karl Marx: selected writings, ed. David McLellan; Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000, pp.330-331]

 

          Marx likewise attempts to explain setbacks in the course of an revolutionary struggle that is alleged to be inevitable and ordained by history. While bourgeois revolutions “storm swiftly from success to success;….proletarian revolutions….criticize themselves constantly, interrupt themselves continually in their own course, come back to the apparently accomplished in order to begin it afresh, deride with unmerciful thoroughness the inadequacies, weaknesses, and paltrinesses of their first attempts, seem to throw down their adversary only in order that he may draw new strength from the earth and rise again,” [Ibid., p. 332] Marx raises the question of why the bourgeoisie would welcome a coup against the parliamentary regime by Louis Bonaparte if the parliament itself is the political expression of the bourgeoisie as a class. The bourgeoisie does this because its continued existence is more safely guaranteed if it relinquishes self-rule in favor of rule by an autocrat. Consequently, the bourgeoisie supports the repression of its parliament, “its politicians and its literati, its platform and its press, in order that it might then be able to pursue its private affairs with full confidence in the protection of a strong and unrestricted government. It declared unequivocally that it longed to get rid of its own political rule in order to get rid of the troubles and dangers of ruling.” [Ibid., pp. 335-336] As the politicians and literati are only part of the ideological superstructure of the bourgeoisie, these can be jettisoned without damaging the material base of the bourgeoisie. Indeed, this material basis can be strengthened if an autocrat removes political obstacles to the advancement of trade and commerce and represses proletarian insurgencies. Marx’s analysis of the coup carried out by Louis Bonaparte is remarkably similar to the interpretation later Marxist theoreticians would give to the rise of Fascism and Nazism in the twentieth century.

 

          In two lectures presented fifteen years apart, the British Marxist historiographer Eric Hobsbawm attempts to assess the relevant contributions of Marx to the broader study of history. [Eric Hobsbawm, On History, ed. Eric Hobsbawm, "What do Historian Owe to Karl Marx?" and "Marx and History"; New York: New Press, 1997, pp. 141-170]  Hobsbawn begins with an effort to differentiate the actual  thought of Marx from the tendency toward the vulgarization his work (and the tendency of this approach toward crude reductionism) by subsets of later Marxists theoreticians. Hobsbawm regards the principal contribution of Marx to historical studies and the social sciences as derivative of his notion of “base and superstructure”, noting that, conceptually speaking, one need not adhere with particular rigidity to Marx’s application of this idea to recognize its value, further acknowledging that many non-Marxist historians do just that. Marxism also differs from its rivals in the social science in its efforts to explain the process of social evolution. [Ibid., pp. 157-149]

 

           Marxist influence is also credited with the decline of emphasis on political, religious and national histories towards a greater focus on social and economic history and a movement away from the idealist approach to historical interpretation towards a more materialist orientation, or at least one giving greater attention to the role of social forces. Likewise, the impact of Marxism has been to orient, at least implicitly, many historians towards a more teleological view of historical evolution. [Ibid., p. 143] Indeed, Hobsbawm states his own “conviction that Marx’s approach is still the only one which enables us to explain the entire span of human history, and forms the most fruitful starting-point for modern discussion.” (Ibid., p. 155).

 

          This last notion seems problematical. First, the question arises as to whether is it necessary, or even possible, “to explain the entire span of human history” and whether or not the Marxist position has actually done so. Hobsbawm concedes this difficulty, quoting Weber: “That the very Reformation is ascribed to an economic cause, that the length of the Thirty Years War was due to economic causes, the Crusades to feudal land-hunger, the evolution of the family to economic causes, and that Descartes’ view of animals as machines can be brought into relation with the growth of the Manufacturing system.” [Ibid, p. 147]

 

          More difficulties arise from Hobsbawm’s interpretation of the Marxist theory of the state:” The state will normally legitimate the social order by controlling the class conflict within a stable framework of institutions and values, ostensibly standing above and outside them (the remote king as ‘fountain of justice’), and in doing so perpetrate a society which would otherwise be driven asunder by its internal tensions.” [Ibid, p. 154]

But is this theory of the state Marxist in nature? Is not the state, according to Marx, the mere “executive committee” of the ruling class? And are not a “stable framework of institutions and values” mere chimera derived from an ideological superstructure whose function is to legitimize class rule? It would appear that the theory of the state as “standing above and outside” class conflict and the ideological superstructure of those controlling the means of production is more Hobbesian (or, in more recent terms, Schmittian) than Marxist.

 

          Hobsbawm also notes the irony involved in the impact of Marx on historians, given that Marx himself wrote very little on history itself. Marx developed a theory of history, i.e., historical materialism, but was not a historian as such. Hobsbawm observes that the “bulk of Marx’s historical work is thus integrated into his theoretical and political writings.” [Ibid., p. 158] That some major theoretical problems, even outright errors, can be found in Marx’s work is a point conceded by Hobsbawm, noting, for instance, the failure of those societies Marx labeled as “Asiatic” to evolve along the economic lines Marxist theory would predict, a fact that Marx himself acknowledged. [Ibid., p. 164}Does this failure not reduce the Marxist interpretation of economic evolution to a particularist one? Does this not explode the notion of the historical predestination of the proletariat towards inevitable, ultimate victory? 

 

          More than one hundred fifty years after Marx produced these writings, the classical Marxist ideal  of proletarian supremacy has yet to come into being. Instead, the industrial proletariat has been assimilated into the institutional framework of liberal-capitalism and parliamentary democracy with worker organizations like trade unions becoming part of the status quo. The historic working class has been elevated to the status of a de facto middle class and stratified and fragmented by a myriad of sectional interests. Furthermore, the Marxist derision of particularistic attachments like religion, family, nationality, culture, ethnicity and language has proved untenable. Indeed, these kinds of attachments have been most evident among the historic proletariat whom Marxists claim to champion. At the onset of the First World War, the working classes of Europe rallied behind their respective national regimes in opposition to the working classes of other nations. 

 

          Marxist-influenced revolutions in Asian, African and Latin American countries whose economies were still primarily in an agricultural stage have merely replaced their indigenous autocracies, oligarchies and aristocracies with new ones organized on the basis of ideological concepts imported from Europe. To the degree that capitalism has been severely altered or compromised in any industrialized nation it has been on the basis of a nationalistic collectivism (Fascism, National Socialism, Peronism, Ba’athism) or corporatist social-democracy (U.S. corporate liberalism and the welfare states of Western Europe) rather than proletarian socialism.

 

           Marx did accurately predict the eventual globalization of capital and the breaking down of traditional national and cultural boundaries by this process. This is a process that is only now taking place and threatens the middle class workers of the developed world with re-proletarianization as the newly emerging proletariat of the Third World becomes more readily exploitable by international capital.   Traditional nation-states are also in the process of breaking down but this hardly the “withering away of the state” predicted by Marx. Rather, nations are combining into multinational federations, ethno-separatist breakaway states are demanding autonomy, non-state entities (transnational corporations and financial institutions, non-governmental organizations and international bodies like the United Nations) are assuming more responsibilities and non-state militaries are challenging the state’s traditional monopoly on violence. To the degree that the globalization process is being resisted, it is being done by populist-nationalists (like Hugo Chavez) or non-state religious militants (like Osama bin Laden) who appeal to the very particularist sentiments that Marxists vociferously reject. It would appear that the historical legacy of Marxism will be similar that of other interesting, occasionally correct, but severely flawed systems of thought (like Platonism or Calvinism) that have achieved great influence for a time and then declined.

         

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

On Overcoming Race and Class Reductionism in the Anarchist Milieu

category Uncategorized keith Friday 4 September 2009

from Ed D’Angelo (Anytime Now Discussion Forum)

I think racial politics in the anarchist movement derives from the broader American Left, for which race has been a key issue since the abolitionists of the pre-Civil War period. Class based analysis is not common in American politics, especially in the present day. Most Americans view themselves as middle class, which is not entirely inaccurate. The American working class is either invisible or is seen only through the lens of race, as if to be working class can be equated with being a “minority” (ie, non-white or non-native born). Although a class struggle perspective is found in the revolutionary anarchist tradition (Bakunin and the communist anarchists), I think the larger source of class struggle perspectives is the Marxist tradition, which is relatively weak in the USA. Even some Marxist parties, such as the Revolutionary Communist Party, a Maoist Party with roots in SDS and the 60s New Left, is more focused on race (particularly the black race) than class (or confuses the two). In this case, it’s clear that the preoccupation with blacks derives from the Civil Rights struggles of the 50s and 60s. 
 
So, racial reductionism in the anarchist movement is due, I think, to the influence of the larger American Left, and beyond that, American culture in general, on the American anarchist movement. As radical as we might think we are, we are all still products of our cultures.
 
Because the American working class, at least since WW II, has been so conservative –coopted by business unions in the early post-war years and by consumerism, suburban sprawl, etc. — anarchism in the USA has had little appeal to workers. Most anarchists in the USA are bohemians with roots in the (largely, but not exclusively, white) college educated middle class. For them, anarchism is not about their own struggle for liberation and autonomy, but is a moral mission to help the oppressed other. And in mainstream American culture, the face of oppression is black. So it’s not surprising that you would find many white anarchists with a moral concern for racial issues. This tendency in the anarchist movement goes back at least to the 1940s, when anarchists were among the first to participate in the early Civil Rights movement.
 
What can we do? The only way to free yourself from the past, I think, is to become aware of how it continues to shape your views, even when it is past. So we can try to educate ourselves and others about this history, and how circumstances have changed. The same can be said for the influence of mainstream culture. The more we become critically aware of mainstream culture, the more we can free ourselves of it. I think it’s a good idea to turn off the mainstream media, too, because to some extent it’s impossible to immunize yourself against it, no matter how sharp your critical reasoning skills are.
 
We can also educate ourselves about anarchist history. In this respect, I am finding Eugene Lunn’s book, “Prophet of Community: The Romantic Socialism of Gustav Landauer,” to be particularly interesting, because Landauer’s anarchism is a prime example of an anarchism that is not class or race based, that was explicitly formulated in opposition to Marxist currents, and that is based in the individual spirit (understood as a mystical microcosm of the community and volk). Landauer was a pacifist and evolutionary anarchist who believed that the road to anarchism is paved with the construction of voluntary cooperative communties within the interstice so the old, rather than in the violent overthrow of existing structures. Violent revolution, Landauer would have argued, is impossible because authority is sustained by the voluntary servitude of the oppressed who would reconstruct oppressive structures once the old ones were destroyed — as occurred in the Soviet Union. What is needed is a cultural revolution not a political one.

Anarchism in America

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 5 September 2009

The full documentary: (hat tip to Ray Mangum)

Part One, Part Two, Part Three, Part Four, Part Five, Part Six, Part Seven, Part Eight 

Anarchism and American Traditions by Voltairine De Cleyre

Anarchist Direct Action in Action

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 5 September 2009

The Sacramento National Anarchist Collective’s White Cross Patrol:

Banning Lucky Charms

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 12 September 2009

You gotta see it to believe it!

Updated News Digest September 13, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 12 September 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

“The high-pitched activist liberals I collided with in college are living out one prolonged shit test that has its own ontological area code. I recall the effect of their overall swagger and posture to be a dare, to anyone who suggested any degree of serious hesitation about gay marriage, mass immigration, racial egalitarianism, or whatever. I wasn’t self-consciously right-wing when I first encountered this but I couldn’t resist the challenge and still can’t. Cocky liberals might intimidate someone with their knowing bluster, but it won’t be me. I was going to call their bluff wherever and whenever I could. My instinctive response was to say, “Look, you don’t have the grasp on truth you pretend to and your moral scruples are exaggerated. You’re not saving any lives or making the world a better place by raging against homophobia and imaginary Nazis. You’re just striking a pose to impress yourself and others. I’m unimpressed.”

                                                                                     -Evan McLaren

Is America Coming Apart? by Pat Buchanan

The American Left: Rebel Without a Cause by Thomas N. Naylor

Indefensible Nation by Paul Craig Roberts

Put Not Your Faith in Princes by Kevin Carson

The Weaponization of Human Rights by Chase Madar

Europe’s Complicity in Evil by Paul Craig Roberts

The Name That Must Not Be Mentioned by Paul Gottfried

Eight Years Later by Stonewall

The Men That Make the Empire Robert Parry interviewed by Scott Horton

Creativity As the Lifeblood of Freedom by Francois Tremblay

Obama’s Big Speech-Give Us a F….ing Break! by Alexander Cockburn

I Am Barack Obama’s Political Prisoner Now by Leonard Peltier

“Repeal the 21st Century” Anthony Gregory interviewed by Scott Horton

Military Brass Has George Will’s Back by Jack Hunter

How to Fight Deflation by Mike Whitney

The New Segregation by Grant Havers

Watergate and Modern Scandals by Saul Landau

The Conservative “Corruption” Problem by Dylan Hales

Disgraceful Democrats  by Russell Mokhiber

Beware Petraeus: The General Who Would Be King Jeff Huber interviewed by Scott Horton

This Is How Its Done by Kevin DeAnna

The State of U.S. National Security by Brian M Downing

Pat Buchanan and 9-11 by Jack Hunter

Will Obama Seize the Internet? Declan McCullagh interviewed by Scott Horton

Afghan Firefight by Franklin C. Spinney

Pro-Life Demonstrator Murdered in Michigan: Is a Civil War Coming? by Tom Piatak

A Solution to the Health Care Problem by Charles R. Larson

Traficant vs AIPAC by Richard Spencer

The Debtors’ Revolt Begins

Call It the “Peter Brimelow Rule” by Robert Stacy McCain

Israeli Ads Warn Against Marrying Non-Jews by Jonathan Cook

Encountering Gottfried by Ilana Mercer

Norman’s War by Paul Gottfried

Lies and the Lying Liars Who Lie Them by Jack Hunter

Willful Blindness by Richard Spencer

Hate America? Count Me Out! by Chuck Baldwin

Ten Lessons of 9-11 by Sheldon Richman

Obama Equals Bush on Steroids by Bede

Come to Vermont, Help Us Secede, and Escape the Empire by Thomas N. Naylor

Dominique Venner’s Ernst Junger: Another European Destiny by Michael O’Meara

Food Among the Ruins by Mark Dowie

When Satire Becomes Reality  by Justin Raimondo

Ronald Reagan’s Torture by Robert Parry

How Afghanistan Became the Graveyard of the Russian Empire by Dave Crouch

The Evils of Preventive Detention by Glenn Greenwald

The Continual Selling of the Afghan War by William Blum

Let Poppies Grow; Bring Troops Home by Al Neuharth

Obama’s Leading the U.S. Into a Hellish Quagmire by Mark Ames

Puff Daddies by Daniel Engber

Commercial Products Before the Drug War

Boston Tea Party 

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

Weekly Reading of Scripture

Anarcho-Syndicalism by Rudolf Rocker

On Anarchy by Dyer Lum

The Radical Individualism of Paul Goodman by Richard Wall

Tolstoy the Peculiar Christian Anarchist by Alexandre Christoyannopoulos

“The Kingdom of God Is Within You” by Count Leo Tolstoy

Constructive Policy Vs Destructive War by Marie Louise Berneri

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Why Liberalism is a Sham

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 13 September 2009

[Keith: This is the best critique of liberalism I have seen to date. This is the critique I would write.]

by Camille Paglia

http://www.salon.com/opinion/paglia/2009/09/09/healthcare/index.html

Sept. 9, 2009 | What a difference a month makes! When my last controversial column posted on Salon in the second week of August, most Democrats seemed frozen in suspended animation, not daring to criticize the Obama administration’s bungling of healthcare reform lest it give aid and comfort to the GOP. Well, that ice dam sure broke with a roar. Dissident Democrats found their voices, and by late August even the liberal lemmings of the mainstream media, from CBS to CNN, had drastically altered their tone of reportage, from priggish disdain of the town hall insurgency to frank admission of serious problems in the healthcare bills as well as of Obama’s declining national support. 

But this tonic dose of truth-telling may be too little too late. As an Obama supporter and contributor, I am outraged at the slowness with which the standing army of Democratic consultants and commentators publicly expressed discontent with the administration’s strategic missteps this year. I suspect there had been private grumbling all along, but the media warhorses failed to speak out when they should have — from week one after the inauguration, when Obama went flat as a rug in letting Congress pass that obscenely bloated stimulus package. Had more Democrats protested, the administration would have felt less arrogantly emboldened to jam through a cap-and-trade bill whose costs have made it virtually impossible for an alarmed public to accept the gargantuan expenses of national healthcare reform. (Who is naive enough to believe that Obama’s plan would be deficit-neutral? Or that major cuts could be achieved without drastic rationing?) 

By foolishly trying to reduce all objections to healthcare reform to the malevolence of obstructionist Republicans, Democrats have managed to destroy the national coalition that elected Obama and that is unlikely to be repaired. If Obama fails to win reelection, let the blame be first laid at the door of Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi, who at a pivotal point threw gasoline on the flames by comparing angry American citizens to Nazis. It is theoretically possible that Obama could turn the situation around with a strong speech on healthcare to Congress this week, but after a summer of grisly hemorrhaging, too much damage has been done. At this point, Democrats’ main hope for the 2012 presidential election is that Republicans nominate another hopelessly feeble candidate. Given the GOP’s facility for shooting itself in the foot, that may well happen. 

This column has been calling for heads to roll at the White House from the get-go. Thankfully, they do seem to be falling faster — as witness the middle-of-the-night bum’s rush given to “green jobs” czar Van Jones last week — but there’s a long way to go. An example of the provincial amateurism of current White House operations was the way the president’s innocuous back-to-school pep talk got sandbagged by imbecilic support materials soliciting students to write fantasy letters to “help” the president (a coercive directive quickly withdrawn under pressure). Even worse, the entire project was stupidly scheduled to conflict with the busy opening days of class this week, when harried teachers already have their hands full. Comically, some major school districts, including New York City, were not even open yet. And this is the gang who wants to revamp national healthcare? 

Why did it take so long for Democrats to realize that this year’s tea party and town hall uprisings were a genuine barometer of widespread public discontent and not simply a staged scenario by kooks and conspirators? First of all, too many political analysts still think that network and cable TV chat shows are the central forums of national debate. But the truly transformative political energy is coming from talk radio and the Web — both of which Democrat-sponsored proposals have threatened to stifle, in defiance of freedom of speech guarantees in the Bill of Rights. I rarely watch TV anymore except for cooking shows, history and science documentaries, old movies and football. Hence I was blissfully free from the retching overkill that followed the deaths of Michael Jackson and Ted Kennedy — I never saw a single minute of any of it. It was on talk radio, which I have resumed monitoring around the clock because of the healthcare fiasco, that I heard the passionate voices of callers coming directly from the town hall meetings. Hence I was alerted to the depth and intensity of national sentiment long before others who were simply watching staged, manipulated TV shows. 

Why has the Democratic Party become so arrogantly detached from ordinary Americans? Though they claim to speak for the poor and dispossessed, Democrats have increasingly become the party of an upper-middle-class professional elite, top-heavy with journalists, academics and lawyers (one reason for the hypocritical absence of tort reform in the healthcare bills). Weirdly, given their worship of highly individualistic, secularized self-actualization, such professionals are as a whole amazingly credulous these days about big-government solutions to every social problem. They see no danger in expanding government authority and intrusive, wasteful bureaucracy. This is, I submit, a stunning turn away from the anti-authority and anti-establishment principles of authentic 1960s leftism. 

How has “liberty” become the inspirational code word of conservatives rather than liberals? (A prominent example is radio host Mark Levin’s book “Liberty and Tyranny: A Conservative Manifesto,” which was No. 1 on the New York Times bestseller list for nearly three months without receiving major reviews, including in the Times.) I always thought that the Democratic Party is the freedom party — but I must be living in the nostalgic past. Remember Bob Dylan’s 1964 song “Chimes of Freedom,” made famous by the Byrds? And here’s Richie Havens electrifying the audience at Woodstock with “Freedom! Freedom!” Even Linda Ronstadt, in the 1967 song “A Different Drum,” with the Stone Ponys, provided a soaring motto for that decade: “All I’m saying is I’m not ready/ For any person, place or thing/ To try and pull the reins in on me.” 

But affluent middle-class Democrats now seem to be complacently servile toward authority and automatically believe everything party leaders tell them. Why? Is it because the new professional class is a glossy product of generically institutionalized learning? Independent thought and logical analysis of argument are no longer taught. Elite education in the U.S. has become a frenetic assembly line of competitive college application to schools where ideological brainwashing is so pandemic that it’s invisible. The top schools, from the Ivy League on down, promote “critical thinking,” which sounds good but is in fact just a style of rote regurgitation of hackneyed approved terms (”racism, sexism, homophobia”) when confronted with any social issue. The Democratic brain has been marinating so long in those clichés that it’s positively pickled. 

Next page: Let’s get the hell out of Afghanistan!

 
Throughout this fractious summer, I was dismayed not just at the self-defeating silence of Democrats at the gaping holes or evasions in the healthcare bills but also at the fogginess or insipidity of articles and Op-Eds about the controversy emanating from liberal mainstream media and Web sources. By a proportion of something like 10-to-1, negative articles by conservatives were vastly more detailed, specific and practical about the proposals than were supportive articles by Democrats, which often made gestures rather than arguments and brimmed with emotion and sneers. There was a glaring inability in most Democratic commentary to think ahead and forecast what would or could be the actual snarled consequences — in terms of delays, denial of services, errors, miscommunications and gross invasions of privacy — of a massive single-payer overhaul of the healthcare system in a nation as large and populous as ours. It was as if Democrats live in a utopian dream world, divorced from the daily demands and realities of organization and management. 

But dreaming in the 1960s and ’70s had a spiritual dimension that is long gone in our crassly materialistic and status-driven time. Here’s a gorgeous example: Bob Welch’s song “Hypnotized.” which appears on Fleetwood Mac’s 1973 album “Mystery to Me.” (The contemplative young man in this recent video is not Welch.) It’s a peyote dream inspired by Carlos Castaneda’s fictionalized books: “They say there’s a place down in Mexico/ Where a man can fly over mountains and hills/ And he don’t need an airplane or some kind of engine/ And he never will.” This exhilarating shamanistic vision (wonderfully enhanced by Christine McVie’s hymnlike backing vocal) captures the truth-seeking pilgrimages of my generation but also demonstrates the dangerous veering away from mundane social responsibilities. If the left is an incoherent shambles in the U.S., it’s partly because the visionaries lost their bearings on drugs, and only the myopic apparatchiks and feather-preening bourgeois liberals are left. (I addressed the drugs cataclysm in “Cults and Cosmic Consciousness: Religious Vision in the American 1960s” in the Winter 2003 issue of Arion.) 

Having said all that about the failures of my own party, I am not about to let Republicans off the hook. What a backbiting mess the GOP is! It lacks even one credible voice of traditional moral values on the national stage and is addicted to sonorous pieties of pharisaical emptiness. Republican politicians sermonize about the sanctity of marriage while racking up divorces and sexual escapades by the truckload. They assail government overreach and yet support interference in women’s control of their own bodies. Advanced whack-a-mole is clearly needed for that yammering smarty-pants Newt Gingrich, who is always so very, very pleased with himself but has yet to produce a single enduring thought. The still inexplicably revered George W. Bush ballooned our national deficits like a drunken sailor and clumsily exacerbated the illegal immigration debate. And bizarrely, the hallucinatory Dick Cheney, a fake-testosterone addict who spooked Bush into a pointless war, continues to be lauded as presidential material. 

Which brings us to Afghanistan: Let’s get the hell out! While I vociferously opposed the incursion into Iraq, I was always strongly in favor of bombing the mountains of Afghanistan to smithereens in our search for Osama bin Laden and al-Qaida training camps. But committing our land forces to a long, open-ended mission to reshape the political future of that country has been a fool’s errand from the start. Every invader has been frustrated and eventually defeated by that maze-like mountain terrain, from Alexander the Great to the Soviet Union. In a larger sense, outsiders will never be able to fix the fate of the roiling peoples of the Near East and Greater Middle East, who have been disputing territorial borderlines and slaughtering each other for 5,000 years. There is too much lingering ethnic and sectarian acrimony for a tranquil solution to be possible for generations to come. The presence of Western military forces merely inflames and prolongs the process and creates new militias of patriotic young radicals who hate us and want to take the war into our own cities. The technological West is too infatuated with easy fixes. But tribally based peoples think in terms of centuries and millennia. They know how to wait us out. Our presence in Afghanistan is not worth the price of any more American lives or treasure. 

In response to persistent queries, I must repeat: No, I do not have a Facebook page, nor am I a “friend” on anyone else’s Facebook. Nor do I Twitter. This Salon column is my sole Web presence. Whatever doppelgänger Camille Paglias are tripping the light fantastic out there (as in the haunted bus-station episode of “The Twilight Zone”), they aren’t me!

Updated News Digest September 20, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Monday 21 September 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“Racist, sexist, homophobe, birth-certificate denier, 9-Eleven denier, moon-landing denier, lookist, logist, and all the rest of the epithets used by the enforcers of political correctness are despicable. As Murray Rothbard said, if someone advocates aggression against the members of some group, or wants to use the state to do so, that is evil, and must be denounced. But running a restricted country club, say, like the Palm Beach one that Bernie Madoff belonged to, is just an exercise of freedom. So is all private discrimination. So is disagreeing with the SPLC or NOW or GLAAD or the ADL. No advocate of free speech should be caught dead using “racist,” etc., against dissenters. Make an argument, buddy. I take no pleasure in seeing one of the demonizers demonized himself. But here is the good news. The state’s little epithet-slingers are losing their power. Once upon a time, such charges ended careers and even lives. Now they merely damage. Someday, and how sweet it will be, they will have no effect at all. Repeat after me, even though Voltaire didn’t say it, I disagree with what you say, but I defend to the death your right to say it.”

                                                                                       -Lew Rockwell

What America’s Crisis Means to the Rest of the World by Noam Chomsky

Health Care Deceit by Paul Craig Roberts

Brother Against Brother by Joshua Keating

Demonstrating is Useless by Robert Higgs

America’s Suicide Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

What Price Afghanistan by Justin Raimondo

The Iran Hawks Are Back by Stephen Walt

Palestinian Camps Are Ready to Erupt by Franklin Lamb

Dismantling the Political Spectrum by Tom Malinich

Why Propaganda Trumps Truth by Paul Craig Roberts

Afghanistan: What Are These People Thinking? by Conn Hallinan

American Refuseniks Adam Szyper-Seibert interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama’s Turning Point by Phillip Giraldi

FAIR Takes On the $PLC by Patrick Cleburne

Religion is Not the Primary Motivation of Suicide Bombers by Riaz Hassan

Obama’s Quagmire by Jeffrey Kuhner

The Killing Fields of Afghanistan by Chris Floyd

Colombia: Throwing Bullets at Failed Policies by Benjamin Dangl

Support Your Local Sadist by Will Grigg

The PIGS Can Kill and Maim With Impunity by Will Grigg

At Least the Chinese Allow Smoking in Airports by Lew Rockwell

Bloodsuckers in Blue by Will Grigg

Quietly Building the Totalitarian State by Jack Douglas

The Destruction of the U.S. Empire by Bill Bonner

Women’s Resistance Behind Bars from Infoshop.Org

Dredging Up the Past by Elizabeth Wright

Best of Intentions by Austin Bramwell

The Return of Protectionism by Pat Buchanan

Government Pays by Tom Piatak

Push for Globalism Continues by Chuck Baldwin

Shot in the Back: Murder at the Hands of the PIGS from Rad Geek

Man Beaten and Arrested for Having an Unzipped Jacket by Francois Tremblay

Mask Ordinance Voted Down in Pittsburgh from Infoshop.Org

Your “Honor” by Bill Anderson

A Mother’s Resistance by William Norman Grigg

Hey Kids, Killing and Dying Are Fun! by David Swanson

The Real Lessons of Lehman’s Fall by Mike Whitney

Obama’s Real Record on Guns by Richard Pearson

Helot on Wheels  by William Norman Grigg

Tyranny Every 18 Seconds in America by David Kramer

Full-Time Cops, Part-Time Convicts by William Norman Grigg

War Without End by Philip Giraldi

The Iran Whisperers by Jeff Huber

The Heroic Daniel Ellsberg by Eric Garris

Confessions of a Revolutionist: Law Concerning the Clubs by Pierre Joseph Proudhon

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Updated News Digest September 27, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 26 September 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“It is time that Americans reorganize themselves based on their geography and lifestyle choices according to the political outlook that most accurately reflects their views.  For example, if this means Hawaii leaves the Union then Hawaii leaves the Union.  If California has interests inherently at odds with the core beliefs of other States of the United States it is time to say farewell to incompatible political agendas.  If you sympathize with this statement or would like to find out more about the Bay Area National Anarchists feel free to browse the archive of blog posts and visit affiliated websites.  National Anarchists come from many backgrounds and we encourage a diverse range of opinions on political subjects.  Where we stand united is in our belief in the completely unsatisfactory results provided by all levels of the United States government that acts like an abusive codependent relationship is out of control and self destructive.  The solution is to form communities that are resilient against the abuse of authoritarian power.”

                                                                                    -Bay Area National Anarchists

Secession Movement Expands by Dave Montgomery

War, Terrorism and the World State Hans Hermann Hoppe interviewed by Marc Grunert

Secession Is in the Air by William S. Lind

Brzezinski Says U.S. Should Attack Israeli Jets from Tradition and Revolution

The Echoes of War Doug Casey interviewed by Louis James

More Lies, More Deception by Paul Craig Roberts

Things Sean Hannity Would Never Say by Jack Hunter

The Economy is a Lie by Paul Craig Roberts

The United States in Afghanistan: Eight Years Later by Gabriel Kolko

Can America Be Salvaged? by David Michael Green

Inconvenient Truths by Taki Theodoracopulos

Leonard Zeskind is an Idiot by Evan McLaren

The Ruin of His Presidency by Alexander Cockburn

The Prohibitionists’ Manifesto by Fred Gardner

Pot and the Right to Pursue Happiness by Norm Kent

The Two Faces of the Vermont Independence Movement by Thomas N. Naylor

The Afghan Disaster by Lew Rockwell

Deep In the Heart of Texas by Thomas N. Naylor

McChrystal’s Conundrum by Justin Raimondo

The Pentagon is Bankrupting Us by Jacob Hornberger

Weapons of Mass Democracy by Stephen Zunes

America Has Been Here Before by Eric Margolis

Settling for Failure in the Middle East by Stephen Walt

Contempt of Cop by William Norman Grigg

The Most Militaristic State on Earth by Glenn Greenwald

A Cop Does Good (OMG!) by William Norman Grigg

Rot in Hell, Irving Kristol by Justin Raimondo

Was Irving Kristol a CIA Plot? by Richard Spencer

Friendly PIGS at Work by Bill Anderson

Secession! by Lew Rockwell

Beware of Rising Libertarians by Mike Payne

An Unpatriotic Conservative by Jack Hunter

To Lose a War by Pat Buchanan

It is Going to Be a Rocky Road by Chuck Baldwin

The Constitution: The God That Failed by Bill Buppert

PIGS vs Anarchists in Pittsburgh from Infoshop.Org

Bourgeois Influences on Anarchism by Luigi Fabbri

Who Is Barack Obama? by Justin Raimondo

The U.S. Velvet Junta by Jeff Huber

U.S. and Israeli Oppression in Palestine Philip Weiss interviewed by Scott Horton

The Post-9/11 Round-Up of Innocents Jim Bovard interviewed by Scott Horton

Diary of a Teen-Aged Girl in Iraq by Erik Leaver

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

The Myth of Equality by Ian Huyett

Patriots and Tyrants Radio (thanks, Ian!)

(Extra hat tips to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Liberated Thinkers Against Creation and Evolution

The Beginning of the End of U. S. Hegemony Pittsburgh G20 Resistance Project

War Movies and the Human Heart by Clyde Wilson

Eat Like a Human, Feel Like a Human by Jenna Johnson

Indigenous Peoples of the British Isles 

Compulsory Schooling is Not the Way 

At the Heart of Darkness by Samuel Francis (R.I.P.)

Greens Say Immigration Bad for the Environment from The Australian

White, German Al-Qaida Insurgents Found in Afghanistan by Dean Nelson

Thousands March Against G20 in Pittsburgh 

Architecture and Identity by David Morris

Anti-Racist Nationalists 

National-Bolshevik Party U.S.A-Ideology 

Ethnocentric Heathenism 

The Arab Socialist Baath Party

Ten Key Questions in the Health Care Debate from Front Porch Republic

White Guilt Awareness Day from Human Events

Garrett Hardin on Immigration and Standard of Living 

David Horowitz-P. T. Barnum of the Right 

The Realist Party 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

Weekly Reading of Scripture

The Death of Politics  by Karl Hess

The Bolshevik Myth by Alexander Berkman

How I Became a Socialist by William Morris

The Kronstadt Rebellion by Alexander Berkman

 

 
TIt is time that Americans reorganize themselves based on their geography and lifestyle choices according to the political outlook that most accurately reflects their views.  For example, if this means Hawaii leaves the Union then Hawaii leaves the Union.  If California has interests inherently at odds with the core beliefs of other States of the United States it is time to say farewell to incompatible political agendas.  If you sympathize with this statement or would like to find out more about the Bay Area National Anarchists feel free to browse the archive of blog posts and visit affiliated websites.  National Anarchists come from many backgrounds and we encourage a diverse range of opinions on political subjects.  Where we stand united is in our belief in the completely unsatisfactory results provided by all levels of the United States government that acts like an abusive codependent relationship is out of control and self destructive.  The solution is to form communities that are resilient against the abuse of authoritarian power.
hThere is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.
ere is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.
There is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.
There is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.
There is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.
re is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.
here is one all consuming mythology that is still believed in more fervently than any other myth. It is a myth that is taken for granted as being an obvious and irrefutable truth that is apparent to anyone possessing any amount of intelligence or reason. It is neither religion nor belief in the existence in god although this near ubiquitous myth has utilized both religion and god to “prove” its intangible existence or as a prop to allow it to function as an moral force within society. When confronted by skepticism of its existence, nothing is more vigorously and heatedly defended. Women collapse in paroxysms of spite and hatred when it is pointed out to them that, in general, women cannot possibly be as physically strong as men because of differences in muscle mass. Stupid people argue that the more intelligent are only “book smart” and lacking in “common sense” (whatever that means), even though the more intelligent have been at the basis of all monumental achievements throughout the history. Graffiti artists such as Basquiat are elevated to the status of Michelangeloes, and plastic talentless pop stars are considered just as worthy and accomplished as Beethovens; its all just a matter of relative perspective. Nothing is confronted with more derision and more laughter than that which is experienced when one challenges the existence of equality.

Libertarianism-An Autopsy?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 27 September 2009

http://networkedblogs.com/p12876300

Libertarianism is hard to define because it means different things depending on where you’re at. In most of the world, especially in Europe, it’s a synonym for anarchism. But that’s the dead opposite of what it means in the USA where your sober libertarians know they need enough government to guard the loot of the few who’ve amassed it in what has become a casino economy.

A good capsule analysis of libertarianism, American-style, comes from Kevin Walsh in his blog:

“Libertarianism is a utopian ideology that is most commonly found among the European-American petit-bourgeoisie and intelligentsia which favors bourgeois property relations with little or no state apparatus to support those relations. Libertarians are opposed to involuntary taxation, military conscription, laws against narcotics, laws against prostitution, professional police forces, laws restricting private ownership of weapons, public education, government social programs, and just about all regulations on business. Libertarians favor privatizing all or nearly all government functions. Many Libertarians even favor privately owned highways, streets and sidewalks.

“Libertarianism is rare outside the USA, and in eastern Europe, Asia, Africa and Latin America, it is virtually unknown. Within the USA, Libertarianism is unusual outside the European-American community. The idea that bourgeois property relations could be maintained without a strong state apparatus justly seems bizarre to most of the world’s people, but in view of the unusual history of the USA, it is understandable that some European-Americans could be led to believe this.”

As Kevin pointed out, class struggle was retarded in America. Workers could just pack up and leave, heading West. That’s why it was important after the Civil War to have the mass immigration occur in order build an industrial working class. But it also developed the class struggle–an event of real life and not an invention of Marx. This class struggle up to the Second World War was one of the bloodiest in the world. See DYNAMITE! by Louis Adamic.

But the drive West became the prevailing ideology for a great many European-Americans. Francis Parker Yockey called it individualistic imperialism; we call it libertarianism today.

It’s also based on a false reading of American history.Americans didn’t open up the West on their own. Rather, it was done by government and the U.S. Army. No invisible hand here.

Another hallmark of libertarianism is hostility to the idea of community, and from there to nationalism & populism. Margaret Thatcher who used libertarian rhetoric when it suited her–like our Republicans when out of office–said there was no such thing as society; just atomized consumers, presumably.

Libertarians are also blind to race. They wouldn’t understand the Kansas-Nebraska wars prior to the Civil War. The history books say it was the old sectional battle of free states vs slave states. And it was up to a point. The free white workers fleeing the factories in the East didn’t want the lands opened up by the Army to be doled out in large plantations to the slaveocracy. But they also didn’t want the presence of large numbers of blacks in the new territories.

Libertarians wouldn’t understand why northern states like Indiana and Ohio, prior to the Civil War, wouldn’t allow in free blacks unless they made a substantial cash deposit which would be refunded when they left.

Finally, libertarianism calls for more changes in human nature than socialism would call for. That’s why we style it utopian.

Libertarianism is also utopian in that it doesn’t come to grips with the hidden history of our times. Hidden history, parapolitics, and deep politics are all terms that describe the complicated intertwining of organized crime, drug trafficking, gun-running, money laundering, covert operations, intelligence collection, strategies of tension, assassinations, coups and other events hidden from public view, democratic oversight and effective accountability by the National Security State and the corporate-dominated media. That’s why on TV “24? was always more realistic than that liberal wetdream/soap opera “The West Wing.”

Updated News Digest October 4, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 3 October 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“Sir Norman Angell very accurately described human existence in a totalitarian state when he wrote: ‘From the day that a child is born in Nazi Germany or Russia, and to a lesser degree in Italy, it is brought under the influence of the State’s doctrine; every teacher teaches it through the years of childhood and adolescence. In every conscript, whether military or industrial, the process is continued; every book suggests the prevaling orthodoxy; every paper shouts it; every cinema gives it visual suggestion.’ That is precisely the situation in all countries with a well-established democracy, where social forces jealously guard the ‘common demoninator.’ There is no doubt that the great pride of the democracies, compulsory education, and to a lesser degree, conscription, is a prime factor in this process of forming the minds of citizens into a uniform pattern.”

                                                                                          -Erik von Kuehnelt-Leddihn

Gore Vidal: “We’ll Have a Dictatorship Soon in the U.S.”  by Tim Teeman

Fascism: Why Can’t It Happen Here? by Kevin Carson (If only the “anti-fascists” would take notice)

U.S. to Break Up Soon? by Chuck Baldwin

How Goldman-Sachs Controls the Senate by Matt Taibbi

Iran: Can U.S. Outlast the Ayatollahs? by Pat Buchanan

Another War in the Works by Paul Craig Roberts

The Desert of the Real by Paul Gottfried

The Need to Secede by Jack Hunter

The Dawn of Decadence by Scott Locklin

More Lies, More Deceptions by Paul Craig Roberts

Southern Populist Terrorism by Harrison Bergeron 2

Krauthammer on Kristol: You’d Think a Shrink Would Know Better by Harrison Bergeron 2

Talking About Iran on the T.V. by Glenn Greenwald

Swine Flu Vaccinations to be the Next Tea Party Protests by Don Fenley

Still Not Convinced That HIV is Bogus? by James Foye

It’s the Balance of Power, Stupid! by Leon Hadar

A Tale of Two Op-Eds by Stephen Walt

Are the Neocons Back? by Daniel Larison

On What Larger Theory is Neoconservatism Based? by Justin Logan

Listening to Sibel Edmonds by Philip Giraldi

Who’s Afraid of Sibel Edmonds? Sibel Edmonds interviewed by Philip Giraldi

The Legacy of Spain’s Legendary Anarchist Teacher Francisco Ferrer from Infoshop.Org

Armed Struggle in Greece  from Infoshop.Org

Can Economies Function Without Growth? by Alexander Jung

Pakistan’s Libertine Descendents of Alexander the Great by Dean Nelson

The Anatomy of Blue-State Fascism by Anthony Gregory

There Is No More America Doug Casey interviewed by Louis James

Free All Political Prisoners! by Bill Anderson

The Meaning of Timothy McVeigh by Gore Vidal

The Extinction of the Mass Media by Michael Crichton

Our Intelligence and Theirs by Justin Raimondo

McChrystal’s Myth: Time to Put Down the Pipe by Jeff Huber

Iran is Not Making Nuclear Weapons Scott Ritter interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama Reverts to Cheney Kidnap Policy by Glenn Greenwald

In China, At Least I Would Have Had a Trial by Jacob Hornberger

Left and Right Against War by Murray Polner

Debunking the War Party by Justin Raimondo

The Struggle Against the Feds for Pot Legalization in California by Michael Boldin

How Similar Are the Cases Against Iran and Iraq? by Glenn Greenwald

Green is Red? by Bill Buppert

Exorcising America’s Diplomatic Demons by Robert Scheer

The New Republic of Texas: Liberty Central or Little Washington? by Russell Longcore

Obama and the Graveyard of Empires by Frank Creel

The Depth of Corruption in the War Propaganda Against Iran by John Pilger

Martial Law Is Their Business-and Business Is Good by William Norman Grigg

Bitter Fruits of Middle East Wars by Pat Buchanan

Is It Racist to Oppose Obama? by Walter Williams

Athens and Jerusalem by Ilana Mercer

On Being a Homeschooling Dad by Paul Galvin

“I’m a Racist, He’s a Racist, She’s Racist, We’re All Racists, Wouldn’t You Like to Be a Racist, Too?!!” by Jack Hunter

What’s Up With the Sarah Palin Cult? by Dylan Hales

Geezer Renditions by Alexander Cockburn

Fall of the Berlin Wall: Another Cold War Myth by William Blum

Chomsky in Mexico by John Ross

Here Is Your Chance to Help End the Failed War on Drugs by Anthony Papa

Obama Is No Radical by Jesse Walker

 

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(Hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Paleo-Anarchism

Civil War in America? A New State Called Jefferson? 

A State of Mine-California Secession 

Ethnosocialist 

G. K. Chesterton: The Great Author of the Century 

Which Branch of Anarchism Best Represents Your Views? 

William F. Buckley Interviews Huey Newton on Firing Line 

Eugene Girin-A Paleoconservative Perspective on Zionism 

The Case Against Wal-Mart by the Southern Avenger

What is Patriotism? by the Southern Avenger 

Race Matters by the Southern Avenger 

Who’s to Blame for Illegal Immigration? by the Southern Avenger 

Pride in Prejudice by the Southern Avenger

The Dumb Right by the Southern Avenger 

The Post-Paleo Movement by Paul Gottfried Part One

The Post-Paleo Movement by Paul Gottfried Part Two

Chomsky vs Buckley on Firing Line 

William F. Buckley vs Gore Vidal 

American Vice: Mapping the Seven Deadly Sins 

The Twilight of Pax Americana Los Angeles Times

When Europeans Were Slaves 

In Europe, the Left Has Run Out of Gas by Willam Pfaff

Americans Grow Cannabis to Beat the Recession 

New Right Students Association 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

Marxism and the Frankfurt School

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 1 October 2009

Lecture by Jonathan Bowden. Required viewing for those who want to know what really makes the PC Left tick.

Part One, Part Two, Part Three, Part Four, Part Five, Part Six, Part Seven

Fascism with a Multicultural Face

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 3 October 2009

Over at the website for the Center for a Stateless Society, Kevin Carson has a very good article taking down the center-left liberal retards who regard the state as nothing more than One Big Cub Scout Master. Carson demonstrates how stupid this perspective is even from the point of view of the  liberals’ own standards and rational self-interest. What I find particularly interesting, however, is this comment from a reader called “Dave Chappell“:

I would say that it takes more than an authoritarian government however. The support of a certain percentage of the populous is needed for a system such as National Socialism to prevail. Antisemitism in Europe was endemic prior to the eventual political rise of a system that endorsed in officially. My hope for the US is that it is so naturally multi-cultural that there will be never a general acceptance of fascist ideology. A non-racist form of fascism is always possible though I suppose.

What?? A “non-racist form of fascism”? I have argued for years that a culturally leftward-leaning form of fascism is developing in the United States. See here, here, here, here, here, and here. American society exhibits many of the same qualities normally associated with fascism: the corporate state, military-industrial complex, prison-industrial complex, police state, crude jingoism, reckless military adventurism, therapeutic state, dissemination of crude propaganda passed off as journalism, demonizing critics as traitors and subversives, messianic-revolutionary national ideology (”American exceptionalism”), and hysteria over terrorism or crime. The Obama cult is not nearly as extreme as the cults of Hitler, Stalin, Mao, or Kim Il-Sung, but it’s close enough. One might be inclined to regard liberals’ foolish dismissals of the critics of creeping American fascism as rooted in a simplistic understanding of “fascism”: “Like, dude, man, there can’t be fascism if there’s no brown shirts, or swastikas, or nasty talk about Jews, right? Obama rules, man!” But one could also be inclined to consider the possibility that liberals know perfectly well what kind of order is being established in America, and they like it just fine, because they plan to use it to advance their own agenda as the Cultural Marxists continue to consolidate their position. Don’t say you weren’t warned.

Updated News Digest October 11, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 10 October 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“”The Rothschilds, and that class of money-lenders of whom they are the representatives and agents — men who never think of lending a shilling to their next-door neighbors, for purposes of honest industry, unless upon the most ample security, and at the highest rate of interest — stand ready, at all times, to lend money in unlimited amounts to those robbers and murderers, who call themselves governments, to be expended in shooting down those who do not submit quietly to being robbed and enslaved.”

                                                                                            -Lysander Spooner

Warmonger Obama Receives Nobel Peace Prize by Paul Craig Roberts

Obama’s Nobel Peace Prize by Glenn Greenwald

How the Feds Imprison the Innocent by Paul Craig Roberts

Emancipating Slaves, Enslaving Free Men Jeffrey Rogers Hummel interviewed by Scott Horton

Marx and Lenin Revisited by Paul Craig Roberts

The Idea of “Empire” by Alain De Benoist

Deconstructing the Decision to Secede by Thomas Naylor

Distorting Rape to Get More Federal Funds by Bill Anderson

Israeli Exceptionalism by Justin Raimondo

A Paleocon Critiques Noam Chomsky by Steve Sailer

Wave of Anarchist Bombings in Mexico by John Ross

Don’t Dare Call It Treason by Kevin Carson

War and Peace by Alexander Cockburn

Left, Right and Libertarians United Against Empire David R. Henderson interviewed by Scott Horton

A Libertarian Theory of Foreign Affairs by Justin Raimondo

Iran, Arms Races, and War by Stephen Walt

Eight Years of Big Lies on Afghanistan by James Bovard

Michael Moore Gets the Problem But Not the Solution by Thomas Naylor

Time for a War Tax by Steve Breyman

General War by Pat Buchanan

The Plight of the Right of Return by Nadia Hijab

Obama No Better Than Bush on Terror War Prisoners Andy Worthington interviewed by Scott Horton

The Crackdown in Pittsburgh by Mel Packer

Obama and Afghanistan: You Can’t Handle the Truth? by David Corn

Behind the Capitalist Curtain by Michael Donnelly

The Iranians Are Threatening to Cooperate? What Will the Neocon Filth Do? by Eric Margolis

Judicial Antics Expose Drug War Insanity by Linn Washington, Jr.

Reflections on the Revolution in Europe by Paul Marshall

Free the Sudafed 25! by Jeffrey Tucker

Why Are Cops in Camo…in Pittsburgh? by Radley Balko

The Scam of Global Warming by Doug Casey

On Afghanistan, Obama Should Follow Eisenhower by Steve Clemons

Israel vs Human Rights by Adam Horowitz & Philip Weiss

All Muslim Politics Is Local by Charles Tripp

Iran, Iran So Far Away by Jack Hunter

Keeping Lone Wolves from the Door by Julian Sanchez

McChrystal’s Ultimatum by Jeff Huber

Invalidate Federal Gun Laws by Declan McCullagh

Ten Lies About Iran by Juan Cole

Stuff  White People Like by Scott Locklin

Situation NORML by Fred Gardner

Odin or Jesus? by Christopher Lyons

Christianity Against Paganism by Mark Hackard

Two Tales of Our Times by Tom Piatak

Stock Market Collapse Dead Ahead by Marc Slavo

Hard Times by Richard Spencer

Does “the West” Go Both Ways? by Richard Spencer

Bring Back the Articles of Confederation 

Rachel Maddow Is a Dumb Cunt by Anthony Gregory

Confessions of a Self-Hating Jew by David Kramer

It’s Good to Be Qaddafi by Taki Theodoracopulos

Irving Kristol Was a CIA Frontman-Duh? by Tom DiLorenzo

Global Warming Scandals by Floy Lilley

Secession in South Africa by Prozium

Fire McChrystal and Get Out of Afghanistan by Ivan Eland

Cross-Dressing Teen Discriminated Against by School by Alexis Cobb

Does Red Toryism Have a Future in America? from Front Porch Republic

Neither Statism Nor Individualism by Thomas Storck

Yes, It Is About Race by Peter Brimelow

Emile Henry: Anarchist Was the First Terrorist of the Modern Age from Infoshop.Org

David Brooks: Cosmetic Conservative  by Jack Hunter

Hire Americans First by Pat Buchanan

“Ravenwood” Comes to America by Chuck Baldwin

 

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

The Coward’s Way Out of a Losing Argument

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 6 October 2009

Why We Are National-Anarchists

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 11 October 2009

from Western Australian National-Anarchists (WANA)

http://wanationalanarchist.wordpress.com/

To many people, on all sides of the political spectrum, the question would be asked when they hear of our new philosophy, “why?”.  Why would you choose to be a National-Anarchist, which is universally hated by the majority of the dogmatic left and right wings? Why would we choose to be ostracised from the mainstream like this? I will attempt to give as good an answer as i am able.

“He that will not apply new remedies must expect new evils” – Francis Bacon

For decades, both the left-wing and the right-wing have not developed their world-view. Anarchists are the same as they were 40 years as ago, along with the socialists, communists, nationalists, conservatives, liberals etc. Most people cling to 20th century beliefs and ideologies in the 21st century. To use 20th century beliefs in the 21st seems to be almost stupid, does it not?

“Smash all political dogma’s!” – slogan of the Australian New Right/ National Anarchists

For a small, but growing group of people, it does. Tired of the repeated failures of the reactionary right-wing, a small group of people split with those Nationalist groups and adopted Third Positionism, providing a Third Way alternative to the dual Communist and Capitalist dominated world of the time. However, as the Soviet Union fell, and Communism became relatively obsolete, and Capitalism marched onwards to world hegemony, a more revolutionary approach to the emerging NWO of global government, exploitation of the worlds workers, and submissiveness to the Elite, was needed.

Thus, National-Anarchism was born. With the Orwellian-like State oppression of dissidents, with the farce of so-called “Democracy”, party-politics has been discarded as a pipe-dream. The State and its vast apparatus of bureaucratic leeches (”politicians”) have become the only enemy of all freedom loving peoples the world over. But we do not advocate armed struggle against the State, as it is too powerful, instead we advocate living outside of the System, as far as is legal and we are able, and establishing (eventually) our own communities, according to our own customs and beliefs. (As Troy Southgate would say, “destroying from within, building from without”).

So why are we National-Anarchists? Well, we recognise there is a fundamental sickness in the heart of our current “civilisation”, and that our world-view offers the only real genuine alternative to this sickness. National-Anarchism is the synthesis to the Left-wing and the Right-wing, (and it must be pointed out that those labels only serve to make us conform to the Government labels, and originated centuries ago, so should surely be obsolete in the 21st century), providing the only real true revolutionary alternative to the radical youth of today.

Everyone has an option, either sit back and watch the world march on passed them, or live a life with more meaning, more value (not in the economic sense) by making positive changes in your community, and help preparing your community (which should be considered your extended family) for the inevitable collapse of Western Capitalism. For surely it will one day collapse, and then our people will need leaders to guide them out of the troubles to follow. Are you a leader? If you are – we want you!

The World’s First Terrorists

category Uncategorized keith Monday 12 October 2009

http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/politics/blood-rage–history-the-worlds-first-terrorists-1801195.html

It was us!!!

I have always been sickened by the fact that anarchists have this history of fierce martial struggle, but are today represented by the kind of riff-raff that constitutes the mainstream “anarchist movement.”

A few years ago I did an academic paper tracing the history of modern terrorism to the classical anarchist concept of “propaganda by the deed” and explained how 20th century terrorism evolved into Fourth Generation Warfare. I created a page for it, in case anyone is interested in reading a long, dry academic treatise:

http://attackthesystem.com/propaganda-by-the-deed-fourth-generation-warfare-and-the-decline-of-the-state/

Updated News Digest October 18, 2008

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 17 October 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“For what is freedom? That one has the will to self-responsibility. That one maintains the distance which separates us. That one becomes more indifferent to difficulties, hardships, privation, even to life itself. That one is prepared to sacrifice human beings for one’s cause, not excluding oneself.

  • Freedom means that the manly instincts which delight in war and victory dominate over other instincts, for example, over those of “pleasure.” The human being who has become free — and how much more the spirit who has become free — spits on the contemptible type of well-being dreamed of by shopkeepers, Christians, cows, females, Englishmen, and other democrats. The free man is a warrior. —
  • How is freedom measured, in individuals as in nations? By the resistance which must be overcome, by the effort [Mühe] it costs to remain on top. The highest type of free men should be sought where the highest resistance is constantly overcome: five steps from tyranny, close to the threshold of the danger of servitude. This is true psychologically if by “tyrants” are meant inexorable and dreadful instincts that provoke the maximum of authority and discipline against themselves — most beautiful type: Julius Caesar — ; this is true politically too; one need only go through history. The nations which were worth something, became worth something, never became so under liberal institutions: it was great danger that made something of them that merits respect. Danger alone acquaints us with our own resources, our virtues, our armor and weapons, our spirit — and forces us to be strong …
  • First principle: one must need to be strong — otherwise one will never become strong. — Those large hothouses [Treibhäuser] for the strong, for the strongest kind of human being that has ever been, the aristocratic commonwealths of the type of Rome or Venice, understood freedom exactly in the sense in which I understand the word freedom: as something one has and does not have, something one wants, something one conquers …”

                                                                                       -Friedrich Nietzsche

War Criminals Are Becoming the Arbiters of Law by Paul Craig Roberts

World Cops by William Norman Grigg

Israel’s-and Only Israel’s-Right to Self-Defense by Paul Craig Roberts

An Imperial Strategy for the New World Order by Andrew Gavin Marshall

Reflections on the G20 Protests from Infoshop.Org

The Rich Have Stolen the Economy by Paul Craig Roberts

A Useful Guide for Freeing Your Mind by Kevin Carson

Obama’s War Without Borders by Michael Chossudovsky

The Nobel Police Prize by Jack Hunter

The Affirmative Action Nobel by Pat Buchanan

Defend the Free Market-Support the Strikers by Dave Chappell

The Smooth Operator from Chicago by John Pilger

The Silent Catastrophe by Jared Taylor

Welcome Back, Lenin by Paul Craig Roberts

Ignoble Prizes by Paul Gottfried

Thinking About Nietzsche by David Reid Saucier

The Real Stakes in Afghanistan by Dan Phillips

Fetishes for Tots? Folsom Street Fair Protest by Bay Area National Anarchists

American Worker Displacement Resumes by Edward Rubenstein

American Rebel: The Life of Clint Eastwood by David Thomson

Rolling Your Own Is Now Cool  by Shane Watson

Is Gun Control Racist? by Wilton Alston

Walter Block vs “Diversity” by Walter Block

Whatever Happened to Global Warming? by Paul Hudson

Economics and the Drug War by Bart Frazier

Backdoor Escalation by Justin Raimondo

Dianne Feinstein: War Profiteer by Justin Raimondo

My New Lincoln Book by Grant Havers (review by Paul Gottfried)

Nietzsche contra Christianity by Mark Hackard

Goodbye to All of That by Taki Theodoracopulos

In Praise of Anglo-Protestant Suicide by Lawrence Auster

The Swiss Resisted the Nazis, But Fell to the Americans by Lynnley Browning

Nazi New York City by Anthony Gregory

State-Inflicted Gang Violence by William Norman Grigg

Boycott FedEx!! by Spencer Hahn

America’s Youngest Criminal by David Kramer

Photos of Military Deaths in Afghanistan Banned by David Kramer

U.S. Soldier Jailed for Refusing to be Mercenary for Imperialism by Lew Rockwell

Rapist PIG by Bill Anderson

Obama’s Unrestrained FBI by Nat Hentoff

What Lies Beneath the War in Afghanistan by Eric Margolis

The Reverse-Midas Effect by Justin Raimondo

Stars and Garters in Afghanistan by Jeff Huber

Our Cheap Politicians  by Andrew Cockburn

Social Justice or Social War? from Infoshop.Org

Abandoning Women and Children by Nadia Hijab

The Republican Party Moves Leftward by Richard Hoste

Craig Bodeker Refutes the $PLC by Craig Bodeker

Global Warming and the 2nd Battle of Copenhagen by Pat Buchanan

Meet the New Healthcare Boss by Kevin Carson

The British National Party’s Aboriginal Problem by Derek Turner

Higher Interest Rates in Our Time by Richard Spencer

Obama Vs Fox News by Alexander Cockburn

Where $18 an Hour is Too Much by Carl Ginsburg

Barney Frank: The Bankers’ Consort by Ralph Nader

Agent Orange in Vietnam: Ignoring the Crime Before Our Eyes by Dave Lindorff

Why I Miss China by James L. Secor

The Scorched Earth Mindset of the International Banker by Stephen Martin

Killcullen’s Long War by Tom Hayden

Mumbai: The Horror of Gun Control by Benedict D. LaRosa

Academic Dishonesty by Walter Williams

Still Fanning the Flames of the Anarcho-Syndicalist Class War from Infoshop.Org

24-Hour General Strike from Infoshop.Org

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

European-American Socialist Peoples’ Front

Male Rape in U.S. Prisons from Human Rights Watch

Psychiatry Extends Its Totalitarian Tendencies 

Neocon Lunatic John Bolton Suggests Nuclear Attack on Iran 

What is Paganism? 

Stop Boer Genocide 

Keep Your Laws Off My Guns 

National War Tax Resistance Coordinating Committee 

Ralph Nader Speaks 

The New Gangsterism 

American Veterans Movement (Partisans) 

 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

Attack Is the Best Form of Defense by Johann Most

The Pittsburgh Proclamation by Johann Most

Majorities and Minorities by Errico Malatesta

The Question of Crime by Errico Malatesta

Basic Bakunin

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 18 October 2009

http://www.spunk.org/texts/writers/bakunin/sp001862.html

Republished from the (British) Anarchist Communist Federation’s original pamphlet in 1993 by P.A.C. (Paterson Anarchist Collective) Publications. This electronic version has the extra ACF text added to the PAC version, for more completeness.

 

“The star of revolution will rise high above the streets of Moscow, from a sea of blood and fire, and turn into a lodestar to lead a liberated humanity”
-Mikhail Bakunin

Preface

The aim of this pamphlet is to do nothing more than present an outline of what the author thinks are the key features of Mikhail Bakunin’s anarchist ideas.

Bakunin was extremely influential in the 19th century socialist movement, yet his ideas for decades have been reviled, distorted or ignored. On reading this pamphlet, it will become apparent that Bakunin has a lot to offer and that his ideas are not at all confused (as some writers would have us think) but make up a full coherent and well argued body of thought. For a detailed but difficult analysis of Bakunin’s revolutionary ideas, Richard B. Saltman’s book, “The Social and Political Thought of Michael Bakunin” is strongly recommended. Ask your local library to obtain a copy.

Class

Bakunin saw revolution in terms of the overthrow of one oppressing class by another oppressed class and the destruction of political power as expressed as the state and social hierarchy. According to Bakunin, society is divided into two main classes which are fundamentally opposed to each other. The oppressed class, he variously described as commoners, the people, the masses or the workers, makes up a great majority of the population. It is in ‘normal’ time not conscious of itself as a class, though it has an ‘instinct’ for revolt and whilst unorganized, is full of vitality. The numerically much smaller oppressing class, however is conscious of its role and maintains its ascendancy by acting in a purposeful, concerted and united manner. The basic differences between the two classes, Bakunin maintained, rests upon the ownership and control of property, which is disproportionately in the hands of the minority class of capitalists. The masses, on the other hand, have little to call their own beyond their ability to work.

Bakunin was astute enough to understand that the differences between the two main classes is not always clear cut. He pointed out that it is not possible to draw a hard line between the two classes, though as in most things, the differences are most apparent at the extremes. Between these extremes of wealth and power there is a hierarchy of social strata which can be assessed according to the degree to which they exploit each other or are exploited themselves. The further away a given group is from the workers, the more likely it is to be part of the exploiting category and the less it suffers from exploitation. Between the two major classes there is a middle class or middle classes which are both exploiting and exploited, depending on their position of social hierarchy.

The masses who are the most exploited form, in Bakunin’s view, the great revolutionary class which alone can sweep away the present economic system. Unfortunately, the fact of exploitation and its resultant poverty are in themselves no guarantee of revolution. Extreme poverty is, Bakunin thought, likely to lead to resignation if the people can see no possible alternative to the existing order. Perhaps, if driven to great depths of despair, the poor will rise up in revolt. Revolts however tend to be local and therefore, easy to put down. In Bakunin’s view, three conditions are necessary to bring about popular revolution.

They are:

  • sheer hatred for the conditions in which the masses find themselves
  • the belief the change is a possible alternative
  • a clear vision of the society that has to be made to bring about human emancipation
  •  

Without these three factors being present, plus a united and efficient self organization, no liberatory revolution can possibly succeed.

Bakunin had no doubts that revolution must necessarily involve destruction to create the basis of the new society. He stated that, quite simply, revolution means nothing less than war, that is the physical destruction of people and property. Spontaneous revolutions involve, often, the vast destruction of property. Bakunin noted that when circumstances demanded it, the workers will destroy even their own houses, which more often than not, do not belong to them. The negative, destructive urge is absolutely necessary, he argued, to sweep away the past. Destruction is closely linked with construction, since the “more vividly the future is visualized, the more powerful is the force of destruction.”

Given the close relationship between the concentration of wealth and power in capitalist societies, it is not surprising that Bakunin considered economic questions to be of paramount importance. It is in the context of the struggle between labor and capital that Bakunin gave great significance of strikes by workers. Strikes, he believed, have a number of important functions in the struggle against capitalism. Firstly they are necessary as catalysts to wrench the workers away from their ready acceptance of capitalism, they jolt them out of their condition of resignation. Strikes, as a form of economic and political warfare, require unity to succeed, thus welding the workers together. During strikes, there is a polarization between employers and workers. This makes the latter more receptive to the revolutionary propaganda and destroys the urge to compromise and seek deals. Bakunin thought that as the struggle between labor and capital increases, so will the intensity and number of strikes. The ultimate strike is the general strike. A revolutionary general strike, in which class conscious workers are infused with anarchist ideas will lead, thought Bakunin, to the final explosion which will bring about anarchist society.

Bakunin’s ideas are revolutionary in a very full sense, being concerned with the destruction of economic exploitation and social/political domination and their replacement by a system of social organization which is in harmony with human nature. Bakunin offered a critique of capitalism, in which authority and economic inequality went hand in hand, and state socialism, (e.g. Marxism) which is one sided in its concentration on economic factors whilst, grossly underestimating the dangers of social authority.

State

Bakunin based his consistent and unified theory upon three interdependent platforms, namely:

  • human beings are naturally social (and therefore they desire social solidarity)
  • are more or less equal and,
  • want to be free
  •  

His anarchism is consequently concerned with the problem of creating a society of freedom within the context of an egalitarian system of mutual interaction. The problem with existing societies, he argued, is that they are dominated by states that are necessarily violent, anti-social, and artificial constructs which deny the fulfillment of humanity.

Whilst there are, in Bakunin’s view, many objectionable features within capitalism, apart from the state, (e.g. the oppression of women, wage slavery), it is the state which nurtures, maintains and protects the oppressive system as a whole. The state is defined as an anti-social machine which controls society for the benefit of an oppressing class or elite. It is essentially an institution based upon violence and is concerned with its maintenance of inequality through political repression. In addition the state relies upon a permanent bureaucracy to help carry out its aims. The bureaucratic element, incidentally, is not simply a tool which it promotes. All states, Bakunin believed, have internal tendencies toward self perpetuation, whether they be capitalist or socialist and are thus to be opposed as obstacles to human freedom.

It might be objected that states are not primarily concerned with political repression and violence and indeed that liberal democratic states, in particular, are much interested in social welfare. Bakunin argues that such aspects are only a disguise, and that when threatened, all states reveal their essentially violent natures. In Britain and Northern Ireland this repressive feature of state activity has come increasingly to the fore, when the state has been challenged to any significant degree, it has responded with brutal firmness.

And developments within Britain over the last couple decades tend to substantiate another feature of the state which Bakunin drew attention to, their tendency toward over increasing authoritarianism and absolutism. He believed that there were strong pressures in all states whether they are liberal, socialist, capitalist, or whatever, toward military dictatorship but that the rate of such development will vary, however according to factors such as demography, culture and politics.

Finally, Bakunin noted that states tend toward warfare against other states. Since there is no internationally accepted moral code between states, then rivalries between them will be expressed in terms of military conflict. “So long as there’s government, there will be no peace. There will only be more or less prolonged respites, armistices concluded by the perpetually belligerent states; but as soon as a state feels sufficiently strong to destroy this equilibrium to its advantage, it will never fail to do so.”

Bourgeois Democracy

Political commentators and the media are constantly singing the praises of the system of representative democracy in which every few years or so the electorate is asked to put a cross on a piece of paper to determine who will control them. This system works good insofar as the capitalist system has found a way of gaining legitimacy through the illusion that some how the voters are in charge of running the system. Bakunin’s writings on the issue are of representative democracy were made at the time when it barely existed in the world. Yet he could see on the basis of a couple of examples (the United States and Switzerland) that the widening of the franchise does little to improve the lot of the great mass of the population. True, as Bakunin noted, middle class politicians are prepared to humble themselves before the electorate issuing all sorts of promises. But this leveling of candidates before the populace disappears the day after the election, once they are transformed into members of the Parliament. The workers continue to go to work and the bourgeoisie takes up once again the problems of business and political intrigue.

Today, in the United States and Western Europe, the predominant political system is that of liberal democracy. In Britain the electoral system is patently unfair in its distribution of parliamentary seats, insofar as some parties with substantial support get negligible representation. However, even where strict proportional representation applies, the Bakuninist critique remains scathing. For the representative system requires that only a small section of the population concern itself directly with legislation and governing (in Britain a majority out of 650 MP’s (Members of Parliament)).

Bakunin’s objections to representative democracy rests basically on the fact that it is an expression of the inequality of power which exists in society. Despite constitutions guaranteeing the rights of citizens and equality before the law, the reality is that the capitalist class is in permanent control. So long as the great mass of the population has to sell its labor power in order to survive, there can not be democratic government. So long as people are economically exploited by capitalism and there are gross inequalities of wealth, there can not be real democracy. As Bakunin made clear, economic facts are much stronger than political rights. So long as there is economic privilege there will be political domination by the rich over the poor. The result of this relationship is that representatives of capitalism (bourgeois democracy) “posses in fact, if not by right, the exclusive privilege of governing.”

A common fiction that is expounded in liberal democracies is that the people rule. However the reality is that minorities necessarily do the governing. A privileged few who have access to wealth, education and leisure time, clearly are better equipped to govern than ordinary working people, who generally have little free time and only a basic education.

But as Bakunin made clear, if by some quirk, a socialist government be elected, in real terms, things would not improve much. When people gain power and place themselves ‘above’ society, he argued, their way of looking at the world changes. From their exalted position of high office the perspective on life becomes distorted and seems very different to those on the bottom. The history of socialist representation in parliament is primarily that of reneging on promises and becoming absorbed into the manners, morality and attitudes of the ruling class. Bakunin suggests that such backsliding from socialist ideas is not due to treachery, but because participation in parliament makes representatives see the world through a distorted mirror. A workers parliament, engaged in the tasks of governing would, said Bakunin, end up a chamber of “determined aristocrats, bold or timid worshipers of the principle of authority who will also become exploiters and oppressors.”

The point that Bakunin makes time and time again in his writings is that no one can govern for the people in their interests. Only personal and direct control over our lives will ensure that justice and freedom will prevail. To abdicate direct control is to deny freedom. To grant political sovereignty to others, whether under the mantle of democracy, republicanism, the people’s state, or whatever, is to give others control and therefore domination over our lives.

It might be thought that the referendum, in which people directly make laws, would be an advance upon the idea of representative democracy. This is not the case according to Bakunin, for a variety of reasons. Firstly, the people are not in a position to make decisions on the basis of full knowledge of all the issues involved. Also, laws may be a complex, abstract, and specialized nature and that in order to vote for them in a serious way, the people need to be fully educated and have available the time and facilities to reflect upon and discuss the implications involved. The reality of referenda is that they are used by full-time politicians to gain legitimacy for essentially bourgeois issues. It is no coincidence that Switzerland, which has used the referendum frequently, remains one of the most conservative countries in Europe. With referenda, the people are guided by politicians, who set the terms of the debate. Thus despite popular input, the people still remain under bourgeois control.

Finally, Bakunin on the whole concept of the possibility of the democratic state: For him the democratic state is a contradiction in terms since the state is essentially about force, authority and domination and is necessarily based upon an inequality of wealth and power. Democracy, in the sense of self rule for all, means that no one is ruled. If no one rules, there can be no state. If there is a state, there can be no self rule.

Marx

Bakunin’s opposition to Marxism involves several separate but related criticisms. Though he thought Marx was a sincere revolutionary, Bakunin believed that the application of the Marxist system would necessarily lead to the replacement of one repression (capitalist) by another (state socialist).

Firstly, Bakunin opposed what he considered to be the economic determinist element in Marx’s thought, most simply stated that “Being determines consciousness.” Put in another way, Bakunin was against the idea that the whole range of ’super structural’ factors of society, its laws, moralities, science, religion, etc. were “but the necessary after effects of the development of economic facts.” Rather than history or science being primarily determined by economic factors (e.g. the ‘mode of production’), Bakunin allowed much more for the active intervention of human beings in the realization of their destiny.

More fundamental was Bakunin’s opposition to the Marxist idea of dictatorship of the proletariat which was, in effect, a transitional state on the way to stateless communism. Marx and Engles, in the Communist Manifesto of 1848, had written of the need for labor armies under state supervision, the backwardness of the rural workers, the need for centralized and directed economy, and for wide spread nationalization. Later, Marx also made clear that a workers’ government could come into being through universal franchise. Bakunin questioned each of these propositions.

The state, whatever its basis, whether it be proletarian or bourgeois, inevitably contains several objectionable features. States are based upon coercion and domination. This domination would, Bakunin stated, very soon cease to be that of the proletariat over its enemies but would become a state over the proletariat. This would arise, Bakunin believed, because of the impossibility of a whole class, numbering millions of people, governing on its own behalf. Necessarily, the workers would have to wield power by proxy by entrusting the tasks of government to a small group of politicians.

Once the role of government was taken out of the hands of the masses, a new class of experts, scientists and professional politicians would arise. This new elite would, Bakunin believed, be far more secure in its domination over the workers by means of the mystification and legitimacy granted by the claim to acting in accordance with scientific laws (a major claim by Marxists). Furthermore, given that the new state could masquerade as the true expression of the people’s will. The institutionalizing of political power gives rise to a new group of governors with the same self seeking interests and the same cover-ups of its dubious dealings.

Another problem posed by the statist system, that of centralized statist government would, argued Bakunin, further strengthen the process of domination. The state as owner, organizer, director, financier, and distributor of labor and economy would necessarily have to act in an authoritarian manner in its operations. As can be seen by the Soviet system, a command economy must act with decision flowing from top to bottom; it cannot meet the complex and various needs of individuals and, in the final analysis, is a hopeless, inefficient giant. Marx believed that centralism, from whatever quarter, was a move toward the final, statist solution of revolution. Bakunin, in contrast opposed centralism by federalism.

Bakunin’s predictions as to the operation of Marxist states has been borne out of reality. The Bolsheviks seized power in 1917, talked incessantly of proletarian dictatorship and soviet power, yet inevitably, with or without wanting to, created a vast bureaucratic police state.

Unions

Most of the left in Britain view the present structures of trade unions in a positive light. This is true for members of the Labor Party, both left and right, the Communist Party, the Militant Tendency and many other Marxist organizations. These bodies wish to capture or retain control of the unions, pretty much as they stand, in order to use them for their own purposes. As a result, there are frequently bitter conflicts and maneuverings within the unions for control. This trend is most apparent in the C.P.S.A. where a vicious anti-communist right wing group alternates with the Militant Tendency and its supporters for control of the union executive and full time posts. The major exception to this is the Socialist Workers Party which advocates rank and file organization, so long as the S.W.P. can control it.

Bakunin laid the foundations of the anarchist approach to union organization and the general tendency of non-anarchist unions to decay into personal fiefdoms and bureaucracy over a century ago. Arguing in the context of union organization within the International Working Mens Association, he gave examples of how unions can be stolen from the membership whose will they are supposed to be an expression of. He identified several interrelated features which lead to the usurpation of power by union leaders.

Firstly, he indicated a psychological factor which plays a key part. Honest, hardworking, intelligent and well meaning militants win through hard work the respect and admiration of their fellow members and are elected to union office. They display self sacrifice, initiative and ability. Unfortunately, once in positions of leadership, these people soon imagine themselves to be indispensable and their focus of attention centers more and more on the machinations within the various union committees.

The one time militant thus becomes removed from the every day problems of the rank and file members and assumes the self delusion which afflicts all leaders, namely a sense of superiority.

Given the existence of union bureaucracies and secret debating chambers in which leaders decide union actions and policies, a ‘governmental aristocracy’ arises within the union structures, no matter how democratic those structures may formally be. With the growing authority of the union committees etc., the workers become indifferent to union affairs, with the exception Bakunin asserts, of issues which directly affect them e.g. dues payment, strikes etc. Unions have always had great problems in getting subscriptions from alienated memberships, a solution which has been found in the ‘check off’ system by which unions and employers collaborate to remove the required sum at source, i.e. from the pay packet.

Where workers do not directly control their union and delegate authority to committees and full-time agents, several things happen. Firstly, so long as union subscriptions are not too high, and back dues are not pressed too hard for, the substituting bodies can act with virtual impunity. This is good for the committees but brings almost to an end the democratic life of the union. Power gravitates increasingly to the committees and these bodies, like all governments substitute their will for that of the membership. This in turn allows expression for personal intrigues, vanity, ambition and self-interest. Many intra-union battles, which are ostensibly fought on ideological grounds, are in fact merely struggles for control by ambitious self seekers who have chosen the union for their career structure. This careerism occasionally surfaces in battles between rival leftists, for example where no political reasons for conflict exist. In the past the Communist Party offered a union career route within certain unions and such conflicts constantly arose.

Presumably, within the Militant Tendency, which also wishes to capture unions, the same problem exists.

Within the various union committees, which are arranged on a hierarchical basis (mirroring capitalism), one or two individuals come to dominate on the basis of superior intelligence or aggressiveness. Ultimately, the unions become dominated by bosses who hold great power in their organizations, despite the safeguards of democratic procedures and constitutions. Over the last few decades, many such union bosses have become national figures, especially in periods of Labor government.

Bakunin was aware that such union degeneration was inevitable but only arises in the absence of rank and file control, lack of opposition to undemocratic trends and the accession to union power to those who allow themselves to be corrupted. Those individuals who genuinely wish to safeguard their personal integrity should, Bakunin argued, not stay in office too long and should encourage strong rank and file opposition. Union militants have a duty to remain faithful to their revolutionary ideals.

Personal integrity, however, is an insufficient safeguard. Other, institutional and organizational factors must also be brought into play. These include regular reporting to the proposals made by the officials and how they voted, in other words frequent and direct accountability. Secondly, such union delegates must draw their mandates from the membership being subject to rank and file instructions. Thirdly, Bakunin suggests the instant recall of unsatisfactory delegates. Finally, and most importantly, he urged the calling of mass meetings and other expressions of grass roots activity to circumvent those leaders who acted in undemocratic ways. Mass meetings inspire passive members to action, creating a camaraderie which would tend to repudiate the so called leaders.

(Electronic Ed- From this, one can conclude that Bakunin was a major inspiration for the anarcho-syndicalist movement.)

Revolutionary Organization

Above all else, Bakunin the revolutionary, believed in the necessity of collective action to achieve anarchy. After his death there was a strong tendency within the anarchist movement towards the abandonment of organization in favor of small group and individual activity. This development, which culminated in individual acts of terror in the late nineteenth century France, isolating anarchism from the very source of the revolution, namely the workers.

Bakunin, being consistent with other aspects of his thought, saw organization not in terms of a centralized and disciplined army (though he thought self discipline was vital), but as the result of decentralized federalism in which revolutionaries could channel their energies through mutual agreement within a collective. It is necessary, Bakunin argued, to have a coordinated revolutionary movement for a number of reasons. Firstly, is anarchists acted alone, without direction they would inevitably end up moving in different directions and would, as a result, tend to neutralize each other. Organization is not necessary for its own sake, but is necessary to maximize strength of the revolutionary classes, in the face of the great resources commanded by the capitalist state.

However, from Bakunin’s standpoint, it was the spontaneous revolt against authority by the people which is of the greatest importance. The nature of purely spontaneous uprisings is that they are uneven and vary in intensity from time to time and place to place. The anarchist revolutionary organization must not attempt to take over and lead the uprising but has the responsibility of clarifying goals, putting forward revolutionary propaganda, and working out ideas in correspondence with the revolutionary instincts of the masses. To go beyond this would undermine the whole self-liberatory purpose of the revolution. Putchism has no place in Bakunin’s thought.

Bakunin then, saw revolutionary organization in terms of offering assistance to the revolution, not as a substitute. It is in this context that we should interpret Bakunin’s call for a “secret revolutionary vanguard” and “invisible dictatorship” of that vanguard. The vanguard it should be said, has nothing in common with that of the Leninist model which seeks actual, direct leadership over the working class. Bakunin was strongly opposed to such approaches and informed his followers that “no member… is permitted, even in the midst of full revolution, to take public office of any kind, nor is the (revolutionary) organization permitted to do so… it will at all times be on the alert, making it impossible for authorities, governments and states to be established.” The vanguard was, however, to influence the revolutionary movement on an informal basis, relying on the talents of it’s members to achieve results. Bakunin thought that it was the institutionalization of authority, not natural inequalities, that posed a threat to the revolution. The vanguard would act as a catalyst to the working classes’ own revolutionary activity and was expected to fully immerse itself in the movement. Bakunin’s vanguard then, was concerned with education and propaganda, and unlike the Leninist vanguard party, was not to be a body separate from the class, but an active agent within it.

The other major task of the Bakuninist organization was that it would act as the watchdog for the working class. Then, as now, authoritarian groupings posed as leaders of the revolution and supplied their own members as “governments in waiting.” The anarchist vanguard has to expose such movements in order that the revolution should not replace one representative state by another ‘revolutionary’ one. After the initial victory, the political revolutionaries, those advocates of so-called workers’ governments and the dictatorship of the proletariat, would according to Bakunin try “to squelch the popular passions. They appeal for order, for trust in, for submission to those who, in the course and the name of the revolution, seized and legalized their own dictatorial powers; this is how such political revolutionaries reconstitute the state. We on the other hand, must awaken and foment all the dynamic passions of the people.”

 

Anarchy

Throughout Bakunin’s criticisms of capitalism and state socialism he constantly argues for freedom. It is not surprising, then, to find that in his sketches of future anarchist society that the principle of freedom takes precedence. In a number of revolutionary programs he outlined which he considered to be the essential features of societies which would promote the maximum possible individual and collective freedom. The societies envisioned in Bakunin’s programs are not Utopias, the sense of being detailed fictional communities, free of troubles, but rather suggest the basic minimum skeletal structures which would guarantee freedom. The character of future anarchist societies will vary, said Bakunin depending on a whole range of historical, cultural, economic and geographical factors.

The basic problem was to lay down the minimum necessary conditions which would bring about a society based upon justice and social welfare for all and would also generate freedom. The negative, that is, destructive features of the programs are all concerned with the abolition of those institutions which lead to domination and exploitation. The state, including the established church, the judiciary, state banks and bureaucracy, the armed forces and the police are all to be swept away. Also, all ranks, privileges, classes and the monarchy are to be abolished.

The positive, constructive features of the new society all interlink to promote freedom and justice. For a society to be free, Bakunin argued, it is not sufficient to simply impose equality. No, freedom can only be achieved and maintained through the full participation in society of a highly educated and healthy population, free from social and economic worries. Such an enlightened population, can then be truly free and able to act rationally on the basis of a popularly controlled science and a thorough knowledge of the issues involved.

Bakunin advocated complete freedom of movement, opinion, morality where people would not be accountable to anyone for their beliefs and acts. This must be, he argued, complete and unlimited freedom of speech, press and assembly. Freedom, he believed, must be defended by freedom, for to “advocate the restriction of freedom on the pretext that it is being defended is a dangerous delusion.” A truly free and enlightened society, Bakunin said, would adequately preserve liberty. An ordered society, he thought, stems not from suppression of ideas, which only breeds opposition and factionalism, but from the fullest freedom for all.

This is not to say that Bakunin did not think that a society has the right to protect itself. He firmly believed that freedom was to be found within society, not through its destruction. Those people who acted in ways that lessen freedom for others have no place; These include all parasites who live off the labor of others. Work, the contribution of one’s labor for the creation of wealth, forms the basis of political rights in the proposed anarchist society. Those who live by exploiting others do not deserve political rights. Others, who steal, violate voluntary agreements within and by society, inflict bodily harm etc. can expect to be punished by the laws which have been created by that society. The condemned criminal, on the other hand, can escape punishment by society by removing himself/herself from society and the benefits it confers. Society can also expel the criminal if it so wishes. Basically thought, Bakunin set great store on the power of enlightened public opinion to minimize anti-social activity.

Bakunin proposed the equalization of wealth, though natural inequalities which are reflected in different levels of skill, energy and thrift, should he argued be tolerated. The purpose of equality is to allow individuals to find full expression of their humanity within society. Bakunin was strongly opposed to the idea of hired labor which if introduced into an anarchist society, would lead to the reintroduction of inequality and wage slavery. He proposed instead collective effort because it would, he thought, tend to be more efficient. However, so long as individuals did not employ others, he had no objection to them working alone.

Through the creation of associations of labor which could coordinate worker’s activities, Bakunin proposed the setting up of an industrial assembly in order to harmonize production with the demand for products. Such an assembly would be necessary in the absence of the market. Supplied with statistical information from the various voluntary organization who would be federated, production could be specialized on an international basis so that those countries with inbuilt economic advantages would produce most efficiently for the general good. Then, according to Bakunin, waste, economic crisis and stagnation “will no longer plague mankind; the emancipation of human labor will regenerate the world.”

Turning to the question of the political organization of society, Bakunin stressed that they should all be built in such a way as to achieve order through the realization of freedom on the basis of the federation of voluntary organizations. In all such political bodies power is to flow “from the base to the summit” and from “the circumference to the center/” In other words, such organizations should be the expressions of individual and group opinions, not directing centers which control people.

On the basis of federalism, Bakunin proposed a multi-tier system of responsibility for decision making which would be binding on all participants, so long as they supported the system. Those individuals, groups or political institutions which made up the total structure would have the right to secede. Each participating unit would have an absolute right to self-determination, to associate with the larger bodies, or not. Starting at the local level, Bakunin suggested as the basic political unit, the completely autonomous commune. The commune, on the basis of universal suffrage, would elect all of its functionaries, law makers, judges, and administrators of communal property.

The commune would decide its own affairs but, if voluntarily federated to the next tier of administration, the provincial assembly, its constitution must conform to the provincial assembly. Similarly, the constitution of the province must be accepted by the participating communes. The provincial assembly would define the rights and obligations existing between communes and pass laws affecting the province as a whole. The composition of the provincial assembly would be decided on the basis of universal suffrage.

Further levels of political organization would be the national body, and, ultimately, the international assembly. As regards international organization, Bakunin proposed that there should be no permanent armed forces, preferring instead, the creation of local citizens’ defense militias. Disputes between nations and their provinces would be settled by an international assembly. This assembly, if required, could wage war against outside aggressors but should a member nation of the international federation attack another member, then it faces expulsion and the opposition of the federation as a whole.

Thus, from root to branch, Bakunin’s outline for anarchy is based upon the free federation of participants in order to maximize individual and collective well being.

Bakunin’s Relevance Today

Throughout most of this pamphlet Bakunin has been allowed to speak for himself and any views by the writer of the pamphlet are obvious. In this final section it might be valuable to make an assessment of Bakunin’s ideas and actions.

With the dominance of Marxism in the world labor and revolutionary movements in the twentieth century, it became the norm to dismiss Bakunin as muddle-headed or irrelevant. However, during his lifetime he was a major figure who gained much serious support. Marx was so pressured by Bakunin and his supporters that he had to destroy the First International by dispatching it to New York. In order that it should not succumb to Anarchism, Marx killed it off through a bureaucratic maneuver.

Now that Marxism has been seriously weakened following the collapse of the USSR and the ever increasingly obvious corruption in China, Bakunin’s ideas and revolutionary Anarchism have new possibilities. If authoritarian, state socialism has proved to be a child devouring monster, then libertarian communist ideas once again offer a credible alternative.

The enduring qualities of Bakunin and his successors are many, but serious commitment to the revolutionary overthrow of capitalism and the state must rank high. Bakunin was much more of a doer than a writer, he threw himself into actual insurrections, much to the trepidation of European heads of state. This militant tradition was continued by Malatesta, Makhno, Durruti, and many other anonymous militants. Those so-called anarchists who adopt a gradualist approach are an insult to Anarchism. Either we are revolutionaries or we degenerate into ineffective passivism.

Bakunin forecast the dangers of statist socialism. His predictions of a militarized, enslaved society dominated by a Marxist ruling class came to pass in a way that even Bakunin could not have fully envisaged. Lenin, Trotsky and Stalin outstripped even the Tsars in their arrogance and brutality. And, after decades of reformist socialism which have frequently formed governments, Bakunin’s evaluations have been proved correct. In Britain we have the ultimate insult to working people in the form of “socialist Lords”. For services to capitalism, Labor MP’s are ultimately granted promotion to the aristocracy.

Bakunin fought for a society based upon justice, equality and freedom. Unlike political leaders of the left he had great faith in the spontaneous, creative and revolutionary potential of working people. His beliefs and actions reflect this approach. So, revolutionaries can learn much of value from his federalism, his militancy and his contempt for the state, which, in the twentieth century, has assumed gigantic and dangerous proportions, Bakunin has much to teach us but we too must develop our ideas in the face of new challenges and opportunities. We must retain the revolutionary core of his thought yet move forward. Such is the legacy of Bakunin.

With this in mind, the Anarchist Communist Federation is developing a revolutionary anarchist doctrine, which whilst being ultimately based on Bakunin’s ideas, goes much further to suit the demands of present-day capitalism. Ecological issues, questions of imperialist domination of the world, the massive oppression of women, the automation of industry, computerized technology etc. are all issues that have to be tackled. We welcome the challenge!

 

FURTHER READING

There are two main compilations of Bakunin’s works which are quite readily available through public libraries. They are “Bakunin on Anarchy” edited by Sam Dolgoff and “The Political Philosophy of Bakunin” edited by G.P. Maximoff. Also worth looking at, if you can get hold of them are “The Basic Bakunin – Writings 1869-1871″ edited by Robert M. Cutler and “Mikhail Bakunin – From Out of the Dustbin”, edited by the same person.

For an understanding of the full profundity of Bakunin’s ideas, there is nothing to match “The Social and Political Thought of Michael Bakunin” by Richard B Saltman. This American publication should be available through your local library.

Bakunin’s works currently available:

  • “God and the State”
  • “Marxism, Freedom and the State” (edited by K.J. Kenafik)
  • “The Paris Commune and the Idea of the State”
  • “Statism and Anarchy” (heavy going) ed. Marshall Shatz.

Saddam Hussein’s Pre-War Prisoner Amnesty Program

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 18 October 2009

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/2343843.stm

Iraq ‘empties its jails’
 

 

Iraqi television has been showing pictures of joyful prisoners leaving jail, shortly after the authorities announced an unprecedented general amnesty.A nationally televised statement from the Revolution Command Council, read by Information Minister Mohammed Saeed al-Sahhaf, said the “full and complete and final amnesty” applied to “any Iraqi imprisoned or arrested for political or any other reason”.

The amnesty was intended to thank the Iraqi people for their “unanimity” in last week’s presidential referendum, the statement said.Iraqi President Saddam Hussein won 100% support in the poll, in which he was the only candidate.

The amnesty also included “prisoners, detainees and fugitives… including those under sentence of death, inside or outside Iraq,” the statement said.

The exception, the statement said, was for murderers, who would be released only with the consent of the victims’ families.

Joyful scenes

Soon after the statement, Iraqi television began showed footage of dozens of prisoners rushing out of various prison gates chanting support for Saddam Hussein.

There is no way of verifying how many prisoners have been released..Human rights groups accuse Iraq of detaining tens of thousands of its citizens as political prisoners over the years, although many are thought to have been executed.

In April, the UN Human Rights Commission condemned Iraq for conducting a campaign of “all pervasive repression and widespread terror”.

It demanded that Baghdad should immediately put an end to its “summary and arbitrary executions… the use of rape as a political tool and all enforced and involuntary disappearances”.

Regime change

Analysts see the amnesty and referendum as a concerted effort by the Iraqi Government to rally domestic and international opposition to US demands for a change of regime in Baghdad.

In his UN speech on Iraq last month, US President George W Bush demanded that the leadership end internal oppression in Iraq, as well as stop its alleged programme to develop weapons of mass destruction.Also this week, Iraq has taken steps to return Kuwait’s national archive which was looted by Iraqi forces during the 1990-91 Iraqi occupation of Kuwait.

The first box of documents was handed over in the demilitarised border zone along the Iraqi-Kuwaiti frontier under UN supervision on Sunday.

There is no indications whether any of the 600 Kuwaitis – missing since 1991 and alleged by Kuwait to be still being held in Iraq as prisoners of war – are among those released on Sunday.

Iraq says it has lost track of those prisoners.

Updated News Digest October 25, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 24 October 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

A revolution is not a dinner party, or writing an essay, or painting a picture, or doing embroidery.”

Despise the enemy strategically, but take him seriously tactically.”

Politics is war without bloodshed, while war is politics with bloodshed.”

 Weapons are an important factor in war, but not the decisive one; it is man and not materials that counts.”

                                                                                        -Mao Tse-tung   

An unmistakable sign of Third World despotism is a police force that sees the public as the enemy. Thanks to the federal government, our local police forces are now militarized and imbued with hostile attitudes toward the public. SWAT teams have proliferated, and even small towns now have police forces with the firepower of U.S. Special Forces.

Summons are increasingly delivered by SWAT teams that tyrannize citizens with broken down doors, a $400 or $500 repair born by the tyrannized resident. Recently, a mayor and his family were the recipients of incompetence by the town’s local SWAT team, which mistakenly wrecked the mayor’s home, terrorized his family and killed the family’s two friendly Labrador dogs.

If a town’s mayor can be treated in this way, what do you think is the fate of the poor white or black? Or the idealistic student who protests his government’s inhumanity?

In any failed state, the greatest threat to the population comes from the government and the police. That is certainly the situation today in the U.S.A. Americans have no greater enemy than their own government. Washington is controlled by interest groups that enrich themselves at the expense of the American people.

The 1 percent that comprise the superrich are laughing as they say, “Let them eat cake.”

                                                                                     -Paul Craig Roberts

The U.S.A Is a Failed State by Paul Craig Roberts

You’re Not the Customer: Don’t Trust Cops, Never Talk to Cops by Kevin Carson

Police State U.S.A William Norman Grigg interviewed by Scott Horton

Anarchists Unite: How Does That Work? by Gendy Alimurung

The Presidential Dictatorship by Tom Engelhardt and David Swanson

The New Totalitarians by Rafael Koski (intro by Peter Brimelow)

The Hate Industry by Elizabeth Wright

What’s Up with the Front Porch Republic? by Dylan Hales

All the Populism Money Can Buy by Alexander Cockburn

The Neocons Sing the Same Old Song in the Emperor’s Ear by Philip Giraldi

Rethinking World War III by Justin Raimondo

Obama’s War Interview with Col. Andrew Bacevich

Throttling Back on Afghanistan by Jeff Huber

Is Adulation of the Military Really Patriotic? by Ivan Eland

Getting the Vietnam Analogy Right in Afghanistan by Leon Hadar

China Seeks Deterrence, Not Dominance by Doug Bandow

Israel Was a Mistake Gabriel Kolko interviewed by Scott Horton

Our Two Faced Iran Policy by Justin Raimondo

The State’s Plan for Your Great Grandson by Tom Hayden

What Motivates the Taliban? by Glenn Greenwald

The Dark Side of the “Special Relationship” by Justin Raimondo

The Economics of Empire Donald Losman interviewed by Scott Horton

General Treachery-What Is This? A Coup? by Jeff Huber

The Afghan Quagmire by Joshua Holland

White Noise by Alex Kurtagic

FUCK: The Most Popular Word in the English Language by Mandolyna Theodoracopulos

It’s High Time by Richard Spencer

The Feminist, Multicultural Edmund Burke by Richard Spencer

The Frankfurt School in Exile: Authoritarianism and the Family by Kevin MacDonald

Middle Americans Alienated and Radicalized by Pat Buchanan

National Day of Action Against Police Brutality from Infoshop.Org

Anarchist Resists Grand Jury from Infoshop.Org

The Dollar Will Not Crash by Mike Whitney

James Williamson Rejoins Iggy and the Stooges 

The Christians’ Golden Calf by Laurence Vance

The Pleasures of Tobacco by Patrick Semmens

Stiletto Stoners by Yael Kohen

Horst Mahler: The Synthesis of the Left and Right by George Michael

The Mainstream American Left is Ignorant and Naive by Ray Mangum

Illegal Resistance Activity in Pre-Revolutionary Conditions by Kevin Walsh

Thoughts of an Anarcho-Negro by Rayfield A. Waller

Causes of the Amiseration of the Euro-American Proletariat by Kevin Walsh

Stalinist Russia Had a High Crime Rate by David R. Shearer

Barack Obama: The Last American President by Mike Gogulksi

The Republican’s Balloon Boy by Jack Hunter

Cool Cops and Vets Vow to Resist Dictatorship by Alan Maimon

Obama’s Actual Health Care Reform by Devlin Barrett

PIGS Murder 19-yr-old in California

You Might Be a Constitutionalist If… by Chuck Baldwin

Feminism’s a Bitch by Gavin McInnes

The Rotten Fruits of War by Dan Pearson and Kathy Kelly

Three Myths Driving the Afghan War by Johann Hari

Busting the Darfur Myth by Tom Mountain

Losing the War by Brian Downing

Russia’s Daring Vote      by Israel Shamir

Now Pakistan: Sequential Destruction of Muslim Nations by Liaquat Ali Khan

Syria’s Golan Heights by Franklin Lamb

Uncle Sam in Afghanistan by Norman Solomon

Can the Democrats Avoid a Populist Health Care Rebellion? by Kevin Zeese

Dead Babies in Iraq and Afghanistan Are No Joke by Dave Lindorff

A Young Champion of Liberty by Doug French

The Economics of Secession by Dave Mundy

Currency Controls Are Coming by Doug Casey

Confessions of a Home-Schooler by Andrew O’Hehir

They Can’t Push Us Around Forever by State Rep. Susan Lynn (TN)

“Rule of Law”-Fed Style  by Bill Anderson

The Shadow of Dictatorship Is on the Land by Ron Shirtz

A Rumsfeld-Era Reminder of What Causes Terrorism by Glenn Greenwald

The Real Reason for More Troops in Afghanistan by Michael Gaddy

Five Myths About Iran’s Nuclear Program by Joseph Cirincione

Educating Children in Conflict Zones by Catherine Rottenberg and Neve Gordon

A More Hands-Off Approach in Somalia by David Axe

Seeking Monsters to Kill Abroad by Faith Whittlesey

 Right-Wing Europe by Bede

Love Thy Neighbor…Or At Least Get to Know Them by Patroon

Unlearning the CIA by Christopher Ketcham

Palestine in Pieces by Jeff Gore

Why Did Iran Build the Enrichment Facility? by Gareth Porter

Announcing the Committee for Constitutional Health Care Reform by Dan Phillips

Defend Free Speech for Nick Grifffin by Bede

Towards a Constructive Anarchism from Infoshop.Org

Four Theses on the Invisible University from Infoshop.Org

Over 20,000 Mink Freed from Fur Farms in France/Spain from Infoshop.Org

The Deadly Medical-Industrial Complex by Dr. Doug Henderson and Gary Null

A Naked Swindle Perpetrated by the Ruling Class by Matt Taibbi

The Telecom Industry Aids and Abets the Police State 

“Education”: The Lizard State Wants Your Children by Doug Casey

Bartering With Ammo? by Terrence Gillespie

Media Stooges for the Fascist Legal Racket by Bill Anderson

Is “Being Offended” the New National Sport? by Karen De Coster

Anarchists on PBS from David Kramer

FOX Hunt by Jack Hunter

Nixon and Obama: Soul Brothers? by Pat Buchanan

March Against Police Violence in Santa Rosa from Infoshop.Org

Gerald Celente: The Worst Is Yet to Come by Naresh Vissa

Are You in Big Brother’s Database? by James Bamford

Nixon Killed America by Lew Rockwell

U.S. “Justice” Sucks by Lew Rockwell

Israeli Ethnic Cleansing by David Kramer

The World Will Be Fine Without American Bombs by Jeff Huber

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Worker Cooperatives 

The Holy War Against Fat-ism 

Jim Goad 

Psychopaths Are Distracted, Not Cold-Blooded 

Is Political Correctness to Blame for Lack of Coverage of Horrific Black-on-White Killings? 

National Resistance to the Obama Regime 

American Jews Rethink Israel 

White Trash from a Marxist Perspective

Defend Illegal Alien Halloween Costumes! 

Afghanistan’s Golden Age 

Latin America Plans U.S. Dollar Replacement

The Tragedy of the Palestinian Diaspora 

Why Are Stocks Surging As Jobs Disappear?

Socialism Vs Austrian Economics

Inland Empire National-Anarchists 

Where Will the Jobs Come From? 

Insurance Company Calls Rape a “Pre-Existing Condition”  

The White City of Portland 

Petition to Bring Tony Blair to Trial for War Crimes 

Distributivism in Today’s World and Economy

Nixon Tapes on Archie Bunker and Homosexuality 

Nixon on Jew Spies vs Negro Spies 

Nixon Drunk on Watergate 

Nixon and Pat Buchanan on Ivy League War Protests 

Nixon and Gerald Ford Discuss Republican Doves

Nixon Says “Get the Son of a Bitch” Daniel Ellsberg 

J. Edgar Hoover Calls Katherine Graham an “Old Bitch” 

Nixon and Kissinger on Idi Amin

Labour Wanted Mass Immigration to Make the U.K. More Multicultural, Says Former Adviser 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

The Death of Politics  by Karl Hess

The Traffic in Women by Emma Goldman

Crime and Punishment by Errico Malatesta

Feminism As Fascism by Bob Black

The Conservative Challenge

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 21 October 2009

http://www.seangabb.co.uk/flcomm/flc187.htm

[Keith: The text of a magnificent speech given by Dr. Sean Gabb of England's Libertarian Alliance. My question: How can we go about turning all of these conservative, libertarian and populist government-distrusters into full blown anarchist revolutionaries?]

 

The Conservative Challenge
By Sean Gabb
(Text of a Speech Given to a Conservative Association
On Friday the 16th October 2009)

Introduction

On Friday the 16th October 2009, I spoke to a Conservative Association in the South East of England. Though I did not video the event, and though –  on account of the heated and not always good natured debate the followed my speech – I was asked not to identify the particular Association to which I spoke, I think what I said is worth recording. Therefore, I will write down my words as best I can recall them. I have suppressed all the questions, but carried some of the answers into the main text. Otherwise, I will try to keep the flavour of the original.

The Speech

Because of transport difficulties that prevented many people in this room from arriving on time, I am beginning my speech an hour later than expected. I am honoured by the Chairman’s apology for the delay. However, the series of conversations and arguments with which those of us who were here entertained ourselves while waiting have given me the idea for a speech that is still on my stated theme, but that I think will be more interesting than the one I had in mind. Now, this theme – “The Conservative Challenge” – has been routinely given to speakers at Conservative gatherings since at least the 1880s. The question that must always be answered is how we can remain the free citizens of an independent country in ages that have been progressively hostile both to individual freedom and to national independence. I did have a plan loosely worked out in my head. What I will do instead, though, is take some of our bar room discussions and summarise or expand on them as seems appropriate. I will do this by giving short statements of what was said to me, and then by giving my responses.

1. This has been a bad Government

I disagree. Oh, if you want a government that defends the country and provides common services while keeping so far as possible out of your way, the Labour Government elected in 1997 has been a disappointment. This does not mean, however, that the Blair and Brown Governments have been a failure in their own terms. They have, on the contrary, been very successful.

The purpose of the Government that took power in 1997 was to bring about a revolutionary transformation of this country – a transformation from which there could be no return to what had been before. The English Constitution has never been set down in a written document, and there has never been any statement of fundamental rights and liberties that was protected from change by ordinary legislation. Instead, these rights and liberties were protected by a set of customs and institutions that, being legitimised by antiquity, served the same purpose as formal entrenchment. It can be hard, in every specific case, to justify trial by jury, or the rule against double jeopardy, or the idea that imprisonment should be for a specified time and no longer, or the right to speak freely on matters in the public domain. There are principled arguments that satisfy in the absence of strong passions. But, strong passions being granted, the best argument has always so far been that these things have always been in England, and that to change them would be to break the threads that tie us to the past.

It would be childish to argue that the Ancient Constitution was in good health until 1997, when it was suddenly overturned. Unless there is an catastrophic foreign invasion, constitutions are not destroyed in this way. Ours had been sapped long before 1997. To say when the tipping point was reached, and by what means, would take me far beyond my stated theme. However, what remained of the Constitution has, since 1997, been dismissed as a set of “outmoded” relics, and large parts of it have been swept away. Those that remain have been transformed beyond recognition.

Let me give myself as an example. My first degree was in History. Much of this was taken up with a study of late antiquity and the early middle ages. But some of it was given to English history between the seventeenth and nineteenth centuries. Of course, the Constitution changed within these periods, and had changed much since then. But I could take up the debates of the Cavalier Parliament, or a pamphlet written during the American War, or a case published in the State Trials, and find myself within a conversation of the English people. I was not in the same position as a French undergraduate, who, for anything published before 1791, would find himself in a world of institutions, and territorial names, and weights and measures, and monetary units, and general assumptions, as alien as those of a foreign country.

This has now changed. Anyone who, this month, has started a degree in History or Law or Politics will find himself in the same position as that French undergraduate. We have new legislative bodies all over the country, and new principles of administration, and new courts with new procedures and languages, and new lines of authority terminating in bodies outside the country. The work is not yet complete. But already, the conversation of the English people has been made largely incomprehensible to those born since I was an undergraduate.

Whether the changes can be justified as improvements – or whether they could have been made with more regard for economy and consistency – is beside the point. The main purpose of change has been to seal off the past. That past has been delegitimized in order to strip rights and liberties of the associations that used to protect them. Not surprisingly, we find ourselves in a country with a Potemkin democracy, where speech and publication are censored, where the police are feared, where we are continuously spied on as we go about our business, where we can be imprisoned without trial or charge for a month, and generally where we find ourselves having to deal every day with administrative bodies given powers that others who have not yet had felt them still cannot believe possible.

On any normal assumptions, the country has been governed very badly since 1997. On the assumptions of the Government, things have gone very well indeed.

2. This country is ruled by people who have been corrupted by bad ideas.

Again, I disagree. For centuries now, England has been governed by people rather like ourselves. Sometimes, they have governed well, sometimes badly. But we have never had to doubt their fundamental good faith. This has changed. The people who now rule this country have not been led astray by bad ideas. Rather, they are bad people who choose ideologies to justify their behaviour.

There are ideologies of the left – mutualism, for example, or Georgism, or syndicalism – that may often be silly or impracticable, but that are perfectly consistent with the dignity and independence of ordinary people. These are not ideologies, however, of which those who rule us have ever taken the smallest notice. These people began as state socialists. When this became electorally embarrassing, they switched to politically correct multiculturalism. Now this too is becoming an embarrassment, they are moving towards totalitarian environmentalism. Whether in local or in national government, their proclaimed ideologies have never prevented them from working smoothly with multinational big business, or with unaccountable multinational governing bodies.

It is reasonable to assume that, with these people, ideas are nothing more than a series of justifications for building a social and economic and political order within which they and theirs can have great wealth and unchallengeable power.

They tell us they want to end “child poverty” and “build a more equal society”. In fact, they have employed an army of social workers to terrorise every working class family in the country – an army of social workers backed by closed and secretive courts, and that may even be selecting children for legal kidnap and sale to barren middle class couples. They have pauperised millions with policies that keep them from achieving any reasonable independence and subject them to the bullying of credentialed bureaucracies.

They tell us they want a more “inclusive” and “diverse” society. They have certainly welcomed the mass immigration that they enabled the moment they came into office. It has been useful for impoverishing the working classes – in their attitudes and behaviour once perhaps the most conservative people in the country. It has also provided much evidence for their claim that the old England into which we were born has passed away, and that we need a new constitutional settlement – a settlement much in need of censorship and endless meddling in private choices. Even so, they make sure to live in white enclaves and to send their children to private schools where class photographs look much as they did in 1960.

They tell us they want to save the planet from “climate change”. If they have made Phillips and Siemens rich from their light bulb ban, they still fly everywhere and drive everywhere, and light up their own houses and offices like Christmas trees.

These are bad people. They must be regarded as such in everything they do. And we must hope that they will one day be punished as such.

3. The country is misgoverned.

Let me go back to my first point. There is no doubt that everything done by these people has involved huge cost for little of the promised benefit. We have computer systems that do not work. We have new bureaucracies that do not achieve their stated purpose. The National Health Service, for example, has had its budget doubled or trebled in the past twelve years. Yet the waiting lists are as long as ever, and the hospitals are dirtier than ever. Medical incompetence and even corruption and oppression are now everyday stories in the newspapers.

Again, however, these are failures only on the assumption that money has been laid out for the purpose of improving services. It has not. The real purpose of washing a tidal wave of our money over the public services has been partly to raise up an army of clients more likely to vote Labour than anything else, and partly to give these clients powers that tell everyone else who are the masters now. On this assumption, the money has not been wasted at all. It has indeed been an “investment in the future”.

What is to be done?

I often speak about an electoral coup in which a genuinely conservative government came to power and set about undoing the revolution. This involves shutting down most of the public sector. I am not saying that poor people would no longer receive their benefits or medical attention free at the point of use. These are not in themselves expensive. They may have undesirable consequences in terms of smothering personal responsibility and voluntary initiative. But these are problems to be addressed over a long period during which no settled expectation need be denied. What I do say is that the bureaucratic machine that bleeds us white in taxes and grinds us into obedient uniformity should be smashed to pieces that cannot easily be put back together. It should be smashed because we cannot afford it. It should be smashed because it oppresses us. It should be smashed because it is an agent of national destruction.

I once wrote a book about why this should be done and how to do it. Sadly, it will not be done in the foreseeable future. We shall probably have a Conservative Government within the next nine months. But this will not be a government of conservatives. If we want a preview of the Cameron Government, we need only look at what Boris Johnson has achieved during the past year as Mayor of London. He has not closed down one of the bureaucracies set up by Ken Livingstone and his Trotskyite friends. The race equality enforcers are still collecting their salaries. The war on the private motorist continues. Rather than cut the number of New and Old Labour apparatchiks, he is currently putting up taxes. David Cameron will be no better. He may be forced to make some changes and to slow the speed of the transformation. The transformation will continue nevertheless.

We need to speculate on the purpose and nature of counter-revolution. It is useful to know what ought to be our long term purpose. It inspires us to action in an otherwise bleak present. But we need also to know what present actions are to be inspired. My advice is that we need, in all our thoughts and in whatever of our behaviour is prudent, to withhold our sanction.

Any system of oppression that does not rely on immediate and overwhelming – and usually foreign – violence requires the sanction of its victims. We cannot all have guns put to our heads all day and every day. We therefore need to believe, in some degree, that what is done to us is legitimate. We must believe this if we are to obey. We must believe it if those who oppress us are to keep their good opinion of themselves. I suggest that we should withhold that sanction. I do not say that, without our sanction, the illegitimate power that now constrains our lives will fall immediately to the ground. I do suggest, however, that it will be insensibly undermined, and that it may therefore collapse suddenly in the event of some unexpected shock. This is how Communism died in Eastern Europe. It may be how the New Labour Revolution will die here.

The Police

One of the myths, endlessly repeated through what is called “Middle England”, is that the Police are among the victims of Labour rule – that they have been forced to act in ways that they find abhorrent or absurd. But this is only a myth. The Police are no friends to respectable people in any class or race. When I was a small boy, I was reduced to tears by what seemed a gigantic policeman in a tall helmet. One glare of his bearded face, and I was straight off the municipal flower bed where I had thrown my ball. He spoke to my grandmother before moving to other business, and that was the end of my transgression.

His sort retired decades ago. They have been replaced by undersized, shaven headed thugs – frequently with criminal records – who take delight in harassing the respectable. If you are robbed or beaten in the street, they will be nowhere in sight. If you approach them to complain, they will record the crime and send you on your way. If, on the other hand, you try defending yourself or your loved ones, they will prosecute you. They will do nothing about drugged, aggressive beggars, but they will jump on you if they see you smoking under a bus shelter. These people have been given powers that move them closer to the East German Stasi than to the uniformed civilians many of us can still remember. They can arrest you for dropping a toffee wrapper in the street. Once arrested, you may be charged, but you will more likely be released after being fingerprinted and having DNA samples taken and stored. We do not know what other body or government will be given your DNA. We do not know what future oppressions it may enable. Regardless of any littering charge, you will have been punished already.

We should not regard the Police in any sense as our friends. They are not. This does not mean that we should have no dealings with them. There are times – insurance claims, for example, where things must be reported. There are times when the Police are needed, and when they may give some limited assistance. Even so, we should on no account behave to them as if they were uniformed civilians. They are an armed, increasingly out of control pro-Labour militia.

The Law

We were all of us born in a country where the phrase “The Law is the Law: it must always be obeyed” did not seem absurd. Yes, it may not have been quite as we were told. By and large, however, it was a law made by our representatives and with our loose consent – or it was made by Judges rationalising honestly from assumptions grounded in common sense notions of justice. It is that no longer. For all its blemishes, the old laws of England were there to stop us from knocking into each other too hard as we went about our business. Its function was reactive. The function of law nowadays is transformational. It is there to change the ways in which we think and live. So far as this is the case, the law has been delegitimised.

And this is how we are to regard uses of the law. At the moment, The UK Independence Party is being edged towards bankruptcy over some matter of a political donation. It seems not to have complied with the requirements of a law made in the year 2000 that effectively nationalises all political parties – and that may one day be used to control what policies they advocate and how they oppose measures with which they disagree. Again, there are complaints about how the BBC has invited the Leader of the British National Party to appear on Question Time. It is said that the BNP is currently an illegal organisation because of its internal rules. The alleged illegality is based on a novel interpretation of a 1976 law, as amended in 2000, that is itself illegitimate.

There was a time when it was enough for us to be told that someone had broken the law for us to think ill of that person. But times are altered. When the laws themselves are corrupt, they lose moral force. It is no longer enough for us to be told that someone is a law breaker. Whatever we may think of these parties for what they advocate, they are to be seen not as law breakers but victims of political oppression. To think ill of them purely for their disregard of the law is rather like calling Alexander Solzhenitsyn a jailbird on account of his time in the Gulag.

The Law is no longer the Law. It is a set of politicised commands made for our destruction as a free people. It no longer deserves our automatic respect. Yes, the laws that protect life and property are still to be respected. But it is now rational to inspect every law thrown at us to see which do bind in conscience and which do not. I know that this is a dangerous principle to announce. There are many people for whom the law is a unified thing: say that one part has no binding force, and all parts are weakened. But this is not our fault. We have not made the law disreputable. We are simply facing a state of affairs that has been called into being by others.

The Constitution

I have already mentioned the remodelling of the Constitution. As a people, we have long amused foreigners with our respect for titles and old forms of government. I once chaired a meeting addressed by a Member of the House of Lords. This was before the Internet, and I spent nearly an hour in a library clarifying that he should be introduced as – let me change the name – John, Lord Smith of Wilmington, rather than Lord John Smith or Lord Wilmington. This was all good fun. It also had a serious point. I was helping maintain one of those innumerable and seemingly absurd customs that among were the outer defences of our rights and liberties. Our Ancient Constitution may have struck outsiders as a gigantic fancy dress ball. But it covered a serious and very important fact. This was an imperfect acceptance of Colonel Rainsborough’s claim that “the poorest he that is in England hath a life to live as the greatest he”.

But, again, times are altered. The more gorgeous events of the fancy dress ball have been retained. But the underlying substance – the protection of rights and liberties – has been stripped out. This being so, all obligation of deference has lapsed. I will not defer to the man whose name has been changed by a sheet of parchment sealed with wax to Baron Kinnock of Bedwellty. Nor will I call Peter Mandelson other than “Mr Mandelson. Nor, unless I am in his court, and he is likely to take more against me than he naturally would, will I address the former Communist Stephen Sedley as “My Lord”. Nor will I acknowledge his Knighthood out of court. I am not yet sure if it is appropriate to stop recognising hereditary honours, or those granted before 1997. But I certainly regard all honours granted since 1997 as void. They have the same legitimacy as those conferred by Cromwell during the Interregnum. No – Cromwell was a great man who did honour to this country and who deserves his statue outside Parliament. Recent honours have the same status as those conferred by James II after he ran away to France. They are to be seen as a badge of ridicule and disgrace on those who have accepted them.

Now, this may seem a pedantic and self-indulgent point. But it is not. These people should not be allowed to wrap themselves in any remnant of the associations that once bound us to the past. And they evidently enjoy playing at nobility. I once did a radio debate with a police chief who had been recommended for a Peerage by Tony Blair. He was annoyed by my substantive arguments. He was reduced to spluttering rage when I addressed him as plain “Mister” and sneered that his title was a sham. Bearing in mind that it is not illegal to drop their titles, and how it upsets them, I think it worth doing on every convenient occasion.

And it is part of what I would see as a more general approach. Conservatives often denounce what is being done to us as a “breach of the Constitution”. It is really no such thing, because the Ancient Constitution has been abolished. As said, the fancy dress ball continues in something like full swing. But “the poorest he that is in England” has been stuffed. We do have a constitution in the sense that every organised community has one. Ours says that whoever can frogmarch a majority of placemen through the lobbies of the House of Commons can do whatever he pleases. I did hope, earlier in the present decade, that the Judges would intervene to limit parliamentary sovereignty. The Labour response, however, was to pack the bench with their own people. Therefore, since it has been destroyed, or has been suspended, we are in no position to claim that the Constitution has been breached. The obvious result is that we should not regard ourselves as morally bound to recognise any of the authority that is claimed and exercised over us.

And if our people ever get into power through the electoral coup that I mentioned earlier, I see no reason for recognising any purely “constitutional” limits to the nature and speed of our counter-revolution. For example, regardless of the withdrawal mechanism in the Lisbon Treaty, I would be for just repealing the European Communities Act 1972 as amended. That would be complete and immediate withdrawal. If any Judges tried to block this, I would have them removed. I might also be for passing an Act voiding every previous law made since the first session of the 1997 Parliament. Otherwise, I would prefer to declare a state of Emergency under the Civil Contingencies Act 2004, and then repeal hundreds of laws by decree. A slow revolution can take place when those at the top have the numbers and staying power to take it slowly. When there has been a revolutionary or counter-revolutionary seizure of power, change must be swift and determined if it is to be a success.

There must be a return to constitutional norms – and the extraordinary measures that may enable this return must not be allowed to set any precedents of their own. Nor – let me emphasise – do I hope that our reaction will involve violence. But if conservatives are to bring about a reaction, so that we can again be a free people in an independent nation, we have little positive to learn from Burke’s Reflections. There comes a point beyond which a constitution cannot be rescued. I think we have reached that point. There can be no patching up this time, as happened at the Restoration in 1660, or after the Revolution of 1688. By all means, we should not innovate just for the sake of neatness. But we shall need to innovate. We shall need to create new safeguards for our rights and liberties that take into account the country in which we live.

The Monarchy

This means, I increasingly believe, a republican constitution. There is nothing wrong with the principle of hereditary monarchy. I suspect that the division of authority and power that took place between 1660 and 1714 contributed much to the freedom and stability of England during our classical period. The problem is not the institution of monarchy, but the person of the Monarch.

When she came to the throne, Elizabeth had what seems to have been almost the universal regard of the people. She has spent the past 57 years betraying the people. Whatever the constitutional lawyers may claim, there is a contract between Monarch and people. We pretend to treat whoever wears the Crown as the Lord’s Anointed. The wearer of the Crown agrees in turn to act as a defence of last resort against tyrannical politicians. That is the truth behind the phrases of the coronation oath. The Queen could, without bringing on a crisis, have blocked the law in the early 1960s that removed juries from most civil trials. She could have blocked the subsequent changes that abolished the unanimity rule and the right of peremptory challenge. She should have risked a crisis, and refused her assent to the European Communities Bill, or demanded a fair referendum first. She could have harried the politicians of the past two generations, reminding them of the forms and substance of the Ancient Constitution. She had the moral and legal authority to do this. Had she spoken to us like adults, she would have had popular support. She did nothing. I believe she bullied Margaret Thatcher into handing Rhodesia over to a communist mass-murderer, and made repeated noises about South African sanctions. And that was it.

Whatever her failings in the past, she had every legal right to demand a referendum over the Lisbon Treaty. This had been promised by every party at the 2005 general election. When the promise was withdrawn, she would have had public opinion and much of the media behind her in refusing to give assent to the Treaty’s Enabling Act. Again, she did nothing.

We are continually told about the Queen’s sense of duty. All I see is much scurrying about the country to open leisure centres – and otherwise a total disregard of her essential duties. If the Constitution was in decay before she was even born, she has spent her reign watching all that was left of it slip between her fingers.

It may be argued that she is now very old and will not remain much longer on the throne. The problem is that her son will be worse. She has been lazier than she has been stupid. He is simply stupid. So far as he insists on using his powers, it will be to drive forward the destruction of England. His own eldest son might easily be an improvement – but he could be decades away from the Crown. We are in no position to wait on what is in any event uncertain. The Queen has broken the contract between her and us. Her son will do nothing to repair the breach. We live in an age where hereditary monarchy must be strictly hereditary or nothing at all, and so we cannot waste our time with new Exclusion Bills or Acts of Settlement. If, therefore, we are ever in a position to bring about a counter-revolution, we shall need to find a head of state who can be trusted to do the job of looking after our new constitution.

Closing thoughts

I could go further on this theme. I know that many conservatives – and a few Conservatives – have lost faith in democracy. Undoubtedly, representative democracy has thrown up a political class that is separate from the people, and that is increasingly hostile to the rights and liberties of the people. But I cannot think of a lasting new settlement based on Caesaristic dictatorship or a limitation of the franchise. My own suggestion would be to select most positions in the executive by sortition – to choose rulers, that is, by a lottery – as in ancient Athens, and to settle all legislative matters by local or national referendum. Most judicial business that had any bearing on the Constitution could be put before juries of several hundred people, chosen by the same random process as criminal juries now are.

But, you will agree that this takes me far, far beyond my stated theme. It would make what has been a long speech longer still. I will close by observing that if you want to be a conservative in an England broken by revolution, you need to look beyond a rearguard defence of forms from which all substance was long since drained.. The conservative tradition may have been dominated since the 1970s by Edmund Burke. But it does also contain the radicals of the seventeenth century. And – yes – it also has a place even for Tom Paine. If you want to preserve this nation, you must be prepared for a radical jettisoning of what is no longer merely old, but also dead. The conservative challenge is to look beneath the plumage and save the dying bird.

NB—Sean Gabb’s book, Cultural Revolution, Culture War: How Conservatives Lost England, and How to Get It Back, can be downloaded for free from http://tinyurl.com/34e2o3

Are You a True Revolutionary or a Couch Rebel?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 22 October 2009

by Peter Bjorn Perls

What keeps a lot of people back is that they have too much to lose from an upheaval of the existing, mostly peaceful, order of things.

The essence of the matter is that, to gain freedom, there must be some sacrifices, especially in the short term.

Assume a rebellion, either in the UK or US or wherever. It could have many consequences, both on the high-up political level (fx. by the national guard or army being sent into quell a rebellion), but the most felt change in the everyday for regular people will be the loss of amenities taken for granted.

Thank about the goods you use everyday, and would have to find alternatives for: Water in the tap, working toilets, garbage disposal, convenient shopping with an abundance of foods, drinks and “fun goods” available to you at minor expense. Electricity! No electricity means no computers, no internet, no Tv with associated sitting on the couch with a cold beer to relax from the day’s toil, no easy cooking, no electrical lighting. Everyday transportation – automotive transportation is taken for granted, and so is the supply of it’s lifeblood – gasoline.

All these things have solutions that are either obvious, easy, or not too hard to fix with cooperation in small groups (i’ll post that separately, this is getting too long). The point is that all these little things PILE UP to become a seemingly un-scaleable wall.

For those directly on the government payroll, either as “Public” employees or on welfare handouts, well, no need to explain that is there?

There is the very real possibility of engaging in rebellion that the “authorities” will crack down hard and physically on you and your compatriots. Bodily harm is probably assured, and actual death is possible.

There is the social aspect; as much of society is lulled into the dream of democracy-end-of-history and democracy-is-good, anyone who vocally, visibly and clearly shows disdain and rejection of that mindset faces ostracism and oodles of abuse.

(In this regard, i would wish the Randians had more balls to turn words to action, because they don’t seem to give a shit about their critics. As far as political fundies go, they are an example of what the leaders of a rebellion in these times of mental sheepism need to be – staunch and uncompromising).

If rebellion and secession is to become reality, what you must ALL ask yourselves is:

How much of the stuff I have today, which I take for granted, am I willing to give up, to gain freedom and more control of my future life?

If the answer is that you don’t want to lose your goodies, even for a short time, then I’m sorry to say that the respondent is not suited for anything more than couch rebellion, and leave the actual uprising to those that have nothing left to lose (but this also means that those who were unwilling to make a sacrifice for their freedom and freedom of others, won’t have much to say in future societal arrangements, and rightly so).

Updated News Digest November 1, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 31 October 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

“”The present state of public affairs shows clearly enough that the State is the poorest instrument imaginable for improving human society, and that confidence in political institutions and political nostrums is ludicrously misplaced. Social philosophers in every age have been strenuously insisting that all this sort of fatuity is simply putting the cart before the horse; that society cannot be moralized and improved unless and until the individual is moralized and improved. Jesus insisted on this; it is the fundamental principle of Christian social philosophy. Pagan sages, ancient sages, modern sages, a whole apostolic succession running all the way from Confucius and Epictetus down to Nietzsche, Ibsen William Penn, and Herbert Spencer–all these have insisted on it.”
                                                                                      -Albert Jay Nock

“The Second Amendment isn’t about hunting deer, it’s about hunting politicians.”
                                                                          -Congressman “B1″ Bob Dornan

“I do believe that where there is a choice only between cowardice and violence I would advise violence.”
                                                                              -Mohandas Gandhi

“This is the law: The purpose of fighting is to win. There is no possible victory in defense. The sword is more important than the shield and skill is more important than either. The final weapon is the brain. All else is supplemental.”

                                                                                     -John Steinbeck

The Religion of Marxism by Murray Rothbard

Politics As Tribe from the National Policy Institute

United Steelworkers Enlist Mondragon in Drive Toward Employee Democracy from Infoshop.Org

The State As Drug Lord by Kevin Carson

Criticism of Israel: A Wonderful Hiding Place by Michael Neumann

How the $outhern Poverty Law Center Profits From Intolerance by Ken Silverstein

An Opportunity for the Oathkeepers: End the Occupation by William Norman Grigg

Obama’s Real Death Panels by Ted Rall

30 Years On, Remembering the Cambodian Holocaust by John Pilger

When Small Countries Lead the Way by Mark Weisbrot

Karzai As Diem by Justin Raimondo

The Real Climate Change Catastrophe by Christopher Booker

Are You Ready for the Next Crisis? by Paul Craig Roberts

AfPak: Illegal, Immoral, and Fattening by Jeff Huber

Afghan Insurgents: Terrorists or Tea Partiers? by Justin Raimondo

American Preeminence Is Disappearing Fifteen Years Early by Michael T. Klare

Bankster Holiday by Paul Craig Roberts

Forever War by Pat Buchanan

The Network Revolution vs The State and Its Allies by Kevin Carson

Is An Attack on Iran Coming? by Paul Craig Roberts

Blair’s Regime’s Secret Plans for a Multicultural U.K. by Simon Walters

Rubbing Their Noses In It by Richard Spencer

Unilateral Disarmament by Richard Spencer

The U.S. Expands the Empire by Mike Sullivan

An Interview with Gore Vidal by John Meroney

A Few Brave Conservatives Reject Unhinged Radio Ranters by Jack Hunter

Stumbling Into the Mainstream, Against a Wall of Bias by Sean Gabb

Good News in the War on Drugs by David Kramer

Neocons and the Pentagon Rage Against the Dying of the Fight by Jeff Huber

Hyper Inflation by Ilana Mercer

Winning Through Intimidation by Brenda Walker

King Dollar Abdicates by Peter Schiff

Upcoming West Coast Nurses’ Strike from Infoshop.Org

Green Monster by Stanislav Mishin

On Tea Parties and Patriots from Infoshop.Org

Motherland by Nina Kouprianova

Anarchism and the Politics of Technology from Infoshop.Org

Dostoevsky on Modern Conservatism by Mark Hackard

To a Los Angeles Anarchist from Infoshop.Org

Rebel Against the Empire by Thomas Naylor

When Gitmo and Abu Ghraib Come Home by Bill Quigley and Deborah Popowski

Will the Dollar Remain the World’s Reserve Currency in Five Years? by Mike Whitney

A Commissar a Day Keeps the Doctor Away by TGGP

White Cross Patrol from Bay Area National Anarchists

Urban Gardens from Bay Area National Anarchists

Folsom Street Fair, Protest Part 2 from Bay Area National Anarchists

Creation of an Urban Guerrilla 

The Global Warming Crusaders by George Giles

Health Care Hypocrisy by Laurence Vance

Why They Hated the Articles of Confederation by Lew Rockwell

Dancing With the Czars by David Kramer

Neocon Stooge David Brooks Sucks Up to Obama by David Brooks

High Costs, Low Odds by Stephen M. Walt

Abolish NATO by Jeff Huber

The FBI Is Assessing You Nat Hentoff interviewed by Scott Horton

War Is a Hate Crime  by Chris Hedges

Libertarians Debate “Cultural Values” from Reason

Have You Seen This Missing Girl?

The U.S. Military Is Crazy As a Bedbug by Fred Reed

The Lynching of a Real Defense Attorney by William Anderson

Are You Middle-Class? Not for Long! by David Calderwood

The American Idea by Walter Williams

We’re Returning to the Middle Ages by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard

Another Imperial Puppet in Afghanistan by Eric Margolis

What Are You Buying for Self-Defense by Lew Rockwell

Former Marine Captain Resigns In Protest of Afghanistan War by Jeff Huber

Congressman Seeks to Atone for War Vote by George C. Wilson

Hate Is Not a Crime by Jack Hunter

Black Tuesday and How We Got Out of It by Mike Whitney

Here Comes the Third Party: Palin and the Constitutionalists by Jayne Lyn Stahl

Palin and Conservatives of the Heart by Pat Buchanan

The Anarchist Library Update from Infoshop.Org

Coalition Against Police Brutality in Greensboro, North Carolina from Infoshop.Org

Beautiful Losers by Paul Gottfried

The Trouble with Limited Government by Jesus Huerto de Soto

The Return of the Great Depression by Vox Day

Gerald Celente on Avoiding Economic Hardship by Naresh Vissa

Living the Outlaw Life by Claire Wolfe

Democracy’s Most Critical Defect by Robert Higgs

Stealth Gun Control  by Karen De Coster

Libelous Leftoidal Lynch Mobs by Tom DiLorenzo

Our Enemy, the Political Class by James Ostrowski

Nullification in Ohio

The Persecution of Self-Defenders by David Kramer

A Conservative Primer for Conceptualizing Political Economy on the Humane Scale by Patroon

Tea  Pot Ready to Boil in Upstate New York by Patroon

The U.S.S. Liberty Affair and the Problem of Truth in History by Alan Hart

Three Years Later, Brad Will is Still Dead by John Ross

Roman Roads and Modern Emperors by Conn Hallinan

Drug War Assassinations by Jacob Hornberger

Capitol Hill Hos by Jack Hunter

The National-Anarchist Movement Continues to Grow in Australia from Bay Area National Anarchists

The Real Forgotten: Victims of the Empire by Geoffrey Pike

Voting Lowers Your Testosterone by Gary Reed

Jimmy Carter: Racial Separatist

The Polygamy Experience 

Brown Berets Protest in Houston (their history)

Progressives for Immigration Reform

Military Recruiters Leave No Child Behind by David Goodman

Empire Falls: The Revolutions of 1989 by Charles Burris

Bob Gates’ Bad Bet by Jeff Huber

On the Eve of WW3 in Iran? by Gordon Prather

Kipling Haunts Obama’s Afghan War by Ray McGovern

There Is No Need for Conflict with China by John V. Walsh interviewed by Scott Horton

Land Wars in Asia Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

The Long Gaze of the State by Alexander Cockburn

Medical Marijuana Goes Mainstream by Norm Kent

 Invisible Review, Invisible Racism by Mupetblast

With Friends Like This, Obama Needs No Enemies by Mupetblast

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

European Nationalist Parties Form Alliance 

In Defense of Carol Swain

“Racist” Biscuit Removed From Shelves 

What I’ve Learned from Debating Religious People Around the World by Christopher Hitchens

Kids As Young As Nine Receive Career Advice 

Motorist Is Told Flag Could Be Racist 

 Mao’s War Against Nature: Politics and the Environment in Revolutionary China

Trouble in Tea Party Land 

Neoconservatism and Trotskyism

Racist Nursery Children

Slavery in Modern Africa 

The Visigoths and the Fall of Rome 

War Is a Racket by General Smedley Butler 

H.L. Mencken Speaks , Part Two, Part Three, Part Four, Part Five, Part Six, Part Seven, Part Eight 

Sting Says Obama Sent from God (or “Don’t Take Advice from Rock Stars”)

Icelandic Sorcery and Witchcraft 

U.S. Workers Starved Into Service 

Modern Man Had Sex with Neanderthals 

Mayor Says Pay Problem Parents Not to Breed

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Updated News Digest November 8, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 7 November 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

    I Like this quote I dislike this quote“The press today is an army with carefully organized weapons, the journalists its officers, the readers its soldiers. But, as in every army, the soldier obeys blindly, and the war aims and operating plans change without his knowledge. The reader neither knows nor is supposed to know the purposes for which he is used and the role he is to play. There is no more appalling caricature of freedom of thought. Formerly no one was allowed to think freely; now it is permitted, but no one is capable of it any more. Now people want to think only what they are supposed to want to think, and this they consider freedom.”

                                                                                     -Oswald Spengler

The Paranoid Style in Center-Left Politics by Jesse Walker

Secret Aristocracies: Junger vs Sartre by Dominique Venner

Ellsberg: Obama Fears Military Revolt by Sari Gelzer

Obama Continues Bush Administration Policy Regarding Posse Comitatus by Joe Wolverton III

Why Does the U.S. Have an Empire in Asia? by Paul Craig Roberts

Tortured in Far Off Countries: Obama Continues Bush Rendition Policies by Sherwood Ross

Ongoing U.S. Efforts to Protect and Coddle Israel by Glenn Greenwald

Hoh’s Afghanistan Warning  by Ralph Nader

A Look at Tenant Organizing and the New Gentrification by Andrea Gibbons

U .K. Anarchists Attack Probation Office, Bank from Infoshop.Org

Sch0ol Makes You Stupid by Walter Williams

A Progressive-Libertarian Party in 2010? interview with Gerald Celente

Why the Innocent Flee From the Police  by William Norman Grigg

The Disenfranchised Antiwar Voter by Justin Raimondo

The Media as Ennablers of Government Lies by James Bovard

Another State Introduces Firearms Freedom Act by Chuck Baldwin

The New Economy by Richard Spencer

Too Fat to Fight by Alexander Cockburn

The Battle of Seattle: Ten Years Later by Mike Whitney

Big Brother in England to Spy on “Deadbeat Dads” by Tom Whitehead (hat tip to David Heleniak)

An Opportunity for Secession by Robert Eschauzier

George W. Obama by Jack Hunter

Victimless Crimes-More G20 Cases Fall Apart from Infoshop.Org

Hollow Victory by John J. Mearsheimer

From Lifestylism to Insurrection from Infoshop.Org

Iraqi Christians: Long History, Precarious Future by Genevieve Pollock

Murderous Idealism by Paul Hollander

Nietzsche’s Dionysian Faith by Stephen N. Williams

Keeping Afghanistan Safe From Democracy by Robert Scheer

Why Does AIPAC Spy on Americans? by Grant Smith

Europe Wants Out of Afghanistan by Jeff Huber

Unicorns in Kabul by George F. Will

The Tragedy of Leonard Peltier vs the U.S. from Infoshop.Org

Secession: Timing Is Everthing by Russell Longcore

Starved Into the Army by Sandy Leon Vest

Most U.S. Youth Unfit to Serve in Army, Says Pentagon by Laurence Vance

Authority Worship by Butler Shaffer

Book Review: The Assassination of Fred Hampton from Infoshop.Org

Cowardly PIGS Torture Teen-aged Hero by William Norman Grigg

Prosecutors: A Protected Criminal Class by William Norman Grigg

Breckenridge, Colorado Votes to Decriminalize Marijuana by Eric Garris

PIGS vs Punks in Gainesville, Florida from Infoshop.Org

Libertarian Shot in the Back by PIG by Eric Garris

Dangerous People Needed by David Swanson

Exhibiting Genuine Tolerance by John Derbyshire

Class Struggle Anarchist Conference Report from Infoshop.Org

Whither the Alternative Right? by Jack Hunter

RE: Whither the Alternative Right? by Dylan Hales

The Practical Considerations of Building an Effective Anarchist Program from Infoshop.Org

Not a Revolution by Richard Spencer

The GOP’s Dumb New Image by Ellison Lodge

Government Will Default on Its Debts by Gary North

The Sociology of the Ayn Rand Cult by Murray Rothbard

Jim Rogers Says Currency Crisis Is on the Way by Lindsay Whipp

Japan Is Ready to Topple by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard

 Another FED/Goldman-Sachs Rip-Off by Matt Taibbi

Canadian PIG Tortures Teen-Aged Girl by William Norman Grigg

CIA Seeks Manhunters to Assassinate Enemies of the State by David Kramer

U.S. Adopts Obsolete Counterinsurgency Doctrine in Afghanistan by Justin Raimondo

Hillary’s Ill Will Tour by Justin Raimondo

Member of Pagans MC Killed by PIGS by Mark Holmberg

The American Way of Abandonment by Pat Buchanan

The Sleep of Reason Produces Heidegger by Ray Mangum

Roman Orgy by Taki Theodoracopulos

Dying to Serve by Craig Hulet

Another Target of the Police State by Lew Rockwell

Undercover PIGS Engaged in Undercover Repression by William Norman Grigg

Grand New Pagan by Richard Spencer

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Mutualism: The Anarchism of Approximations 

Steelworkers Forms Collaboration with Mondragon 

Migrants Going North Now Risk Kidnappings 

The New Temple Prostitution 

Freedom of Speech vs Political Correctness/Corruption 

Is Economics the New Culture War? 

The U.S. is a Banana Republic 

An Ordinary Israel 

Americans Against the American Way of Life 

Battered on Wedding Day for Being a Goth 

The Revenge of Karl Marx 

Being Grumpy is Good for You 

What Is a Fascist? 

Despicable Baltimore PIG and more 

The Process Church of the Final Judgement 

Glenn Beck interviews Sam Beck of the Communist Party U.S.A.

Nestor Ivanovich Makhno: Ukrainian Anarchist Guerrilla Fighter 

Cercle Pierre-Joseph Proudhon 

Mouvement Anarchiste Bakouniniste 

I Support These 137 Nations That Want to Be Free

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

New Statement of Purpose for AttacktheSystem.Com?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 6 November 2009

Here’s a new statement of purpose I am proposing for AttacktheSystem.Com:

AttacktheSystem.Com is maintained by American Revolutionary Vanguard, a dissident tendency within North American anarchism.  It is our contention that the mainstream of the anarchist movement has become unduly focused on left-wing cultural politics, countercultural lifestyle matters, and liberal pet causes. Consequently, the mainstream of contemporary anarchism has abandoned the central focus of the historic anarchist movement: overthrowing states, ruling classes, and empires. We aim to restore anarchism to the position it held during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centures, that of the premier revolutionary movement in the Western world.

We reject the Left/Right model of the political spectrum and work towards a synthesis of the currently scattered anarchist tendencies. These include anarcho-collectivism, syndicalism, mutualism, post-structuralism, Green anarchism, primitivism and neo-tribalism from the Left, and anarcho-capitalism, anarcho-monarchism, anarcho-feudalism, national-anarchism, tribal-anarchism, paleo-anarchism and Christian anarchism from the Right. Sympathetic persons from other ideological currents are welcome to participate in our efforts.

The most strategically feasible anarchist movement for contemporary North America would be an anarchist-led, pan-secessionist action emphasizing the principles of radical decentralization and appealing to the legacy of the American Revolution. Its primary class foundations would be the lumpenproletariat, petite bourgeosie, lower proletariat, sinking middle, neo-peasantry and declasse’ sectors, within the context of a broader populist framework.  A struggle rooted in these classes would necessitate a political re-alignment of the populist right, radical center, independent left, and others outside the center-left/center-right paradigm of the existing state and ruling class.

We reject the “culture wars” of mainstream American politics as a rivalry within the upper-middle class which is irrelevant to our revolutionary struggle. Anarchist participation in the “culture wars” is an unnecessary distraction from the struggle at hand. Irreconcilable cultural differences are best handled through individual autonomy, voluntary association, pluralism and peaceful co-existence where possible. Otherwise, secession, local sovereignty, community self-determination, and mutual self-separation should be the rule. Contemporary political science and social science research shows that Americans are currently in the process of self-separating into diverse communities oriented towards the specific interests of those of a particular culture, religion, political affiliation, language, occupation, economic values, age, race, ethnicity, sexuality or preferred way of life. This is how it should be. The natural results of people using their freedom of choice are a pluralistic anarchism, or “anarchism without adjectives.”

We identify as our primary enemies the American regime, the American ruling class and state-capitalist overlords, the international American empire and its accomplices. We therefore support self-determination for all peoples throughout the world, and the struggles of all enemies of imperialism. We stand in ruthless opposition to the domestic American police state, its prison-industrial complex, therapeutic state, legal caste, and the institutions responsible for the dissemination its propaganda, from the state-licensed media to the state-run educational system. We further oppose the ideology of Political Correctness embraced by totalitarian Left which has been appropriated by the forces of liberal-capitalism as the current manifestation of its ideological superstructure. Against this ruling class vision, we offered an alternative vision that is anti-authoritarian, non-Marxist, non-militarist and decentralist.

Updated News Digest November 15, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 12 November 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quote of the Week:

“Humanity only finds peace in death. Life is struggle.”

                                                                           -Chris Donnellan

“The prevailing idea of what it means to be modern is a post-Christian myth. Christians have always held that there is only one path of salvation, that it is disclosed in history, and that it is open to all. In these respects, Christianity differs radically from the religious and philosophies of the ancient world and from non-western faiths.

In the polytheistic cults of the Greeks and Romans, it was accepted that humans will always live different ways. When there are many gods no way of life is bonding on all. Worshipping one god, Christians have always believed that only one way of life can be right.

“Enlightenment thinkers like to see themselves as modern pagans, but they are really latter-day Christians: they too aim to save mankind. The ancient pagans did not believe that the mass of mankind could be saved. Or, for that matter, that it was worth saving.”
                                                                                 -John Gray

The Fall of the Berlin Wall Did Not Kill Off the Totalitarian Left by Melanie Phillips

Society After State-Capitalism: Resilient Communities and Local Economies by Kevin A. Carson

Depression, Secession, Revolution Gerald Celente interviewed by Lew Rockwell

An Anarchist on “National Defense by Wendy McElroy

Can Attacks on a Military Base Constitute “Terrorism”? by Glenn Greenwald

How Maine Sprouted a Militia by Christopher Ketcham (hat tip to Brady Campbell)

Camille Paglia: Last of the Open-Minded Liberals by Danny Huddleston

Evil Empire by Paul Craig Roberts

A Call to the Alternative Right by Paul Gottfried

The Cultural Revolution Is Complete by Richard Spencer

Black Metal: A Weapon in the Cultural Arsenal of the Revolution? by Alex Kurtagic (more on metal from Nina Kouprianova)

Morality vs Material Interests by Paul Craig Roberts

Stop the Mexodus-Legalize Marijuana! by Brenda Walker

Monetary Crime Bosses by Murray Rothbard

One in a Hundred by Alexander Cockburn

Dixie and Vermont: Contrasting Styles of Secession  by Ron Miller

Obama Fails to Reset Foreign Policy by Melvin A. Goodman

Israel Routs Obama As the Dollar Dies by Paul Craig Roberts

Afghanistan’s Sham Army by Chris Hedges

The Deal with Iran by Robert Dreyfuss

Israel’s Apartheid Is Worse Than South Africa’s by Yitzak Laor

More Troops? Only if U.S. Wants More Afghan Chaos from Detroit Free Press

Leave Afghanistan to the Afghans by Patrick Cockburn

The War at Home by Justin Raimondo

A Day That Shook the World by Eric Margolis

How To Demilitarize Your Church by Laurence Vance

The FBI’s Hippie-Anarchist Twitter Raid from David Kramer

U.K. PIGS Report Pregnant Woman to Social Services Over a Half-Decorated Home from David Kramer

Stop, Look, Listen Before Jumping Into the Afghan Abyss by Justin Raimondo

A Year With Obama and U.S. Foreign Relations Have Gotten Worse by William Pfaff

Why Most Counterinsurgency Wars Fail by Ivan Eland

Israel Is About to Get What It Wished For by Stephen Walt

America’s Alliances Are Costly Relics by Justin Logan

Wanna Get Laid? Avoid Women With College Degrees! from Entitled to An Opinion

Supposedly Reactionary, Homophobic Salt Lake City Passes Gay Rights Law with Mormon Church Endorsement from Richmond Times-Dispatch

PIGS Have a Good Time at Taxpayer Expense from Richmond Times-Dispatch

Is the Day of Great Leaders Past? by Chuck Baldwin

Leftoids Rally Against Free Speech from IndyMedia

The Legacy of Albert Parsons by Joseph Grosso

To Be Young and Unemployed Forever by Carl Ginsburg

The Totalitarian Trotsky by Ray Mangum

Another Ivy League Professor Loses It Over Race by James J. O’Meara

The Blackwater Plot Thickens by Jeremy Scahill

Newspaper is Punished for Criticizing Iraqi Leader by Glenn Greenwald

The U.S. Invasion of the Vatican by Jacob Hornberger

Why Die for Karzai? by Tom Hayden

Obama’s Arrogance of Power by Gene Healy

Is Israel too Strong for Obama?  from the Economist

Without War We Are Nothing, Apparently by Alex Massie

Middle Class Resorts to Shoplifting to Keep Up Appearances by Adam Fresco (go middle class!!)

D.C. To Pay $450,000 to 8 Antiwar Protestors Who Were Interrogation Victims from News Channel 8

The Crafting of a Loophole by Andrew Cockburn

A Small “d” Depression by Mike Whitney

Ten States Going Bankrupt

The Truth About the House Health Care Bill by Rose Ann DeMoro

The Dalai Lama Sticks His Thumb in the Dragon’s Eye by Peter Lee

General Electric Goes Green from David Kramer (now we’ve seen everything!)

Taser Nation by Karen DeCoster

U.S. Out of North America? by Thomas Knapp

When Dictatorship Came to America by Thomas DiLorenzo

On General Labor and Socially Created Value by Kevin Carson

Conservatives Blindly Support “Our Troops” In Defense of the Big Lie by Kevin Copenhagen

The Legal Caste Strikes Out on This One by Bill Anderson

Health Insurance: Solution, or Part of the Problem? by Saul Weiner

Why Students Don’t Like School..Well, Duhhh! by Peter Gray

Why Switzerland Is Still Free and American Is Not by Ron Holland

Free Switzerland  by Heidi (more on the Swiss, and more)

The Odd Couple: Chinese Communism and Capitalism by David Kramer

Chinese Government Invokes Lincoln to Justify Oppression of Tibet by Tom Di Lorenzo (wow!)

 Libertarianism and Identity by Richard Hoste

Snitches in the Native Youth Movement from Infoshop.Org

Failing the People on Health Care by Ralph Nader

Political Correctness: The Bomb That Exploded at Fort Hood by Patroon

Meeting Our Afghan Ally: Stealing, Selling Heroin and Raping Boys by Patrick Cockburn

The Militarization of Mental Health by Mary Lynn Cramer

Pot Doc Down by Fred Gardner

Godless China: What Obama Will Find by John V. Walsh

Paramilitaries in Colombia by Charles R. Larsen

Minority Report by Ray Mangum

Kentucky Joins the Nullification Movement by Michael Boldin

“Guilty” of Scaring Undercover PIGS by William Norman Grigg

Middle Schoolers Jailed for Food Fight by Lew Rockwell

The Winds of Change Die Down (It was all hot air to begin with) by Justin Raimondo

Not Every Tragedy is Terrorism  by Charles Pena

Say Nyet to Afghanistan by Jeff Huber

23 CIA PIGS on the Run After Italian Conviction for Kidnapping Scott Horton interviewed by Scott Horton

What Do These Religiously Motivated Terrorist Acts Tell Us? by Glenn Greenwald

Obama’s Betrayals  by Sheldon Richman

150 Years of Accumulated Reasons to Secede  by Russ Longcore

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

Jonathan Bowden on Heidegger and Death’s Ontology

Part One, Part Two, Part Three, Part Four, Part Five, Part Six,

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

“Two Can Keep a Secret If One of Them Is Dead.” -Hell’s Angels (attributed)

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

No Nation Can Liberate Another by Malalai Joya

Jewish Anti-Semitism by Uzi Silber

A Crisis Made by Neoliberalism by Michael Yates and Fred Magdoff

90,000 Casualties, But Who’s Counting? by Kelley B. Vlahos

Casualties of Diversity  by Jack Hunter

The Fall of the Wall  from Front Porch Republic

Tasmanian Autonomous Zone 

Framed for Child Porn by a PC Virus 

Joblessness May Reach 13% in U.S. 

Church Electioneering 

German-American Internee Coalition 

Plowing Detroit Into Farmland 

Global Guerrillas: TRIBES! 

Supporters of the Lakota Indian Independence Movement 

Ukrainian Christian National-Anarchism 

Religious Affilitiation by Ethnicity in the United States 

Is the History of Psychiatry a Big Mess? 

Landing a Job Is Like Getting Into Harvard

Dennis Kucinich: Why I Voted No on the Health Care Bill 

Designer Vagina Trend “Worrying” 

German Neo-Nazis: “We’re Pro-Israel, Condemn Anti-Semitism” 

Fight Against Workplace Prejudice for Alternative People 

Karl Marx Vs Political Correctness 

One Million Strong for the Separation of Corporation and State 

Dissolve the United States of America 

North American Secessionist Conference 2010 

Sweden Paying Immigrants to Leave 

The Origins of Sesame Street in Cultural Marxism 

Judge Orders Phoenix Church to Stop Feeding the Homeless 

Final Hour Lap Dances for Hasan

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Camille Paglia: Last of the Open-Minded Liberals

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 11 November 2009

http://www.americanthinker.com/2009/10/camille_paglia_last_of_the_ope.html

by Danny Huddleston

[Keith: While I agree with much of the analysis in this, I disagree that the economic policies of the Obamaites can rightfully be classified as "socialist" or "communist." Obamanomics is closer to corporatism, or "state-capitalism," i.e. fascism. As an example see this critique of Obamacare  from a more authentic leftist-socialist perspective from Dennis Kucinich. Obama is just as much a stooge for the banksters as Bush was. However, the Obamaites do represent a coming to power of Cultural Marxism derived from the New Left, so some of the confusion on this question found on the Right is understandable if inaccurate.]

What would you call an acknowledged member of the intellectual elite who is skeptical of global warming, likes to listen to Rush Limbaugh, has an ongoing battle with the feminist establishment and is a fan of Sarah Palin? I would call her the last of the open minded liberals. Don’t get the wrong idea, she’s no dittohead. And she has some controversial and disturbing ideas that would be right at home in the far left universe. But what she doesn’t do is blindly follow today’s liberal orthodoxy. Her answer is similar to the main theme of many of her other recent columns. She has some harsh words for those around Obama and some of his policies while still holding out hope that he can turn it all around, as reflected in this comment: “Count me among those who are very critical of many of Obama’s actions or evasions but who continue to like him and to believe in his potential as a world leader.” A good example of her disdain for those around Obama can be found in this excerpt from a column she wrote in March of this year:

Yes, free the president from his flacks, fixers and goons — his posse of smirky smart alecks and provincial rubes, who were shrewd enough to beat the slow, pompous Clintons in the mano-a-mano primaries but who seem like dazed lost lambs in the brave new world of federal legislation and global statesmanship. Heads should be rolling at the White House for the embarrassing series of flubs that have overshadowed President Obama’s first seven weeks in office and given the scattered, demoralized Republicans a huge boost toward regrouping and resurrection. (Michelle, please use those fabulous toned arms to butt some heads!)

Interestingly this is not the first Democrat administration that Camille has had a problem with. In a 1995 interview in Playboy she was asked: “Were you optimistic when Clinton was elected?” Her answer:
 
Of course. We finally had a great opportunity. It was a chance to rethink everything that had failed as a result of the shoddy thinking in the Sixties and to try again with a new, reasoned approach. The Clinton administration should have been a think tank for the nation–he himself should have led the debate, reaffirming all Sixties ideals but correcting them where they had become excessive. It’s a tragedy that he didn’t. Instead of surrounding himself with progressive intellectuals, he surrounded himself with Eighties yuppies–like George Stephanopoulos, whom I loathe with a passion. I wish Clinton would fire everyone around him. I want a Saturday night massacre. I hate them all. But Clinton has totally lost the persona of leadership. It’s pathetic. He’s looking like a salesman.
 
It’s deja vu all over again, she has a chronic case of buyer’s remorse.

Notice her criticism of the Clinton administration extends all the way to the guy at the top. She even criticized Clinton for not resigning after the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But today with her critique of the Obama administration she stops short of blaming Obama himself. It will be interesting to see if this changes in the future.

Why do influential liberals like Camille continue to give Obama a pass? Clearly Obama and those he has surrounded himself with are far more radical than the Clinton administration was. A new video has surfaced showing Anita Dunn, the White House communications director extolling the virtues of Mao Tse-Tung. This is just the latest in a string of marxists and radicals found serving in the Obama White House.

There is a logical reason the Obama administration is far more radical than the Clinton administration was. It is the culmination of a decades long trend. Professor Paglia’s colleagues in academia have been a little too successful in their efforts to change our culture. Many parts of American society including political parties — particularly the Democrat Party — have been moving to the far left for many years now.

Camille and a few other liberals like her who still believe in liberty and freedom and reject political correctness have been shut out of the debate. No one is listening.

Her writings are filled with heartfelt questions for her party. Some may wonder if her thought process is taking her down the same road that Robin of Berkeley traveled recently? That’s not likely, Camille has traveled too far as a Democrat. Here are some of her pleas to the Democrat establishment from her September 9th column:

Why did it take so long for Democrats to realize that this year’s tea party and town hall uprisings were a genuine barometer of widespread public discontent and not simply a staged scenario by kooks and conspirators? [...] It was on talk radio, which I have resumed monitoring around the clock because of the healthcare fiasco, that I heard the passionate voices of callers coming directly from the town hall meetings.

Why has the Democratic Party become so arrogantly detached from ordinary Americans? Though they claim to speak for the poor and dispossessed, Democrats have increasingly become the party of an upper-middle-class professional elite, top-heavy with journalists, academics and lawyers (one reason for the hypocritical absence of tort reform in the healthcare bills). Weirdly, given their worship of highly individualistic, secularized self-actualization, such professionals are as a whole amazingly credulous these days about big-government solutions to every social problem. They see no danger in expanding government authority and intrusive, wasteful bureaucracy. This is, I submit, a stunning turn away from the anti-authority and anti-establishment principles of authentic 1960s leftism.

How has “liberty” become the inspirational code word of conservatives rather than liberals? [...] I always thought that the Democratic Party is the freedom party — but I must be living in the nostalgic past. [...]

[A]ffluent middle-class Democrats now seem to be complacently servile toward authority and automatically believe everything party leaders tell them. Why? Is it because the new professional class is a glossy product of generically institutionalized learning? Independent thought and logical analysis of argument are no longer taught. Elite education in the U.S. has become a frenetic assembly line of competitive college application to schools where ideological brainwashing is so pandemic that it’s invisible.
 
It’s almost painful to read the lamentations of a JFK Democrat pleading with today’s Democrat establishment. Camille doesn’t realize that the Democrat party has been taken over by leftists. She believes that Obama is a pragmatic rational liberal like herself and all his missteps to date come from the bad advice he’s been getting from his inept advisers.

The idea that Obama’s problems may be self-inflicted is probably too terrible for her to contemplate. Camille doesn’t realize that Obama is a product of the new Democrat Party. The Democrat party of her youth is no more. It has been replaced with a party that is flirting with socialism and dare we say it — communism. Camille is shocked that the anti-establishment hippies of the 60’s now see no problem giving up their freedom to a huge government bureaucracy. Perhaps it’s because those hippies from the ’60s have become the establishment.

As the Democratic Party continues to ignore the advice of open-minded liberals like Camille Paglia and heads down the self-destructive path of radicalism there is a valuable lesson here for conservatives. We should always vote for the most conservative candidate we can find because once he or she gets to Washington . . .

Well, you know what happens. Surrounded by the trappings of seemingly unlimited federal power politicians from both parties seem to be inexorably pulled to the left. Even Reagan couldn’t get rid of the Department of Energy.

Global Warming, Peak Oil, and HIV=AIDS Denialism

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 14 November 2009

I recently came across this George Will column pointing out how in the 1970s, there was an emerging scientific consensus on the inevitability of “global cooling.”

Of course, we all know that today it is “global warming” that it supposed to be the big ecological issue.  Many deniers of the global warming hypothesis are considered to be shills for the petroleum industry, but Alexander Cockburn has argued that some from the “global warming alarmist” crowd can be accused of being similar shills for the nuclear industry.

The other big doomsday scenario currently being promoted is Peak Oil. At the North American Secessionist Conference in 2008, I heard Sebastian Ronin give a comprehensive and convincing overview of the case for the theory of Peak Oil. Yet there are serious arguments for the other side as well.

Another interesting scientific controversy of this type is the HIV=AIDS denial movement. The most important figure in this movement is probably Dr. Peter Duesberg. According to Duesberg and others of this camp, AIDS is caused not by HIV, but by malnutrition, drug abuse, congenital problems like heart disease and hemophilia or, in some cases, anti-AIDS drugs themselves. There does seem to be some evidence to support this theory, like the case of Lindsay Nagel. The problem is that for every case that seems to detract from HIV=AIDS orthodoxy, there are others that seem to confirm the orthodox position, like that of Christine Maggiore

So what’s the real story with all of these different controversies? I have no idea, and I have no relevant credentials, experience, or training in fields that would allow me to make an educated guess about the “truth” on these questions. What do readers think?

Are You An Anarchist? The Answer May Surprise You!

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 15 November 2009

by David Graeber

Chances are you have already heard something about who anarchists are and what they are supposed to believe. Chances are almost everything you have heard is nonsense. Many people seem to think that anarchists are proponents of violence, chaos, and destruction, that they are against all forms of order and organization, or that they are crazed nihilists who just want to blow everything up. In reality, nothing could be further from the truth. Anarchists are simply people who believe human beings are capable of behaving in a reasonable fashion without having to be forced to. It is really a very simple notion. But it’s one that the rich and powerful have always found extremely dangerous.

At their very simplest, anarchist beliefs turn on to two elementary assumptions. The first is that human beings are, under ordinary circumstances, about as reasonable and decent as they are allowed to be, and can organize themselves and their communities without needing to be told how. The second is that power corrupts. Most of all, anarchism is just a matter of having the courage to take the simple principles of common decency that we all live by, and to follow them through to their logical conclusions. Odd though this may seem, in most important ways you are probably already an anarchist — you just don’t realize it.

Let’s start by taking a few examples from everyday life.

* If there’s a line to get on a crowded bus, do you wait your turn and refrain from elbowing your way past others even in the absence of police?
If you answered “yes”, then you are used to acting like an anarchist! The most basic anarchist principle is self-organization: the assumption that human beings do not need to be threatened with prosecution in order to be able to come to reasonable understandings with each other, or to treat each other with dignity and respect.

Everyone believes they are capable of behaving reasonably themselves. If they think laws and police are necessary, it is only because they don’t believe that other people are. But if you think about it, don’t those people all feel exactly the same way about you? Anarchists argue that almost all the anti-social behavior which makes us think it’s necessary to have armies, police, prisons, and governments to control our lives, is actually caused by the systematic inequalities and injustice those armies, police, prisons and governments make possible. It’s all a vicious circle. If people are used to being treated like their opinions do not matter, they are likely to become angry and cynical, even violent — which of course makes it easy for those in power to say that their opinions do not matter. Once they understand that their opinions really do matter just as much as anyone else’s, they tend to become remarkably understanding. To cut a long story short:
anarchists believe that for the most part it is power itself, and the effects of power, that make people stupid and irresponsible.

* Are you a member of a club or sports team or any other voluntary organization where decisions are not imposed by one leader but made on the basis of general consent?

If you answered “yes”, then you belong to an organization which works on anarchist principles! Another basic anarchist principle is voluntary association. This is simply a matter of applying democratic principles to ordinary life. The only difference is that anarchists believe it should be possible to have a society in which everything could be organized along these lines, all groups based on the free consent of their members, and therefore, that all top-down, military styles of organization like armies or bureaucracies or large corporations, based on chains of command, would no longer be necessary. Perhaps you don’t believe that would be possible. Perhaps you do. But every time you reach an agreement by consensus, rather than threats, every time you make a voluntary arrangement with another person, come to an understanding, or reach a compromise by taking due consideration of the other person’s particular situation or needs, you are being an
anarchist — even if you don’t realize it.

Anarchism is just the way people act when they are free to do as they choose, and when they deal with others who are equally free — and therefore aware of the responsibility to others that entails. This leads to another crucial point: that while people can be reasonable and considerate when they are dealing with equals, human nature is such that they cannot be trusted to do so when given power over others. Give someone such power, they will almost invariably abuse it in some way or another.

* Do you believe that most politicians are selfish, egotistical swine who don’t really care about the public interest? Do you think we live in an economic system which is stupid and unfair?

If you answered “yes”, then you subscribe to the anarchist critique of today’s society — at least, in its broadest outlines. Anarchists believe that power corrupts and those who spend their entire lives seeking power are the very last people who should have it. Anarchists believe that our present economic system is more likely to reward people for selfish and unscrupulous behavior than for being decent, caring human beings. Most people feel that way. The only difference is that most people don’t think there’s anything that can be done about it, or anyway — and this is what the faithful servants of the powerful are always most likely to insist — anything that won’t end up making things even worse.

But what if that weren’t true?

And is there really any reason to believe this? When you can actually test them, most of the usual predictions about what would happen without states or capitalism turn out to be entirely untrue. For thousands of years people lived without governments. In many parts of the world people live outside of the control of governments today. They do not all kill each other. Mostly they just get on about their lives the same as anyone else would. Of course, in a complex, urban, technological society all this would be more complicated: but technology can also make all these problems a lot easier to solve. In fact, we have not even begun to think about what our lives could be like if technology were really marshaled to fit human needs. How many hours would we really need to work in order to maintain a functional society — that is, if we got rid of all the useless or destructive occupations like telemarketers, lawyers, prison guards, financial analysts, public
relations experts, bureaucrats and politicians, and turn our best scientific minds away from working on space weaponry or stock market systems to mechanizing away dangerous or annoying tasks like coal mining or cleaning the bathroom, and distribute the remaining work among everyone equally? Five hours a day? Four? Three? Two? Nobody knows because no one is even asking this kind of question. Anarchists think these are the very questions we should be asking.

* Do you really believe those things you tell your children (or that your parents told you)?

“It doesn’t matter who started it.” “Two wrongs don’t make a right.” “Clean up your own mess.” “Do unto others…” “Don’t be mean to people just because they’re different.” Perhaps we should decide whether we’re lying to our children when we tell them about right and wrong, or whether we’re willing to take our own injunctions seriously. Because if you take these moral principles to their logical conclusions, you arrive at anarchism.
Take the principle that two wrongs don’t make a right. If you really took it seriously, that alone would knock away almost the entire basis for war and the criminal justice system. The same goes for sharing: we’re always telling children that they have to learn to share, to be considerate of each other’s needs, to help each other; then we go off into the real world where we assume that everyone is naturally selfish and competitive. But an anarchist would point out: in fact, what we say to our children is right. Pretty much every great worthwhile achievement in human history, every discovery or accomplishment that’s improved our lives, has been based on cooperation and mutual aid; even now, most of us spend more of our money on our friends and families than on ourselves; while likely as not there will always be competitive people in the world, there’s no reason why society has to be based on encouraging such behavior, let alone making people compete over
the basic necessities of life. That only serves the interests of people in power, who want us to live in fear of one another. That’s why anarchists call for a society based not only on free association but mutual aid. The fact is that most children grow up believing in anarchist morality, and then gradually have to realize that the adult world doesn’t really work that way. That’s why so many become rebellious, or alienated, even suicidal as adolescents, and finally, resigned and bitter as adults; their only solace, often, being the ability to raise children of their own and pretend to them that the world is fair. But what if we really could start to build a world which really was at least founded on principles of justice? Wouldn’t that be the greatest gift to one’s children one could possibly give?

* Do you believe that human beings are fundamentally corrupt and evil, or that certain sorts of people (women, people of color, ordinary folk who are not rich or highly educated) are inferior specimens, destined to be ruled by their betters?

If you answered “yes”, then, well, it looks like you aren’t an anarchist after all. But if you answered “no”, then chances are you already subscribe to 90% of anarchist principles, and, likely as not, are living your life largely in accord with them. Every time you treat another human with consideration and respect, you are being an anarchist. Every time you work out your differences with others by coming to reasonable compromise, listening to what everyone has to say rather than letting one person decide for everyone else, you are being an anarchist. Every time you have the opportunity to force someone to do something, but decide to appeal to their sense of reason or justice instead, you are being an anarchist. The same goes for every time you share something with a friend, or decide who is going to do the dishes, or do anything at all with an eye to fairness.

Now, you might object that all this is well and good as a way for small groups of people to get on with each other, but managing a city, or a country, is an entirely different matter. And of course there is something to this. Even if you decentralize society and puts as much power as possible in the hands of small communities, there will still be plenty of things that need to be coordinated, from running railroads to deciding on directions for medical research. But just because something is complicated does not mean there is no way to do it democratically. It would just be complicated. In fact, anarchists have all sorts of different ideas and visions about how a complex society might manage itself. To explain them though would go far beyond the scope of a little introductory text like this. Suffice it to say, first of all, that a lot of people have spent a lot of time coming up with models for how a really democratic, healthy society might work; but
second, and just as importantly, no anarchist claims to have a perfect blueprint. The last thing we want is to impose prefab models on society anyway. The truth is we probably can’t even imagine half the problems that will come up when we try to create a democratic society; still, we’re confident that, human ingenuity being what it is, such problems can always be solved, so long as it is in the spirit of our basic principles — which are, in the final analysis, simply the principles of fundamental human decency.

Are Men More Intelligent Than Women?

category Uncategorized keith Monday 16 November 2009

John Philippe Rushton and Richard Lynn say yes, but Adrian Farnham says no. What do you think? Does it matter?

My position on this has always been to promote meritocracy. Whether women (or blacks or Mexicans or some other group) are on average less intelligent or not, if someone from a group whose average intelligence is lower than others can still rise according to their own abilities, then what does it matter? For instance, if women, blacks, or others are individually capable of being great scholars, scientists, inventors, or artists, and no one prevents them from doing so, then what else is there to be concerned about?

Updated News Digest November 22, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 21 November 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

The discovery of truth is prevented more effectively, not by the false appearance things present and which mislead into error, not directly by weakness of the reasoning powers, but by preconceived opinion, by prejudice.”

“The first forty years of life give us the text; the next thirty supply the commentary on it.”

“We can come to look upon the deaths of our enemies with as much regret as we feel for those of our friends, namely, when we miss their existence as witnesses to our success.”

                                                                            -Arthur Schopenhauer

War: Our Chief Industry by Justin Raimondo

Obama and Liberal Chickenhawks Michael Hasting interviewed by Scott Horton

FIRE TO THE PRISONS  Issue # 7 

Edward Abbey, Conservative Anarchist by Bill Croke

A Short Discussion With a Stranger by Luke SD

Police State U.S.A. by Tom Engelhardt and Alfred McCoy

Internet Under Siege by Philip Giraldi

Pathology and Ideology: Hasan and Anarchist Assassin Leon Czolgosz by Evan Matthew Daniel

The Trial of the Century by Justin Raimondo

Israel Lobby Still Pushing Iran War by Philip Giraldi

Why Do They Hate Us? Israel!! Ray McGovern interviewed by Scott Horton

History Promises Disaster in Afghanistan for Blind America by John MacArthur

The Myth of Racist Kids (thanks, Ean!)

A Visit to Christiania by two Tasmanian National-Anarchists

Inspiration from Maine by Christopher Ketcham (thanks, Peter!)

War After Economic Bust? by Ryan Huang

Why the Democrats Now Dominate American Politics by Peter Beinart

Red Taliban by Siddharth Srivastava

Cultural Marxists Attempt to Censor Heidegger by Patricia Cohen

Black-On-Black Slavery from the BBC

The Seattle Quality of the Copenhagen Mobilization by Naomi Klein

The Stag Party Is Over by Mike Payne

Newt Gingrich Takes Out Another Contract on America by Harrison Bergeron 2

New Publications on Greece’s 2008 Revolt from Infoshop.Org

The Principality of Hutt River 

Class Struggle in the Service Sector from Infoshop.Org

Confronting the Prison-Industrial Complex from Angola 3 News

Crisis of the Capitalist System: Where Do We Go From Here? by Immanuel Wallerstein

We Need Health Care, Not Insurance by Carol Miller

Shining a Light on the Roots of Terrorism by Ray McGovern

Doctors Light Up by Norm Kent

Torture Resisters Arrested at Fort Huachuca by Brenda Norrell

The Ayn Rand I Knew by Ralph Raico

Reading the Af-Pak Tea Leaves by Jeff Huber

Obama’s Fractured Israel Policy by Daniel Larison

Obama Is Haunted By Gorbachev’s Ghost in Afghanistan by James Fergusson

Ex-Islamic Radicals on What Motivates and Impedes Extremism by Glenn Greenwald

To the Brink and Back Again  by Johann Hari

The New State Solution by Chris Hedges

Israeli Racists and the Demographic Demon by Uri Avnery

Why the McKrystal Plan Will Fail by Conn Hallinan

Obama’s China Junket by Mike Whitney

The Bogus Success of the Surge by Ray McGovern

The Historic Right to Nationhood by Ron Ridenour

A First Look at the Military Commissions Act by Joanne Mariner

With Enemies Like This, Who Needs Friends? by Kevin Carson

Why Anarchists Should Hurrah the Recession by Alex R. Night

First U.S. Marijuana Cafe Opens in Portland by Tom Johansmeyer

How to Buy a Used Firearm (and why you should) by Chuck Hawks

The U.S. Military Threatens the Entire Planet by Rick Rozoff

Against the Armies of Multiculturalism and Social Justice by Walter Block

Obama, Don’t Lecture China On Censorship by Dave Lindorff

Teuton and Gaul Will Never Fight Again by Eric Margolis

A Case for Secession-Introduction by Patrick Samuels

Himalayan Glaciers Not Melting by Doug Samuels

And You Thought Getting Into Harvard Was Tough by David Kramer

NEVER Call the Police for Help by William Norman Grigg

More Green Will Cost You More Green by David Kramer

Palin Drinks the Neocon Kool-Aid by James Ostrowski

Palin’s Paradox by Christopher Manion

Crooked Cops Shooting Fish in a Barrel by Karen De Coster

NEVER Ask the Police for Help, Continued by William Norman Grigg

Rothschild/Warburn Mouthpiece ADL Mouths Off by David Kramer

NEVER Talk to the Police: They’re Trained to Lie by William Norman Grigg

Afghanistan, Iraq Near Bottom of Corruption Index by Jim Lobe

The View from China by Robert Dreyfuss

Our National Cognitive Dissonance by Jeff Huber

I Fought the Law…And I Won by Steve Bierfeldt

An Anarchist’s Story: The Life of Ethel MacDonald by Chris Dolan

Steel Workers Consider Worker-Run Cooperatives by Andrew McLeod

Arianna’s PC Delta Force by David Nathan

Let’s Get Fiscal by Mike Whitney

Fear in Nicaragua by Danny Weil

Rush to Judgement on Terror Trials by Walter Brasch

Some Thoughts on Obamastan by Alex R. Knight

Common Sense Isn’t Common Anymore! by Dave Chappell

Father Abraham Had Many Sons by Thomas Knapp

Magazine Editor Questions Global Warming, Hysteria Ensues by James Delingpole

Sick of Military Double Speak? by Laurence Vance

PIG Tases 10 Year Old Girl 

Hitler, Bush, and Obama by Jacob Hornberger

Leviathan’s Orphans by William Norman Grigg

The War on Switzerland by Mike Rozeff

The Recession Creeps Across the Land by Stephen Carson

Private School Students Learn About Martial Law by William Norman Grigg

Lou Dobbs is Antiwar Now! by Karen De Coster

The Gitmo Trial: Why Now? by Justin Raimondo

Hey, I Know! Let’s Have a Show Trial! by Arthur Silber

Ditch Tribunals Entirely by Anthony Romero

Obama’s Extrajudical Killers by Nat Hentoff

Is Our Children Learning? by Pat Buchanan

It’s Show Trial Time! by Alexander Cockburn

Secession from Obamamerica by Zach Jones

It’s a War on the Poor! by James Brittain

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

Tomislav Sunic interviews Paul Gottfried

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Economic Crisis Is Getting Bloody

Potential for Criminal Behavior Evident at Age 3 

Ernst Junger 

National Liberal Part-The Third Way 

Red Toryism: A Lesson for the Left? 

American Indians Object to Loss of Identity 

Is France’s Identity Debate a Call to the Far Right? 

Mark Steyn and the Limits of Neoconservatism

Journal: Loyalty? from John Robb

Fort Hood: Pre-Westphalian Loyalties or Postal Rage? by John Robb

PIGS Taser Unarmed Man to Death 

Are There More Universes? from New Scientist

Somali Woman Stoned for Adultery 

U.S. Residents Fight for the Right to Hang Laundry 

When the Left Was Right from American Conservative

Conservative Ralph Nader by Jack Hunter

Wendell Berry: Against the Death Penalty

The Secular Case Against Gay Marriage 

Top Ten Evil Human Experiments 

Strategies and Tactics at the World Trade Organization 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Democrats Adopt the Preston Strategy-And Win!

category Uncategorized keith Friday 20 November 2009

Peter Beinart explains:

Now if only the Anarchists could become so enlightened.

The Life and Death of a Fanatic

category Uncategorized keith Friday 20 November 2009

The late Rev. Paul Hill:

[Keith: As a bit of trivia, I grew in the same "orthodox Presbyterian" sect that Hill was part of. I don't agree with his ideology, but you've got to respect his martial spirit.]

Updated News Digest November 29, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 28 November 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

“That all men are equal is a proposition to which, at ordinary times, no sane individual has ever given his assent.”

                                                                                          -Aldous Huxley

I don’t fight for lost causes, I fight for causes not yet won!”

                                                                                        -Chris Donnellan

“Truth always rests with the minority, and the minority is always stronger than the majority because the minority is generally formed by those who really have an opinion, while the strength of a majority is illusory, formed by the gangs who have no opinion and who, therefore, in the next instant (when it is evident that the minority is the stronger) assume its opinion… while Truth again reverts to a new minority.”
                                                                                            -Søren Aabye Kierkegaard

“The only kind of freedom that the mob can imagine is freedom to annoy and oppress its betters, and that is precisely the kind that we mainly have.”                    

                                                                                     -Henry Louis Mencken

“The doctrine of equality! There exists no more poisonous poison: For it seems to be preached by justice itself, while it is the end of justice.”

                                                                               -Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche

“Democracy…is a charming form of government, full of variety and disorder, and dispensing a sort of equality to equals and unequals alike.”

                                                                                             -Plato

“Americans are so enamored of equality, they would rather be equal in slavery than unequal in freedom.”

                                                                                     -Alexis de Tocqueville

Who Will Protest Obama’s War? by Justin Raimondo

Fourth Generation Warfare Comes to a Town Near You (hat tip to BANA)

Why They Hate Us by Stephen Walt

WASPs and Foreign Policy: The Empire Didn’t Begin with the Neocons by Paul Gottfried

Americans’ View of the World from David Kramer

The Nature of Modern Imperialism by Alan McKinnon

The Real Unemployment Rate is 17.5% by Jeff Cox

Neither Capitalism nor Communism: For a Third Position on Health Care

Get Ready for the Obama/GOP Alliance by Jeff Cohen

The Pot Calls the Kettle Black: Corrupt U.S.-U.K. Criticize Afghanistan by Eric Margolis

Khalid Shaikh Mohammed’s Trial Will Convict Us All  by Paul Craig Roberts

The Department of Gomer Pyle by Don Cooper

Support Your Local Sexual Predator by William Norman Grigg

Uncovering the Hidden History of Cooperation, Cooperative Movements, and Communalism in America by Kevin Carson (see Carson interview)

Mission Creep: Counter-Insurgency in Salinas by William S. Lind

The American Coup D’etat of 1947 (hat tip to Ray Mangum)

55% of Americans are Populist, 7% Support the Political Class from Rasmussen

The Anarch vs the Anarchist by Wayne John Sturgeon

Libertarian and Marxist Class Analysis by Lew Rockwell

Another World Was Possible by Kevin Carson

The Federal Reserve and the Power Elite by Charles Burris

Uber-PIG Joe Arpaio’s Amerika  by William Norman Grigg

The Democrats’ War Tax by Justin Raimondo

Letter of Imprisoned Revolutionary Anarchist from Infoshop.Org

America’s Supermax Prisons Do Torture by Kiilu Nyasha

The Next Liberal Fad: A Stolen Generation of Black Children? by Steve Sailer

How Israel Became a Night Unto the Nations by Yoel Marcus

Obama’s Worsening Civil Liberties Record by Glenn Greenwald

If Obama is a Pragmatist, Then What Was Bush? by Nick Baumann

The American Cause  by Daniel Larison

Dumb and Dumber Wars by Jeff Huber

Terror Lists Won’t Save Us by Ivan Eland

Are Conservatives Coming Around on Civil Liberties by Jacob Hornberger

The Extreme Secrecy of the Federal Courts by Glenn Greenwald

Battlefield in the War of Ideas by Eugene Robinson

A Reasoned Argument Against Mass Immigration by Brenda Walker

Is the Church Militant Back? by Pat Buchanan

My Thanksgiving Prayer by Chuck Baldwin

Census Worker’s Death Was Suicide-Not “Hate” by Robert De Brus

Greek Anarchists Attacked with Explosives from Infoshop.Org

Family and Friends of Victim Protest Outside Home of Murderous PIG from Infoshop.Org

A Good Reason Not to Celebrate Thanksgiving by Red Phillips

The Case of Lynn Stewart by Marjorie Cohn

The Bush-Blair Conspiracy by Dave Lindorff

Climategate? by Dr. Tim Ball

Glaring Proof that Hitler Made It Out of the Bunker from David Kramer

Obama Rejects Landmine Treaty by Desmond Butler

WASP Establishment and the Holocaust by Charles Burris

Obama Sells Out to the Neocons by Patrick Krey

Returning to a Secret Country by John Pilger

The Cost of War Is Higher Than You Think by Philip Giraldi

What Exactly is the Job in Afghanistan? by Jeff Huber

Obama Supporter Quits Gitmo Post by Glenn Greenwald

The Empire Has No Idea What It’s Doing Gareth Porter interviewed by Scott Horton

Japan’s Native People Fight for Survival from France24

Philip Blond: Red Tory Philosopher by Michael White

Sarah Palin is George W. Bush in a Skirt by James Edwards

Secession and State Militias by Russ Longcore

One Thing Stops Mass Murderers-A Gun by Vin Suprynowicz

Decentralization and Operational Secession by Gary North

Eco-Fanatics Devastate Tribal Peoples 

Is Global Warming Settled Science? by James Taranto

Israel’s Illegal Settlements in America by Grant Smith

The Auld Triangle Goes Jingle Jangle by Alexander Cockburn

Planning for Poverty? by Carl Ginsburg

Obama as LBJ by Franklin Spinney

The Devastating Consequences of the Corporate Health Insurance Bill by Shamus Cooke

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                        -Taki Theodoracopulos

Tomislav Sunic Discusses Carl Schmitt

Iggy and the Stooges with James Williamson for the First Time Since 1974

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Anti-Egalitarian International 

Coalition for a Realistic Foreign Policy

Renters Becoming Latest Victims as Foreclosure Crisis Widens 

Wall Street’s New Gilded Age by Niall Ferguson

Russian Homeless Resort to Cannibalism 

The Myth of the Tragedy of the Commons by Ian Angus

The Second Wave of the Financial Tsunami 

Life Without Father and Disappearing Dads 

America’s Economic Pain Brings Hunger Pangs 

America’s Shadow Economy Is Bigger Than You Think 

15 Signs American Is Coming Apart at the Seams 

The Rise of Vertical Farms 

Homelessness in New York City at an All-Time High 

An Alternative to Globalization 

Bodies Go Unburied in Detroit 

The Pending Collapse of the U.S.A. 

Economic Crisis Is Getting Bloody-Violent Deaths Now Follow Evictions 

Reagan Did Not End the Cold War 

Avoiding Mass Starvation 

The Influence of Nietzsche

Former Soviet States: Battleground for Global Domination 

Global Warming Rigged?

More Than 200,000 Animals Sacrificed in Nepal Festival 

Man Discovers Charles Manson Is His Real Dad

If You’ve Done Nothing Wrong You Have Everything to Worry About

Inmate Pushed Judge to Order Electrolysis for Transgender Surgery

The Inevitable Failure of Suburbia 

Nine Points of Inland Empire National-Anarchists 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

The Coolest Band You’ve Probably Never Heard of Performs Live in 1977

H. L. Mencken: Anarchist of the Right?

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 24 November 2009

by Anne Ollivier-Mellio

[Keith: I translated this from the original French using online translation technology, so it's a bit of a rough read in places. I eschewed further editing, so as to avoid additional deviations from the original.]

Mencken: anarchist of the right? Oxymoron or mere provocation? Is there not some irony in wanting to classify it, his whole life, tried to remain unclassifiable, shuffling cards, prohibiting anyone from the catalog? Described as skeptical, iconoclastic satire, turns literary critic, columnist and editor, is found at the crossroads between journalism and literature, philosophy and publishing. And if the breadcrumb to the contemporary reader to find his bearings in this maze, was simply politics? And if Mencken was, among other things, one of the most famous of American anarchism? Of course, not anarchism left of Emma Goldman (1870-1940) or Peter Kropotkin (1842-1921), his Russian mentor, but anarchism synthesizing large American values and that of the right.

In his book on the right-wing anarchists in France, François Richard identifies three trends in anarchist thought. The anarchism of Max Stirner Gross (1806-1856), German thinker who rejects the generally accepted data humanistic tradition and promotes excessive individualism. Anarchism left inherited the philosophy of the Enlightenment, which seeks to empower people and the exercise of political power by all at the price of radical and violent actions (Proudhon, Bakunin, Kropotkin), and finally a Right anarchism or libertarian aristocracy, founded on a critical (or rejection) of democracy, a rejection of the egalitarian premise of 1789, a duty to revolt, hatred of intellectuals and a fierce defense of individual liberties (Richard 56). Very well represented in French literature, de Gobineau of Marcel Ayme through Leautaud, Celine, Bernanos or Anouilh, anarchism plunge right he also rooted in a uniquely American tradition of anti-statism, individualism extreme and fierce defense of individual liberties? 
 
In any case, what seems to support David De Leon in The American as Anarchist, work in which he studied the different forms of radicalism in the United States, and concludes that there is a current anarchist and right of current anarchist left the United States. We look for us to show that right-wing anarchism is perhaps one of the keys to better understand and perhaps try to classify the unclassifiable Mencken, without reducing or freezing his thought. By choosing this angle of attack will then be examined in turn led to his defense of individualism and freedoms, including freedom of expression, his critique of democracy in general and particularly the United States, its glorification of ‘individualism and opposition to the state. I finally try to evaluate ideas in light of the American libertarian tradition. To Mencken, the starting point for any discussion on freedom of thought remains the Founding Fathers. During the revolutionary period, they are the true defenders of individual freedoms. They do not believe in an egalitarian democracy, contrary to popular wisdom says, but want to establish a republic. They are wary of people, the populace (the mob) but rely on an enlightened minority, able to defend individual freedoms and equality with men before the law. In his essay on George Washington, Mencken writes: “George Washington Had No belief in the infallible wisdom of the common people, but Regarded as inflammatory dolt them and tried to save the Republic from them” (Chrestomathy 220).
 
To Mencken, love of freedom requires courage, ability to be autonomous (self-reliant) and entrepreneurship, qualities which are often destitute people. And to quote William Graham Sumner, famous Darwinist professor of economics at Yale, too, in the late nineteenth century clearly distinguishes democracy and republic. The republic is a form of self-government whose goal is not equality between men but civil liberties. It requires that we be vigilant and we will beat it when freedoms are under threat (Douglas 71). Mencken fully supports the ideas of Sumner, he considers the people too passive and too little attention to assaults on their liberties. When people fight, “he said, he does not name the key principles such as freedom, but to meet practical needs, immediate and material.  
 
Beyond principles, the reality will Mencken’s struggle for freedom of expression, a priority throughout his life. Certainly, we see expressed in his columns on topics as diverse as Puritanism, morality, religion, sex and politics. It withers mercilessly American heroes like Lincoln or Roosevelt. But he forgets the satire and irony, and rallying as soon as the individual freedoms of others, especially freedom of expression is threatened. Witness his stance in favor of the writer Theodore Dreiser, when it becomes the target of American censorship after the release of his 1915 book Genius (Bode 59-60, Hobson 151, Williams 73). In 1917 he took up the cause of the socialist Scott Nearing, dismissed from the University of Pennsylvania, because of its pacifist positions. He has no personal sympathy for Nearing but would primarily defend freedom of expression of this teacher, even a pacifist and socialist.  It is clean, Mencken later said, and if I had a son, I wish he could meet him.  In 1916 and 1917, he also takes a stand against censorship suffered almost all radical magazines (whether of the literary magazine The Seven Arts, was forced to cease publication after the release of anti-war articles Randolph Bourne, or The Masses, a magazine more politicized directed by Max Eastman, also censured by the Wilson government in autumn 1917). The fierce defense of freedom of expression animates still in the thirties when he denounced the dismissal of a teacher, Mr Blows, accused by the board of the university to be communist, or when it intervenes to support the visa application of anarchist (left!) Emma Goldman, then in exile in Europe. The anarchist deported to Russia by the U.S. government in 1919 after thirty-three years ago in the United States, was denied a visa by the authorities because of his ideas deemed seditious.
But freedom of expression has meaning only if one is willing to fight for his defense.
 
But Mencken, if committed on a personal level, doubts that his compatriots are capable of such a struggle. The people, in his view, unable to stand up for a cause as noble as freedom, because he strayed into its idiotic belief in democracy. The second theme occupies a prominent place in the political writings of Mencken. Plus an opponent of democracy, especially criticizing the excesses of the American system, he said officials from the tyranny of the majority of the emergence of movements such as fundamentalism or Prohibition or the pervasiveness of what ‘ he calls the moral puritan.
 
 The first aspect of his critique of democracy as political system is structured to reflect on Puritanism in the United States.  His target is not the Puritanism of New England in the seventeenth century because it does not arise as a historian of ideas but slayer this moral code (much more than Victorian puritan) still present in the United States at the turn of the century. His denunciation of the Puritan morality (rather than religious practice) is akin to that formulated by Van Wyck Brooks a few years ago in a book entitled Wine of the Puritans (1908). Both vilify this narrow moral code which stifles the individual and his instincts and weighed like a leaden pall over the entire American literature. “I’m against Puritanism to the last gasp,” he wrote to Dreiser in 1919 (Epstein 50). To Mencken, Puritanism and Democracy are intrinsically linked because they represent two sides of the same idea (Chrestomathy 183, Douglas 83). Both are rooted in hatred of the poor man for those who are superior. The Puritan as a Democrat (it must be understood by the individual in a democracy) are afraid of being surpassed by his peers. He believes so strongly in equality of men that do not tolerate those who want to advance, rising above the common lot.  And to sum up his thoughts in a phrase famously: “Democracy is a condition of life In which people are set to worrying Whether somebody, somewhere is enjoying things that they are not and take action to see that they do not. That is what Puritanism is also “(Douglas 83). Thus, the Puritan as the Democrat, fears excellence, hates art and those who create it, and hope that everything is measured against its own mediocrity. Precisely this race to the bottom that Mencken deplored in American society.
 
The mistake of the Americans is the belief that all men are equal in talent and ability, whereas the term gender as used by the Founding Fathers, refers only to equality with men before law. Hence the reluctance of the average American (the average man), obsessed by the idea of egalitarian democracy, to accept the geniuses, intellectuals and men of emergency. Besides Mencken believed in the existence of men of superior intelligence. Like Nietzsche, to whom he dedicated a book in 1908, he hates morality and bourgeois lifestyle (the booboisie!), And sees egalitarian drift of American democratic system the sign of the decline of a civilization. Progress (in whatever form) can only come from a creative elite and not the man in the street, whose goal is to ensure that their material comfort (12-13 Notes on Democracy ).
 
In his articles on democracy, Mencken did not yet pose a political philosopher, but a mere observer of American life. Its almost anthropological study leads him to conclude, as did Nietzsche, that democracy, more than any other political system, encourages the standardization of tastes and moral conformity and discourages the contrary originality, excellence and Imagination (Douglas 100).  To justify his position, he draws his examples from American history, and especially the withers Jacksonian period (1828-1836: under President Jackson that all white men become eligible to vote) and the populist movement (movement in the 1890s, denounced the plutocracy and demanded more rights for the masses), according to him responsible for the spread of democracy and its abuses.
 
But most of the examples from the past, the First World War Mencken offers food for thought on the evils of American democracy. In April 1917, the United States entered the war, and the Wilson government therefore seeks to silence all opposition to the conflict, they are pacifists, socialists or anarchists. One by one, all the radical magazines (whether more politicized journals as The Masses – 1911-1917 – or more interested in art as The Seven Arts – 1916-1917) fall under two laws , the Espionage Act and Sedition Act (passed in 1917 and 1918) and must stop their publication. Mencken, however, reluctant to support what he called “the red ink fraternity” (that is to say, radical intellectuals, Forgue 68), while denouncing censorship and the U.S. government. But he also openly condemned the democracy, the American people and his lack of courage. Indeed, public opinion strongly opposed the war until the end of 1916 (the Democratic Party had not he contributed to Wilson’s re-election hammering, “Wilson kept us out of the war ?), had continued to support Wilson after the outbreak of war the United States. The American people had accepted without hesitation Wilson’s argument that “this [was] a war to make the world safe for democracy”, even though individual liberties were shamefully violated and crushed the opposition. Is it just asks Mencken in a letter to Socialist Louis Untermeyer in 1917, about the inherent love of the American people for freedom? No, such a passion does not exist. He continued: “It is only an aristocracy that is ever tolerant. The masses are invariably cocksure, suspicious, furious and tyrannical. This is in fact the central objection to democracy: that it hinders progress by penalizing innovation and non conformity » (Forgue 109). 
 
Mencken remains convinced that only an aristocracy (elite) is capable of defending freedom of expression and to see a major issue (since it only has the affluence that allows it to be selfless and act for the defense of principles), while the masses, too preoccupied with defending an egalitarian democracy, have recently demonstrated their inability to react when individual liberties are at risk. Thus, the war had shown that one of the greatest dangers to democracy remained much the emergence of a “tyranny of the majority”, a term used by Alexis de Tocqueville [1] but that sums up perfectly the feeling of the Mencken early twenties. The mistake the Americans since the late nineteenth century had been pushing democracy in the extreme, to the point of forgetting the republican principles of the Founding Fathers: the equality of all before the law – not equal all at birth – and the duty of politicians to defend the res publica, that is to say the public, the public good, without seeking to flatter the masses by illusory promises.
 
But if this harsh criticism of democracy can Mencken put together a Micberth (born in 1945, this writer and pamphleteer, is considered one of the leaders of the French right-wing anarchism. His critique of the contemporary including democracy leads to write: “Equality: not know, I know some constant amount, while others laziness, filth, vice and demean themselves poor, Richard 57), his apology for the ‘individual approaches also the right-wing anarchists. He has repeatedly criticized this “tyrannical majority” herd instinct “Democratic man is quite unable to think of himself as a free individual, he must belong to a group or shake with fear and loneliness, and the group, of course, must have its leaders, “he wrote in 1926 (Chrestomathy 157). Mencken was an individualist who opposes any allegiance to a group or party. He reproached Dreiser, where it feeds yet sympathetic, his left drift (during WWI) but he will acknowledge especially to serve a group, the radical intellectuals of Greenwich Village. A decade later, he sent the same complaint to the many intellectuals who look to the communist movement. This is not the fascination of these intellectuals to the communist ideology that shocking (he wrote in effect: “If I were younger and on my own, I would be sorely tempted, I suspect, to take a look at Russia . Though most communists [are] laughable, communism [is] at least an interesting idea … quite as sensitive as democracy, “Hobson 387), their subservience to the group, their renunciation of individual combat. Individualism is indeed a fundamental value for Mencken.
Yet this desire to be free and independent group does not make him shut up in an intellectual ivory tower. Instead, he led many battles individually, refusing, like many right-wing anarchists, “to bend at all considered particularly despicable conformism” (Richard 47).
Among the battles Mencken include that he is waging against what he calls comstockery.  Comstock was a member of Congress who had pushed through a law in 1873 – known as the Comstock law – prohibiting “the mailing, transporting or importing of anything lewd, lascivious or obscene” (Parrish 143). The influence of the Comstock Act on American morality was still strong in the twenties and comstockery become a favorite target of Mencken, who committed to showing the absurdity, hypocrisy and anachronistic. Many papers in his Chrestomathy under “Morals” in the form of attack more or less veiled moral code of the legacy of the nineteenth century ( “The Lady of Joy,” “The Sex Uproar,” “Art and Sex , 48, 54, 61). It says for example these lines tasty:
 
One of the favorite notions of the Puritan mullahs who specialize in pornography is that the sex instinct, if suitably repressed, may be “sublimated,” as they say, into idealism, and especially aesthetic. That concept is to be found in all their books, they ground it upon the theory that the enforcement of chastity by a huge force of spies, stool pigeons and police would convert the Republic into a nation of moral aesthetes. All this of course is simply pious fudge. (61)
 
But his struggle against the moral hypocrisy and narrow is matched only one he waged against Prohibition (passed in 1919, it remains in force until 1933) or against Southern Methodist in the United States (185 ) and fundamentalists [2]. Ultimately, Mencken never stop, his whole life, fighting through American society. Like the anarchists of the right, he acts independently of any group or party, for his crusade is personal. Like them, he believes that “fertility intellectual and moral greatness inevitably require a personal attitude of opposition towards what might be called the socio-cultural consensus” (Richard 48).
 
Finally, Mencken conducts a final battle which relates to certain anarchists right: not content to criticize democracy, we have seen, he also accuses of having contributed to the increased role of federal States United, a phenomenon he sees as responsible for a large drift of American political system. The federal government had gradually acquired more responsibilities throughout the nineteenth century the Civil War who played a significant role in this development), but mainly in the twentieth century through the Progressive movement (1901-1914 ) and the New Deal (in the thirties) he sees his role increase dramatically. The progressive movement is driven by reformers from the middle class. Given the inequalities of American society led since the Civil War, by a minority of plutocrats, the middle class American is looking for solutions to improve the plight of the poorest in order to minimize social protest. This improvement is through better social protection and distribution of wealth more equitable, the federal government should be able to put in place. After a moment the arguments progressives rallied during the presidency of Theodore Roosevelt (1901-1908), Mencken never stop criticizing the progressivism of Woodrow Wilson from 1912. He believes, like the English philosopher William Godwin, the function of government should be duplicated and limited to protecting the individual against the attacks of his fellow citizens and foreign policy. He writes: “The government is in essence not a mere organization of ordinary men like the Ku Klux Klan, the U.S. Steel Corporation or Columbia University, but has transcended organism composed of aloof and impersonal powers, wholly devoid of self interest “(Douglas 118).  For him, the increased federal role that inevitably affects the autonomy and individual freedom, so dear to Americans. In the thirties, he did not condemn the New Deal, in which he receives one of the most serious damage to American values (independence and anti-statism). Overall, he believes that the independence and autonomy of the individual decrease as the role of government increases. 
 
But this criticism added another complaint: the government, in its current form, Mencken wrote in the thirties, only serves the interests of the people, the populace, the man in the street, at the expense of ‘aristocracy of the elite, the superior man. His essay on the nature of government begins to elsewhere in these terms: All government is a conspiracy against the superior man, its permanent object is to oppress him and cripple him. If it be aristocratic in organization, then it seeks to protect the man who is superior in law against the man who is superior in fact; if it be democratic, then it seeks to protect the man who is inferior in every way against both. If it be aristocratic in organization, then it seeks to protect the man who is superior in law against the man who is superior in fact, if it be democratic, then it seeks to protect the man who is inferior in every way against both.( Chrestomathy 145)
 
Found in his analysis of Government (145-153) the same distrust of the masses, the same fear that the autonomy of the individual harmed, and even condoning (suggested) of the elite – is ie the exceptional men but also all those who seek to rise, to grow in short, out of their mediocrity. Should we conclude that as an anarchist Mencken was right, as suggested by the somewhat provocative title of this study? If one refers to the definition given by Francois Richard in his book, Mencken seems to refuse, like the French right-wing anarchists, democratic and egalitarian assumption that the underlying. Like them, he sees the revolt as a duty as much moral and intellectual. This revolt is both “an act of self defense intelligence, an infallible test of the quality of people” (Richard 47).  He said he agreed that “without the virtue of disobedience, which alone can defeat the Democratic regimentation, there is no dynamic life possible, realization of being in its totality” (Richard 51) . Consciousness must stop guide the individual to dictate his conduct, and civil disobedience can be a virtue. For thus it never ceases to proclaim, there are good and bad laws, and these deserve only contempt and disobedience (for example, he criticized the arrest of radicals during the First World War and segregation in Baltimore After the Second). In addition, he poses as the defender of the individual, the cornerstone of the social system.
Far from any ideology, doctrine or party, the touchstone of action remains, for Mencken, his personal convictions, first and foremost, the idea that human equality is a delusion, and that only an aristocracy (of outstanding men) is capable of advancing society.  Finally, he deplores the increasing federal role, including when it tries to curb unemployment and fight poverty and distress of Americans during the Depression. Yet despite what appears to bind to anarchism right, Mencken remains a figure difficult to assess in the context of American intellectual.
 
In his book, De Leon is trying to show that Americans are all, in essence, libertarian (as he deems less provocative than that of “anarchist”). It seeks to explain the causes of what may seem in the eyes of an outsider, an anomaly of history, and proposes a taxonomy of the various currents libertarian (anarchist) in the United States. It firstly analyzes anarchism on the right, in its most extreme form is to deny the existence of the state.  This tradition makes the individual and autonomy the cornerstone of the social system. This current anarchist, who may well live with the capitalist system, is represented by Benjamin Tucker (1854-1939) or by philosophers Transcendentalists, Thoreau and Emerson. In an essay remained famous, “The American Scholar” (1837), it is also to consider the individual as a “sovereign state” (De Leon 9).
De Leon then studied what he calls the leftist anarchism (including Johann Most and Emma Goldman are probably the most famous representatives in the U.S.) that it offers an alternative to capitalism. This second course offers a critique of institutional authority, calls the local decision-making and wants to promote solidarity and mutual assistance, where the term “anarchism” community “. If it is ruled not want to classify Mencken in the latter course, it is not necessarily easier to classify in the first. Certainly, it could hardly be indifferent to the words of Benjamin Tucker accusing the government of attacking bloated civil liberties. But would it not also a William James applauded the aftermath of the Dreyfus Affair when he wrote: “We, intellectuals, must all work to keep our precious birthright of individualism … Every great institution is perforce a means of corruption” (De Leon 45)? And would not it also agrees with this phrase from the sociologist C. Wright Mills, who said in the fifties: “I can not give unconditional loyalties to any institution, man, state, nation or movement. My loyalties are conditioned upon my own convictions and my own values » (De Leon 14) ? Neither James nor Mills were however anarchists in the strict sense, Americans are reluctant to adopt any form of authority, where individualism and spirit of independence and self-reliance are important values. Perhaps we should then conclude, like De Leon, the American is in essence an anarchist who, in various forms, continues to express its rejection of centralized power and its commitment to individual liberties, or his civil disobedience? In light of this analysis, Mencken appears to be the solitary figure in the American cultural landscape.  Anarchism of Mencken, he is undoubtedly more individualistic and community, would it ultimately more typically American, the less original they had assumed at the beginning of the study? 
 
Perhaps then we should try to appreciate this singular spirit differently. In his calls for civil disobedience, Mencken arises heir to Thoreau (author of an essay entitled “Resistance to Civil Government” (1849), in which he criticized the war (1846-1848) that the United States have waged against Mexico and its citizens called for civil disobedience). In his criticism of big government and state prerogatives, Mencken echoed Benjamin Tucker.
Finally, his stubborn defense of individual liberties including freedom of expression can bring both the anarchists of the right than a Emma Goldman, for which he also had the greatest respect. Its originality is perhaps something else. His impassioned defense of American values – freedom, autonomy and anti-statism – if sincerely held, is not exceptional, but it is imbued with his reading of youth. For Mencken, as we know, spent his childhood and adolescence, that is to say, the 1890s, to devour books.  His insatiable curiosity has led Mark Twain to Nietzsche, from Henry Adams, William Sumner and Herbert Spencer – the father of social Darwinism. It would take too long to explain here in detail the impact of these thinkers and writers on Mencken. Nevertheless Mencken’s anarchism, it is undeniable, is strongly imbued with the ideas of Nietzsche on democracy and its nihilism, printed by the social Darwinism of Spencer, influenced by the great liberal economic theories – laissez-faire – in short, all influenced by the dominant values of America where he grew up. And perhaps eventually the ability to make a synthesis between the great American values and common ideas in vogue at the turn of the century, making this Mencken empêcheur think in circles.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
· Bode, Carl. The New Mencken Letters . New York: The Dial P, 1977.
 
· Cain, William E.  “A Lost Voice of Dissent.HL Mencken in Our Time. “Sewanee Review. (Spring 1996): 229-47.
 
· De Leon, David. The American as Anarchist . Baltimore and London: The Johns Hopkins UP, 1978.
 
· Douglas, George H. HL Mencken, Critic of American Life . Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1978.
 
· Epstein, Joseph. “Rediscovering Mencken”. Commentary (April 1977): 47-52.
 
· Forgue, Guy Jean, ed. Letters of HL Mencken . New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1961.
 
· Hobson, Fred. Mencken, a Life . New York: Random House, 1994.
 
· Mencken, Henry Louis. Notes on Democracy . New York: Octagon, 1977.
 
· —. A Mencken Chrestomathy . New York: Vintage, 1982.
 
· Parrish, Michael E. Anxious Decades, in America in Prosperity and Depression, 1920-1941. New York: Norton, 1992.
 
· Richard, François. Les Anarchistes de droite . [1991]. Paris : PUF, 1997.
 
· Williams, William HA HL Mencken Revisited. New York: Twayne, 1998.
NOTES
[1] In Democracy in America, it analyzes the U.S. political system as he had seen during his trip to the United States in 1831. In the chapter entitled “The tyranny of the majority”, he explains how the desire to create a democracy eventually led the U.S. to plebiscite the majority opinion to stifle all dissent, protest or simply original.
 
[2]In the twenties, they defended a literal interpretation of the Bible, going to ban the teaching of Darwinian theory – evolutionary – in some states. Scopes, a biology professor who had agreed to defy the fundamentalists and teaching Darwin’s theories in Tennessee, was tried in 1925. The Scopes trial – or Monkey Trial – was an opportunity for Mencken to deploy all its verve and fun of the fundamentalists and their figurehead, the old populist politician William J. Bryan ( Chrestomathy 246).

     

© Cairn.info 2009

The PC Left is the New Moral Majority

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 24 November 2009

So says a free speech attorney. This statement is particularly pertinent:

“Just when the decency police and moral values group have been all but defeated in the courts–both of law and public opinion–a new threat has emerged from our left flank: political correctness,” he continued. “The leftist thought police are now wanting to impose their view of propriety on modern cultural discourse. We’re now seeing objections to racial slurs and sexist video game content that feminists and minority groups take offense to. Now without taking a position on the propriety on that content in modern video games, this trend is just as damaging to free expression rights.”

Walters pointed out legislation pending in New York that aims to prohibit sales to minors of games that have various degrees of profanity, racist stereotypes, derogatory language, and/or actions toward a specific group of persons as setting a dangerous precedent.

“Think about that for a minute. Would we ever in a million years tolerate the government passing a law that movies cannot have profanity, racial jokes, or derogatory language? That would eliminate practically every movie made,” he said.

The good news is that this should produce plenty of rebellious youth eager to join an anti-PC “alternative-anarchist” movement. PC is the theocracy of liberalism.

Fourth Generation Warfare Erupts in the Northwest

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 29 November 2009

These incidents (see here and here) fit the 4GW model fairly well. It’s also worth noting nearly all of the major incidents of violent rebellion in the U.S. in recent decades have been triggered as a result of perceived injustices perpetrated by law enforcement, e.g. L.A. riots 1992, Oklahoma City bombing 1995, Cincinatti 1999, Miami 1979, Detroit 1967, etc.

PC Leftoid Therapeutism Goes Insane

category Uncategorized keith Monday 30 November 2009

The University of Delaware forces students to undergo PC brainwashing under the guise of therapy, or “treatments.” Read all about it.

This is the “totalitarian humanism” I have been warning about in the past. The totalitarian Left has spent decades working to gain control of the universities. Now, what’s going to happen when they finally gain control of the state, the police, the legal system, the army, etc.?  This is the Cultural Marxist Revolution in full operation.

[Update: Apparently, exposure has forced the university to drop the program. See here. But they'll be back. These cretins view this as a Long March.]

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan)

Updated News Digest December 6, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 5 December 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

    I Like this quote I dislike this quote“You will never understand bureaucracies until you understand that for bureaucrats procedure is everything and outcomes are nothing.”

“The problem isn’t that Johnny can’t read. The problem isn’t even that Johnny can’t think. The problem is that Johnny doesn’t know what thinking is; he confuses it with feeling.”

“Liberalism is totalitarianism with a human face.”

“Most wars are started by well-fed people with time on their hands to dream up half-baked ideologies or grandiose ambitions, and to nurse real or imagined grievances.”

“What “multiculturalism” boils down to is that you can praise any culture in the world except Western culture – and you cannot blame any culture in the world except Western culture.”

                                                                                     -Thomas Sowell

Left and Right, United Against the State by Henry Porter

O=W by Bill Lind

Neocons Applaud Obama as “War President” by Eli Clifton

The Obama Puppet by Paul Craig Roberts

Afghanistan: The Roach Motel of Empires by Zoltan Grossman

Show Some Courage and Pull the Plug by Andrew Bacevich

We Managed to Make the Taliban Look Good by Nir Rosen

Hezbollah’s New Manifesto by Franklin Lamb

Obama is Not the Leader I Had Hoped For by Jim Hightower

What Is Obama Thinking? by Robert Higgs

The Drug War is a Dead Letter Without the Police State by Kevin Carson

Making the State Irrelevant by Kevin Carson

The Shame of Medicine: The Case of Alan Turing by Thomas Szasz

The First Ever International Legal Case on Secession (hat tip to Jason Sorens)

The Coming Hyperinflationary Collapse from Secession Plebis

Fool Me Twice, Shame on Me by Philip Giraldi

The Power Struggle Behind Obama’s Speech by Gareth Porter

Obama and the Dying Empire by Fran Shor

A “Necessary” War-for a Gas Pipeline by Gary Leupp

The Israel Lobby Celebrates Espionage by Grant Smith

Obama Believes His Own Lies by David Bromwich

Here We Go Again by Robert Scheer

A Tragic Mistake by Bob Herbert

Obama’s War Speech: An Unconvincing Flop by Justin Raimondo

Messianic Communism in the Protestant Reformation by Murray Rothbard

Judicial Terrorism  by William Norman Grigg

America’s Criminal Class  by William Norman Grigg

Pentagon Kangaroo Courts by Judge Andrew Napolitano

Marijuana Is Safer Than Drinking by Mark Thornton

Resist D.C. Through Nullification by Matthew Shea

Mob Rule: We’ve Had Enough by Don Cooper

Handguns for Home Defense by Chuck Hawks

If Only We Could Read All Their Emails… by Lew Rockwell

CATO Institute: Court Libertarians by Laurence Vance

Southern Baptist Warmongering Assholes by Laurence Vance

The War on Kids by Anthony Gregory

Libertarian “Tolerance” by Tom DiLorenzo

PIGS Subject Child to Electro-Shock Torture by William Norman Grigg

PIGS Turn Crybabies by William Norman Grigg

Baltimore Mayor Convicted of Embezzlement by Robert Lang

AIDS Skepticism is Growing by James Foye

Why We Sang Sheriff Joe Arpaio Off the Stage from Infoshop.Org

How We Are Part of the Sweatshop Economy from Infoshop.Org

Insanely Large Food Not Bombs Event in New York from Infoshop.Org

 Christian Heresies by Paul Gottfried

The Drum Roll of an Exit Strategy by Pat Buchanan

Reactions to Obama’s War by Justin Raimondo

Jailed Mom Symbolizes the Rot of War by Kelley B. Vlahos

The Real Story of Iraq’s WMDs Scott Ritter interviewed by Scott Horton

The Terror War and the Bill of Rights by Petra Bartosiewicz

U.S. Public Opinion Turns Towards Military Non-Interventionism by Jason Ditz

Jury Nullification: Why You Must Know What It Is by Russ Emal

Fourth Generation War Escalates in the U.S. by Michelle Malkin

Prefabricated Fascists by William Norman Grigg

The Death Penalty for the State’s Counterfeiters? by Lew Rockwell

The Difference Between Obama and Bush from Manuel Lora

Obama Adopts the Bush Doctrine by Jack Hunter

The Desparate War Cries of a Besieged President by Alexander Cockburn

Vietnam-Lite by Pete Escobar

Obama Steals Bush’s Speechwriters by Matthew Rothschild

The Same Old Pax Americana by Leon T. Hadar

Obama with Blood on His Hands by Nicolas J. S. Davies

The Bogey of Isolationism by Daniel Larison

Defining Isolationism Down by Justin Logan

Fragile Prosperity? Fragile Peace? Notes on the U.S. from Libcom.Org

Rebellion by Thomas Naylor

Juvenile Injustice in a Philly Suburb by Linn Washington, Jr.

Western Society is Racist? You Ain’t Seen Nothin’ Yet Craig Bodeker interviewed by Greg Johnson

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

Tomislav Sunic on the European New Right (see Part Two here)

Ain’t It Fun by the Dead Boys

Against the New World Order by Matt Johnson

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Equality Snoopers Keep Files on Your Sexuality

Obama Ecstacy Pills Hit the Street 

Soviet Commander: U.S. Faces Similar Afghan Fate 

No More Middle Class?

How the Afghan War Is Being Financed 

Kucinich: Afghans Want to be Saved From Americans, Not by Americans 

Are the Effects of Pornography Negligible? 

An Unorthodox Method of Retribution to a Child Rapist 

CNN Finds Modern Day Slaves in U.S. 

Bill Lind on the Role of Gangs in the Fourth Generation World 

Is American Ungovernable? 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

North American New Right

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 8 December 2009

Readers and supporters of AttacktheSystem.Com and American Revolutionary Vanguard should consider becoming involved with the North American New Right. The NANR Facebook page can be accessed here.

Articles by and about the New Right can be accessed here.

The online broadcasts of Dr. Tomislav Sunic, a leading scholar of the New Right, can be heard here.

The platform of the NANR is posted below. I wasn’t personally involved in writing the platform but it’s more or less the same ideological framework of ATS/ARV, though perhaps more moderately stated.

-For as much decentralization as possible to the local, state, and provincial levels as a reflection of the great regional, cultural, ethnic, and racial diversity of North America, up to and including the right and necessity of regional secession. Based on current economic and demographic trends, we foresee the eventual fragmentation and breakup of Canada, Mexico, and The United States of America in their present forms, and the emergence of new nations, autonomous regions, and ethnostates in place of these existing polities.

-For an end to economic globalism and a return to local and regional based economies, with a premium on independence, self-sufficiency, and diversity rather than corporate based control and monoculture. We would like to see the present system of transnational capitalism replaced with an economy organized along Communitarian, Distributist, and Syndicalist lines, with family farms, small and medium sized businesses, joint partnerships, and co-ops as the foundation.

-For Non-Interventionism in Foreign Affairs and an end to all Imperialist Wars and ‘Police Actions.’

-For an end to Global Capitalist spurred Mass Immigration and its never ending quest for cheap labor at any price, and total opposition to anti-Western ideologies of Political Correctness and enforced Multiculturalism.

-For a system of internal improvements, public works projects, universal health care for all citizens, and a social safety net to prevent mass unemployment, poverty, and homelessness. Some of these services could be provided by non-governmental community or regional based institutions, and we are open to new ideas or suggestions in this area.

-For sensible environmental protections and ecological stewardship. We believe we are entering the age of Peak Oil and stark limits on sustainable economic and population growth.

-For moderate social conservative positions on most moral and social issues. We believe heterosexual marriage and a stable family unit are a bedrock of any healthy society.

-For an end to prohibition and for full legalization of most narcotics…and an end to the prison-industrial which costs taxpayers billions of dollars a year on wasteful and constitutionally questionable efforts to stem narcotics consumption.

-Our primary influences are The Distributists, Red Tories, Communitarians, the economists List and Carey, Samuel Francis, Patrick J. Buchanan, Russell Kirk, John Attarian, Michael O’Meara, Guilliame Faye, Alain De Benoist, and similar thinkers.

-We are skeptical about Mass Democracy, Unrestrained Populism, and the unconstrained egoism and chaos which results from Lassiez-Faire and Free Market economics. We value tradition and heritage, but not in the reactionary sense, as is the case with many Paleoconservatives. We represent a school of Conservative thought beyond Neoconservativism, Paleoconservatism, and the blind market worship and extreme indvidualism of The Libertarians.

-Our Values are centered around Community, Family, Region, and Nation.

Updated News Digest December 13, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 12 December 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Quotes of the Week:

“And what physicians say about disease is applicable here: that at the beginning a disease is easy to cure but difficult to diagnose; but as time passes, not having been treated or recognized at the outset, it becomes easy to diagnose but difficult to cure. The same thing occurs in affairs of state; for by recognizing from afar the diseases that are spreading in the state (which is a gift given only to a prudent ruler), they can be cured quickly; but when they are not recognized and are left to grow to the extent that everyone recognizes them, there is no longer any cure.”

“And one should bear in mind that there is nothing more difficult to execute, nor more dubious of success, nor more dangerous to administer than to introduce a new order to things; for he who introduces it has all those who profit from the old order as his enemies; and he has only lukewarm allies in all those who might profit from the new. This lukewarmness partly stems from fear of their adversaries, who have the law on their side, and partly from the skepticism of men, who do not truly believe in new things unless they have personal experience in them.

“And many writers have imagined for themselves republics and principalities that have never been seen or known to exist in reality; for there is such a gap between how one lives and how one ought to live that anyone who abandons what is done for what ought to be done learns his ruin rather than his preservation: for a man who wishes to profess goodness at all times will come to ruin among so many who are not good.”

                                                                                              -Niccolo Machiavelli

***Community Organizing and National Anarchism*** presentation by Andrew Yeoman

The Antiwar Right: Our Time Is Near by Justin Raimondo

RAND Corporation Blueprint for a “Stability Police Force” by William Norman Grigg

The Thin Blue Whine by William Norman Grigg

Noam Chomsky Deplores a Rogue Nation: The U.S.A. by Susan Seligson

Making the State Irrelevant Part Two: Circumvention by Kevin Carson

Making the State Irrelevant Part Three: Undermining Its Legitimacy by Kevin Carson

The Alternative Economy as a Singularity by Kevin Carson

Honest Statism Beats a Fake “Free Market” Every Time by Kevin Carson

Yeswecanistan by William Blum

Wall Street Snaps Its Fingers by Andrew Cockburn

What the U.S. Elite Really Thinks About Israel by Jeffrey Blankfort

The Drug War Killed My Son by Gary North

Empire=Bankruptcy and Collapse Charles Goyette interviewed by Scott Horton

U.S. Foreign Policy and the Cult of “Expertise” by Justin Raimondo

Surging Into Disaster by Eric Margolis

Imperial Democrats Line Up for War by John V. Walsh

The Left’s Hysterical Obama Worship by Glenn Greenwald

The Wrong Prize at the Wrong Time by Gabor Steingart

Obama Bows to the Pentagon Gareth Porter interviewed by Scott Horton

The Right and War by Daniel Larison

This Sure Seems Like Vietnam by Helen Thomas

What Is This, East Germany? Becky Akers interviewed by Scott Horton

Corrupt America Goes Third World  by Ximena Ortiz

Five Good Reasons to Avoid a War with Iran by Philip Giraldi

Who’s Dumber, Teabaggers or Liberal Mayors? by James J. O’Meara

IRS Sells Off Indigenous Land from Infoshop.Org

Obama’s Imperial War: An Anarchist Response by Wayne Price

The Left Fell Into the Climate Morass by Lew Rockwell

Why Import Workers Now by Pat Buchanan

Desert Farce by Taki Theodoracopulos

Drunk Driving Is Not a Crime by Mark Crovelli

Wonderful, Wonderful Copenhagen by Chris Clancy

Occupy Schools, Not Countries! from Infoshop.Org

The Jacksonian Way of War by Patroon

Know Your Limits  by Ray Mangum

Academic Liars for the State by Gary North

The Christmas Truce of 1914 by Gary Kohls

Victory in Iraq? by Lew Rockwell

War Isn’t So Easy After All by Patrick Cockburn

George F. Kennan on the Escalation in Afghanistan by David Bromwich

Afghanistan: No More Good War by John J. Mearsheimer

The Rise of the Antiwar Right by Reihan Salam

War, War, and More War by Ted Rall

Don’t Believe a Word the Pentagon Says by Per Bylund

New State to Secede from India by Weaver

The Unbearable Likeness of Being Part of an Empire by Thomas Naylor

 Jared Diamond’s Noble Savage Collapse by Robert Singer

Sympathy for the Devil Worshippers by Andrew O’Hehir

Nepalese Maoists Plan Unity in Diversity by Dhruba Adhikary

Zomia, the Anarchist’s Shangri-La by Drake Bennett

The Climate Change Rope-a-Dope by Walter Williams

Another Reason to Secede by Russell Longcore

We Live in a Crystal Meth Economy by David Calderwood

Ticket Scalpers Are Heroes by Briggs Armstrong

First They Came for the Holocaust Deniers by David Kramer

Science Fiction Author Beaten By PIGS by William Norman Grigg

The Afghan “Experiment” by Justin Raimondo

Mr. President, War Is Not Peace by Norman Solomon

Torturing People to Death Scott Horton interviewed by Scott Horton

Israel’s Tyranny in the West Bank by Ellen Cantarow interviewed by Scott Horton

No-Sama Bin Laden by Philip Giraldi

Iran: No Sanctions by Robert Dreyfuss

How George W. Bush Redefined American Freedom by James Bovard

Return of the Antiwar Right by Jack Hunter

Our Murderers in the Sky by Scott Ritter

Ingroup-Outgroup Self-Serving Bias by TGGP

Some Thoughts on the Prison-Industrial Complex by Greya Niteshade

An Overview of Anarchism in Jordan Today from Infoshop.Org

Fear and Loathing on the Streets of Greece by Barnaby Phillips

Trash Can Troopers from Infoshop.Org

The PC War on Christmas Is No Myth  by James Fulford

Ron Paul’s Moment by Pat Buchanan

The Unemployment Solution by Virgil Goode

Not Even a Peanut by Alexander Cockburn

 Obama of Wall Street by Matt Taibbi

The Bush-Obama War by Chuck Baldwin

Queers and Trannies Hate God from Infoshop.Org

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

Tomislav Sunic interviews Kevin MacDonald (and Part Two is here)

Hot Rails to Hell by Blue Oyster Cult

The Forgotten Genocide Ann Morrison interviewed by Tom Sunic

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Florida Must Pay to Cover-Up Neo-Nazi Defendant’s Tattoos 

Berkeley City Council Sends Hangars as Part of Abortion Message 

Ernst Junger: Warrior, Waldgaenger, Anarch 

Woman Accused of Hitting Man with Steak 

The Trotsky Legend Debunked 

Exploding Chewing Gum Blows Off  College Student’s Jaw 

Communist Rebels Gain Strength in Rural India 

Liberals Are a Useless Lot 

Super Earths May Be Superior at Fostering Life 

Hubble Telescope Finds Galaxies From Infancy of Universe

Jackson Rathbone to Play Black Metal Murderer in “Lords of Chaos” 

Distributism vs Socialism 

The Sex Life of the Ancient Greeks Laid Bare in All Its Glory 

Why Women Don’t Have Sex Scandals 

State Schools Don’t Want to Push Gifted Students Because They Don’t Want to Promote Elitism 

How Psychotherapy Keeps Our Communities Sick 

The Myth of the “Old Right”

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Updated News Digest December 20, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 19 December 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

Quotes of the Week:

Power is not an institution, and not a structure; neither is it a certain strength we are endowed with; it is the name that one attributes to a complex strategical situation in a particular society.”

“If repression has indeed been the fundamental link between power, knowledge, and sexuality since the classical age, it stands to reason that we will not be able to free ourselves from it except at a considerable cost.” 

“Prison continues, on those who are entrusted to it, a work begun elsewhere, which the whole of society pursues on each individual through innumerable mechanisms of discipline.”

“The strategic adversary is fascism… the fascism in us all, in our heads and in our everyday behavior, the fascism that causes us to love power, to desire the very thing that dominates and exploits us.

 “Freedom of conscience entails more dangers than authority and despotism.”

                                                                                      -Michel Foucault

2010: The Year of Severe Economic Contraction by Mike Whitney

The Strange Consensus on Obama’s Nobel Address by Harrison Bergeron 2

How Bush Redefined American Freedom by James Bovard

The Federal Bureaucracy-Plutocracy by Robert Higgs

Tortured in the “Dark Prison by Andy Worthington

The Crybaby Thugs of Maricopa County by William Norman Grigg

The Rush for Iraq’s Oil  by Patrick Cockburn

The Israeli Stranglehold  by Paul Craig Roberts

All U.S. Government Employees Must Be Pro-Israel by Stephen Walt

George Kennan, Yes! Reinhold Niebuhr, No! by Grant Havers

Possible Unintended Consequences of Regime Change in Iran by Stephen Walt

The War Democrats by Justin Raimondo

Fat City by Pat Buchanan

How Islam Beheads Democracy by James Jackson

We’re Watching Big Brother by Kevin Carson

Paul Gottfried: A Life in the Right by Karen De Coster

Anger With Federal Government Not Enough by Chuck Baldwin

Starve the Iranians? No! by Ron Paul

Do Antiwar Libertarians Hate the Military? by Laurence Vance

The Bill of Rights is Dead: The Feds Killed It by Kevin R.C. Gutzman

Pain Relief for Cancer Victims 

A Review of Norman Finkelstein’s The Holocaust Industry by Richard Hotse

Leonard Zeskind’s Blood and Politics by Hunter Wallace

King Alfred the Great by Troy Southgate

The Looming Racial Chasm by Kevin MacDonald

The Financial Engine of the Left by Kevin MacDonald

The ADL: Managing White Rage by Kevin MacDonald

Why I Broke Up with the Anarchist Community from Infoshop.Org

Serbian Anarchists Arrested for “International Terrorism” from Infoshop.Org

Freedom for Quail, Pheasants, Hens, and Boar  from Infoshop.Org

D.C. to Pay $8.25 million in Lawsuit Over Mass Arrests from Infoshop.Org

Homeowner Spraypaints “Help!” “Foreclosure!” Onto House from Infoshop.Org

Meet the Vermont Independence Campaign Candidates from Second Vermont Republic

Read Orwell and Huxley to Understand America by Jim Quinn

The New World Order in Science by Henry Bauer

Secession and State Militias by Russell Longcore

Why I Will Let My Children Drink Alcohol by Cassandra Jardine

Turning Children Into Orwellian Eco-Spies by Frank Feredi

Shakedown in Copenhagen by Pat Buchanan

The Feds Are Addicted to Pot by Paul Armentano

Time to Rethink AIDS by Henry Bauer

Modal Libertarians: A Movement for 12-year-olds? by Justin Raimondo

Critical Questions for the Patriot Movement from Phoenix Class War Council

Dakota People Occupy Fed Land from Infoshop.Org

Anarchist Heroically Defies Grand Jury from Infoshop.Org

Venezuelan Anarchist School Founder Dies from Infoshop.Org

Turning Trick, Cashing in on Fear by Alexander Cockburn

The Sovereignty of Muslim Nations: A Casualty of U.S. Foreign Policy by Ali Khan

Pot Specialists to Study New Strains by Fred Gardner

The Tragedy of Rural Health Care by Jim Goodman

Windows Into Non-Western Cultures by Charles Larson

Faces of the Emerging Power Elite (thanks, Ean)

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

The Police State Continues to Grow Will Grigg interviewed by Scott Horton

Free Speech and Historical Revisionism Carolyn Yeager interviewed by Tomislav Sunic

More Land War in Asia Tom Engelhardt interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Paper Money/I Got the Fire  by Montrose

Willie the Pimp by Frank Zappa and Captain Beefheart

Up by Black Oak Arkansas

Black Juju by Alice Cooper

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Battle of the Bulge: Eisenhower’s Biggest Folly? 

Single-Payer Health Care Plan Dies in the Senate 

White Americans’ Majority to End by Mid-Century 

The Psychology of Social Status 

Catalans Vote for Independence 

Australian Government to Introduce Internet Filter 

Obama Awarded the Nobel Because He’s a Liberal, Democrat, and Black 

Israel is a Semi-Theocracy 

Indian Gangs Grow on Reservation 

Citizens of the World, Divide! 

Population Boom Threatens Africa 

The Pathology of the Rich Socialist 

Racial Groupings Match Genetic Profiles, New Study Says 

Self-Styled Vampire Jailed for Threatening Judge 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

On Paleocons and Pagans

category Uncategorized keith Friday 18 December 2009

The following brainstorming session between Keith Preston and David Heleniak was pulled, with slight editing, from the discussion page of AttacktheSystem.com.

KP: Have you seen this latest from Gottfried?

http://www.takimag.com/article/christian_heresies/

How would you reply? 

DH: I disagree with him that Peter Gay’s book on the modern pagans of the Enlightenment is incorrect.  Rather, Gay is correct: the Enlightenment was fundamentally anti-Christian.

While paleoconservatives like Dr. Gottfried, Pat Buchanan, and Bill Lind are great on issues like Cultural Marxism, the therapeutic state, democracy worship, and war, they are conservatives, and do not hate the state, as Murray Rothbard would like everyone to do:

http://www.lewrockwell.com/rothbard/rothbard75.html

For example, in addressing anarchism, Dr. Gottfried has made it clear that he values the state, though not in the form it is in currently, and not a minimal state either, from what I gather here and there (I’m more familiar with what he’s against then what’s he’s for, probably because he writes more about what he’s against then what he’s for).

This stems, as I argue in (my free eBook book) Rousseau and the Real Culture War (http://stores.lulu.com/daveinacave), from the belief of conservatives in some form of the doctrine of original sin.  Conservatives may be non-Christian or even atheists, but they distrust human nature (implicitly accepts the anti-human part of the doctrine) and see the State as necessary for society to function.  They may concede that spontaneous order is possible in the economic realm, but not in the social realm.

As to Gay, here’s an approving article of his book by Dr. Chris Tame:

http://mises.org/journals/jls/1_3/1_3_7.pdf

Here it is in html:

http://www.libertarian.co.uk/lapubs/libhe/libhe007.htm

As Dr. Tame notes, the Enlightenment is one of those shining moments in recorded human history.  To read into his article Rothbard’s notion of the court intellectual versus the opposition intellectual, the Enlightenment was one of the rare times the opposition intellectuals were partially victorious.  Christ and Paul were unwitting court intellectuals.  As Rothbard said in Anatomy of the State, one trick of the court intellectuals is to disparage human nature, which leads to the conclusion that the State is necessary to keep evil humans in line.  The creation of the doctrine of original sin was a great moment for the State.

On a related note, Christianity as I define it, is anti-this world.  I define it as a salvation religion revolving around the radical fall of and resulting utter depravity of man; the death and resurrection of a savior, Christ; and the need for humans to accept Jesus as their savior in order to avoid the eternal fires of hell, a supposedly just punishment levied on Adam’s heirs for “the original sin” (in Adam’s fall, we sinned all).  One can define Christianity differently, and then the conclusion would be different, but based on my definition, I side with the young pagans Dr. Gottfried talked about in the article.  The pagan West was basically culturally healthy before it was infected by an Eastern disease, Christianity.  To the extent it remained healthy, it remained pagan.  For a long time, the Catholic mass was spoken in Latin by near illiterate parish priests who didn’t know Latin.  No message was spread that way.  And until the printing press, it would have been difficult for local priests to “get the memo,” that is, receive and understand directives from above.  At the peasant level, Europeans continued to tell pagan folk stories and even perform pagan rituals like having sex in the fields to encourage a good harvest.  At the aristocratic level, court priests (there’s a term) actually wrote pagan inspired Chivalric romances to edify and entertain the lords and ladies.

So Dr. Gottfried is right that Cultural Marxism is a Christian heresy and he’s right that traditional Christians should see Cultural Marxism as their enemy, but he’s wrong that traditional Christianity is a good thing.  I do view them as allies, however, since at this point the State is no longer their ally.  The State religion is a mixture of democracy worship, Cultural Marxism, and therapeutism.  It no longer needs traditional Christianity.  Traditional Christianity without its tie to the State is merely a belief system that neither picks my pocket nor breaks my leg.  If neo-pagans and traditional Christians could team up to bring down the State religion, that would be great.

KP: Dave, how would you respond to these quotes from John Gray?:

“The prevailing idea of what it means to be modern is a post-Christian myth. Christians have always held that there is only one path of salvation, that it is disclosed in history, and that it is open to all. In these respects, Christianity differs radically from the religious and philosophies of the ancient world and from non-western faiths.

In the polytheistic cults of the Greeks and Romans, it was accepted that humans will always live different ways. When there are many gods no way of life is bonding on all. Worshipping one god, Christians have always believed that only one way of life can be right.

“Enlightenment thinkers like to see themselves as modern pagans, but they are really latter-day Christians: they too aim to save mankind. The ancient pagans did not believe that the mass of mankind could be saved. Or, for that matter, that it was worth saving.”

Gray seems to hold to the view that Enlightenment thinking is largely a secularization of Christianity rather than a rejection of it, given the perceived shared characteristics between the two (e.g. universalism, egalitarianism, the progressive view of history). Gray’s view is similar to DeBenoist’s. I assume you would disagree with this. From what I remember of your book, you argue that PC is not a derivative of Enlightenment thinking per se, but of Rosseauan ideas that are the source of the secularized Christianity we see today in movements like PC, and that are actually a kind of counter-Enlightenment. Am I reading you correctly here?

DH: You are reading me 100% correct.

What distinguishes paganism from salvation religions like Christianity is not that pagans don’t care about the salvation of the masses but that pagans don’t believe humans need salvation.

As far as the Enlightenment thinkers being egalitarian and universalist, didn’t Voltaire say that he would rather obey one lion than 200 rats of his own species and, through Candide, that we must cultivate our own garden?  (As far as believing in the inevitable march of human progress, I doubt it, as they saw the Middle Ages as an unfortunate decline from the glory of Greece and Rome, and surely realized such a period could happen gain.)

I accept the Objectivist view (recognizing, unlike the orthodox Objectivists, that exceptions/qualifications will have to be made) that the Enlightenment led to the American Revolution (good) while Rousseau led to the French Revolution (bad).  The American Revolutionary thinkers like Paine and Jefferson believed in spontaneous social order, which to me leads to the conclusion that localism and benign neglect should be the rule.  They believed too (I don’t know about Paine) that there is a natural aristocracy, which the ENR would agree with.  ENR thinkers differ with the American Enlightenment thinkers in that while both are elitist, I think the American Enlightenment thinkers believed a natural aristocracy would emerge in the presence of a government governing best by governing least, whereas the ENR thinkers envision a natural aristocracy seizing by force their rightful place at the top of society and then governing society from above quite a bit.  There doesn’t seem to be an idea of benign neglect in ENR thought, which is, ultimately, statist.

KP: Rothbard interpreted Marxism as a kind of secularized Christianity where “alienation” replaces original sin, the class struggle replaces the metaphysical dualism of Christianity (e.g., Good vs Evil, God vs Satan), and the communist utopia replaces the Kingdom of Heaven. Would you agree with this interpretation? Presumably, the Marxist view of alienation is a derivative of Rosseau’s ideas about the noble savage and all that?

So would you trace American PC Liberalism to Rousseau or to the left-wing of American Christianity (”social gospel”) or directly to orthodox Christianity? I assume you would probably say it’s the latter, which is different from Gottfried’s view. Gottfried, as I understand, traces the PC Left to left-wing progressive Christianity, which was then exported to Europe and is the real source of PC in Europe. Lind, however, sees PC as a European import from the Frankfurt School. Where do you think the confusion is coming from?

DH: Rothbard’s take on Communism, which I agree with, is not unique to Rothbard. I first heard it from (excommunicated) Objectivist George Walsh, whose lectures on tape I listened to in law school and highly recommend. I later heard it from Objectivist John Ridpath (not as hip as Walsh), whose lectures on tape are worth listening to. Walsh has a good line: Something like “Adam didn’t eat the apple. He sold it on the commodities market.” I borrowed the line in my book. I believe Marx got the idea from Rousseau, but unlike Rousseau, who believed in an experimental case-by-case solution for the secular fall, advocated a one size fits all, revolutionary approach.

Rousseau’s proposed solution, pragmatic progressivism, is the brand of Leftism adopted by the American progressives like John Dewey who grew out of the social gospel, which I suspect was influenced by Rousseau. I agree with Gottfried that PCism grew out of the social gospel rather than the Frankfurt school, though, of course, there could have been cross pollination going on. I simply would like to trace the influences on PCism back further to Rousseau. I need to work on this. Rousseau begat x, y, and z who begat Social Gospellers x, y, and z. In regards to public education, I can draw a clear line from Rousseau to Dewey (influences on Dewey, direct and/or indirect, include Pestalozzi, Fichte, Horace Mann, Froebel, and a relative unknown guy called Francis Wayland Parker). An avenue I plan to explore is the influence Rousseau had on the Unitarians and the Transcendalists, with the prime suspect right now being William Ellery Channing.

So as with Rothbard/Walsh/Ridpath idea linking communism to Christianity, where I agree but go back further to Rousseau, I agree with Gottfried regarding PCism but take it back further to Rousseau. He’s the real transformative agent, not Marx and not any particular Social Gospeller.

Another thought: While the Lind explanation for Cultural Marxism focuses on Marxism, saying it is a strategy for Marxists to achieve Marxism, the Gottfried explanation actually sees the term Cultural Marxism as a misnomer, and that it isn’t really a strategy of Marxists to achieve Marxism but something else.

KP:  Dave, how would you relate postmodernism to previous intellectual genealogies? Given its roots in Foucault, Heidegger, and Nietzsche, do you regard it as a kind of neo-paganism? Perhaps a paganism of a non-rationalist or post-Enlightenment kind? Or do you see it as another form of counter-Enlightenment? If so, does it have any relation to previous counter-Enlightenments?           

DH: I see post-modernism as part of the Counter-Enlightenment movement, a kind of neo-Puritanism in the sense that Puritanism is a rejection of reason.  Perhaps it is the epistemology department of Cultural Marxism.

Here’s my off-the-cuff view of history (If I ever wrote something formal on this, I’d have to find sources to back me up):

Puritanism is a pure form of Christianity, focusing heavily on the doctrine of original sin.  The doctrine does not only say that humans are inherently anti-social and damned to hell unless they accept Jesus as their savior but also that they have no way of knowing the world, that is, the human faculty of reason is impotent and therefore humans must blindly accept representations made to them by their religious superiors on faith.

GrecoRoman paganism, peaking with Aristotle, saw the world as understandable and reason as effective.  Then came Jesus and Paul, who introduced the doctrine of original sin, which was fully fleshed out by Augustine.  The Dark Ages that followed Augustine were, as Leonard Peikoff says, dark on principle.  They weren’t entirely dark, however.  Christianity did not conquer completely.  The peasantry and the aristocracy both maintained some paganism and hence respect for reason.  The intellectuals, however, were by and large bad.

After the Crusaders brought Aristotle’s works back to Europe, Aquinas integrated them into Catholic thought, elevating the status of reason amongst intellectuals.  Rejected at first by the Catholic Church, his views became the accepted position, and Augustine, though still paid lip service, was thrown into a dusty corner.  This led to a general renaissance in learning and creativity, called the Renaissance in regards to the development in Italy.  The Reformation that followed was explicitly a reaction to the pagan corruption of Christianity, as Luther railed against the whore reason and the whore Aristotle.

Then came the Enlightenment, when paganism and the respect for reason flourished.  Following this, Counter-Enlightenments struck back, taking many forms, e.g., great Awakenings in America and German Romaticism in Europe, through guys like Hegel and Fichte.  The proto-post-modernists that the ENR like and post-modernists like Richard Rorty are part of it too.  As Objectivists like Stephen Hicks point out, however, popular culture in America is still fairly “modern,” that is, shaped by the Enlightenment.  The problems in regard to post-modernism are to be found in the Academy and in high culture.  This stuff needs to be defeated along with the popular manifestations of the broader movement of Cultural Marxism (e.g., the depiction of fathers are bumbling idiots and the pervasive guilt felt by members of the “oppressor classes”) and the legal manifestations like hate crime laws, hate speech laws, and special courts for special (politically incorrect) crimes.

KP: I’ve looked into these different theories on the origins of PC myself, and there seems to be something of a convergence going on. On the most immediate level, it can be traced to the New Left and, at least in the U.S., the New Left was heavily influenced by the Frankfurt School and by left-wing Christianity. Both Marcuse and William Sloane Coffin, for instance, were important figures in the New Left in the U.S. The New Left was also influence by Antonio Gramsci, who had similar views to the Frankfurt School on the role of cultural institutions. Of course, there are earlier examples of a social gospel/Marxist convergence. Archbishop Hewlett Johnson’s Stalinism is a glaring example. Go back further enough and you find Rousseau.

However, I think the influence of Communism in Eastern Europe, Asia, and China on PC is sometimes ignored in favor of purely American or Western European explanations. Tomislav Sunic, for instance, has pointed out how Communist Yugoslavia had many of the characteristics of the West today: hate speech laws, ethnic quotas, multiculturalist education, etc. Some of the earliest hate speech laws in the West were introduced by the Communist deputies in the French parliament. The French CP was arguably the most Stalinist of the major European CPs, and such laws were similar to laws of that type in the East (Hoxha’s Albania, for example).

Some of the earliest uses of the term “politically correct” I have found in American politics are traceable to Maoist-influenced groups that emerged from the New Left. These groups were often admirers of the Cultural Revolution, and PC often resembles Maoist self-criticism.

DH: I wish I could devote more time to the intellectual history behind PC.

The intellectually easy answer to “this or that?” is always “both!” but in the case of PC “both!” might be right.  The twin forces of what I’ll call Eastern Communism and Western Protestant Christianity are probably both responsible for PC.  It could be the perceived problems (racism, sexism, homophobia, religious intolerance, the patriarchy) come from cross pollination while the proposed solutions can be traced to distinct traditions.  For example, perhaps hate speech laws came out of European Communism while “therapeutic jurisprudence” (e.g., domestic violence crimes being tried in the family courts) came out of Western Protestant Christianity.  I think it is remarkable how similar the Prohibition Era scheme to try violations of vice laws in equity courts mirror the DV systems of today.

 See:

 http://www.mediaradar.org/docs/crespo_petition_for_cert.pdf

 and

 http://www.californiamenscenters.org/files/The_New_Star_Chamber_New_Jersey_restr\aining_order_case_.pdf

The Prohibition Era was clearly a Protestant phenomenon, so it seems reasonable to assume the DV court scheme is as well.

Another avenue to explore: Pol Pot studied Rousseau in Paris when he was college student.  Rousseau’s idea that young children are most immune to the corruption of Capitalism (he didn’t use that word, which I believe was coined by Marx) was apparently the inspiration for Pol Pot’s idea to recruit children to walk around Cambodia and point out those adults who had been most corrupted, selecting them for execution.  (I got this from a George Walsh tape, I’m pretty sure, but haven’t been able to find a properly published source for it.)

KP: I’ve encountered some Cultural Marxists, particularly feminists, who are hostile to post-modernism. Their position seems to be that post-modernism leads to cultural relativism, which in turn legitimizes cultures that are patriarchal, racist, homophobic, the whole laundry list. What do you make of this?

By proto-post-modernists admired by the ENR, are you referring to Nietzsche and Heidegger?

DH: Yes, Heidegger and Nietzsche are the proto-post-modernists I was referring to.

My understanding of post-modernism comes from what I picked up in grad school and from Stephen Hicks.  His book on post-modernism is available as a free eBook:

http://www.stephenhicks.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/hicks-ep-full.pdf

Now, for me Nietzsche is a mixed bag.  I understand him to be an unsystematic thinker and a jack of all disciplines.  He can therefore have very valuable things to say on some issues, like the psychology behind the development of slave morality.  But insofar as he is anti-reason, I am anti-Nietzsche.

I can see how some feminists would not like post-modernism.  Other feminists, however, use post-modernist thought to disparage supposed male “ways of knowing.” See Christina Hoff Sommers’ article Feminism and Resentment on this:

http://www.reasonpapers.com/pdf/18/rp_18_1.pdf

The point to draw here is something we already know, Cultural Marxism is not a monolithic force.  For example, there will be tension between victim groups, especially to the extent that when visualizing the various victim and oppressor groups as venn diagrams, there will be some people (most?) who are part victim and part oppressor.

Hicks predicts that post-modernism will not be around for long, partially because he predicts infighting.

Based on your experiences with feminists who do not like post-modernism, I should take back my suggestion that post-modernism is the epistemology department of Cultural Marxism, and say instead that it is a movement that is and sometimes is not part of Cultural Marxism.

The “Enlightened” West Versus “Benighted” Islam: A False Dichotomy

category Uncategorized keith Friday 18 December 2009

by Keith Preston

In their discussion of Edward Said’s concept of “Orientalism,” Appelrouth and Edles make this observation:

The source of the West’s superiority lies not in its own “advanced” civilization but, rather, in constructing non-Western cultures through negative terms that project onto the colonized all those traits that the West cannot possess if it is to legitimate its position as the center of progress and the beacon of humanity….Thus, when a politician remarks that Muslims “hate us for our freedom,” this claim is dependent on a purified notion of what Western freedom has promoted around the world, in turn justifying an ennobled aggression against those who are “against freedom.” (Appelrouth and Edles, 2007, p. 616)

 The kind of dualism and cultural chauvinism described in the above passage is the hallmark of the ideological and rhetorical framework utilized by Western, particularly American, imperialism in its efforts towards the political, economic, and military conquest of the Islamic world.  According to this paradigm, the Islamic nations are plagued by political repression, anti-intellectualism, retrograde cultural values, and severe social underdevelopment. By contrast, the Western nations are believed to bemanifestations of higher levels of enlightenment, progress, prosperity, “freedom,” “democracy,” and cultural evolution. Caricatures of this type dominate depictions of East-West relations. Such caricatures can be found both in the American media and in the statements of American officials. Numerous case studies involving examinations of the actual inner workings of Islamic societies show this to be a false dichotomy. Among the most compelling of these examples are Lebanon’s Hezbollah, contemporary Iran, and Ba’athist Iraq.

 Hezbollah’s Democratic Pluralism

 An essay by Daniel Byman in Foreign Affairs, the journal of the Council on Foreign Relations, describes Lebanon’s Hezbollah militia as “responsible for more American deaths than any other terrorist organization” prior to the incidents of September 11, 2001. According to Byman, Hezbollah has a “record of bloodshed and hostility” and “its highly skilled operatives have committed horrifying attacks as far away as Argentina.” Little mention is made as to why Hezbollah might have done these things, other than perhaps a pathological love of violence or an equally pathological hatred of Americans. Richard Armitage, a former U.S. deputy secretary of state, claimed that “Hezbollah may be the A team of terrorists, while Al Qaeda is actually the B team.” (Byman, 2003)

From such depictions, one might be inclined to regard Hezbollah as a band of bloodthirsty tyrants, driven mostly by quasi-medieval theocratic fanaticism. Yet the actual political practice of Hezbollah in its home nation of Lebanon reveals a much different picture. The journalist Nir Rosen described a rally attended by over a million people in Beirut on September 22, 2006 in celebration of Hezbollah’s largely successful military confrontation with Israel months earlier. According to Rosen, Hezbollah is “the most popular political party in the Middle East.”  The celebration included the “flags of  Palestine and Palestinian movements, Lebanese Christian movements, the Communist Party, Sunni and Druze movements, as well as secular nationalists.” Hezbollah supporters also included a great deal of cultural pluralism: “Although many of the celebrants were men with beards or women whose hair was covered, many were not. There were youths in trendy attire, girls in tight jeans with hair exposed and who had turned their Hezbollah T-shirts into stylish form-fitting fashion statements.” Rosen further described the contents of a speech delivered at the celebration by Hezbollah’s leader, Seyid Hassan Nasrallah:

He told his audience that they were sending a political and moral message to the world that Lebanon’s resistance was stronger than ever. Their victorywas a victory for every oppressed, aggrieved and free person in the world, he said, and an inspiration for all who rejected subjugation or degradation by the United States. He mocked Arab leaders for not using their oil resources as a strategic weapon, for prohibiting demonstrations, for not supporting the Palestinians and for kowtowing to Condoleezza Rice. He extended his people’s hearts, grief and empathy for the Palestinians who were being bombed and killed daily, and whose homes were being destroyed while the world, and in particular the Arab world, was silent. (Rosen, 2006)

 Within the wider context of Lebanese politics, Hezbollah operates as a democratic political party, holding seats in the parliament. The Hezbollah militia also serves as the de  facto national defense forces of Lebanon as the army is weak and inept. (Butters, 2006) Additionally, Hezbollah maintains a vast network of social services, hospitals, schools, charities, and news organizations. (UNOCHA, 2006)

Iran: More Democratic Than the U.S.?

 A lead editorial published by the New York Times on June 18, 2005 described Iran’s democratic institutions as a “sham.” The Times editorial writers further argued that “the world would be better off if Western leaders used their little influence to press for more authentic democracy in Iran.” (New York Times, 2005) Yet a serious examination of Iranian institutions provides a somewhat different perspective on which nation’s“democracy” is best regarded as a “sham.” The current Iranian constitution was approved through general referendum in 1979, with voting rights being universal and inclusive of women. Both the president of Iran and the parliament are democratically elected, and seats in the Iranian parliament are reserved for religious minorities like Christians, Jews, and Zoroastrians. As of 2004, ten separate political parties held seats in the parliament. Critics of the Iranian system will point out that the Council of Guardians, a body of Islamic clerics, has veto power over legislation enacted by parliament, and can also disqualify candidates and parties for parliament. Yet the Council of Guardians was included in the original constitution that was approved by popular vote in 1979.  It is also somewhat unclear as to how this system is less democratic than the American system, which has only two parties represented in Congress, and where competition from otherparties is either cost prohibitive or rendered de facto illegal due to highly restrictive regulations concerning ballot access. Further, it is also unclear as to how the role of the Council of Guardians in the Iranian system is fundamentally different from that of the United States Supreme Court, which also has veto power over legislation enacted by the elected bodies of government. Indeed, elected legislative bodies, unelected federal agencies, and U.S. courts have all, at times, overturned or simply ignored laws enacted by popular referendum. (Wright, 2001; LaTulippe, 2004)

It should also be pointed out that while Iran is considered an enemy of the United States, with Iran’s supposed “undemocratic” nature ostensibly being a partial justification for this, many American allies in the Islamic world operate as individual autocracies (Egypt, Uzbekistan), absolute or near absolute monarchies (Kuwait, Morocco), or feudal fiefdoms (Saudi Arabia). Further, the Iranian referendum of 1979 was in fact a restoration of democracy which had not existed in Iran since 1953. During that year, Iran’s elected government was overthrown in a coup organized and directed by the United States, with the result being autocratic rule by Shah Reza Pahlavi for the next twenty-six years. (Hedges, 2009)

Iraq: The Achievements of the Ba’athist Revolution

An article by Harvey Sicherman published in February, 2007 by the Foreign Policy Institute, a think tank comprised of former U.S. diplomats, members of the National Security Council, academics, and journalists, surveyed the years of Saddam Hussein’s rule in Iraq. The article focuses primarily on the achievement of power by Hussein in 1979 and events that transpired in Iraq during the time between the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990 and the American invasion of Iraq in 2003. To the degree that there is any discussion of Iraqi politics or society between 1979 and 1990, it is mostly limited to references to the repression of opposition forces. There is no discussion of Iraq during the time between the Ba’athist revolution of 1968 and Hussein’s ascension to the presidency eleven years later. (Sicherman, 2007)

 Ba’athism is a secular, revolutionary, pan-Arabist outlook that stands inopposition to both capitalism and Marxist communism. Ba’athists have also been the governing faction of Syria since 1963. During the years of Ba’athist rule in Iraq from 1968 until the first Persian Gulf War of 1991, Iraq was arguably the most progressive of any Arab or Islamic nation. Because misogyny is one of the most frequently expressed criticisms of Middle Eastern societies by Westerners, it may be instructive to examine the condition of women during the peak period of Ba’athist rule. Anne Alexander offers this summary:

 A broad spectrum of middle class urban women, from all religious communities, saw their horizons widen in terms of opportunities to study and work. The 1970s, despite the consolidation of the Baath Party in power and horrific repression of opposition groups, were remembered by many middle class women as “days of plenty”. Skyrocketing oil prices and the regime’s rapid expansion of the public sector brought prosperity to a relatively large layer of households. Rising affluence took visible form in the shape of huge chest freezers which had pride of place in the living rooms of the middle classes. “Our society will remain backward and in its chains unless women are liberated, enlightened and educated,” declared Saddam Hussein. The state pumped money into childcare; it encouraged women to study, and enter professions such as medicine and engineering. Unlike many women in Britain (or America) today, middle class Iraqi women in the 1970s and 1980s could expect to receive full pay while on maternity leave and benefit from an extensive system of state-subsidized nurseries.

But the most important factor in the dramatic decline in Iraqi women’s social, political and economic position over the past two decades has been the assault on Iraq by the Western powers, led by the US and Britain. Sanctions gutted the Iraqi public sector, the main employer of Iraqi women, and destroyed the state welfare system, which provided healthcare, public transport and education. As a result, women’s participation in the workforce collapsed from 23 percent in 1991 to 10 percent in 1997. With public sector salaries below subsistence level, marriage, not education, appeared to be the only way to secure Iraqi girls a decent future.

Since 2003 the occupying forces have not only failed to rebuild the economy and welfare system; they have killed and injured hundreds of thousands of Iraqi women and their children. Millions of Iraqi women remain trapped in their homes as a result of the spiraling violence. They live in fear not only of the occupying forces but also of violent crime, the militias attached to the sectarian parties that the occupation has strengthened, and radical Islamist groups. (Alexander, 2007)

As a secular regime, Ba’athist rule also repressed Islamic fundamentalist and theocratic movements, and allowed a relatively high level of freedom of religion. Religious minorities, such as members of Iraq’s Assyrian Christian community, were allowed high ranking positions in the government. The fall of the Ba’athist government has resulted in large-scale persecution of the Christian minority by Islamic fundamentalists, and many Iraqi Christians have fled to Ba’athist controlled Syria. (Baghdadi, 2004)

            Perhaps most interesting of all is the prisoner amnesty program implemented by the government of Saddam Hussein prior to the beginning of the present war in 2003. The program offered amnesty to “prisoners, detainees, and fugitives…including those under sentence of death, inside or outside Iraq.” Persons imprisoned for murder were granted amnesty only if the victim’s mother agreed to a pardon. (BBC, 2002) This is certainly a far more magnanimous gesture than any American head of state would ever likely engage in. Indeed, the prisoner population in Iraqi has continued to escalate since the American invasion, occupation, and installation of a puppet regime. Still, at the end of 2007, only one in 470 Iraqis were held in penal or detention facilities, as opposed to one in 140 of persons within the domestic United States itself. (Gilmartin, 2008)

Conclusion

            The case studies examined above indicate that Islamic societies, and particularly the politics of Islamic nations, are far more complex that what is typically depicted in the Western media. These biases and misconceptions can also be found in the mainstream of Western academic scholarship. The evidence indicates that Edward Said is correct in arguing that the treatment of the Islamic world by Western thinkers reflects a rather profound cultural chauvinism and unjustified attitude of moral and cultural superiority. Specifically, the common perception of Western societies as centers of enlightenment and progress, and Islamic societies as centers of reaction and obscurantism is rooted in demonstrably false assumptions.

Bibliography

Alexander, Anne (2007). Nadje Al-Ali, Iraqi Women: Untold Stories from 1948 to the Present. Zed Books, 2007.

Baghdadi, George (2004). Anguished Iraqi Christians Flee to Syria. LewRockwell.Com, August 9, 2004.

British Broadcasting Company (2002). Iraq Empties Its Jails. BBC News, October 20, 2002.

Butters, Andrew Lee (2006). Who Will Disarm Hezbollah? Not the Lebanese Army. Time, August 4, 2006.

Byman, Daniel (2003). Should Hezbollah Be Next? Foreign Affairs, Council on Foreign Relations, November/December 2003.

Editorial (2005). Iran’s Sham Democracy. New York Times, June 18, 2005.

Gilmartin, Ciara (2008). The “Surge” of Iraqi Prisoners. Foreign Policy in Focus, Institute for Policy Studies, May 7, 2008.

Hedges, Chris (2009). Iran Had a Democracy Before We Took It All Away. Truthdig, June 22, 2009.

LaTulippe, Steven (2004). A Few Thoughts Before We “Liberate” Iran. LewRockwell.Com, November 24, 2004.

Rosen, Nir (2006). Hezbollah, Party of God. Truthdig, October 3, 2006.

Sicherman, Harvey (2007). Saddam Hussein: Stalin on the Tigris. Orbis, Foreign Policy Institute, February, 2007.

U.N. Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (2006). Lebanon: The Many Hands and Faces of Hezbollah. March 29, 2006.

 Wright, Robin (2001). The Last Great Revolution: Turmoil and Transformation in Iran. Vintage Books, 2001.

The Tribal Nature of Politics

category Uncategorized keith Friday 18 December 2009

The Tribal Nature of Politics: Popular Accounts of the Health Care Reform Bill

by Keith Preston 

The health care reform bill recently passed by the U. S. House of Representatives is clearly one of the most controversial public issues in the United States at present. Issues of this type tend to be debated according to preconceived ideological affinities, cultural norms and partisan loyalties rather than empirical analysis of relevant facts and data. Public debate concerning health care reform conforms to this pattern, as evidenced by the fact that of the 435 members of the House only one Republican voted in favor of the bill while only thirty-nine Democrats voted against the bill. It is rather implausible that such a divide along narrow partisan lines would have emerged were the issue to be debated according to the standards of rational discourse rather than mere tribal loyalties. Clearly, this division is rooted is pre-existing perceptions and presumptions on the part of the individuals, groups, and organizations who participate in the conflict.

 A vast array of individuals, groups and organizations exist who have voiced strong opinions concerning health care reform. Because of the vastness of sources of opinion on this question, it is most likely best to evaluate the content of public debate on the basis of arguments and justifications for various perspectives offered by politicians and other influential political figures, as it is these figures that presumably speak for much larger bodies of opinion-holders, e.g. voters, contributors, activists, lobbyists, “interest groups,” “concerned citizens,” and so forth. The arguments in favor of healthcare reform are the mostly widely understood and recognized. Proponents of health care reform will point out the number of Americans who lack health insurance, the high costs associated with the provision of health care, the “double whammy” inflicted on persons who lose their employment and simultaneously lose their employer-provided health insurance, examples of individuals who have suffered severe damage to their health from lack of available or affordable care, and other related matters. Because such arguments are well-known, and not particularly controversial or disputed in and of themselves, it is perhaps most interesting to observe the opinions offered by opponents of health carereform, or at least the particular health care reform currently being advanced by the House of Representatives, and to examine the justifications for these opinions offered by their proponents.

The most predictable opponents of the health care reform bill are the conservative Republicans, and their various supporters in the media and in the private sector. The Republicans and their allies argue from the perspective of core tenants of the ideological framework officially espoused by conservatives. The values of this ideology ostensibly include a distaste for bureaucratic proliferation, suspicion of the efficacy of the state as an instrument of social reform, hesitance to raise taxes, and fiscal discipline when it comes to government budgetary considerations. Health care is not an issue like, for example, abortion or homosexuality where some people consider intentional termination of a pregnancy or same-sex relationships to be grave moral wrongs while others regard such practices as harmless, desirable, necessary, or as a matter of important personal liberties. Virtually no one denies that health care is a “good” in its own right. Therefore, conservatives and Republicans frame their opposition to the health care reform bill not on grounds of simply opposing health care per se, but on the grounds that the health care reform bill will actually diminish the quality or availability of health care in the United State, or produce unacceptable costs or consequences in other areas.

An illustration of the kinds of arguments and justifications offered by the conservative Republicans and related individuals, groups, and organizations is provided by an editorial in the Wall Street Journal written by Karl Rove, a former advisor to President George W. Bush. According to Rove, health care reform is “unnecessary” and will increase the cost of government-subsidized health care to the taxpayer. Greater efforts by government to provide health care will also undercut and “crate” private insurance systems, thereby having the effect of “forcing most Americans onto the government plan.”  Health care reform proposals are also “too expensive” and will have the effect of placing government bureaucrats “in the middle of the relationship between patients and their doctors.” Further, the health care reform proposals offered by the Democrats are a “bait-and-switch tactic” designed to obscure a more radical goal of a “single-payer, government-run health care system.” Rove does not deny the need for health care reform of some kind and says: “Health care desperately needs far-reaching reforms that put patients and their doctors in charge, bring the benefits of competition and market forces to bear, and ensure access to affordable and portable health care for every American.” (Rove, 2009)

Implicit in Rove’s views and, presumably, the views of others who share hisperspective, whether policy-makers and opinion leaders or lay activists and members of the general public, is a worldview informed by a particular set of ideological and cultural values. Modern American conservatism is at least on a primordial level influenced by the wider classical liberal tradition represented by John Locke, Adam Smith and other similar thinkers. This tradition regards bourgeoisie property relations and market processes assacrosanct, and does so with a strong preference for efficiency, utility, and economic discipline. Rove’s comments also reflect a certain bias towards the interests and norms of the middle to upper classes. He is concerned that the interests and preferences of consumers in the private heath insurance and private health care markets, or the economic interests of private health care and health insurance providers, will be undermined by proposed health care reforms. He is also concerned about the cost to taxpayers (mostly middle to upper income persons), and fiscal costs to the U.S. economy and the federal budget. Rove also expresses concerns about the role of bureaucracy in the doctor-patient relationship in a public health care system. Little is said in Rove’s editorial about those persons (mostly lower class and lower middle class) who do not have access to health insurance and health care because of its cost prohibitive nature. Nor is there any mention of the bureaucratic nature of many private heath care and health insurance providers, and the impact of these on the doctor-patient relationship.

An article by Paul Waldman in the liberal magazine American Prospect heaps ridicule on the kinds of arguments made by conservatives and Republicans such as Rove. Waldman dismisses Republican arguments against health care reform with epithets like “dumb” and “despicable.” Opponents of health care reform are referred to as “liars, knaves, and fools” and are characterized as motivated by bad faith, hypocrisy, double standards, special pleading, and deliberate obscurantism. This kind of rhetoric is fairly in keeping with the frequent tendency of those with a left-wing outlook to regard their opponents as not merely in error but in sin. Those who are not ostensibly on the side of the poor, oppressed, downtrodden, disadvantaged, etc. are not merely people with different opinions, interests, value judgments, perceptions, or experiences, but are somehow evil, immoral, unethical, greedy, lacking in virtue, or possessing malevolent intentions. (Waldman, 2009)

Patrik Jonnson of the Christian Science Monitor (whose political stance is more or less middle-of-the-road) discusses the question of whether health care reform is “unconstitutional.” He cites arguments advanced by “right-wing” groups who claim that health care reform exceeds the prerogatives of Congressional authority specified by the Constitution. These groups rely on somewhat arcane legal doctrines concerning the so-called “commerce clause” found in the Constitution, as well as provisions for the taxing powers of government, and on the strand within the American political tradition that places a heavy emphasis on “states’ rights.” Such arguments are of an “appeal to authority” nature. Specifically, they appeal to the perceived cultural authority and supposed political and legal authority of the U.S. Constitution as originally drafted and established centuries ago. Such beliefs indicate a kind of political fundamentalism, perhaps akin to biblical literalism in the religious realm, and are probably taken about as seriously by educated elites and established legal scholars. However, these kinds ofbeliefs do appeal to the values of certain conservative subcultures. (Jonnson, 2009)

Timothy Noah of Salon.Com provides an interesting overview of opposition to the health care reform bill from the political Left. Some of this liberal opposition is purely pragmatic. For instance, Noah gives the examples of former Secretary of Labor Robert Reich and New York Times columnist Bob Herbert who argue that health care reform should play a secondary role to other policy matters of perceived importance such as ending the war in Afghanistan or reducing unemployment. However, there are others from the liberal or left-wing perspective, which are in opposition to health care reform for more substantive reasons. One of these is the Democratic Congressman Dennis Kucinich, arguably the closest thing there is in the U.S. Congress to an actual socialist. Kucinich and others with comparable views argue that the health care reform bill actually strengthens large, private insurance companies and that its provisions actually amount to a “corporate welfare” program for the insurance industry. While conservative critics such as Karl Rove argue that the health care reform bill will lead to “socialized medicine,” critics from the Left argue precisely the opposite, i.e. that the health care reform bill essentially eliminates the possibility of a genuine “national health care system” of a Canadian, British, or Western European model. (Noah, 2009)

Still another reason cited by Noah for left-liberal opposition to the health care reform bill is the inclusion of provisions barring coverage for abortion-related services. A perspective of this type is offered in a statement from the National Organization of Women:

The House of Representatives has dealt the worst blow to women’s fundamental right to self-determination in order to buy a few votes for reform of the profit-driven health insurance industry. We must protect the rights we fought for in Roe v. Wade. We cannot and will not support a health care bill that strips millions of women of their existing access to abortion.

Birth control and abortion are integral aspects of women’s health care needs. Health care reform should not be a vehicle to obliterate a woman’s fundamental right to choose.

The Stupak Amendment goes far beyond the abusive Hyde Amendment, which has denied federal funding of abortion since 1976. The Stupak Amendment, if incorporated into the final version of health insurance reform legislation, will:

  • Prevent women receiving tax subsidies from using their own money to purchase private insurance that covers abortion;
  • Prevent women participating in the public health insurance exchange, administered by private insurance companies, from using 100 percent of their own money to purchase private insurance that covers abortion;
  • Prevent low-income women from accessing abortion entirely, in many cases. (O’Neill, 2009)

What is relevant about each of these perspectives concerning health care reform is the way in which each of the contending parties frames the issue within the context of the group norms, self-interests and language of their particular political tribe. This appears to be equally true of conservatives, libertarians, liberals, moderates, socialists, and feminists. The “justice,” efficacy, or benevolence of any proposed health care reform plan is evaluated within the context of the morality of the tribe. Reform is “good” if it serves and advances the tribe.

Bibliography:

Jonnson, Patrik (2009). Is the House Health Care Reform Bill Unconstitutional? Christian Science Monitor, November 5, 2009.

Noah, Timothy (2009). Lefties Against Reform: A Taxonomy of Left-Liberal Opposition to the Health Care Bill. Salon.Com, November 10, 2009.

O’Neill, Terry (2009). NOW Opposes Health Care Bill That Strips Millions of Women of Abortion Access. National Organization of Women, November 8, 2009.

Rove, Karl (2009). How to Stop Socialized Health Care: Five Arguments Republicans Must Make. Wall Street Journal, June 11, 2009.

Waldman, Paul (2009). The Ten Dumbest Arguments Against Health-Care Reform. American Prospect, July 28, 2009.

Updated News Digest December 27, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 26 December 2009

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

Quotes of the Week:

“Formerly, when religion was strong and science weak, men mistook magic for medicine; now, when science is strong and religion weak, men mistake medicine for magic.”

“The system isn’t stupid, but the people in it are.”

“Punishment is now unfashionable… because it creates moral distinctions among men, which, to the democratic mind, are odious. We prefer a meaningless collective guilt to a meaningful individual responsibility.”

People often say that this or that person has not yet found himself. But the self is not something one finds, it is something one creates.”

                                                                                                            -Thomas Szasz

The Troops Protect Our Freedom, and Other Lies I Learned in School by Kevin Carson

America Under Barack Obama Nat Hentoff interviewed by John Whitehead

Uncivil Liberties: The Empire’s War On Its Citizens by Carolyn Baker

Relocating Guantanamo by Paul Craig Roberts

Obama in the Shark Tank by Ralph Nader

From Bush to Obama: A Seamless Transition on the War by Ralph Nader

Vices Are Not Crimes by Murray Rothbard

Who Mourns the Murdered Mundanes? by William Norman Grigg

Is Revolution in the Air? by Justin Raimondo

Stunning Statistics About the War That Everyone Should Know by Jeremy Scahill

Pakistan’s Refugee Disaster by Stewart J. Lawrence

New World Order: How the 1989 Panama Invasion Set the Course for the Future of U.S. Foreign Policy by Ted Galen Carpenter

The Case Against Iran Sanctions by David Henderson

Elliot Abrams and “Neocon-ing” Obama by Robert Parry

U.S. Turburlence Buffets Pakistan by Eric Margolis

Time to End the Neocon Con Game by Bruce Cameron

Weapon of Monetary Destruction by Lew Rockwell

Automatic for the People: The AK-47 by C.J. Maloney

PIGS Murder Mentally Ill Man by William Norman Grigg

Afghan Affair More Than “Nitpicking” by Linda McQuaid

A Fistful of Dynamite by Daniel McCarthy

The Travails of the Young War Criminal by Gwynne Dwyer

One War Obama May Curtail by Kelley B. Vlahos

Motivation for Jihad by Charles Pena

PIG Brandishes Gun on Snowball Throwers by William Norman Grigg

PIGS Engage in Gang Assault on High School Student by William Norman Grigg

Rush Limbaugh Is a Turdball from the Huffington Post

Spanish Anarchist Arrested for Letter Bomb from Infoshop.Org

A Left-Environmentalist Expresses Skepticism of Global Warming  by David Crowe

The Thin Blue Line Is Cracking Up by Aaron David Ward

Obama, You Should Have Listened to MacArthur by Eric Margolis

The Recession Is Over, But the Depression Has Just Begun by Edward Harrison

The Nullification-10th Amendment Movement Is Growing by Thomas Woods

Blow It Out Your Ass, Supreme Court!! 

The Awards by Justin Raimondo

Mondragon Collective Opens Sacco and Vanzetti Grocery Store in Winnipeg from Infoshop.Org

The New Prohibitionists  by Caleb Stegall

Sexual Politics in the Age of Obama by David Rosen

America’s Party  by Pat Buchanan

War Against Christmas 2009: A Jewish Perspective by Marcus Epstein

From the Great Society to the Great Betrayal  by Rob Freeman

Libertarians and Junk Science by Kevin Carson

God of War? by Jeff Taylor

The Humane Vision of Ivan Illich by Chase Madar

Losing the Bill of Rights by Jacob Hornberger

Bring Back the Bad Guys by Jeff Huber

Gun Sales Up, Murder Rates Down 

Sean Hannity: Paid Shill for the Merchants of Death by Martin Hill

Hyperinflation and Rioting in the Streets John Williams interviewed by Phil Maymin

The Empire Recruits Worldwide by Rick Rozoff

Does the New World Order Leave Anywhere to Run? by Janet Daley

Dr. Mengele Reappears in Israel by David Kramer

10-Year-Old Busted for Distributing Peppermint Oil by David Kramer

My Christmas Prayer for the Little Town of Bethlehem by Ron Holland

French Kids Protest School Dress Codes from Infoshop.Org

Disappointments in Samarra by Alexander Cockburn

What It Takes to Build A Movement by Mark Rudd

The Year’s Best Books by Ralph Nader

Palestinians on the Brink of Explosion by Nicola Nasser

War and Peace by Pat Buchanan

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

50,000 U.S. Troops Have Quit Their Jobs Michael Prysner and James Circello interviewed by Scott Horton

The Bipartisan Empire Glenn Greenwald interviewed by Scott Horton

Political Prisoner Denied Medical Care Candace Gorman interviewed by Scott Horton

The GULAG by Matthew Raphael Johnson

The Middle Ages by Matthew Raphael Johnson

The New Right vs the Political Left Alex Kurtagic interviewed by Tom Sunic

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Holiday in Cambodia by the Dead Kennedys

Emerald by Thin Lizzy

Great Big Coffin/Looking for Mary  by Screaming Lord Sutch

Ladys Boy by Twisted Sister

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

U.S. Military Suicides Outnumber Out Number Soldiers Killed by Enemy in 2009 

Evangelical Church Opens Doors to Gays 

Jimmy Page’s Soundtrack to Kenneth Anger’s Lucifer Rising 

Bill Ayers: Americans Must Rise Up Against War 

Bill Ayers: “Life in a Bubble Will Explode in America’s Face” 

Rapper AKIR: America Is Definitely a Police State 

Ron Paul on “Foolish” Troop Surge, “Audit the Fed” Bill and Competing Currencies

Communists Living the American Dream 

First World War in Color 

William McKinley 1892 Campaign Speech (in memory of Leon Czolgosz)

Israel’s Neo-Nazis 

The Haight Street Kids 

Saving the Indians 

Asian-Americans and Poverty 

The Military-Industrial Complex Always Gets What It Want 

Las Vegas Teacher Accused of Denying Holocaust 

U.S. Set for Drastic Changes as White America Becomes a Minority in 2042 

Dying Detroit 

Merry Christmas and a Rockin’ Yule from a National-Anarchist

Sixty Percent of Russians Nostalgic for the Soviet Union 

Distributism: The Roots of the Catholic Worker Movement

Economics of the Catholic Worker Movement

The Fraud of “Representative Democracy” 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

A Former Bail Bondsman Assesses the PIGS

category Uncategorized keith Monday 21 December 2009

These comments are from a man who was a bail bondsman for 10 years, and acquired extensive experience dealing with police, courts, and district attorneys offices:

In my 55 years, I have had a few contacts with LEOs, sometimes as a victim and a few times as a minor suspect/traffic violator. Mostly, my exposure to LEOs has been in my role as a bail bondsman for over 10 years back in the late 80s. I have no personal axe to grind, and if I did, it’d be a quite old one. But I still pay attention and I have observed a marked deterioration over the years of the honor, dignity and humanity of police officers everywhere. Having to deal with them on a day to day basis was a large part of why I quit the bail bond business 20 years ago. My opinion then was that most of the people I was bailing out of jail were better human beings than the cops I knew at the time, and it’s only gotten worse.

In my own experiences, my status as victim or defendant didn’t seem to make much difference in the way I was treated or the professionalism displayed by the cop(s) involved. Ideally, it really shouldn’t. Having said that, about 60% of the time, the cops were either totally disrespectful assholes or corrupt, lying, arrogant bullies. 20% of the time, they were merely useless, incompetent and disinterested cowards(like the ones who watched me from the comfort of their cruiser while I got beat half to death in a parking lot by two guys, then just drove away), or the one who I had to literally beg to take fingerprints from the sprung bedroom window in my burglarized house. (I’m sure those prints never made it farther than the nearest trash can and I ultimately had to track down the perp myself with tricky “reward” posters for a particularly valuable piece of merchandise.)

Another 20% of the time, the cop(s) displayed the honesty and professionalism expected of them and it’s a sad testament that those were the ones I really remember because of their rarity. Unfortunately, with one exception, the last time that occurred was about 1985.

There is a problem with the cops nowadays that I lay squarely at the feet of the militarization that comes from our “drug war” mentality and a generation of kids who grew up watching S.W.A.T. and other popular entertainment that lionized law enforcement while demonizing the majority of the citizenry. There is a whole generation or two of people who grew up conflating the roles of police and the military. They didn’t understand the difference before they joined, and they either still don’t understand it, or don’t accept it after they graduate the academies.

Years ago, many cops entered the field as a service to communities that they, and generations of their families grew up in. A lot of them were following family traditions and it wasn’t unusual to see 3 generations of the same family on the beat in the same town or even neighborhood. Police work was a matter of family honor and tradition. Sure, there was still corruption, maybe even more than there is now. But compared to today, it was petty, at least at the street level. “Testilying” has become a fine art, a dance between DA’s and LEOs that 95% of gullible juries still swallow whole, and it’s more blatant and results in more serious consequences than ever before. Before, excepting the organized, racially motivated incidences, police violence typically took the form of Officer Jones delivering a beating to a local thug to elicit a confession or to teach him a lesson. And the thug usually knew he deserved it and the two would be on speaking terms the next weekend. Now it involves explosive violence, pursuit rage, lethal weapons and multiple assailants; and still that same old impenetrable Blue Wall refuses to yield.

We are a transient and mobile society now. There is an “us against them” mentality. Cops look on everyone as potentially hostile scum and jump to conclusions and generalizations with even more frequency than during the bad old days of the ’60’s when minorities were routinely abused and having long hair was tantamount to a “Harrass Me” sign pinned to your forehead.

I am convinced that today too many cops enter police work for all the wrong reasons and, with few exceptions, the departments do an abysmal job in weeding out the control freaks and those with anger management and other psychological problems. Maybe this is due to recruitment problems or maybe it’s the influence of police unions. The bad part of this is that, over time, it’s becoming the norm. This militarized, violent, “us against the world” mentality has been institutionalized. Cops do not see themselves as public servants charged with protecting a majority of the citizenry from predation by a minority of criminals. They see themselves as sharks circling around a vast school of “trash” fish, waiting for the first opportunity to thin the ranks. Or a pride of lions encircling a herd of gazelle with the aim of dispatching the ones they see, in their subjective and prejudiced opinions, as detrimental to the herd. And the ends justify any means. Planted evidence, testilying, coerced confessions, subornation of perjury, illegal searches, whatever it takes to nail a suspect they just “know” is guilty. In too many cities, the cops are seen by the citizens as no less than an occupying force. Even many of the totally law abiding are beginning to feel this way. Their level of disgust continues to rise every time they hear of a pack of flak-jacketed, jack-booted, helmeted storm troopers bashing down the door of some pathetic, unarmed crack-whore, or worse yet, a totally innocent citizen who happens to share a similar address to the one provided by some burned out informant making an illusionary attempt to cut a deal. Or maybe they watch as a middle aged woman on the side of the interstate frantically rushes to re-pack a van full of cargo, in a rainstorm, after being tricked into thinking she was legally obligated to consent to some trooper’s fishing expedition.

Too many cops today become cops as a power trip. Thousands of punks want to become police officers just because they’re too cowardly for military careers and too stupid to be good criminals.

For anyone else who thinks a college degree is helpful, think again. In my state, a degree is required to become a State Trooper. It is not required for my county’s deputies or my city’s police. Florida state troopers are perhaps the worst, most abusive, rednecked goons I’ve ever had the misfortune to know. And vice cops, most of which have degrees, are some of the most morally bankrupt, corrupt and despicable cowards you can imagine. Yes, cowards! Don’t believe the propaganda. Cops who answer domestic calls encounter 10X the danger of vice cops, or especially the jack-booted drug cop thugs. Your typical vice cop would tremble in his boots to answer a domestic disturbance call or to pull someone over in traffic. After dealing with these people for over 10 years, the only cops that I have any consistent level of respect for are homicide detectives. Most of them have some native intelligence and got off the street before they became cynical assholes or drank themselves to death.

A Subjective Interpretation of Hostility Between Entities in a Capitalist Society

category Uncategorized keith Monday 21 December 2009

by Valerian of Inland Empire National-Anarchists

I wanted to write this article because for one thing I haven’t been active on this blog as I should and also because I’ve been thinking about this particular subject for a long time, especially since I opted for a world-view that I currently hold. This is not scholarship, a thesis, or a standard theory that I am trying to create; rather, this is just a commentary that I hope to shed light on since it relates to the Modern World as a whole but also because it’s highly reflective of the area I live in. Writing in the form of a commentary allows more freedom of expression and intellectual activity but at the same time it lacks any objective credibility in the eyes of 3rd parties because it doesn’t appeal or point to outside reference points or 1st person sources.  Though I don’t use any sort of references like this in the article I will say that my personal influences are Stoicism, Neoplatonism, Nouvelle Droite, Julius Evola,  and other intellectual forces and those influences will manifest themselves in particular ways in this article. I do highly recommend you read about my influences and look no further then the links that are to the right in this blog. Without further ado, here are my reflections.

The beginnings of hostility

Hostility, in a general sense, can be a position, emotion, idea, and view that sets itself in opposition to another position, emotion, idea, and view. The opposition doesn’t necessarily have to be embodied in any entity (human, cat, horse, spider, etc.) but can be inherent within the oppositional view itself; for example:

View A: Abortion is wrong because you’re murdering a fetus that has a soul and has inherent worth.

Opposition to View A: Abortion is not wrong because a fetus is still a part of the woman and the woman should have a right to get rid of a “thing” in her body she doesn’t want. The soul is also “non-existent” and therefore does not have inherent worth.

This is just one of many examples of oppositional views that are inherent in the Cosmos and especially more narrowly in society itself. Every view that is upheld always has an oppositional view that is directly opposite of it. Hostility is the manifestation of that opposition at various levels of intensity and degree. For this example, I am going to use a measurement of this hostility in 3 levels that in a sense corresponds to real world degrees of manifestation but it not necessarily an absolute measurement but just a way to systematize it.

A and B disagree about view C; A is for C and B is against C.

Level 1 manifestation of hostility

A and B disagree about C but still communicate and correspond with one another and they never let C be a subject of discussion between them.

Level 2 manifestation of hostility

A and B disagree about C and in turn stay away from each other and cease all communication and correspondence.

Level 3 manifestation of hostility

A and B disagree about C and in turn look to overpower, submit, eliminate on another. In a sense go to war with one another.

This is the nature of the cosmos itself and this view has many forms and manifestations in the philosophies of the Orient and Occident, Lao Zhu and Heraclitus, respectively, mentions this in their respective philosophies. An opposite is already manifested in relation to every  entity before existence itself is actualized. Another example:

A lion seeks to kill a gazelle and the gazelle seeks to prevent its elimination. The lion doesn’t rationalize or seek to systematize why he acts in this manner but it is inherent in his behavior. Hence, it is prior to its existence or else it could never come to manifestation.

Overcoming of hostility

An entity will seek to overcome hostility by a variety of means; by a dialectic process that involves both oppositional forces that in turn will create a 3rd force, a synthesis; an overpowering and submission of one force by another; a submission of one force to another; and the most fluid of them all, a unification of one force to another because of inherent unity between two forces.  The 1st and 4th means to an overcoming is the process of culture, race, ethnicity, commonalities, and consubstantiality itself. The 2nd and 3rd means is a process of warfare and violence itself; this is the process that is manifested to a high degree in a capitalist society itself.

Capitalism and its manifestation

Capitalism is an economic system which derives from the Enlightenment and in turn informs and influences the participants that live within the system. The Enlightenment posited man as an abstract with inherent universal qualities as the starting point for its manifestation in the temporal world. The universal qualities it seek to impose on man from the start is that man is a self-interested creature that seeks its own good and is endowed with natural reason from the start. Culture and ethnicity to them are just “accidents” and do not have any importance in their conceptions  and philosophy. Since Capitalism manifests itself all these presuppositions of man, the participants in Capitalism will manifest these qualities in turn. The Enlightenment is a falsity from the start because it creates a system out of abstraction and those manifestations that philosophers of the Enlightenment witnessed were ones that were infused by their own system. In fact English society, which a good portion of Enlightenment thought came from, manifested qualities that were pseudo-Capitalistic and Liberal which led to the universal abstraction of these values onto all humans and peoples around the world. The Anglo-Saxons themselves already lived in a culture of small government, individualism, and commerce that “laid the ground” for the Enlightenment itself.  From this chain of causality Capitalism and Liberalism in its various manifestations came into fruition. Hence a “culture”, system, and environment was developed that reflected these qualities and in turn qualified the participants in a mode of operation that corresponds with the environment.

Manifestations of hostility within Capitalist Society

In a specific sense, this relates to American society but in a  narrower sense, Southern California. The Enlightenment itself, when taken to a logical conclusion, manifests a society where culture, ethnicity, and in extreme forms, race, is seen as a non-factor and that individual gain and supremacy is the ultimate, albeit within a system of boundaries, laws, and other edicts that within themselves are Enlightenment based. Individuals are the real foundation of a capitalistic society and relationships are reduced to contracts, formal alliances, passing gestures, and superficial leanings. In this environment, individuals are “atomized” and the system is only structured by “universal” abstractions, a “culture” of individualism, and a market economy that participants have no choice but to participate in because it’s inherent within the system; alternative systems can be created but that will be for another article. The unifying principles that are not inherent within the system itself will be sought after through other channels: i.e. subcultures, common interests, race, ethnicity, culture, philosophy, etc. These principles will be held by various networks within the larger Capitalistic system and because the market economy itself is based on “competition” between various actors and groups, these differentiated groups and participants will be opposed to one another because of the amplification of  “competition”, which is really just a euphemism for warfare. Here is a good example:

Participant A likes Death Metal and hates Rap.

Participant A finds a network of participants that share in his fondness for Death Metal and hatred of rap; this network is Group A.

Participant B likes Rap and hates Death Metal.

Participant B finds a network of participants that share in his fondness for Rap and hatred of Death Metal; this network is Group B.

Group A and Group B live in a town that is part of the Capitalistic system.

The town is not defined by any common, unifying principles (race, ethnicity, culture) that infuse the members of the town.

Group A and Group B are not unified by any principles they both share in.

Group A and Group B are hostile to one another based on the opposition that both groups carry.

In Capitalism, groups, participants, networks, and other entities live in different realities from one another which in turn ceases any unity between these social forces. These “realities” inform, nourish, influence, potentialize the actions and directions of these different social forces. These social forces, because they follow different world-views, can not share in the same reality with one another and because there is no underlying unifying principles between them their will be a level of hostility between them. Liberalism actually seeks to create a unifying system that prevents differentiated social forces to come at war within one another but because Liberalism is qualified by chaos within it’s principles, i.e. individualism, multiculturalism, market competition, distrust of ethnocentric doctrines, etc., chaos has no choice but to manifest itself within reality. Alienation between these two forces creates an environment that is, at different levels, chaotic. Another example:

Group A has a world-view where Concept A is a supreme principle.

Group B has no understanding of Concept A, which in turn is utterly alien to Group B.

Within this alienation of understanding, Group B has no choice but to have an interpretation of Concept A.

Within the interpretation, there is a hostility to Concept A that Group A sees as absurd in turn is opposed to that interpretation.

Since there is no unifying principles (race, ethnicity, culture, religion, philosophy) between these groups then there is opposition between them, which is a result of chaos within the Liberal system where abstractions take precedence over real unity.

This chaos is typical of the Modern World and in a narrower sense to Southern California and it shouldn’t be a surprise for the population why there is so much tension, angst, misrepresentations, misinterpretations, crime, conflict, hostility, and chaos itself in the region. Southern California, as a region,  is not qualified by any transcendental principles which all members look towards; Christianity is manifested in different forms and denominations; Islam is making a presence in the region; a good portion of the population has no transcendental principles or philosophy that they hold onto;  alienation is created between these groups, chaos in turn is the underlying principle of this region as a whole.

With many different races, ethnicities, and cultures inhabiting a specific region, all these unified groups are in many different manifestations going to be alien to one another. It can be seen in the tension and nervousness of differentiated participants when they exchange correspondence and communication; their world-views do not correspond to one another. Another example:

Participant A and participant B exchange a monetary transaction at a restaurant.

Participant A believes in world-view C and Participant B believes in world-view D.

C and D will be manifested through various actions and behavioral traits.

Participant A and participant B will interpret these manifestation differently because their world-views do not correspond to one another.

These interpretations will create a sense of confusion and misunderstanding  between Participant A and B.

A synthesis can occur but because there is many disunities between the participants the synthesis itself will be interpreted differently by the participants. A unified interpretation of the Cosmos, with race, ethnicity, and culture as underlying factors, will mitigate and modify the conflicts that are manifested between participants because the degree of correspondences and manifestations will be able to unify with another and synthesize with one another. Greater degrees of unity and synthesization will be actualized as the commonalities are more in common between participants within any environment that is not marked by chaos but by order.

In this example I will use 4 manifestations of unity as measurements: Race, Ethnicity, Religion, and Taste.

Race will be A

thnicity will be B

Religion will be C

Taste will be D

Participants will be E and F

E and F share A,B,C,D=Unity is the greatest

E and F share A,B,C but not  D=Unity is great

E and F share A and B but not C and D=Unity is less

E and F share A but not B,C, and D=Unity is  lesser

E and F do not share A,B,C,D=Unity is non-existent

If E and F have no unity than synthesis will be non-existent because there is not a unifying system that both participants share and agree on and therefore make oppositional forces contained within an ordered, dialectical process.

The degrees of participation between entities in opposition and unity in the Cosmos is differentiated at greater and lesser levels. By bringing oppositional forces into a unified, integrated world-view with underlying principles that unite participants in the highest degree of manifestation this will allow creative energy, synthetic creations, and many more manifestations to be harnessed and nourished by the participants. By bringing participants into an environment where oppositional forces are given free rein and where chaos is the foundation for the environment then the participants will be in constant opposition through their actions with one another and synthesis and creative power is weakened and in some cases, non-existent.

Conclusion

Unity is something that is inherent and something that is sought for and realized through entities with one another. Hostility is the creation of alienation between forces that do not share a unifying principle. Capitalism itself is an environment, system, ideology that infuses hostility between participants because of the underlying principles that make the system itself. By living in an environment where hostility is manifested more abruptly and underlying order is lost then the environment itself manifests chaos and derision within many of the facets. This is the Modern World, this is what I am opposed to.

 

 

Why the Radical Left Should Consider Secession

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 23 December 2009

Kirkpatrick Sale of the Middlebury Institute recently observed that there is presently ”more attention being paid to secession than any time since 1865″ and predicts that “one of the American states will vote for its independence in the next 10 years.” Neo-secessionist sentiments are frequently stereotyped as a characteristic exhibited primarily by “right-wing extremists.” Yet there are serious reasons why genuine progressives should consider secession. Among the most compelling reasons why the Left should consider dissolving the U.S. into multiple nations, regions, or city-states are:

-Break-up of the U.S.A. means an end to the American empire that has killed millions of people throughout the world over the last sixty-five years, including perhaps two million Iraqis, three million Southeast Asians, hundreds of thousands of Central Americans, half a million Timorese, thousands of Afghanis, and many, many more.

-Without the support of the U.S., international capitalist organizations such as the IMF, World Bank, WTO, etc. would be much less powerful and influential.

-The demise of the federal regime would mean an end to U.S. aid to Israel, and a fighting chance for the Palestinians.

-The collapse of the U.S. federal system would mean an end to federal corporate-welfare, bank-welfare, and, above all, the death of the military-industrial complex.

-No more federal regime means no more DHS, FBI, CIA, DEA, BATF, Bureau of Prisons, Bureau of Indian Affairs, federal drug war, federal mandatory minimums, or the national police state built up around the war on terrorism. What could be more successful at overturning the “terror war” legislation of the last eight years than complete disintegration of the federal government itself?

-An end to federal corporate welfare means a severe weakening of Big Pharma, agribusiness, or local developers utilizing federal money in efforts at gentrification.

-The disintegration of the U.S. means not only the end of federal drug prohibition but an end to U.S. support for the international drug war and the America-centric structure of international drug prohibition, thereby allowing other nations to develop more progressive policies on this matter.

Some may object that progressives have at times appealed to federal power against local reactionaries (for instance, in cases of civil rights, abortion rights, and church/state separation issues) and that dissolution of the federal regime may also weaken gains in this area. However, it should be considered that the majority of the U.S. population resides in the 75 to 100 largest urban, metropolitian areas. If these areas-New York, Washington D.C., Los Angeles, San Francisco, Portland, Chicago, Miami-were all independent city-states or micronations along the lines of Monaco, Luxemborg, or Singapore, genuine progressives would be in a much superior political position than at present. The major U.S. urban areas tend to be the most diverse culturally, racially, ethnically, and religiously. It is also in these areas where the majority of racial minorities, LGBT people, persons with countercultural values, and those with left-leaning political views tend to be concentrated. The majority of the underclass persons fed into the prison-industrial complex also originate from the large cities. It is in the major cities where most abortion services are located and where most abortions take place.

If these larger urban areas were separated from the states in which they are presently located and from the federal system, urban progressives would no longer need to share space politically with rural, small-town, or suburban reactionaries, conservatives, or religious fundamentalists. Therefore, it would be immensely easier for independent city-states of this kind to enact, for instance, single-payer health care, same-sex marriage, stem cell research or a living wage. It would also be easier to protect abortion rights from the influence of current state legislatures or the federal government. Likewise, it would be much more possible to decriminalize drugs, prostitution, gambling and other “consensual crimes” along the lines of New Zealand, Portugal, or the Netherlands at present. Such changes would severely weaken and undermine the police state and prison-industrial complex. The likely weakening of corporate power following the demise of federal and state corporate welfare would also provide a more level playing field for activists to take on landlords, developers, bankers, and other plutocratic interests on a municipal and regional level, and perhaps initiate economic alternatives like cooperatives, collectives, communes, LETS, mutuals, land trusts, and so forth. Meanwhile, social conservatives and other non-progressives who dissented from this prevailing liberal-libertarian-left paradigm could likewise achieve sovereignty for themselves in their exclusionary suburban enclaves, homogenous rural counties and towns, or sparsely populated red zones. Surely, this would be a better state of political affairs than the present system. If indeed secessionist sentiments are likely to grow in the years and decades ahead, why should progressives be left out?

You’re a Phone Call Away From Saving a Life

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 26 December 2009

http://islaminrussiaandabroad.blogspot.com/2009/12/youre-phone-call-away-from-saving-life.html

by Ian Huyett

Last year, in a disturbing reminder of Israel’s ruthless assault on the USS Liberty, Israeli warships rammed an unarmed vessel in open violation of international maritime law. The Dignity, whose passengers included US Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney, was carrying food and medical supplies to the besieged population of Gaza. Imprisoned in the Gaza strip, 1.5 million Palestinian civilians have suffered unimaginable terror at the hands of an occupier that has made clear it has no regard for the sanctity of life.
For decades, Israel has used it’s powerful lobby to manipulate and control American foreign policy at the expense of our tax dollars and lives. Our pitiful government has looked the other way while Israeli agents have conducted campaigns of espionage and terrorism against American citizens. The Israeli regime is no more a friend to the American people then it is to the people of Gaza. It’s in the best interest of all nations to unite against Israeli policy.
 
As you read these words, UK politician George Galloway and a humanitarian convoy of 250 vehicles, crewed by 500 courageous people from 20 countries around the world, is stranded in Aqaba, Jordan. Just as Israel intends to use the United States to disable the potential threat of an awakening Iran, it is using the government of Egypt to prevent these nonpartisan activists from delivering medical supplies to the victims of the world’s first silent genocide.
If the Egyptian government cannot stand up to Israeli pressure, it can’t be expected to stand up to cries for justice from around the world. Contact your local Egyptian embassy and demand that the convoy be allowed to pass.
A nation establishes embassies to better international relations. Tell the government of Egypt how said relations might be effected if Egypt not only allows tragedy to occur, but denies relief to those who’ve managed to survive it.

The L.A. Riots of 1992: What Really Happened

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 27 December 2009

http://libcom.org/history/1992-the-la-riots

A brief account of the six days of rioting which set Los Angeles aflame following the acquittal of four police officers who were filmed beating black motorist Rodney King.

“There’s a difference between frustration with the law and direct assaults upon our legal system.”
- George Bush Snr., May 3rd, 1992.

The first rocks started to fly as the four LAPD officers who beat Rodney King and the jury who acquitted them were leaving the courtroom in suburban Simi Valley. Subsequent to the acquittal, on the afternoon of April 29th 1992, thousands of people began pouring into the streets of Los Angeles. In a few hours rioting spread across the LA metropolitan area. Conditions rapidly approached the level of civil war. The police withdrew from the main areas of fighting, ceding the streets to the insurgent poor. Systematic burnings of capitalist enterprises commenced. More than 5,500 buildings burned. People shot at cops on the street and at media and police helicopters. Seventeen government buildings were destroyed.

The Los Angeles Times was attacked and looted. A vast canopy of smoke from the buildings covered the LA Basin. Flights out of LA airport were cancelled and incoming flights had to be diverted due to the smoke and sniper fire.

The rioting was the single most violent episode of social unrest in the US in the twentieth century, far outstripping the urban revolts of the 1960s both in sheer destructiveness and in the fact that the riots were a multiracial revolt of the poor. In the initial phase of the LA riots, the police were rapidly overwhelmed and retreated, and the military did not appear until the rioting had abated.

The New York Times noted:

“Some areas took on the atmosphere of a street party as black, white, Hispanic and Asian residents mingled to share in a carnival of looting. As the greatly outnumbered police looked on, people of all ages (and genders), some carrying small children, wandered in and out of supermarkets with shopping bags and armloads of shoes, liquor, radios, groceries, wigs, auto parts, gumball machines and guns”.

The 30,000 square foot military enlistment centre for all nine counties of Southern California was burned to the ground on the first night. The state portrayed the rioting as an episode of indiscriminate mayhem where rioters attacked each other like sharks in a feeding frenzy.

While most media coverage and subsequent histories have focussed on a few negative events, such as the horrific beating of truck driver Reginald Denny, in fact crimes against people, such as rape and drive-by shootings, virtually disappeared as previously atomised working people of different colours and ethnicities came together in mass collective violence, proletarian shopping [looting] and a potlatch of destruction. There were far fewer rapes and muggings during the period than there are in LA under the normal rule of law. on a conservative estimate, more than 100,000 rebel poor in the greater LA area have now collectively experienced, in arson, looting and violence against the police, the intelligent use of violence as a political weapon. The number of participants in the uprising is well into the six-figure range. We know this because there were around 11,000 arrests (5,000 black, 5,500 Latino, 600 white) and the vast majority of participants got away scot-free.

Following the lead of events in the nation’s cultural capital, mass spontaneous rioting spread to several dozen cities across the US. In San Francisco more than a hundred stores were looted and rich areas were attacked. One of the large posh hotels had its windows smashed by a gang of youths chanting “The Rich Must Die”. Protesters marched o­nto the Interstate Freeway, causing a massive tailback affecting several hundred thousand car commuters. In San Jose, students looted and attacked police cruisers. Police were shot at in Tampa, Florida, and in Las Vegas, armed rioters burned a state parole and probation office. Armed confrontations between the police and locals continued in Las Vegas for the next 18 days. In Seattle a burning police car was pushed into police ranks and there was loads of looting, smashing and burning in downtown Seattle. Similar events happened all over the US.

On May 2nd, 5,000 LAPD, 1,000 Sheriff’s Deputies, 950 County Marshals and 2,300 Highway Patrol cops, accompanied by 9,975 National Guard troops, 3,500 Army troops and Marines with armoured vehicles and 1,000 Federal Marshals, FBI agents and Border Patrol SWAT teams moved in to restore order and guard the shopping malls. Hundreds were wounded. Most of the people killed in the uprising were killed in the repression of the revolt. After much fighting and the largest mass arrest in US history the LA 92 insurrection came to a close.

Edited by libcom from an article in Anarchy – A Journal of Desire Armed, No.34, Autumn 1992. Photo by Hyungwon Kang (kang.org)

Updated News Digest January 3, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 3 January 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Quotes of the Week:

“The joy of life consists in the exercise of one’s energies, continual growth, constant change, the enjoyment of every new experience. To stop means simply to die. The eternal mistake of mankind is to set up an attainable ideal.”

“Intolerance is evidence of impotence.

“In the absence of will-power the most complete collection of virtues and talents is wholly worthless.

“Ordinary morality is only for ordinary people.

“Paganism is wholesome because it faces the facts of life.

“Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law.”

                                                                                         -Aleister Crowley 

Against the Power Elite by Lew Rockwell

Obama Destroyed the Peace Scene by Ian Huyett

Obama’s Civil Liberties Failures by Robyn Blumner

The Case for Doing Nothing In Iran by Stephen M. Walt

Obama: Imperialist and Ultimate Jihadi Hero by Michael Scheuer

Why a Resister Chose Canada Over the War in Iraq by Rodney Watson

The Lap Bomber Mystery by Justin Raimondo

Blue in the Face? Take a Breath by Ian Huyett

Next Stop: Yemen by Justin Raimondo

Obama, Tell Me How This Ends by Andrew Bacevich

A Lawless Presidency by Stephen Green

One Day We’ll All Be Terrorists by Chris Hedges

Iran Nuke Document Was Forged by Gareth Porter

A Decade of Self-Delusion by Pat Buchanan

Israel Rules by Paul Craig Roberts

Terrorism Is the Cost of Empire by Jacob Hornberger

Another Surging Safari by Jeff Huber

Abandoning the Interventionist Temptation in Afghanistan by Doug Bandow

2009: The Year the Iraq War Was Lost for Good by Kelley B. Vlahos

Still Not Home for the Holidays by Charles Pena

What’s Next for Flyers? Underwear Checks? by Ron Holland

The Underpants Bomber and the Keystone Cops by Becky Akers

Terrible Arguments for Climate Change Legislation by Xon Hostetter

The Joys of Airstrikes and Anonymity by Glenn Greenwald

Christians United for War by Philip Giraldi

The U.S. Military Is Exhausted by Sarah Lazare

What the Soviets Learned in Afghanistan About Assumptions by Jordan Michael Smith

Bombs Without Borders  by John Laughland

Et Tu, Jimmy Carter? by John Tabin (and more from Ranni Amiri)

Obama, Progressives, and the Press Cindy Sheehan interviewed by Mike Whitney

Christians Against Christmas? by Tom Piatak

Tea Party: The Documentary Film by Greg Johnson

The John Birch Society Was Right by TGGP

The Double Standard on Race by John Smith

Holiday HomoCon Series One: Noel Coward, Mad About the Right by James O’Meara

Is There a Constituency for Liberty in the U.S. Media? by Bill Anderson

Worse Than Weimar or Zimbabwe by Doug Casey

American Justice? by James Ostrowski

Secession: The Hope for Humanity by Russell Longcore

Health Care Nullification by Michael Boldin

Decriminalize Political Speech by Jayne Lyn Stahl

Ben Stein Is a Scumbag by Thomas Eddlem

America’s Looming Class War by Mark Crovelli

Some Things We Learned in 2009 by Eric Margolis

The Old False Flag Trick by William Norman Grigg

PIGS Assault Man in Diabetic Seizure by Matt Welch

Public-Private Co-Dependence by Jeremy Weiland

This Berlin Wall Is Going Up in Smoke by Alex R. Knight

Failure As a Strategy by John Robb

Underpants Bomber: Israeli Intelligence Black Op? from Brad Spangler

Have You Got a Form 27B/6? by Kevin Carson

Way to Miss the Point by Kevin Carson

 2010: Welcome to Orwell’s World by John Pilger

Learning the Wrong Lessons From the Attempted Bombing by Ivan Eland

AIPAC Celebrates 47th Birthday in Court by Grant Smith

Joe Lieberman: How About Another War by John Nichols

Israel Resembles a Failed State by Ali Abunimah

Dog Hanger as Model Citizen? by Walter Brasch and Rosemary Brasch

Ivan Illich: The Peoples’ Priest by Chase Madar

The Neocon/Evangelical Alliance by Jeff Taylor

Stick It to the Banksters by Gary North

The Health Care System Is a Mess by Per Bylund

2010: U.S. to Wage War Throughout the World by Rick Rozoff

Secession and the 2nd Amendment  by Russ Longcore

The Ironic Flaw in Obamaite Healthcare Arguments by Saul Weiner

The State-AMA Complex by Steven West

The Road Ahead  by Justin Raimondo

Changing the Narrative for War by Philip Giraldi

Five Myths About Keeping America Safe from Terrorism by Stephen Flynn

Yemen: Yet Another Al-Qaeda Trap by Patrick Cockburn

Let’s Not Invade Yemen by Leon Hadar

U.S. Kicks Hornets Nest in Yemen by Eric Margolis

The Degrading Effects of Terrorism Fears by Glenn Greenwald

Get Naked to Defeat Terrorists by Becky Akers

The God That Fails by David Brooks

The Criminalization of Protest by Radley Balko

Denial on Terrorism and Foreign Policy by Jacob Hornberger

Honest Men by Taki Theodoracopulos

Richard Spencer Is Leaving Taki’s Magazine by Richard Spencer

The Real War by Pat Buchanan

Anarchists and HOAs by Gary Chartier

Don’t Go There, Heritage by Kevin Carson

The Year of the Tiger  by Alexander Cockburn

The Awful Truth by Ralph Nader

Terror Suspects and U.S. Courts by Joanne Mariner

Meet the New Boss, Same As the Old by Bob Sommer

 Taking Liberties by John Kampfner

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

On Being a Medic in the Iraq War Michael Anthony interviewed by Scott Horton

PIGS Will Be PIGS  

How To Flex Your Rights During Police Encounters 

Police State Tyrants: PIGS Will Be PIGS, Again 

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Ride the Sky by Lucifer’s Friend

Death Walks Behind You by Atomic Rooster

Black Blade by Blue Oyster Cult

The Hunter by Blue Cheer

Silver Machine by Hawkwind

Breadfan by Budgie

Teaser by Tommy Bolin

Gypsy by Uriah Heep

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Berkeley May Cut Out Science Labs in the Name of Anti-Racism 

Anti-Equality 

The Geography of a Recession 

Afghanistan Will Never Be a Western Democracy 

Iraq Is Still in Chaos After Six Years of War 

The GOP’s Three-Headed Monster 

Evil Exists, Or At Least Destructive Does 

Governments vs The People: Replacing the Population With Another One 

Bishop Fulton Sheen on Cooperative Ownership 

Distributism    Part Two       Part Three 

Islamic Banking Resists the Financial Crisis 

The Mondragon Cooperatives

Southern California Shanty Town/Tent City 

The Scam of Social Conservatism by the Southern Avenger

Karl Marx: Racist and the Ancestor of Modern Genocide

Pakistan Supreme Court Recognizes Third Gender 

As the West Looks Elsewhere, the East Becomes More Autocratic 

Edgar Julius Jung: Conservative Revolutionary 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

The Cincinnati Race Riots: Shades of Things to Come

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 29 December 2009

The Cincinnati Race Riots

Shades Of Things To Come

April 9 to 14, 2001

When the history of the 21st century is written, the record will undoubtedly show that one of the main sparks that led to Civil War II was the race riot in Cincinnati Ohio, in April of 2001.

This report is to inform readers of the intense nature of these events, in order that you may understand the full width and depth of the actions of both sides in this rioting. There is little in this report that has been published before, and is not just another article on the rioting. This riot was not some spontaneous event, which took its own course. Once it began, organized elements leapt to the fore and took command of the situation. It was far better organized than any previous riot.

Let it be said, first and foremost, that this was a full-fledged spasm of race war. It was short-lived, but it was intense and extremely dangerous to everyone involved. The details of which are listed below:

One of the most unusual effects of the discord was that it kept on going, seemingly without end. There were new rioters stepping into the fray, almost as fast as the police could snatch them off the street. The emotional charge of the riots was unchanged from beginning to end. The depth of rage in most of the rioters was beyond measure. Report after report came through local media of white people, when screaming for a reason they were being stomped by their black attackers, were told, “It’s because you’re white.” And, “This is a race thing.” These reports were seen and heard by hundreds of thousands of people on local news channels.

What started the riot? A young black man, Timothy Thomas, is wanted on 14 misdemeanor warrants, and had successfully run and escaped arrest on two previous occasions. Police chase him into a near pitch-black alley in Cincinnati’s worst neighborhood. Wearing the current down-to-your-knees, look-like-a-convict fashion, the guy is running holding his pants up. This puts his hands at waist level. Combine this hand position with a dark alley and a winded cop, and you’ve got a recipe for disaster. Essentially, that’s what happened. Yikes! POW! This is all said at the risk of defending the Cincinnati police, who are not “nice guys” either.

Two things happened on the first night of the riots:

Aside from the spontaneous explosion of rioting, there was a meeting held at a downtown church, The New Friendship Baptist Church, where ministers of the local black churches, the New Black Panthers, the Black United Front, family of the man killed by police, a local elected official, and a crowd of supporters gathered to compose themselves and plan a strategy.

Reverend Damon Lynch, of the Black United Front condemned the violence on the one hand, and encouraged it on the other: “The government will not change until we stand up in numbers,” and “Only through chaos will change come.”

Cincinnati beat cops, who ordinarily patrol the area were allowed entry to the church. The cops were invited to speak, but after stating, “The problem is not with the police, it’s with the parents,” the police were shouted down and run off with chants of “Pigs out of the building!”

Attendees then decided to march down to the site of the rioting with the ministers, the elected official and several nuns in the lead. They were met by a line of police who instructed them to stop, turn around and go back. After the ministers refused to leave, stating that they wanted to try and cool things down, police held a loaded shotgun to the head of the politician (Roland Heyne) and the order to leave repeated. Only then did the marchers obey the police and return to the church.

As fifty people stood on the steps of the church, five police cars roared by with their lights blinking. From the police cars a barrage of rubber bullets flew into the side and doors of the building, ricocheting and bouncing around. Miraculously, no one was hit. Absolutely none of this was reported in the news. One witness said she counted twenty shotgun blasts.

How could anyone in their right mind say that such actions by the police could possibly help the situation? If anything, it undoubtedly worsened everything.

Welcome to Somalia:

Most astonishing was the use of tactics out of Chechnya and Somalia used on the streets of Cincinnati. These included:

Confiscating needed equipment by the rioters: Need a cell phone? Smash somebody using one upside the head and take it. Need a pickup truck to turn into a “technical” like the ones used in Somalia? Just carjack one and use it. The transition from cars to pickup trucks was quick.

Featured in the April 11, 2001 Cincinnati Enquirer was a photo of seven rioters, some of them masked, in the back of a small truck. Add AK-47s and you’ve got a scene right out of Mogadishu. This time rioters used only pistols, shotguns and Molotovs.

The future of rioting

Willingness to destroy the infrastructure in order to accomplish their goals:

As in Grozny, Chechnya, repeated attempts were made to black out areas of the city by building fires in dumpsters beneath power lines, or rolling them under the lines and then setting the fire. These sort of fires received much greater attention by fire fighters than ordinary dumpster fires which were frequently left to burn themselves out. Had rioters been able to blackout downtown, their ability to move about unchallenged and fire weapons into police lines and into emergency vehicles would have been greatly enhanced. None of their attempts to knock out electricity were successful.

On the tactical level, the rioting had three distinct characteristics:

            Crowd actions: These were led by organized core groups of fifty or more people. These groups got larger as they moved along, and increased in violent activities as well. These crowds perpetrated the largest numbers of assaults against businesses and police lines.

            Squad size actions: These consisted mainly of groups of 6 to 20 young black men, who would mask themselves with bandanas and assault motorists with bottles and rocks. At least two reports per day were heard on police radios of young black men, with their faces hidden with bandanas, dropping heavy stones from overpasses on US I-75 onto the highway. There were no reports of any injuries or accidents.

            Individual actions: This was, by far, the most unpredictable element of the rioting. It consisted of individuals who, while walking alone along a sidewalk or driving alone, would spot white city workers or pedestrians, and then draw a pistol and open fire. One young man, interviewed on local news, was sitting in his jeep at a light, when a young black man looked him in the eye and threw a bottle, full power, toward his face. The bottle struck the roll bar of the jeep and showered the white man’s face with glass. He was cut in several places but escaped, shaken at being attacked because of the color of his skin.

The rioters were often indiscriminate about which businesses they attacked. Picked to the bone the first night were the popular hip hop fashion stores known as Deveroes. Before the riots, their advertising slogan was, “Everybody knows where you get your clothes, Deveroes.” Today it goes like this: “Everybody knows where you LOOT your clothes…” The owners, like other businessmen, will get nothing in the way of insurance coverage for damages caused by civil unrest.

Use of Weapons by Rioters:

The weapons of choice were automatic pistols and shotguns. Reports of gunfire began immediately after the riot began, and continued through the lifting of the curfew. Calibers of the guns varied widely, from the .22 caliber used to slightly wound a Cincinnati cop, all the way to 12 gauge shotguns. Rocks, bottles, fists, feet, knives and bricks were also used. One brick was thrown through the window of a business with such violent force that it stuck in the back wall like tornado damage. Flame weapons ranged from matches to Molotovs.

Use of Weapons by Police:

The police broke out almost everything in their arsenal. Cops roamed the streets armed with everything from M-16 rifles to MP-5 machineguns. All the non-lethal stuff was used, sprays, 12 gauge “beanbags” and rubber bullets, 40 mm teargas grenades and 40mm rubber bullets. No use, or even deployment, of the two armored cars owned by Cinci PD or the M113 armored personnel carrier owned by the Hamilton County Sheriff’s Office was reported. At first we were somewhat confused at the lack of use of armored vehicles in the face of such a crowd. Then it dawned on us that this crowd was politically too sophisticated to use such vehicles. To bring them out would have resulted in the burned-out hulls of three tanks on what became sea of broken glass and debris. This crowd would have quickly destroyed them with Molotovs.

Who was involved?

On the first day and night, there were mainly angry individuals, but there were obvious local black leaders from the Black United Front, a suit and tie organization, local New Black Panthers, in their black military fatigues and berets, and some local select black ministers in the crowd. It is important here to note that the New Black Panthers broke with their tradition of bringing rifles and shotguns to demonstrations. This time they brandished no weapons. They had assessed the situation and determined that if they had pulled their guns, the Cincinnati cops would call their bluff and open up on them. My guess is that their guns were not far out of reach. The Black Panthers also openly displayed their military ranks on their uniforms. The highest rank we saw was a four star general. The Black Panthers were also the pallbearers at Thomas’ funeral.

4 Star General, Malik Zulu Shabazz, New Black Panthers

By the second day, local Nation of Islam (NOI) coordinators were seen at meetings and on the street. NOI has put over ten years into organizing and propagandizing in the Cincinnati area. NOI maintains a visible presence with well-dressed representatives selling their newspaper Final Call every week on street corners during evening rush hour. If one takes a moment to read their paper or examine their website, under the heading of “What Do Muslims Want?” you will find their list of demands—which includes a separate black homeland. The NOI doesn’t want integration or inclusion they want separation and exclusion. To them the riot wasn’t about righting wrongs; it was about taking the next step toward Civil War II.

On the third and following days more white “outside agitators” were in evidence in the crowds, throwing bottles and rocks at police lines and making sure they got photographed for the nightly news. These activists came primarily from the anti-TABD crowd who had protested the World Trade Organization meeting a few months before. They drove the local cops crazy for a few days and made a number of enemies. When some of them returned from Lexington to mix it up again, they were spotted by Cincinnati’s “Red Squad” (the political arm of the police) and immediately shot with beanbag projectiles. Their case against the cops will be before the court in a few weeks.

News Media Use of White Faces:

Most everyone outside the Cincinnati area was treated to tightly edited footage of what appeared to be integrated crowds of blacks and whites. What actually happened was that a few local white Socialist and Communist activists joined in the rioting and later were reinforced by white leftist activists from outside the city and even the region. The national media then set to work editing the footage to make it look very much unlike what it really was—a RACE RIOT.

What couldn’t be edited to pure Political Correctness was footage of exclusively black crowds rampaging about the inner city and lining streets flinging rocks and bottles at passing cars. This sort of footage did make it through the PC police. There just weren’t enough white leftists to homogenize the riot entirely. As days followed, the presence of militants, black and white, from outside the Cincinnati area grew.

Tactics used by the police:

The order from city hall to the police was to give a lot of latitude to the rioters, in order to not have additional casualties and further enflame the situation. For example, the black men doing “doughnuts” in the middle of the streets were simply ticketed for reckless driving and released. Ordinarily, they would have been arrested.

Police had observation positions high in office buildings downtown, as well as in low buildings in outlying areas.

Every helicopter in the inventory was used to its maximum. One was used specifically to follow the green Navigator SUV carrying Black Panther officers, as it ducked into Kentucky to lose its police tail. It ventured twenty miles downriver before crossing back into Ohio. They were never out of visual sight of the police.

After the Cincinnati SWAT officer was bruised by the .22 shell hitting his belt buckle, curfew was instituted and the cops got very serious. Not complying with curfew in hot zones got you quickly arrested and jailed.

Tactics used by the Fire Department:

Sniper fire and attacks by rioters on fire crews resulted in the use of police cars leading fire engines into the downtown and other hot areas. No police cars–no fire service. At one point, fires were so widespread that the fire chief radioed one of his fire company leaders and said, “You be very selective about which fires you put out. We’re stretched very thin.”

Tactics used by rioters:

Snipers were used, but not in the usual method. Instead of being up in buildings, most of the snipers simply fired from behind cars, around corners, and even when partially obscured by crowds.

Cars were used extensively. For every crowd of fifty core activists, there were up to ten cars working in unison. Often the cars would “do doughnuts” in the street to attract police, who would then be pelted with rocks and bottles.

We were witness to the use of command and control vehicles not only by the police, but by the New Black Panthers as well. The vehicles allowed the leaders of the militant groups to move between hotspots to coordinate action.

“Technicals” were used, but not as much. This we think is because of the lack of small trucks in the black community. There are many, many more small cars, but the rioters didn’t like having to deal with the doors. The obvious new favorite is the small truck.

Pincer movements were reportedly used against lines of police. The tactic was for a large crowd of rioters to send out a small squad of men to assault a police line and then flee to a chosen spot. The larger crowd would then split into a pincer shape and surround the cops, who would then have to fight their way out.

A citizen ban radio propaganda station was used for several weeks prior to the riots. Operating on channel 6, “Da’ Gangsta’” preached an emotionally charged diatribe every night, about how to “Dress up in body armor and go toe to toe wid’ da’ man.” After the rioting started, he disappeared from the airwaves.

On the last couple of days of the riots, information circulated through the black community that the cities of Dayton, Columbus, and Los Angeles were ready to join in the chaos. Black activists claimed that they were networked enough to actually spread the war nationally.

Racial beatings:

Before the city at large had become aware of how bad the situation had become, whites in cars, going home from work in the downtown area, found themselves dragged out and beaten. We even had our own Reginald Denny, with a semi driver pulled from his rig and stomped. The two worst incidents involved two, good looking young white couples that had driven over from Kentucky to visit a relative living downtown. Every window of their car was pulverized, and baseball bats and flying glass had injured the two young women. Worse still was the attack on the elderly white couple that were pulled from their car and beaten bloody.

Anyone who would justify, trivialize, or explain away such attacks is a heartless freak who deserves an ass whipping of their own.

Ethnic intimidation:

Once again our police scanner paid off. We heard reports of cars stopping in front of white people’s houses, with black men getting out and going up to the front door and confronting the homeowners. In some cases, a call had been placed to confirm that the people were home before rioters appeared at their doors.

Also heard were reports of shots fired directly into white residences.

Ethnic intimidation is listed as one of the main elements in Ethnic Cleansing.

Fair-Weather rioters:

On two occasions, weather intervened in such a way as to completely shut the crowds down and drive them indoors. On the first night of the rioting, we overheard the local Fire Chief talking with the Assistant Fire Chief about the night’s arson attempts. According to the Chief, there had been SIXTY attempts to burn down buildings in the downtown area, but the short intense rainstorms had put them out. After all the bad luck with trying to start buildings on fire, the crowds didn’t put much energy into arson the rest of the week.

On Saturday night, following the funeral of Timothy Thomas, things began getting ugly right at the 8 PM curfew. But then a cold front blew in with a driving cold rain in the lead. The chill factor dropped to 45 degrees and the streets were swept clean. Cold, wet people don’t like to riot.

In the days since the riots, much has been revealed:

The rioting resulted in over 800 arrests. While much effort has been put into comparing this riot with the 1968 riot following the assassination of Martin Luther King Jr., this was far bigger. There were 200 arrests following the King shooting.

The police helicopters were so taxed during the rioting, that the only machines flying today are the air ambulances used by local hospitals. Police helicopters are currently undergoing serious maintenance.

Timothy Thomas’ mother, said on the local news that if the policeman who shot her son was not “charged, tried, convicted and executed…well, this is the calm before the storm.” Had anyone else made such a statement, they would have been charged with making a terrorist threat, a felony in Ohio.

Race relations inside the Cincinnati Fraternal Order of Police (FOP) are so bad that black police officers are quitting. The black officers will confine their fraternal activities to their own organization, The Sentinels. The logo for the Sentinels is a black Africa superimposed over a red triangle, superimposed over a badge.

Some downtown merchants have elected to leave their windows boarded up until after the trial of the police officer, in fear that rioting may erupt before or upon the verdict.

Twelve moving vans were seen today in the Over The Rhine part of downtown, moving out white residents. 

The first city council meeting since the first day of rioting was held on Tuesday, April 17. At this meeting, the local leader of the New Black Panthers looked the mayor in the eyes and said, “You ain’t seen nothin’ yet.” In other words, it’s ethnic cleansing time.

A final observation:

What amazes me the most is the dance that the local and the national media have done around these riots. When the media finally had to break down and warn Caucasians to stay out of riot areas, newscasters did so, but with a strange sense of embarrassment. They cushioned and couched their phrases so as to not offend their black audience while trying to warn their white audience of the dangers of being on Cincinnati streets. Here’s how one newscaster put it, “Unfortunately we have received reports that white people are being pulled from their cars and beaten.” It was as though newscasters were issuing the warnings under pressure.

 If you ask any average black man on the street what was transpiring the week of April 14th and you will hear the reply, “It was a race war.” But watching the news treated you to a completely different story, “There are problems with community relations and arrest procedures.” The blacks are using the correct term; the media is deliberately trying to fool the public.

What actually transpired was the first spasm of race war that has now started. It was declared by Al Sharpton following the contentious election of George W. Bush, when Sharpton said, “There’s going to be a war. I don’t know if it’s going to be violent or not, but there’s going to be a war.” The war has started and we’re all in it. Your uniform is your skin, and nothing you can do will change your color. The depth of hatred expressed and acted out during this week of rioting was shocking beyond belief. The level of violence and destruction was incredibly intense and often indiscriminate. Had the line of thunderstorms not prevented the sixty attempts to ignite buildings on the first night, the downtown area of Cincinnati would be gone today. Had the cold rain not blown in on Saturday night and swept the rioters off the streets, soldiers would be lining them today.

This entire situation begs the question: What will you do when you are confronted by someone of another race who doesn’t respond to all your “love?” What will you do when you say, “I love you brother,” and he replies, “Tough shit! Time for you to die!” Don’t laugh. It happened here in Cincinnati this week. Had those white Marxists run into a group of blacks who didn’t know them or share their politics, they would have found out for themselves what many inner city blacks think of diversity.

Let us not forget what the Black Panther said, “You ain’t seen nothin’ yet.” My guess is, this really is the calm before the storm. With summer ahead, and that means a dry season here, we probably won’t have the good fortune of well-timed thunderstorms and cold fronts. Cincinnati is bracing for a long, hot, deadly summer.

Additional Resources:

For information on Thomas and the other Cincinnati police shooting victims see:

http://www.cincinow.com/specials/city_in_distress/news/story46.shtml

To see the first hate-crime related article on this riot:

http://washingtontimes.com/national/20010417-94847.htm

This article contains the threat to spread rioting nationwide:

http://enquirer.com/editions/2001/04/19/loc_violence_could.html

———————————————————————

Report prepared by Terry Mitchell, with the help of eyewitnesses, victims, and insiders.

The Bong and the Rifle

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 29 December 2009

The Bong and the Rifle

This article is way too heavy for many people.

Not all stoners are passive in their loathing of the War on Drugs–the pot-loving Green Panthers are preparing for armed struggle and the possibility of a separate stoner nation. Sound like the plot of Kurt Russel’s next post-apocalyptic flick? Read on

By Cletus Nelson

The tactics used by activists to voice their dissent against the prohibition of marijuana have changed very little since the 1960s. Despite the fact that the drive to legalize cannabis began in an environment that spawned such violent, armed groups as the Weather Underground and the Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA), today’s hemp advocates are firm adherents to the peaceful protest.

Each year a myriad of non-threatening marches, candle-light vigils, demonstrations, and sit-ins are held in the hope of ending the herb’s illegal status. Although the tireless efforts of these many tie-dyed warriors are to be commended, the war against America’s pot smokers keeps escalating.

Casualties of war

The government’s own statistics betray this fact. Consider the FBI’s 1995 Uniform Crime Report, which shows a record 600,000 Americans arrested on marijuana charges. Of these, 86 percent were charged with the simple possession of a substance that has caused far fewer fatalities–zero, to be exact–than alcohol, tobacco, prescription medications, or aspirin.

Will Foster is a living example of a victim of the hysterical anti-pot crusade popular among politicians. The father of three and successful owner of his own software company sits in an Oklahoma prison after being handed a 93-year sentence for the “crime” of growing a few plants to help assuage his painful arthritic condition. High Times magazine reports that over 25 percent of the 1,630,000 prisoners in America’s prisons and jails are doing time for drug crimes, with the majority of these non-violent offenders serving sentences for growing or possessing marijuana.

“In 1994, at least 25 marijuana users were killed by police officers or died while in custody,” hemp activist Ed Rosenthal notes in “Why Marijuana Should be Legal.” This statistic alone gives evidence that these laws which were originally intended to protect the health of the public have long since strayed from their dubious goal. As the criminal prohibition of a herb that has yet to be linked to a single death continues, those who aren’t arrested (or dead) often live in constant fear of anonymous tips, urine tests, asset forfeiture, and other components of the “zero tolerance” juggernaut that continues to victimize law-abiding citizens.

Fighting the police state

Today, many a casual smoker must fearfully wonder if a paramilitary team of black clad “no-knock ninjas” brandishing semi-automatic weapons will break down their door in a dramatic pre-dawn raid. Out of this miasma of fear, oppression, and intolerance emerge the Green Panthers.

Shifting their focus from protest to resistance, the Panthers–referred to as the “fanged mouthpiece” of the hemp movement–are adjusting their tactics to a drug policy they predict will one day devolve into outright bloodshed on the cannabis using community. They openly reject the posture of non-violence and pacifism adopted by their ideological peers and have given up trying to “change the system.” This loosely based cadre of activists is boldly choosing to move in a different direction.

When a militia … isn’t a militia

Fiercely asserting their Second Amendment right to bear arms, the Panthers represent an interesting social phenomenon: They are the first marijuana group preparing to openly espouse armed rebellion against federal drug policy. Their strong defensive position is not unlike today’s burgeoning patriot movement. Although the two may share a common mistrust of the federal government and a firm belief in the right to own and bear arms, Terry Mitchell, one of the founding members of the Panthers, finds the comparison inaccurate.

“We found with very few exceptions–[members of] the militia movement think the drug war is a good idea,” he scoffs. The WACO siege, a rallying cry for militia groups, registers little with these new-model pot heads who have a strident dislike of drug war supporters. “As a group the Panthers have very little sympathy for them [Branch Davidians] because they were anti-druggies–Heaven’s Gate, too,” Mitchell says. Opinions such as these have not endeared him to local patriot groups and he says they have threatened his life on four different occasions.

However, they aren’t dealing with your typical bong-toking peacenik. “I can shoot the asshole out of a rat at a thousand yards,” snaps the native Texan.

Pipe bombers?

Headquartered in Cincinnati, OH, these hard-liners are mainly recognized by drug policy activists for their incendiary publication Revolutionary Times. However, if events occur as they predict, they may be the forward guard in a revolution among the nation’s tokers. The Panthers foresee a time when stoners will be forced to take up arms for their right to use what they call the holy herb.

“The actual dynamics of an armed struggle haven’t formed up yet,” says the 47-year-old activist. Articulate, well-read, and politically astute, Mitchell is emblematic of a growing segment of society who at one time “played by the rules,” but now view the Washington establishment as corrupt, and any attempts to change the system futile. Far from a backwoods political neophyte, the ex-’60s radical carries extensive experience as National Director of the Libertarian Party and in 1988 served as Assistant Director for the Washington, D.C. office of the National Organization for the Reform Marijuana Laws (NORML).

Armed pot-riots

The Panther finds no ethical dilemma in activists arming themselves. “We think an armed society is a polite society,” he says in his rich Texas twang which crackles over the phone like machine-gun fire. Mitchell believes the virulent anti-gun stance found among the modern left is unrealistic in the post-WACO 1990s.

“That actually is some hangover politics from the ’60s,” he observes. Above all, Mitchell says the Panthers hope to sound a much needed wake-up call to those who still believe these pernicious laws can be reformed.

“What we’re trying to convey to the pot movement is that the system isn’t the one we grew up with. ..the Tenth Amendment is a myth,” he says bitterly.

Birth of a movement

The genesis of the Panther weltanschaung began ironically in the backyard of the nation’s most powerful drug war hawks. Some eight years ago, a small core of firebrands gathered in Washington, D.C., hoping to provide a “new wrinkle” to end the senseless criminalization and harassment of America’s estimated 10,000,000 pot smokers.

Seeking to provide tools, strategy and political focus to other groups across the nation, they began to study the tactics used by fellow dissidents with other agendas.

“We had to get out the narrow focus of the pot movement,” Mitchell says. Analyzing the methods of such successful political factions as Aids Coalition to Unleash Power (ACT-UP), Queer Nation, and Earth First!, Panther experts came to an interesting conclusion: The entrenched powers had quickly learned how to nullify these confrontational tactics, which the Panthers are convinced have become obsolete.

“Our enemies learn real fast–you try these methods of direct action now and you’ll get zilch,” he says heatedly.

Birth of a nation?

Their continued studies led the Panthers to come upon what Mitchell calls an “endgame strategy”: secession. “Once the US starts to rumble like the old Soviet Union did, that is when our people have the biggest opportunity in our cultural history,” Mitchell says enthusiastically.

He envisions a day when a repressive federal government will declare martial law, and the nation will be plunged into civil war–not unlike the post-Cold War conflicts that arose in many nations, such as the former Yugoslavia. When this time comes, the Panthers plan to be prepared.

The armed pot smokers and their supporters hope to stake out a coastal strip of land 20 miles from the Pacific Ocean beginning due north of San Francisco and extending 10 miles south of Portland. If they succeed, they will create what they call the first “Stoner Homeland.”

The nation will be based on libertarian values, community-based government and the Gross National Product will be high quality marijuana, and the many other products which can be produced with the versatile Cannabis sativa plant. Mitchell is a fatalist who is convinced this is the only choice left for the pot community.

“If we don’t win, nothing is lost. We were marked for extermination anyway,” he says.

A trend toward secession

Today’s post-modern mindset may find such an idea laughable, but a number of similar movements already dot the national landscape. The Nation of Islam, the Aryan Nations, and the well-publicized Republic of Texas are the most visible examples of the many divergent factions who view secession within America’s borders as the only antidote to an oppressive federal government.

The national Libertarian Party has noted this growing trend; their 1998 platform includes a plank calling for the “right to political secession–by political entities, private groups, or individuals.”

The Panther’s designated homeland was chosen for a number of reasons other than the high-quality buds indigenous to the region. Mitchell’s previous experience with NORML and the Libertarian party gave him insight into the marijuana-sympathetic demographics of the Pacific Northwest. While examining databases for both organizations, he found that the majority of the nation’s libertarians and card-carrying members of the pot legalization lobby reside in this small section of the country.

There is already a steady flow of bud smokers who have been relocating to the Pacific Northwest since the 1960s to escape draconian marijuana laws in their respective states. Terry believes the recent increase in arrests has exacerbated this trend.

“According to our sources in the areas, the migration has sped up considerably over the past five years due to the Drug War– with property seizures being the way they are, they have fewer things to move anyway,” he comments.

The new prospective country already has its own set of by-laws based on the U.S. Constitution, the Articles of Confederation, and other landmark documents.

“Some of the best forward thinking minds came up with the by-laws,” he says.

Will the armed Panthers expect resistance from the government when they declare their sovereignty? Mitchell doesn’t expect it to be an obstacle.

“When our roadblocks go up on the highways and our voices start coming over the radios and televisions … we expect most of the cops and National Guard will have left their non-paying jobs and there won’t be much trouble with them,” he says optimistically. Those who choose to remain and possibly obstruct the new homeland will be promptly asked to leave.

“This will probably not be pretty,” Mitchell says. “But it is a political imperative. This calls for leadership that has nerves of steel and an iron determination not to be stopped,” he adds.

Maintaining the network

Currently, the Panthers believe the first step in achieving their homeland is providing vital intelligence to other dissident groups who stand opposed to the War on Pot. Their efforts include their unique “diagram of the war on drugs.”

Posted on their website, the chart tracks major anti-drug policy from the United Nations Office of Drug Control Policy in Vienna, Austria all the way down to what they term “snitch groups,” like the Girl Scouts of America and Drug Abuse Resistance Education (D.A.R.E.) Mitchell says the schematic that alleges the United Nation micro-manages US anti-narcotic policy was originally met with skepticism by the reform community.

However, Terry points out that Global Days, a series of demonstrations held worldwide in June to protest the UN’s role in drug prohibition, was directly influenced by their efforts. ”

“A lot of people thought we had made it up–now we’re starting to see a real focus,” he says.

The information war

Gleaning information from teachers, scientists, police officers, military veterans, prisoners, and others, the Panthers publish Revolutionary Times (formerly the Revolutionary Toker), providing excellent coverage of the drug war. The small periodical scooped Time magazine and their non-mainstream competition last year when it reported on experiments conducted on behalf of law enforcement in the use of allegedly “non lethal” weapons, such as infra-sound technology.

Their publishing house, Panther Press, sells important survival materials for the ’90s pot smoker. Like a pot-focused Paladin Press, the Panthers distribute publications on building resistance groups, surviving police encounters, “guerrilla growing,” cold weather survival, and other vital resources for renegade bud smokers. They also furnish free legal referrals for busted potheads, and their POW support project raises the awareness of the prison population by sending free copies of Revolutionary Times to inmates.

On toward a “Stoner Homeland

These many activities lend credibility to a group of activists who appear to take themselves and their mission seriously. Could we one day see a stoner homeland enriched by hemp-related commerce flying their own flag–a white field bearing a large green pot leaf?

Mitchell hopes that if enough people get involved, America’s “last outcasts” will join them in fighting for their “light at the end of the tunnel.”

“I believe that the odds for the pot culture are better now than they ever have been for the formation of an independent Homeland,” he says. Mitchell grimly foretells a day when many will be faced with the choice of joining the Panthers or death.

“It’s either gonna be a Stoner Homeland or a stoners last stand,” he warns.

No One True Culture of Liberty

category Uncategorized keith Monday 4 January 2010

Tolerance is important but difficult to define and easily subverted.

Daniel McCarthy

Libertarians ought to support a culture of liberty. But what does that mean?

Many scholars of liberty—the sociologist Rodney Stark, to name one—have argued that Western Christianity is the original culture of liberty. It ended classical slavery, improved the status of women, recognized the sanctity of the individual soul, and set the stage for a proliferation of private property rights and the spirit of enterprise throughout Europe as nowhere else. From all that, it may not follow that Christian culture is still the womb of liberty today. But conservatives and culturally right-wing libertarians believe it is.

Progressives and culturally left-leaning libertarians tell another story, in which Christianity is a seedbed of intolerance and repression—often violent repression. Libertarians of all stripes are comfortable enough condemning aggressive violence categorically. (Though even here questions arise: Who defines aggression? Is violence against a fetus in the womb aggression, or is it a defense of your right to your own body?) What kind of culture leads to minimal aggression and maximum freedom is a matter of contention. Tolerance is probably an important attribute of any culture of liberty, but tolerance is harder to define than liberty itself.

Consider: If McCorp fires John Doe because he voices support for gay marriage, a libertarian who subscribes to a progressive view of the world might say McCorp has committed an act of intolerance against Doe. But if Cold Harbor Laboratory fires a molecular biologist (let’s call him “James Watson”) because he states a belief that Africans have weak cognitive abilities, the same progressive libertarian may not believe any act of intolerance has occurred—or, if one has, that Watson is the guilty party. After all, can you foster a culture of liberty in a society polluted by views like Watson’s? If that example seems too easy, consider the case of an otherwise qualified professor denied tenure because he’s a creationist, or because he’s a Republican.

Must a free society treat those who hold irrational or bigoted opinions the same way it treats those who have enlightened views? To do so, Herbert Marcuse warned, amounts to “repressive tolerance,” a kind of tolerance that allows fascist personality types to flourish and thereby undermines freedom. Right-wingers have their own list of views that must be suppressed (by force or by social stigma) in the name of freedom. Willmoore Kendall, for example, believed that public orthodoxy ought to trump free speech, since all liberties rest upon a cultural consensus. Thus, according to Kendall, Athens was right to execute Socrates, and 1950s America ought not to tolerate Communists. For disciples of Marcuse and Kendall, freedom really isn’t free.

Maybe a true culture of liberty has nothing to do with left-wing or right-wing orthodoxies. Rather than taking sides in culture wars over race, religion, sex, and subversion, libertarians —so this line of thinking goes—ought just to affirm a culture that supports property rights. In this case, the libertarian position regarding John Doe or James Watson should be to support employers whenever they fire anyone, since (unless a contract specifies otherwise) an em-ployer always has a right to dismiss subordinates. But even this culturally neutral standpoint does not have an uncontested claim to be the pure libertarian view. Those who take their cues from John Stuart Mill will argue that expressive liberty is at least as important as property rights. We therefore ought to defend employees with unpopular views against arbitrary dismissal, regardless of whether we find their opinions righteous or repugnant.

If Mill is patron saint of the expressive libertarians, Murray Rothbard is the champion of the propertarians. Kerry Howley’s essay makes the case for a substantive left-libertarianism. She suggests the Ed Feser of 2001 as spokesman for the culturally right-wing libertarians. Today Feser, who has continued to move rightward, or at least stateward, is not a libertarian at all, which might seem to prove Howley’s point. But I held views not far from Feser’s in 2001, and I have followed a different trajectory. That Feser and I can move in different directions from similar cultural presuppositions might prove the point I want to make: that there is no one true culture of liberty.

The idea that only traditional attitudes, never progressive ones, can be oppressive strikes me as naive. Cultural progressives are as apt as anyone to make the leap from stigmatizing to persecuting their enemies. Scapegoating has been as useful for the authoritarian left as for the authoritarian right: Witness the hysteria about white separatists and right-wing militias that recurs every time a tolerant Democratic administration succeeds an intolerant Republican one. Randy Weaver, no less than Matthew Shepard, can attest to the consequences of demonizing misfits.

Nor do progressive attitudes toward sex and race necessarily lead to a culture of liberty. In the 1920s the Soviet Union was less racist and more sexually open than the United States. Divorce and abortion were legal and readily available, and more than a few Bolsheviks practiced as well as preached free love. Yet that did not make Russia a more fertile soil for liberty. Workers’ orgies were no defense against the power of the Soviet state, which soon revoked the moral license it had granted.

To point out the inadequacies of cultural progressivism is not to excuse the flaws of cultural conservatives. Either side may be more or less libertarian in practice. Paradoxically, the nonlibertarian qualities of the mutually antagonistic left and right sometimes entail unexpected benefits for freedom. Some of the most effective centers of resistance to state power over the centuries, after all, have been nonindividualistic institutions such as labor unions, churches, guilds, and extended families. Conversely, when libertarians attack these organs of civil society in the name of freedom, they may only succeed in empowering the state—not always, but sometimes.

If some libertarians won’t tell you what freedom should look like beyond the absence of the state, don’t assume that these people must subscribe to a crabbed idea of liberty or else are smuggling their values behind a veil of cultural neutrality. These anti-statists may refuse to define the cultural content of libertopia because they believe deeply in the pluripotentiality of freedom—that freedom can mean the freedom to be a Mormon housewife as well as to be a postgendered television personality. Freedom, they realize, may even mean the freedom not to be free. Libertarianism does not demand that everyone subscribe to the same idea of the good life. By extension, libertarianism also should not demand that everyone subscribe to the same idea of liberty.

Thoroughgoing anti-statists understand that politics is not culture, even if culture—that is, how people live their lives—shapes politics. What follows from this is that in letting culture remain diverse, anti-statists accept that politics will be diverse too and will not always lead to outcomes that all libertarians like. The political theorist Chandran Kukathas explains this well in his paper “Two Constructions of Libertarianism.” In what he calls the “Union of Liberty,” everybody has to interpret the rules in the same way, under one centralized libertarian government. In the “Federation of Liberty,” there is a “meta-tolerance” toward different understandings of tolerance and liberty because it is understood that other people interpret political rules, including the fundamental libertarian rule of nonaggression, in different ways.

The danger of the Federation of Liberty is that it permits violations of liberty, perhaps even outright slavery. The danger of the Union of Liberty, however, is much worse. The trouble is not only a universal state but a universal orthodoxy, a tyranny of the supermajority that threatens to destroy the individual personality. In culture, even tolerance, justice, and liberty can be carried too far. One must be permitted some room for error, psychological space for entertaining thoughts other than “libertarian” thoughts.

Consider the plight of Alex in the Anthony Burgess novel and Stanley Kubrick film A Clockwork Orange. By any standard—left, right, Millian, or Rothbardian—Alex is no libertarian. He’s a vandal, a murderer, a rapist (ipso facto a misogynist). He’s guilty of every crime. So why do so many of us sympathize with him? Our feeling for Alex derives from something deeper than mere horror at his eyes being pried open in the film’s famous torture scene. We have a right to, or better still a love for, what is inside our own skulls. If mental content, even good values like nonaggression, can be poured into Alex’s conscience as if he were nothing more than a vessel, the same could happen to any of us. Not only the state but also our culture must not press its demands so far into the individual conscience, whether by “justified” coercion (in the case of the killer Alex) or by any other means.

Our moral imperfections are our last guarantee of liberty against the benevolent system builders who would have all men and women speak with one voice and assent to one idea. Cultures of liberty tend to be bric-a-brac, full of unresolved tensions between competing ideas. Freedom does not depend upon universalizing the “right”—or left—values. It’s the other way around: A clash of values is what makes even mental liberty possible.

Daniel McCarthy (mccarthydp@gmail.com) is senior editor of The American Conservative.

Black Liberation Army (A European’s View)

category Uncategorized keith Monday 4 January 2010

http://www.assatashakur.org/forum/shoulders-our-freedom-fighters/3085-black-liberation-army-europeans-view.html

The Black Liberation Army (BLA) was a rare phenomenon in the annals of modern American terrorism: a group that intended to kill and did kill multiple times, and that killed with guns rather than bombs. Beginning in 1971 the BLA went to war against the police in several big cities across the country. Its members ambushed patrolmen and assaulted police stations in an effort to expel the “pigs” from their communities. In turn the BLA guerrillas were intensively hunted, and many were killed or wounded in shoot-outs with the authorities. Even from jail they continued the war, organizing escape attempts and freeing captured comrades. In later years remnants of the BLA robbed banks and armored cars, shooting guards and police officers who resisted. Their last job left a bloody mess at an on-ramp to the New York State Thruway on October 21, 1981.

Origins

Rule number six of the Black Panther Party (BPP) stated that “No party member can join any other army force, other than the Black Liberation Army.” The rules were drawn up in 1968, about two years after the founding of the Panthers, and BLA clandestine units were probably first established in that year. But these were self-defense squads; they did not engage in offensive actions at the start or issue communiqués. While some Black Panthers were involved in police shootings by the late 1960s, or engaged in crime or fought with rival groups, this violence did not rise to the level of terrorism. The BLA only turned to terrorism when the Black Panther Party was coming apart, in the first months of 1971.  The split occurred when Huey Newton, Minister of Defense of the BPP, expelled Eldridge Cleaver and his followers in the New York branch of the party. The rift in part reflected philosophical differences — Newton was pulling back from armed struggle in 1971 while Cleaver believed that the war had already begun. But the clash also stemmed from personal jealousies, and it was intensified by government manipulation. The FBI’s COINTELPRO (Counter-Intelligence Program) initiative spread false rumors within the party and inflamed the suspicions of the two camps. Newton ousted the Cleaver faction on February 26, 1971, and the two groupings soon drew blood from one another. On March 9 the West Coast Panthers assassinated Robert Webb, a Cleaver loyalist. The East Coast Panthers retaliated on April 17, killing Samuel Napier, the circulation manager of Newton’s paper. Napier was bound, shot, and then set on fire by men who would begin a war with the police a few weeks later in the name of the BLA.

These men were loyal to Cleaver, but Cleaver did not direct the BLA or participate in its actions. At the time he was living in exile in Algeria as head of the International Section of the Panthers. He would return to the United States in 1975, become a born-again Christian a year later, and eventually join the Republican Party. But in 1971 Cleaver and his allies believed that “we have to fight a revolutionary struggle for the violent overthrow of the United States government and the total destruction of the racist, capitalist, imperialist, neo-colonialist power structure.” Blacks were living in Babylon, slaves to a fascist despot bent on the genocidal destruction of peoples of color across the globe. They had to fight back, “forcing all those responsible for oppression to realize that they too can bleed, they too can feel our pain. Only when this is realized … will we be conceded our right to self-determination.”  A prison poem by one of the captured BLA guerrillas suggests the logic of armed struggle:

i believe a people wronged
are duty bound to make it right
valid claims long gone unanswered
justifies the fight.
“Liberation and Land”
is my slogan
war without terms
on the ruling class
no pie for me, you see
i want some ass
Off the Pigs!

War without terms commenced on May 19, 1971, the birth date of Malcolm X. Two officers guarding the residence of the prosecutor in the Panther 21 trial were lured into a trap. A car drove the wrong way down the street and the squad car gave chase. A few blocks away someone in the fleeing vehicle opened fire with an automatic weapon, seriously wounding both officers. Two days later the press received the first communiqué from the BLA:

The armed goons of the racist government will again meet the guns of oppressed third world peoples as long as they occupy our community and murder our brothers and sisters in the name of American law and order. Just as the fascist marines and Army occupy Vietnam in the name of democracy and murder Vietnamese people in the name of American imperialism are confronted with the guns of the Vietnamese liberation army, the domestic armed forces of racism and oppression will be confronted with the guns of the black liberation army, who will meet out in the tradition of Malcolm and all true revolutionaries real justice.

That very day, May 21, the BLA struck again. Two patrolmen were ambushed outside a public housing development in Harlem, struck from behind and at close range with automatic-weapons fire. Both were killed. One of the officers was black — a traitor to his people according to the BLA.
Two weeks later, on June 5, there was a break in the case. Four men were arrested during an armed robbery at a private social club in the Bronx. Three of the men were BLA members and had been indicted for the murder of Sam Napier. Ballistic tests on their submachine gun revealed that it had been used in the May 19 shooting. The next attacks claimed by the BLA came in late August, after the death of “Soledad Brother” George Jackson during a prison breakout. Jackson was an articulate and fiery advocate of armed struggle, revered by far-left revolutionaries. Although three guards had their throats slit during Jackson’s escape attempt, his advocates insisted that Jackson had been set up or killed in cold blood.

Weatherman bombed the California State Department of Corrections after Jackson’s slaying, harming no one, but the BLA wanted blood. Several BLA members belonged to the Panther 21, and the Panther 21 had chastised Weatherman for its bloodless terrorism. The Panther defendants insisted that “just to be ready to die does not make a revolutionist.” Militants “MUST be ready to KILL to change conditions. Revolution is ARMED STRUGGLE — revolution is VIOLENCE — revolution is WAR — revolution is BLOODSHED.”

Acting on this philosophy, a black man walked into the Ingleside police station in San Francisco on the night of August 29, 1971, and fired a shot-gun blast into the chest of the desk sergeant, killing him instantly. Outside, his accomplices peppered the station with gun fire, wounding a female clerk. Two days later the authorities received a note claiming the assault in the name of the BLA. A communiqué published in Cleaver’s journal Right On warned that “if one drop of Black Blood is shed, the sons and daughters of Malcolm will rise and pig blood will flow like a river wherever pigs exist. Woe unto those who cannot swim.”

But it is not clear whether the San Francisco assailants were connected with the New York BLA. The Black Liberation Army was not a disciplined and hierarchical unit able to coordinate attacks across the country. Rather, it was a concept and a name which black militants could employ to communicate their agenda and express solidarity with other African Americans engaged in armed struggle. The label was not trade-marked and the BLA issued no membership cards. You were in the BLA if you took up the gun and used it in the name of the organization.

The San Francisco BLA perpetrated other attacks during the last week in August. It fired a 66 mm. anti-tank gun at the Mission police station and firebombed a branch of Bank of America. Two militants pulled alongside a squad car and tried to spray it with an automatic weapon, but the gun jammed. They were captured and the pistol of one of the officers killed on May 21 in New York was found in their possession. Meanwhile the New York section of the BLA fled the city in late summer to escape the intense manhunt. They rented two houses in Atlanta, stockpiled weapons and explosives, produced false identification, and trained daily in the yards. They also robbed banks and stores to raise funds for the war. Three of them were captured on November 7 during a holdup in a supermarket; they were suspected of having killed an Atlanta police officer four days earlier. But before the investigation was concluded the three managed to escape from the DeKalb County jail on December 12.

After the arrests in Georgia, the Atlanta cell scattered. On November 11, several were stopped by a sheriff’s deputy in Catawba County, North Carolina. The deputy was shot and killed but four BLA suspects were captured after a chase. On December 20, a patrol car in Queens was demolished by a grenade as it pursued a BLA vehicle. The officers were not injured by the explosion but the suspects escaped. On the last day of December another BLA member was cornered by FBI agents at a Florida motel and gunned down in an exchange of fire.

But on January 28, 1972, the BLA once again took the offensive. Two NYPD officers were ambushed on the Lower East Side, cut down by submachine-gun fire. The assailants stood over the fallen officers and emptied their magazines into the bodies. Shortly thereafter the authorities received a communication from the George Jackson Squad of the Black Liberation Army:

No longer will black people tolerate Attica and oppression and exploitation and rape of our black community. This is the start of our spring offensive. There is more to come. We also dealt with the pigs in Brooklyn.

The last sentenced referred to two recent incidents in which officers had been wounded by unknown attackers. The BLA next showed up in St. Louis on February 15. A gun battle erupted during a routine traffic stop and one officer was wounded. Others returned fire, killing one suspect and wounding two more. A search of the car turned up one of the pistols taken from the officers who were ambushed on January 28.

But then the trail went cold for almost a year. January 1973, however, was a bloody month. On the twelfth a BLA suspect wounded two off-duty housing detectives in New York. Twelve days later the NYPD cornered three BLA members at a bar, killing two in the shoot-out. In retaliation, the BLA ambushed patrol cars on January 25 and 28, wounding four officers. In its communiqué the BLA urged black cops “not to take arms against us and refuse to be pitted in mortal combat against their own people, defending a system which has enslaved, still exploits, brutalizes and murders black people.”

Another huge manhunt followed, but suspects were only captured after a traffic stop on the New Jersey Turnpike on May 2, 1973. The BLA fugitives opened fire, killing one state trooper and wounding another. Other troopers returned fire, killing one man and wounding a woman. A third suspect escaped. The woman was a reputed leader of the BLA, Joanne Chesimard (Assata Shakur). The authorities dubbed her “the soul of the Black Liberation Army.” But the organization was not broken yet. On June 5, 1973, a BLA member was chased by transit authority police in the Bronx for jumping the turnstile. He drew a gun, killing one patrolman and wounding the other. But the dying officer returned fire and hit the suspect, who was captured shortly thereafter.

The first phase in the life of the BLA came to an end on November 15, 1973, when one of the last BLA fugitives was gunned down on a street in the Bronx. During the arrest he pulled a gun and wounded an FBI agent, two police officers, and a bystander before being killed in a hail of bullets. He was the seventh BLA member to be killed by the authorities. Nineteen others had been apprehended by then, including the only white associate of the group, Marilyn Buck. She purchased weapons and ammunition for the BLA at gun shows but was arrested in March 1973.

In 1974 a group in Jacksonville, Florida, began abducting and murdering white youths. The group took credit for the killings in the name of the Black Liberation Army, declaring that the victims were “executed and made to pay for the political crimes that have been perpetrated upon black people.” But this BLA was not connected with the New York BLA and the four members were caught and convicted for the murders in 1975.

Busting Out

The second phase in the BLA’s war was fought in courtrooms, jails, and prisons. Several BLA members were acquitted or had charges dismissed or reduced, but most were convicted and received long sentences. Many did not resign themselves to this new Babylonian captivity, however. They plotted with comrades on the outside and made numerous attempts to escape. Several were successful. One BLA prisoner escaped from a county hospital on September 27, 1973, but he was recaptured a week later. On December 27, four BLA sympathizers were caught trying to break into the Tombs through the sewer system. Another four tried again on April 17, 1974, using a small blow torch to cut through a steel partition in a visitor’s booth. The attempt failed and the four fled. Several were tracked to New Haven and captured on May 4 after a shoot-out in which two police officers were wounded. On August 5, 1974, a woman was caught trying to sneak a hacksaw blade in her shoe to a BLA convict. A week later that convict and two other prisoners overpowered their guards and tried to scale a fence at the Brooklyn House of Detention. The BLA prisoner was shot and recaptured.

On February 17, 1975, BLA commandos in wet suits paddled rafts to Rikers Island and tried to free 11 comrades held there, but the attempt failed. On May 12 sympathizers smuggled explosives, mace, knives, wrenches, and lock picks to three BLA members on trial in the New York Criminal Courts Building. The materials were hidden in large envelopes and sat on a courtroom table all day before being discovered in the holding pen. Two weeks later two more BLA members broke free from their cell and tried to climb down a wall at the Brooklyn House of Detention. The improvised rope broke and one escapee plunged 100 feet to his death. The other inmate was recaptured at the outer fence.

There were other attempts too. A prison uprising in New Jersey was organized by a BLA convict. Marilyn Buck walked away from a prison furlough and went back underground. But the most famous escape attempt liberated “the soul of the BLA,” Joanne Chesimard. Several armed men forced their way into the minimum security facility where she was being held and led her out safely. The getaway vehicles were driven by Buck and another white woman from the M-19 organization. Chesimard was then spirited out of the country and into exile in Cuba. Her escape was a media sensation.

The Family

The final phase of the BLA story involves the Family, a mixed group of BLA members, white revolutionaries, and ordinary criminals. They were not an assassination team, as the earlier BLA had been, but instead robbed banks and armored cars. Some of the proceeds from the robberies were funneled to black nationalist groups, but the rest of the money was distributed within the Family.

The Family was headed by Nathanael Burns (Sekou Odinga), one of the Panther 21, who had fled underground in 1969. He was involved in a plot to bomb a police station in New York that summer but the plan was foiled by an undercover agent, who replaced the plastic explosives with an oatmeal concoction. Burns joined Eldridge Cleaver in exile in Algiers. When Cleaver fell out of favor with the Algerians, Burns returned to the United States in January 1974, after most BLA members had been captured. But he remained committed to the cause and helped organize the liberation of Chesimard.
The Family began its robbery spree in December 1976. Its attempts were not always successful, but with practice the sophistication of its attacks grew. The Family recruited a small, white revolutionary organization into its operation. M-19 (May 19 Communist Organization) was formed by a handful of ex-Weathermen (David Gilbert, Kathy Boudin, Susan Rosenberg, and Judith Clark) who remained underground after that organization disintegrated in 1976. M-19 provided cover for the BLA core of the Family; the whites drove the getaway vehicles to fool the authorities, who would be looking for black men.

On June 2, 1981, the Family netted nearly $300,000 from an armored car in the Bronx. But they killed one guard during the robbery and wounded another. The carnage was even greater, however, in their last job. The plan was to rob an armored car at a mall in upstate New York. Some of the proceeds were to be used to bomb a Brooklyn police precinct where one of the BLA members had been held. The robbery started well but ended badly. The gang made off with $1.6 million in cash but killed a guard and wounded two others in the process. A few minutes later the getaway truck was stopped at a roadblock. The white radicals were driving and the blacks burst from the back of the truck with guns blazing. They killed two police officers and wounded another. One of their own was mortally wounded by the return fire, and Marilyn Buck shot herself while pulling a pistol from her boot. The team then piled into several cars, but the one with the cash crashed during the chase and four members of the Family were apprehended. Others were captured in the days to come. The Black Liberation Army had come to an end in a hail of bullets.

Aftermath

Over the course of a decade BLA members killed at least 14 guards or law enforcement officers and wounded more than 20. Nine of their own died in action and more than two dozen were convicted of various crimes. At its height the police believed that the BLA (or at least its New York branch) consisted of 25 or 30 hard-core activists and another 75 sympathizers. Sixteen people belonged to the Family, including the M-19 associates.
Although they had no faith in the criminal justice system, several BLA members were acquitted at trial. Joanne Chesimard’s first trial ended in a hung jury; in the second she was acquitted of bank robbery; but in the third she was convicted of first-degree murder for the shooting of the New Jersey State Trooper. Henry Brown was acquitted for the murder of two police officers in January 1972 but convicted of several other charges. Richard Moore was found guilty in 1973 for the first BLA shooting, but eventually his conviction was thrown out and he was paid a large cash settlement by the government.

All of those involved in the October 1981 Brinks armored car robbery received long prison sentences. A few in the second tier of the Family have been released in recent years, but many participants will not be eligible for parole for several more decades.

__________________
Nov 2, 2009 “Assata Shakur Liberation Day” marks 30 yrs of freedom for our Comrade Assata Shakur, Our Warrior was liberated from a NJ prison by Comrades In The Black Liberation Army click here to read more or here www.assatashakur.com

Updated News Digest January 10, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 9 January 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Quotes of the Week:

“Genuine tragedies in the world are not conflicts between right and wrong. They are conflicts between two rights.”

“Governments have never learned anything from history, or acted on principles deducted from it.”

“Mere goodness can achieve little against the power of nature.”

“Nothing great in the world has ever been accomplished without passion.”

“Once the state has been founded, there can no longer be any heroes. They come on the scene only in uncivilized conditions.”

                                                                         -Georg Wihelm Friedrich Hegel
 
First Circle: Liberty Has Been Lost by Paul Craig Roberts

Faith in the System is at an All-Time Low by David Brooks

Interview: Taylor Somers of Occident from Amerika.Org

Feminist Gulag: No Prosecution Necessary by Stephen Baskerville

The American Elite by William Blum

Small Government Conservatives Who Worship the State by Kevin Carson

Full-Spectrum Civilian Disarmament by William Norman Grigg

Three Cheers for the Swiss by Paul Green

Fake “Journalist” Defends a Forgery by Justin Raimondo

Nuclear Poker With Iran by Pat Buchanan

The War on Terrorism Is About Scaring People, Not Protecting Them by Gary Younge

The Pictures of War You Aren’t Supposed to See by Chris Hedges

The Long War: Who’s Winning?…It Ain’t America by Justin Raimondo

Robert Owen: Welsh Radical and Co-operative Pioneer by Troy Southgate

A War We Can’t Afford by Doug Bandow

Serial Catastrophes in Afghanistan Threaten Obama Policy by Juan Cole

The Fear Decade: We’ve Embraced Our Inner Coward by Ted Rall

They Hate Us for Our Freedom by Glenn Greenwald

Gerald Celente’s Predictions for 2010 by Amy Judd

Protect the Children: Shut Down the Schools by Jerome Kohn

Our Prole-Inducing Public Schools by R.C. Murray

Understanding the “Unserious Empire” by Karen Kwiatkowski

New Hampshire Looks to Nullify Federal Gun Laws by Michael Boldin

Stop the Western Left Before It Kills Again by Robert Lindsay

Are U.S. Forces Executing Afghan Kids? by Dave Lindorff

The Ugly Fortress  by Patrick Cockburn

Revenge and Retaliation in Gaza by Lynda Brayer

How China’s Attempts to Censor the Internet Are Failing from Techdirt

Bummer by Cheryl Cline

The Beatings Will Continue Until Morale Improves by Thomas Knapp

You Are In Control by John Robb

Presidential Lunacy by Walter Williams

Yet Another Reason to Secede by Patrick Samuels

The CIA, Narcotics, and the Underworld Doug Valentine interviewed by Susan Mazur

The Food Crisis for Dummies by Eric deCarbonnel

CIA Killings Spell Defeat in Afghanistan by Doug Valentine

First It Was Cigarettes, Now It’s Food by J.H. Huebert

Your Kids Belong to Us by William Norman Grigg

France to Ban “Psychological Violence” by David Kramer

Marijuana Reform for Czechs by Manuel Lora

Drones to Patrol the Skies Above American Cities by Charles Featherstone

Joan Rivers Barred from Flying by David Kramer

More Than 40,000 New Laws by Manuel Lora

Old Blackwater Keeps On Rollin’ by Jeff Huber

Where’s the Beef, Mr. Murdoch? by Philip Giraldi

Counterterrorism in Shambles; Why? by Ray McGovern and Coleen Howley

A Dual System of Justice by Jacob Hornberger

Good Morning, Yemen? by Leon Hadar

Another Iranian Revolution? Not Likely by Flynt Leverett and Hillary Mann Leverett

Bodyscanning Captain Underpants by Julian Sanchez

Civilian Trials and the So-Called Rule of Law by Glenn Greenwald

History Will Judge War on Terror Architects by Olivia Ward

Getting Away With Torture by David Cole

Vanunu: Our Duty to Speak Up by Duncan Campbell

Peter Hitchens and the British National Party by Bede

Ron Paul Slaps Down Dick Cheney by Red Phillips

Steve Forbes to Endorse Rand Paul by Red Phillips

The War on Afghanistan’s Environment by Josh Frank

The Media Vultures by Ramzy Baroud

Panic in Needle Park: Return of the Fear Mongers by Anthony Papa

When Does It Become Genocide? by Nadia Hijab

Dennis Steele for Vermont Governor in 2010 by Matthew Cropp

More Than Left and Right by James Leroy Wilson

Rapists on Patrol by Rad Geek

From Anarcho-Capitalist to Libertarian Socialist by Francois Tremblay

The Sheriff is Coming! The Sheriff is Coming! by Katherine Mangu-Ward

That’ll Show ‘Em by Kevin Carson

Ben Franklin on Patents  by Sheldon Richman

The Backfiring of the Surveillance State by Glenn Greenwald

The Collapse of Elite Authority from Armed and Dangerous

Only the Guilty Need Fear-But We’re All Guilty by Kevin Carson

Anarchy 2010: The Time Is Now by Alex R. Knight III

The Coming Food Shortage by Arthur Sim

It’s Illegal Not to Be a Government Victim by Bill Sardi

33 Conspiracy Stories That Turned Out to Be True by Jonathan Elinoff

The CIA, AFL-CIO, and Drug Smuggling by Doug Valentine

The Big Blue Crime Wave by William Norman Grigg

Heroin High School by James Ostrowski

Perverted Police by William Norman Grigg

John Stockwell vs the CIA by Lew Rockwell

Anarcho-Africa by John James

Yet Again: Don’t Call 911 and Don’t Help the PIGS by William Norman Grigg

Our Stupid Foreign Policy by Jack Hunter

More Cause and Effect In Our Ever Expanding War by Glenn Greenwald

The Naked Truth About Airport Scanners by Steve Chapman

What’s the Difference Between Obama’s Anti-Terrorism Policies and Bush’s? by Jacob Sullum

Afghan Nobody Faces Trial By Military Commission by Andy Worthington

Acting Responsible  by Alexander Cockburn

How the Teamsters Beat Goldman-Sachs by Andrew Cockburn

Giving the Homeless the Cold Shoulder by Walter Brasch

Pakistan and the Afghan Insurgency by Brian M. Downing

Naked Empire by Saul Landau

Officer Involvement from Rad Geek

Chomsky’s Augustinian Anarchism by Roderick Long

Conservatism vs the Past from Rad Geek

The Broken Logic of Statism by Don Cooper

Resistance Is Not Futile by Josh Eboch

Big Government and Big Business: Cojoined Twins by Thomas Knapp

Why Africa Has Gone to Hell by James Jackson

Democracy: Another God That Failed by Pat Buchanan

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

They Hate Us for Our Foreign Policy Michael Scheuer interviewed by Scott Horton

Afghanistan and Vietnam Daniel Ellsberg interviewed by Scott Horton

The Permanent Crisis Eric Margolis interviewed by Scott Horton

The Forged Iranian Nuclear Documents George Maschke interviewed by Scott Horton

America, Get It Together Cindy Sheehan interviewed by Scott Horton

How Not to Run a World Empire Philip Giraldi interviewed by Scott Horton

Hastert and Heroin Sibel Edmonds interviewed by Scott Horton

PIGS Will Be PIGS  

How To Flex Your Rights During Police Encounters 

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Long Time by Angel

Jet Boy by the New York Dolls

Delilah by the Sensational Alex Harvey Band

Please Don’t Judas Me  by Nazareth

Strange Band by Family

Lord Have Mercy On My Soul (Halls of Karma) by Black Oak Arkansas with Ruby Starr

Burnin’ Whiskey by Ruby Starr and Grey Ghost

D.O.A.  by Bloodrock

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Small Town America’s Growing Voice of Rage Is a Force to Be Reckoned With 

Pareto Redux 

“Racist”-A Word Invented by Leon Trotsky

Pray for Michael Brewer 

No, Obama Isn’t a “Far Leftist” 

Hemp Oil and Cancer 

An Introduction to American Third Position 

Window Cleaning Chemical Injected Into Fast Food Hamburger Meat 

Tolkien and Politics 

U.S. Maoist Says Revolution Is Near 

The Mind-Expanding Harvard Psychedelic Club 

Lawrence Welk Meets Velvet Underground 

Americans Job Satisfaction Falls to Record Low

Keeping the Ruling Junta in Power 

Real Video Footage of Custer Veterans 

Obama-Bernanke Recovery Is Actually a Dangerous Bubble

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Interview: Taylor Somers of Occident

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 January 2010

http://www.amerika.org/2010/organization/interview-taylor-somers-of-occident/

[Keith: Interesting interview with a very interesting thinker.]

As part of our goal to get new voices onto this site, we’ve been interviewing the more promising people out there in new right, third front, conservationist, integralist, eternalist and perennialist thought.

Today I’m lucky to be able to present to you Taylor Somers, who is the founder and guardian angel of Occident, a movement to restore eternal truths in the West. Rising quickly owing to his grasp of the issues, concise articulation and organizational ability, Taylor is someone to watch in the future.

How do you describe your political orientation?

My political orientation is derived from a long process of revision and refinement. However, as of now I would say it corresponds roughly to what may be termed National-Revolutionism / Third-Positionism (too many influences to mention) , Pan-Europeanism (Alain de Benoist, Norman Lowell, Sir Oswald Moseley, Kai Murros, Jean Thiriart), and Archaeofuturism (Guillaume Faye).

The first broad designation (National-Revolutionism / Third-Positionism) describes a sense that 1) political boundaries ought to coincide with ethno-cultural concentrations; 2) each separate people constitutes a unique biological-cultural-spiritual organism with an interest in the continuity of its own existence and the furtherance of its development; 3) the biological, cultural, and economic independence — approaching the ideal of autarky — of each nation is preferable to the amalgamation thereof; and 4) the interests of the organic whole of the nation are to be valued higher than those of any constituent part. Concrete expressions of this tendency can be found in economic protectionism, immigration restriction, military non-intervention and abolition of war-profiteering, the breaking of debt slavery by means of restrictions on usury, checking alienation via profit-sharing and worker-ownership in business, and restricting the commercial-financial class’ hold on political institutions.

Pan-Europeanism simply recognizes a broad biological-cultural-spiritual commonality that finds expression in the nations and peoples of Europe, and their American offshoots, what I term “the Occident” and for whose benefit Occident emerges. We Europeans, on both sides of the Atlantic, share interests in the elevation of our respective peoples, their transcendence of materialistic-nihilistic ideologies, and their continued development as culturally and spiritually mature, and unique, ethnies. Some level of pan-European political coordination is useful toward these ends, though it will be more in the form of Norman Lowell’s Imperium Europa idea than the politically correct multicultural mess that is the European Union.

The designation of Archaeofuturism is an idea that has been most fully explicated by the French Nouvelle Droite thinker Guillaume Faye. It is an avant-garde traditionalism that states coming crises in human overpopulation, oil depletion, and shortages in agricultural land and mineral resources will result in the reemergence of what Faye terms “archaic” values, that is, those that reject individualist liberalism and crass consumerism in favor of holistic community, ethno-cultural exclusivity, gender-roles, visible and humane social hierarchies, initiatory rites and tests, and the prestige of the warrior class — values and arrangements that have been associated with the healthier and more life-affirming periods in the history of nations.

You founded a group, Occident, designed to re-make the culture of the West. What are the ideals of this group, how are they coherent with your political orientation, and do they extend beyond it?

Occident emerges as a national-revolutionary, pan-European, Archaeofuturist vanguard, an international avant-garde advancing, in every nation of the West, those palingenetic ideals that characterize the healthiest and most life-affirming civilizations. The culture of the West is plagued by an empty nihilism (I use this term in a different sense than you probably understand it) in which people are motivated not by any transcendent principle or continuity by but the solipsistic focus on, and alleviation of, their own material discomforts. There is a turn toward consumption as an end in itself, toward material accumulation as the indicator of success, and away from conflict, heroism (which always exists in conflict), and the Spirit — by which I mean that involving a sense of gestalt, an emergent holism that can be experienced in contexts from a humble garden to a massive, participatory communal ritual). It is a profound illness that can be cured by nothing short of spiritual revolution (a concept intimately connected with political and social revolution), and Occident is intended as the revolutionary cadre. When I speak of revolution, it is also important to recognize that I mean it in the original sense, that of a Return to eternal Principle, identified by that which appears to give genuine meaning to human experience (transcendence and continuity).

The Idea of Occident is expressed in many ways, and I would say it entirely integrates what I have described as my political orientation: Anti-consumerism, anti-materialism, archaeofuturism, autarky, community, corporative holism, environmentalism, ethno-cultural independence, heroism, initiatic esoterism, nationalism (and pan-nationalism), non-interventionism, organicism, protectionism, Traditionalism, et cetera. We claim these ideals as healthy manifestations of the will to variety, emergent complexity, and inherent value; some are more pragmatic and concrete, some more ineffable but nonetheless important. It is our contention that they can be translated from pure theory into praxis, and it is our intention to follow whichever paths present themselves, cultural and political, to effect that translation. The yoga of action in this context is something we take upon our shoulders — yoga being the root of our word “yoke”, as Julius Evola pointed out — as a method both of giving our own lives meaning and value and of, Fates willing, doing so for the whole of our Occidental-Western civilization. Occident is envisioned as more than a mere political group but as a pan-national, energetic vanguard that seeks the cultural-spiritual elevation of the entire Western world in all the nations thereof.

How can religion/faith and politics/pragmatism be unified or compatible?

Religion-faith and politics-pragmatism not only can, but must, be unified. If they are held in opposition to or contradiction with one another, neither can be held sincerely. There is also no distinction in experience between one and the other; no beliefs about faith, religion, or spirituality can possibly be held in a vacuum, absent some communal-political context. Even the seeds of hermetic understanding are sown in such a context, as the language, method, and tradition by which such understanding is attained must come from somewhere. Also, considering the profound political-pragmatic effects that arise from either spiritual-religious health or degeneracy on a large scale, the temptation to keep the two existentially separate is reckless at best and catastrophic at worst.

That being said, it would be a mistake to construe our intentions as those toward theocratic order or religious oppression. As seen in the Classical Period of European history, a strong public spirituality is entirely compatible with religious pluralism and an appreciation of the variety of vessels of Traditional data to suit the needs of different ethnies and peoples. An appreciation of the complexity and variety of Nature itself, a facet of any healthy religious outlook, will lead effortlessly to an appreciation of the variety of exoteric expressions within which transcendent Principle and Tradition are contained. Such a religious outlook, when held by the State in a political-pragmatic context, leads to a situation much like that of the Roman Empire, one in which community participation in customary rites coincided with profound tolerance for reciprocally tolerant divergent sects and more theoretical, philosophical religions.

An exception to the rule we have held above applies to those religious customs that actively seek to undermine the character of the national community itself. The most apparent example today is Islam, an imperialistic faith that does not, in practice, tolerate alternative approaches to the Transcendent and demands, ultimately, spiritual conquest of the entire world. Islam is a product of Near Eastern cultures who are to be valued, but they are not ours and we shall not be transformed by their faith. The recent Swiss ban on the construction of minarets is an indicator of the resistance Europeans will mount against the encroachments of Islam, and we stand in solidarity with their decision and with similar initiatives across the West. Our reasons are also, we stress, just as spiritual as they are cultural or social.

What changes would you make immediately if given power in the West?

Were Occident granted such immense responsibility, we would advance initiatives to the effect of the following, with more to follow:

  • Complete moratorium on immigration from the Third World, and the institution of voluntary repatriation for those whose ancestors came from those regions or who have arrived from those regions themselves.
  • Withdrawal of military forces from the rest of the world and the abolition of war-profiteering. The imperialistic project of imposing liberal universalism is a profoundly unhealthy one that is to the benefit of neither the nations on the receiving end nor the West.
  • Strict controls on the debt that may be incurred by Western governments, coupled with restrictions on who from the commercial-financial class may hold public office. Debt-enslavement of Western nations by financiers and non-Western has led to the liberal-universalist international order that threatens the independence (cultural, economic,ethnic) of all peoples.
  • Institution of profit-sharing in business, and encouragement of worker-owned cooperative enterprise. Economic alienation of workers, a very serious problem for the spiritual health of Western nations, can be at least partially alleviated when wages are replaced, in part, with shares of profit and when workers take shared ownership of their firms.
  • Ending of all quotas and affirmative action, except those that may be to the benefit of the native ethnies within their respective nations.
  • Gradual replacement of fiat monetary systems with commodity standards. Workers should be capable of simply saving their money and being able to retire comfortably without relying on the whims of the stock market merely in order to avoid inflation.
  • Replacement of internal taxation with tariffs, when possible. Encouragement of local economy helps build a sense of national community that will help replace the deracinated, individualist worldview that has dominates economic consciousness hitherto.
  • A radical reform of educational curricula to delegitimize the anti-Western sentiment that prevails today, emphasize national pride and pride in the heroes of one’s nation, and encourage respect for Nature.
  • Abolition of television advertising.
  • Proactive efforts to preserve the natural environment of Western nations. Stricter controls on the volume of fishing, logging, and mining that obtains. Active protection of national forests. Discouragement of urban sprawl in favor of a clearer line between city and country. Most importantly, a policy of zero population growth through State distribution of contraception, instruction in the use thereof, and compensated, voluntary sterilization. Foreign aid to the Third World exclusively in the form of contraception and expert personnel to instruct local populations in the use thereof.

What do you think the results would be?

We cannot possibly know what the results would be. Hopefully, a degree of the deracinated, solipsistic, consumerist, materialistic nihilism that prevails would be washed away and genuine communities could be strengthened. The feelings of mutual trust and charitable sentiment that ethno-culturally homogenous communities tend to cultivate would be enhanced, a prediction that has been expounded upon by, among others, Professor Robert Putnam of Harvard University. Workers would be treated to a more humane and dignified environment. Nations would gain a degree of independence and corporative freedom unconceivable in today’s world. Of course, much of what needs to change is non-political, and will have to be addressed in other ways. Occident emerges to confront both challenges, while recognizing they are not strictly separated.

Do your friends know about your viewpoints? Do you have friends of other ethnicities, political viewpoints, and social classes? Do they mind your outlook?

Many of my closest friends know about, and understand my viewpoints; many agree in varying degrees. Kindred souls have a way of finding one other.

I also do have friends of many different ethnicities, political viewpoints, and social classes. I relish variety, as one might be able to tell from some of my perspectives, and highly value those perspectives that can be offered by those from radically different backgrounds. This answer sounds like a cheesy response on a college application, I know, but the funny thing is that I find myself much more welcoming to alternative viewpoints than are those who make a bigger deal about going out of their way to associate with people dissimilar to them — politically correct young college students, my peers, come to mind. If someone is genuinely hostile to my worldview, they probably haven’t ended up as a friend; however, there are plenty of splendidly curious people I’ve come across who are willing to put aside pre-judgment and have a listen and who, to my delight, are willing to share some wisdom with me. These are the types I like to befriend.

How would you categorize your outlook vis-a-vis public acceptance — is it an accepted view or a minority view? Why is that?

My outlook is overwhelmingly a minority view, which is part of the reason and necessity for Occident to emerge. We can show people a better way of life; we probably wouldn’t need to if our approach was held by a majority. Witness the consumerist depravity that grips Western culture. Witness the corporate, mass-produced art and music that has been deemed “popular”. The majority do not hold with our view because it is the more difficult to go against the grain, because the other side have the money and resources. Perhaps it is absurd to think we can revive the West from such a terminal state, but we believe the Absurd. What else are we to do?

Are there any political issues today that are totally irrelevant and yet get too much air time? Any that are ignored, and yet vital?

This is very easy. Global warming is totally irrelevant, and gets so much air time it is disgusting. Human overpopulation is almost entirely ignored, yet remains one of the most pressing, if not the most pressing, challenge faced by all of humanity and non-human nature. It’s politically correct and easy to say we’ll pass a law to cut carbon emissions. It’s politically incorrect and very difficult to claim there must be a concerted effort to reduce the human population, even in the long run.

Do you think we’re at an historical turning point?

Inasmuch as history can be conceived as a continuous, dynamic system wherein each element or segment is absolutely necessary to the Whole and could not be otherwise, every point is a turning point. Change alone is unchanging, a piece of metaphysical wisdom distilled by Heraclitus among countless others.

From another perspective, so much is determined by will, strength of will, organization of will, and history is therefore as seemingly unpredictable as are the vagaries of human will. The question of whether the condition of Mankind in general and the West in particular is on the verge of rapid and dramatic transformation may well be an inquiry into experiential, rather than analytical, considerations. Interpreted this way, yes, we are on the precipice, because the idea of Occident arose, persists in arising, like a phoenix from the organic entirety of my experience.

There is an eternal Traditional principle that states, “As above, so below.” A more useful formulation might be “As within, so without.” The only answer I can comfortably offer to the question of whether we are “at a turning point” is Yes, because we are building it and we are legion. My answer is long and somewhat opaque, but it is such a cliché to make the claim I am making, I want to do as best I can to be authentic in my response.

How much influence does environmentalism have on your views, and is there an environmental crisis; if so, how does it influence any turning points we’re currently approaching?

My own holistic worldview is a fundamentally ecological one; I am interested in the preservation and encouragement of human bio-cultural variety and the aesthetic and intellectual benefits derived therefrom. My view is identical when applied to non-human biodiversity. Environmentalism, as I see it, involves an active valuation on the part of the human subject of those forms, patterns, and processes found external, though intimately connected, to human life. This valuation is active because it surpasses mere observational appreciation; one goes out of one’s way, makes sacrifices, for those plants, animals, and other expressions of life, for their own sake because one sees some value that inheres in them.

As far as environmentalism translates into politics, my position is that those measures that have proven effective in preserving and, indeed, encouraging biodiversity — emergent complexity, therefore, higher inherent value — ought to be taken by the State. The dumping of waste into oceans and other bodies of water ought to be punished as severely as constitutes an effective deterrent. The volume of fish culled from the oceans and major lakes ought to be controlled in order that marine biodiversity be allowed for. National forests ought to be preserved and, by purchase, expanded, in perpetuity. Endangered species are to be protected from hunting and their habitats preserved, even at the expense of commercial development. There are things in life more important than maximizing economic utility. In the same vein, immigration restriction — one of the most important measures called for by the ongoing crisis in Western national identities — prevents people moving from poorer nations where they consume less to richer nations where they consume more; human utility is not optimized, but fewer resources are consumed.

The major environmental issue, however, and the one from which all others stem, is human overpopulation. We have attained power over our environment to such an extent that our growth is, for the time being, unchecked. Unchecked growth, though, as Edward Abbey of Earth First! recognized, is the ethic of cancer. As Pentti Linkola points out, “The worst foe of life is too much life.” My preferred solution would involve education of Western peoples by their governments on the benefits of contraception, tax-funded distribution thereof, and even compensated, voluntary sterilization. Abortion, an admittedly disgusting affair, would remain legal, if not funded by the State. The only foreign aid to be provided the Third World would, perhaps, be massive gifts of contraceptives and specialists to educate people on their use. There is no greater threat to Nature, and by extension to human life itself, than overpopulation. Only haters of life and dogmatic libertarian-capitalist ideologues claim continued growth is compatible with sustainability of biodiversity.

Totalitarian Humanism Is No Joke

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 7 January 2010

A couple of recent articles illustrate this point:

Feminist Gulag: No Prosecution Necessary 

Shouting at Your Wife May Get You a Criminal Record in France

Two New Articles on Secession

category Uncategorized keith Monday 11 January 2010

One in the MSM

…and one from Counterpunch.

It’s unlikely these groups favor full-blown secession from the U.S. altogether, but it’s a start. The Empire is doomed.

Does Immigration Limitation Require a Police State?

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 13 January 2010

Says one of my critics:

“…my problem with Keith Preston’s approach is not that he suggests identifying and allying with criminalized, marginalized, or lumpen people. My problem is, first, that he has what I consider a disastrously selective view of whose criminalization and marginalization counts as legitimate libertarian concern (=). And, secondly, that he has the wrong idea about what the process of building such an alliance, and the terms on which allies might ally themselves with each other, looks like.

(=) Hence, for example, his bizarre efforts coddle pseudo-populist Right-wingers who support the immigration police state and the mass criminalization of people without papers. Whereas on my view, if you’re concerned about identifying with the most criminalized, marginalized, exploited and oppressed, it would be harder to find a better place to start than with standing up for the rights of “illegal alien” workers confronting the border Stasi without government papers.”

The first problem here is the fact that the Stasi were oriented towards keeping people inside the German Democratic Republic, rather than keeping immigrants out, and repressing political dissent among East Germany’s captive native population. Beyond that, however, is the wider question of whether immigration limitation by itself requires a police state. No doubt there are plenty of anti-immigration enthusiasts who would like nothing better than a police state hunt-down of suspected illegal immigrants. No doubt the militarization of U.S. law enforcement generated by the various “Wars on…” (pick one) drugs, crime, guns, gangs, terrorism, vice, cults, racism, sexism, poverty, urban blight, child abuse, animal abuse, et. al. ad nauseum has at times included police state tactics in immigration enforcement as well (see the shenanigans of Uber-PIG Joe Arpaio).

But is a fascist police state essential to the restriction or limitation of immigration? Iceland  and Switzerland are among the most restrictive of the European nations concerning their immigration policies. Yet both of these are widely considered to be among the most progressive and libertarian of all nations anywhere. Iceland has no standing army, and bars nuclear weapons from its territory. Neither of them maintains the death penalty, and neither will extradite fugitives to the U.S. who may face capital punishment. Some years ago, an Icelandic court refused to extradite a fugitive to the U.S. because of the conditions found in U.S prisons. Switzerland is one of the world’s most non-belligerent nations. There are certainly no signs of fascism here.

Does immigration restriction even require a state of any kind? If the Spanish anarchist militias had been triumphant in the civil war, could they not have proceeded to safeguard the borders of the Spanish territory following victory? The Hezbollah militia of Lebanon is a non-state entity, yet it is an effective fighting force. Hezbollah is not only capable of guarding the Lebanese border, but of repelling an actual Israeli occupation. Likewise, the Armed Forces of the Colombian Revolution are a non-state entity, yet they have at times successfully held substantial portions of Colombian territory. Could not the FARC also safeguard its territorial boundaries?

What about all of the different kinds of territories within the United States itself where entry is restricted? These include industrial parks, office complexes, shopping centers, schools and universities, recreational facilities, country clubs, gated communities, stadiums, private neighborhoods, airports, bars and nightclubs, and private homes. All of these territories impose at least some degree of limitations on who may or may not enter. Those who do not buy a ticket are forbidden from entering theaters and stadiums. Those who do not pay a cover charge or have an ID are refused admission to bars. Those without a membership are denied entry to private clubs. Entry into schools is typically restricted to students, parents, employees, and others with authorized business. Even ordinary commercial facilities impose some minimal requirements for entry: “Shirts and Shoes Required”; “No Smoking”; “No Playing Loud Music”; “No Pets or Animals”; “No Rude or Aggressive Behavior.”

Of course, it might be argued that all of the aforementioned are private or semi-private institutions and organizations, as opposed to public streets, sidewalks, thoroughfares, lands, waterways, and airways. Yet most of these things are currently owned not by “the public” but by the state, which anarchists and the most radical libertarians ostensibly consider to be illegitimate. If the state were to disappear, into whose hands would such “public” areas fall? The anarcho-capitalist solution is to place these in the hands of private landowners, whether individual or collective in nature. The geo-anarchists prefer land trusts. Left-anarchists and libertarian-municipalists would prefer community control on the basis of some kind of Athenian model “direct democracy.” Syndicalists might prefer that all public services be put under “workers’ control,” meaning that, for instance, public streets and highways would be under the management of the highway workers’ and street maintenance workers’ unions. Mutualists might prefer “consumer control,” meaning, for instance, airports might be managed by, say, associations of frequent flyers or consumers of airline services. Whatever model or combination of models one prefers, it is quite possible that at least some of these kinds of entities would enact entry requirements at least as restrictive as those currently in existence.

There are other possibilities. Upon the demise of the state, perhaps all public properties and areas could be ceded to “squatters’ rights.” The first person to show up and pitch a tent on a piece of land in Yellowstone Park gets to keep the lot. Perhaps all public areas could simply be declared “No Man’s Lands” akin to present day Antarctica or remote desert or mountainous regions. Perhaps these might be areas where everything is a free-for-all, and where even ordinary criminal laws do not apply. I confess that if such a proposal came up for vote in a national referendum, the nihilist in me might well take over and I might not be able to resist the impulse to vote in favor of it. But how many people really think this would be a desirable state of affairs?

Either way, from where can the principle be deduced that a stateless or near-stateless society, nation, or territory would necessarily maintain unrestricted entry? Even if public areas were “No Man’s Lands” could not a xenophobic militia simply organize and drive away unwanted migrants? In contemporary Western-model societies, much of the mass immigration we presently observe is not simply occurring according to natural patterns of population movement, but is actively encouraged, promoted, and subsidized by the state. See here and here for some examples of how this works. I suspect this trend could be reversed if the support given to mass immigration by state and corporate policies was simply ended. Much of this immigration is economic in nature. Take away the economic incentives, and the overall amount of immigration should diminish. Indeed, there are some signs that the present economic situation is having such an effect.

I’m not going to go into the problems with allowing mass immigration from the Third World into the West. I’ve already written about that in the past and have really said all I have to say about the matter. See here and here. Critics already understand the potentially rather severe consequences of this. Proponents of mass immigration generally make it clear that they don’t care about the consequences. But when Islamic revolutionary parties start becoming competitive in European elections, and there’s a replay of the Mexican War complete with good old fashioned ethnic cleansing in the U.S. Southwest, don’t say us dirty, rotten, fascist, racist, nationalist, right-wing, reactionary, xenophobic bigots didn’t warn you. 

Some interesting articles on immigration:

How Can An Armenian-American Oppose Immigration? It’s Easy! by John Attarian

Liberalism and America’s Immigration Policy by John Attarian

Beyond Open or Closed Borders by Laurence Vance

Immigration Symposium by David Gordon

Nader on Immigration by Matt Welch

An American Indian View of Immigration by David Yeagley

From the Great Society to the Great Betrayal by Rob Freeman

Switzerland: A Model for America on Immigration by Srdja Trifkovic

Updated News Digest January 17, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 16 January 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Quote of the Week:

“A writer’s ambition should be to trade a hundred contemporary readers for ten readers in ten years’ time and for one reader in a hundred years’ time.”

                                                                                                    -Arthur Koestler

Picking Apart Washington’s Scum by Paul Gottfried

PC Purists by Paul Gottfried

The Stupid, Evil Party by Paul Gottfried

Could Self-Defense Send You to Prison? by Scott Mayer

Should the U.S. Military Go to Haiti? Of Course Not!! by Laurence Vance

Is Obama a Republican? by Steve Chapman

George W. Obama by Nat Hentoff

Osama Bin Laden Is Winning by Eric Margolis

Is a U.S. Default Inevitable? by Pat Buchanan 

The Lessons of Revisionism by Murray Rothbard

Why Are They at War with Us? by Pat Buchanan

George Will Turns to Robert Taft by W. James Antle III

Left and Right Against the Empire by David Spero

Too Many Dots, Too Many Enemies by Jon Basil Utley

Yemen: The Back Story by Stephen Zunes

Appeals Court Extends President’s Wartime Powers by Andy Worthington

The Neo-Wilsonian Worldview by Jack Hunter

Obama’s Alternate Universe by Scott Ritter

Why Journalist Gary Webb Died by Robert Parry

Green Guilt by Steven T. Asma

Obama and Afghanistan: America’s Drug-Corrupted War by Peter Dale Scott

Will Blackwater Be Banned? by Jeremy Scahill

Are You Ready for a Fascist America? by Amy Judd

All the Reich Moves: Stepping Up the Police State by William Norman Grigg

Obama and the Global Police by John Whitehead

The Empire Discovers Yemen by Philip Giraldi

Conservative Hatred for America by Jacob Hornberger

Only Psychiatrists Can Explain Israel’s Behavior by Gideon Levy

National Security: The Big Fraud by Sheldon Richman

The Secret Police and the Digital Revolution by Brian Doherty

Only Fools Rush Into Yemen by Patrick Cockburn

The Last of the Prairie Populists by Ralph Nader

The Maine Redemption: Bill Seeks to Restrict the Use of Solitary In Prisons by James Ridgeway

Anarchists in Berlin Turn Anger on “New Bourgeoisie” from Infoshop.Org

Trust the Tale, Not the Teller by Ray Mangum

PIGS Arrest People Who Record Them Without Permission by Radley Balko

Why a Resilient Community Network? by John Robb

Big Government, Big Business: Cojoined Twins Part 2, by Thomas Knapp

The People Making “The Rules” Are Dumber Than You Are by Kevin Carson

Government Is No Friend of Peace by Darian Worden

The Randroid Worship of Power by Kevin Carson

Long Term Unemployment Rate Highest Since 1948 from Progressive Review

Corporatism in the Richmond City Council  by Jeremy Weiland

Dick Cheney: Creature from the Conservative Id by William Norman Grigg

America Slides Deeper Into Depression by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard

It’s Like the Great Depression by Robert Higgs

Can the Government Keep Us Safe? What a joke! by Judge Andrew Napolitano

Song Lands Soldier in Jail by Dave Lindorff

Guantanamo Guard Meets Ex-Prisoners by Gavin Lee

Battered Jackboot Syndrome by William Norman Grigg

Fight the Nanny State! My Food, My Choice-Sign the Petition!

Totalitarian “Synchronization” -Germany 1933 and America 2010 by William Norman Grigg

The Fourthworldization of the U.S.A. by Manuel Lora

TSA Lies About Its Porno-Scanners by Lew Rockwell

Journalist Accosted by PIGS by Lew Rockwell

“First They Came for the Iranians…” by David Kramer

Video of Market Street, San Francisco from 1905 from Lew Rockwell

Is the PC Grip of Terror Loosening? by Lew Rockwell

The U.S. Police State Is Getting More Ruthless and Vicious by Lew Rockwell

Obama or Hoppe? by Laurence Vance

The Patriotic Idea by G. K. Chesterton

Anti-Feminist League 

Failure as a Strategy by John Robb

The Stupid and Evil Party by Paul Gottfried

New Jersey Defies Feds on Medical Marijuana by Michael Boldin

End the Korean War by Justin Raimondo

Social Morality, Political Immorality by James Leroy Wilson

Tribal Opportunity Space by John Robb

Free Vermont From D.C. Oppression by John Curran

The Despicable Las Vegas PIGS by Vin Suprynowicz

Nixon and the 1969 Vietnam Moratorium by Jon Wiener

Her Crime: Sex Work in New Orleans by Jordan Flaherty

The Americanization of Mental Illness by Makhno

Anarchist Bloc at Anti-Arpaio Rally from Infoshop.Org

The Great Liberal Fallacy  by Richard Spencer

2009 in Retrospect by Dixie Flatline

Global Warming Is a Religion by Walter Williams

Secession and State Governors by Russell Longcore

Americans Are Arming Themselves as Never Before by Tim Case

PIGS Extend ”Professional Courtesy”: Captured on Video by William Norman Grigg

Blow It Out Your Ass, Cass Sunstein by Glenn Greenwald

U.S. Army Suicides a Record in 2009 from David Kramer

Poking the Bear by Doug Bandow

Just What We Need: More Pentagon Spending by Winslow T. Wheeler

The Bogus Anti-Terrorist Crackdown on Financial Freedom by James Bovard

Were Afghan Children Executed by U.S.-Led Forces? by David Cromwell

Who Killed Massoud Ali Mohammedi? by Justin Raimondo

Mass Hunger Strike in Greek Prisons from Infoshop.Org

Bum Rap for Harry, But Not for Bubba Bill by Alexander Cockburn

Crushing Haiti, Now As Always by Patrick Cockburn

Big Greens and Real Greens by Michael Donnelly

Democrats Going Down In Flames by Russell Mokhiber

Bass Boats and Queer Marriage by Joe Bageant

A Black Panther in Beirut by Daniel Drennan

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

Centralization Leaves the People at the Mercy of the Elite Rob Freeman interviewed by Tom Sunic

Why They Hate Us: Israel and Foreign Policy Ray McGovern interviewed by Scott Horton

Don’t Let Your Kid Join the Military Elaine Brower interviewed by Scott Horton

Empire Is Cannibalism Will Grigg interviewed by Scott Horton

The Oathkeepers Stewart Rhodes interviewed by Angela Keaton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Beyond the Realm of Death by Judas Priest

Melinda (More or Less) by Curved Air

Carpet on the Sun by Renaissance

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Global Warming: Miami’s First Cold Weather Death Confirmed 

Obama Wants $33 Billion More for War 

For Sale on the Internet…Ukraine’s Elections Vote 

The National Bolshevik Party-Some Pointers 

Myths of the American Revolution 

Global Warming…or Cooling? 

Mikey Hicks: 8 Year Old Terrorist 

Britain Is No Place for the White Working Class Male 

Christopher Hitchens on Gore Vidal 

Detroiter Said He Dismembered His Dead Friend in Panic 

The Difference Between National Socialism and Fascism 

Defending the West on Campus

What Dogs Tell Us About Humans 

George H.W. Bush Yelled at in Texas Restaurant 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

How to Make a Fake Credit Card 

New York City Homicides Map 

“Kill a Tourist Day in South Africa” 

More of Today’s Youth Have Serious Mental Health Issues Than Previous Generations 

Congo Approves Stimulus Package of AK-47 for Every Citizen 

Where Is the White Male Violence and Hatred When We Need It Most? by John Paul Cupp

Obama Signs Executive Order Establishing Council of Governors 

It is Now Illegal to Fortify a Private Home 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

On Being Inclusive

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 14 January 2010

My critic suggests:

“…my problem with Keith Preston’s approach is not that he suggests identifying and allying with criminalized, marginalized, or lumpen people. My problem is, first, that he has what I consider a disastrously selective view of whose criminalization and marginalization counts as legitimate libertarian concern (=). And, secondly, that he has the wrong idea about what the process of building such an alliance, and the terms on which allies might ally themselves with each other, looks like.

How “selective” am I? These are some the planks in the American Revolutionary Vanguard Twenty-Five Point Program:

1. Recognizing that the United States of America is rapidly degenerating into a totalitarian police state domestically and steadily being brought under the rule of a global corporate state internationally, American Revolutionary Vanguard is established for building a unified resistance front among all groups, organizations and movements opposed to the common enemies.

2. American Revolutionary Vanguard is non-partisan, non-ideological, non-racial and non-denominational. Our allies and supporters may come from any political party, ideological background, ethnic group or religion. We make no distinction on the basis of gender, nationality, sexual identity, physical disabilities, cultural identity, age or class origins.

4. American Revolutionary Vanguard seeks to network with and form alliances with all groups and individuals engaged in active resistance including decentralists, non-supremacist separatists, constitutionalists, autonomists, patriots, populists, anti-corporate libertarians, anarchists, sovereigns, common law advocates, regionalists, anti-state conservatives, non-statist nationalists, agorists, mutualists, syndicalists, individualists, guild socialists, council communists, individualist anarchists, collectivist anarchists, national anarchists, municipalists, Georgists, farmer liberationists, agrarians, radical traditionalists, micronationalists, Luddites, radical environmentalists, deep ecologists, non-reactionary third postionists, geonomists, geolibertarians, libertarian socialists, non-racist militias, anarcha-feminists, libertarian feminists, queer activists, anti-globalists and non-statist class struggle advocates of every kind.

10. American Revolutionary Vanguard supports the development of cooperatives and guilds for the provision of affordable health care to the poor and workers, care for the sick and elderly, provision of reliable information to consumers and the organizing of tenants in opposition to slumlords and public housing authorities without reliance on statist, classist “zoning” laws, “building codes”, “land use” regulations and other forms of government interference.

14. American Revolutionary Vanguard works for the creation of special organizations for the defense and protection of youth, students, runaways, the homeless, the mentally ill, street vendors and other small-time enteprenuers, prisoners, addicts and prostitutes. These classes of persons are the most victimized and brutalized by the present system and are therefore in need of special assistance and recognition of their plight.

15. American Revolutionary Vanguard works for the abolition of all laws criminalizing consensual adult behaviors including drug laws, gun laws, sex laws, prohibition of alternative medical treatments, prohibition of suicide, seat belt and motorcycle helmet laws, zoning laws, involuntary civil committment and drinking ages. Only acts of physical aggression against other people and their possessions can justly be considered crimes.

16. American Revolutionary Vanguard supports the abolition of jails and prisons which are simply the modern version of slavery. Persons who do minor harms to others should be required to compensate the victims in some way with economic sanctions being the primary means of enforcement. Serious criminals should be sent to separate, penal communities where they will work ordinary jobs, live in ordinary housing, wear ordinary clothes, etc. but pay restitution to compensate victims and finance whatever supervision they may require.

22. American Revolutionary Vanguard seeks dialogue and mutually advantageous cooperation with non-political outlaw organizations including street gangs, motorcycle clubs and prison gangs. We applaud those organizations of this type who have negotiated truces among themselves and who have sought to take up political struggle. We seek similar dialogue and cooperation with non-political, non-governmental clubs, leagues, orders, guilds, unions, fraternities and sororities of every kind.

24.American Revolutionary Vanguard opposes all military aggression by the government of the United States against other nations. The natural allies of American revolutionaries are nationalist, separatist, anti-globalist, populist, anarchist, libertarian and class struggle movements throughout the world. The peoples of the earth who desire sovereignty for themselves are asked to support the struggle of domestic American revolutionaries, whether they be Arabic or Islamic nationalists, European separatists, anarchists or anti-globalists, indigenous peoples everwhere and Latin American rebel forces.

It’s a little hard to imagine what could be more inclusive than this. In the essay “Liberty and Populism” I wrote:

“…our core creed must be “Anarchy First!” applied within context of decentralism, populism and libertarianism. Here is a set of potential “first principles” for an anarchist-led libertarian-populism:

  1. Minimal and decentralized government organized on the basis of community sovereignty and federalism.
  2. A worker-based, cooperative economy functioning independently of the state, the corporate infrastructure and central banking.
  3. A radically civil libertarian legal system ordered on the basis of individual sovereignty, individual rights and restitutive justice.
  4. A neutralist, non-interventionist foreign policy and a military defense system composed of decentralized, voluntary militia confederations.
  5. A system of cultural pluralism organized on the basis of voluntary association, civil society, localism, regionalism, decentralism and mutual aid.
  6. The achievement of the above through an all-fronts strategy of grassroots local organizing, local electoral action, secession, civil disobedience, militant strikes and boycotts, organized tax resistance, alternative infrastructure and armed struggle.”

“…we have not even begun to touch on the possibilities for building a radical movement rooted in part in marginalized social groups ignored, despised or persecuted by the establishment. These elements include the handicapped, the mentally ill, students, youth, prostitutes and other sex workers, prisoners, prisoner’s rights activists, advocates for the rights of the criminally accused, the homeless and homeless activists, anti-police activists, advocates of alternative medicine, drug users, the families of drug war prisoners, immigrants, lumpen economic elements (jitney cab drivers, peddlers, street vendors), gang members and many others too numerous to name. On these and other similar issues, our positions should be to the left of the ACLU. Adopting this approach will bring with it the opportunity to politically penetrate the rather large lumpenproletarian class that exists in the US with little or no political representation. At the same time, the last thing we should wish to do is emulate the mistakes of the new left by adopting an ideology of victimology and positioning ourselves as antagonists of the broader working masses. Nothing could be more self-defeating. The defense of marginal populations way beyond any efforts in this area offered by the left establishment should be part of our program, but only part. Our main focus should be on the working class itself, the kinds of folks who work in the vast array of service industries that comprise the bulk of the US economy.”

“…It is of the utmost importance that the working masses view us as the champions of their economic interests. Nothing less will be sufficient. Our populist coalition must include rank and file blue collar workers, working class taxpayers, union members, small businessmen, farmers, the self-employed, the urban poor, single moms and the homeless. We do this not by promising entitlement rights to all, but by eliminating state-imposed obstacles to economic self-determination and self-sufficiency, placing state or state-corporate industries and services directly into the hands of the workers and consumers, developing alternative economic arrangements independently of the state, eliminating taxes from the bottom up and gradually phasing out archaic state-assistance programs, with poverty relief and social security programs being the last to go once the corporate state has been fully dismantled. This is precisely the opposite of the “cut taxes and regulations at the top, eliminate subsidies to the bottom” approach favored by the right-wing corporatists. Our approach should be “cut taxes and regulations at the bottom, eliminate subsidies to the top”. On these matters, authentic fiscal conservatives and authentic class war militants should be able to agree. We should describe our economic program as neither “conservative” nor “socialist” but as simple “economic justice”.

“There are indeed many areas where the radical Left and the radical Right have much in common. One obvious area of possible collaboration would be opposition to imperialist warfare and military interventionism on behalf of ruling class interests. Another is on libertarian-populist economic issues of the type mentioned above. There is certainly no reason why the libertarian-left cannot endorse the civil liberties issues of the right such as freedom of religious practice, the right to have homeschools, Second Amendment rights against the gun-grabbers, personal property rights against eminent domain and asset forfeiture laws, opposition to the use of anti-racketeering laws to harass anti-abortion activists, abusively anti-male “child support” and other divorce-related laws, speech codes, self-defense rights, tax resistance, intrusive zoning, licensing, or environmental laws and so on.

Once again, it is difficult to imagine what could possibly be more inclusive than what is outlined above. Racism?

The matter of implementing such a settlement to America’s historic ethnic divides brings with it certain complications. The “pro-white” aspects of the settlement proposed above would be simple enough to enact. It is merely a matter of repealing particular laws (like antidiscrimination statutes) and policies (like affirmative action) and ending subsidies to particular interests (like “minority set asides”). The “pro-black” aspects of the settlement are a little more difficult. On the question of sovereignty, various black nationalist factions have proposed widely divergent ideas. It would seem that the best approach would be one that involved the least amount of disruption possible. Some years ago, the Peoples’ Democratic Uhuru Movement proposed that the majority black section of St. Petersburg, Florida be separated from the rest of the city into a sovereign municipality. There is no reason why such an arrangement could not be put into place in all American cities with sizable black sections. The only serious criticism of this approach is that the disconnected black communities might degenerate into Bantustans of the type the former South Africa was famous for. At least a partial solution to this problem would be for sovereign black muncipalities and their satellite towns and villages to be federated into larger “black nationalist” states on a national or regional basis. There is certainly sufficient precedent for such a territorially disconnected nation. One need only think of the United Kingdom at its height with its scattered island states and protectorates.

Civil liberties, police powers, and incarcerated persons?

It is well-known that the United States maintains the world’s largest prison population. More than one quarter of all the world’s prisoners reside in US prisons. A grossly disproportionate number of these are blacks or other minorities. A comprehensive amnesty program is essential to any serious effort to dismantle the US Leviathan state. As a model for amnesty, we might look to that implemented by Saddam Hussein, President of Iraq, prior to the commencement of the current war. Most prisoners were given full amnesty, foreign spies excepted. Thieves were pardoned on the condition of victim restitution. Even violent criminals had their sentences communted if the victim or the victim’s mother agreed to a pardon. If this was good enough for Saddam Hussein, it ought to be good enough for anti-state radicals in North America. Under such a general amnesty, the only remaining prisoners would be those who refused to compensate victims or whose crimes were serious enough to discourage the victim from granting a pardon. The rest of the prison population, from tax evaders to drug vendors to owners of “illegal” firearms to those convicted of violations of arcane regulatory statutes, would simply be cleared out. Likewise, those imprisoned for self-defense, whether against common criminals or the government (for example, Leonard Peltier, the surviving Branch Davidians or those resisting “no-knock” raids) should also be granted amnesty. Additionally, panels of legal experts should be commissioned to review the cases of those convicted of even the most serious crimes. Given the notorious incompetence of the US legal system, it is likely a significant number of these are innocent.

On crime, I propose the following approach: We should be tough on crime, but equally tough on cops, courts and laws. On the issues of legal restrictions on the investigative and arrest powers of the police, the powers of the courts to prosecute the accused and impose sentences, and the powers of penal institutions to hold incarcerated persons and the conditions they are held under, we should take positions as “liberal” as those of the ACLU, the National Lawyers Guild and beyond. However, when it comes to the right of private citizens to keep and bear arms, to use them in defense against criminals and to form private organizations (neighborhood watches, militias, posses, private security guard services, vigilance committees and common law courts) for the purpose of mutual self-protection against crime (including government crime), we should take positions as “conservative” as the Gun Owners of America, the Michigan Militia and beyond.

Now, we would not want to interfere with general free speech rights by prohibiting panhandling. Nor would we want to interfere with geuninely poor or disabled people, runaways kids or others who wish to be peaceful beggars. Nor do we want to kowtow to bourgeoise elements who object to the presence of such lumpen elements as an “eyesore”, “blight” or, more specifically, a perceived threat to real estate values. We certainly do not want to turn public streets into “Official Police Property”.

The perspective offered here is far more “liberal” than anything put forth by the Democratic Party or even the Green Party in many instances. Indeed, this outlook could be classified as “rightist” only in the sense that it rejects univeralism, utopianism, and radical egalitarianism, and the necessarily and inevitably totalitarian nature of these. As for the question of “what the process of building such an alliance, and the terms on which allies might ally themselves with each other, looks like”, this is from “Philosophical Anarchism and the Death of Empire“:

Indeed, domestic American politics tends to be driven by single-issue movements and organizations rather than ideological ones. Raw ideology pushers tend to find little success in US politics. With this consideration in mind, the question becomes one of how to best formulate a successful single-issue anti-state movement. Several possible constituents for such a movement have already been discussed. The emergence of a single issue anti-state party or organization that included the agendas of each of the various localist and regionalist movements would likely be a good start. There is no reason why there cannot be a party, or alliance of parties, that simultaneously favors the independence of Puerto Rico, Hawaii, Texas, the South, numerous local communities, and religion/ethnicity based separatists like the Nation of Islam, Christian Identity, Aztlan, indigneous peoples and others. Such advocacy of regional/local autonomy should be accompanied by an emphasis on populist structural changes. Norman Mailer’s suggestion of decentralizing the governments of large metropolitan areas down to the neighborhood level coincides nicely with the objective of sovereign townships or county supremacy found in the patriot/constitutionalist milieu.

The efforts of the American Civil Liberties Union to defend the civil rights of all sorts of groups who come under attack from the state, ranging from neo-nazis to pornographers, might also be emulated. There are many such groups who are currently ignored by mainstream political organizations. These include home schoolers, “cults” or marginal religious denominations, intentional communities, so-called “hate” groups, prisoners and their families, opponents of the war on drugs, gun rights militants, tax resisters and many others. It is important to remember that a movement for political decentralization should employ a decentralized strategy. This means that the same tactics will not be appropriate in all situations. For example, anarchists working in urban or metropolitan areas should naturally take a political line that is considerable further to the left than anarchists working in rural areas or among more conservative population groups. The anti-racist/feminist/gay rights cultural paradigm that dominates the modern left might well be applicable in those communities that it is suited for, such as large cities with huge minority populations and where the prevailing values are cosmospolitan in nature. However, this would clearly not be an appropriate model for rural Kansas. For anarchists to persistently push “the right to bear arms” in liberal Connecticutt would probably be a waste of time. For anarchists to agitate for gay causes in small Tennessee towns would likewise be rather futile. So-called “extremists” from all points on the political spectrum might be rallied as the core constituents of the anti-System forces.

It is essential to remember that the anarchist movement itself (properly and constructively organized) is not necessarily a mass movement per se but only the intellectual and activist vanguard of a broader populist movement containing many different tendencies. The role of the anarchists is serve as the coordinating mediators conceived of by Mark Gillespie or the principled militants envisioned by Mikhail Bakunin. The decentralized organizational efforts of the anarchists would necessarily involve a scenario where the character of the anti-System movement varied considerably in its specific ideological, cultural, religious or ethnic orientation on a geographical or institutional basis. Across the American heartland, in the Deep South and in the mountainous regions, the anarchists might assemble a coalition of tax resisters, home schoolers, gun nuts, conspiracy theorists, pro-lifers, Christian fundamentalists, common law enthusiasts, farmers rights advocates, land rights advocates, “cults”, racists, libertarians, militiamen and other elements common to the political culture of rightwing populism. In large metropolitan centers, inner-cities, border areas and coastal regions, a similar coalition might include militants and separatists from the various minority groups, advocates for all sorts of class based social issues (gentrification, housing, environment), gays and other “sexual minorities”, all sorts of countercultural groups, students, street gangs and other official outlaws, communists, left-wing “anarchists” and others.

Among the affluent elements of American society, such as the realm of suburbia, it is probably best if the ranks of the revolutionaries draw heavily from the youth population. Opposition to the great oppressor of youth-the state’s school systems-might be the key issue. It is also important to note that class distinctions in modern liberal democratic states are somewhat more blurred than they may have been in previous times. Any authentic populist revolutionary movement would naturally have to include persons from all class levels. The task of the genuine anarchists, who will always be a small minority, even in Official Anarchist circles, is to coordinate and guide formal and informal alliances among such disparate groups. The kinds of issue and ideology based constituent groups being described here would provide the grassroots base for the broader anarchist agenda. But there remains the question of how to appeal to the broader public. A party/organization that combined local and regional autonomy, defense of social groups under attack by the state, recruited disparate elements from the cultural fringes as its activist/support base and maintained a decentralized infrastructure would also have to develop a populist program for the masses.

What my enemies and critics really object to is my refusal to endorse their program of cultural leftist universalism synthesized with mass immigration (which are incompatible goals anyway, and not particularly radical or anti-establishment goals) and not any lack of “inclusivity.”

Gottfried Smashes the Neocons Head-On

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 14 January 2010

This is great stuff.

Picking Apart Washington’s Scum 

“As everyone and his cousin knows, the neocons are my least favorite “Washington insiders” and they divide generally into two categories, the ill-mannered, touchy Jews and their groveling or adulatory Christian assistants.”

That’s a priceless line there.

The Stupid and Evil Party 

As the “sensitivity” net widens and as unauthorized questions about race, gender, and lifestyle are put outside the limits of “sensitive” dialogue, we will suffer as an already diminished free society. While there is plenty of blame to go around for this situation, the GOP has done its part here, in its desperate hunger for minority votes. As a right-of-center party, which it sometimes claims to be, it should be fighting for economic freedom, distributed governing powers, and an end to the war against discrimination, understood as making us speak like graduates of a multicultural indoctrination session. Now the GOP has moved out in front as an advocate of leftwing thought and speech control.

PC Purists

Presumably being a Republican, no matter what the party leaders say, identifies the party loyalist as a white Southerner. One might also observe, as Lew Rockwell has many times, that the South is full of military installations and disproportionately represented among military forces. Given such a connection, white Southerners with fading historical memories don’t seem to care about supporting a party that condemns the display of Confederate flags and praises the glories of Reconstruction. After all, the GOP is good at providing military build-ups and military engagements.

The GOP may go from waffling into strongly backing affirmative action as well as speech control in the name of sensitivity. Providing it can hold on to the business interests it serves, offer military opportunities for certain constituents, and pacify the Religious Right by allying itself with the Zionist Right and critics of abortion rights, the GOP could possibly move to the left on minority outreach, without incurring any major defections in its ranks.

Every day I run into people who were once Republicans but are now disgusted by how the GOP has betrayed the American heritage of freedom. I trust this disgust will become even more widespread and that it will generate support for an alternative party, one that is serious about a return to small, decentralized government and about opposing the tyranny of Political Correctness. Needless to say, I don’t expect the Republican leadership to help forge such a party. They are the opposition that would have to be dealt with if such an alternative can prevail.

Alain De Benoist-The New Left Wing

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 17 January 2010

Interesting video series. Not sure I buy some of its interpretations, however.

Part One, Part Two, Part Three

Karl Marx: Racist and Ancestor of Modern Genocide

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 17 January 2010

Interesting stuff.

Any Marx fans want to offer a rebuttal of this?

Updated News Digest January 24, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 23 January 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Quotes of the Week:

“A man who as a physical being is always turned toward the outside, thinking that his happiness lies outside him, finally turns inward and discovers that the source is within him.”

“Anxiety is the dizziness of freedom.”

“Be that self which one truly is.”

“How absurd men are! They never use the liberties they have, they demand those they do not have. They have freedom of thought, they demand freedom of speech. ”

                                                                                             -Soren Kierkegaard 

The Rule of Law Has Been Lost by Paul Craig Roberts

Obama to Indefinitely Imprison Detainees Without Charges by Glenn Greenwald

The Two Faces of Interventionism by Justin Raimondo

MLK as 20th Century Jesus by Paul Gottfried

Lawyers, Guns, and Money by Kevin Carson

How America Makes Its Enemies Disappear by Petra Bartosiewicz

Prisoner Power: Organize the Ex-Cons! by Eduard Limonov

Privatizing Everything  by Ralph Nader

Will the Tea Partiers Become a Third Party? by James Ostrowski

Big Brother Barack: Enough Hope and Change, Already! by Anthony Gregory

The Anatomy of Blue State Fascism by Anthony Gregory

Terrorism Defined: Bill Clinton Lights Our Way to Truth by Chris Floyd

The Return of the Neocons by David Margolick

Petraeus Gets It Wrong by Robert Dreyfuss

Is America Moving Right? by Pat Buchanan

Say No to “Humanitarian Intervention” in Haiti by Ron Paul

Haiti’s Avoidable Death Toll by Walter Williams

Haiti: An Unwelcome Katrina Redux by Cynthia McKinney

The Supremes Have Opened the Floodgates by Russell Feingold

Freedom of Speech for a Fiction by Christopher Ketcham

Corporate Personhood and Political Free Speech by Manuel Garcia, Jr

How Wall Street Destroyed Healthcare by Paul Craig Roberts

Just Walk Away from the Democrats by Ron Jacobs

Death to the Dictator by Charles Glass

Israel Finds a New Way to Play the Victim by Ira Chernus

The Terrorism Conundrum by Philip Giraldi

Torture: Where’s the Conservative Skepticism? by A. Barton Hinkle

A New Dictator in Iraq? by Ted Galen Carpenter

The Next Crisis for Obama? by Ivan Eland

Fascism Needs an Enemy by Ran HaCohen

FBI Says It Violated the Fourth Amendment by Thomas R. Eddlem

To Help Hait, End Foreign Aid by Bret Stephens

Anarcho-Leftoids Rally Against Free Speech from Infoshop.Org

New Frontiers in PC by Lew Rockwell

Students and Prisoners, Unite! from Infoshop.Org

U.S. Military Weapons with Bible References on Them by Bill Anderson

The Power Elite Is Worried by Lew Rockwell

Demented TSA Brings Charges Against Man for Walking Through the Wrong Door by Mike Rozeff

U.S. Military Diverts Food Flights to Haiti by Mike Rozeff

Government to Teach Parents How to Raise Children by David Kramer

How to Popularize Freedom Tom Woods interviewed by Scott Smith

Who Is Left Holding the Bag on U.S. Debt? by Bill Sardi

U.K. Bans Drinking Contests by Raphael G. Satter

1,000 Rally for Guns, States’ Rights in Virginia Capital by Olympia Meola

The Coming Euro Rupture by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard

Texans Are Ready for Nullification by Mike Ward

The Banks Are Going Down by Karen De Coster

The Blind Law of State Violence by Jeff Knaebel

Tortured Unto Death by Glenn Greenwald

Obama’s Garrison State by Tom Burghardt

In Defense of Rothbard by Walter Block

The Needless U.S. War with Japan-Courtesy of Stalin and FDR by Michael Kreca

Eco-Fascism by James Delingpole

Nullify the Federal Government by Norvell Rose

The Militia Question Resolved  by Michael Kreca

Hurting People for a Living: The Role of the State by William Norman Grigg

Books on War: The Worst Aspect of the State by David Gordon

Why Africa Has Gone to Hell by James Jackson

Freak-Friendly by Gavin McInnes

Yes, Africa Must Go to Hell by Alex Kurtagic

Tea Party Convention Bars Campaign for Liberty by Patroon

Endorsements of Dennis Steele for Governor of Vermont by Thomas Naylor

A Richly Deserved Humiliation by Alexander Cockburn

How the Patriot Act Perpetuates Official Robberies by James Bovard

Class and Party Difference in Massachusetts by Mary Lynn Cramer

Making the Banks Pay by Dean Baker

Revolution, Not a Tea Party by Ron Jacobs

Why I Voted for the Republican in Massachusetts by John V. Walsh

The State vs The Rule of Law by James Leroy Wilson

My Life as a Politician by Justin Raimondo

How Open Manufacturing Is Related to the End of Neoliberal Globalization by Michel Bauwens

The Establishment Is in Crisis by Butler Shaffer

Obamanomics: Big Government, Big Business, Big Rip-Offs by Michael Brendan Dougherty

Top Ten Passions of Ancient Rome: Sounds like America by Ray Laurence

Cleaning Up Government Messes by Lew Rockwell

The U.S. of Kafka from Lew Rockwell

“My God Is Bigger Than Your God” by Lew Rockwell

But If You Did This to a TSA Thug… by David Kramer

Coulter Slimes the Anti-State Wave by Christopher Manion

May I Pour You Some Neocon Tea? by Lew Rockwell

Has Obama Lost White America? by Pat Buchanan

Anarchistan in Athens by Aya Burweila

Could a Woman Who Posed Nude Get Elected? by Missy Comley Beattie

Weimar Democrats by Harvey Wasserman

New Radical Queer Zine Focuses on Gentrification from Infoshop.Org

Mutual Aid Disaster Relief in Haiti from Infoshop.Org

How Life Has Suddenly Changed in America by Bill Sardi

The Final Crisis of Central Banking by Gary North

There Is No Freedom of Choice in America by Don Cooper

Christian Concentration Camp Guards by Stephen Carson

PIGS Infiltrate Anti-PIG March  from Infoshop.Org

The Great Leap Sideways by Alexander Cockburn

Society Verses the State by Kevin Carson

The Homebrew Industrial Revolution: A Low Overhead Manifesto by Brad Spangler

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

Interview with Alain De Benoist, Part One by Tomislav Sunic

The Empire’s Fall Ron Paul interviewed by Scott Horton

The Relevance of Lysander Spooner to Our Times Sheldon Richman interviewed by Scott Horton

Anarchy Radio with John Zerzan and Kathan Z

I Was a Guard at Guantanamo by Brandon Neely interviewed by Scott Horton

Murder-Gate: 3 Tortured to Death at Guantanamo Scott Horton interviewed by Scott Horton

The Ghost Prisoners of Bagram Andy Worthington interviewed by Scott Horton

Reclaiming the American Right Christopher Manion interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

(hat tip to Taylor Somers)

Fire by The Crazy World of Arthur Brown

I Put a Spell on You by Screaming Jay Hawkins

For Unlawful Carnal Knowledge by Coven

Satanic Mass Part 1 Part 2 by Coven

Dignataries of Hell by Coven

Attack of the Demon  by Black Widow

God of Darkness by Iron Maiden (no, not that Iron Maiden)

Lucifer’s Friend by Lucifer’s Friend

Beautiful Dream by Uriah Heep

Sorcerers by Angel Witch

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Why Men Use Prostitutes by Julie Bindel

Pan-African Solidarity: Senegal Offers Land to Haitians 

Haitians May Go Extinct 

The Anti-Enlightenment Tradition by Adam Kirsch

Rabbit Rapist Convicted of Cruelty 

National Bolshevik Party 

Corporate Branding Has Taken Over America by Naomi Klein

Traditionalist, New Right, Conservationist, and Integralist Thought 

The Soft Tyranny of Liberalism by Alexander Dugin

Secession Without Blinders 

Hamas Ready to Cancel Charter 

Republican Savior’s Wife Starred in Half-Naked Music Video About Handjobs 

Voodoo Brings Solace to Grieving Haitians 

Tea Party Movement Getting Hosed 

John Lennon on Monday Night Football in 1974 with Howard Cosell 

European Males Descend From Ancient Farmers 

Curious Myths of the Middle Ages 

The Democrats are the Darlings of Wall Street

Racist Cameras 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

Milestones on Minorites and Poverty in Southern Schools 

11-Yr-Old Shot Defending His Mom Against Home Invaders 

South African Woman Killed Over Birth Control 

Is Al-Qaeda Winning? 

Moron Brought to Tears by Republican Seizure of Teddy Kennedy’s Senate Seat 

U.S. Mercenaries Set Sights On Haiti 

Lone Shooter Kills 8 in Central Virginia

Netanyahu: Illegal Immigration a Threat to Israel 

Ron Paul: After CIA Coup, Agency Runs Military 

Fake Cop Arrested During Prostitution Sting 

The Coming Urban Terror by John Robb

Taliban Overhaul Image to Win Allies 

Haiti Homeless Reach Two Million 

Supreme Court Overturns Ban on Direct Corporate Spending on Elections 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

(hat tip to Taylor Somers)

Problems of Revolutionary Strategy

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 21 January 2010

(thanks, Peter!)

http://red-anti-state.blogspot.com/2010/01/assessment-of-uruguayan-tupamaros.html

This is an excerpt from Problems of Revolutionary Strategy by Abraham Guillen

To the credit of the Uruguayan Guerillas, they were the first to operate in the cement jungles of a capitalist metropolis, to endure during the first phase of a revolutionary war thanks to an efficient organization and tactics, and to confound the police and armed forces for a considerable period… With its failures as well as successes, the Movement of National Liberation (Tupamaros) has contributed a model of urban guerrilla warfare that has already made a mark on contemporary history – the scene of a struggle between capitalism and socialism with its epicenter in the great cities. The lessons that can be learned from the Tupamaros can be summarized in the following ten points.

(1) Fixed or Mobile Front? When urban guerrillas lack widespread support because of revolutionary impatience or because their actions do not directly represent popular demands, they have to provide their own clandestine infrastructure by renting houses and apartments. By tying themselves to a fixed terrain in this way, the Tupamaros have lost both mobility and security: two prerequisites of guerrilla strategy. In order to avoid encirclement and annihilation through house-to-house searches, the guerrillas can best survive not by establishing fixed urban bases, but by living apart (from each other) and fighting together.

(2) Mobility and Security. If urban guerrillas rent houses for their commandos, they are in danger of leaving a trail that may be followed by the police who review monthly all registered rentals. Should most of their houses be loaned instead of leased, then the guerrillas should refrain as a general rule from building underground vaults or hideouts which would increase their dependence on the terrain. To retain their mobility and a high margin of security they must spread out among a favourable population. Guerrillas who fight together and then disperse throughout a great city are not easily detected by the police. When dragnets are applied to one neighborhood or zone, guerrillas without a fixed base can shift to another neighborhood. Such mobility is precluded by a reliance on rented houses or hideouts in the homes of sympathizers, heretofore a major strategical error of the Tupamaros.

(3) Heavy or Light Rearguard? Urban guerrillas who develop a heavy infrastructure in many rented houses commit not only a military error, but also an economic and logistical one. For a heavy rearguard requires a comparatively large monthly budget in which economic and financial motives tend to overshadow political considerations. Lacking enough houses, the guerrillas tend to upgrade to positions of command those willing to lend their own. Among the Tupamaros detained in 1972 was the owner of the hacienda “Spartacus,” which housed an armory in an underground vault. At about the same time the president of the frigorific plant of Cerro Largo was detained and sentenced for aiding the Tupamaros. He may well have embraced the cause of the Tupamaros with loyalty and sincerity; but as a businessman he responded as any other bourgeois would to his workers’ demands for higher wages. Thus when promotion through the ranks is facilitated by owning a big house, a large farm or enterprise, the guerrillas become open to bourgeois tendencies. When guerrillas rely on cover not on a people in arms but on people of property, then urban guerrilla warfare becomes the business of an armed minority, which will never succeed in mobilising in this manner the majority of the population.

(4) Logistical Infrastructure. Although a mobile front is preferable to a fixed one, there are circumstances in which a fixed front is unavoidable, e.g., in the assembly, adjustment and adaptation of arms. These fixed fronts, few a far between, must be concealed from the guerrillas themselves; they should be known only to the few who work there, preferably one person in each, in order to avoid discovery by the repressive forces. In the interest of security it is advisable not to manufacture arms, but to have the parts made separately by various legal establishments, after which they can be assembled in the secret workshops of the guerrillas.

It is dangerous to rely on a fixed front for housing, food, medical supplies and armaments. If the guerrillas are regularly employed, they should live as everybody else does; they should come together only at a designated times and places. Houses that serve as barracks or hideouts tend to immobilise the guerrillas and to expose them to the possibility of encirclement and anihilation. Because the Tupamaros immobilised many of their commandos in fixed quarters, they were exposed in 1972 to mass detentions; they lost a large part of their armaments and related equipment and were compelled to transfer military supplies to the countryside for hiding.

In abusing control over their sympathisers and keeping them under strict military discipline, the Tupamaros had to house them together. But they were seldom used in military operations at a single place or in several simultaneously, indicating the absence of a strategical preparation. If urban guerrillas cannot continually disappear and reappear among the population of a great city, then they lack the political prerequisites for making a revolution, for creating the conditions of a social crisis through the breakdown of “law and order.” Despite their proficiency during the first hit-and-run phase of revolutionary war, the Tupamaros have failed to escalate their operations by using larger units at more frequent intervals for the purpose of paralysing the existing regime.

(5) Heroes, Martyrs and Avengers. In revolutionary war any guerrilla action that needs explaining to the people is politically useless: it should be meaningful and convincing by itself. To kill an ordinary soldier in reprisal for the assassination of a guerrilla is to descend to the same political level as a reactionary army. Far better to create a martyr and thereby attract mass sympathy than to lose or neutralise popular support by senseless killings without an evident political goal. To be victorious in a people’s war one has to act in conformity with the interests, sentiments and will of the people. A military victory is worthless if it fails to be politically convincing.

In a country where the bourgeoisie has abolished the death penalty, it is self-defeating to condemn to death even the most hated enemies of the people. Oppressors, traitors and informers have condemned themselves before the guerrillas; it is impolitic to make a public show of their crimes for the purpose of creating a climate of terror, insecurity and disregard for basic human rights. A popular army that resorts to unnecessary violence, that is not a symbol of justice, equity, liberty and security, cannot win popular support in the struggle against a dehumanised tyranny.

The Tupamaraos’ “prisons of the people” do more harm than benefit to the cause of national liberation. Taking hostages for the purpose of exchanging them for political prisoners has an immediate popular appeal; but informing the world of the existence of “people’s prisons” is to focus unnecessarily on a parallel system of oppression. No useful purpose can be served by such politically alienating language. Morover, it is intolerable to keep anyone hostage for a long time. To achieve a political or propaganda victory through this kind of tactic, the ransom terms must be moderate and capable of being met; in no event should the guerrillas be pressed into executing a prisoner because their demands are excessive and accordingly rejected. A hostage may b usefully executed only when a government refused to negotiate on any terms after popular pressure has been applied; for then it is evident to everyone that the government is ultimately responsible for the outcome.

So-called people’s prisons are harmful for other reasons: they require several men to stand guard and care for the prisoners; they distract guerrillas frmo carrying out alternative actions more directly useful to the population; and they presuppose a fixed front and corresponding loss of mobility. At most it is convenient to have a secure place to detain for shore periods a single hostage.

To establish people’s prisons, to condemn to death various enemies of the people to house guerrillas in secret barracks of underground hideouts is to create an infrastructure supporting a miniature state rather than a revolutionary army. To win the support of the population, arms must be used directly on its behalf. Whoever uses violence against subordinates in the course of building a miniature counter-state should be removed from his command. Surely there is little point in defating one despotism only to erect another in its place!

(6) Delegated Commands. In a professional army the leadership is recruited from the military academies within a hierachical order of command. In a guerrilla organisation the leaders emerge in actual revolutionary struggles, elected because of their capacity, responsibility, combativity, initiative, political understanding and deeds rather than words. However, at pain of forfeiting the democratic character of a revolutionary army and the function of authority as a delegated power, not even the best guerrilla commander can be allowed to remain long at the helm. A rotating leadership is necessary to avoid the “cult of personality”; powers should be alternately exercised by those commanders with the most victories, by those most popular with their soldiers and most respected by the people. Inasmuch as guerrilla warfare takes the form of self-dense, tis success depends on the exercise of direct democracy, on guerrilla self-management and self-discipline – a far cry from the barracks discipline typical of a bureaucratic or professional army…

The people have more need of many revolutionary heroes than of a single outstanding leader like Julius Casesar or Napoleon Bonaparte. Epominondas, the Theban general who defeated the Spartan, held a command that lasted only two years. Although the greatest strategist of his time, he became and ordinary soldier when his command expired. Only because of his extraordinary skill was he made a military adviser to the new commander-in-chief. Guerrillas can benefit by his example.

A delegated command is unlimited except for the time determining its delegation. The responsibility of subordinates is to discuss in advance each operation, to make recommendations, etc. But the discussion ends when the supreme command assumes responsibility for the outcome of a particular battle or engagement. If the commander is mistaken in his judgment, if the result is defeat rather than victory, his duty is to resign. Should he succeed in a vote of confidence he may retain his command; but to successive defeats should make his resignation irrevocable.

One of the most common errors of Latin American guerrillas is to make legends of their leaders as they did of Fidel Castro and Che Guevara. The resulting messianism conceals the incapacity of many guerrilla commanders who take their troops into the countryside – like the Tupamaros in 1972 – without revising mistaken strategies. Perhaps the leaders of the Uruguayan guerrillas have come to believe in their providential powers, thereby reducing the ordinary guerrilla to a political and military zero, to the status of a soldier in a conventional army.

(7) Revolution: Which Revolution? Youthful Leftists without a proletarian praxis, without having suffered directly the effects of capitalist exploitation, aspire to liberate the workers without the workers’ own revolutionary intervention. When revolutionary action is limited to a series of military engagements between guerrillas and a repressive army, armaments ar of little use in mobilising the people for national liberation. The corresponding foquismo [exaggerated reliance on guerrilla focos, armed encounters and military tactics to spark a mass insurrection] is petty bourgeois in origin as well as outlook – evident in the token number of workers and peasants in the guerilllas’ ranks. Actually it is an insurrectional movement of piling up cadavers, for giving easy victories to the repressive generals trained by the Pentagon.

In the case of the Tupamaros the commanding cadres and the greater part of the rank and file have come from the universities, the liberal professions and the rebellious petty–bourgeois youth who have learned how to disobey. They long for a revolution. But what kind of revolution? Since there are few workers or peasants in the columns of the Tupamaros, it is understandable that the struggle is limited mainly to engagements between the guerrillas on one side and the army and police on the other. In these encounters the people are caught in the middle, leaving a political vacuum which only a different kind of guerrilla movement can fill: one providing support for all popular acts of protest, strikes, demonstrations, student rebellions, etc. Only through the intermediary of the people, in other words, can urban guerrillas pass from the first phase of revolutionary war to a generalised state of subversion leading to a social revolution.

In their endeavor to create a state within the state through highly disciplined guerrilla columns, secret barracks, “prisons of the people,” underground arsenals and a heavy logistical infrastructure, the Tupamaros have become overly professionalised, militarised and isolated from the urban masses. Their organisation is closer to resembling a parallel power contesting the legally established one, a microstate, rather than movement of the masses.

(8) Strategy, Tactics and Politics. If the tactics adopted are successful but the corresponding strategy and politics mistaken, the guerrillas cannot win. Should a succession of tactical victories encourage a strategical objective that is impossible to attain, then a great tactical victory can culminate in an even greater strategical defeat.

The kidnappings of the Brazilian consul Dias Gomide and the CIA agent Dan Mitrione are instances of tactical successes by the Tupamaros. But in demanding in exchange a hundred detained guerrillas, the Tupamaros found the Uruguayan government obstinate, in order not to lose face altogether. Here a successful tactic contributed to an impossible strategical objective. In having to execute Mitrione because the government failed to comply to their demands, the Tuparamaros not only failed to accomplish a political objective, but also suffered a political reversal in their newly acquired role of assassins – the image they acquired through hostile mass media.

The Tupamaros would have done better by taping Mitrione’s declarations and giving the story to the press. The population would have followed the incidents of his confession with more interest than the interminable serials. Mitrione’s confessed links with the CIA should have been fully documented and sent to Washington in care of Senator Fulbright. With this incident brought to the attention of Congress, the operation against the CIA would have won world support of the Tupamaros. Once the Uruguayan government had lost prestige through this publicity, the Uruguayan press might be asked to publish a manifesto of the Tupamaros explaining their objectives in the Mitrione case. Afterwards his death sentence should have been commuted out of respect for his eight sons, but on condition that he leave the country. Such a solution to the government’s refusal to negotiate with the guerrillas would have captured the sympathies of many in favour of the Tupamaros. Even more than conventional war, revolutionary war is a form of politics carried out by violent means.

With respect to Dias Gomide the Tupamaros lost an opportunity to embarrass politically the Brazilian government. They should never have allowed matters to read the point at which his wife could appear as an international heroine of love and marital fidelity by collecting sums for his release. Every cruzerio she collected was a vote against the Tupamaros and indirectly against the Brazilian guerrillas. In exchange for Dias Gomide, a man of considerable importance to the military regime, the Tupamaros should have demanded the publication of a manifesto in the Brazilian press. Its contents might have covered the following items: a denunciation of the “death squad” as an informal instrument of the |Brazilian dictatorship; a demand for free, secret and direct elections; the legalisation of all political parties dissolved by the military regime; the restitution of political rights to Brazil’s former leaders and exiles including Quadros, Kubitschek, Brizola, Goular and even reactionaries like Lacerda; the denunciation of government censorship of the press; and a demand that popular priests be est free. With such a political response the revolutionary war might have been exported to Brazil. Guerrilla actions should not be narrowly circumscribed when they can have regional and international repercussions…

The Tupamaros are perilously close to resembling a political Mafia. In demanding large sums of money in ransom for political hostages they have sometimes appeared to be self-serving. It matters little to the average citizen whether bank deposits pass into the hands of “expropriators” who do little directly to lighten the public burden – not because they do not want to but because they cannot do so in isolation from the people and without popular support. There is an historical irony about these would-be liberators who indirectly live off the surplus of the people the liberate.

(9) OPR-33 and the Tupamaros. Enormous losses were suffered by the Tupamaros in 1972 through more than 3000 detentions, including those of persons guilty by association. Popular hatred against the government has intensified because of its house-to-house searches and disregard for fundamental rights. If the Tupamaros had as much political and strategical sense as they have tactical skill, they might have achieved in 1972 a new polarization of forces culminating in a truce, a virtual recognition by the government of a situation of dual powers.

But the political and startegical mistakes of the Tupamaros, their rigorous centralism and hierarchy of authority led instead to internal divisions and split-offs that further weakeneed the organisation. The deliberately mislabeled “Microfaction” broke with the movement. This group politically responseive to the Urguayan Revolutionary WOrkers’ Party (PRT) – a political affiliate of the Argentine People’s Revolutionary Army (ERP) – would hardly have been permitted to split peacefully were it not for the ERP. The “22nd of December” guerrillas likewise split with the leadership: a group concentrating on operations designed to mobilise the trade unions and other mass organisations without the military centralism of the Tupamaros’ general staff..

Politically the Tupamaros follow an ambiguous line promising something of interest to everybody. On the other hand, the Tupamaro Courier, a bulletin of the organisation, has carried in its pages extracts from the speeches of conservative nationalists like Aparicio Saravia. On the other hand the Tupamaros’ leadership forobids its cadres from criticising the pro-Moscow Communists. This political irresolution, indefiniteness and ambivalence have hurt the Tupamaros in their efforts to gain a foothold in the Communist-controlled trade unions. Although they penetrated and won over the leadership of the Union of Sugar Workers (UTA) and the workers of the Frigorifico Fray Bentos, they have been unsuccessful in pressing for immediate reforms because they anticipate that seizing political power will resolve everything.

Unlike the Tupamaros, the anarcho-syndicalist Revolutionary Popular Organisation (OPR-33) uses armed struggle to support the workers’ immediate demands without directly challenging the government and armed forces. Neither OPR-33 nor the “22nd of December” contributed to the 1971 electoral struggles of the Broad Front against the established political parties. While the Tupamaros supported the Broad Front, OPR-33 used its armed units to win the strike at the Portland Cement Company, where workers with anarcho-syndicalist tendencies demanded higher wages. Rodney Arismendi, secretary-general of the Communist Party, denounced the anarcho-syndicalists as adventurers for allegedly playing into the hands of reactionaries and ignoring the principal task of electing a new president, senators and deputies. But the Broad Front lost the elections, while the workers at Portland Cement won the strike. Moreover, the railroad workers also triumphed against the bosses, thanks to the armed backing of OPR-33 with the support of the Workers-Student Resistance (ROE) and the Uruguayan Anarchist Federation (FAU).

OPR-33 and ROE also spurred a series of successful strikes in the metallurgical, rubber and clothing industries. The strike at SERAL, a footwear manufacturer, lasted more than a year. Where the Communist-controlled unions failed, OPR-33 and ROE succeeded. The anarcho-syndicalists initiated the strike at SERAL: they endured in hunger, asked for collections in the streets of Montevideo and mobilised popular support. But the owner, an ex-worker, could not be moved. Finally his son disappeared. OPR-33 was apparently behind the operation but, unlike the Tupamaros, admitted to nothing. No ransom was asked; words were unnecessary. In view of the circumstances it was tacitly understood that the owner, Malguero, could recover his son by negotiating with the workers. In this way the most difficult strike in Uruguay was won: the workers were compensated for lost pay; their union was recognised as the only legal bargaining agent. Thus during the first six months of 1972, when the Tupamaros were being detained by the hundreds, Malaguero’s son was lost but reappeared with the resolution of the strike at SERAL. Despite the success of the repressive forces in uncovering the people’s prisons and hideouts of the Tupamaros, the boy could not be found. Here was an altogether different style of guerrilla warfare from that of the Tupamaros’ – and also more effective.

The strike against the Frigorifico Modelo was won through a similar operation. In the midst of the strike the firm’s president Fernandez Llado, disappeared. Thus a second company was coipelled to negotiate. In no instance has OPR-33 been pressured to execute hostages. For it has not made demands of its own, but has applied force only to obtain what hundreds of exploited workers have already been asking for. In this way, little by little, it may continue to win support from the workers until even the reformist trade unions fall into revolutionary hands. Once revolutionaries are in command of their own house, then they are ready for revolutionary action in depth: the occupation of factories that operate at less than full capacity; the transformation of these into producer’s cooperatives or self-managed enterprises;p and a preparation for the seizure of political power. For what purpose? To establish a new kind of socialist society in which the people rather than bureaucrats or guerrilla leaders are the beneficiaries.

(10) MIR, ERP and the Tupamaros. The Tupamaros were the first group of urban guerrillas to teach the world how to initiate an insurrection in the cities with few supporters and modest means. But their superb tactics have been nullified by a mediocre strategy and a questionable politics.

Like OPR-33, the Chilean Movement of the Revolutioanry Left (MIR) and the Argenitine People’s Revolutionary Army (ERP) offer new models of urban guerrilla warfare in which strategy and politics combine to reinforce the Tupamaros’ tactics. The Chilean and Argentine organisations show great initiative in combat, a clar-cut program of national a social liberation, the capacity to mobilise large masses and a virtual absence of petty-bourgeois tendencies. They are openly critical of Right-wing nationalism and the opportunism of Social Democrats and Communists. Without such criticism, without liberating themselves from a naroow professional outlook, urban guerrillas can succeed in tactical engagements; but they cannot develop a revolutionary movement capable of winning power, if not for themselvs as bureaucrats, then for the people they represent.

In 1972 MIR had the most effective revolutionary organisation in Latin America. Its leading cadres are directly responsible to the rank and file through a system of direct democracy; its politics are clear and unambiguous; it proposes at any moment only what it can actually accomplish. Nothing escapes the political analysis and synthesis of the MIR cadres. They are Chile’s major revolutionary reserve. In the event Allende’s government is overthrown, only they are presently equipped to fight for liberation under conditions of repression. They are acid critics of demagogy and adventurism. Their proposals are well reasoned and concrete with respect both to immediate issues and the future.

The ERP is another model worth imitating. In Rosario it seized the British consul and the manager of Swift for the purpose of settling a major strike. IT has prepared the ground for surmounting the traditional trade-union tactics of the Peronist labor bureaucracy, the pro-Moscow Communists and genteel socialists. Even the tragic finale of Sallustro, president of Argentine Fiat, is an example of blood spilled not so much by the ERP as by the Argentine military. For the dictatorship countermanded the negotiations between the Fiat managment and workers as the price of his release.

The Tupamaros faced their gravest crisis during the first havelf of 1972, when the repressive forces detained several hundred of them. That so many fell was due not to lack of secrecy, but to absence of autonomy. Their supreme command is centralised: it knows all, says all, does lal. Nothing can be more fatal to a guerrilla organisation than lack of self-direction under conditions in which the guerrillas cannot be continually united and in which each group or command has to adapt to the tactical situation at hand without waiting, as a conventional army does, for orders from above. Excessive centralisation of authority makes an organisation rigid and vulnerable: once the repressive forces discover a single thread they can begin looking for the spool.

The Tupamaros acted precipitately in attacking the newly elected government of President Bordaberry. They provoked the as yet untested government to declare a state of war. Repression was escalated in the crudest forms: punitive expeditions, legalised terrorism, physical tortures. A formal democracy gave way to dissimulated dictatorship. Far better had the Tupamaros waited for the economic and social crisis to discredit the new regime. The prime necessities are in scarce supply; there is not enough meat, milk, sugar, kerosene to satisfy demand. Nonetheless, the government is strong because the revolutionaries’ rhetoric is weak, and they have not mastered the art of mobilising popular discontent on these basic issues.

A revolutionary organisation must demonstrate that it knows more that its bourgeois rivals in power. To displace the bourgeoisie and bureaucracy, it must convince the public of their incompetence, a task which cannot be done overnight. It must show how greater levels of productivity can be achieved compatible with human freedom, how the scientific-technological revolution can be advanced, how agriculture can be fully mechanised and electrified, how industrial integration can be achieved, how culture can be made to serve economic and technological growth, how atomic energy can be utilised, how the socialism of self-management can be introduced. If a revolutionary leadership fails to demonstrate humane qualities, scientific knowledge and social, political and economic skills, it may commit blunders by initiating an insurrection before fully mobilising popular support. Then is the time for military intervention. Thus in Peru the guerrillas were exterminated by the developmentalist generals who now pass for revolutionaries; and in Brazil the military waged a preventative coup, mortgaged their country to foreign capital, reduced corporate taxes, outlawed industrial unrest and depressed real wages in order to stimulate economic growth.

From the Tupamaros we can learn from both their exploits and mistakes – magnifying their strengths and concealing their weaknesses can be of service to dogmatists and sectarians, not revolutionaries. The Tupamaros have served as the best revolutionary academy in the world on the subject of urban guerrilla warfare; they have taught more through actions than all the revolutionary theories abstracted from concrete situations. But their brilliance in matters of tactics has not been matched by their strategy and politics. Thus the revolutionary ideal must combine the tactical proficiency of the Tupamaros with the mass strategy of OPR-33 and the politics of Chilean MIR – a synthesis most nearly approximated by the Argentine ERP.

Audio interview with Alain De Benoist

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 21 January 2010

Listen to it here.

In Part 1, Tom and Mr. de Benoist discuss the awkward label, the European “New Right”, and the confusion that this label creates, particularly in the USA. They also reflect on the present cultural climate in Europe and America along with its political implications. The show includes:

  • A description of the New Right; its origins and its current perspectives. Alain eloquently explains how “New” is more important than “Right”, and emphasizes the importance of ideas over insignificant political categories.
  • The semantic distortions connected with the labels “Liberal” and “Conservative”; how the terms “Left” and “Right” were born out of modernity and have since lost their meaning as we step fully into postmodernity.
  • Alain elaborates on the major themes in his book On Being a Pagan. Among these are the polytheistic mindset versus its monotheistic counterpart, and the advocacy of cultural pluralism as opposed to multiculturalized “sameness.”

About Alain de Benoist

Alain de Benoist.jpg

Alain de Benoist was born on 11 December 1943. He is married and has two children. He has studied law, philosophy, sociology, and the history of religions in Paris, France. A journalist and a writer, he is the editor of two journals: Nouvelle Ecole (since 1968) and Krisis (since 1988). His main fields of interest include the history of ideas, political philosophy, classical philosophy, and archaeology. He has published more than fifty books and three thousand articles. He is also a regular contributor to many French and European publications, journals, and papers (including Valeurs Actuelles, Le Spectacle du Monde, Magazine-Hebdo, Le Figaro-Magazine, in France, Telos in the United States, and Junge Freiheit in Germany). In 1978 he received the Grand Prix de l’Essai from the Academie Francaise for his book Vu de droite: Anthologie critique des idees contemporaines (Copernic, 1977). He has also been a regular contributor to the radio program France-Culture and has appeared in numerous television debates.

To learn more about Alain de Benoist, read his insightful articles at his personal website and at The Alain De Benoist Collection.

Can a Libertarian Also Be a Conservative?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 21 January 2010

http://www.libertarian.co.uk/lapubs/polin/polin195.htm

by Antoine Clarke

“At all times sincere friends of freedom have been rare, and its triumphs have been due to minorities, that have prevailed by associating themselves with auxiliaries whose objects often differed from their own; and this association, which is always dangerous, has sometimes been disastrous, by giving to opponents just grounds of opposition.”

Lord Acton, cited by F.A. Hayek1

INTRODUCTION: THE COLD WAR ALLIANCE

An informal alliance between conservatives and libertarians, especially in the United Kingdom, can be said to have started with Winston Churchill’s Iron Curtain speech in March 1946, and ended with the abolition of the Federation of Conservative Students in 1986 because of its take over by libertarian activists and the collapse of the Soviet Empire in 1989 to 1991.  The abolition of the FCS marked the moment when the Thatcherite part of the Conservative Party preferred to abort its own intellectual future, rather than continue what had been a fairly successful alliance against the idea of big government, at home and abroad.

The alliance, as often in history, was based on the perception of a common external enemy, Soviet imperialism, as well as the internal threat of socialist economic policies of nationalization and central planning.  There was also the sense in the United Kingdom at least, that the social engineering experiment of the welfare state was an assault on freedom, whether liberty was valued for being ancient and traditional, or for being the expression of individual freedom of self-actualisation.

There was some disagreement on what to do about the Cold War.  The British Conservatives were often more opposed to the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation because of the subservient position that the UK was placed in relation to the United States of America.  British libertarians, in stark contrast with most of their US counterparts, tended to be more favourable to fighting a global crusade against communism.

On the welfare state, conservative paternalism was reluctant to “abandon” the poor to their own initiative.  Chris R Tame, the Libertarian Alliance’s founder put the conservative view of libertarianism thus:

“The average classical-liberal sympathising conservative puts our ideology in a liberty versus order straightjacket, where freedom is seen to be achieved at a cost in social order and security, and where those values can only be achieved at the price of liberty.  This is a typically conservative viewpoint in which freedom and order are in tension with one another, and the remedy for social chaos is the state.”  2

In the USA, the experiences of isolationism, the Pearl Harbor attack of December 7th 1941 and the Vietnam War exerted diverging pressures on any libertarian/conservative alliance on foreign policy.  However, a coalition of what two British commentators termed “Sun Belt conservatism” and a religious opposition to the secularist/welfarist “liberalism” from the 1930s’ New Deal to the 1960s’ Great Society, gathered pace from the dynamic but electorally unsuccessful 1964 Barry Goldwater campaign, to what became known as “The Right Nation.”3

GOD, THE ENLIGHTENMENT AND HOBBES: IS THERE COMMON GROUND FOR LIBERTARIANS AND CONSERVATIVES?

The modern libertarian movement is a fusion of several historic intellectual traditions, with a style that generally embraces human progress and the liberating aspects of technology.  Traditionally, conservatism could be seen as the long struggle against the enlightenment, taking a sceptical view of human nature which is either explained in terms of Original Sin or a distrust of rationalism.  Dr Tame, in an interview with the current LA President, Tim Evans, expressed the optimism of the libertarian position as: “We’re extreme rationalists…  Death and Taxes, we’re against BOTH of them!”4  The libertarian tends to oppose God’s plan, sees the Enlightenment and its economic outcome—the Industrial Revolution—as the most tremendous liberating force in 2,000 years, and flatly rejects Thomas Hobbes’ scepticism about what free individuals will get up to without a night-watchman state to keep them in line.

Roger Scruton, formerly the editor of the Salisbury Review and Professor of Philosophy at Birkbeck College, the University of London, set out the conservative objection to the Enlightenment’s humanism in a Wall Street Journal article in 1996, titled “Godless Conservatism.”5

Professor Scruton wrote:

“There is a growing tendency among American conservatives to blame society’s present condition not merely on liberals but on the secular and skeptical philosophy of the Enlightenment, from which modern liberalism descends.  As conservatives see it, the constant questioning of established beliefs and authorities has set us upon a path that has anarchy as its only destination.  Many conservatives therefore suggest that we must repudiate the Enlightenment and reaffirm the thing against which the Enlightenment stood: organized religion.”

He added:

“it is not hard to sympathize.  Religious belief fills our world with an authority that cannot be questioned and from which all our duties flow.  Yet there is something despondent in the search for a religious solution to the problems of secular society.  All too often the search is conducted in a spirit of despair by people who are as infected by the surrounding nihilism as those whose behavior they wish to rectify.  Their message is simple: ‘God is dead—but don’t spread it around.’  Such words can be whispered among friends but not broadcast to the multitude.”6

Professor Scruton and Dr Tame would have agreed on almost every issue of significance during the 1970s and 1980s: the economy, the harm caused by socialism, the Cold War, the “battle of ideas,” yet the philosophical underpinning of their positions was almost entirely opposite.  This would not matter so long as the target for their attention was the same and the solution, if only by coincidence, was broadly the same: to support the underground civil society of Soviet colonies, to oppose socialism performed by Conservative politicians, the importance of the statement of ideas and their debate.

Yet as with such coalition projects as the French Revolution, harmonious relations would struggle to  last beyond the achievement of power or the disappearance of the common enemy.  Here, one of the striking differences between the British and US coalitions can be found.  According to John Micklethwait and Adrian Woolridge, in philosophical terms, classical conservatism, as formulated by Edmund Burke, “might be crudely reduced to six principles.”

These are:

  • a deep suspicion of the power of the state;
  • a preference for liberty over equality;
  • patriotism;
  • a belief in established institutions and hierarchies;
  • scepticism about the idea of progress; and
  • elitism.

Micklethwait and Woolbridge argue that:

“to simplify a little, the exceptionalism of modern American conservatism lies in its exaggeration of the first three of Burke’s principles and contradiction of the last three.  The American Right exhibits a far deeper hostility toward the state than any other modern conservative party.  How many European conservatives would display bumper stickers saying ‘I love my country but I hate my government’?”7

The result is that American conservatives tend to display more openness to human progress, making an alliance with some libertarians possible (it may also help to explain the poor performance of the US Libertarian Party since 1972).  The American conservative movement tends to take a classical liberal approach to Burke’s last three principles: hierarchy, pessimism and elitism.  The heroes of modern American conservatism tend to be the same as for libertarians: rugged individualists who don’t know their place and defer to class status, the self-made businessman, or settlers on the Western frontier.

As Mickeltwait and Woolbridge put it:

“the geography of conservatism also helps to explain its optimism rather than pessimism.  In the war between the Dynamo and the Virgin, as Henry Adams characterized the battle between progress and tradition, most American conservatives are on the side of the Dynamo.  They think that the world offers all sorts of wonderful possibilities.  And they feel that the only thing that is preventing people from attaining these possibilities is the dead liberal hand of the past.”8

A more modern representation of this cleavage can be found in the writings of Virginia Postrel, especially her best-selling work, The Future and Its Enemies.9  She replaces the left-right cleavage with one based on the notions of people as either “dynamists” or “stasists.”

Sean Gabb, the Libertarian Alliance’s Director, is perhaps the best known British advocate of “libertarian conservatism,” a body of beliefs that consists of harking back to the days when a British subject could spend virtually his or her entire life with no contact with government or its services except when visiting a Post Office.  Although he did not use the term in his 1974 book, The Offshore Islanders,10 Paul Johnson remarked that English history can be seen as a succession of conservative revolutions, largely attempting to restore ancient liberties, in marked contrast with the French Revolution of 1789 for example, which aimed to create a new order, to the point of creating a decimal calendar with 10-day weeks and 10-hour days with new names for the months.11  The contrast between the ancient liberties of Englishmen (a near approximation of the libertarian ideal) is defended in the name of both its liberalism and its rooting in history.

One example of how these forces are fused in Dr Gabb’s activism has been the 15-year campaign against national identity cards, which has in no way been deflected according to which political party (Conservative or Labour) has held office in the UK.12

Dr Gabb wrote:

“I believe, however, that there is more to ‘rolling back the frontiers of the State’ than paying regard to economic indicators alone.  It is not enough to control the money supply and deregulate the unemployed back into work.  It is necessary to roll back the frontiers in social and political matters as well.  My ideal England—the England that largely existed before 1914—is one in which individuals and groups of individuals are free to pursue their ends, constrained only by a minimal framework of laws.”

“I have no doubt that an identity card scheme would be absolutely fatal to the realising of this ideal—even the ‘voluntary’ scheme that Mr [Michael] Howard proposes for the moment.  It would undermine the half-open society in which we now live.  Given the technology that will soon be available, it would allow the erection of the most complete despotism that ever existed in these islands.  I am astonished that such a scheme could be put forward by a government that dares call itself Conservative.  It is a betrayal not merely of the libertarian and classical liberal wings of the Party, but also of the most reactionary High Toryism.  I will not argue whether this is socialism by other means.  But it is undoubtedly collectivist.”

The problem appears to be that there is a type of modern Conservative who really does not believe in God, natural rights, the virtue of ancient customs, or spontaneous order.  I came across this position in 2002, in a series of discussions on-line with Peter Cuthbertson, who at least has the credit of being one the very early pioneers of conservative blogging in the UK.  One could argue that this was a continuation of the debate between a Lockean and a Hobbesian in the 17th century.  Under the title ‘Is there an Act of Parliament for Table Manners?’13  I wrote:

“I don’t normally respond publicly to comments, but I will make an exception.  Peter Cutbertson has a blog called Conservative Commentary, it is certainly better than the Conservative Party’s website.  He thinks that this conclusion I made makes me insane:

‘The problem for British libertarians is that they aren’t really used to the idea that the state really is our enemy.  This is one reason why I don’t think that the UK withdrawing from the European Union is an automatic recipe for joy.’

In the exchange which follows he appears to believe that ‘without law or government’ society cannot function, and those who disagree with him are ‘insane’ or follow ‘an incoherent, warped political philosophy’.”

I continued

“However, it amazes me that Mr Cuthbertson cannot see that law doesn’t necessarily derive from government.  For a start, any conservative who believes in God ought to consider the possibility that there is a higher authority than the State.  Assuming atheism (which isn’t very conservative, but hey, who’s being coherent?), I should have hoped that a conservative might believe in the organic, spontaneous order of common law.  Assuming God doesn’t exist, and the common law is a fiction (sounds more like a French Jacobin!), what has Mr Cuthbertson done with civil society?  Is it true that members of the Carlton Club only behave because of the fear of being arrested by the police?  Does the members’ code of conduct depend on the State for its existence and enforcement?  Is there an Act of Parliament for table manners?”

TRIBAL POLITICS: IS THERE COMMON GROUND FOR LIBERTARIANS OR CONSERVATIVES?

In presenting the major philosophical differences between conservatism and libertarianism, I am conscious of one potential fallacy to the negative prognosis: a marriage doesn’t have to be perfect to be successful.  Within each of the tribes, conservative and libertarian, there are numerous differences of opinion, often underpinned by a complete opposite fundamental principle.

There is the obvious problem of abortion.  To one school of libertarian, the woman’s right to choose is absolute and rooted in the idea of self-ownership of our bodies.  Surely no one could argue against that!  But other libertarians argue that there is a point at which a foetus is more than merely a type of cancer tumour, to be charged rent or evicted.  They may root their argument in the concept of a natural right to life from the moment or conception, or 10 weeks, or 20 weeks of pregnancy.  If it is wrong to kill someone who is in a temporary coma, or remove their organs without consent, and also wrong to do the same to a mute or a child who has not yet developed speech, why is it acceptable for a being that has some degree of consciousness and would surely develop all the human attributes of sentience and free will?

Another issue is the transitional state.  Even if all libertarians were anarchists, and many are not, what of the national debt?  Should it be defaulted in full at once?  Should government promises of pensions be treated as the promises of extortionists and therefore have no contractual force?  Are Bank of England notes to be rejected in the Libertarian Year Zero?  Or collaborators with the “bureaucrato-feudalist régime”shot?

One starts doubting whether one can even properly speak of a libertarian position, given the multitude of factions (which have a tendency to denounce each other as “deviant” in a not always deliberate self-parody of the Popular Judean Front of Monty Python’s Life of Brian).  However, it should be noted that the same cleavages exist in any ideological school, whether it be socialism, conservatism or liberalism, so it would be wrong to worry too much about libertarianism’s diverse origins and blueprints for a good society.

Conservatism can mean the support of a theocratic society, the restoration of absolutist monarchy, opposition to post-Leninist reforms in the Soviet Union, support for the use of tanks against student protestors, opposition to homosexuality, the support for free trade, protectionism, the abolition of drug prohibition or its resolute enforcement.  Conservatives are split on abortion, taxes, the National Health Service and whether London should have got the 2012 Olympic Games.

CONCLUSIONS

Libertarians and conservatives have many vehement (not violent) disagreements and it is fair to say that each side’s vision of heaven on Earth could be considered hellish to the other.  Yet within each tribe, there are people who have as much in common with each other as with their own tribes.  One thinks of prostitution, abortion and the death penalty, to name just three examples.

Because both a conservative and a libertarian have a degree of scepticism about the power of the State “to make things right,” it is very likely that opportunities for defensive joint action will emerge from time to time.  Conservatives will tend to see their role as reigning in the enthusiasm of libertarians for technology as a liberating force for humanity.  Libertarians will see their role as giving the conservatives a kick up the backside for their passive acceptance of inevitable defeat.

However, it is probably worth keeping in mind the words of Lord Acton, concerning the challenge of ideological alliances which opened this essay:

“At all times sincere friends of freedom have been rare, and its triumphs have been due to minorities, that have prevailed by associating themselves with auxiliaries whose objects often differed from their own; and this association, which is always dangerous, has sometimes been disastrous, by giving to opponents just grounds of opposition.”

Each party to the alliance, libertarian and conservative, regards the other as a sometimes embarrassing auxiliary.

NOTES

(1)F.A. Hayek, ‘Why I Am Not a Conservative’, in The Constitution of Liberty, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1960.

(2) Chris Tame & Gerry Frost, Libertarianism Versus Conservatism: A Debate, Libertarian Alliance Pamphlet No. 14, 1989, retrieved 1st December 2009, http://www.libertarian.co.uk/lapubs/lapam/lapam014.pdf

(3)John Micklethwait & Adrian Wooldridge, The Right Nation: Why America is Different, Penguin, 2005.

(4)Tim Evans, Maggies’s Militants, video produced as part of a PhD thesis, published as Conservative radicalism: A Sociology of Conservative Party Youth Structures and Libertarianism 1970-1992, Berghahn Books, Oxford, 1995.

(5)Roger Scruton, ‘Godless Conservatism’, The Wall Street Journal, Friday, April 5th 1996, p. 8.

(6)Ibid.

(7)Micklethwait & Woodridge, op cit.

(8)Ibid.

(9)Virginia Postrel, The Future and Its Enemies: The Growing Conflict Over Creativity, Enterprise and Progress, The Free Press, 1998.

(10)Paul Johnson, The Offshore Islanders: England’s People from Roman Occupation to the Present, Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1972.

(11) ‘French Republican Calendar’, 26th November 2009, retrieved 2nd December 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_Republican_Calendar

(12)Sean Gabb, A Libertarian Conservative Case

Against identity Cards, Libertarian Alliance Political Notes No. 98, 1994, http://www.libertarian.co.uk/lapubs/polin/polin098.htm

(13)Antoine Clarke, ‘Is there an Act of Parliament for Table Manners?’, Samizdata blog, 30th November 2002, retrieved 1st December 2009, http://www.samizdata.net/blog/archives/2002/11/is_there_an_act_of_parliament.html

Ten Reasons Why I Am an Anarchist

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 23 January 2010

1. I agree with the Augustinian view of the state as a robber band writ large.
2. I agree with the Stirnerite view of political obligation. Why should I obey this guy just because he’s the president, king, mayor, etc.?
3. I agree that democracy is a system where five wolves and sheep vote on what to have for lunch.
4. I agree that the death and destruction perpetrated by states make that of individual criminals look trivial by comparison.
5. I agree with George Bernard Shaw that democracy replaces the rule of the corrupt few with the rule of the incompetent many.
6. I agree that the state exists to monopolize territory and resources, protect an artificially privileged ruling class, expand its own power and subjugate and exploit subjects.
7. I agree with Hayek that the worst gets to the top.
8. I agree that the insights of social psychology show that most people are creatures of the herd.
9. I agree that the herd is the permanent enemy of the superior individual.
10. I agree that values are subjective, that life is ultimately a war of each against all, and that survival of the fittest and the will to power are the only true laws.

Updated News Digest January 31, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 30 January 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Quotes of the Week:

“Eric Foner notes that Paine had been struck during the years of 1775 and 1776 in America ‘that despite ‘the suspension of the old governments … everything was conducted’ with‘order and decorum.’ He consequently became convinced ‘that far less government was necessary than men were used to. Republican government, according to Paine, should be ‘nothing more than a national association acting on the principles of society.’”

                                      -David Heleniak, “Rousseau and the Real Culture War

“In trying to explain how things might work in a stateless society, anarchists usually point out that opposition to the state does not mean opposition to cooperation or organization.  In trying to explain  anarchism to non-anarchists, anarchists describe the ways that people can cooperate voluntarily to defend themselves against aggression and achieve positive common goals.

The non-anarchist’s first response, in most cases, is “But aren’t you just reinventing the wheel?  If lots of people organize themselves into a cooperative organization to restrain aggressors and carry out social projects, isn’t that just government by another name?”

Well, no, it really isn’t.  The main principle that distinguishes voluntary organization under anarchy from the state is that anarchists regard cooperative groupings, including groupings of a majority of people in a community, as being bound by the same moral principles that govern individuals.  An individual has the right to defend himself against aggression, and to use what rightfully belongs to him in service to his goals.  Groups of more than one person have the right to associate voluntarily to defend one another against violence, when their neighbors request it, and to associate voluntarily to use their resources to promote common ends.”

                                                               Kevin Carson, “Society Versus the State

The State of the Empire by Justin Raimondo

It’s Happening There: Britain’s Emerging Police State by Sean Gabb

Howard Zinn, R.I.P. by Anthony Gregory

Howard Zinn, R.I.P. by Kevin Carson

Fire to the Prisons: An Insurrectionary Quarterly

Israel and Islamic Terrorism: A Study in Symbiosis by Justin Raimondo

The Price of Our Middle East Policy by Glenn Greenwald

Obama Spending Freeze to Exclude Military by Ed Henry

The Sanctity of Military Spending by Glenn Greenwald

September 11 and the Downward Arc of American Thought by Joseph Margulies

Nothing More Dangerous Than a “Recovering Realist”? by Stephen M. Walt

Political Assassinations of U.S. Citizens by Glenn Greenwald

The Populist Insurgency and Foreign Policy: Why Are the Non-Interventionists Marginalized? by Leon T. Hadar

Obama’s War for Oil in Colombia by Daniel Kovalik

Rule by the Rich by Paul Craig Roberts

Mr. Antiwar Republican by Justin Raimondo

We’ve Been Neoconned! by Ron Paul

Crisis of the Government Party by Pat Buchanan

The County-by-County Strategy by Gary North

NOBEL PEACE PRIZE-WINNER BARACK OBAMA UPS SPENDING ON NUCLEAR WEAPONS TO EVEN MORE THAN GEORGE BUSH by David Kramer

Tax-Feeder Brutality: Not Just for U.S. Citizens by Wilton Alston

Remember the Illegal Destruction of Iraq? by Glenn Greenwald

Spending Freeze Must Include “Defense” by Lawrence Korb

Sentiment Growing for a New Non-Interventionist Foreign Policy by David Carlson

Boxed In: The Constraints of U.S. Foreign Policy by Geoffrey Wheatcroft

India’s Controversial New War Doctrine by Harsh V. Pant

The Oldest Game in Washington by Alexander Cockburn

A Memory of Howard Zinn by Daniel Ellsberg

The Ordeal of Cameron Douglas by Anthony Papa

Embrace Prejudice by James Jackson

Time for George Mitchell to Resign by Stephen M. Walt

War No Way to Afghan Women’s Rights by Doug Bandow

The Iranian Elephant in the Iraqi Room by Sreeram Chaulia

The Truth About Guantanamo by Moazzam Begg

The Antiwar Movement Needs a Restart by Kevin Zeese

Turning the Constitution On/Off by Nat Hentoff

Afghanistan: This War Won’t Work by Phyllis Bennis

Ending the War: A Manifesto by Robert Dreyfuss

Two Algerian Torture Victims Are Freed from Guantanamo by Andy Worthington

L.A. Book Fair Draws an Array of Anarchists by Kate Linthicum

Abu Ghraib, U.S.A. by William Norman Grigg

The PIGS Privilege to Kill, Our Duty to Die by William Norman Grigg

Another PIG Murder in Massachusetts by William Norman Grigg

PIGS Assault Pittsburgh Teenager by William Norman Grigg

The Never Ending Big Government/Big Business Scam by David Kramer

Do You Believe in Freedom? by Lew Rockwell

After the Old Fogies Leave interview with Neil Howe from The Casey Report

Uncommon Sense  by Becky Akers

The Coming National School Curriculum by Derek Sheriff

The Film Minority Report Becomes a Minnesota Reality by David Kramer

Will Christianity Soon Be a Non-Western Religion? by Philip Jenkins

Darknet Economies by John Robb

Obama’s Secret Prisons by Anand Gopal and Tom Engelhardt

Baffle Them with Bull Feathers by Jeff Huber

The PIGS Were Lying by Radley Balko

The PIG Occupational Army by Rad Geek

Malcolm X and Anarchism by Wayne Price

The American Conservative Attacked by Vandals by Bede

Et Tu, ACLU? by Bob Fitrakis and Harvey Wasserman

The Hanging of the Henchman  by Patrick Cockburn

The Supremes Bow to King Corporation by Ralph Nader

Pro-Life Hypocrisy (War Involves Taking Life, You Know) by Laurence Vance

Obama Is a Disappointment in the Middle East by Eric Margolis

Prohibiting Drunk Driving Is Not Self-Defense by Mark Crovelli

Surgery in 5000 B.C. 

Colorado, South Dakota Firearms Freedom Act Introduced by Michael Boldin

The Horrific Social Effects of the Smoking Ban by Jeremy Clarkson

Legalize Competing Currencies  by Ron Paul

Obama Moves Missiles and Troops to the Russian Border by Rick Rozoff

The Federal Reserve Sucks: Ron Paul and Bernie Sanders Agree by Nina Easton

From Neocon to Anarcho-Capitalist by Steve Klein

The Latest Insanity in the War on Discrimination by David Kramer

Pro-Lifers for Baby-Killing by Lew Rockwell

I Am Not a Liberal by Laurence Vance

Rape Rampant Among U.S. Military and Private Defense Contractors by David Kramer

PIGS Kill Man During a Domestic Argument by William Norman Grigg

Whose Life Is It Anyway? by David Kramer

 Old War Bloggers Never Die…They’re Just Born Again as Obama Shills byJustin Raimondo

What Do Anarchists Read? by Ivan Fernandez

Populism by Ezra

The Evolution of Civilizations by John Robb

Mutual Aid: A Factor in Haiti by Jesse Walker

How Many Innocents Have Died at the Hands of the U.S. Military by Laurence Vance

Nice Shooting

The Diversity-Industrial Complex by Walter Williams

Is Obama a Conservative? by Anthony Gregory

Are You an Oppressed Smoker? by John Ostrowski

Just in Time Work by John Robb

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

Interview with Alain De Benoist, Part 2 by Tomislav Sunic

Nicolae Ceaucescu of Romania by M. Raphael Johnson

Against the New World Order by M. Raphael Johnson

Military Recruiters Lie Jonathan Williams interviewed by Scott Horton

The FBI Crime Wave James Bovard interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama Continues Unlawful Imprisonment Daphne Eviatar interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Back Street Luv by Curved Air

The Witch by The Rattles

I Don’t Need No Doctor by Humble Pie

Inside Looking Out by Grand Funk Railroad

Black Night by Deep Purple

Whiskey in the Jar by Thin Lizzy

Black Swan  by Coven with Tommy Bolin

In My Darkest Hour by Ursa Major

Defrosted/Black Lace by the Frigid Pink

Everybody’s Clown  by Lucifer’s Friend

(Commentary from Maury2k)

Mass Immigration: The American Difference 

Prostitutes and Politicians: The Perfect Pairing 

The Republicans and Us

Zombie Culture Means Zombie Politics 

Tea Party Movement Getting Hosed

Obama’s State of the Cliches Address

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

                                                                                    -Chris Donnellan

Amazing Speech by War Veteran 

IQ by Country 

Bushido: A Way of Life 

The Gods of Shinto 

What Is Shinto? 

Romanian Mythology 

1913 Massacre 

Ludlow Massacre of 1914 

Father Coughlin 1939 

Father Coughlin Speaks Against the Federal Reserve 

Research Sheds New Light on Ancient Greeks 

Chicago School Economists After the Financial Meltdown 

In Arizona, A Stream of Illegal Immigrants from China 

Walk, Damn It! Is the Car an Enemy of Civilization? 

John Paul II Used a Belt to Whip Himself 

Welcome to the Plutocracy by John Medaille

The U.S. Economy Is Not Going to Recover 

UK: Jail Time for Revving Engine in a Racist Manner 

Gays Have Political Power 

Making Mars the New Earth 

The Polygamists

Genocide of Black Americans Via Illegal Immigration 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

Pseudo-Operations and Counterinsurgencies: Lessons from Other Countries

New Jersey Cops Arrest Man with Weapons Stash, Map of Military Base 

Man Accused of Selling Daughter for Cash, Beer 

Judge Tosses NSA Spy Cases 

Teen Commits Suicide After Onslaught of Cyberbullying 

One Third of Women in U.S. Military Raped 

Immigrants More Likely to Have Jobs Than the Native Born

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

It’s Not About Free Speech

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 24 January 2010

[Keith: A timely essay on a major issue. Questions of this type are an illustration of why the critique of state-capitalism as a system of big business/big government alliance is essential, and why we need Carson's critique of "vulgar libertarianism."]

by Jeremy Weiland

On Thursday, the Supreme Court struck down several key restrictions on corporate campaign contributions. While many lament the expected influx of yet more corporate cash into an already compliant political system, does anybody really think McCain-Feingold had accomplished much of an improvement? These regulations only affect those who cannot afford the lawyers, accountants, and other professionals who spend their careers finding ways to circumvent the spirit of the laws.

There are two key elements to the court’s conclusion: the constitutional prohibition of free speech restrictions and the status of the corporation as a person. Libertarians should not complain about the court’s conclusions with respect to the first element. The government must abstain from interfering with any person’s political contributions, monetary or polemical.

In the past the court has seen fit to abridge first amendment rights in cases where the government has a compelling interest. Campaign finance laws have usually rested on this basis, relying on the court’s acknowledgement of the need for balancing a variety of interests. In throwing out McCain-Feingold, the Supreme Court can be seen as effectively reining in these deviations from the letter of the law. A strictly defined freedom of speech should certainly be defended.

But as Glenn Greenwald notes in his excellent commentary on the issue, the justices approached the case solely from the perspective of first amendment applicability and scope. No justice, dissenting or otherwise, objected to the premise that corporations are persons with constitutional protections. The focus remained fixed on narrow questions of money as a form of free speech as well as the proper applicability of free speech to the corporate campaign contributions. The nature of the activity was examined; the nature of the actor, neglected.

The real issue here is not whether corporations should be involved in the political process. It’s also not whether they should have first amendment protections. Regarding monetary contributions from anybody to any candidate for public office as free speech is entirely beside the point. The most important and pressing matter is whether these artificial persons called corporations can speak; whether legal fictions can spend money. It’s whether the Constitution protects what doesn’t actually exist.

The court simply let stand the fantastic notion that an abstraction composed of contracts and assets, a figment that can do or say nothing without human beings doing for it, can engage in anything qua a corporation. As such, an opportunity to overturn a century of erroneous precedent was squandered. Once again, in spite of an improvement in the consistency of its approach to the narrow free speech issue, the court preserved a much more fundamental complexity. The ruling and dissent reflect a labored reasoning stemming from unquestioned premises.

What do we mean when we say a corporation can donate money to campaigns freely? Do we mean that its officers do so on behalf of the shareholders or partners? If so, can’t we talk about free speech in terms of those individuals’ rights and responsibilities? Do we mean that this agreement between stakeholders has some sort of capacity for life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness that justifies every other limit on governmental power? All these questions and more beg for a real legal analysis. They were ignored precisely because they expose an inconsistency, the underbelly of the elite consensus.

Corporate personhood necessitates muddled, sloppy balancing acts by the court. And in complicated rulings, the rich and powerful have the same legal upper hand they had when McCain-Feingold stood: they can afford the expenses required to make sense of the precedent and twist it in their own favor. To ask whether corporations even have free speech rights would be too profound and simple a question to preserve the advantage of the powers that be. We little folk might recognize what is at stake were the matter made so plain.

Of course we should not water down the first amendment just to punish corporations. What we should do is challenge the status of the corporation as a person. The majority’s impulse to streamline the interpretation of the first amendment is fine, but they passed on the real case.

Written by Jeremy Weiland on Saturday, January 23, 2010 for Social Memory Complex

Anarchism is not absolution

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 24 January 2010

The Apostasy of the Anarchist Vote

by Jeremy Weiland

“If voting changed anything, they’d make it illegal,” declared Emma Goldman in a ringing indictment of the feeble mechanism by which the state claims to be restrained and directed. Of course, in invoking this quote anarchists argue against counting upon elections to change the status quo. We aren’t going to bring about the voluntary society by listening to politicians, casting votes for them, and pressuring them to abolish their own offices. The statist means and the anarchist ends are clearly opposed.

But there’s another argument against voting: that by casting a ballot, one registers endorsement of the state and its violence. Advocates of this argument do not hold that you must have chosen the politician who wields power. They disregard personal intent, interests, and any issues at hand. The argument is quite simple: by participating in the election, one is bound to its results. Given the anarchist view of those results – violence, fraud, and lies – one can only conclude that voting makes one an accessory to the crime.

This constitutes a body blow for those who define themselves by their rejection of the authoritarianism so intrinsic in the state. It’s one thing for voting to be a silly ritual. But a decidedly different attitude must be adopted if pulling the voting lever leaves one with blood-stained hands. Faced with such an awful truth, the task becomes one of avoiding complicity with the system. An absolute break with the state is the only path of conscience.

In theory, this break seems reasonable to achieve: one simply ceases to cooperate with its agents and directives. But the state reaches far into the world we live in. It doesn’t just direct the police, military, teachers, judges, and other bureaucrats that intervenes in obvious ways. The very civil society we seek to unleash through the spirit of voluntarism, mutual aid, freedom, and solidarity seems hopelessly bound up in the state.

Anarchism is not absolution

The biggest statist distortion lies in the minds of people – the very people so foundational to our dream of a voluntary society. They are conditioned to behave in ways congruent with governance, to think of themselves in terms that reinforce the primacy of governance, and therefore too often to mistake their largely voluntary lives as a gift from authority. Allegiance to the state and allegiance to one’s country, locality, and neighbors are seen as not merely connected but rather the same idea.

It is the behavior of these people that provides the underlying legitimacy to the state. After all, were it not for the people, there could be no power to rule. It is the people who elect the politicians, pay the taxes, enforce the laws, fight the wars, and more. As Étienne de la Boétie argued centuries ago in the Discourse on Voluntary Servitude, inciting the masses to organized resistance is totally unnecessary. Rather, all that is required is for the people to stop obeying. So to address the problem of the state, we must address the people’s obedience. Sociologically, psychologically, spiritually – why do they obey?

This leads one to wonder whether mere withdrawal of consent is even sufficient. Symbolic micro-secession by an individual does little to address the behaviors inherent in statist society. Where does the state end and civil society begin? For that matter, what’s so fundamental about the individual that its removal from the equation affects the problem of authoritarian society? How does one isolate oneself from the crimes and violence of the state when its institutions pervade our society – especially when it is in that very society the seeds of voluntary association must be planted? A break is impossible without at least an implicit answer to these questions.

This is not to say that personal reflection and a critical review of one’s choices is not necessary. The example of one’s own life and actions is likely more effective persuasion than the most articulate thesis. What I object to is a pseudo-christian guilt that demands an absolute purge of statist sin. To focus on distinguishing oneself from statist society can only detract from the task of engaging with that statist society. We must resist adopting an anarchist identity so foolishly consistent and exacting that it destroys our connection to the people in whom we hope to realize a free society.

Our goal cannot be simply to free our persons of perceived statist taint. Anarchism is not some sort of political puritanism. We are not seeking some form of absolution for the “sin” of being born in a statist society. To view the state as this intelligent, malignant entity out there influencing people to initiate force and fraud is to invoke the Christian’s concept of war with a malevolent Satan. This conception of the state is also an unfounded superstition, since we understand that it is people’s actions that reinforce its perceived legitimacy.

The state is an abstraction; an institution formed out of ancient patterns of behavior. But it doesn’t exist as an independent thing, so rejecting it qua the state avoids understanding what one is rejecting. There is no state per se: there are only people – people enforcing laws, people obeying laws, people paying taxes, people going to schools, people believing that the guy sitting in the oval office is special. The question is surely not how to isolate oneself from these people, but how to influence them to change their mindset and thereby their behavior. The only “state” we will ever apprehend is an apparition formed from the inertia of people’s habits of thinking and acting.

From this point of view, one can hardly ascribe to voting the degree of evil anarchists often do. It’s just another abstraction. Pulling a lever, writing words on a piece of paper, or pushing buttons on a screen do not in and of themselves do anything. In fact, even if you accept the significance of an electoral outcome, it’s hard to assign responsibility when the odds of an individual affecting it are so astronomical.

A double standard

So what does the vote mean in real, concrete terms, divorced from the popular myths of state legitimacy? It merely influences the way other people will behave. That behavior will influence the way yet other people will behave, just as we all have an effect on everybody else in small but indeterminate ways. Some of these people will assign a title to one person instead of the other. They will treat the one person’s words as “official”, unlike the other’s. They will do what the one person says, but not the other. Who can fathom the will of government employees and other interested affiliates?

After all, it is those people materially prosecuting the agenda resulting from the election of a public figure who inflict the real damage. The President doesn’t do anything; it is those agents of the state who arrest, tax, jail, and kill. The behavior of legions of bureaucrats define the agenda, the interests, the nature of what we lament as “the state”. We should worry less about whose orders they’re following and worry more about what they’re actually choosing to do.

If this seems like splitting hairs, consider that one of the best anarchist arguments against the state lies in the behavior of its agents. A robber is a clear menace, and yet we let these state actors confiscate our wealth with hardly a peep. Nobody would gladly accept the help of a mafia-style protection racket, and yet we allow state racketeers into our neighborhoods constantly simply because they sport a badge. We look down on those who indiscriminately kill in our society, and yet we fund state bureaucrats with rifles to go out and commit these crimes against humans – so long as they’re “our troops” and not “theirs”. Our society has internalized a blind spot far more systemic and significant than the election cycle, and it crucially underwrites the state agenda.

Anarchists point out the inconsistency between how we regard normal crime and how we regard state crime to illustrate a core value: what people actually do, not their institutional affiliation or authority, is what matters. Murder is murder, theft is theft, and kidnapping is kidnapping. Only a double standard prevents people from judging such actions as less objectionable merely because they are performed in an “official” capacity. The anarchist proposes a radical consistency: people are responsible for their own actions, regardless of their position in some organizational hierarchy, governmental or otherwise.

And yet, many anarchists themselves apply this maddening double standard to those who do nothing more than write words on a piece of paper. They call them enablers of the state, as if they were responsible for the crimes of the state’s actors. This ascribes to the state precisely the mythical legitimacy we claim to reject – as if there could exist a magical transfer of permission from one person to another making crime acceptable. We can combat this double standard only by maintaining a consistent position on it.

Understanding civil society

At the same time, anarchists must acknowledge how integral the political order, including elections, are perceived to be to the majority of the social body. Because people conflate the state with civil society, they often view its institutions as portals to engagement with their neighbors. As anarchists, we can either secede from this engagement on puritan grounds, or we can risk the taint of the state by meeting them in the world we jointly occupy, warts and all.

It is a sad fact that the social deliberative functions necessary for true community occur within the trappings of government; yet to reject interaction because the state is involved divorces us from important opportunities to influence others. And it is in convincing our brothers and sisters to change their mindset and behavior – not in breathless denunciations of formless institutions – that we genuinely oppose “the state”.

Remember that voting for politicians has about the same direct physical effect as an online survey: it has no power or authority but what people attribute to it. An election may convince certain individuals to commit (or abstain from committing) violations of rights, but since we hold that those individuals are solely responsible for their own actions, and nothing can absolve them of that responsibility, are the results of that election relevant? In the end, it is the behavior, not the myths and abstractions, that matter. So if by voting, you can engage with your neighbors to influence them within this mixed society, or possibly influence state actors to behave more peaceably, why would you insist on abstaining?

None of this is to say an obligation exists to participate in every election; only that we should not blow these rituals out of proportion and turn them into boogeymen. Every situation is unique, and every election is a singular moment in the social body. Only an individual can decide the right course of action in a given scenario; indeed, it is highly authoritarian to dictate rules to the individual. The danger is not in voting or not voting, but in tilting at windmills out of ideological self-importance or moralistic high-handedness.

Blaming voters for state-sponsored crime is only meaningful in the sense that the voters stand by while the crimes are committed – not in the sense that we somehow sanction it via some mystical bestowing of power. The problem lies not in the ballot, but in our patterns of thinking and behavior that lead us to treat the vote’s outcome as anything more substantive than an internet poll. We allow state actors to engage in activities we all know are deeply wrong; it is that habit of complacency towards authority which we must address in ourselves and others.

Voting may be many things, but it is not abject complacency. In fact, most people see it as a form of civic engagement. Given that, should we not start from where they are, rather than washing our hands and demanding they make the long and difficult mental transitions we’ve already achieved? Whether or not we vote, we must engage these enabling attitudes where they are, whether in political parties, city council meetings, the lines at the polls, or at family dinner tables. To abandon this society because it doesn’t meet our standards is to surrender the anarchist project totally. Anarchism as a movement is concerned with this society, like it or not.

If we fear accusations of hypocrisy by participating in institutions tied to the state, perhaps we should take a harder look at our agenda. What are we in this struggle to accomplish? To be seen rejecting the state loudly and publicly? To have an impeccably consistent argument that no debater can assail? To shield ourselves from any chance of statist entanglement? To maintain a black and white moral superiority that makes it easy to judge the world?

Or does our project transcend the immediate political realities by posing a deeper question about human relationships and individual responsibility? Are we comfortable enough with ourselves and our principles to entertain doubt, to risk making mistakes, to remain vulnerable to misunderstanding and grey areas – all for a chance at reaching our brothers and sisters within institutional statism? Can the message of mutual liberation be heard if it is not taken into the mire of authoritarian culture in which most people find themselves, on terms they can grasp?

It has never been enough for anarchists to win debates; we must win the hearts of our fellow man, wherever they are found. We do this by engaging with them where they are, not where we’d have them be. The vote is a meaningless, superstitious ritual that masks deeper social issues and sanctions nothing. It does not bolster our argument to agree with statists that elections matter. Instead, we should treat them as what they are: the trivial rites of a false religion.

Written by Jeremy Weiland on Sunday, January 24, 2010 for Social Memory Complex

Freak Friendly

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 26 January 2010

http://www.takimag.com/article/freak_friendly/

by Gavin McInnes

“You know, despite it all, it’s still really a miracle America elected a black man as president,” my 60-something neighbor said to me over beers recently. You get this a lot from people born before 1965. Apparently, America is a racist hellhole and the fact that they overcame this deep-seated hatred for blacks to allow one into the White House is physics defied. Um, as far as I can tell, a seemingly smart and in-control Democrat proceeded the most hated Republican president of all time. That’s not a “miracle.” It’s a “normal.”

I get insulted when Boomers tell me how racist my country is. I understand where they’re coming from, I guess. They grew up with survivors of the Great Depression: Grumpy old traditionalists that worked their fingers to the bone in isolation and never tried anything weird. That was then however, so please shut up about it. There is not a gigantic ogre of racism controlling our brains that took time off during the election but rears its ugly head every time we have a problem with, say, unprecedented taxation.

“When someone under 40 hears boomer anthems like, “There’s a land where the children are free,” we go, “What the hell is this song about? Where are the children NOT free?”’
Now, I’m sure you can dig up some redneck who still says nigger or half a dozen skinheads in the middle of nowhere but hate crimes are a miniscule percentage of total crimes in America and if you get into per capita, all races get it about equally. I heard some horrible stories about drinking fountains from forever ago and I saw a video where dogs were attacking some dude but that was a different universe than my generation’s America. We don’t care if people aren’t like us anymore. We don’t even get what you’re talking about.

When someone under 40 hears boomer anthems like, “There’s a land where the children are free,” we go, “What the hell is this song about? Where are the children NOT free?” Old people grew up in a climate where nuns gave the strap if you wrote with your left hand and young boys were verboten from going near dolls. Our generation yawns at such superstitious claptrap. If my son turns out to be gay, I will go into a deep depression for about seven minutes and then I’ll get over it. The boomers grew up in a world where their parents dry-heaved at the thought of a black man breathing the same air as them. Even the boomers, I’m told, were occasionally mocked for not being exactly like the majority. My American Indian mother-in-law was nicknamed jungle bunny in college. Not only do we find that hard to comprehend. We think it’s funny. As Harmony Korine said, “I crack up at the race riots.”

We never would have made fun of this guy.

It seems like every children’s book I’m forced to read to my kid is about some freak that everyone learned isn’t a freak after all. We never thought he was a freak in the first place you ancient babies. If Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer were born today, the other reindeers would high-five him and ask him what reindeer games they think he should play. In my school, the kid with Down Syndrome was the school hero and the football team adopted him as their favorite fan without a trace of irony. The pre-1970 people are unable to grasp this. They created movies like Mask where a boy with craniodiaphyseal dysplasia, is mocked for his circus-like disfigurements. Or the show Square Pegs where the quirky, unusual kids were relegated to the bottom rung of the high school hierarchy. In my Secondary Education, all these people would have been rock stars.

The same goes with sexism. Why Men Earn More pointed out the obvious error with assuming women get paid less for the same work. Namely: Why wouldn’t corporations hire them in droves? They’re cheap labor, right? Turns out they earn less because they tend to be more committed to family events than staying up all night preparing proposals. In other words, they choose to earn less. After waves of famine, a great depression, and a free-for-all orgy of whining, we’ve figured a lot of it out and the old wive’s tales no longer make any sense to us.

We are the information generation. We know you’re born gay and there’s nothing you can do about it. We googled it. We know women can be just as capable at any job and we hire accordingly. We know freaks are not cursed by the almighty but just statistical inevitablilites. We are way too well-adjusted to push someone out of our life just because they don’t meet some strange parameters someone else invented so please stop doing a spit take when we don’t behave exactly like our grandfathers.

Are Gays Oppressed or Oppressors?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 28 January 2010

Gays Have Political Power, Says Political Scientist 

Christians Being Oppressed by Gays

R.I.P., Howard Zinn

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 28 January 2010

Historian Howard Zinn, for decades a leading critic of the American Empire, has died at age 87. See his obit from the Boston paper here.

I first heard of Zinn twenty-two years ago when my anarchist punk-rocker roommate loaned me a copy of “A People’s History of the United States“. A short time later I discovered Noam Chomksy’s “The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism“. This was really the beginning of my ongoing critique of American imperialism and opposition to the same. Over the years, I would come to disagree with Chomsky and Zinn on many domestic issues, but on the question of the empire, these two have been among its foremost critics. R.I.P., Howard.

Sunic interviews De Benoist: Part 2

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 28 January 2010

Here it is.

In Part 2, Tom and Alain discuss Third World immigration into European countries, Islam’s current expansion, Alain’s critique of Capitalism and the “Americanization” of the world. The show includes:

  • Forced multiculturalism as the primary element of discord in European countries.
  • Capitalism as a bourgeois value system that prioritizes the accumulation of money above all else.
  • Alain’s thoughts on the future of America and Europe.
  • America’s Puritanical foundation and its quest for ethnic, social, economic and cultural Universalization

About Alain de Benoist

Alain de Benoist.jpg

Alain de Benoist was born on 11 December 1943. He is married and has two children. He has studied law, philosophy, sociology, and the history of religions in Paris, France. A journalist and a writer, he is the editor of two journals: Nouvelle Ecole (since 1968) and Krisis (since 1988). His main fields of interest include the history of ideas, political philosophy, classical philosophy, and archaeology. He has published more than fifty books and three thousand articles. He is also a regular contributor to many French and European publications, journals, and papers (including Valeurs Actuelles, Le Spectacle du Monde, Magazine-Hebdo, Le Figaro-Magazine, in France, Telos in the United States, and Junge Freiheit in Germany). In 1978 he received the Grand Prix de l’Essai from the Academie Francaise for his book Vu de droite: Anthologie critique des idees contemporaines (Copernic, 1977). He has also been a regular contributor to the radio program France-Culture and has appeared in numerous television debates.

To learn more about Alain de Benoist, read his insightful articles at his personal website and at The Alain De Benoist Collection.

Britain’s Emerging Police State

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 30 January 2010

http://vdare.com/gabb/100127_police_state.htm

by Dr. Sean Gabb

[Peter Brimelow writes: Nearly forty years ago, I was immensely impressed with The New Totalitarians a brilliant study of Swedish political culture by Roland Huntford, making the point that totalitarianism, in the sense of complete political control of society, can be brought about by bureaucracy as well as brute force. (To my amazement, this book’s influence on my own book on Canada, The Patriot Game, is cited—currently—in its Wikipedia entry.) Sean Gabb reports here that it’s coming soon to another common law country near you—Britain. Indeed, the British government’s current drive to force the anti-immigration British National Party to admit immigrant minorities to membership is the very essence of totalitarianism: no private sphere can be allowed; in Mussolini’s words Everything within the state, nothing outside the state, nothing against the state”. This is why the passage of the so called Hate Crimes legislation, lauded by President Obama in his recent State of the Union address, was such a disaster—yet almost unopposed by the Beltway Right. It’s happening there. It can happen here.]

By Sean Gabb

At the moment in Britain, the Labor Government’s Equality Bill is completing its progress through Parliament. The purpose of the Bill is to bring all the various “equality” laws and rulings made since 1965—race, sex, sexual preference, age-based, religious, etc—within a single statute, and to enable a single scheme of enforcement, the quasi-judicial Human Rights Commission. It also tightens these laws so that such “discrimination” as has continued to exist will be made illegal.

The exact meaning of any proposed law is hard to judge in advance. We need to see the final Act of Parliament. We need to see the hundreds of pages of regulations that it enables through its delegated legislation sections. We need to see how it will be enforced by the authorities, and how the courts will rule on its interpretation.

But outlines of the law are already reasonably clear. It is, for example, illegal for a Jewish school not to accept gentile children. It is illegal for a Christian hotelier to refuse to let two homosexuals share a bed together. It is illegal for an employer to exclude job candidates who belong to a group of which he might—for whatever reason—disapprove, or to confine recruitment within those groups of which he does approve. The same applies to landlords.

It is also illegal for the British National Party to confine its membership to those it regards as indigenous to the British Isles—an unmistakeably totalitarian violation of the principle of freedom of association.

After a recent rare defeat in the House of Lords, the Government will not be able to force religious schools to employ teachers who are outside of or hostile to their religious values. But this defeat may be reversed when the Bill returns to the Commons in the next few weeks. Or it may be reversed by separate legislation. As said, a law cannot be exactly understood until it is in force.

Even so, the Equalities Bill must be regarded as one of the most important measures in the consolidation of what can only be described as the British police state, which has been emerging since the election of Tony Blair and his “New Labor” allies in 1997. (For more details, see my monograph Cultural Revolution, Culture War: How Conservatives Lost England, and How to Get It Back, downloadable for free here).

The problem with opposing this sort of law is that opponents can be smeared as opposed to equality in general, or even as bigots. This has completely cowed the opposition Conservative Party, which has offered only token resistance. (My own Libertarian Alliance’s opposition statement is here).

Needless to say, this is an illegitimate tactic. As with freedom, everyone nowadays believes in equality. The real question: what is meant by “equality”?

According to the liberal tradition, as it runs through Locke, Hume, Mill and Hayek, everyone has—or should be regarded as having—an equal right to his life, liberty and property.

This means that everyone should be equal before the law. A married woman should not lose the right to own property, unless she agrees in advance. A Roman Catholic should not be prohibited from inheriting under his father’s will. An atheist or Jew should not be denied justice because he will not swear as a witness on the New Testament. Everyone should have the same right of access to the courts. Everyone should have the same rights to freedom of thought and speech and faith, and to freedom of association, and to freedom from arbitrary fine or imprisonment.

And that is it. The liberal tradition does not insist that everyone should have the same right to a job, or residential letting, or service in a restaurant or hotel. No one should have the right to be loved or accepted by others.

If the owner of a business puts a note in his window advertising that he will not deal with Jews or homosexuals, or the disabled, that is his right. As a libertarian, I would regard this kind of announcement with distaste, and I might refuse, because of it, to deal with that business. But that is the limit of proper disapproval. It is not a matter for interference by the authorities.

Now, I have argued so far as if I assumed that the projectors of the Equalities Bill were people of good intentions but limited understanding. But I do not assume this for a moment. The people who rule my country are best described as evil. They have not been led astray by bad ideas. Rather, they are bad people who choose ideologies to justify their behaviour.

There are ideologies of the left mutualism, for example, or Georgism, or syndicalism—that may often be silly or impracticable, but that are perfectly consistent with the dignity and independence of ordinary people.

These are not ideologies, however, of which those who now rule us in Britain have ever taken the smallest notice.

These people began as state socialists. When this became electorally embarrassing, they switched to Politically Correct multiculturalism. To the extent that this is becoming an embarrassment, they are experimenting with totalitarian environmentalism. But whether in local or in national government, their proclaimed ideologies have never prevented them from working smoothly with multinational big business, or with unaccountable multinational governing bodies.

It is reasonable to assume that, with these people, ideas are nothing more than a series of justifications for building a social and economic and political order within which they and theirs can have great wealth and unchallengeable power. Their object has been to deactivate all the mechanisms that once existed in Britain for holding its rulers accountable to the ruled.

And that is what they have been doing since the Labour Party won the 1997 election. To a degree that foreigners do not often realise, Britain has, during the past 13 years, been through a revolution. This has been brought about by the Labor Government and by its collaborators in the MainStream Media, in the civil service and judiciary, and in big business.

They have swept away the constitutional settlement of the 17th century. Our Ancient Constitution may have struck outsiders as a gigantic fancy dress ball. But it covered a serious and very important fact. This was an imperfect acceptance of the claim by Colonel Rainsborough, leader of the radical Leveller faction in the English Civil War, that “the poorest he that is in England hath a life to live as the greatest he”. It allowed this country to be at once highly conservative in its institutions and, at the same time, free.

All this has gone. Since 1997, we have had a bewildering 4,000 new criminal offences created—many dealing with censorship of speech and publication. They are usually enforced by a summary—and often arbitrary and even corrupt—process.

The traditional courts and their procedure have also been transformed, so that no one whose legal education ended before 1997 has the faintest idea of how to enforce his rights. We have been made formally subject to the European Union. The country has been deliberately flooded with immigrants, as former Blair speechwriter Andrew Neather recently boasted. And the purpose of mass immigration has been to break up the solidarity of the ruled.

I was born in a free country. People could speak as they pleased and live without constant supervision. If a policeman knocked on my parents’ front door, their only worry was that he might have bad news.

I now live in a police state. Recent legal reforms have completely displaced common law protections and all offenses are now arrestable. If I am accused of so much as dropping a sweet [VDARE.COM: U.S. = candy] wrapping on the ground, I can be arrested and taken to a police station. There, I shall have my fingerprints and a DNA sample taken. Even if I am released without charge, these records will be kept indefinitely. They will also be shared with several dozen foreign governments, who will often regard presence on a DNA database as evidence of a criminal record.

The natural response is that sensible men do all that is needed to avoid any police attention. That means prompt obedience to commands that may have no legal basis. And what is that but a police state?

I now live in a country where I have to be aware that private meetings and even private conversations are subject to paid informers and can lead to prosecution and professional ruin.

The Equality Bill is simply another step in the consolidation of this new order of things. It is a bribe to those groups—Muslims, Gays, racial minorities—whose electoral support is needed to keep Labor in power. It is one more excuse for making victims of known dissidents.

Above all, it is another message sent out to all of who is boss.

The only “equality” the rulers of Britain are working towards is equal fear of them—and of what they can do to us.

Dr. Sean Gabb [Email him] is a writer, academic, broadcaster and Director of the Libertarian Alliance in England. His monograph Cultural Revolution, Culture War: How Conservatives Lost England, and How to Get It Back is downloadable here. For his account of the Property and Freedom Society’s 2008 conference in Bodrum, Turkey, click here. For his address to the 2009 PFS conference, “What is the Ruling Class?”, click here; for videos of the other presentations, click here.

The County-by-County Strategy

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 31 January 2010

[Keith: The idea that handpicked neocon stooge and mouthpiece Sarah Palin is going to spearhead some kind of populist revolution is absurd. But the kind of "county rights" strategy outlined in this is probably the best way to push the center-right and the populist-right towards more radical ideas.]

http://www.lewrockwell.com/north/north806.html

Softening the Transition to a Stateless Society

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 31 January 2010

[Keith: Not bad stuff for an anarcho-leftoid.]

http://c4ss.org/content/1813

Why the Tea Partiers Will Fail

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 31 January 2010

The Populist Insurgency and Foreign Policy: Why Are Non-Interventionists Marginalized? by Leon T. Hadar

Obama Retreats by Maury2K

Maury sums it up pretty well:

While Democrats sit on their hands and Republicans play their waiting game, the Tea Party Movement has built up a head of steam. They denounce the status quo, talk “revolution,” demand the dismantling of the Federal Reserve and other radical sounding solutions.

The Tea Party folks display energy, enthusiasm and will power to reach their goal. However, their movement is starting to come unglued because of their own ideological short-comings. For example, they continually bash Obama’s alleged “socialism” when, in fact, he is as dedicated as Bush to corporate rule.

The Tea Party Movement ignores the myriad wars though they are wrecking the economy. Partly, this is out of a sense of faux-patriotism. But what is patriotic about sacrificing our brave men & women for something other than defense of the country?

We could go on but you know the drill.

We need street politics whereas I fear the Tea Party will end up as electoral cannon fodder for a bankrupt GOP.

Any supposed “radical” movement in North American that does not have a firm rejection of the Empire as one of its foremost principles is out of the game before it even starts. To those readers who are interested in working with these movements, my advice would be that you can probably be most effective by serving as a voice that can educate some of these people (at least the more reasonable and intelligent ones) as to the true nature of the Empire. My suggestion would be to avoid referring them to leftist, “anti-American” writers like Chomksy and Zinn and instead attempt  to turn them on to neo-isolationists and the antiwar Right like Ron Paul, Pat Buchanan, Andrew Bacevich, Claes Ryn, Lew Rockwell, Eric Margolis, Justin Raimondo, and others. I have found from experience that the arguments made by Michael Scheuer are among the most effective when dealing run of the mill center-right types.

Growing Movement to Disband Police Departments

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 31 January 2010

Well, it looks like the current Depression is at least having some positive side effects. 

Hat tip to James O’Meara: “The sooner these overpaid doughnut fueled high school dropouts get shown the door the better. No more pot busts and speed traps. Instead, public spirited private citizens will enforce real law.”

My sentiments exactly.

Updated News Digest February 7, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 4 February 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Quotes of the Week:

“To my utter despair I have discovered, and discover every day anew, that there is in the masses no revolutionary idea or hope or passion.”

“Where the state begins, individual liberty ceases, and vice versa.”

“From the naturalistic point of view, all men are equal. There are only two exceptions to this rule of naturalistic equality: geniuses and idiots.”

“Powerful states can maintain themselves only by crime, little states are virtuous only by weakness.”

                                                                   -Mikhail Bakunin

“Don’t ask, don’t tell” is an appalling policy, one that has nothing to do with justice and everything to do with the most primitive prejudice. But what else can one expect of an institution such as the military, particularly the US military in the Age of Empire?

Also, the idea that the concept of equality means that everyone should have the “right” to join an institution that is currently rampaging over the earth, invading countries hither and yon, and causing in incalculable amount of human suffering and material destruction would be laughable if Americans — particularly gay Americans — didn’t take it so seriously.

No one should join the military — not gay people, not straight people, not any people. In a free society, the military would be just another job — working to ensure the defense of the country. In today’s America, however, that is most definitely not the function of the military, which has been turned into an instrument of oppression and worse. To say, therefore, that everyone has the “right” to participate in, say, what went on at Abu Graib — in the name of “justice” — is self-evidently absurd.”                                                        

           -Justin Raimondo                                                             

The Secessionist Campaign for the Republic of Vermont by Christopher Ketcham

The Antiwar Secessionist Movement by Tom Barnes

The Political Economy of Monarchy, Democracy, Secession, and Anarchy by Hans Hermann Hoppe

Texas Nationalists Say Sovereignty or Secession by Mark Anderson

Is Secession Constitutional? by Brian Stanley

Softening the Transition to a Stateless Society by Darian Worden

Third Parties I’d Like to See by James Leroy Wilson

The Crisis Is Not Over by Paul Craig Roberts

Unintended Consquences: A Feature, Not a Bug by Kevin Carson

We Don’t Need a State to Protect Us From Foreign Aggression by Morris and Linda Tannehill

Reading List on Law Without the State by Walter Block

Statism Is Not Socialism, Pro-Market Is Not Pro-Business by Kevin Carson

Obama’s Budget: Record Spending, Record Deficits by Andrew Taylor

America’s Rudderless Ship of State by Chuck Baldwin

The U.S.A.: An Aggregation of Nincompoops by Alex Massie

Forget Global Warming, It’s the Economy Stupid! from Pew Research Center

The Tea Party by John Robb

The Left: Going Downhill Since 1960 by Alexander Cockburn

If You Were in a Secret Prison by Joanne Mariner

U.S. Agrees to Time Table for U.N. Gun Ban

Why Inflation Will Come? by Gary North

The U.S. Can No Longer Afford Its Empire by Ivan Eland

On the Claimed “War Exception” to the Constitution by Glenn Greenwald

When the Military Serves As Police by Jacob Hornberger

Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell-Don’t Go! by Justin Raimondo

Will Obama Play the War Card? by Pat Buchanan

Will the Chinese Dragon Awake? by Justin Raimondo

Light at the End of the Afghan Tunnel? by Eric Margolis

The Dangers of State Surveillance by Henry Porter

Counterinsurgency in Afghanistan is Counterproductive by William R. Polk

Insulting China by Robert Dreyfuss

U.S. Sponsored Regime Change in Iran by Ardeshir Ommani

Terrorism in Any Color by Jack Hunter

The Defense Industry is Pleased with Obama by Laura Flanders

Lawyers Appeal Guantanamo Trial Convictions by Andy Worthington

World Isn’t Buying Israel’s Explanations Anymore by Aluf Benn

Why Does the U.S. Turn a Blind Eye to Israeli Bulldozers? by Robert Fisk

Zionism Laid Bare by Kathleen Christison

CIA Has Program to Assassinate U.S. Citizens by Thomas Eddlem

The New Pentagon Budget: Paying More, Getting Less by Winslow Wheeler

The Pentagon Goes Intellectually AWOL by Franklin Spinney

Surveillance Can’t Make Us Secure by Julian Sanchez

More Airport Security Won’t Do Much to Stop the Terrorists, Leaving the Middle East Would by Jeffrey A. Miron

The Inalienable Right to Secede by Scott Lazarowitz

Nullification: It’s Already Happening by Derek Sheriff

Thousands Protest U.S. Military Presence in Japan from The Daily Mail

WW2 Is Over: Bring Our Marines Home by Pat Buchanan

Federal Marijuana Supremacists by Manuel Lora

Ron Paul and the Pro-Life Movement by Christopher Manion

The Pro-Life Assault on Ron Paul and the Constitution by Laurence Vance

Astroturf  Verses The Tea Party Movement by James Ostrowski

Blair Lied, Thousands Died by Laurence Vance

Blair Regretted Nothing, Learned Nothing by Michael Glackin

Tony Blair and His Oh-So-Clean Conscience by Robert Fisk

Blair’s Monstrous Inconsistency by Daniel Larison

The Case Against Tony Blair by Patrick Cockburn

The Neoconservative Empire by Ron Paul

Israeli Female Soldiers Break the Silence by Ira Chernus

The CIA in Afghanistan by Doug Valentine

Obama, Military Growth, and Retirement by Bede

North Korea: The Last Racialists by Richard Hoste

The Road to Disunion: The Secessionists of 1854-1861 by Hunter Wallace

History Ain’t Bunk by James Jackson

Viewers Are Flocking to Jesse Ventura’s Conspiracy Theories  by Daniel Perdomo

Growing Movement to Disband Police Departments by Mike Shedlock

The Left’s Double Standard on Race by Anonymous Attorney

This Is a Man: The Defiance of Omar Deghayes by William Norman Grigg

Neat, Painless Perpetual War by Mike Tennant

Patriot Act: Eight Years Later by William Fisher

Spinning the War on Terror  by Adam Serwer

Foreign Handouts: More Harm Than Good by William P. Hoar

Hollywood at War by John Payne

Playing Charades with Terrorists  by Fred Cate

No Defense for This Budget by Katrina Vanden Heuvel

Forgotten History: The Real Tobacco Wars by Dostoevsky

Roman Catholic Church to Split in America? by Weaver

Banning the Homeless in Colorado Springs by Kathy Kelly

War, Budgets, and Blind Ambition by Chris Floyd

Who’s Who in Mexico’s Narco-Wars? by John Ross

Israel is Criminalizing Dissent by Jonathan Cook

Copwatch: Guerrilla Video Primer 

The Hidden Inspiration of Vampire Weekend by Gavin McInnes

The Problem With Constitutionalism  by Thomas Knapp

Uber-PIG Joe Arpaio Interrupted by Students Singing Bohemian Rhapsody by David Neiwert

Waging War on the Environment by Darian Worden

Controlling the Growth of the State by Ian Bertram

Howard Zinn, R.I.P. by Roderick Long

Our Wise Leader and the Wise Pundits Who Comment Upon Him by Roderick Long

Rothbard and the Free Spirits by Gary Chartier

McCarthy on Belloc by Sheldon Richman

Onward Christian Soldiers, Again by Philip Giraldi

Sun Tzu and America’s Way of War by Jon Basil Utley

U.S. Out of Yemen by Ron Paul

Confessions of a Middle-Class Anarchist by Harry Mount

Top Ten Ways to Avoid a Tax Audit by Kelly Phillips Erb

The State Lives to Control and Humiliate Us by Anny Shaw

Weapon of Mass Destruction Found in NYC Elementary School by David Kramer

Time Flies When They’re Building a Fascist State by David Kramer

Sweden Has Been Neutral in Foreign Wars for 200 Years (Good for Them!) by Lew Rockwell

Mass Murder: The Key to a Successful Presidency by William Norman Grigg

Why Global Democratic Revolution and Mass Immigration Won’t Work by F. Roger Devlin

Markets and Regulation by Paul Craig Roberts

The Glitter, the Gays by Mandolyna Theodoracopulos

Master of Treachery: Kissinger on Iraq by Barry Lando

Philadelphia Community Rallies Against Murderous PIG by John Kalwaic

The Work of Porn in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction by Kristian Williams

Retirement Armageddon by Gary North

The Man Who Shouldn’t Be Alive by Bill Sardi

My $4000 Sneeze by Jeffrey Tucker

Financial Tsunami by Ambrose Evans Pritchard

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

The Accused Must Have Fair Trials  Glenn Greenwald interviewed by Scott Horton

Bring the Guard Home Michael Bolding interviewed by Scott Horton

Sanctions Against Iran Are a Bad Idea (Unless You Want a War)  Muhammad Sahimi interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Dirty Water by The Standells

Talk Talk by The Music Machine

Psychotic Reaction by The Count Five

Pushin’ Too Hard  by The Seeds

Dazed and Confused by The Yardbirds

Mary Mary (It’s To You I Belong) by The Birdwatchers

(Commentary from Maury2k)

The Cult of Political Correctness-It’s Real Uses

How Uncle Sam Almost Lost World War Two 

Howard Zinn and the Strategy of Self-Castration 

Racist Genie Out of the Bottle 

The Tactical Moxie of Kai Murros 

Batman as Bourgeois Wet Dream

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

British Author Calls for an Assisted Suicide Panel 

 Man Arrested for Peeing on Steaks at Wal-Mart 

Asian Girl Has Surgery to Look Like Jessica Alba for Boyfriend 

Fifth of Swedish Population Foreign 

The 6 Weirdest Things Women Do to Their Vaginas 

New Basis for U.S. Asylum Claims: Homeschooling

Earth Religions Get Worship Area at Air Force Academy 

 Argentine President: Eat Pork, Spice Your Sex Life 

New Zealand Virgin Auctions Herself Off for Tuition 

Turkish Girl Buried Alive for Talking to Boys 

What Makes Right-Wing Mobs Tick 

N.W.A.-Straight Outta Compton 

Smoking: Good or Bad? 

The Amish: A People of Preservation 

Justice Department Wishes to Hire Mentally Ill, Mentally Retarded Lawyers 

Western Race Hatred Laws 

Aliens Visiting Earth Will Be Just Like Humans, Scientist Claims 

Auschwitz Survivor: Israel Acts Like Nazis 

Last Mitford Girl Bemoans the Demise of the Stiff  Upper Lip 

Mexicans Fighting Blacks in L.A. Jail 

Black and Mexican Race Wars in L.A. 

Commanding Heights: American Empire 

The Grievance Table 

The Dystopia Conservatives Built 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                    -Andrew Yeoman

Teen Hit Man Confesses to Murdering Class President’s Mom 

For American Indian Patriots 

Colorado Springs Cuts Basic Services 

Berlusconi Wants Israel in the EU 

Letter of Marque: Privateering and The Private Production of Naval Power 

Bay Area National-Anarchists: Communities Directory 

France Refuses Citizenship Over Full Islamic Veil 

 Children Prisoners of the U.S. War on Terror

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Forget Global Warming, It’s the Economy, Stupid!

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 2 February 2010

So Says the Pew Research Center. So how can Alternative Anarchists and Pan-Secessionists use this to our advantage? Is Carson’s “Political Program for Anarchists” the way to go? If so, how do we get these ideas out there? If not, what? This is what I have previously written on this question:

Our main focus should be on the working class itself, the kinds of folks who work in the vast array of service industries that comprise the bulk of the US economy.

This is the “center” part of our strategy. I am not advocating a return to old-fashioned labor unionism of the type championed by the classical anarcho-syndicalists. I believe the decline of unions is permanent in nature and while traditional labor unions might still have a role in play in a twenty first century class struggle, it will only be on the margins. Instead, the economic foundation of class struggle in the future will be alternative economic enterprises and service delivery arrangements operating independently of state and corporate structures. Foremost among them will be worker-owned and operated enterprises and non-state social or health services originating from what is called the “independent sector”. This is an essay on political strategy and not economics so I will not go into a great deal of detail here except to say that the main political implication of this is that organizations formed for the defense of such economic institutions against state repression or state-imposed monopolies will be vital part of any future radical coalition.

As for the broader question of the relationship between the state and the economy, we need a populist economic program that favors elimination of state intervention into the economy on behalf of privileged interests and the reduction of taxes starting from the bottom up. This is an issue that dissidents from across the spectrum ought to be able agree on, from socialists to libertarians to paleoconservatives to Greens. Kevin Carson’s “Political Program for Anarchists” provides a good overview of how to approach this. As anti-state radicals, we should take a position of rejecting the welfare state as a means to poverty relief, while at the same time rejecting the scapegoating of the poor common to the talk-radio right-wing. We should instead be quite outspoken about the damage to done to poor communities (particularly rural farmers and inner-city minorities) by state interventions such as agricultural policy and urban renewal. As an intermediate stage to full abolition of the welfare state, we might consider the “negative income tax” suggested by Milton Friedman back during the Nixon era, whereby the costs of welfare management could be cut back drastically by distributing cash payments or vouchers directly to the poor and eliminating the bureaucratic middle-men that absord most of the welfare budget. With this approach, it might even be possible to increase subsistence payments to the poor while simultaneously cutting back significantly on both bureaucracy and taxes. The writings of Murray Rothbard, Karl Hess, Hans Hoppe, Kevin Carson and Larry Gambone also contain some interesting ideas on how to go about “de-statizing” those industries and services presently operated by the state.

It is of the utmost importance that the working masses view us as the champions of their economic interests. Nothing less will be sufficient. Our populist coalition must include rank and file blue collar workers, working class taxpayers, union members, small businessmen, farmers, the self-employed, the urban poor, single moms and the homeless. We do this not by promising entitlement rights to all, but by eliminating state-imposed obstacles to economic self-determination and self-sufficiency, placing state or state-corporate industries and services directly into the hands of the workers and consumers, developing alternative economic arrangements independently of the state, eliminating taxes from the bottom up and gradually phasing out archaic state-assistance programs, with poverty relief and social security programs being the last to go once the corporate state has been fully dismantled. This is precisely the opposite of the “cut taxes and regulations at the top, eliminate subsidies to the bottom” approach favored by the right-wing corporatists. Our approach should be “cut taxes and regulations at the bottom, eliminate subsidies to the top”. On these matters, authentic fiscal conservatives and authentic class war militants should be able to agree. We should describe our economic program as neither “conservative” nor “socialist” but as simple “economic justice”.

I might add to this that the antiwar movement, the anti-police state movement, the anti-drug war movement, the anti-prison industry movement, the anti-globalization movement, the anti-immigration movement, and the pan-secessionist movement are all necessary parts of an economic resistance movement. The various international and domestic wars, the police state and prison industry, mass immigration and so forth are serious drains on the economy. Secession from the political, corporate and international institutions that perpetrate these things is a necessary corrective step.

Updated News Digest February 13-14, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 13 February 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”: Resist Politically Correct Fascism to the Death!!!

Quotes of the Week:

“Kirk called conservatism ‘the conservation of a particular people at a particular place at a particular time.’  While I don’t generally call myself a conservative, there’s a good deal of value here.  Yet I don’t share the paleos’ commitment to particularity to the point of denying abstraction outright.  Some principles are unconditionally valid.  Yet they apply differently to different peoples (and persons) at different places and different times.  For instance, one may be an anarchist (or socialist or small-d democrat, etc.) and take this to be an unconditional value, but only an idiot (though there are certainly plenty of these) would say we have to model anarchy in 21st century America strictly on the basis of Civil War era Spain.  I suppose this is largely the point of tribal anarchy, panarchy and “anarchism without adjectives.”

                                                                                     -Ruhollah James

“After almost ten years of Americans whining about 9/11 [something that happens in the rest of the world almost weekly, usually due to American or American-financed bombing], lately amplified by the shrill, effeminate shrieks of Bloomboig’s New Yoikers about the “terra-trial” [held quite successfully and safely in London and Madrid], how refreshing to hear the words of “The Hero of the XXth Century” [Yockey]: ” I owe my life to pure chance. What difference does it make if I sit or stand?

                                                                                              -James J. O’Meara

It Is Now Official: The U.S.A. Is a Police State by Paul Craig Roberts

Secession Is in the Air by Kirkpatrick Sale

Secessionist Sentiment Is Rising by Pat Buchanan

Wars Sending U.S. Into Ruin by Eric Margolis

Left Behind: Liberals Get a War President of Their Very Own by Murray Polner

The Hypocrisy of Politically Correct Vermont Neoliberals by Thomas Naylor

That Magical Water’s Edge by Kevin Carson

Nullification, Secession, and the Human Scale of Political Order by Josh Eboch

Nullification and Interposition by Clyde Wilson

What Has “The Union” Ever Done for Colorado? It’s Time for Secession! by Mark Crovelli

Secession: A Solution to the Washington, D.C. Debt Threat by Ron Holland

I Don’t Mean to Say I Told You So, But…. by Stephen Walt

The Orange Revolutions, Peeled by Justin Raimondo

The Bosnian Threat to the Empire by Nebojsa Malic

Destabilizing Pakistan: Echoes of Cambodia by Pratap Chatterjee and Tom Engelhardt

Obama Surge Driving Thousands From Their Homes by Chris Floyd

Obama, the War President by Helen Thomas

The Terror-Industrial Complex by Chris Hedges

Where Has the Antiwar Movement Gone? by Ryan Jaroncyk

Another Election Goes the Wrong Way for Uncle Sam by Neil Clark

Repeating Pentagon Lies Over Gitmo Recidivism by Andy Worthington

AP Article Fuels Iran War Hysteria by Jason Ditz

North Korea’s Kim Jong-Il Makes Denuclearization Pledge by Jon Hershkovitz and Ben Blanchard

The Media’s Tall Tales Over Iraq by Brendan O’Neill

Fear of Peace Will Be the Death of Israel by Bradley Burston

The Apartheid Will End When Israelis Have to Face Its Costs by Tony Karon

The Lessons of Iraq Have Been Ignored-The Target Is Now Iran by Seumas Milne

The Middle East No Longer Matters by Jay Hatheway

Why Does Sarah Palin Want More War? by Karen Kwiatkowski

Same Empire, Different Emperor by Laurence Vance

Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell, Don’t Think Things Through by William Norman Grigg

Middle-Class Rage by Jack Douglas

The Financial Crisis Versus Students by Christian Eubank and Peter Schiff

You Have No Reasonable Expectation of Privacy in the Police State of America by Declan McCullagh

Out of the Mouths of Our New World Order Masters by David Kramer

The Green Gestapo Is Here by William Norman Grigg

Global Depression: The Real Problems Will Start in Japan by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard

The Role of the Organic Homo by James J. O’Meara (see related commentary by Alisdair Clarke and Keith Preston)

Remembering Plaxico by Manuel Lora

Guns, ID Cards, Weed: Nullification Is on the Rise by Michael Boldin

Obama, Hands Off China: Get Your Own House in Order by Chris Clancy

CIA Abets in the Murder of Christian Missionary by David Kramer

Cop Does a Good Deed by William Norman Grigg

Feds Attempt Espionage Into Internet Viewing Habits of Citizens by David Kramer

The Kid, the Pimp, and the Spineless Media by Kelley B. Vlahos

Some Thoughts for the Coming Year and Beyond by Kevin Carson

You Must Be This Tall to Overthrow the Government by Roderick Long

News Flash: “We No Longer Control Our Government” by Kevin Carson

Give the Commons Back to the People by Francois Tremblay

Tea Partiers Versus Ron Paul by Brian Doherty

The Bankrupt PIGS of Europe by Pat Buchanan

Anarchism and Voluntary Cooperation by Barefoot Bum

An Anarchist’s Strategy to Dismiss Every Foreclosure in Florida from Matt Weidner

Visiting a Modern Day Slave Plantation an interview with Nancy A. Heitzeg

Crime Pays: How NYC Bosses Rob the Working Poor by Michelle Chen

Property Is Theft?  from Infoshop.Org

Institutionalizing Howard Zinn by Ralph Nader

LaGuardia and the Truth About Marijuana by Fred Gardner

Sarah Palin’s Lapel Pin by Stonewall

The Secret to Long Life: “Right Tribe” by Christopher Donovan

The State Is a Deadly Virus by Butler Shaffer

Who Shows Up at Tea Partys? by James Ostrowski

Secession: The Ignorance of Chris Matthews by Thomas DiLorenzo

Sarah Palin Drinks the Neocon Kool-Aid by Lew Rockwell

PIG Jokes About Murdering Citizens Exercising Their Right to Bear Arms by William Norman Grigg

How to Beat the War Party by Justin Raimondo

Liberty Versus Patriotism by Ivan Eland

America’s Veterans: The Anatomy of Homelessness by Monica Nilsson

The Mythical Potency of Terrorism Fear-Mongering by Glenn Greenwald

Leon Wieseltier, Anti-Semitism, And Israel by Daniel Luban

Bombs Away: Conservatives Embrace War by Doug Bandow

Specks and Beams in U.S. Foreign Policy by Jacob Hornberger

 Lebanon Backs Hezbollah Against Israel by Jason Ditz

Obama Copying Bush-Era Detention Policies by Thomas Eddlem

The Cold War Is History by Doug Bandow

Obama’s Green Police by Norvell Rose

“Yes, I Can Break the Law: I’m a PIG, Damn It!!” by William Norman Grigg

Loyalty Test by Lew Rockwell

PIGS Steal Private Arms Collection by William Norman Grigg

Are First Amendment Rights Also Natural Rights? by James Leroy Wilson

The State As Absentee Owner  by Francois Tremblay

Can the Real Estate Predators Fight Off the Oil Company Predators? by Paul Craig Roberts

Books 2 Prisoners: Volunteer Program Connects Prisoners with Reading Materials from Infoshop.Org

The Battle for Marjah by Patrick Cockburn

The R.E.A.L. Ghost Busters from The Occidental Quarterly

The Weathervane as Metaphor by Justin Raimondo

Talking Our Way Out of Afghanistan by Jeff Huber

The Obama Disarmament Paradox by Greg Mello

Paul Goodman Essay Contest (hat tip to Joel Schlosberg)

Never Heard of the Pearcy Massacre? by Nicholas Stix

This Is What Muslim Children Are Taught in Britain 

Hispanic Gangs Ethnically Cleansing Black Neighborhoods in L.A. by Brenda Walker

Does Harvard Hate White People? by Paul Craig Roberts

Troops Randomly Patrol Streets in Pittsburgh, Respond to “Domestic Disputes” from PrisonPlanet.Com

Taxes an Unnecessary Compromise on Marijuana by Thomas Knapp

Obama: Enemy of the Working Class by Sheldon Richman

Indications of Open-Source Economy by John Robb

Obama Takes a Blue Pencil to the Bill of Rights by A. Barton Hinkle

The President’s Power to Kill Citizens by Philip Giraldi

Torture Is a Crime, Not a State Secret by Matthew Harwood

In the Land of the Stoner Cops by Nir Rosen

The Goat in the  Clearing  by Alexander Cockburn

The Economic Velociraptors by Andrew Cockburn

The Taliban Isolated Bin Laden by Gareth Porter

That Which Cannot Be Spoken by William Blum

I Cut My Hair, But I’m Not a Terrorist by Dave Lindorff

Obama’s Drug War Budget: Looking a Lot Like Bush’s by Bill Piper

The Erotic Theater of the Mind by Dr. Susan Block

Politics, Corruption, and El Salvador by Charles R. Larson

Kevin Carson and Richard Stallman Discuss Intellectual Property from Infoshop.Org

 Help Noam Chomsky Find His Inner Anarchist by Roderick Long

Pericles and the Athenian Ideal, Part One by Troy Southgate

The Persecution of Kevin MacDonald by Greg Johnson

Heidegger “The Nazi” Part One by Michael O’Meara

Heidegger “The Nazi” Part Two by Michael O’Meara

Heidegger “The Nazi” Part Three by Michael O’Meara

A Warning to the Tea Party Nation by Chuck Baldwin

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

American Third Position Party Chairman William D. Johnson interviewed by Dr. Tomislav Sunic

Modern Feudalism and the Persistent Threat of Totalitarianism Michael Kleen interviewed by Dr. Tomislav Sunic

Lock the Bush Team in Prison Francis Boyle interviewed by Scott Horton

Helping Iraqi Children Injured by U.S. Aggression Cole Miller interviewed by Scott Horton

We Who Dare Say No to War Murray Polner interviewed by Scott Horton

Free Speech Is Dead Brendan O’Neill interviewed by Scott Horton

On Agrarianism by Matthew Raphael Johnson

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

Fistful of Love by Black Oak Arkansas with Ruby Starr

Baby, I’m Amazed by Ruby Starr

Levity Ball by Alice Cooper (1968)

This Is the Day by Captain Beefheart

Big Eyed Beans From Venus by Captain Beefheart

This Ain’t the Summer of Love by Blue Oyster Cult

Junior’s Eyes by Black Sabbath (with Savoy Brown’s Dave Walker on vocals)

Man on the Silver Mountain by Ritchie Blackmore’s Rainbow (with Ronnie James Dio on vocals)

Oh No by Frank Zappa

Oh no
I don’t believe it
You say that you think you know
The meaning of love
You say love is all we need
You say
With your love you can change
All of the fools
All of the hate
I think you’re probably
Out to lunch

Oh no
I don’t believe it
You say that you think you know
The meaning of love
Do you really think it can be told?
You say that you really know
I think
You should check it again
How can you say
What you believe
Will be the key to a
World of love?

All your love -
Will it save me?
All your love -
Will it save the world
From what we can’t understand
Oh no
I don’t believe it

(Commentary from Maury2k)

Sarah Palin as Rock Star 

Overpopulation Is More Than Just a Third World Thing 

Billy Ayers Fraud Revisited

George W. Bush: Miss Me Yet? Hell, No!! 

When the Immigration Debate Gets Mean 

Once Upon a Time in Europe 

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

Japan: The Despised Ainu People

Eva Peron 

The Least Trusted Banks in America 

Futurism In Russia 

Ten False Flags That Changed the World 

How TV Frames the Working Class 

The American Ruling Class 

Supply Side Economics for the Wealthy 

The Myth of Free Markets 

Ralph Nader: How Corporations Gained Control of the U.S. 

Ralph Nader: The Negative Effects of “Free” Trade 

14 Percent of U.S. Adults are Illiterate 

 Man Attacks TVs in Wal-Mart 

New Research Rejects 80-Year-Theory of “Primordial Soup” As the Origin of Life 

The World Capital of Killing 

U.S. Budget Priorities 

Crowd Psychology and Manipulation 

An Enquiring Curmudgeon Wants to Know 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                  -Andrew Yeoman

Ten Most Incredible Abandoned Mental Asylums 

Police State in King, North Carolina ?

Tel Aviv Cult Leader Enslaves Women 

Democrats Are Dropping Like Flies 

John Mayer: Weenie 

Subversive Groups Must Now Register in South Carolina 

Sexist Vintage Ads 

Dumb Bitch Kills Kitten in Oven: Taunts Animal Rights Protestors 

Sex Statistics at Woman’s Day 

Hitler Toy Breaks German Law 

Military Men Take Part in Extreme Jungle Survival Training 

Comic Book Collector Jailed for Six Months 

Race and Gender of Judges Make Enormous Difference in Rulings 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon 

Ad Hominem Argument: A Classic Example

category Uncategorized keith Friday 12 February 2010

Carol Moore is someone who deserves credit for helping to publicize the secessionist cause. See her website here. Unfortunately, she has delivered a classic example of an ad hominem argument against Yours Truly in response to my suggestions that the radical Left should seriously consider the possibility of adopting a secessionist outlook. You can see Ms. Moore’s response here. Here it is in full:

While Preston’s article seems rational, if you look at the list of articles he’s published he also promotes “National Anarchism” which is against “miscengenation” and promotes (as opposed to merely accepting) separation of the races. He also promotes revolutionary violence, including by Tim McVeigh. FYI. 

The ad hominem part of this is obvious. What Carol is saying amounts to is: “Yes, Keith Preston makes reasonable arguments as to why the radical Left should consider secession, but he’s also a bad guy, so this refutes or at least dimishes his arguments.”  A response to the charges is in order:

“…he also promotes “National Anarchism”…”

Guilty but proud. See my discussions of National-Anarchism and related views here, here, and here. National-Anarchism is a freshingly interesting and vibrant current when compared with the dull conformists and predictable lefto-losers associated with the mainstream anarchist movement.

“…which is against “miscengenation”…”

There’s no “n” in this term, but as something of a serial miscegenator myself I don’t really care what views National-Anarchists may or may not hold on “miscegenation.” See John Derbyshire on this one. I don’t really adhere to any of the Christian taboos about “adultery” or “fornication” either, but I’ve also promoted Christian secessionist or separatist groups in the past. I’ve even promoted Mormon polygamists. To demonstrate the absurdity of this kind argument against the National-Anarchists, imagine if a Muslim, an Orthodox Jew or a Seventh Day Adventist were to make an argument like this: “Yes, Preston makes reasonable arguments in favor of secession by Muslims, Jews, and Adventists, but he also promotes individuals and groups that eat pork, drink alcohol, and refrain from keeping the Sabbath…..”

Enough said on that point.

“…and promotes (as opposed to merely accepting) separation of the races…”

As an anarchist, what I actually advocate is a concept I call “separation of race and state” on the same model as the Jeffersonian idea of “separation of church and state.” If racial and ethnic integrationism of the kind favored by liberals and leftists can take place on its own without the coercive apparatus of the state to compel it, and without the economic pressures generated by state-capitalism and imperialism, then so be it. On the other hand, if the kind of racial separatism favored by “racial conservatives” (for lack of a better term) is indeed normal or natural, then that’s fine by me as well. My guess is that there would probably be some of both, with the degree of extremes on either end depending on other factors like local culture, institutional forms, ideological currents, economic factors, population size, geography, history, individual personalities and so forth. Imagine if Carol were to instead make an argument like: “Preston promotes (as to merely accepting) separation of the cultures and religions where hippies, Christian evangelicals, Catholics, goth-rockers and Jehovah’s Witnesses simply do their own thing-what a god-awful thing this is!”

What leftoids just can’t seem to accept is that some of us just flat out don’t give a damn if races are “separated” or not. Indeed, some the present-day “anti-racism” hysteria is starting to sound a lot like the anti-commie  panic of the 1950s or the “Satanic panic” of the 80s. If Joe McCarthy were alive today, no doubt he would be talking about the evil cabals of racists who’ve infiltrated American institutions. If Dana Carvey were just inventing his “Church Lady” character today, he’d have to make her a PC liberal: “Satan?…Racism!!!!!” 

Enough said on that one.

He also promotes revolutionary violence,…”

It is quite unlikely that the existing regime, ruling class, and empire is going to let territories within the U.S.A simply walk away without a fight. So, on that great day of reckoning, it is indeed quite likely that secessionist movements will indeed need defense organizations of a “fourth generation” nature. See Hezbollah, Hamas, the FMLN, or the Peoples’ War Group. See 1776, 1861, or Spain 1936. Pacifism doesn’t interest me.

including by Tim McVeigh

McVeigh got an “A” for attitude but an “F” for tactics and good sense, in my book.

Enough said on that one.

AlternativeRight.Com to be Launched on March 1

category Uncategorized keith Friday 12 February 2010

AlternativeRight.Com (it’s not up yet) will be launched on March 1. Pass the word. And if anyone would like to donate or knows any potential donors, then email Keith Preston at kppgarv@mindspring.com and the information will be passed along to AltRight’s editor, Richard Spencer.

Other contributors to this project will be Patrick Ford, Alex Birch, Srdja Trifkovic, Paul Gottfried, Richard Hoste, Kevin De Anna, Dylan Hales, Derek Turner, Alex Kurtagic, Marcus Epstein, Mark Hackard, Jack Donovan, Nina Kouprianova, Scott Locklin, and hopefully many others. Quite a diverse (in the genuine sense) and impressive roster. Be there on March 1.

Fall of the New World Order

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 14 February 2010

Great videos produced by an ATS reader. Watch it here.

See some more great videos from the same producer here.

Caste Systems, Forced Marriages, Book Burning, and Blasphemy Trials

category Uncategorized keith Monday 15 February 2010

Where? In Saudi Arabia? Iran? Afghanistan? Pakistan? No, in enlightened, progressive, tolerant and humane England, France, Finland, and Germany. Otherwise known as the agenda of Totalitarian Humanism.  As I have previously written:

The ultimate aim of multiculturalism is the creation of a totalitarian state ordered as a type of caste system where individual privilege is assigned on the basis of group identity and group privilege is assigned on the basis of the position of the group in the pantheon of the oppressed.

Here are some examples:

Thought Police Muscle Up in Britain 

In September 2006, a 14-year-old schoolgirl, Codie Stott, asked a teacher if she could sit with another group to do a science project as all the girls with her spoke only Urdu. The teacher’s first response, according to Stott, was to scream at her: “It’s racist, you’re going to get done by the police!”… According to her mother, she was placed in a bare cell for 3 1/2 hours. She was questioned on suspicion of committing a racial public order offence and then released without charge.

A 10-year-old child was arrested and brought before a judge, for having allegedly called an 11-year-old boya “Paki” and “bin Laden” during a playground argument at a primary school (the other boy had called him a skunk and a Teletubby). When it reached the court the case had cost taxpayers pound stg. 25,000.

So schoolgirls and children are being arrested for “crimes against the racial order”? Where have we seen that before?

A Book to be Burned 

Sarkozy Hints at Forced Interracial Marriages

Finnish Politician Prosecuted for Blasphemy 

German Court Convicts Man for Insulting Islam

American Renaissance Conference Canceled Due to Threats of Violence

category Uncategorized keith Monday 15 February 2010

Read about it on David Yeagley’s blog.

Isn’t it ironic that leftoids who are always complaining about their opponents’ alleged efforts to “silence” the voices of their favorite groups (minorities, feminists, gays, transexuals, etc.) do not see any need to extend what they hypocritically demand for themselves to those who do not share their own ideological biases?

The American Renaissance conference was repeatedly relocated and then canceled due to threats of violence against the employees of the hotel hosting the conference. So much for these leftoids’ committment to “workers’ rights.” We already know how much they value freedom of speech. Theirs is the standard Communist line of support for free speech only when out of power. Now that cultural leftism is becoming the mainstream social norm, they have no qualms about showing their true colors. It should also be remembered that violent intimidation of opponents was a tactic of the German Nazi movement  even before it took power and overthrew the Weimar regime. This kind of behavior by lefto-fascist “anti-racists” is even more common in Europe.

It should also be pointed out that American Renaissance is not a fascist nor neo-nazi organization. Its founder and leader, Jared Taylor, has taken only two public positions on race: repeal of antidiscrimination laws which many libertarians view as an abridgement of private property rights and freedom of association, and a moratorium on Third World immigration, whose critics have included such prominent neo-nazis as Ralph Nader, the late African-American politician Barbara Jordan, and the black writer Carol Swain, who has written critically but objectively on the white nationalis movement in the U.S. Past American Renaissance conferences have featured Jewish speakers like Paul Gottfried, Michael Hart, Michael Levin, Rabbi Mayer Schiller, and even anarchists like Joe Sobran. David Yeagley, an American Indian, was scheduled to appear at this year’s conference.

What the lefto-fascists object to is the mere fact that some people are holding a meeting to discuss or promote conservative views on racial issues.  Whatever one thinks about these questions, if the lefto-fascists are successful in these kinds of effort to silence opponents through violent and random threats, it is quite likely they will start using similar tactics against other ideological opponents as well. If they can deny freedom of speech and association to racial conservatives, why not pro-lifers, conservative Christians, opponents of gay marriage, Second Amendment advocates, critics of environmentalism, economic conservatives, mens’ or fathers’ rights groups or anyone else who is outside the totalitarian humanist paradigm.

It is also likely that as totalitarian humanism/political correctness/Cultural Marxism becomes ever more deeply entrenched into institutions that “law enforcement,” law and order liberals like the SPLC, and extra-legal, lefto-fascist, Communist and anarcho-leftoid hoodlums will start bending towards one another and establish a more cooperative relationship. Be prepared.

Updated News Digest February 20-21, 2009

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 20 February 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”: Resist Politically Correct Fascism to the Death!!!

Quotes of the Week:

“You’ve asked me, ‘What might you be?’ Now I answer you: ‘I am a Wobbly.’ I mean this spiritually and politically. In saying this I refer less to political orientation than to political ethos, and I take Wobbly to mean one thing: the opposite of bureaucrat. […] I am a Wobbly, personally, down deep, and for good. I am outside the whale, and I got that way through social isolation and self-help. But do you know what a Wobbly is? It’s a kind of spiritual condition. […] A Wobbly is not only a man who takes orders from himself. He’s also a man who’s often in the situation where there are no regulations to fall back upon that he hasn’t made up himself. He doesn’t like bosses—capitalistic or communistic—they are all the same to him. He wants to be, and he wants everyone else to be, his own boss at all times under all conditions and for any purposes they may want to follow up. This kind of spiritual condition, and only this, is Wobbly freedom.”

                                                               -C. Wright Mills

Statement Put Out by Man Who Crashed Plane Into IRS Headquarters in Austin, Texas (Me and the IRS by Johnny Paycheck)

Is Joe Stack a Wake-Up Call to America? by John Whitehead

America: A Country of Serfs Ruled by Oligarchs by Paul Craig Roberts

Some Reflections on the Olympics by Murray Rothbard

Why Liberal Free Speech Is Tyranny in Disguise by Alex Birch (thanks, Peter!)

The Blood Bank: Why Bank of America Fired Me from Austro-Athenian Empire

The Crimes of Goldman-Sachs by Matt Taibbi

“To the Size of States There Is a Limit” by Kirkpatrick Sale

Down With the Presidency by Lew Rockwell

The Untold History of Nullification by Derek Sheriff

Martial Law in America by Gary Barnett

So-Called “Free Trade” Agreements Are to Free Trade What the Ministry of Love is to Love by Kevin Carson

The Oathkeepers Versus the SPLC and the Neocons from LewRockwell.Com

Immigration and Race by Israel Shamir (thanks, Flavio!)

Don’t Blame Iran by Eric Margolis

Is Iran Running a Bluff? by Pat Buchanan

American Arrogance Overseas Should End by Ivan Eland

Bin Laden: Dead and Loving It by Jeff Huber

Attack on Iran Would Be Folly by Paul R. Pillar

Terrorism, Liberal and Conservative by Jack Hunter

Dick Cheney’s Taunting by Glenn Greenwald

Frightening Voters Into Submission by James Bovard

Terrorism: The Most Meaningless and Manipulated Word by Glenn Greenwald

Israel Goes Rogue by Justin Raimondo

From God to Gaia to Obama’s Nuclear Apocalypse by Alexander Cockburn

Pericles and the Athenian Ideal, Part 2 by Troy Southgate

Is This How Democracy Ends? by Pat Buchanan

I Wish Joe Stack Had Not Killed Himself by Chuck Baldwin

Colin Ward, R.I.P. by Kevin Carson

Avatar and Just War Theory by Anthony Gregory

Clinton’s Lousy Diplomacy Puts U.S. in a Hard Place by Michael Brenner

American Failure by Taki Theodoracopulos

Collateral Accumulation: Passing on the Abiding Wisdom of Empire by Chris Floyd

Pathetic London by Derek Turner

All You Need Is…a Slap!! by James Jackson

An Antiwar Credo by Justin Raimondo

Anarchism as a Brand by Keir Snow

The Anarchist Movements of Europe by Gabriel Kuhn

Our Founders Were Not Fundamentalists by Harvey Wasserman

Gerald Celente: Global Collapse This Year by Amy Judd

Capital: A Diversion? by Kevin Carson

Inheriting Proudhon from Shawn Wilbur

Piercing Shell Oil by John Robb

The CIA’s Drug War by Doug Valentine

Health Freedom: Who Decides, the Individual or the State? by Ron Paul

The Most Liberating Word is “No” by William Norman Grigg

Global Warming Is a Lie by Jonathan Petre

Real Military Heroes  by Laurence Vance

New York Times Dislikes Anti-Government Movement by Lew Rockwell

Major Global Warming Advocate Does U-Turn by Michael Rozeff

Attention, Mundanes: “You Don’t Ever Touch a PIG!” by William Norman Grigg

The 65th Anniversary of the War Crimes at Dresden by Laurence Vance

Soros the Gangster by Bill Anderson

Sarah Palin: Ventriloquist Dummy for the Neocons by Lew Rockwell

Just Say No to Banning Pornography from Polycentric Order

DEA PIGS Continue War Against Medical Marijuana by Radley Balko

 Who Will Be the 1000th U.S. Soldier to Die in Afghanistan? by Laurence Vance

Nevada Tea Party Bolts the GOP and Glenn Beck by Jane Hamsher

Stand Up to Census Intrusions by Walter Williams

The U.S. Conservative Movement: 50 Years Downhill by David Franke

Jim Rogers: China, Japan Will Keep Dumping U.S. Debt by Antonia Oprita

How the State Destroys Your Banking Relationships by Karen De Coster

The Ignorant Herd and the Food Police by David Kramer

CPACers Cheer Fascist by Lew Rockwell

The Judge and Angela Keaton on War by Anthony Gregory

Arkansas PIGS: Untrained, But Licensed to Kill  by William Norman Grigg

The Duke Rape Case Comes Full Circle by Bill Anderson

Scalia: No Right to Secede  by Lew Rockwell

Put This Pot in Your Pipe and Smoke It-Legally! by David Kramer

PIGS Arrest Elderly Woman on Her Way to a Funeral by William Norman Grigg

Georgia: Nothing Is Coming Up Roses by Justin Raimondo

Some Straight Thinking About Iran by Philip Giraldi

Pro-Torture, Anti-Civilization by Henry Porter

Iran’s “Now What” Moment by Farideh Fardi

Government in a Box in Marja by Andrew Bacevich

The War on Terrorism Becomes a War on Free Speech by Jacob Hornberger

A Real Winning Strategy in Afghanistan Josef Storm

U.S.-NATO Aggression to Win Hearts and Minds by David Alba

Yet Another Energy and National Security Myth by Charles Pena

Obama Muddling Through the Middle East by Leon T. Hadar

Obama Violates the Bill of Rights With Bipartisan Support by Thomas Eddlem

 San Francisco: 2010 Anarchist Book Fair from Infoshop.Org

Anti-Olympic Riots Rock Vancouver from Infoshop.Org

The Iranian Greens and the West by Sasan Fayamanesh

King Obesity  by Ralph Nader

Dysfunctional Democracy by Dean Baker

Tug of War in El Salvador by Katya Rodriguez

Elie Wiesel’s Ignoble Recruits by John V. Walsh

Evil Empire by TGGP

 The Luckiest Man in the World by James Leroy Wilson

Colin Ward, R.I.P. by Roderick Long

Who’s Afraid of “Interposition”? by William Norman Grigg

The Chemist’s War  by Deborah Blum

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

National Defense Without the State Sheldon Richman interviewed by Scott Horton

Antiwar.Com Versus The New York Times Jason Ditz interviewed by Scott Horton

On Agrarianism by Matthew Raphael Johnson

Interview with F. Roger Devlin by Tomislav Sunic

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

A Unique Perspective on Gay Rights 

Reflections on American Race Relations (Part 2)

The Jim Jones Death Tape 

The Process Church of the Final Judgement 

The Processean by Electric Wizard

(Commentary from Maury2k)

Deconstructing the Reagan Cult 

African Blood Brotherhood 

Cherry Bomb! Or Going Down with the Tea Party 

The Charge of the Judas Goats 

Mud Wrestling Sluts in Heat 

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

Unemployment and the I Word 

Australia’s Traditional Anglicans Vote to Convert to Catholicism 

Bus Fightin’ Man Already an Oakland Legend 

U.S. Foreign Aid to Israel 

Jubilee for the Middle Class 

How Illegal Immigration Hurts Black Americans 

Obama: The Bankers’ Best Friend

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                  -Andrew Yeoman

No More Immigration 

Woman Tied Up, Raped for Three Days 

Boyfriend Charged With Punching Sharpton Daughter 

Idealistic Italian Female Sets Out to Get Herself Killed in a Muslim Land and Succeeds 

Duke False Rape Accuser Charged with Attempted Murder 

Man Faces Jail Time for Taking Daughter to Church 

Girls of the Israeli Army

Retiring Senator Evan Bayh Advocates Electoral Shock to Broken System 

Caring for Pets Left Behind by the Rapture 

The Paranoia of the Leftoids Knows No Limits 

Single Mum Lives in Mansion at Public Expense 

Crushing U.S. Debt  Is too Great a Problem to be Left Unresolved 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon 

John Stossel: More Anarchist Than Most

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 17 February 2010

http://www.takimag.com/article/john_stossel_more_anarchist_than_most/

By Gavin McInnes

The Anarchists in Vancouver are not happy about the Winter Olympics being held there and recently marched through town smashing windows, covering their faces, and yelling about everything from capitalism to the seal hunt to indigenous land. Some of their beefs are valid. The Olympics is a big waste of taxpayers’ money and in a city where one junkie dies every day, the local government could afford to be focusing on more serious problems. However, when reading the “manifestos” of today’s anarchists, one thing becomes abundantly clear, they hate capitalism more than they hate government.

I grew up going to anarchist conventions and don’t regret the various A’s I have tattooed up and down my arms in the slightest (in fact, I just got two more). We looked exactly like the 2010 Olympic protestors when we did things like protest outside the Chinese Embassy for China’s human rights violations in 1988. But back then, only a handful of anarchists would cover their faces. It drove us nuts because we were out there screaming about government ineptness and guys are acting like our adversary knows what he’s doing. “You realize your assumption that they are recording your face and putting you in some kind of massive database implies they know what they’re doing, right?” we’d ask them. This seemingly small detail is actually indicative of a much bigger split in the anarchist community: government aptitude.

 

“Politics is Hollywood for ugly people and the White House is just a big DMV with Greek columns out front.”
Anarchists with covered faces smashing the windows of retail stores are in fact, communists. Sure, the wage discrepancy between CEOs and factory workers is disgusting. I also hate the way big business ships in illegals and lowers the minimum wage to zero but if anyone has dealt with government at any level in their adult life they’d realize big business is the lesser of two evils by a long shot.

Today’s anarchists want money out of entrepreneur’s hands and into government hands where it can rot. They advocate unions like it was the 1930s and guys with tweed caps needed to get compensation for black lung. Nice sentiment but today’s teacher’s union is the most powerful political lobby in the world and has more cronies on both the Democratic and the Republican side than any other group in Washington. These unions are essentially mobsters who shake down anyone who dares pay electricians less than $50 an hour plus time-and-a-half for overtime plus double time-and-a-half for holidays. That’s more than architects and doctors make when they start out. Is $700 a day the fair wage the anti-capitalists want for the workingman? It’s more money than I ever made and I’m rich.

I often visit the anarchist squat Dial House where the founders of anarcho punk, Crass set up shop in the early 70s and are still there today. I had a seven-hour argument with the patriarch of the commune, Penny Rimbaud because I had the gall to point out it was ridiculous Mugabe was still alive and said if I was a Zimbabwean, he would have been blown up long ago. The Taliban did a seamless job of assassinating Massoud and all it took was a trick camera so why can’t the MDC do something similar? Like all anarchists, Rimbaud was stunned I didn’t know this wasn’t all part of the big government plan. “Zimbabwe is needed to cart diamonds out of South Africa,” he explained. “America needs him there the same way they need Iraq to get oil out.”

I don’t get it. If government is such a powerful monster, why do anarchists want to give it The Gap’s profits? They can’t seem to decide if the government is this elaborate network James Bond reports to or a quaint group of intellectuals who want to empower the poor. The truth is. It’s neither. They are not all-knowing they are know nothings. They are not a “secret society” (as Crass once said) they can’t even keep an infidelity secret. Since the president got caught using a cigar as a dildo, we’ve learned: John Edwards was screwing his biographer, governor Mark Sanford was boning his Argentinean mistress, senator Larry Craig was fishing for blowjobs in the bathroom, and Spitzer was fucking prostitutes with his socks on. Politics is Hollywood for ugly people and the White House is just a big DMV with Greek columns out front.

Danny Schechter’s new book Plunder! Investigating Our Economic Calamity and the Subprime Scandal, makes it crystal clear: the government is everything bad you can say about big business but without the “employing people and manufacturing stuff” part. This sentiment is what drew me to the anarchist movement in the first place—not Marx’s intellectual claptrap about his “dialectic.”

This is why, as an adult, I’m drawn to libertarians like John Stossel. Sure there’s flaws like a love of open borders which I see as a chance for big business to go on an exploitation bender (anarchists also want open borders which I never quite got), but Stossel’s show spends 90 percent of its time pointing out government incompetence and exposing the way they oppress the everyman. During each episode he holds up a tiny book that’s about half the size of the communist manifesto and explains this is the bill of rights and the constitution combined. Then he shows us the endless piles of documentation the government uses for even the most insignificant rule. “This is all we need,” he says holding up the small book. That’s the closest I’ve seen to a plausible anarchist goal in America—ever.

Then Stossel gets specific. We learn about swimming pools that have diving boards revoked because of impending danger and then cause more accidents because kids no longer know where the deep end is. We hear local governments in Texas are strangling restaurants with insanity like “No Outside Dancing” laws (a bizarre rule New York’s previous mayor used to close down clubs he didn’t like). Stossel is very vocal about big money firms like Goldman Sachs and how much they’ve benefited from Obama’s new big government plans. From daycare workers being muscled into joining unions to California being bankrupted by bureaucrats, John Stossel has done more to mobilize hatred for government than any punk kid in black sweatshirt could ever hope to.

If the fashionable punks in Vancouver really cared about personal freedom and really wanted to abolish as much of the government as possible, they would swallow their prejudice, tune into Fox, get over his moustache, and take notes from the most articulate and driven anarchist in America today. In short, it’s time for crusty punks to Get Stosselized!

(I’m trademarking that so don’t even think about stealing it.)

Anarchist Rifle Association

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 17 February 2010

Now we’re talking.

Elderly Man Kicks Hoodlum’s Ass on Transit Bus

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 17 February 2010

The story and the video. Looks like Pops did a number on him.

Updated News Digest February 27-28, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 27 February 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”: Resist Politically Correct Fascism to the Death!!!

R.I.P. Joe Stack: Martyr for the Revolutionary Struggle

 	echelon building austin

Quotes of the Week:

“To affirm that humans thrive in many different ways is not to deny that there are universal human values. Nor is it to reject the claim that there should be universal human rights. It is to deny that universal values can only be fully realized in a universal regime. Human rights can be respected in a variety of regimes, liberal and otherwise. Universal human rights are not an ideal constitution for a single regime throughout the world, but a set of minimum standards for peaceful coexistence among regimes that will always remain different.”

“The core of the belief in progress is that human values and goals converge in parallel with our increasing knowledge. The twentieth century shows the contrary. Human beings use the power of scientific knowledge to assert and defend the values and goals they already have. New technologies can be used to alleviate suffering and enhance freedom. They can, and will, also be used to wage war and strengthen tyranny. Science made possible the technologies that powered the industrial revolution. In the twentieth century, these technologies were used to implement state terror and genocide on an unprecedented scale. Ethics and politics do not advance in line with the growth of knowledge — not even in the long run.”

“The most pitiless warriors against drugs have always been militant progressives. In China, the most savage attack on drug use occurred when the country was convulsed by a modern western doctrine of universal emancipation- Maoism. It is no accident that the crusade against drugs is led today by a country wedded to the pursuit of happiness- the United States. For the corollary of that improbable quest is a puritan war on pleasure.”

“What could be more natural for a species that has exterminated its animal kin than to look into a mirror and find that it is not alone.”

“People need to believe that order can be glimpsed in the chaos of events.”

                                                                                               -John Gray

The Last Flight of Joe Stack by Paul Craig Roberts

The Joe Stack Manifesto by Christopher Ketcham

Stack’s Daughter: My Dad Was a Hero for Standing Up to the Man by Justin Elliot

The Texas Tax Suicide: A Major Turning Point by Doug Casey

Global Distribution of Military Expenditure in 2008

The Road to Armageddon by Paul Craig Roberts

Time for a Broad Based Antiwar Movement by Kevin Zeese

Grounds for Hope and Despair  by Paul Craig Roberts

The GOP’s “Small Government” Tea Party Fraud by Glenn Greenwald

The Story of Private Hargrove by William P. O’Connor

Youth Insurrection in Philly by Dave Lindorff

Why Governor Patterson Should Be Applauded for Hiring a Former Drug Dealer by Anthony Papa

Secession: Getting It Right This Time Around by Jonathan Kolkey

Liquidating the Empire: Everything Must Go by Pat Buchanan

Conservatism Is a Scam by Murray Rothbard

Neoliberalism: Neoconservatism Without a Smirk by Thomas Naylor

Tea Parties and State Sovereignty Movements: Much Ado About Nothing by Thomas Naylor

The Debt Dominoes Are Falling by Andrew Gavin Marshall

Fifty Years After The Myth of Mental Illness by Thomas Szasz

Ron Paul Routs the Neoconned by David Franke

Ron Paul! by Justin Raimondo

Nullification In Idaho 

To Hell with Glenn Beck by David Kramer

Non-Interventionism at CPAC by Anthony Gregory

CPAC Sends Founding Fathers Spinning by Kelley B. Vlahos

The Right Should Not Wage a Hundred Years War by George Carey

Why Neocons Hate Muslims by Jacob Hornberger

The Flailing Falsehoods of America’s War Criminals by Glenn Greenwald

Questioning the “Special Relationship” with Israel by Stephanie Westbrook

Let Europe Be Europe  by Andrew Bacevich

Fortress America by Stephen Walt

Listen to the Heroes of Israel by John Pilger

Inside the Mind of Newsweek on Terrorism by Glenn Greenwald

Attack Iran? by Robert Dreyfuss

 The American Public May Be Forced to Leave TV News Behind by Gavin Dahl

Rot In Hell, Alexander Haig

Marjah Madness  by Jeff Huber

The Therapeutic State Strikes in New York from Marginal Revolution

Left, Right, and Miscellaneous by Jesse Walker

Can the U.S. Win the War in Afghanistan by Ivan Eland

Marjah Aimed to Shape U.S. Opinion by Gareth Porter

American Military Policy and the War on Terrorism by Karen Kwiatkowski

Support for Imperialist War Waning by Patrick Cockburn

The Dubai Killing and European Tolerance by Michael Glackin

Neocons Attack CPAC’s War on Terror Panel by Jacob Hornberger

The Demise of the GOP by James Leroy Wilson

Anarchy As Law by Brad Spangler

Ten Things You Can Do to Reduce Incarceration 

Anti-Statism: What About the Poor and Disabled? by Brad Spangler

The Imminent Demise of Government by Alex R. Knight III

Health Care and Radical Monopoly by Kevin Carson

The Digital Copying Glass is Half-Full by Kevin Carson

I.R.S. Blowback by Alex R. Knight III

Pathetic London by Derek Turner

Iran is Going to Get a Bomb-Deal With It! by Chris Dierkes

An Entrepreneur’s Approach to Resilient Communities by John Robb

Big Insurance Wins One from Obama by Sheldon Richman

Criminal Stimulus: Robbing You for the Power Elite by Wilton Alston

Is Hispanic Crime Exaggerated? by Ron Unz (a rebuttal here)

Revolution From Within: From Whence a New Conservative Movement by Red Phillips

American Renaissance Conference Held in Spite of Violent Threats by Jared Taylor

More Of…A Conversation About Race by Greg Johnson

Exposing the Southern Poverty Law Center Part Two here 

Romans 13 and Anarcho-Capitalism by Jim Fedako

The Simpsons Against the State by Tom Finnigan

Doomed From the Start by Tom DiLorenzo

The Regime Owns Your Newborn by Emily Ramshaw

The Case Against College Education by Ramesh Ponnuru

Finally, A Neat Public School Project by Lew Rockwell

Another Milestone in the War on Terror by Laurence Vance

Who Are You Going to Believe-the Israeli Military or Your Eyes? by David Kramer

Police Officer Seeks Protection from the PIGS by William Norman Grigg

I’m a Better Anarchist Than You by David Rovics

Prosecuting George W. Bush for War Crimes by Russell Mokhiber

Global Warming Update by Walter Williams

Tyrants, Torturers, and Taxmen by William Norman Grigg

Israel to Honor War Criminals by David Kramer

Ron Paul Versus the Naysayers by Justin Raimondo

Why Real Conservatives Oppose the War on Terror by Philip Giraldi

The Right Foreign Policy by Jack Hunter

American Values and American Justice by Stephen Walt

The Political Philosophy of Oscar Wilde  by Wendy McElroy

The Summer Anarchy Died from Infoshop.Org

Policing Protest by Jeff Shantz

Statement from the Cleveland Anarchist Black Cross on Domestic Violence 

Christian Anarchism: Political Commentary on the Gospel by Alexandre Christoyannopoulos

I Am An Anarchist, Says Alicia Keys by Sean Michaels

Media Reporting on Israel: All in the Family by Alison Weir

 Stop Male Genital Mutilation by Dr. Christiane Northrup, M.D.

Obama’s Problems-And Ours by Pat Buchanan

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

The American Police State: You Are Not Free William Norman Grigg interviewed Scott Horton

Will Israel Abide by New Iran Sanctions Grant F. Smith interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

In France by Frank Zappa

Catholic Girls by Frank Zappa

Dinah-Moe Hum by Frank Zappa

The Three Biggest Lies Ever Told by David Allan Coe

Cum Stains on the Pillow by David Allan Coe

Don’t Bite the Dick by David Allan Coe

The Ride by David Allan Coe

Dirty Weekend by Rod Stewart

Ladies in Waiting by Kiss

(Commentary from Maury2k)

Oprah as Tyrant 

The Obama Regime As a 4-Year O.J. Simpson Trial 

Neocons Continue to Slime Up Ron Paul 

Neocons and the Protocols 

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

Wayne Lutton Discusses the Southern Poverty Law Center 

Obama Agonistes 

“We  the Corporations…” 

Dr. Ron Paul on Wars 

Remembering the Alamo 

Abuse Your Illusions

More Soldiers Committed Suicide in January Than Were Killed by Al-Qaeda  

Dick Cheney in Hospital for Chest Pains (tick, tock, tick, tock)

Jim Traficant: “I’m Not Going to Run” 

Garrett Hardin on a Global Village and World Government 

Garrett Hardin on Maximum vs Opitimum Population

Garrett Hardin on Energy and Consumption 

Garrett Hardin on Standard of Living and Immigration 

Garrett Hardin on Diversity and National Segregation 

Garrett Hardin on Overpopulation and Natural Selection 

Garrett Hardin on Growth, Limits, and a Better World 

Five Myths About the Labor Union Movement 

Millions of Unemployed Face Years Without Jobs 

Private Contractors: “Like Vultures Coming to Grab the Loot”

“Sincerely White” People Don’t Need Nazis 

No Equality in Opportunity

Postmortem Report-A New Book by Tom Sunic 

The Leftist Invention of “White Privilege” 

Carl Oglesby Was Right

Conservatives’ Isolationist Dalliance

College Education, Good Jobs: Why Degrees Are Overrated 

From Skinhead to Orthodox Jew 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                  -Andrew Yeoman

Behind Taliban Lines 

Man With World’s Longest Hair Dies

“The English as a Race Are Not Worth Saving.” -Jack Straw 

Wisconsin Teen Goes to Jail 15 Years for Sextortion Scam 

Ohio Man Kills Himself After Son Rats Him Out for Marijuana 

Man Rapes Woman in Theatre, Finishes Watching Movie with Wife, Kids 

Aloha Segregation 

1898 Race Riots in Wilmington, N.C.

Games Teaches Sex Through the Eyes of a Superhero   

Obama May Prohibit Home-Loan Foreclosures Without HAMP Review 

Revolution By the Book 

California State Legislature Establishes “Cuss-Free” Week 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon 

PETA Pisses Off the PC Crowd

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 27 February 2010

Read all about it. This is like some kind of parody. We get introduced to newer PC terms like “slut shame,” “fat shame,” “lesbophobic,” along with the rising star “transphobic” and, of course, the veteran warhorse of “RACIST.” We’re also invited to ponder such deep and meaningful questions as to the role of race in the decision to wear fur. I’ve never been a PETA fan by any means, but my sympathies for them just shot way up.

AlternativeRight.Com Goes Live Today

category Uncategorized keith Monday 1 March 2010

Check it out.

Updated News Digest March 6-7, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 5 March 2010

Why Read the Sunday Papers When You Can Read AttacktheSystem.Com!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”: Resist Politically Correct Fascism to the Death!!!

Quote of the Week:

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -”Quagmire”, ATS Reader

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live! 

The Picture from NotAnotherConspiracy.Com

The Case for Graphic War Images by James Rainey

Top Ten Ways to Handle Attacks From Ideological Opponents by Stephen M. Walt (thanks, Flavio!)

The Road to Dictatorship by Justin Raimondo

Organizing Against the Empire: Where Left and Right Meet…Amicably by Paul Buhle

The American Empire: Before the Fall by Bruce Fein

A Refuge for Cowards: The Senate Extends the Patriot Act by Janice Lyn Stahl

My Plan for a Freedom President by Ron Paul

The War Party: A Paper Tiger by Justin Raimondo

Are Progressives Entirely Useless? by Tom Woods

Muslims Are Their Own Worst Enemy by Paul Craig Roberts

Is the Recovery Real? by Paul Craig Roberts

Eisenhower’s Nightmare Arrives by Franklin C. Spinney

War Guilt in the Middle East by Murray Rothbard

The U.S. Empire: Here Today, Gone Tomorrow by Niall Ferguson

Against “Special Relationships”: They’re Nothing But Trouble by Justin Raimondo

The Left-Right Conference on War by David Henderson

Has the U.S. Empire of Bases Reached Its High-Water Mark? by John Feffer and Tom Engelhardt

The Death Penalty for Killing Innocent Civilians? by Tom Gallagher

The Material-Witness Charade by James Bovard

The Ganja Games by Matt Siegfried

Revision and the Historical Blackout by Harry Elmer Barnes

U.S. Army Versus Afghan Guerrillas by Doug Casey

Limbaugh, Hannity, Levin Versus Ron Paul by Brian Wilson

A Quick Guide to Hyperinflation by Josh Silveira

Creating Money to Buy Government Debt by Richard Daughty

Arrest the Children: Justice Amerikan-Style by Eric Margolis

One-Term Obama? by Toby Harnden

The Secret Lives of America’s Debtors by Julianne Pepitone

License to Feed by David Kramer

Statists Complain of a Slippery Slope (Against Them) by Manuel Lora

The Tax Informant Program by Manuel Lora

Economic Crisis Equals Global Fascism by David Kramer

Ron Paul: U.S. Government Will Never Pay Off Debt from David Kramer

Does Starbucks’ Support the 2nd Amendment? by Karen De Coster

Latin America Resists the War on Drugs by Lew Rockwell

What Next? Yellow Armbands? by David Kramer

Shadow Armies, Hidden Casualities by Kelley B. Vlahos

Oops, Our Bad! by Jeff Huber

Habeas Challenges for Bagram Prisoners by William Fisher

Still Taking Exception by Daniel Larison

Dredging Up the Israel/Apartheid Question by Glenn Greenwald

Bad Clients by Ted Galen Carpenter

The Kids Are Alright by Gene Healy

 The Book of Genesis by R. Crumb: A Review by Gavin McInnes

America’s Growing Police State by Stuart Bramhall

Capitalism Versus the Free Market by Sheldon Richman

New Orleans PIG Pleads Guilty in Massive Cover-Up of Post-Katrina Shooting by Justin Elliot

Ford’s in His Flivver, All’s Well in the World by Kevin Carson

Now Enrolling: ATP 101-An Introduction to Anarchism by Brad Spangler

Cutting Up Your Credit Cards by Jesse Walker

“State of War” Declared by Greek Prime Minister from Infoshop.Org

Yugoslavian Anarchists Allege Prison Abuse from Infoshop.Org

The Unzism Debate by MRob

Imagine Free Vermont, the Switzerland of North America by Thomas Naylor

Truth and Consequences in Gaza by Norman Finkelstein

Whatever Happened to “We the People”? by Ralph Nader

Vaccines Are Dangerous by Dr. Don Miller, M.D.

It’s Not About Political Parties, It’s About Liberty by Michael Boldin

U.S. Narco-Imperialism by Fred Reed

Victor’s Justice: From Nurember to Baghdad by David Gordon

Will Eliminating Nuclear Weapons Make Peace More Likely? by Ivan Eland

How to Fight a Better War Next Time by Tom Engelhardt

Seasoned Journalist Versus Thomas Friedman by Allison Kilkenny

Doctors Without Morals by Leonard S. Rubenstein and Stephen N. Xenakis

 Government Debt: Our Own Greek Tragedy by Mark Steyn

The Coming Crash of the Euro by Douglas Casey

Liberal Delusions About Freedom by Jacob Hornberger

Government Agents Execute Handcuffed Kids by David Lindorff

Peeping Feds Spy on Your Family by John Whitehead

Hollywood: Where Everyone Hates Each Other by Chris Ayres

The State and the Court Intellectuals: The Greatest Threat to Liberty by Walter Williams

David Frum, Hatchet Man by Gary North

Wyoming Endorses Nullification by Michael Boldin

The State Protects…the State by Lew Rockwell

Police Abduction by Quota by William Norman Grigg

Malcolm X and Barry Goldwater: Great Anti-Establishment Minds Think Alike by David Kramer

If It Isn’t Authorized, It’s Prohibited by Radley Balko

Fascists Everywhere! by James Leroy Wilson

The Copyright Nazis: Destroying Intellectual Property Rights in Order to Save Them by Kevin Carson

The Impossibilists: The SPC and the One Big Union by Larry Gambone

They Are Ruthless, But Politely So by Jim Henley

PIGS Endanger Child, Charge Parents with Child Endangerment by Radley Balko

House Democrats Support Torture from Undernews

Innocent Man Dies of Medical Neglect in Nevada Prison by Naomi Klein

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

U. S. Out of North America: It’s Time to Secede Kirkpatrick Sale interviewed by Scott Horton

The Meaning of the Alternative Right Richard Spencer interviewed by Tom Sunic

The Bill of Rights is Dead Nat Hentoff interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama Caves on Palestine Jim Lobe interviewed by Scott Horton

Why Would Anyone Attack America? Helen Thomas interviewed by Scott Horton

Richard Perle: The Worst of the Neocons Ryan Dawson interviewed by Scott Horton

The War Party’s Successful Lie Allison Kilkenny interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

American Nights by the Runaways

The Rebel by Black Sabbath

Department of Youth by Motley Crue (Alice Cooper cover)

Tiptoe Through the Tulips by Tiny Tim

“You Can’t Hide the Hook” Kiss on the Mike Douglas Show in 1974

Dancing with the Moolit Knight by Genesis

Musical Box by Genesis

The Hello People

About As Un-PC As It Gets by David Allan Coe

Sweet Home Alabama  by The Leningrad Cowboys

(Commentary from Maury2k)

American Chumps

Skateboarding with Obama 

Neo-Con Club 

Race Baiting for Dummies 

Forgotten Hollywood History 

Attack of the Couch Potatoes 

Jesse Ventura Versus Francis Parker Yockey 

Bush Drug War Follies 

Tricky Dick Launches the War on Drugs 

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

Giants in North America 

Retelling the History of New Mexico’s Native Americans 

Communism and Capitalism Are the Same Internally 

Early Modern Human Skull Includes Surprising Neanderthal Feature 

Why Humans Look Different From Neanderthals 

30,000 Year Old Child’s Teeth Shed New Light on Human Evolution 

The Top Ten Crazy Bastards Who Actually Changed the World 

Internet Overtakes Print in News Consumption by Americans 

Man Electrocuted to Death by Pissing on Power Line 

Human Culture Plays a Role in Natural Selection 

Trading Bibles for Porn in San Antonio

Anti-Gay Lawmaker at Gay Club Before DUI Arrest

Brain Science Versus Criminal Law

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                  -Andrew Yeoman

Israeli Raid Called Off After Facebook Slip 

Police Video of Deadly Robbery

Tulsa Restaurant Patrons Step Over Shooting Victim to Reach Pick-Up Window 

Delusions of Masculinity by Jack Donovan

How Black America Foreshadows White America’s Future 

Women Held Back by Bad Women Bosses 

North American Army Created Without Ok by Congress 

Doctors Tell Barack Obama to Quit Smoking 

20-Yr-Old Man Charged with Raping 5-Yr-Old Girl 

Sheriff Launches Operation Exodus 

Widespread Rioting Coming This Week? 

Is Fascism the Wave of the Future? 

Ernst Zundel to Be Freed from Jail in Germany 

Levi Johnston: 19 Yrs Old and Over $20K in Arrears 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon 

Even the Stormfronters get it, when the anarcho-leftoids don’t

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 9 March 2010

Someone showed me these comments about myself on the “Stormfront” white nationalist site. Read them here.

Now why is it that even fascists, Nazis, and “white supremacists” can discuss my perspective with some level of honesty, accuracy, and intelligence, but anarcho-leftoids can’t? What is it about contemporary anarchism that it seems to attract such dregs? Are such elements simply a manifestation of the decay of our civilization in its most extreme form? How did an ideological movement that is supposedly so visionary and far-sighted degenerate to its present level? Perhaps Ortega y Gasset had the answer to this perplexing question.

Updated News Digest March 13-14, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 12 March 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

The Case Against Domestic Military Detention by David Vittgers

Is Greece the Future of the United States? by Sheldon Richman

An Oscar for America’s Hubris by Robert Scheer

American Elites Abandon Their Faux Regret Over Iraq by Glenn Greenwald

Lessons of Vietnam Revisited by Andrew Bacevich

Come Home, America: Prospects for a Coalition Against Empire by Jeff Taylor

Iraq War Still a Mistake by Georgie Anne Geyer

Time to Leave Afghanistan by Rep. Timothy Johnson

Relax, the Empire’s in Safe Hands by Alexander Cockburn

Palestinians Should Now Declare Their Independence by Johann Hari

Drug War Without End by T. P. Wilkinson

Phantom of Mexican Narco-Guerrillas Haunt U.S. Security Chiefs by John Ross

Rachel Corrie’s Famil Finally Puts Israel in the Dock by Jonathan Cook

An Iraq Without Terror? by Patrick Cockburn

Thomas Sowell: Them Poor Ole Bosses Need All the Help They Can Get by Kevin Carson

National Id Cards Won’t Stop Terrorism or Illegal Immigration by Ron Paul

New York Lawmaker Wants to Ban Salt by Radley Balko

Centrally Planned Suburbia by Matthew Yglesias

Bakunin’s “The Political Theology of Mazzini” by Shawn Wilbur

The End of Newspapers by Marie Benilde

The Pentagon’s Runaway Budget by Carl Conetta

The Rogue Nation by Philip Giraldi

Washington’s Cult of Narcissism by Tom Engelhardt

Why Labor Is Mad at Obama by Laura Flanders

Chomsky on Haiti by Keane Bhatt

Congress of Corruption by William Blum

In the Shadow of Power  by Ralph Nader

Breaking the Fever of Militarism by Chris Floyd

Leaving Iraq by Daniel Larison

Victory In Iraq at Last (Not!) by Leon T. Hadar

Anarchists in the Student Movement from Infoshop.Org

Long Battles Erupt in Athens Protest March from Infoshop.Org

PIG Faces Suspension for Gun Draw at Snowball Fight from Infoshop.Org

Obama’s Potemkin Afghanistan by Justin Raimondo

The Truth Hurts by Jeff Huber

Third World War by Philip Jenkins

The Cheney Government in Exile by Joe Hagan

Is There a Middle East Solution? by William Pfaff

U.S. Needs to Let Go in Iraq by H. D. S. Greenway

What If the War Is for Nothing by Daniel Larison

The Trial of Azzam the American by Justin Raimondo

Heroic Icelanders by Lew Rockwell

Thoughts on America’s Jewish Ruling Class and Noblesse Oblige by Steve Sailor

“Free” Germany’s Police State by Paul Gottfried

Should Middle Class Americans Subsidize Six Figure Pensions for Government Workers? by Pat Buchanan

How Megachurches Would Profit from Temple Prostitution by Tim Worstall

Turn a Quarter of Detroit Into Semi-Rural Farms by Cory Doctorow

Corporate Propaganda: How Does It Work? by Stuart Bramhall

What Does the Left Need to Know About Prison? by Vikki

Poverty Without the State by Gary Chartier

Down With the Bosses! by Shawn Wilbur

Statists Don’t Get It by Darian Worden

Housing at Pine Ridge Indian Reservation Worst in the U.S. from Infoshop.Org

PIGS Arrest Queers at Canadian Drag Show from Infoshop.Org

Israeli Left Emerges from Coma Amid Atrocities by Mel Frykberg

Conservatives Are Running on Empty by Butler Shaffer

The Nuker-In-Chief by Eric Margolis

The Great Benny Hill: Another Casualty of Political Correctness from The Daily Mail

Zimbabwe’s Dispossessed Farmers Strike Back at the State by Peta Thornycroft and Sebastien Berger

Thank You for Not Expressing Yourself by Theodore Dalrymple

Police State America: Do You Feel Free Anymore? by Don Cooper

The Few, the Proud, the High School Students by Laurence Vance

Losing Your Mind: Is Modern Civilization to Blame? by Bill Sardi

The State Moral Code (What a Joke!) by William Norman Grigg

Armed Citizens: They’re Prepared Not to Be Victims from America’s First Freedom Magazine

Should America Apologize? Of Course! by Connor Boyack

Jesse Ventura Unscripted by Roy A. Barnes

Anti-Pot Propaganda by Paul Armentano

Walmart Cuts Price on Black Barbie Doll: The Sky Falls by Bill Anderson

Israel: The 51st State? Or the 1st? by David Kramer

The PIGS Protect Us From Beer by Bill Anderson

Woman Sprays PIG with Mother’s Milk by William Norman Grigg

Neutrality Is the Only Decent Foreign Policy by Ron Paul

 The Gods of the Empire Are Not the Gods of Vermont by Thomas Naylor

The Green Mountain Tax Haven by Thomas Naylor

Could Free Vermont Lead the World Back to the Gold Standard? by Thomas Naylor

Secessionists Need to Get Involved in Tea Parties by Tom Malinich

Are Security and Education Like Health Care? by TGGP

The War on Sports Gambling by Ross Everett

Collapse of the American Empire by Paul B. Farrell

Fidel Castro: Has He Survived 683 Assassination Attempts? by Rory Carroll

Kucinich and Paul Confront the Criminals in Congress 

The Health Nazis Continue to March in NYC by David Kramer

Anarchist Murdered by the PIGS in Athens from Infoshop.Org

The Angola Three: 37 Years of Solitary Confinement by Erwin James

Jefferson and Nullification by Clyde Wilson

Prepare for the Worst by Gerald Celente

Czars to Serfs: Shut Up and Pay Up by William Norman Grigg

Too Little, Too Late by Laurence Vance

Can a Christian Join the Tea Party? by Christopher Manion

Felix Ortiz Represents Government in Action by Mike Rozeff

A Love Letter from AIPAC to the U.S. Congress by David Kramer

The Thin Blue Whine, Pittsburgh Edition by William Norman Grigg

Biden in Israel: They Bitch Slapped Him Good by Justin Raimondo

An American in Zurich by Patrick Foy

How Not to Argue for IP by Kevin Carson

A Bit About Bourgeois Libertarianism by Thomas Knapp

European Anarchist Has to Cancel Trip to the U.S. by Matthew Rothschild

Worker Cooperatives: From Hippie Fringe to Economic Mainstream by Rina Palta

Jew Versus Jew: Protests, Threats Reach Fever Pitch Over Israel by Michael Gould-Wartofsky

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

The New Anti-Empire League David Henderson interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama Is Just as Bad as Bush Anthony Gregory interviewed by Scott Horton

Neocons Still Pushing for Iran Strikes Philip Giraldi interviewed by Scott Horton

The Empire Is Broke Ron Paul interviewed by Scott Horton

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

“Take Your Stinking Paws Off Me, You Damn, Dirty Ape!” 

“God Damn You All to Hell” 

Morning Dew by The 31st of February

Dirty Mary and Crazy Larry 

When Kiss Ruled the World 

Homo Truck Driver 

I Made Linda Lovelace Gag by David Allan Coe

Now I Lay Me Down to Cheat by David Allan Coe

Fancy by Bobbie Gentry

Him and You  by The Pandoras (R.I.P. Paula)

Roll Over Beethoven by The Electric Light Orchestra

Showdown by The Electric Light Orchestra

(Commentary from Maury2k)

What Is the Partisan Tendency?

Hurt Locker Rocks 

Coup D’Etat in the U.S.A.? 

Blackwater and Civil War Two 

Robert Welch and the Principle of Reversal 

Saul Alinksy and the Venus Fly Trap for Radicals 

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

The Proposed National ID Card: Your Passport to a Police State 

The Properties of Property by Thomas Fleming

White People Have Less Sex Than Other Americans 

America, the Fragile Empire 

U.S. Can’t Afford Military Aid to Israel by Josh Ruebner

Thoughts on the Black Bloc 

Arrest Warrant for Netanyahu in Dubai? 

North American Dictators Do Their Shopping in Europe 

Greece’s Crisis Could Presage America’s 

High Immigration Rate Impacts the Unemployed 

Critical Mass by Brett Stevens

Aliens Visiting Earth Will Be Just Like Humans, Scientist Says 

Flee to the Fields 

Who Owns America? 

Urban Dumpster Diver’s Blog 

McDonald’s Parking Spot Dispute Turns Violent 

The Looting of $11 Trillion from the U.S. Economy 

Palin Crossed the Border for Canadian Health Care 

Why Many Americans Prefer Their Sundays Segregated 

Return of the Natives 

An Important Distinction: Democracy Versus Republic 

No Signs of Life on MARS by John Derbyshire

Pennsylvania Woman Charged with Trying to Recruit Terrorists

Tale of a Seditionist: The Lawrence Dennis Story by Justin Raimondo

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                  -Andrew Yeoman

Massive Brawl in High School Sends 8 Kids to the Hospital 

The Guerrilla Gardening Homepage 

The Death of Layla Grace 

German Woman Writes Ground-Breaking Account of WW2 Rape 

Israel Liberation Week Hits UC-Berkeley 

Ethnic Violence in Nigeria Kills 500 

A Disposable Toilet That Could Help Grow Crops 

Disney Isn’t Punk, But He’s Punk Enough for Me 

The Smog of Race War in L.A. 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon 

The Consumer Protection Agency

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 10 March 2010

by Josh Fulton

http://joshfulton.blogspot.com/2010/03/consumer-protection-agency.html

I had heard about this, and hadn’t really thought much about it. I guess if I had any reactions to the idea, they were probably positive. Elizabeth Warren seemed likable and well-meaning, and if she’s pushing for it, why not?

Then I started watching this video of her on Charlie Rose, and I started thinking “Oh, it’s another regulatory agency.” One person’s “protections” are another person’s “regulations.”

I’m not exactly sure what this agency would “protect” or “regulate,” but the example Elizabeth Warren used was credit card contracts. The problem is they’re too long. Well, I think most people would agree with that, but how do we get the change most people want?

I think we can see how other “regulatory” agencies have worked in the past. Look at the SEC who let Bernie Madoff continue his Ponzi scheme for years despite warnings. Look at the FDA whose ‘Food Safety Czar’ is a former Monsanto chief lobbyist. Government regulatory agencies have a funny habit of becoming “captured.”

The solution isn’t government regulation, but free market regulation. Only the free market can determine what businesses deserve to succeed or fail. Some people may say that we have free market regulation now and that it hasn’t worked, but no, we do not have a free market in just about any sector of the economy.

Let’s just take a look at two different time periods to see how government intervention affects the economy in general. In 1920, industrial production fell 25%. Unemployment increased nearly nine fold. Yet the government did not intervene much, and the economy was in recovery beginning in 1922.

Compare this to 1930, when industrial production had only fallen 12% from its 1929 peak, but because of government intervention such as the Smoot-Hawley tariff and the National Industrial Recovery Act, the country spiraled into the Great Depression. No American depression had ever lasted so long.

Even today, government “regulations” are ever-present in virtually every industry. Between 2001 and 2009, there were 159 “economically significant” new regulations created. “Economically significant” means that they cost the economy $100M or more. The regulation ranged from boosting fuel economy standards for light trucks to continuing a ban on bringing torch lighters into airplane cabins. In 2009, $42.7B was spent just on “regulatory activities,” meaning issuing and enforcing regulations.

How does the government intervene in the credit card market? Well, the most obvious way is through the Fed setting the federal funds rate (even though the Fed is technically a “quasi-governmental” agency.)

The Fed allows Chase, BoA, and Citi, who collectively control over half of the nation’s outstanding credit card debt, to borrow for money .25%. That’s not a market rate. It’s a rate that’s created by the Federal Reserve. Anyone who wants to borrow at the same rate has to go through the hoops of chartering a bank. Is it any surprise that we begin to reward bad actors when we make it so difficult to enter a market?

The solution to “consumer protection” is to get rid of government-caused distortions in the market in order to allow competition, not to create new “regulators.”

Chomsky: “Anarchists Need to Get Their Act Together”

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 24 March 2010

See the interview here. 

Most of the criticisms that Chomsky offers of the anarchist movement are spot on, yet some of his comments in this reveal some of the limitations of Chomsky’s application of anarchist theory as well. I will definitely need to write an extensive reply to this.

Interview: Sebastian Ernst Ronin of the Renaissance Party of North America

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 24 March 2010

Read it here.

Mr. Ronin is the Chairman of the Renaissance Party of  North America (RPN), for which I am the Secessionist Outreach officer.  This is a brand new party, having been formed only in December of 2009, and it is the only political party in North America that I would even consider becoming involved with at present.  The party’s mission statement and philosophical outlook is light years ahead of any of its competitors, as it combines syndicalist/distributist economics, radical decentralization, “archeofuturism” and other ENR-inspired ideas, anti-globalism, peak oil theory, anti-Cultural Marxism, anti-political correctness, anti-imperialism, a Spenglerian view of history, pan-secessionism, race-realism, a strident yet reasonable environmentalism, a social conservatism that is measured and libertarian, neo-paganism within a wider spirit of religious toleration, and criticism of mass immigration in the name of civilizational survival and self-preservation.  In other words, all of the best and most far-sighted contemporary ideas are being pulled together into a unified and syncretic whole.

Renaissance Party of North America (RPN)

Don’t Forget AlternativeRight.Com!

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 24 March 2010

If you haven’t been reading AltRight, then you should be ashamed of yourself.

Updated News Digest March 27-28, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 26 March 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order-NEW VIDEO!

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism 

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

Vermont Secession Strategy by Kirkpatrick Sale

A Strategy Manual for the Liberty Movement by James Ostrowski

Taser Nation by Eric Peters

Truth Has Fallen and Has Taken Liberty With It by Paul Craig Roberts

Covering Up American War Crimes by Charles Glass

The Crime of Iraq by Laurence Vance

Civil Liberties in Obama’s America by Anthony Gregory

The Creepy Tyranny of Hate Speech Laws by Glenn Greenwald

Dr. Leviathan Will See You Now by William Norman Grigg

The Health Care Crisis: A Crisis of Artificial Scarcity by Kevin Carson

America’s Illegal Combatants by Eric Margolis

The District of Crooks by Walter Williams

Stop Funding the Israelis by Justin Raimondo

Israel Wins Again-Is War Next? by Philip Giraldi

War in Iraq: Seven Years On by Greg Mitchell

Israel’s Passport Farm by Justin Raimondo

Will Obama Lose His Troops Over Israel? by Pat Buchanan

The U.S. Has No Place Brokering Peace by Charles Pena

More Sanctions Against Iran Are Not the Answer by Ivan Eland

Republicans Seek Deal on Detainee Trials by William Fisher

Buzzkill at the Tea Party by Kelley B. Vlahos

This Is Your Army on Drugs by Kelley B. Vlahos

Anarchy in Africa? by John James

Louis Ferdinand Celine: An Anarcho-Nationalist by Tom Sunic

From Good to Bad Social Engineering by Doug Bandow

The President’s Nullification Power by Jacob Hornberger

End the Wars  by David Henderson

What’s Got Obama So Pissed? by Matthew Cole

Two Cheers for Netanyahu? by John Walsh

Don’t Expect a New Era in U.S.-Israel Relations? by Alexander Cockburn

Will the Taliban Regain Control of Afghanistan? by M. Shahid Alam

Are You Part of the Remnant? by Albert Jay Nock

We Must Nullify by Rob Natelson

Congress, Israel, and U.S. National Security by Ralph Nader

Immigration: The Elites Versus the People by Pat Buchanan

Washington Murdered Privacy at Home and Abroad by Paul Craig Roberts

The Wars of Tribe and Faith Return by Pat Buchanan

American Naifs Bringing Ruins to Other Lands by Paul Craig Roberts

The Offshored Economy by Paul Craig Roberts

What Our Rulers’ Non-Reaction to American Renaissance’s 2010 Suppression Means by Jared Taylor

Texas Set to Execute Another Possibly Innocent Man by Dave Lindorff

The Special Interests Who Love Obamacare by Matt Welch

A Challenge to the Tea Parties: Embrace the Class Struggle by Brad Spangler

Hard Lessons From the Soviet Union by Stuart Bramhall

Libertarians for Redistribution by Gary Chartier

Conspiracy and the Paranoid Center by Kevin Carson

Conspiracy and the Paranoid Center, Part 2 by Kevin Carson

Resilient Communities and Darknets Featured in Time Magazine by John Robb

John McCain’s Attack on Liberty by Chuck Baldwin

Independent Columnists Perhaps, But Not Independent Minds by Derek Turner

Health Insurance Bonanza by John Walsh

On to the Unemployment Crisis by Craig D. Rose

Obama’s Bloody War in Mexico by Mike Whitney

The Uncertain Fate of Afghan Detainees by Gareth Porter

Seven Years of War in Iraq by Andy Worthington

Why Israel Always Prevails by Jeffrey Blankfort

Secrets of the Tribe  by Barbara Rose Johnston

Practice Makes Perfect by Steve Sailer

Hipsters on Food Stamps by Jennifer Bleyer

History’s Most Destructive Volcanoes by Andrea Thompson

Foreign Policy Murder Is Still Just That by Allan Stevo

Ancient Rome in a Modern Light by Robert Bianco

Technophilia, Technotyranny, Technoinfantilism by Christopher Ketcham

Imperialism Rebooted in Latin America by Todd Gordon and Jeffery R. Webber

Rebirthing the Antiwar Movement by Clare Bayard and Sarah Lazare

“When You’re Dying, You Explore Radical Medication” by JoAnn Wypijewski

Kucinich and the Media by David Swanson

The City of Detroit Is Dead by Gary North

Israeli Libertarians: Strangers in a Strange Land by Phil Maymin

A Brief History of Political Scandals by Andy Bloxham

Truth Versus the Federal Liar State by Judge Andrew Napolitano

Euro Headed for Extinction? by Dan Weil

16,500 New IRS Agents by Ron Paul

The Lunatic Left is Getting Desparate by Thomas DiLorenzo

The Crash of 2010 Is Coming by Gerald Celente

Retire In Poverty by Ron Holland

Who Is a Jew? DNA Can Hold the Key by Steve Jones

American Conspiracies: Up Close and Personal With Jesse Ventura by Tom Murro

Hillary Clinton: Women Don’t Own Their Own Bodies  by David Kramer

States Seek to Legalize and Tax Marijuana by Ryan McMaken

The War on Drugs Causes Violence by Wilton Alston

Has the FBI Infiltrated the Tea Parties? by Lew Rockwell

Attention, NRA Members: It Isn’t Just “Liberals” Who Are Out for Your Guns by Christopher Donovan

Do They Wear White Hoods to Their Tea Parties? by David Franke

Have a Nice War, Folks by John Pilger

$PLC Finds Another Target by David Kramer

Which Is Worse? U.N. or U.S.? by Manuel Lora

PIGS Assault Innocent Civilians in Chicago by William Norman Grigg

You Can’t Have It Both Ways with Original Intent by James Leroy Wilson

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                -Taki Theodoracopulos

Putting Israel First Grant F. Smith interviewed by Scott Horton

Left and Right Against the Empire Jesse Walker interviewed by Angela Keaton

American Insanity in Somalia Ivan Eland interviewed by Scott Horton

Americans Against World Empire Jon Basil Utley interviewed by Scott Horton

China Need Not Be an Enemy John Walsh interviewed by Scott Horton

On Agrarianism, Part 2 by Matthew Raphael Johnson

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                   -Keith Preston

No Class by The Plasmatics

The Late, Great G. G. Allin on Jerry Springer 

Bite It, You Scum by G.G. Allin

Guns, Bitches, Brawls, and Bottles by G.G. Allin

The Impotent Sea Snakes 

For the Love of Chains  by The Impotent Sea Snakes

Cream In My Jeans by Wayne/Jayne County and the Electric Chairs

Dare to be Fat by Root Boy Slim

Animal (Fuck Like a Beast) by W.A.S.P.

Die With Honor by Manowar

Psychopath by Lizzie Borden

(Commentary from Maury2k)

Tea Party Vs Reparations 

Ron Paul or RuPaul Tea Party? 

Coup D’Etat USA Revisited 

Obama Cult Continues to Roll 

Ass Over Teakettle 

Sam Francis: A Paleo Against Movement Conservative Pussies 

Human Events Neocons Pat Buchanan 

Beer Party Movement 

(hat tip to Chris Donnellan for the following links)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”                                                                                   

                                                                                                  -Chris Donnellan

A Cloward-Piven Strategy for Single Payer 

Widening Income Disparities in America 

Wachovia Admits It Laundered Millions in Mexican Drug Cash 

Facebook Linked to Rise in Syphilis

Cultural Marxism

Pass the Soylent Green by John Zmirak

Mexico’s Drug Wars Rage Out of Control

New Species of Human Ancestor Found in Siberia 

Netanyahu for President by Thomas Fleming

The New World Order According to Arthur Jensen

Carl Schmitt, the Inquisition, and Totalitarianism 

Emile Cioran and the Culture of Death 

This Difficult Individual Eustace Mullins

The “Big Tent” Tradition 

Oil Reserves Exaggerated by One-Third

 Leaderless Resistance 

Neo-Fascist Review of Hurt Locker 

(hat tip to Andrew Yeoman for the following links)

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                  -Andrew Yeoman

Racism and Obamacare 

Prayer Warriors and Palin Organizing Spiritual Warfare to Take Over America 

Love, Sex, and the Male Brain 

Democrats Offices Across U.S. Attacked 

The Lesson of Detroit Is That Experts Do Not See a Collapse Coming 

79% Say U.S. Economy Could Collapse 

Lawmakers Eyeing National ID Card

14 Reasons Why Somali Pirates Run a $150 Million Per Year Business 

How Run Your Business Like a Somali Pirate 

The Deadly Art of Knife Fighting 

Rage and Health Care by John Robb

Lies About Knife Fighting 

Outlaw Motorcycle Clubs: Planned Tactics for the Collapse 

Huge Escalation in Organized Gangs Taking On the Police 

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism 

Forty Years in the Wilderness? 

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon 

Iceland: Saudi Arabia of the Left?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 26 March 2010

For some time I have argued that the feminazi/therapeutist Left is every bit as much an enemy of sex worker rights as the Religious Right. This more or less proves my point. Emma Goldman said way back during the pre-suffrage era that this is what you would eventually get if you gave middle class liberal and socialist women the vote. Down with democracy! Aristocracy, forever!

The Health Care Crisis: A Crisis of Artificial Scarcity

category Uncategorized keith Friday 26 March 2010

Another masterpiece from Kevin Carson.

American New Right Update

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 28 March 2010

The updated American New Right blog has many new essays well worth reading, including some material by our regular participant Quagmire. These include critiques of Anti-Racist Action, Noam Chomsky, the “ongoing pussification of American culture ,” and even a defense of Yours Truly against a leading critic. Check it out.

The Stormtroopers of Anti-Fascism

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 31 March 2010

Derek Turner really nails it down good in this one. What other groups out there more closely resemble the stereotype of what a “fascist” is besides these losers?

Updated News Digest April 2-4, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 2 April 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order-NEW VIDEO!

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

                                                                                              -Eli Cryderman

“…[a] move toward decentralization & localism … would culminate in some new Federal Bureau of Decentralization & Localism” – Robert Nisbet (thanks, Jeremy!)

Anarchy! by Douglas Casey

Zomia: History’s Most Successful Anarchy?

How the Left Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the FBI by Anthony Gregory

A Leftist Says Impeach Obama by Dave Lindorff

The Futility of Drug Prohibition by Donald A. Collins

The State Seeks to Be God by Gary North

Understanding the Mechanics of the Police State by Michael Hampton

The State Creates Conflict by Walter Williams

What the State Is Made of? by Darian Worden

Secession Is the Key to Peace by Lew Rockwell

How Slick Willie Made Me a Secessionist by Thomas Naylor

The Curse of Bigness by Christopher Ketcham

When the Banks Own the Congress by Ralph Nader

The Israel Lobby Versus America by Ramzy Baroud

Fractures in the U.S.-Israel Relationship? by M. Shahid Alam

Reformist Political Action As a Diversion, Part One by Kevin Carson

Reformist Political Action As a Diversion, Part Two by Kevin Carson

Militia Fantasies by John Robb

Militia Charged With Plotting to Murder Officers by Nick Bunkley and Charlie Savage

Tea Party: Fascists or Zombie Republicans in Disguise by Maury2k

Proudhon on Force and Rights by Shawn Wilbur

An Imperial Presidency in the Making by Chuck Baldwin

Census: They Can’t Move Forward Until We Send It Back by Kevin Carson

Forget About Retirement by Gary North

Russia’s Metro Bombings by Justin Raimondo

Left: Get the Tea Partiers–Keep Up the Skeer! by Peter Brimelow

Can Weak Tea Compete with GOP Kool-Aid? by Thomas Knapp

Who Are the Real Americans? by Pat Buchanan

Frum’s Karma by Justin Raimondo

White House Endorses Denial of Civilian Trials by Glenn Greenwald

AIPAC Confronts Its Worst Fear by Philip Weiss

The Carter Doctrine at 30 by Andrew Bacevich

Lies for War and Empire by Karen Kwiatkowksi

What War with Iran Means by Pat Buchanan

“Kill the F***ing Whites in South Africa!” by Ilana Mercer

Turmoil Over War, Immigration Threatens the Alternative Right by W. James Antle III

Who Is Iyad Allawi? by Justin Raimondo

The Israeli Lobby’s Odd Defense of an Alleged Somali War Criminal by Samuel Singer

Inside Afghanistan’s Jails by Gareth Porter

GOP in Freefall? by David Rosen

The Dawning of a Liberal Apologetics for Iraq by Michael P. Bradley

Honest In the Worst Way by Philip Giraldi

The Obscenity of War by Amy Goodman

Drugged Warriors? by Bruce E. Levine

Obama’s Neverending Afghan Adventure by Brian Doherty

Reporting On Iran Should Seem Familiar by Glenn Greenwald

Are Progressives Singing a New Tune on the Wars? by Lawrence Samuels

Does the U.S. Government Understand the Terrorist Threat? by Ivan Eland

Federal Judge: Bush Administration Was Criminal Conspiracy? by James Bovard

Obama Should End Afghanistan War from the Libertarian Party

Ridding the Earth of Nukes, One Treaty at a Time by Ronald Bailey

Hating Us for Our Degeneracy by Daniel Larison

Obama’s Rhetoric in Afghanistan Prolongs U.S. Role in Civil War There by Matthew Rothschild

Iraq Squeezed Between U.S. and Iran by Pete Escobar

Crushing the Culture of Virtue by Bruce Sterling

What Will the Internet Do to Institutions in the Next Ten Years? by Cory Doctorow

Abundance and Technological Unemployment by Kevin Carson

Learning to Love Corporate Welfare by Matthew Yglesias

Defining “Extremism” Down by Kevin Carson

The $250,000 Joint by Anthony Papa

Hippies, Cops, and Just Plain Liberty by Alex R. Knight III

Drunk Driving PIG

Why All the Angst Over Nullification? by Gary Barnett

When Utopianism Is Shattered by Reality by Tim Case

Charles Krauthammer: Neocon Power Madness by Bill Anderson

How Dare You Tell the Truth About the Empire? by Glenn Greenwald

You Say You Want a Revolution? by C. J. Maloney

The Entitlement Mentality in Academia by Daniel Coleman

End the War on Fat by Melinda Wenner Moyer

Census Caught in Anger Towards Washington by Richard S. Dunham and Meredith Simons

The Republican Bigwigs Attack Ron Paul Lew Rockwell interviews Ron Paul

Bob Herbert: Government Is Magic by Bill Anderson

Naomi Wolf Thinks the Tea Parties Help Fight Fascism by Justine Sharrock

Was George H.W. Bush Involved in the Kennedy Assassination? by Carol Forsloff

America’s New Gated Ghettos by Alana Semuels

The Financial Police State by Tyler Durden

You Must Be a Racist If You Oppose Obamacare by Pat Sajak

Do We Care About Urban Poverty? by Adam Parsons

Clint Eastwood Turns 80 by David Hochman

Frum Fired? by Karen Kwiatkowski

The Scapegoating of Low-Income Seniors by Mary Lynn Cramer

A New Middle East War? by Conn Hallinan

Atrocities in Afghanistan by Kathy Kelly

Red Light Camera Fraud Exposed from Galveston Daily News

PIGS Kill Kansas Woman by William Norman Grigg

The Left and the Politics of Rapture by Anthony Gregory

Voluntariness and Animals by Karen De Coster

When Soldiers Became Murderers by Karen De Coster

Afghanistan Is Vietnam II-Jesse Ventura

Bill Ayers Subject to Censorship at University of Wyoming by Bob Moen

“This is a callout to militant queers everywhere; trans people, dykes, homos, faggots, cocksuckers, and genderfuckers…” from Infoshop.Org

Father Gets Harsher Punishment Than Daughter’s Rapist After Punching Attacker by Gemma Jones

How to Wage War by Ferdinand Bardamu

Woman Convicted of Selling Fish to a Minor from UPI

Autonomous Nationalist United Kingdom

On Tribal Leadership by David Logan

Change Sweeps Black America’s Cultural Home by Paul Harris

An Argument to Made About Immigrant Babies and Citizenship by George F. Will

Heroic Dog Attacks Cop Car

The Dropout Economy-Ideas for the Next Ten Years by Reihan Salam

Steal Something From Work Day from Crimethinc

Iranian Cinema Before the Revolution by Shahin Parhami

Gordon Brown Says Parties Must Unite Against BNP and Arrive at Immigration Consensus by Miranda Richardson

Member of U.K. Elite Military Unit Weds Boyfriend by Killian Malloy

U.S. Constitution 4th Amendment Is Dead

Israel Lobby Pressures U.S. Congress to Soften Obama’s Tough Stance on Netanyahu by Chris McGreal

Judaism and Nationalism by Rabbi Mayer Schiller

Conversation With Rabbi Schiller

Saving Our Civilization by Rabbi Mayer Schiller

An Interview Rabbi Schiller

Fighting Terror Means Picking on the Low IQ by Richard Hoste

Remaking the Right by Kevin MacDonald

Julius Evola’s Traditionalist Critique of Modernity by Thomas Bertonneau

Vikings in the Iberian Peninsula

Beer Party Versus Tea Party Head Shrinkers by Maury2k

Sarah Palin Squeezes Tea Party Further Into the GOP

Black Metal: Conservative Revolution in Popular Culture by Alex Kurtagic (Part 2, and Part 3)

New Views of Nietzsche by Robert Steuckers

The Hated White Male by David Yeagley

Students for Concealed Carry On Campus

Police Union Headquarters Ransacked After Protests by David Krough

Another Militia Group Indicted by the Feds 

John McCain Funding by Soros Since 2001 by Jerome Corsi

States Rights and Freedom by Lord Acton

PIGS Versus Kids by William Norman Grigg

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                                       -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                              -Keith Preston

Don’t Call Us, We’ll Call You by Sugarloaf

Never Been Any Reason by Head East

Driver’s Seat by Sniff’n The Tears

I Like to Rock by April Wine

Snortin’ Whiskey by Pat Travers

Highway Star by Deep Purple

Do the Strand by Roxy Music

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

                                                                                                      -Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                       -Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

The Militia and the Police State William Norman Grigg interviewed by Scott Horton

The FBI, CIA, SPLC, and OKC Bombing Jesse Trentadue interviewed by Scott Horton

Warning! Free Speech! Glenn Greenwald interviewed by Scott Horton

An Anarchist Approach to Radical Health Care Reform by Gary Chartier

Identity Politics in the U.S. Kevin MacDonald interviewed by Tom Sunic

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon

An Anarchic Civilization with 100 Million Inhabitants?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 2 April 2010

The Asian highlands of Zomia.

The Separation of Race and State?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 2 April 2010

My latest post at AlternativeRight.Com.

The Gentlest of All Political Systems

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 3 April 2010

This interview with Doug Casey isn’t a bad elementary level introduction to anarchism as a political philosophy. Some highlights and minor quibbles:

If people aren’t open-minded enough to even consider an alternative view, they’re their own worst problem, not my ideas. In point of fact, anarchism is the gentlest of all political systems. It contemplates no institutionalized coercion. It’s the watercourse way, where everything is allowed to rise or fall naturally to its own level.

I have a problem with referring to anarchism as “gentle”. That may be true in the sense that anarchism (properly understood) does not advocate oppressing anyone, except aspiring tyrants, buy the label of “gentle” has pacifistic implications which are not necessarily a part of anarchism. As Pareto said, he who becomes a sheep will be devoured by the wolves. If indeed the Zomia region of Asia is a functioning quasi-anarchy, no doubt its success at self-preservation comes in part from the warrior spirit of people such as the Hmong.

An anarchic system is necessarily one of free-market capitalism. Any services that are needed and wanted by people – like the police or the courts – would be provided by entrepreneurs, who’d do it for a profit.

What Casey means by “free market capitalism” is simply a system of voluntary associations, private property, and voluntary exchange of goods, services, and labor. But’s its a propagandistic mistake to call this “capitalism”. The term “capitalism” is automatically identified in most people’s minds with Big Business, Wall Street, and sweat shops, just like “socialism” is identified with the welfare state or Marxism. Sorry, but all of those terms are taken. “Mutualism” is a much better term as it has yet to be identified with other things many people consider to be undesirable. Also, plenty of history’s most successful anarchies or quasi-anarchies, such as the Icelandic Commonwealth or Celtic Ireland, existed for centuries before “capitalism” as we understand it came into being.

Also, I’m not so sure “for profit” police and courts are the best way to go. Why not volunteer militias, civilian posses, and expanded neighborhood watch programs? Turning protection services into businesses is what invites opportunism. Why not courts comprised of volunteer arbiters, professional jurors who work on a part-time basis, individuals from the community selected for their superior qualities? Why not professional judges selected by “monasteries of scholars” organized on the basis of the old Chinese civil service system? The problem with the judiciary today is that judges are either elected politicians or professional bureaucrats appointed by politicians. We anarchists know that, with rare exceptions, politicians and bureaucrats are worthless. So institutions in an anarchic system need to take every precaution to make sure the state does not creep back in through the back door.

Look, I’d be happy enough if the state – which is an instrument of pure coercion, even after you tart it up with the trappings of democracy, a constitution, and what-not – were limited to protecting you from coercion and absolutely nothing more. That would imply a police force to protect you from coercion within its bailiwick. A court system to allow you to adjudicate disputes without resorting to force. And some type of military to protect you from outside predators.

Unfortunately, the government today does everything but these functions – and when it does deign to protect, it does so very poorly. The police are increasingly ineffective at protecting you; they seem to specialize in enforcing arbitrary laws. The courts? They apply arbitrary laws, and you need to be wealthy to use them – although you’re likely to be impoverished by the time you get out of them. And the military hardly defends the country anymore – it’s all over the world creating enemies, generally, of the most backward foreigners.

In a free-market anarchy, the police would likely be subsidiaries of insurance companies, and courts would have to compete with each other based on the speed, fairness, and low cost of their decisions.

Scratch that idea, Doug. As one who has actually been in the insurance business, I can assure everyone that insurance companies don’t give a flying fuck about “speed, fairness, and low costs”. This issue is the main disagreement I have with Hans-Hermann Hoppe, who has more or less argued for “insurance feudalism.”

In any event, there’s no conflict whatsoever between anarchy and the rule of law, since there are private forms of law and governance. That’s what Common Law is all about.

Yes, common law, merchant law, admirality law, Roman private law, canon law, many other examples.

But I never said a truly free, anarchic society would be a utopia; it would simply be a society that emphasizes personal responsibility and doesn’t have any organized institutions of coercion. Perfect harmony is not an option for imperfect human beings. Social order, however, is possible without the state.

What holds society together is not a bunch of strict laws and a brutal police force – it’s basically peer pressure, moral suasion, and social opprobrium. Look at a restaurant. The bills get paid not because anybody is afraid of the police, but for the three reasons I just mentioned.

To be honest, I’d probably pay a lot less bills if there were no police.

If you have people who’ve been brought up to believe that the only limits on what you can or should do is the force exerted by the authorities, it’s no surprise that when the greater power disappears, they reach out to take whatever they want, by force.

That’s clearly the case in Somalia, but it’s also true of the people stranded in New Orleans, who were primarily those with no money to flee – in other words, the inhabitants of government housing projects. It’s not politically correct to point this out, but those people had, on average, a distinctly different culture from that of the average American.

Actually, ex-police states are the most dangerous places – like Russia in the early ’90s, the Congo in the early ’60s, or Haiti today, because they have a culture of repression that’s like a pressure cooker. When the lid comes off, it’s a mess.

Absolutely! This observation also indicates that America will be a very, very messy place when the shit finally hits the fan.

As Pareto’s Law indicates, there’s inevitably a bad element in most places. 80% of folks are truly decent, and 20% are perhaps problematical. And 20% of that 20% are bad apples. You have to have a culture that keeps them hiding under rocks, rather than rising to the top – as they wind up doing quite often in government.

The reaction of a person to the idea of a truly free society is an excellent moral litmus test. The more negative the reaction, the more likely you’re dealing with a sociopath.

I don’t really buy this. It sounds like an anarcho-libertarian version of Adorno’s “authoritarian personality” theory. Also, I’ve encountered plenty of obvious sociopaths in anarchist circles.

It wouldn’t matter any more if a group of people calling themselves Congress went through some rituals that involved a leader putting some ink on some paper and said a violation of your rights was now “legal” than if a witch-doctor told a tribe’s warriors that it was okay to take slaves and sacrifice them to the gods. Laws are just a “civilized” man’s taboos.

Here’s the rub; imagine that the Quebecois decided unanimously that they really didn’t want to be part of Canada anymore but wanted to be an independent, French-speaking country. So they peacefully vote and take their marbles to play their own game. In doing so, they don’t violate anyone’s rights, so there is no moral way the government of Canada can stop them. They could use force, but that would violate the rights of the Quebecois, who would not be hurting anyone. And if the Quebecois could do this, so could Disneyworld, or your neighborhood – or you individually.

There’s no moral way to prevent peaceful secession – but if a state doesn’t prevent secession, it soon disintegrates. People always want to do things differently, and they would if the threat of force from the state didn’t stop them. Brute force – although gussied up with myth, propaganda, and red, white, and blue bunting – is what holds the state together. That force is ugly and corrupting.

Democracy is no solution – it’s just 51% bossing the other 49% around. For God’s sake, Hitler was democratically elected. Democracy is just mob rule dressed up in a coat and tie.

All sensible political philosophers since Plato have agreed with this.

The Mormon Church, for example, exerts a very significant amount of regulation of the private behavior of its members. I’m not a Mormon, of course, but I’ve lived in predominantly Mormon communities, and I have to say they tended to be cleaner, nicer, safer, etc. I’d say the Mormon religion exerts more control over its adherents than any state’s laws have ever exerted over citizens – but those regulated like it. They believe they benefit from it, and most important of all, they are physically free to leave any time they want.

Not so for the state. This is why I’ve said in the past that the state is not a necessary evil but merely necessarily evil.

The Amish and Mennonites provide other examples, although religious communities are entirely too uptight to suit my taste. And UL is a good one too, because people worry that businesses would all turn rapacious if the state weren’t there to regulate them. But electronics producers are not required to get UL seals on their products. They go to the extra expense of meeting UL standards because they know they’ll make more money if their products have the UL seal of approval on them.

Best Western hotels are the same way. Best Western doesn’t own the hotels; it’s largely a private regulatory agency that inspects hotels and gives those that make the grade the right to put a Best Western sign out front, which is worth a lot to a small mom-and-pop joint.

These are essential points. Contrary to what our “leftoid-libertarian” and “anarcho-leftoid” enemies may say, anarchism is neither a free-for-all nor simply an orgy of political correctness.

I’m of the opinion we’d already be living with the technology of Star Trek if it wasn’t for the state slowing things down.

That’s a bit of a reach.

Not a bad interview, all in all.

Anarchism of the Right

category Uncategorized keith Monday 5 April 2010

My latest post at AlternativeRight. Also, check out the feature on Andrew Yeoman and BANA.

It’s an interesting coincidence that these two posts ended up appearing at the same time. I put up my post, and then a few minutes later the BANA piece showed up. The two features complement each other fairly well, as mine is a more abstract, theoretical piece, while the interview with Andrew brings it all down to earth and discusses its practical implications for day to day life, and in a somewhat personalized way.

Updated News Digest April 9-11, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 9 April 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order-NEW VIDEO!

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

                                                                                                 -Eli Cryderman

If This Be Sedition, Make the Most of It by Kevin Carson

A Coming Berlin Wall Moment by James Leroy Wilson

R.I.P. Malcolm McLaren by Dave Itzkoff

Iraq War Vet: “We Were Told to Just Shoot People” by Dahr Jamail

“From a civil libertarian point of view, we’re in a much worse place than we were during the Bush administration…” 

Mass Murder As Routine by Justin Raimondo

Iraq Slaughter Not an Aberration by Glenn Greenwald

Terrorism Is Not an “Existential Threat by Gene Healy

Let’s Get Our Own Foreign Policy House in Order Before Criticizing Others by Ivan Eland

Everything the State Says Is a Lie by Jacob Huebert

Anarcho-Distributism by Daniel McCarthy

It’s Time to Part Company by Walter Williams

The New Intolerance by Pat Buchanan

They Were Just Following Orders by Laurence Vance

The Government Is One Giant Cult by Phil Maymin

The Art of Not Being Ruled by Drake Bennett

Killing the Spirit of Learning by Gary North

The Manufactured Menace from Michigan by William Norman Grigg

The Republican Party: A Criminal Organization by Butler Shaffer

The Roots of Totalitarian Humanism? by Murray Rothbard

Congress Is a Criminal Syndicate by Gerald Celente

The Coming Dictatorship by Robert Ringer

The Cover-Ups That Exploded by Alexander Cockburn

The Losing Battle Against National Self-Determination by Mark Weisbrot

Richard Holbrooke: A Bulldozer Stuck in the Mud by Kelley B. Vlahos

Back to Kyrgyzstan by Justin Raimondo

How Brainy Is Obama? by Alan Bock

Nuking the Mullahs by Philip Giraldi

“Two, Three, Many Afghanistans” by Michael T. Klare

Blowback: The Lessons of the Moscow Bombings for America by Doug Bandow

The Ivy League Hates Nullification by Tom Woods

Helping Us to Death by William Norman Grigg

A Really Dangerous Militia by Laurie Roth

Winter of Our Discontent Is Over-Now What? by Maury2K

Tea Party Keeps Missing the Point by Maury2K

The Three Horsemen of the Global Depression by John Robb

Primary Loyalties  by John Robb

Mexico’s Mercado of Violence Heats Up by John Robb

Really Sorry by Andrew Bacevich

Democracy Delusion by Peter Hitchens

Justin Raimondo on the Beltway Libertarian Attack by Lew Rockwell

Immigration and the SPLC by Carol Swain (Part 2 here)

The Church of Morris Dees by Ken Silverstein

Who Killed the Miners? Profits Over Safety? by Jeff Biggers

The Hutaree Militia Raid by Chuck Baldwin

Vermont Secessionist Candidate Arrested at Gubernatorial Debate

I Discriminate Against Ex-Soldiers by Karl Winn

Confessions of an Al-Jazeera Fan by Stuart Bramhall

Obama’s Totalitarian National Biometric ID by Alex Newman

Bootleggers and Baptists in California by Matthew Yglesias

The Case of the Topless Teenager by Julie Hilden

Hot Chicks Who Rock by Kim Nicolini

Portland School Issue Hug Ban by Karen DeCoster

The Pot Calling the Kettle Racist by David Kramer

Prosecutorial Misconduct and the Trial of Tonya Craft by Bill Anderson

Costs Too High to Send 600 Lb. Man to Jail for Stealing Junk Food 

Works Sucks! by Francois Tremblay

Florida Students Protest PIG Shooting of Graduate Student from Infoshop.Org

The Global Economic Crisis: Riots, Rebellion, and Revolution by Andrew Gavin Marshall

Strategic Perspective on Taliban Warfare by Ehsan Mehmood Khan

Subverting Freedom by James Bovard

Fallujah’s Sick Babies by William Blum

Welcome to Obama’s War by Dave Lindorff

Why I Am a Muslim by Charles R. Larson

American Indians Enslaved by the Federal Government by David Kramer

Markets Versus Free Markets by Anna Morgenstern

Our Beautiful Laundrettes by Thomas Knapp

Reformist Political Action as a Diversion, Part Three by Kevin Carson

Collateral Pentagon by Pete Escobar

Imperial Troubles in Afghanistan and Iraq by Jacob Hornberger

Palestinian Aspirations Are Clear, But What Does Israel Want? by Gideon Levy

Human Rights Hypocrisies by Saul Landau

Carl Schmitt’s The Concept of the Political by Michael O’Meara

Canada Grants White South African Refugee Status by Carly Laird

The End of Mexico? by Zenpundit

Mexico Drug Gangs Turn Weapons on Army by Tracy Wilkinson

The Utah War 

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                                  -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                             -Keith Preston

Sweat Loaf by The Butthole Surfers

I Saw an X-Ray Girl Passing Gas by The Butthole Surfers

Creep In the Cellar by The Butthole Surfers

God Damn the Sun by The Swans

Always Near You/Nowhere to Hide by Gene Simmons

Great White Buffalo  by Ted Nugent and the Amboy Dukes

Strong Enough to Be Gentle by Black Oak Arkansas

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

                                                                                                          -Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                          -Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Occupation Causes Suicide Terrorism Robert Pape interviewed by Scott Horton

Identity Politics in the U.S., Part Two Kevin MacDonald interviewed by Tom Sunic

The Moscow Metro Bombings Matthew Raphael Johnson interviewed by Mark Glenn

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Improved Gadsden Flag - DONT TREAD ON ANYONE

Free Sex With Coupon

Up With Anarchy!

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 11 April 2010

Great piece from Richard Spencer. It’s interesting that Richard understands what ninety-seven percent of the self-proclaimed “anarchists” I have met in twenty plus years of studying anarchist movements do not understand, i.e. that the removal of an over-arching state system that imposes a uniform value system will result in the proliferation of subsystems representing a wide plurality of values.

I also suspect that Richard is right that collapse of the U.S. state at present with no alternative plan might well produce a “Mad Max” scenario. The state has wiped out, co-opted or otherwise weakened virtually all contending institutions that might step in to fill the void. Collapse of the state might well produce a New Orleans 2005 or Los Angeles 1992 kind of scenario. This prospect makes the building of alternative infrastructure all the more important.

Ernst Junger: A Portrait of an Anarch

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 13 April 2010

This essay has been posted here before, but a slightly edited version is now available on AlternativeRight.

Updated News Digest April 16-18, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 16 April 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

Left and Right Against War by Paul Buhle

Left and Right: Prospects for Peace symposium from The American Conservative

In Defense of Sedition by Thomas Knapp

The Global War on Tribes by Zoltan Grossman

Where Your Taxes Go by David Lindorff

Interview: Sebastian Ernst Ronin of the Renaissance Party of North America by Brett Stevens

Be Afraid of Criminals; Be Very Afraid of “Good Citizens by Kevin Carson

Lawrence Wilkerson Demolishes Lies About Guantanamo by Andy Worthington

The Obama Doctrine: Kill, Don’t Retain by Asim Qureshi

Liberals Smear Wikileaks by Justin Raimondo

Obama’s Nuclear Achievements: Less Than Meets the Eye by Ivan Eland

Dr. Strangelove, Made in Israel by Philip Giraldi

The Pentagon’s Cult of Killing by Chris Floyd

Iraq: Seven Years of Occupation by Raed Jarrar

Kissinger’s Role in Operation Condor by Jacob Hornberger

The Ron Paul Moment by Justin Raimondo

The Bush Secrecy Legacy by James Bovard

U.S. Military Expands in Latin America by Alex Newman

Collateral Damage Denialism by Matthew Yglesias

Remembering Iraq by Andrew Bacevich

America and the Dictators by Alfred W. McCoy and Tom Engelhardt

There’s a Political Earthquake Coming by Gary North

Corporate Welfare Queen Kills 25 by Kevin Carson

The Black Death by Ralph Nader

Avoiding Collapse by John Robb

The Financial Oligarchy Tax by John Robb

Opium, the CIA, and Afghanistan by Peter Dale Scott

Counterfeit Money, Counterfeit History by Ryan McMaken

Karzai: The Puppet Tries to Cut His Strings by Eric Margolis

Seven More States Join the Fight for Gun Rights by Robert Gehrke

Sedition Purges: Past, Present, and Future by William Norman Grigg

Libertarians: Left, Right, or Unique? by Walter Block

Widespread Economic Misery for Most People Ahead by Peter Schiff

Inflationary Depression, Collapse, Civil Unrest by Mark Lutter

Conservatives Love the Empire by Andrew McLemore

Our Totalitarian Future by David Calderwood

How Political Labels Divide Us by Stuart Bramhall

Anarchism Is About Taking Responsibility by Francois Tremblay

Ten Rules for Dealing with Police by Radley Balko

The End of Jack Welch Capitalism by Bill Waddell

Drug Legalization in the White Republic by Greg Johnson

Man Commits Suicide Over Racism Accusation by Kevin DeAnna

Government Acknowledges Secret Prisons for “Domestic Terrorists,” Proposes Making Them Permanent by Will Potter

Confront Ambassador Oren, Free Palestine! by Infoshop.Org

The Case of the Decoy Prom by Julie Hilden

The Looming European Debt Wars by Michael Hudson

Will WaMu Pay for Its Crimes? by Mike Whitney

“America Will Collapse Into Anarchy and Violent Civil Unrest”

Special Army Unit Ready to Be Deployed on American Soil Just Before Elections

Pornographic Magazine for the Blind Launched (??????)

Lost Middle-Class Tribe’s Secret Village in Wales by Luke Salkeld

The Myth of “Judeo-Christian” Values by Paul Gottfried

Could Ron Paul Win? by Richard Spencer

More Powerful Than Armies by Lew Rockwell

Rise of the CIA Conservatives  by Murray Rothbard

The Causes of the Collapse of the American Empire by Elisheva Wiriaatmadja

The Dictator-Presidency by David Gordon

Anarcho-Leftoids Versus the Tea Parties: They Deserve Each Other from Infoshop.Org

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

                                                                                              -Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

                                                                                                                 -Keith Preston

Christian Woman by Type O Negative (R.I.P. Peter)

When I Die by G.G. Allin

Carmelita by G.G. Allin

Roland the Headless Thompson Gunner by Warren Zevon (R.I.P.)

Genius by Warren Zevon

Mutineer by Warren Zevon

Cherry Bomb by The Runaways

Fox on the Run by Sweet

How Does It Feel? by Medicine Head

Alright Alright Alright by Mungo Jerry

She by Kiss

Teen Archer by Blue Oyster Cult

Breadfan by Budgie

Willie, Waylon, and Me by David Allan Coe

Don’t Bite the Dick by David Allan Coe

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

                                                                                                            -Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

                                                                                                          -Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Alternative Right Radio

Antiwar Radio

Gore Vidal on the U.S. Empire 

PIGS Viciously Attack Innocent Man
Revolting Against the Modern World E. Christian Kopff interviewed by Tomislav Sunic

Israel’s Pentagon Papers Jason Ditz interviewed by Scott Horton

The Coming Collapse of the Middle Class by Elizabeth Warren

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Anarchy Versus Libertarianism

category Uncategorized keith Monday 19 April 2010

Hat tip to TGGP for digging up this old blog post from David Friedman.

What I have often found the most bewildering about many anarchists is their rather naive presumption that the specific institutions they claim preference for will necessarily produce the results they want.

Most anarchists of the Left claim to prefer some kind of “direct democracy” of the New England town meeting variety. But when the town meetings of New England had real force the results were that of a Calvinist theocracy-not exactly a manifestation of the left-anarchist ideal.

Anarcho-capitalists favor institutions that are completely privatized: private police, private courts, private law, private prisons. Otherwise known as feudalism. One can just imagine systems of private police and private law pitting pro-lifers against abortionists, Muslims against Christians, blacks against whites, “Aryans” against Jews, feminazis against misogynists, and so forth.

It was after studying anarchist theory for a number of years and coming to understand the weaknesses of these approaches that I came to fully embrace the pan-separatist or anarcho-pluralist outlook. Ultimately, the only way to achieve peace between forces with irreconcilable differences is through territorial and institutional separation. Otherwise, a strong arm state is needed to prevent society at large from degenerating into warring factions. Of course, some anarchists argue that the solution is to maintain a cultural foundation that is conducive to one’s preferred form of “anarchy.” For instance, left-anarchists will insist that the way to avoid having direct democracy degenerate into theocracy is the development of a culture that rejects “hierarchy,” which is more or less a euphemism for the usual laundry list of Isms and Phobias. But the flaw in this approach is its universalism. Otherness is inevitable, as the intra-left-anarchist race war that transpired between Anarchist People of Color and Crimethinc a while back illustrates. Here we had the edifying spectacle of blindly fanatical anti-racist, anarchist, people of color engaged in open combat (fortunately non-lethal, so far) with blindly fanatical anti-racist, anarchist, people of non-color (un-color?). Can we assume that following the anarcho-leftoid revolution the various ethnic factions will start attacking each other with their respective “Smash Racism” signs?

Race and Drugs

category Uncategorized keith Monday 19 April 2010

Greg Johnson of The Occidental Quarterly has an interesting piece on drug legalization from a white nationalist perspective. Read it here.

It really sinks in what a scam the War on Drugs really is when even the “fascists” see through it. I’ve seen similar comments in the past from such figures as Tom Metzger and Gary “stone homos to death” North.

The drug war is one of those issues that really demonstrates the insincerity of liberalism. Many people are inclined to think of drug prohibition as a conservative, law and order project rooted in the values of religious puritanism.  That is not really the case. Drug prohibition has its roots in the “progressive” era of American politics, as did alcohol prohibition, and liberals have often been the most vocal supporters of the drug war. Liberal politicians like the late Tip O’Neill and Joe Biden authored some of the most onerous drug war legislation of the 1980s, and liberal New Yorkers like Charlie Rangel and Charles Schumer have been staunch drug warriors.

The Left likes to pride itself on its defense of traditional outgroups: blacks, Jews, Catholics, immigrants, gays, feminists, transexuals, on down the line. Users of those drugs disapproved of by the cultural majority (marijuana, cocaine, heroin, LSD, etc. as opposed to alcohol, nicotine, prozac, and valium) certainly fall into this category. But for some odd reason drug users never really found their way into liberalism’s Pantheon of the Oppressed, the occasional left-libertarian, ACLU-type not withstanding.

Rarely does the Left raise this issue unless it can get some racial mileage out of it, e.g. by pointing out the racial disparity in drug arrests and rates of imprisonment. To be sure, there is no policy currently being pursued by the American regime that is more harmful to black Americans than the drug war. Yet, it is incorrect to understand the drug war in terms of race. First, there is the obvious feature that it is just as illegal for whites to use certain drugs as it is for the various racial minorities, and there are certainly plenty of whites in jail or prison today for drug “offenses.” Secondly, it makes no sense that in a society where open expressions of racism have become the ultimate sin that the drug war would be waged solely for the purpose of persecuting blacks.

A more reasonable explanation for the drug war is that as certain kinds of  traditional out-group hostilities have become less and less socially and politically acceptable, the state has had to intensify its attacks on other groups. This has been particularly true as the state has sought to radically expand its policing powers in recent decades. An interesting irony is that despite the Left’s persistent hysteria over “fascism” one of the policies currently being pursued by the American state that most closely resembles stereotypical fascism is one that the Left has been utterly useless in opposing. If the Left took its “anti-fascist” rhetoric seriously it would be shooting state agents dead in the streets and conducting liberatory raids on prisons. That’s how real revolutionaries do it.

Of course, the solution to the drug war, like the solution to most other social and political problems, is simple separatism. Divide the United States into a mosaic of the contemporary equivalent of “dry” and “wet” counties: West Amsterdam for the druggies, New Geneva for the prohibitionists.

Updated News Digest April 23-25, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 23 April 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

“There’s no difference between cops and outlaws.” -Kim Fowley

The Scam of U.S. Foreign Policy by Justin Raimondo

Nobel Peace Prize Recipient Prepares the World for War Against Iran by Thomas Naylor

The Lethal Hypocrisy of the State by James Bovard

Populism, Left and Right by Justin Raimondo

Watch What You Say by Kevin Carson

“Free Markets” Means Welfare Is Only for Rich People by Kevin Carson

The Tea Party as False Flag by Maury2K

Antifa as Controlled Opposition by Maury2K

Zombie Radicals by Maury2K

Is the Vermont Secession Movement the Most Radical Political Movement in the History of the United States? by Thomas Naylor

The Real Socialist Threat is the Military by Christopher Ketcham

Why Obama’s Middle East Peace Plan Will Fail? by Jefferson Chase

Death By Imperial Profile by David Swanson

KGB Cops by William Norman Grigg

Boston PIGS “Preserve and Protect”-Their Money by Christopher Manion

Crowd Attacks PIG Car in Kalamazoo

Are Large, Cosmopolitan Cities Havens of Tolerance? by James J. O’Meara

Public Trust in Government at an All-Time Low from The Wall Street Journal

Demonizing Iran: U.S. Media Calls for Mass Murder by Dave Lindorff

Obama and Cheney Have Been the Answer to the Jihadists’ Dreams by Jack Hunter

Israel First by Philip Giraldi

“Defense” Spending: It’s Worse Than You Think by Robert Higgs

Democracy: The God That Is Still Failing by Simon Jenkins

In Defense of Sedition by Tom DiLorenzo

The New Brown Scare by Anthony Gregory

$PLC Publishes Hit List by Chuck Baldwin

A New Tribe Rising? by Pat Buchanan

On Loyalty by Andrew Yeoman

Greetings and Introduction by Andrew Yeoman

Unprincipled Conservatism II by Jeremy Weiland

The Future of AltRight by Richard Spencer

A Real Criminal Conspiracy by James Leroy Wilson

Localize and Virtualize by John Robb

The Lesson of Carl Schmitt by Guillaume Faye and Robert Steuckers Part 2 Part 3

Thoughts on the Death State by Arthur Silber

Wall Street’s Bad Dream by Andrew Cockburn

Statism: The Real Opiate of the Masses by Eric Englund

The Greyhound Station Gulag by William Norman Grigg

The Next Recession Will Be Much Worse by Ee Sing Wong

Become a Sovereign Individual by Helio Beltrao

The Answer Is Decentralism by Scott Lazarowitz

End the Insanity of the War on Drugs by Ron Paul

The Mark of the Beast? by John Whitehead

The State’s New Lifestyle Demons: Tanning and Salt by Karen De Coster

Does God Subcontract to the Military? by Laurence Vance

The Late, Great George Carlin on Saving the Planet by David Kramer

Totalitarian Humanism in France by David Kramer

An Open Letter of Reconciliation and Responsibility to the Iraqi People

Let Korea Take Care of the Koreans by Doug Bandow

Bill Clinton’s Massacres and Terrorist Blowback by Jacob Hornberger

Disaster Utopianism by Jesse Walker

Anarchy as an Alternative? by Dante Graves

Are You an Anti-Semite? by Vijay Prashad

The Psychiatric Drugging of Children by Evelyn Pringle

The Psychiatric Drugging of Infants and Toddlers by Evelyn Pringle

Do We Have a Country to Conserve? by S.L. Toddard

Rot in Hell, Daryl Gates by Dave Lindorff

The War on South African Whites by Ilana Mercer

Captive Minds: The Domestication of the Conservative Movement by Joseph Kay

Bisexual Men Sue Gay Group, Claim Bias by Janet I. Tu

High Noon in Nepal by Jed Brandt

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

-Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

-Keith Preston

Mohammed’s Radio by Warren Zevon

Heroin by The Velvet Underground

Whores by Jane’s Addiction

Saints In Hell by Judas Priest

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

-Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

-Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Alternative Right Radio

Antiwar Radio

Central Banking and Empire Lew Rockwell interviewed by Scott Horton

Venezuela and Syria Against the New World Order by Matthew Raphael Johnson

Capitalism and Communism; The State vs the People E. Christian Kopff interviewed by Tom Sunic

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Enemies of the State

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 20 April 2010

Good piece on AltRight today from Richard Spencer.

I posted this response, which is in the same vein as some of my other recent comments here:

“…there have certainly been “red scares” in the past, and “Islamic extremists” are on the loose, but the state’s enemies du jour are caricatures of traditionalist Middle Americans. “

I think much of this can be explained by the fact that as traditional forms of out-group hostility (the usual laundry list of isms, archies, and phobias) have become more and more socially unacceptable and politically taboo, the state has had to find new targets in its perpetual quest for self-expansion. The most easy targets are those groups who are unpopular with educated, affluent liberals and the cultural and intellectual elite: religious fundamentalists, “racists,” bizarre cults, gun nuts, poor whites, Southerners, rednecks, supposed “anti-Semites,” on down the line, perhaps intertwined with more conventional outgroups who never made it onto the Left’s Pantheon of the Oppressed: drug users, prostitutes, poor blacks (as opposed to the Obama carbon-copies that liberals prefer). Essentially, these kinds of groups comprise what amounts to “the new niggers” in the eyes of the liberal establishment.

Chomsky’s Slide Into Reactionary Liberalism Continues

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 20 April 2010

“I have never seen anything like this in my lifetime,” Chomsky added. “I am old enough to remember the 1930s. My whole family was unemployed. There were far more desperate conditions than today. But it was hopeful. People had hope. The CIO was organizing. No one wants to say it anymore but the Communist Party was the spearhead for labor and civil rights organizing. Even things like giving my unemployed seamstress aunt a week in the country. It was a life. There is nothing like that now. The mood of the country is frightening. The level of anger, frustration and hatred of institutions is not organized in a constructive way. It is going off into self-destructive fantasies.”

Umm, excuse me, but since when does an anarchist get upset about “hatred of institutions”? And how in God’s name do the Tea Party dullards and Rush Limbaugh fans compare to the upheaval’s of the 60s? Those years included regular armed combat between the police and the Black Panthers, violent street fights between cops and student protesters, seizure of the grounds of major university campuses like Columbia and Yale by student rebels, gunning down student protesters by the National Guard at Kent State, assassinations of major public officials like the Kennedys and King, the Weathermen bombing the Capitol building in D.C., vigilante killings of civil rights protesters by the KKK, tens of thousands of Americans killed in Vietnam, antiwar protests with hundreds of thousands of marchers, COINTELPRO, assassination of radical leaders like Fred Hampton by the FBI, assassinations of cops by black militants, and too much more to mention.

I would agree with Chomsky that today the vanguard of militant protest has moved from the far Left to the far Right, which is why I’ve made a similar move throughout my radical career. Has Noam ever considered that maybe there’s a good reason for that? That maybe the Left and liberalism has become a reactionary force? That maybe there are issues that the Left is worthless on and does not address? Noam is starting sound a lot like right-wing conservatives talking about the antiwar movement in the 60s, and damn if Chomsky’s rhetoric doesn’t sound a lot like Bill Clinton.

Most Tea Partiers Support the American Empire

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 21 April 2010

So says an informal poll from the Code Pink ladies.

This is about what I would have expected. But there’s some light:

The 15 people who wanted to dismantle the web of foreign military bases included Josh Little, a college student from Alexandria, Virginia. Josh said that his grandfather helped overthrow Hitler, but that was 60 years ago and it was high time for us to leave Germany. “I’d say the same for Japan, Korea and all of Europe. They can take care of themselves.”

One of the most sophisticated people I talked to all day was 22-year-old college student Andrew Barth from College Park, Maryland. “The hawks represent the old guard — so do both the Republican and the Democratic parties. With a few exceptions, they all love war and empire. But a small-government movement worth its salt can’t just be anti-Washington, it has to be anti-empire. If not, I’m outta here.”

It sounds like the younger generation of right-wing radicals needs a new home. Here we are.

Secession and the Future of American Statecraft

category Uncategorized keith Monday 26 April 2010

I have a new piece on secession at AltRight. Check it out.

It Takes a Tribe!

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 27 April 2010

Spot on analysis of the Tea Parties from Andrew Yeoman at AltRight.

What’s most surprised me about the Tea Party phenomenon is the vitriolic manner in which prominent social commentators have attacked the protestors. Noam Chomsky, for instance, recently dismissed the Tea Party as a “fascist” movement. Though unlike the current President in office, the Tea Party isn’t demanding more government control over healthcare, the economy, and our daily lives.

Politically speaking, it would be far wiser for libertarian-minded and antiwar people to get behind the Tea Party. Same for Left wing anarchists who — despite what they call themselves — are against the Tea Party’s call for less taxes and less government.

At any rate, the best thing the Tea Party has done has been to provoke the “culture warriors” of the Establishment to show their true partisan colors. Eventually, Tea Party activists will notice who is consistently on their side and who is against them.

Updated News Digest April 30-May 2, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 30 April 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

“There’s no difference between cops and outlaws.” -Kim Fowley

http://api.ning.com/files/5QdYyJH89aOQmdInbwretJIbrg0HAruFOKpqW1UrVpaRVJss1vx*9UXs*Fzrk8A-/ResistanceIsFertile.jpg

The future of radical politics is coalition among groups advocating positions the system simply cannot integrate – & therefore cannot co-opt.”

-Jeremy Weiland

Having received some of my childhood education in the USSR, I am now even more convinced that North American public schools + academia + MSM are infinitely more damaging as well as evil in their perceived benign ideology. Worse yet, in the latter case, the inside / outside paradigm simply does not exist.”

-Nina Kouprianova

“The worst that can happen under monarchy is rule by a single imbecile, but democracy often means the rule by an assembly of three or four hundred imbeciles.”

-Robert Anton Wilson, The Historical Illuminatus

The Tea Partiers: Revolutionary Phoniness by Paul Gottfried

Oklahoma Further Criminalizes Freedom of Association by William Norman Grigg

The Tea Party and Big Spending on War by Charles Pena

What Does the Arizona Immigration Law Really Say? by Pat Buchanan

South of the Border by Justin Raimondo

Reduce Immigration: End the War on Drugs by Anthony Gregory and Eric Garris

Immigration Law in Mexico by J. Michael Waller

Thinking Clearly About Immigration by James Leroy Wilson

Secession and Immigration: Who Should Be in Charge? by Russell Longcore

Modern Civilization: This Sucker Is Going Down by James Howard Kunstler

Papering the War Against Iran by Philip Giraldi

To the Tea Party: War and Liberty Are Not Fellow Travelers by Ivan Eland

Killer Cocktail: PTSD and Your Local Police by Kelley B. Vlahos

It’s Goldman World, We Just Live In It by Richard Spencer

Iraqi Secret Prisons: Taking a Cue from the United States by Thomas Eddlem

The Obama Administration and Indefinite Detention by Glenn Greenwald

On Collateral Murder and Stephen Colbert by David Henderson

War Propaganda from Afghanistan by Glenn Greenwald

Pat Tillman Film a Haunting Blindside by Bill Dwyre

Death Squads in Afghanistan by Francis Shor

The Military Occupation of Our Minds by Tom Hayden

The U.S. Threat to Latin America by Grace Livingstone

The Anti-Salt Gestapo by Walter Williams

Oppose Imperialism with Every Fiber of Your Being by Tom Woods

The Firepit Secession Movement by Michael Stetz

E.T., Stay Home by Fay Schlesinger

Soft Totalitarianism Attacks Amish Raw Milk by Mike Riggs

Imperial Crime and Complicity by Tim Case

I Am a Traitor, Communist, Nazi, and a Racist by James Bovard

No, Obama Is Not a Socialist by Ron Paul

The New Secessionists by Chris Hedges

Marijuana Freedom in the American West by Paul Armentano

Arizona Revolts by Ewen MacAskill

Christians Upset They Can’t Pray at Criminal Murder Syndicate by Laurence Vance

The Republican Party and Planned Parenthood by Laurence Vance

The Trial of Tonya Craft by Bill Anderson

Don’t Film a Cop Pointing a Gun at You by Karen De Coster

Gabriel Villareal: PIG Stalker

Anarcho-Leftoid Says Freedom Has Nothing to do with Voluntary Association and Private Property

Michael Medved’s Myths, Lies, and Downright Stupidity by Kevin Carson

Whose Country Is This? by Pat Buchanan

Chinese Acting Like 19th Century Americans: Americans Acting Like Utopian Ideologues by Pat Buchanan

In Defense of Freedom of Speech by Dennis Steele

The Prospects for Real Financial Reform Remain Remote by Andrew Cockburn

Marijuana Boom and Bust by Alexander Cockburn

How Washington Hooked Mexico on the Drug War by John Ross

Censoring the Decrease in Global Temperatures

A Dash of Tyranny by Stephanie Murphy

Can Ron Paul “Pull a Goldwater”? by David Paul Kuhn

The Battle of Britain by Justin Raimondo

Crippling, Crushing, and Suffocating Iran by Robert Dreyfuss

Obama, Nuclear Weapons, and the Future of the Planet by Helen Caldicott

Can You Disappear in the British Surveillance State? by Jean Paul Flintoff

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

-Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

-Keith Preston

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

-Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

-Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Alternative Right Radio

Antiwar Radio

Pentagon Wages War Against Enlisted Joshua Kors interviewed by Scott Horton

Ain’t Democracy Grand: The Iraqi Stalemate Jason Ditz interviewed by Scott Horton

States Revolt Against Federal Hegemony Michael Boldin interviewed by Lew Rockwell

The Corruption of Empire Mark Ames interviewed by Scott Horton

A Conversation About Race Craig Bodeker interviewed by Richard Spencer

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Anarchists Attacked by Fascists in San Francisco

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 4 May 2010

Watch the news report here. Read the story about it here. Felony criminal charges have been brought against two of the attackers.

[Note: This incident will likely generate a lot of activity through the state's court system. Therefore, please do not place comments on the internet threatening retaliation, or discussing the details of the case beyond what is publicly available through ordinary media sources.]

Anarchism and Immigration Restriction

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 4 May 2010

Finally, some common sense on this issue from an anarchist perspective. Good job, Andrew!

Only when cops become irrelevant to communities’ public safety will anarchism become possible.

We should inscribe that last sentence on our battle flag!

Sociopathocracy

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 4 May 2010

You can learn more about contemporary politics from this one blog post from Richard Spencer than you could if you gained a political science degree from Harvard.

Totalitarian Humanism Strikes in Belgium

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 6 May 2010

While it may be un-PC to be anti-immigration, not even the immigrants get to defy totalitarian humanism.

“It’s also a question of human dignity. The full face veil turns a woman into a walking prison.”

Women will be fined £110 for the first offence.

If they refuse to pay or are caught a second time, they can be jailed for a week.

Does this make any sense whatsoever?


Anti-Nazism is the New Anti-Semitism

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 8 May 2010

Andrew hits another one out of the ballpark. Read it here.

His responses to reader comments are particularly good as well.

The antifa are the new Brownshirts.

What I Believe

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 8 May 2010

This is a statement of my positions that I just posted during the course of a discussion on a Facebook friend’s page.

If I had to summarize my outlook in a few points, I’d say my current positions are a synthesis of these:

-Chomsky’s critique of US foreign policy fused with the neo-isolationism of Buchanan/Ron Paul/Lew Rockwell, etc.

-Thomas Szasz’s critique of the therapeutic state fused by Bill Lind’s and Paul Gottfried’s critique of Cultural Marxism

-Hans Herman Hoppe’s critique of welfare-statist mass democracy

-Kevin Carson’s critique of the relationship between the state and capitalism

-Richard Lawrence Miller’s critique of the domestic American police state

-The European New Right critique of mass immigration and multiculturalism

-Martin Van Creveld’s theories on fourth generation warfare and the decline of the state

-The traditional anarchist critique of the state as a criminal gang writ large; one of the best introductory essays I know of that provides a good overview of the anarchist position is Kirkpatrick Sale’s “The ‘Necessity’ of the State”

-Nietzsche’s critique of the impact of nihilism on Western civilization

-Carl Schmitt’s critique of the contradictions of liberalism

-The elites theorists ideas on the impossibility of egalitarianism

There are plenty of sidestreams to all of this, of course, but this is the gist of it. Most of my other writings or ideas have to do with strategic considerations, and the practical implications of the above.

The Tea Party Jacobins

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 9 May 2010

This piece from the New York Review of Books is a relatively decent discussion of the growing anti-state movement, albeit from the disparaging perspective of an Establishment liberal. The main criticism I have of this is that it gives the Tea Party types too much credit for being more radical than they actually are.

The Cultural Marxist Long March Continues

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 11 May 2010

I’ve been trying to find out more info about Obama’s latest nominee to the US Supreme Court. Here’s her Wikipedia entry and some relevant commentary from David Yeagley. Assuming that the info in the Wikipedia article is accurate, this is what I find most interesting about Elena Kagan:

During her deanship, Kagan supported a long-standing policy barring military recruiters from campus, because she felt that the military’s Don’t ask, don’t tell policy discriminated against gays and lesbians. According to Campus Progress,

As dean, Kagan supported a lawsuit intended to overturn the Solomon Amendment so military recruiters might be banned from the grounds of schools like Harvard. When a federal appeals court ruled the Pentagon could not withhold funds, she banned the military from Harvard’s campus once again. The case was challenged in the Supreme Court, which ruled the military could indeed require schools to allow recruiters if they wanted to receive federal money. Kagan, though she allowed the military back, simultaneously urged students to demonstrate against Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell.

In October 2003, Kagan transmitted an e-mail to students and faculty deploring that military recruiters had shown up on campus in violation of the school’s anti-discrimination policy. It read, “This action causes me deep distress. I abhor the military’s discriminatory recruitment policy.” She also wrote that it was “a profound wrong — a moral injustice of the first order.”

I’m all for barring military recruitment on college campuses. During my days as a student leftist in the 1980s, I was involved in the movement to oppose CIA recruitment on campuses. The reason for this was that the various destabilization and counterinsurgency campaigns in which the CIA played a principal role has resulted in the deaths of millions of people. The reasons to oppose military recruitment on campuses might include, say, the million or so people killed in the present Iraq war, or the invasion of Iraq under false pretenses.

Beyond that, a lot of military recruiting is also done under false pretenses. Some years ago, I was managing a restaurant that had an Army and Marine recruiting office next door. Many of the workers I supervised were high school and college aged, and every day the recruiters would aggressively pursue them as they ventured into the parking lot on their way to work. They would use the wildest lies imaginable as a recruiting tool, like telling one kid that military service would help him advance his preferred career as a rapper (I kid you not. They really said that.)

But apparently Ms. Kagan isn’t particularly worried about any of this compared with the great atrocity of “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell.” In other words, it’s no big deal to recruit unsuspecting youth under false pretense to go engage in aggressive war under even greater false pretenses, and to kill millions of people in the process. But it’s an awful thing to refuse to allow out-of-the-closet homos to join in the fun. Some more examples of Ms. Kagan’s legal wisdom:

First Amendment Center and the Cato Institute later expressed concern over arguments Kagan advanced as a part of her role as solicitor general. For example, during her time as Solicitor General, Kagan prepared a brief defending a law later ruled unconstitutional that would have criminalized depictions of animal cruelty

At her confirmation hearing, Kagan also drew criticism for arguing that battlefield law, including indefinite detention without a trial, could apply outside of traditional battlefields.

This is consistent with what I have been saying for some time about the present direction of American society. The cultural hard left is in the process of becoming a new ruling class, and this is a process that has been building up gradually since the 1970s. This rising cultural hard left has in the process of its ascension abandoned the anti-establishment ideas of 60s radicalism, and instead made its peace with the forces of State, Capital, and Empire in return for ruling class support for the advancement of the hard left’s social agenda. This cultural hard left that is in the process of seizing power through its alliance with the plutocracy and banking cartels has no qualms about using the police/military state it has inherited from past regimes (like those of Richard Nixon and Ronald Reagan, may they both rot in hell forever) to eliminate its political opponents. Hence, conventional civil liberties like free speech and the rights of the accused to a fair trial can be compromised or eliminated entirely, yet there must never be a hint of “discrimination” against groups favored by the Left. What this will eventually produce, of course, is a totalitarian state organized as a caste system where individual rights are based merely on group identity, and group rights are based on claims of having been oppressed according to PC ideology.

“Kagan is the Last Person We Need on the Court.”

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 12 May 2010

Yikes! Raimondo confirms my suspicions.

The “progressives” have spent a lot of time and energy, recently, trying to “expose” the “dark underside” of the Tea Party movement, and the liberal media has conducted a determined albeit unconvincing propaganda campaign against “right-wing extremism,” which is supposed to represent the main threat to our well-being at the moment. Yet I would argue that none of these movements – being out of power, and largely not the bigoted potentially violent knuckle-draggers their opponents characterize them as – are a tenth as dangerous as the we-know-what’s-good-for-you “progressives” of Obama’s Nanny State.

Married to the concept of an endless “war on terrorism,” progressives of Kagan’s sort represent an imminent menace: an authoritarian tendency that could usher in an era of internal repression such as only writers of dystopian science fiction have previously imagined.

Instead of abolishing the Bush era expansions of unlimited government power, they are building on them – and upping the ante. With their boundless faith in government power as an essentially beneficent force in the world, and their pathetic eagerness to prove their “national security” bona fides, this administration is potentially far more of a threat to our civil liberties than the Bush people ever were – and the Kagan nomination is yet more evidence this malign potential is being fully realized.

The final nail in the coffin of the Kagan nomination, as far as I’m concerned, is her close association, for a number of years, with the firm of Goldman Sachs, serving on its legal “advisory board.” This board is being portrayed, by Kagan’s defenders, as a chiefly ceremonial body, which held a few conferences and did nothing much else. This is given as a reason to downplay the Goldman Sachs connection, but it doesn’t ameliorate the moral meaning of her role in putting a legalistic face on the naked avarice and influence-buying engaged in by those crooks.

The True Colors of the Academic Left

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 12 May 2010

Is the purpose of education to inform and to promote critical thinking? Not according to the late leftist-postmodernist philosopher Richard Rorty:

“It seems to me that the regulative idea that we heirs of the Enlightenment, we Socratists, most frequently use to criticize the conduct of various conversational partners is that of ‘needing education in order to outgrow their primitive fear, hatreds, and superstitions’ … It is a concept which I, like most Americans who teach humanities or social science in colleges and universities, invoke when we try to arrange things so that students who enter as bigoted, homophobic, religious fundamentalists will leave college with views more like our own … The fundamentalist parents of our fundamentalist students think that the entire ‘American liberal establishment’ is engaged in a conspiracy. The parents have a point. Their point is that we liberal teachers no more feel in a symmetrical communication situation when we talk with bigots than do kindergarten teachers talking with their students … When we American college teachers encounter religious fundamentalists, we do not consider the possibility of reformulating our own practices of justification so as to give more weight to the authority of the Christian scriptures. Instead, we do our best to convince these students of the benefits of secularization. We assign first-person accounts of growing up homosexual to our homophobic students for the same reasons that German schoolteachers in the postwar period assigned The Diary of Anne Frank… You have to be educated in order to be … a participant in our conversation … So we are going to go right on trying to discredit you in the eyes of your children, trying to strip your fundamentalist religious community of dignity, trying to make your views seem silly rather than discussable. We are not so inclusivist as to tolerate intolerance such as yours … I don’t see anything herrschaftsfreiHerrschaft [domination] of people like me, and to have escaped the grip of their frightening, vicious, dangerous parents … I am just as provincial and contextualist as the Nazi teachers who made their students read Der Stürmer; the only difference is that I serve a better cause.

C4SS: Find Your Political Philosophy

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 13 May 2010

The Center for a Stateless Society has a new version of one of those “find your political philosophy” quizzes up. This is actually much better than most others I’ve encountered. There are more questions and the questions are more nuanced and varied in content. Here are my results:

67% Economic Leftist (Economic Leftist / Economic Rightist)
81% Anarchist (Anarchist / Statist)
100% Anti-Militarist (Anti-Militarist / Militarist)
74% Socio-Cultural Liberal (Socio-Cultural Liberal / Socio-Cultural Conservative)
77% Civil Libertarian (Civil Libertarian / Civil Authoritarian)

Updated News Digest May 14-16, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 14 May 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

“There’s no difference between cops and outlaws.” -Kim Fowley

http://i83.photobucket.com/albums/j286/rentnazi/jd_girls_and_guns_1.jpg

Wars Do Not Increase Our Freedom by Tom Mullen

The Erosion of Civil Liberties: This President is the Worst Yet by Glenn Greenwald

The Downward Slope of Empire Chalmers Johnson interviewed by Harvey Kreisler

Creating Times Square Terror by Stephen Walt

Is the War Coming Home? by Pat Buchanan

Ending the Neoconservative Nightmare by Daniel Levy

Sympathy for the Devil, BP by Kevin Carson

Anarchism and the Labor Movement by Anna Morgenstern

The Degeneration of America Into a Caste System by Kevin Carson

George Donnelly, Political Prisoner by Thomas Knapp

Strategic Murder by Darian Worden

Idiocracy Rising by William Norman Grigg

When the Personal is not Political by Maury2K

Tea Party Blows Its Cool by Maury2K

White Devil Theory of History by Maury2K

First Greece, Then the U.S. by Gary Barnett

The Death of the Euro by Jim Rogers

A “Duty to Die”? by Thomas Sowell

Elena Kagan, Gun Grabber by David Kopel

Stop Crazed PIG Raids by Paul Armentano

Bill Buckley: The Making of a Warmonger by David Gordon

The Great H.L. Mencken

PIGS on the Attack in Burbank by Tricia Shore

No, the System Did Not Work! by Bill Anderson

Iraq: The Endless Occupation by Justin Raimondo

Obama’s Drug War Strategy: Still a Long Way to Go by Ethan Nadelmann

NYC PIGS Forced to Apologize to Rape Victim by Graham Rayman

New Gay Sex Scandal on the Christian Right by David Rosen

Are Liberals Anti-WASP? by Pat Buchanan

Putting Whitey in His Place by Paul Gottfried

“Movement Conservative” Dinosaurs Still Stuck in the 80s by Dan Phillips

Pro-Immigration Activists Are Their Own Worst Enemy by Filmer

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

-Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

-Keith Preston

See You in Hell by Grim Reaper

Wasted Years by Iron Maiden

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

-Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

-Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Alternative Right Radio

Antiwar Radio

October Surprise 1980 Robert Parry interviewed by Scott Horton

In Defense of Militias Jesse Walker interviewed by Scott Horton

The Neocons Are Losing Their Grip Jack Hunter interviewed by Scott Horton

The Paper Money Behind the Empire Ron Paul interviewed by Scott Horton

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

So Much for Liberal “Diversity”

category Uncategorized keith Friday 14 May 2010

Pat Buchanan nails it.

If Kagan is confirmed, the Court will consist of three Jews and six Catholics (who represent not quite a fourth of the country), but not a single Protestant, though Protestants remain half the nation and our founding faith.

If Kagan is confirmed, three of the four justices nominated by Democratic presidents will be from New York City: Kagan from the Upper West Side, Sotomayor from the Bronx, Ruth Bader Ginsburg from Brooklyn. Breyer is from San Francisco.

What kind of diversity is this—either in geography or life experience?

While Sotomayor went to Yale Law School, the other three liberals went to Harvard, though Ruth Bader Ginsburg graduated from Columbia. Seems a fairly narrow range for a party that once claimed to be America’s party.

Ruth Bader Ginsburg tied for first in her class at Columbia, but neither Obama nominee is academically distinguished. Sotomayor called herself an “affirmative action baby” who, at Princeton, was urged to read children’s books in the summer to improve her reading and writing skills. Kagan never served as a judge, never litigated a case before being named solicitor general, never wrote a book or anything else anyone has turned up that manifests real legal scholarship.

From her Princeton thesis on the sad demise of 20th-century socialism, to her tears at the defeat of the radical liberal Senate candidate Elizabeth Holtzman in 1980, to her hostility to the U.S. military on the Harvard campus while dean of the law school, Kagan has revealed herself to be one more Ivy League leftist anxious to use a lifetime seat on the court, winning the plaudits of her peers by imposing her ideology on a nation that has never voted for it.

F*** You, Flowers!

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 15 May 2010

Perhaps we need to start holding some academic seminars critiquing “childarchy” and follow up with a sit-in or hunger strike on behalf of “flowers’ rights.”

Remembering the Great Jerry Rubin

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 16 May 2010

This guy was a hero of mine during my youth. Watching this stuff again 25 years later, I can’t say there’s much that I don’t still agree with.

Rubin battles good liberal Phil Donahue: Part One, Part Two, Part Three, Part Four

Down with Schools! Part One, Part Two

On the Joe Pyne Show before he adopted his “crazed hippie” persona. Pyne was the Bill O’Reilly of that time. Btw, Pyne interviews George Lincoln Rockwell here: Part One, Part Two, Part Three

Rubin later became a yuppie businessman in New York. These are some interviews from that time. Btw, I met Rubin at a debate in 1987:

Yippie to Yuppie, On the Sixties

Former Federal PIG Predicts National-Anarchist Revolution in America

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 16 May 2010

Read all about it.

In decades, not centuries, we will split apart like the Soviet Union into a loose confederation of autonomous states. People will refer to us like they do that area of the Balkans now known as The Former Yugoslavia, or similarly to the way Russia and its old republics are now known, as the old Soviet Union.

If the goal of this nation is reflected in our motto of E Pluribus Unum, out of many, one; then truly this 200-plus year experiment in representative democracy and melding ethnicities has failed, and failed spectacularly.

Here are some similar sentiments from Michael O’Meara of The Occidental Quarterly and from Christian Reconstructionist Gary North. Read this stuff and then go back and watch the old videos of Jerry Rubin from my last post. Isn’t it interesting that the radical right is now saying a lot of the same stuff as the radical left from the 60s?

R.I.P. Ronnie James Dio

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 16 May 2010

Another one of the heroes of my youth passed away today. Some of my Dio favorites:

Gypsy, Neon Nights, Lady Evil, and Man on the Silver Mountain

The classic tribute from Tenacious D and a classic movie scene

Updated News Digest May 21-23, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 21 May 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, levelling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

“There’s no difference between cops and outlaws.” -Kim Fowley

http://airbornecombatengineer.typepad.com/photos/girls_with_guns/wtf200707141ace.jpg

Fear of a Free Planet by Anna Morgenstern

NEW!!-The Armed Struggle Escalates

A Slow Burn Bonfire of the Liberties by Mark Steyn

PIGS Murder 7-Yr-Old Girl in Detroit by William Norman Grigg

Obama and Civil Liberties by John Whitehead

The $PLC Publishes Its Latest Hit List

Secessionist Sympathies Continue to Grow by Chuck Baldwin

Boutique Liberals Blowing Smoke by Maury Knutson

Reanimating Reagan by Maury Knutson

Running of the Bullshit by Maury Knutson

Not Another War, Mr. President! by Justin Raimondo

How to Survive Traffic Stops in the New America by Eric Peters

Take the Deal, Mr. President by Pat Buchanan

Pat Buchanan Under Attack by the Censors

Learning How to Disappear by Frank M. Ahearn

Representative Democracy Sucks! by Jim Fedako

Rand Paul’s Moment, Ron Paul’s Opportunity by Brent Budowsky

Defaults Ahead: America, Europe, China by Gary North

Time to Stop Demonizing the Germans by Ralph Raico

The Coming Sedition Act by Robert Ringer

Can a Christian Kill for His Government? by Laurence Vance

Obama’s Gulf of Tonkin by Justin Raimondo

Imagine How Pakistanis Feel About Drone Strikes by Joanne Mariner

From Safe Republic to Unsafe Empire by Bruce Fein

How Many U.S. Progressives Please the Right-Wing Israel Lobby by Ira Chernus

The End of the World As We Know It? by Stephen Walt

Ex-Cop Tells Pot Smokers How to Outsmart the PIGS by Michael May

PIGS Murder Oklahoma Man from The Aging Rebel

Getting to Know Elena Kagan by Ralph Nader

Noam Chomsky Denied Entry Into Israel by Simon McGregor-Wood

Closet Politics by Alexander Cockburn

Nepal’s First Days of May by Jed Brandt

Is There Hope for a Two-State Solution? by Naseer Aruri

Update on the Hutaree Hullabaloo by Chuck Baldwin

Putting Whitey In His Place by Paul Gottfried

Heroin and the U.S. Empire by Mark Hackard

Woody Allen: Total Idiot by Angel Lorenz

Elena Kagan and the Decline of WASP America by Kevin MacDonald

Generation X Justice by David Michael Green

Viva La Revolucion by Vox Day

Italian PIGS Get Five Years for Attacks on G8 Protestors by John Hooper

Saudi Woman Retaliates Against PIG

No Victim, No Crime by Laurence Vance

Beware a Centralized Europe by Ron Holland

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

-Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

-Keith Preston

The Metal by Tenacious D

Tribute by Tenacious D

Master Exploder by Tenacious D

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

-Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

-Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Alternative Right Radio

Antiwar Radio

Antiwar Left is Back in Gear Debra Sweet interviewed by Scott Horton

Private Violence is Bad James Bovard interviewed by Scott Horton

Medieval Political Ideas, Part One by Matthew Raphael Johnson

A Speech from Flanders by Tom Sunic

American Police Murder With Impunity Will Grigg interviewed by Scott Horton

Obama’s Iran Treachery Gareth Porter interviewed by Scott Horton

Iraq Still a Total Disaster Area Patrick Cockburn interviewed by Scott Horton

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Still Stuck in the 1960s

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 20 May 2010

Just saw this post and discussion among my left-libertarian former colleagues, now adversaries. I’m not a Rand Paul fan, and I supported his father mostly because he takes a more or less straight Rothbardian line on foreign policy (i.e. to the left of Chomsky). Rand seems to be more of a professional politician type, and compromises more on the big issues. I’m against running for federal offices anyway, unless it’s done for the purpose of agitating for secession by regions and localities (e.g. the positions of Larry Kilgore, the RPN, or the Quebecois Bloc).

But what I found most interesting was the amount of attention given in the comments section to sit-in protests against segregated lunch counters in the 1960s. As if that’s something anarchists in 21st century America need to be worried about.

Questions for Pro-Immigrationists

category Uncategorized keith Friday 21 May 2010

These are some questions that left-wing proponents of mass immigration have never been able to answer satisfactorily (at least not to my satisfaction):

1. What will be the fate of such matters as womens’ rights, gay rights, church/state separation, free speech, freedom of the press, freedom of scientific inquiry, and exemption from excessively harsh punishment when Islamic fundamentalist parties become competitive in European elections?

2. Will not the allowance of mass Islamic immigration into the West eventually result in the overthrow of present day Enlightenment civilization in the same way that Christianity overthrew classical pagan civilization?

3. Will not mass immigration from Latin America into the U.S. not result in a replay of the Mexican War in the U.S. Southwest?

4. Will not the demographic threat posed by mass immigration result in the traditional ethnic and national groups of Europe and the Anglo nations going the same way as the American Indians?

5. If whites become a minority in the future America, will they not suffer the same fate as whites in present day Mugabe-ruled Zimbabwe? Are not whites legitimate in seeking to avoid such a fate for their posterity?

I’m still waiting for the answers.

Vote for Truth in Politics: Elect Linda McMahon

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 22 May 2010

I’ve often said the pro-wrestling industry is the best analogy for the American political system. It may no longer be an analogy. Thomas Knapp seems to agree.

She’s never held political office before (and she still faces a primary fight in August), but if she’s elected this November McMahon’s 30-year career in professional wrestling will make her a strong contender for the “Most Experienced Politician in American History” belt before she ever even sets foot on the Senate floor.

Professional wrestling, as exemplified by WWE, is the purest imaginable distillation of the political ethos as art, specifically theater. Its executives have created a fantasy world in which they and the other actors fight an ongoing series of epic battles — extended wars, even — over imaginary issues.

The Future of America?

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 22 May 2010

We Need Volunteers, Damn It!!

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 23 May 2010

Over the past month or so, I’ve probably had at least half a dozen conversations with different colleagues and comrades regarding the need to get this pan-secessionist, national-anarchist, tribal-anarchist, anarcho-pluralist, alternative right, conservative revolutionary, whatever we are movement off of the internet and into the realm of real-world action. Some of our colleagues (most notably, the Bay Area National Anarchists) are already doing this. So what are the rest of us waiting for?

I’ve come full circle on this. For some years (roughly 1986-1992) I was heavily involved in activism of all different kinds. If it was part of the radical Left during those years, I was part of it. After developing the desire to move past some of the deficiencies I found on the Left, I became inactive for a good number of years and devoted myself instead to private study, radical journalism, and what might be called “behind the scenes” efforts. I recall a conversation with a close comrade circa 2003 where I said that I wasn’t interested in any activism at that point, on the grounds that before we could have a fresh and dynamic radical movement, we first needed to have a solid intellectual foundation for such a movement. After observing subsequent events in radical circles for a few years after that, I wrote in 2006:

In the realm of strategy, I have to confess to being a fairly orthodox Bakuninist. This perspective emphasizes the necessity of a militant vanguard and conspiratorial secret societies composed of radical intellectuals and activists acting as a leadership corps of a larger populist movement of which the lumpenproletariat and the rural population are the class vanguard. This is the strategy that was utilized by history’s most successful anarchist movement, that of the Spanish anarchists. Indeed, it was Bakunin’s emissary Fanelli who first planted the seeds of what was to become classical Spanish anarchism. As I will attempt to demonstrate, this approach might be quite feasible for modern North America as well. At present, the primary intellectual framework of a new American radicalism is pretty well complete…

The next step is the assembling of the “principled militants” whom Bakunin recognized as the intellectual and activist vanguard of the insurgency. This is not to be confused with the Marxist-Leninist concept of the “vanguard” whose only purpose is the achievement of military dictatorship for the sake of managing a centrally planned economy. We are now in need of an organizational framework that can play the same role as that of the FAI in the development of Spanish anarchism. Translated into modern American terms, such an organization would be a combination think-tank and activist and propaganda front, sort of an anarchist alternative to ruling class entities of a similar nature…

Four years later, such “militant vanguard” groups have slowly started to emerge. With increasing frequency, websites, blogs, editorials, and new articles have started to appear that present the alternative anarchist tendencies, the alternative right, secession, and other related outlooks in a positive light. Consequently, our enemies have begun to take notice as well. Last night, it was suggested to me by a leading figure in the new radical milieu that there could and should be at least 30 alternative anarchist “tribes” active in North America. Unfortunately, there are only about five at present and plans for a few more in the works. Another comrade recently suggested to me that a present we have all the theoretical work floating around that we need at present, but what we are lacking are serious volunteers who can turn theory and action into strategy.

In recent times, as I’ve been working on networking projects for the North American secessionist movement, it has occurred to me that it will be the local groups who from the foundation of any future pan-secessionist effort. That has always been my position, but the difficulties I’ve encountered involving regional secessionist efforts have driven the point home further that localism is really where it’s at. With regards to secession, Norman Mailer rather than Jefferson Davis should be our role model. Some years ago I came up with an idea called the “100 Cities Project.” The idea was to find a hundred volunteers in a hundred different cities in the U.S. to run symbolic campaigns for mayor of their respective cities on Mailer’s model, and to do so simultaneously during the same election season so as to generate a blitz of media coverage regarding issues of decentralization and secession. But before such an effort could work, there would have to be strong local organizations capable of supporting such efforts with resources, time, and manpower.

So let’s get busy building functional and active local organization, collectives, “tribes” whatever we want to call them. Recently new groups have emerged in Dayton and Ontario. I’m told plans for a queer-oriented national-anarchist group are in the works. We can build local organizations around whatever themes or cultural identities the participant wish: race, ethnicity, sexuality, religion, class, ecology, philosophical beliefs, economic preferences, etc. There can be different groups for Eurocentrists, pagans, Christians, Muslims, queers, blacks, native peoples’, women, primitivists, anarcho-capitalists, syndicalists, Evolans, Nietzscheans, and so forth. But whatever our individual or collective preferences, let’s just get something going. With these considerations in mind, I am announcing the launching of a new project for my own local area, Richmond Attack the System (RATS).

Richmond Attack the System (RATS)

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 23 May 2010

New project launched.

Obama the Criminal

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 25 May 2010

New Posts at RATS

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 26 May 2010

The National-Anarchist Concept of Tribe

Why Be a National-Anarchist

Summer of ‘69

Those of you who have “third way’ Anarchist blogs of your own (or are considering such) may wish to re-post some of these. I tried to keep things simple for newcomers. I posted the Mailer article because Mailer’s ideas have always seemed to me to be an excellent model for what the practical application of Anarchist, Libertarian, National-Anarchist, DeBenoistist, etc. ideas might be in a modern society.

Updated News Digest May 28-30, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 28 May 2010

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, levelling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

“There’s no difference between cops and outlaws.” -Kim Fowley

War, National Emergency, and “Continuity of Government” by Peter Dale Scott

The Absence of Debate Over War by Glenn Greenwald

Imperialism Makes Americans Less Free, Less Safe, Less Prosperous by David Gordon

Defend the Scoundrels by Ross Kenyon

The Five Most Popular Safety Laws That Don’t Work by Robert Evans

Communism’s Hidden History of Evil by Claire Berlinski

Does Everyone on the Planet Have a Right to Live in the U.S.? by Walter Williams

Property Rights, Liberty, and Immigration by Glenn Jacobs

The Trouble with the 1964 Civil Rights Act by Ron Paul

Getting It Backward by Kevin Carson

The State and the Energy Monopoly by Darian Worden

Civil Rights and the Libertarian Principle by Sheldon Richman

Liberty and Equality by James Leroy Wilson

How Can We Enforce “Rights”? by Butler Shaffer

“Kill Them All, for God Will Know His Own” by William Norman Grigg

The Overthrow of the WASPs by the PC Busy-Body, Do-Gooders by Taki Theodoracopulos

Food Riots, Tent Cities, Mob Rule by Gerald Celente

America Has Died by Doug Casey

Hoppe on Covenant Communities and Advocates of Alternative Lifestyles by Stephan Kinsella

Israel: The Strategic Ally Myth by Philip Giraldi

Rand Paul’s Problem, and Ours by Justin Raimondo

Our Vitriol, and Theirs by Justin Raimondo

My Four-Decade Fight to Report the Truth by Sydney Schanberg

Sometimes Conspiracy Theories Are True by Alexander Cockburn

Will Iraq Be Forgotten As Well? by Andrew Bacevich

Was Rambo Right? by Ron Unz

Those Irrational, Misled, Conspiratorial Muslims by Glenn Greenwald

Why Israel Has to Do Better by Peter Beinart

Chomsky at the Gate by Uri Avnery

The Rand and Rachel Show by Alexander Cockburn

The War Over America’s Past by Pat Buchanan

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

-Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

-Keith Preston

Snuff by Slipknot (R.I.P. Paul Gray)

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

-Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

-Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

Obama’s Satanic Rouge Empire Naomi Wolf interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Medieval Political Ideas, Part One and Part Two by Matthew Raphael Johnson

An Interview With Jonathan Bowden by Tom Sunic

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Renaissance Party of North America Website Launched!!!!

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 26 May 2010

The unveiling. Great work, Letty and Sebastian!

New ARV/ATS Units Formed

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 26 May 2010

In Wisconsin and Boston. Plans in the works for the formation of more units in the future.

Queer Attack the System Group Launched.

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 27 May 2010

Unity in true diversity.

The Civil Rights Myth

category Uncategorized keith Monday 31 May 2010

Timely article from Elizabeth Wright at AlternativeRight.Com. In the tradition of Booker T. Washington and Zora Neal Hurston.

Memorial Day: Remembering the Dead

category Uncategorized keith Monday 31 May 2010

The true Memorial Day slogan should be: “Never Again.” -Jeremy Weiland

The idea of “democracy” has persuaded countless gullible people that they are somehow “consenting” when they are being coerced. The real triumph of the state occurs when its subjects refer to it as “we,” like football fans talking about the home team. That is the delusion of “self- government.” One might as well speak of “self-coercion” or “self-slavery.” -Joseph Sobran

by Anna Morgenstern (originally published by Center for a Stateless Society)

The government holiday now known as Memorial Day has become largely, in practice, ”Barbeque day” here in the USSA.  The purpose for which it was established is much more nefarious.  It is meant to be a memorial of the soldiers who died fighting for the government (specifically for Union soldiers after the Civil War, it was expanded after WWI).  But from an anti-state point of view, there is a good purpose in remembering our dead soldiers.  That would be the same as remembering the victims of any atrocity.  So that instead of saying “thanks for propping up our government” we can say “never again”.

The United States, like most nation-states I suspect, is chock full of war memorials.  Every city has a few.  The US has been a very warlike nation in its short history.  These memorials, in addition to a token pacification of the pain of losing family members in war, act as an incentive to potential new soldiers.  “If you should die fighting, we will remember your sacrifice.”  But what have they sacrificed for?  Despite what the propaganda saying says, they did not, in most cases, die for our freedom.

There are only two cases of US government war (post-revolution) where any sort of case could be made that the government was fighting for its citizens’ freedom:  The Civil War, and WWII.  Despite the fact that there is a growing  faction of people who argue otherwise, I think the Civil War has a decent case to be made.   Once the southern states seceded, there was no longer any sort of legislative possibility of freeing the slaves in those areas.  If the US had opened its border to fleeing slaves and gone as far as to extract them from the south, there likely would have been war anyway. And the southern states seceded, at least in part, over fears that slavery would be abolished.  However, even in this case, there is a lot of moral ambiguity.  Did the northern states emancipate their slaves in 1860?  Even the emancipation proclamation only claimed to free the slaves in the confederate territories.  And the war itself was conducted using tactics that amounted sometimes to crimes against humanity.  The Civil War was not explicitly fought in order to free the slaves, but to reclaim the territory of the southern states.   Does anyone believe that if the CSA had emancipated its slaves in 1861 that the US government would have called off the war?  Lincoln could have said something to this effect.  He could have said “we accept your right to secede, but we cannot accept your enslavement of millions.”  But of course he didn’t, and so the war was at best a dark grey affair.  It is this war which produced much of the war memorials and Memorial Day itself, as the government tried to pacify its people from the anguish and horror of what had just transpired.

As for WWII, the possibility of the Axis successfully taking North America may have been unlikely, but it was a real threat.  Hitler was working (somewhat unsuccessfully) on cruise missiles, long range bombers and nuclear weapons to use against us, and Japan had struck our shore.  So in this instance, there was a self-defense motivation to fight and win this war.  It has been argued that FDR intentionally manipulated the US into the war, which is entirely possible, yet it is also possible that Japan would have attacked us sooner or later anyway.  Our conduct in the war however amounted to mass murder of civilians through bombing, both nuclear and otherwise.  And let’s not forget the internment camps, where 100000+ US citizens were imprisoned simply for having Japanese ancestry.  WWII was also a direct result of the effects of WWI and the terrible, punitive conditions imposed on Germany by the Treaty Of Versailles.  And WWI was one war that the US entered simply for reasons of world domination, economic and otherwise.  Had we not entered, it is likely that the allies would not have been able to press for “unconditional surrender”.  As for the Jews, they were turned away from our shores during Hitler’s reign before, and even after we entered the war.  Not one bomb was dropped on the train tracks leading to the camps, though bombing raids were taking place nearby.  Why didn’t the US government say “Send us your huddled masses, even Jews, Gypsies and homosexuals”?  Again, this one is at best, a dark grey area.

Outside of these two conflicts, the US was involved militarily over and over simply for reasons of economic and political domination.  We still are today.  The extensive war in Afghanistan no longer has much if anything to do with Al Qaeda, if it ever did.  And Iraq is simply a case of US power politics taken to the level of mass murder.  You don’t have to poke very deeply to see the economic corruption behind the scenes of these wars, just as with Vietnam and Korea, Panama and Grenada, Cuba and the Phillipines.  General Smedley Butler gave a rather famous speech called “War is a Racket“, which he later expanded, and it’s still relevant today.  To quote one of the more well-known passages:

“I spent 33 years and four months in active military service and during that period I spent most of my time as a high class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. I helped purify Nicaragua for the International Banking House of Brown Brothers in 1902-1912. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for the American sugar interests in 1916. I helped make Honduras right for the American fruit companies in 1903. In China in 1927 I helped see to it that Standard Oil went on its way unmolested. Looking back on it, I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three districts. I operated on three continents.”

Governments will always create pretexts, however thin, for their activities, especially war.  But in most cases, it is the same sort of business-government corruption that occurs throughout our economy, only writ large and more deadly.  So when you go about your memorializing this Memorial Day, please, remember those who died (unwittingly, for no soldier would openly fight for something as crass as gangsterism, unless he was getting a cut of the action, which in most cases, they don’t) both soldier and civilian, to fatten the pockets of the power elite.  And remember that as long as we have a power elite who historically have been willing to kill off entire cities to make a few extra bucks, we will always have war.  Remember that.  And if you do, perhaps one day we can honestly say “never again”.

Anna O. Morgenstern has been an anarchist of one stripe or another for almost 30 years. Her intellectual interests include economic history, social psychology and voluntary organization theory. She likes pina coladas, but not getting caught in the rain.

Vermont Secessionist Candidate Dennis Steele Speaks

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 3 June 2010

Watch it here.

Gustav Landauer: German National-Anarchist Proto-type

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 3 June 2010

Thanks to Luke for digging up this old essay on Landauer.

Renaissance Party Update: My resignation

category Uncategorized keith Friday 4 June 2010

To those who have inquired about my present relationship with the Renaissance Party of North America:

Yesterday, I officially resigned all of my positions and offices within the party. I did this for several reasons. One was my dissatisfaction with the general direction of the party. Another was an emerging conflict of interest between my involvement with RPN and my pre-existing and ongoing involvements with other groups and tendencies. Yet another was my disagreement with criticisms made by one of the party’s leading figures against one of my close comrades and strongest allies. This is all I care to say about the issue publicly.

Dr. Tomislav Sunic interviews Keith Preston

category Uncategorized keith Friday 4 June 2010

The interview will be aired on Voice of Reason on Tuesday, June 8,  at 9 pm Eastern U.S time.

The Sunic Journal

An Interview with Keith Preston from Attack the System
sunic_04.jpgKeith Preston.jpg

On Tuesday, June 8, 2010, at 9 PM Eastern US time, Voice of Reason® will air Tom’s interview with renowned writer and revolutionary thinker Keith Preston.

How to listen and/or download the show for free is listed at the bottom of this page.

Topics for discussion will include:

· Pan-secessionism as the visionary tactic for detaching organically constituted communities from the Global-Bureaucratic Empire. An overarching empire that can easily be seen as the common enemy of all population groups.

· Keith gives Dr. Sunic and his listeners a broad overview of National Anarchism and its importance as a growing movement.

· The need for communities to regain their innate sense of self-determination by recognizing not only their uniqueness, but the “legitimacy of otherness.” For National Anarchists diversity isn’t simply a political locution used to browbeat white people, but something inherent in nature that must be respected.

· Keith and Tom discuss the mind and life of the legendary Warrior-Intellectual Ernst Junger. What follows is a development of Junger’s concept of the individual man as the “anarch.”

· Junger’s warrior ethos as a means for creating a truly free man who controls his own mind no matter how oppressive and ubiquitous the criminal state becomes.

About Keith Preston and his work:

To learn more about Keith and his ideas for “Pan-secessionism Against the Empire” please explore his website Attack the System. You can download his award-winning essay “Free Enterprise: The Antidote to Corporate Plutocracy” here. Keith has also written interesting and insightful essays for the Alternative Right.

Listening and download instructions:

The show will air on the Voice of Reason Broadcast Network. To tune in to the live feed for this and all VoR programming, click here to use Windows Media Player or here for Winamp.  For iTunes:  open iTunes, press Ctrl+U on your keyboard, copy/paste http://208.110.82.50/vor_high.pls into the Open Audio Stream dialog box, then click OK (you will now be able to listen to VoR live on iTunes any time by clicking on ‘Voice of Reason Broadcast Network’ in your music list).  If you cannot catch it as it airs on Tuesday, the interview will be archived in mp3 format for download on Tom’s page at the VoR site soon after the show ends (archived shows are listed on the right side of page).

Updated News Digest June 5-6, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 5 June 2010

American Revolutionary Vanguard: Loved By Few, Hated By Many, Respected By All

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, levelling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“Isn’t it ironic that the government can criminally charge citizens with ‘conspiracy’ (an agreement or a partnership, not an action), but when a citizen even mentions that there is ample evidence (provided by the government’s own documents) that the government can and does conspire to commit and does commit various felonies, they are mocked, vilified, and labeled as kooks?

When the government came for militia, I remained silent; I was not militia.
When they locked up the religious conservatives, I remained silent; I was an atheist.
When they came for the bloggers, I remained silent; I was not a blogger.
When they came for the Muslims, I remained silent; I was not Muslim. When the came for me, there was no one left to speak out.”

-Eli Cryderman

“There’s no difference between cops and outlaws.” -Kim Fowley

“Two can keep a secret if one is dead.” -Hell’s Angels (attributed)

The National-Bolshevik Party: Breaking the Circle Jerk by Maury Knutson

Tea Party Dabbles in Revolution (Talk) by Maury Knutson

Total War and Civil Rights by William Norman Grigg

Freedom and Discrimination by Laurence Vance

The Civil Rights Myth: Integration and the End of Black Self-Reliance by Elizabeth Wright

Lift the Siege by Pat Buchanan

This Says It All by Justin Raimondo

Victimhood, Tribalism, and Aggression by Glenn Greenwald

A Tea Party to Nowhere by Philip Giraldi

Vietnam, Minus the Jungle by Peter Preston

Better Than Money by James Leroy Wilson

Rand Paul: Unprincipled Hero by Rand Paul

Pariah Nation by Alexander Cockburn

How Democracy Breeds Political Idiocy by James Bovard

Rogue State Politics by Anthony DiMaggio

Serving the Empire, Killing for Lies by Sheldon Richman

The Secret Truth About Government and Politics by Ralph Raico

Commie Social Gospel Types by Bill Anderson

Nazi Justice Coming to America by Peter Huebl

The Right to Discriminate by Walter Williams

Civil Rights and Freedom by Larry Elder

Power Elite Protectionism by Murray Rothbard

The Criminalization of Self-Defense by Massad Ayoob

U.S. Out of Korea (and Out of North America!) by Eric Margolis

Immigration: A Slightly Different Take by Fred Reed

The Prettification of War by John V. Walsh

The Revenge of the Paleos by Richard Spencer

Confessions of a Godless Man by Richard Hoste

“No Nation Has Ever Demonized Manhood to Its Own Reward” by Jack Donovan

World’s Oldest Marijuana Stash

Gangster Pulls Gun on Skater, Regrets It

“The Italians were called wops, the Jews were called hymies, I was of course a greaseball, and every Hispanic was a spic. Well, we all got along famously! It was rough, but it was fine.”

-Taki Theodoracopulos

“The “clash of civilizations” is, in a very literal sense, a clash of God and Mammon. The Islamic revolutionaries are driven by a fanatical devotion to their god and the promises they believe he has made to them if only they take up arms on his behalf. The nations of the West are driven by an almost as fanatical devotion to Mammon, that is, to wealth, luxury, power, pleasure and privilege. Further, the culture of the West combines this unabashedly materialist ethos with rejection of strength and discipline in favor of a maternalistic emphasis on health, safety, “sensitivity”, “self-esteem”, “potential”, “personal growth”, “getting in touch with one’s inner child”, “feelings” and other concepts common to pop culture psychobabble. Of course, the socio-cultural ramifications of this is to create a society of weaklings, mediocrities and crybabies.”

-Keith Preston

The Meek Shall Inherit Nothing -Frank Zappa

Uncle Remus -Frank Zappa

Life is war and conflict, struggle and strife, from conception till death…Never shall the lion lie down peacefully with the lamb…”

Why are those who espouse Univeral Love, Tolerance, and ‘Human Brotherhood,’ usually the most screwed up people you’ve ever met, socially and emotionally? Not to mention some of the nastiest and most self-centered narcissists around?”

-Chris Donnellan

“What You Believe is Not as Important as What You Do.”

-Andrew Yeoman

Audio Broadcasts

The Life of Rachel Corrie -Scott Horton interviews her parents

When Israel Murdered 34 Americans Ray McGovern interviewed by Scott Horton

Alex Kurtagic interviewed by Tomislav Sunic

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

http://www.camodiva.com/assets/images/girls_guns_web.gif

http://www.treeworld.info/attachments/f36/8982d1229506754-girls-guns-gng-7.jpg

Right-Wing Anarchism

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 6 June 2010

[Keith: One of my correspondents sent me this...]

A translation of Karlheinz Weißman’s entry on “Anarchismus von rechts” (right-wing anarchism) in the Lexikon des Konservatismus (Graz and Stuttgart: Leopold Stocker Verlag, 1996) edited by Caspar von Schrenck-Notzing.

Right-wing Anarchism

The concept of right-wing anarchism seems paradoxical, indeed oxymoronic, starting from the assumption that all “right-wing” political viewpoints include a particularly high evaluation of the principle of order. . . . In fact right-wing anarchism occurs only in exceptional circumstances, when the hitherto veiled affinity between anarchism and conservatism may become apparent. Ernst Jünger has characterised this peculiar connection in his book Der Weltstaat (1960): “The anarchist in his purest form is he, whose memory goes back the farthest: to pre-historical, even pre-mythical times; and who believes, that man at that time fulfilled his true purpose . . . In this sense the anarchist is the Ur-conservative, who traces the health and the disease of society back to the root.” Jünger later called this kind of “Prussian” . . . or “conservative anarchist” the “Anarch,” and referred his own “désinvolture” as agreeing therewith: an extreme aloofness, which nourishes itself and risks itself in the borderline situations, but only stands in an observational relationship to the world, as all instances of true order are dissolving and an “organic construction” is not yet, or no longer, possible.

Even though Jünger himself was immediately influenced by the reading of Max Stirner, the affinity of such a thought-complex to dandyism is particularly clear. In the dandy, the culture of decadence at the end of the 19th century brought forth a character, which on the one hand was nihilistic and ennuyé, on the other hand offered the cult of the heroic and vitalism as an alternative to progressive ideals.

The refusal of current ethical hierarchies, the readiness to be “unfit, in the deepest sense of the word, to live” (Flaubert), reveal the dandy’s common points of reference with anarchism; his studied emotional cold, his pride, and his appreciation of fine tailoring and manners, as well as the claim to constitute “a new kind of aristocracy” (Charles Baudelaire), represent the proximity of the dandy to the political right. To this add the tendency of politically inclined dandies to declare a partiality to the Conservative Revolution or to its forerunners, as for instance Maurice Barrès in France, Gabriele d’Annunzio in Italy, Stefan George or Arthur Moeller van den Bruck in Germany. The Japanese author Yukio Mishima belongs to the later followers of this tendency.

Besides this tradition of right-wing anarchism, there has existed another, older and largely independent tendency, connected with specifically French circumstances. Here, at the end of the 18th century, in the later stages of the ancien régime, formed an anarchisme de droite, whose protagonists claimed for themselves a position “beyond good and evil,” a will to live “like the gods,” and who recognised no moral values beyond personal honour and courage. The world-view of these libertins was intimately connected with an aggressive atheism and a pessimistic philosophy of history. Men like Brantôme, Montluc, Béroalde de Verville and Vauquelin de La Fresnaye held absolutism to be a commodity that regrettably opposed the principles of the old feudal system, and that only served the people’s desire for welfare. Attitudes, which in the 19th century were again to be found with Arthur de Gobineau and Léon Bloy, and also in the 20th century with Georges Bernanos, Henry de Montherlant and Louis-Ferdinand Céline. This position also appeared in a specifically “traditionalist” version with Julius Evola, whose thinking revolved around the “absolute individual.”

In whichever form right-wing anarchism appears, it is always driven by a feeling of decadence, by a distaste for the age of masses and for intellectual conformism. The relation to the political is not uniform; however, not rarely does the aloofness revolve into activism. Any further unity is negated already by the highly desired individualism of right-wing anarchists. Nota bene, the term is sometimes adopted by men–for instance George Orwell (Tory anarchist) or Philippe Ariès–who do not exhibit relevant signs of a right-wing anarchist ideology; while others, who objectively exhibit these criteria–for instance Nicolás Gómez Dávila or Günter Maschke–do not make use of the concept.

Bibliography

Gruenter, Rainer. “Formen des Dandysmus: Eine problemgeschichtliche Studie über Ernst Jünger.” Euphorion 46 (1952) 3, pp. 170-201.
Kaltenbrunner, Gerd-Klaus, ed. Antichristliche Konservative: Religionskritik von rechts. Freiburg: Herder, 1982.
Kunnas, Tarmo. “Literatur und Faschismus.” Criticón 3 (1972) 14, pp. 269-74.
Mann, Otto. “Dandysmus als konservative Lebensform.” In Gerd-Klaus Kaltenbrunner, ed., Konservatismus international, Stuttgart, 1973, pp. 156-70.
Mohler, Armin. “Autorenporträt in memoriam: Henry de Montherlant und Lucien Rebatet.” Criticón 3 (1972) 14, pp. 240-42.
Richard, François. L’anarchisme de droite dans la littérature contemporaine. Paris: PUF, 1988.
______. Les anarchistes de droite. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 1997.
Schwarz, Hans Peter. Der konservative Anarchist: Politik und Zeitkritik Ernst Jüngers. Freiburg im Breisgan, 1962.
Sydow, Eckart von. Die Kultur der Dekadenz. Dresden, 1921.

Support the Right to Discriminate

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 6 June 2010

Ban the cops from Anarchist cafes! No coffee and donuts for you, PIG! This is a hilarious story. Next thing we know the police will be doing sit-ins in anarchist coffee shops. Maybe the Black Bloc can break out the dogs and firehoses.

“I have a dream that the day will come when all God’s children, pigs and anarcho-leftoids, can sit down together for a chocolate mocha….”

We Will Win: The Case for Optimism

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 6 June 2010

My latest post at AltRight.

Two New National-Anarchist Sites

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 6 June 2010

Las Vegas National-Anarchists

Revolt, Not Therapy

Well done, my friends!

Paul Craig Roberts: The USA is a Failed State

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 6 June 2010

Roberts really hits one out of the park in this one. He makes Chomsky look like a lightweight. It’s hard to believe Roberts was once an official in the Reagan government. I used to read Roberts’ syndicated columns in the 80s and disliked him as a Reagan apologist. What a difference 20 years makes.

Sunic interview

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 9 June 2010

The interview I recently recorded with Dr. Tomislav Sunic for Voice of Reason is now available. Listen to it here.

The Anti-Bigotry Cult Reaches New Lows

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 9 June 2010

I have argued in the past that Totalitarian Humanism is every bit as insidious and obscurantist and Communism, Nazism, and theocratic religious fundamentalism. Here are some more examples:

Anti-Racist Mathematics

Black Holes Are Racists

Now, how is this any different from Soviet Lysenkoism, Nazi propagandists denouncing modern physics as “Jew science,” or medieval theocrats denouncing the heliocentric model of the solar system?

Updated News Digest June 12-13, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 12 June 2010

American Revolutionary Vanguard: Loved By Few, Hated By Many, Respected By All

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, levelling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

How Israeli Propaganda Shaped U.S. Media Coverage of the Flotilla Attack by Glenn Greenwald

North American New Right/Countercurrents Site Launched!

The Death of Las Vegas from The Economic Collapse

More Than One in Five American Children Are Now Living Below the Poverty Line from The Economic Collapse

The Most Important Thing to Remember About Self-Defense from Survive2Day

The War Is Making You Poor by Justin Raimondo

The Biggest Earmark Is Empire by Jack Hunter

Terrorism: Made in the USA by Sheldon Richman

In Afghanistan, the Beginning of the End? by Tom Hayden

On the Vilification of Helen Thomas by Robert Scheer

Freedom’s Real Enemies by Chuck Baldwin

America’s Bread and Circus Society by Chuck Baldwin

Somalia-Is That Really All You Got? by Kevin Carson

Light in Darkness: Mondragon and the Global Economic Meltdown by John Medaille

Farewell to the American Empire with Love by Thomas Naylor

Bankers? Guess What, Wankers! Burn the Rich! from Class War

The Crude Truth by Alexander Cockburn

The State As Protection Racket by T. P. Wilkinson

The National Bolshevik Party-Breaking the Circle Jerk by Maury Knutson

Third Position in Fact and Fancy by Maury Knutson

Meathead Left Hates the Third Position by Maury Knutson

Tea Party’s Vision Thing by Maury Knutson

Hypocrisy Reigns by William Blum

Will Belgium Split Apart? by Robert Wielaard

Paper Money Is Headed Towards Zero Value by Marc Faber

Abolish the Public Schools by Gary North

Building the Ruling Elite by Murray Rothbard

Predator Palin by Pat Buchanan

Worse Than a Crime-A Mistake by Eric Margolis

Do Draconian Gun Laws Keep Europeans Safe? No! by John Lott

From Loose Money to the Destruction of Civilization by Lew Rockwell

The Myth of Monolithic Communism by Murray Rothbard

Things the Marine Corps Forgot to Mention by Laurence Vance

Smart People Are Leaving the U.S. by Ron Holland

My Life on the Right by Hans Hermann Hoppe

Abolish the Military-All of It! by Simon Jenkins

Saved By His Gun by Gary Nelson

Can Black Americans Afford Obama? by Walter Williams

Rothbard’s Legacy by Lew Rockwell

Tea Partiers May Need the ACLU by Scott Lazorowitz

Audio Broadcasts

Leak Your Secrets-It’s the Patriotic Thing to Do Daniel Ellsberg interviewed by Scott Horton

Don’t Lose Hope Lew Rockwell interviewed by Scott Horton

Anarchism, Secession, and Ernst Junger Keith Preston interviewed by Tomislav Sunic

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“A centralised democracy may be as tyrannical as an absolute monarch; and if the vigour of the nation is to continue unimpaired, each individual, each family, each district, must preserve as far as possible its independence, its self-completeness, its powers and its privilege to manage its own affairs and think its own thoughts.

–James Anthony Froude (1818-1894), author and historian.
Source: Short Studies on Great Subjects

“Whoever appeals to the law against his fellow man is either a fool or a coward. Whoever cannot take care of himself without police protection is both. It is as cowardly to betray an offender to justice, even though his offences be against yourself, as it is not to avenge an injury by violence. It is dastardly and contemptible in a wounded man to betray the name of his assailant, because if he recovers, he must naturally expect to take vengeance himself.”
– From Porello, The Rise and Fall of the Cleveland Mafia

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

http://santiagodelrio.files.wordpress.com/2008/07/mujer-farc.jpg

http://www.apostropher.com/img/tv03_1.jpg

http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/para/images/upf-pic1.jpg

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/telegraph/multimedia/archive/01243/kids-with-guns_1243524i.jpg

On Secession, Immigration, and Revolutionary Conservatism

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 15 June 2010

Two new articles from me at Alternative Right:

Immigration: Secession Is the Solution

White Nationalism Is Not Enough: A Call for Revolutionary Conservatism

And a great new article by Dr. Sean Gabb demonstrating how the Totalitarian Humanists and Global Plutocrats have mutually supportive agendas:

Political Nuclear Fusion: Freedom + Property=Restriction

National-Anarchist Women

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 15 June 2010

This blog is now under new and highly capable management. Keep an eye on it. I’m expecting good things from this one.

What Is Loyalty?

Carson Takes Down the Police State

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 15 June 2010

In two articles.

Law Abiding Citizens Heart Gangsters

There are dozens or hundreds of SWAT raids every week all around the country, for simple possession, with the same kinds of unannounced 3AM breakins that used to be associated with the Gestapo and OGPU. You can read every week of people tasered to death or physically brutalized for “resisting arrest” when in fact they were in diabetic comas or having epileptic seizures. You can read of people (including grandmothers and little girls) beaten within an inch of their lives for “noncompliance,” despite posing absolutely no physical threat of any kind, simply because the alpha male cop went off on them like a pit bull on angel dust in the face of a lesser creature that refused to show its belly.  And unless someone’s lucky enough to have clear video footage to prove the cops are lying each other up — and usually not even then — you can count on the worst happening to them being suspension with pay pending a pro forma finding that “all procedures were followed” and there was “no evidence of wrongdoing.”

Government Services: Where the Customer Is Always Wrong

Imagine a bakery that, instead of selling you what you ask for when you go inside, enrolls you on their customer list against your will, charges your account for whatever package of goods they think you should buy, and sends someone to collect the bill at gunpoint.  If you want any of the pastries or loaves they have on display, you’re expected to take them along with the bakery’s choice of other offerings whether you want them or not.

And if you walk in to pick up a loaf of fresh-baked bread, and the baker beats you senseless or tasers you, you’d better not complain if you don’t want to be called a hypocrite.  After all, you badmouth the baker, you dirty stinking hippie, but you sure don’t mind coming to him when you want bread!  Anyway, you little ingrate punk, I’ve seen what it’s like when people don’t have bread, and believe you me the bakers are the only thing standing between you and hunger!

Bye, Bye, Miss American Empire

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 17 June 2010

Bill Kauffman’s new book on secession. (thanks, Brady!)

It’s been almost a century and a half since a critical mass of Americans believed that secession was an American birthright. But breakaway movements large and small are rising up across the nation. From Vermont to Alaska, activists driven by all manner of motives want to form new states—and even new nations.

So, just what’s happening out there? The American Empire is dying, says Bill Kauffman in this incisive, eye-opening investigation into modern-day secession—the next radical idea poised to enter mainstream discourse. And those rising up to topple that empire are a surprising mix of conservatives, liberals, regionalists, and independents who—from movement to movement—may share few political beliefs but who have one thing in common: a sense that our nation has grown too large, and too powerfully centralized, to stay true to its founding principles.

Bye Bye, Miss American Empire traces the historical roots of the secessionist spirit, and introduces us to the often radical, sometimes quixotic, and highly charged movements that want to decentralize and re-localize power.

During the George W. Bush administration, frustrated liberals talked secession back to within hailing distance of the margins of national debate, a place it had not occupied since 1861. Now, secessionist voices on the left and right and everywhere in between are amplifying. Writes Kauffman, “The noise is the sweet hum of revolution, of subjects learning how to be citizens, of people shaking off . . . their Wall Street and Pentagon overlords and taking charge of their lives once more.”

Engaging, illuminating, even sometimes troubling, Bye Bye, Miss American Empire is a must-read for those taking the pulse of the nation.

Secessionists Must Confront the Israeli Mafia

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 17 June 2010

Timely article from Thomas Naylor. (thanks, Jim!)

Neither Republican Brian Dubie nor any of the Democratic candidates for governor in Vermont have uttered a peep about the flotilla incident.  Only Vermont Independenista candidate Dennis Steele has expressed any concern whatsoever for the plight of the Palestinians.

Duplicitous Vermont taxpayers who remain loyal to the American Empire cannot escape the fact that they too are accomplices to the Israeli acts of genocide.

The Israeli Mafia will remain in charge of American foreign policy until either the American Empire collapses or peaceably dissolves.

Under the leadership of Dennis Steele, Vermont Independenistas will carve out their own foreign policy independent of Washington and Tel Aviv.

Richard Spencer: The Alternative Right in America

category Uncategorized keith Friday 18 June 2010

Richard’s address to Han Hermann Hoppe’s Property and Freedom Society. Watch it here. Richard is starting to sound a lot like a National-Anarchist.

Revolutions: American and Spanish, Anarchist and Patriotic

category Uncategorized keith Friday 18 June 2010

“We should encourage the flower of liberty whether its petals be red white and blue, or red and black.”

-Karl Hess

Readers that are new to ATS/ARV or who are unfamiliar with, skeptical of or even hostile to anarcho-pluralism, national-anarchism, or tribal-anarchism have at times asked how anarchism can be reconciled with nationalism. Here’s how I do it:

The most successful anarchist movement in history was the Spanish anarcho-syndicalist/anarcho-communist movement of the early 20th century.  The American Revolution was arguably the most successful and enduring revolution in history. What I have attempted to do with ATS/ARV is synthesize these two traditions.

The Spanish anarchist movement began when some of Bakunin’s associates started organizing locally in the late nineteenth century, and over the next few decades anarchism grew into a mass movement. Bakunin is my primary ideological influence, and I consider myself and my friends, colleagues, associates and allies (e.g. all of you) to be the modern equivalent of the Bakuninist wing of the First International that became the foundation of the historic anarchist movement. At present, we “alternative anarchists” are at the stage the classical anarchist movement in Spain was in during its very earliest days, e.g. handfuls of dedicated militants organizing local groups.

Eventually, the anarchist movement in Spanish grew into the Iberran Anarchist Federation (FAI), which included anarchist groups in Spain and Portugal, and there was also a large anarchist movement in neighboring France. The FAI was an organization for anarchist militants and ideological leaders, and these militants disseminated their ideas through growing movements of workers and peasants, eventually organizing these into the National Confederation of Workers (CNT). The CNT was a much larger group for which the FAI provided leadership.

As a matter of organizational strategy, I would like to see the eventual emergence in North America of a federation of anarchist militants comparable to the FAI. This would not be any kind of centralized organization like a political party, but would simply be an association or affiliation of completely autonomous local groups, and membership in the federation would be open to all proponents of “alternative anarchism” such as those mentioned in the ARV statement of purpose, e.g. adherents of “anarcho-collectivism, syndicalism, mutualism, post-structuralism, Green anarchism, primitivism and neo-tribalism from the Left, and anarcho-capitalism, anarcho-monarchism, anarcho-feudalism, national-anarchism, tribal-anarchism, paleo-anarchism and Christian anarchism from the Right” along with “sympathetic persons from other ideological currents.”

Eventually, we will grow larger than and overrun the anarchist movement of the present day. The right-libertarian/anarcho-capitalist camp has undergone a major split in recent years between the establishment-friendly “low-tax liberal” types (we know who they are) and the serious anti-state radicals. Hans Hermann Hoppe has emerged as the premiere theorist of the latter camp and his core idea of replacing mass democracy with small, private or semi-private, voluntary or quasi-voluntary communities of scale comparable to present day micronations like Liechtenstein, Luxemborg, or Monaco overlaps in a fundamental way with our own outlook. There are some differences between our approach and those of the the Wal-Mart fans found in some anarcho-libertarian circles as well, but thanks to the noble efforts of Kevin Carson and Sean Gabb there is a growing consensus among radical libertarians that plutocracy is ultimately a creature of the state. As for the anarcho-leftoids, what remains to be said? Eventually, their more serious, intelligent, intellectually honest, and genuinely anti-system people will come over into our camp. I hear from former left-anarchists all the time who have already made the defection. The rest of their movement will be absorbed by liberalism as the anarcho-leftoids ultimately have no barrier to such cooptation.

The classical anarchists built their movement through organizing workers and peasants into labor unions. The labor movement is now a thing of the past, and unions are now mainstream institutions. The resurgent anarchist movement of the 1960s oriented itself towards the New Left, but the movements that came out of the New Left are likewise part of the present day establishment and have been coopted by Totalitarian Humanism and Cultural Marxism.  Some have placed hope in the Tea Party phenomenon, but these have become an arm of the neoconservative-led Republican establishment. The real location of serious radicalism in North America today is in the secessionist movement. Thomas Naylor has described this neo-secessionist movement as “arguably the most radical political movement in the history of the United States” and for good reason. Just as the classical anarchists oriented themselves towards the historic labor movement, so should alternative anarchists in contemporary North America orient themselves towards the secessionist movement (or movements) by providing organizational support, producing pro-secession propaganda, joining and seeking leadership positions, developing workable strategic goals that will contribute to the eventual success of secession, pushing existing secession movements in ever more radical directions, organizing constituent groups for secession, and so forth. Regional and local secessionist movements in North America should have the same relationship to our own alternative anarchist movement as the CNT did with the FAI.

Regarding class conflict, the classical anarchist movement oriented itself towards the peasants, urban industrial workers, and also found a following among dissidents from the aristocracy (which is where both Bakunin and Kropotkin originated from). While the growing alternative anarchist movement overlaps with the right-libertarians considerably, at least the more radical right-libertarians, we generally lack their bias towards the bourgeoisie. Individual or class self-interest and ideological preferences aside, an orientation towards the bourgeoisie in strategically impractical. A Zogby poll published in 2008 indicated that the lower one’s position in the socio-economic hierarchy, and the lower one’s level of formal education, the more one is likely to be sympathetic to the idea of secession. There are valid reasons for this. Those on the bottom layers have the least to lose and the most to gain from political upheaval. The affluent and comfortable prefer security, safety, and stability, not radicalism or revolutionism.

Classical anarchism identified as the enemy not only the state proper, but institutions that are adjacent to or supportive of the state. In their day, this meant the feudal aristocracy, the established Church, and the rising capitalist class (the source of today’s plutocratic order). A contemporary war against the state is out of necessity and, indeed, by nature a war against the plutocracy, and we should be very thankful to thinkers such as Carson and Gabb for injecting this bit of common sense into a libertarian movement that has been so blinkered at times on this question. And while the Church is essentially impotent in modern Western civilization, the theocracies of the past have been replaced with the religions of mass democracy, multiculturalism, feminism, and the therapeutic state. The institutions of the media and academia have replaced the Church as the disseminators and enforcers of this new orthodoxy, indeed, fundamentalism. Just as the classical anarchists battled the monarchical state, the artificially privileged feudal landlords and capitalists, and the theocratic Church, so are we present day alternative anarchists up against the bureaucratic-democratic-managerial state, the plutocracy of “big business” and the “banksters,” and the new theocracy of “political correctness.”

Our understanding of these facts places us light years ahead of other professed anti-authoritarian movements. The right-libertarians often sympathize with the right wing of the establishment, and indeed often view it as being oppressed by the state. Recall Ayn Rand’s declarations that “big business is America’s most persecuted minority” and that the military-industrial-complex is a “myth.” The anarcho-leftoids are essentially the militant wing of the new theocracy who believe in its tenants even more fervently than its high priests actually do. Just as Osama bin Laden regards the Saudi theocracy as far too liberal for his tastes, so do the anarcho-leftoids regard totalitarian humanism as far too impotent, preferring vigilante violence against violators rather than the establishment’s approach of informal or formal censorship, economic or legal sanctions. Therefore, those of us in the various “alternative anarchist” camps are much more equipped to battle all of the establishment’s institutions across the board: the state, the plutocracy, the banking cartel, the military-industrial complex, the empire, the police state, the therapeutic state, prison industry, legal racket, media propaganda systems, academic indoctrination systems, and the “new class” managerial bureaucracy.

The modern libertarian critique of plutocracy offered by Carson and Gabb overlaps fairly well with the classical anarchist critique of the relationship between state and capital advanced by Proudhon and other leading anarchist economists of the time. As Gabb has pointed out, this critique of the plutocratic state dovetails with a thorough-going critique of totalitarian humanism, cultural Marxism, and political correctness, as the PC ideological framework serves to advance the economic interests of the plutocracy, the ideological interests of the totalitarian Left, and the interests of the state in expanding its realm of authority and control. What the Church was to classical anarchism, the institutions of political correctness are to us. If Bakunin were here today, instead of railing against “God and the State,” he would be railing against “political correctness and the state.”

If we compare ourselves to the classical anarchists of Spain, then the managerial-democratic state becomes the monarchy, PC institutions such as the media and academia become the Church, the corporate plutocracy becomes the feudal landlords, the Christian Zionist stooges-for-the-neocons and reactionary jingoists who denounce us for our “anti-American” and “anti-Israel” sympathies become the Francista fascists, and the antifa and other left-wing authoritarian hoodlums become the Stalin-backed Communists who sided with the Spanish liberal-bourgeoisie against the anarchist uprisings of 1936.

If the classical anarchists allied themselves with workers and peasants, then the present day parallels would be the neo-peasantry of rural America, the petite bourgeoisie of self-employed and small entrepreneurs, the lower proletariat (e.g. minimum wage workers in service industries), the lumpenproletariat (e.g. the chronically unemployed or those whose livelihood is criminalized by the state), and the former middle class that is sinking into the ranks of the proletariat due to the combined impact of the global economy and reckless fiscal and monetary policies.

When the Anarchist uprising occurred in Spain in 1936, there were plenty of non-Communist socialists and even some non-fascist or non-Francista nationalists and conservative peasant or agrarian unions that joined the revolution.  In a parallel sense, there are plenty of non-neonconservative rightists and non-politically correct leftists who will either come into our camp or emerge as our allies in the long run. Lastly, let us not forget that the Spanish anarchists and their allies organized a militia confederation that fought a two-front war and lost only because of overwhelming odds. Contemporary military science indicates that the wave of the future in military matters will be “fourth generation” non-state armies of the kind that anarchists are most suited for.

What does any of this have to do with nationalism? I have just outlined how a North American alternative anarchist movement modeled on the most successful anarchist movement in history might eventually grow and expand and achieve preeminence. But it must do so within an appropriate framework and, for America, that framework is the legacy and traditions of the American Revolution. Just as the American revolution of 1776 was a patriotic rebellion and secession from a tyrannical empire, and just as the southern secession of 1861 was a repeat attempt of the same, so should a revolutionary movement in America, regardless of its specific ideological content, root its appeals in these traditions and historical precedents. Further, the present day struggle is a struggle against the global plutocratic order. Upholding the sovereignty of nations, regions, communities, cultures and other particular identities is a threat to and bulwark against global capitalism. Therefore, National-Anarchism and allied tendencies are the way forward, particularly in a nation like the United States with its historic revolutionary and secessionist traditions.

National-Anarchist Women’s Blog Interview

category Uncategorized keith Friday 18 June 2010

The editor of the National-Anarchist Women’s blog has put out the following request. I’m posting it here for ATS readers. Please participate if you feel you have something to offer. This is an essential project in the effort towards making our movement stronger and more successful. Participants may forward their answers to the interview questions to me via the contact page, and I will forward them to her. Here is her request:

Hello;

I’ve come up with some basic interview questions in regards to feminism, it’s effects on American women, as well as what N-A has to offer women. If you feel the need to add or change questions, then that’s fine with me. If you can find a woman in your tribe (or others) who would like to do this interview that would be great. Contributors are always welcome to use pen names.

If you would be willing to take the time to answer the interview questions and then e-mail it back to me in Microsoft Office Word 2007 format (or something that is compatible with that program), then I would be very, very appreciative. The questions are pasted below.

Thank you.

Interview Questions:

What is your opinion on feminism and how it has impacted American women?

How has it impacted the American populace overall? Do you have an opinion on how it has affected Western Civilization?

What changes would you like to see in regards to feminism’s effect on American society?

What other options are available for American women who do not like their current situation?

In what way can National-Anarchism provide solutions? How do tribes and autonomous communities benefit women?

What roles and functions do you see women playing within the National-Anarchist scene?

What functions do female members fulfill in your organization/tribe?

We Need MORE Volunteers, Damn It!

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 19 June 2010

The last call for volunteers really produced some results, so I’m going to do it again.

The ARV/ATS associates in Boston and Las Vegas and the Queer ATS affiliate have really been knocking it out. Plus, Bay Area National-Anarchists have a new website and National-Anarchist Women has been revitalized. My apologies to anyone who has been particularly active and whom I’ve neglected to mention.

We still need more groups in more locations, of course, and with still more variety of themes. Here is a list of the 100 largest metropolitan areas in the United States. We need to establish ATS, N-A or Alternative Anarchist groups in all of these localities. For instance, we certainly need groups in Chicago, L.A. and New York City. Who wants to step up to the plate? Just establish a blog or FB page modeled on the ones already in existence, keep it active and updated, and let people start coming to you. Do so anonymously by using pseudonyms if you need to. Also, the National-Anarchists in the Military, Paleo-Anarchism, and American New Right sites have not been updated in a while. I would encourage the owners of all of these to post fresh material if at all possible or, if not, consider delegating temporary editorial control to someone who has the time or resources to be more active.

We don’t want to confine our activities to big cities only, of course. We need groups in rural areas, smaller towns and secondary cities, or suburban areas on the outskirts of the major metropolises. For those readers out there who are sick of plastic suburban life, how about starting an ATS or N-A group in your community, or in your school or university. For all of the red staters, why not a Montana ATS group or a Nebraska N-A collective? Cascadia? Texas? the Carolinas?

Here are some other possibilities:

National-Anarchist/Austro-Libertarian Alliance

Attack the System Group for Radical Greens, Peak Oilers, Primitivists, Linkolans, and Deep Ecologists

Native American Attack the System Group

Christian National-Anarchists

National-Syndicalists

Attack the System Canada

Islamic National-Anarchists

Attack the System Firearms and Self-Defense Project

Attack the System Student Association

Mormon National-Anarchists

Catholic National-Anarchists

Attack the System Fathers’ Rights Group

Attack the System Men’s Rights Project

National-Anarchist Project to Assist Battered Women and Abused Children

The Szasz Alliance: Exposing the Mental Health Industry

Attack the System Police State Monitoring Project

National-Anarchists Against Imperialist War

National-Anarchist Palestine Solidarity Project

Pagans Against Political Correctness

National-Anarchist Alliance to Expose Atrocities Against White South Africans

Bias in Hate Crimes Reporting Group

Attack the System Anti-AIPAC Outreach Project

National-Anarchists Against the Federal Reserve

Russian-American National-Anarchists

Asian-American National-Anarchists

African-American National-Anarchists

Attack the System General Strike for Superstore and Fast Food Workers Project

Attack the System Prisoner Outreach Project

National-Anarchist Alternative Medicine Group

National-Anarchist Tea Party Outreach Project

Attack the System Secession for (pick your city, state, or region)

National-Anarchist Association of Home-Schoolers

National-Anarchists for Animal Rights

National-Anarchist Squatters

Attack the System Drug War Resistance Project

Attack the System Sex Workers Group

Celtic National-Anarchists

The Evola Study Group

The Nietzsche Study Group

The Classical Anarchist Study Group

Literature of the Weimar Conservative Revolution Study Group

Third Position Health Care (it’s been taken, so keep it active!)

Attack the System Alternative Economics Project

National-Anarchist Project to Document and Expose Political Correctness

Radical Patriots/ Radical Anarchists United Against Big Brother

As you can tell, the possibilities are virtually endless. Just set up a blog or FB page reflecting your preferred themes, or pull a few close comrades together and form a group, and see where it leads.

Updated News Digest June 19-20, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 19 June 2010

American Revolutionary Vanguard: Loved By Few, Hated By Many, Respected By All

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, levelling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

Cut Spending on the Military Industrial Complex by Lawrence Korb and Christopher Preble

Progressives Want “Direct Action” But Disarmed Public by Paul Craig Roberts

Something’s Got to Give in Afghanistan Quagmire by Ken Bode

Fighting the Vietcong in Afghanistan by Richard Cohen

The US Wins the Right to Abduct Innocent People with Impunity by Glenn Greenwald

Chuck Schumer: Mainstream Democrat by Glenn Greenwald

He Should Have Kept His Mouth Shut by Alexander Cockburn

Helen Thomas: An Appreciation by Paul Craig Roberts

The Scourging of Helen Thomas by Ralph Nader

Anarchy Would Most Likely Prevent BP Oil Disaster by Alex Bradshaw

Deconstructing Obama’s BP Speech by Anthony DiMaggio

The Glenn Beck Deception by Richard Spencer

Desegregating the Holy Land by Richard Spencer

“Onto the Ocean or Death!” by Ross Kenyon

Think for Yourself by Kevin Carson

The Most Dangerous Country in the World for Journalists by Patrick Cockburn and Terri Judd

Helen Thomas’ Watergate Scoop by Fred Gardner

Why the French Hate Noam Chomsky by Diana Johnstone

The Re-Education of Helen Thomas by Christopher Ketcham

Three Wars Uncompleted, the Price Paid by Vijay Prashad

Bad Parallels: US and Greece by Dean Baker

Pornography and the Military by Robert Jensen\

Against Schools by John Taylor Gatto

War and Foreign Policy by Murray Rothbard

Stateless But Not Lawless by Thomas DiLorenzo

Economic Hitmen Target You by William Norman Grigg

Inglorious Basterds by Paul Gottfried

Amnesty for the Banksters, Debtors Prisons for the Serfs by William Norman Grigg

Will Arizona Dare to Defy the Feds Again? by Derek Sheriff

The White House Ordered a Forgery to Justify Aggressive War by Ron Suskind

Dissent, Rebellion, and All Around Hell Raising by John Whitehead

Life in a Communist Concentration Camp by Xiaoda Xiao

Those Repellent Neoconservatives by Murray Rothbard

The Snitch Syndrome by Justin Raimondo

Is Benjamin Netanyahu Rational? by Philip Giraldi

Are Foreign Lives of Equal Worth to Ours? by Adil E. Shamoo

Too Many Useless Degrees

Teenager Passes Out While Marrying Cow He Had Sex With (yes, you read that right!)

Racist Drag Queen Draws Protests (yes, you read that right!)

Audio Broadcasts

Default, Civil Unrest, World War III Gerald Celente interviewed by Lew Rockwell

Speech to the Council of Conservative Citizens by Dr. Tomislav Sunic

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“A centralised democracy may be as tyrannical as an absolute monarch; and if the vigour of the nation is to continue unimpaired, each individual, each family, each district, must preserve as far as possible its independence, its self-completeness, its powers and its privilege to manage its own affairs and think its own thoughts.

–James Anthony Froude (1818-1894), author and historian.
Source: Short Studies on Great Subjects

“Whoever appeals to the law against his fellow man is either a fool or a coward. Whoever cannot take care of himself without police protection is both. It is as cowardly to betray an offender to justice, even though his offences be against yourself, as it is not to avenge an injury by violence. It is dastardly and contemptible in a wounded man to betray the name of his assailant, because if he recovers, he must naturally expect to take vengeance himself.”
– From Porello, The Rise and Fall of the Cleveland Mafia

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

Retrato de Nietzsche

File:Niccolo Machiavelli.jpg

http://www.wsm.ie/attachments/jan2007/stirnerrrrrrr.jpg

http://exlaodicea.files.wordpress.com/2008/03/proudhon.jpg

http://pregnantvoid.files.wordpress.com/2008/11/mikhail-bakunin.jpg

http://recollectionbooks.com/bleed/Encyclopedia/Kropotkin/kropotkin2.gif

http://collateraldamage.files.wordpress.com/2007/08/mencken2.jpg

http://fuzjakultur.files.wordpress.com/2007/12/ernst_junger_en_1948.jpg

http://02varvara.files.wordpress.com/2008/11/alain-de-benoist.jpg

A White Nationalist Responds

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 20 June 2010

An thoughtful response to my article on white nationalism has been placed at the Occidental Dissent site. The short version of my response to this would be essentially a variation of the same I would give to a Marxist.

“Yes, class matters and socioeconomic relations are important, but they’re not everything or even the most important thing.”

“Yes, race matters and race relations are important, but they’re not everything or even the most important thing.”

As Pareto said:

The class struggle, to which Marx has specially drawn attention, is a real factor, the tokens of which are to be found on every page of history. But the struggle is not confined only to two classes: the proletariat and the capitalist; it occurs between an infinite number of groups with different interests, and above all between the elites contending for power. The existence of these groups may vary in duration, they may be based on permanent or more or less temporary characteristics. In the most savage peoples, and perhaps in all, sex determines two of these groups. The oppression of which the proletariat complains, or had cause to complain of, is as nothing in comparison with that which the women of the Australian aborigines suffer. Characteristics to a greater or lesser degree real — nationality, religion, race, language, etc. — may give rise to these groups. In our own day [i.e. 1902] the struggle of the Czechs and the Germans in Bohemia is more intense than that of the proletariat and the capitalists in England.

The socialists of our own day have clearly perceived that the revolution at the end of the eighteenth century led merely to the bourgeoisie’s taking the place of the old elite. They exaggerate a good deal the burden of oppression imposed by the new masters, but they do sincerely believe that a new elite of politicians will stand by their promises better than those which have come and gone up to the present day. All revolutionaries proclaim, in turn, that previous revolutions have ultimately ended up by deceiving the people; it is their revolution alone which is the true revolution. “All previous historical movements” declared the Communist Manifesto of 1848, “were movements of minorities or in the interest of minorities. The proletarian movement is the self-conscious, independent movement of the immense majority, in the interest of the immense majority.” Unfortunately this true revolution, which is to bring men an unmixed happiness, is only a deceptive mirage that never becomes a reality. It is akin to the golden age of the millenarians: forever awaited, it is forever lost in the mists of the future, forever eluding its devotees just when they think they have it.

Take out the terms “class struggle” and “socialists” and put in their place “racial struggle” and “racialists” and you have the same principle.

Feminism, Women, and National-Anarchism

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 22 June 2010

Check out my interview with the National-Anarchist Women’s blog.

What I’ve Been Saying All Along

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 23 June 2010

“It’s a collection of paleo-libertarians, ethnic nationalists, and whatnot. Frankly, I prefer the neocons to these lunatics who celebrate the worse elements of culture in the name of being “anti-state”.”

-So-called left-libertarian “Brain Police” on the Alternative Right

I have long argued that those who see cultural leftism as the primary value system and as one that trumps all other considerations will ultimately be worthless when it comes to fighting the state, the ruling class, or the empire, because they ultimately share the same essential values as the present day elites: hedonism, materialism, cosmopolitanism, univeralism, and egalitarianism.

It really takes a special kind of mind to consider the neocons to be preferable to anti-statists who happen to be cultural conservatives. Many of the leading neocons have openly called for a world war comparable to the two previous ones in the name of eradicating Islam. Many of them have openly called for presidential dictatorship in the name of fighting the war on terrorism. But, hey, who cares about all that when there’s dope to be smoked, internet porn to be jerked off to, and bathhouses to be visited? Justin Raimondo sized up these folks perfectly:

As long as they can take drugs, abort fetuses, and sodomize each other to their hearts’ content, he and his Beltway buddies have no problem with the US rampaging over half the earth, regime-changing and taking out “rogue” states at will. As long as it’s a “free market” empire, they’re all in favor of it.

Of course, Justin was talking about the neo-libertarians who’ve made their peace with the establishment, but scratch some of these left-libertarians and you have a budding neo-libertarian. When Brain Police grows out of his sandbox, look for a neocon-friendly “liberaltarian” to emerge.

Property and Freedom Society

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 23 June 2010

The video record of the most recent gathering of Hans Hermann Hoppe’s Property and Freedom Society is now available. Included is an interesting talk by Paul Gottfried on Herbert Marcuse. Thanks to Dr. Sean Gabb for posting the videos!

Francis Parker Yockey Memorial in San Francisco

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 23 June 2010

Watch it here. Thanks, Andrew!

What Separates Left from Right?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 24 June 2010

Paul Gottfried argues that what separates Left from Right is not equality vs liberty but equality vs inequality. Thomas Sowell argues that the difference is a constrained vision vs an unconstrained vision of humanity, human society, human potential, and so forth. Others have argued the difference is one of universalism vs particularism, or a linear view of history vs the view that history is either cyclical or simply a series of events with no discernible pattern. Still others say the difference is one of tradition vs the experimental. So which one is it, or is it all of these?

Advancing Class Struggle and Defending Outgroups: That Would Be Us

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 24 June 2010

The defining characteristics of the historic Left have been the promotion of class struggle and defending outgroups. Classical liberalism was the ideology of the rising bourgeoisie class, and socialism was the ideology of the proletarian insurgency. The Left has usually been involved in the defense of outgroups like racial or religious minorities, or women and homosexuals. But what happens when social dynamics change and new classes become ruling classes, and former outgroups become dominant groups?

Are not advocates of such causes as men’s rights, father’s rights, free speech for “racists and fascists,” religious liberty for traditionalists or fundamentalists, or gun rights speaking up on behalf of present day outgroups? Are not poor, uneducated whites, “rednecks,” or conservative Southerners now an outgroup despised by elites?

In addition to a lengthy list of outgroups associated with the political Right, I have in the past identified a similarly lengthy list of outgroups of a more traditional nature that have never been incorporated into the Left’s pantheon of the oppressed. I have argued for the advancement of such outgroups, left and right, within the context of a class stuggle oriented towards those classes that are outside of the present corporate-social democratic paradigm, and in a way that rejects the state as the twin pillar of plutocracy rather than as the supposed antidote to plutocracy as the Socialists claim.

Are we at ATS and our allies not in fact the “true left” and are not our Cultural Marxist and statist-liberal enemies a new breed of “conservatives” who wish to defend an existing establishment comparable, perhaps, to the Brezhnev conservatives of the latter Soviet period?

Models from the past

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 24 June 2010

Leagues of Towns

Hanseatic League

Icelandic Commonwealth

Celtic Ireland

List of Anarchist Communities

The Ten Core Demographics of Alternative-Anarchism/Pan-Secessionism

category Uncategorized keith Friday 25 June 2010

1. The Populist Right: A wide assortment of sub-tendencies including gun rights, white rights, religious rights, men’s rights, father’s rights, family rights, alternative medicine, home schoolers, conspiracists, militias, state’s rights, local sovereignty, pro-life, hard money, libertarian, anti-tax. Eventually more and more from these camps will recognize that they have no prospect of victory within the context of the present system and will begin looking for alternatives.

2. The Sinking Former Middle Class: Class divisions in the U.S. will increasingly resemble those of Latin America, and when that happens the former middle class will  be PISSED!

3. The Antiwar/Civil Liberties Left: Expect a major split in the future between this Left and the race/gender/gay identity politics/welfare state Left.

4. The Urban Underclass: Expect no revolution without gaining the support of this class. To win, we must control the major cities, and we do that by gaining the support of this class.

5. The Lumpenproletariat: Broadly defined as traditional outgroups who were never incorporated into the Left’s pantheon of the oppressed, e.g. drug users, prisoners, the homeless, psychiatric inmates, cults and sequestered sects, prostitutes/sex workers, youth subcultures, those whose livelihood is criminalized outright, to name but a few.

6. Racial Minorities Outside the Liberal Paradigm: Ranges from conservative minorites to racial/national separatists to ethnic autonomists to lumpen elements, e.g. gangs, conventional criminals, convicts.

7. The DeClasse: Persons from privileged backgrounds, particularly younger people, who reject the values of their class (e.g. egalitarian consumerism).

8. Ecological Radicals: Not tree-hugging Al Gore fans and global warming hysterics, but primitivists, deep ecologists, Earth Firsters, ALFers/ELFers, peak oilers, neo-Luddites, Kaczynskians, and Linkolans.

9. Lower class members of the traditional outgroups and/or left-wing constituent groups: e.g. feminist women, racial/ethnic minorities, traditional union members, gays, sexual minorities, cultural liberals, countercultural youth, environmentalists, who eventually recognize that liberalism isn’t bringing home the bacon and that all of this political correctness isn’t paying the rent.

10. Refugees from Political Correctness: Former liberals who wise up aka modern day Arthur Koestlers.

Collectively, these and other related or overlapping demographic factions represent a majority of the U.S. population (or will be a majority decades from now at the hour of the revolution). Our mission is to build the appropriate coalitions and alliances at the local level, and then at the regional level, and then at the national or continental level with the end game of mass pan-secession always being in sight. To win, we need to take a super-majority of the territorial U.S. with us. The forces of the local coalitions should be reflective of local cultures and dominant ideological trends while regional and national alliances should be based simply on the need for common defense against the common enemy. The anarchist communities of the past are a model for new anarchist communities in the future, the Hanseatic and other medieval leagues are a model for the regional alliances of local communities, and the Continental Congresses or Articles of Confederation of the American Revolution, or the Spanish Anarchist militias, are a model for the assertion of common independence from You Know Who.

“Almost Doest Thou Persuadist…”?

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 26 June 2010

A post at the Forums of the Libertarian Left:

I think our mistake (tempted by Aster) was to denounce Keith Preston, as an homophobe, far rightist. What an idiocy it was. Keith Preston is nothing but a Leftist frustrated with the petty-bourgeois (or haute-bourgeious) Champagne Left. He reminds of Greek curmudgeonly Stalinists, who denounce everything New Leftist as “anti-worker” and “a bourgeious disorder” (not that they are completely wrong)… The Communist Party of Greece is (in)famous for doing exactly the same thing as Keith Preston. It has struggled to destroy the New Left influence in every possible way, by denouncing it in the same ways that our guest Quagmire did, even glossing over or directly cooperating with the Hard Right. Yet no-one DARES to attack it as anti-Leftist (in fact the opposite has happened. Every feminist, Gay Liberationist is condemned as anti-worker, and suspected of neoliberal tendencies. Only Green ideology is allowed, since CPG is turning increadingly Malthusian). I personally don’t dislike Keith Preston at all, I just think he is misguided. In fact, I would say that if Prestonism (in the form of his Liberty and Populism essay, not its current Ultra-Far/Right-friendly form) was imported to Greece, I would consider it the greatest thing since sliced bread. Not only it would be the best possible substitute of Stalinism, and ironically it would considered as “intellectually renewing” the Far Left.”

It’s interesting how these folks have to put labels on or categorize everything: “Maybe Keith Preston’s not a Fascist after all, maybe he’s a Communist!”

The “Liberty and Populism” essay is still the foundation of my outlook and program. In fact, soon I will be developing it into a script for a video documentary to be produced by one of our ARV/ATS associates.  As for my involvement with Alternative Right, apparently these folks don’t understand the difference between an intellectual circle and a political movement. Alternative Right is not a party, but a collection of writers and thinkers. Just like the Weimar intellectual circle around Ernst Junger included the left-wing Nazis Otto and Gregor von Strasser, the Jewish anarchist Erich Muhsam, the national-bolshevik Ernst Niekisch, and the Hobbesian Carl Schmitt, so does Alternative Right include a Catholic traditionalist (Jim Kalb), a Russian nationalist (Nina Kouprianova), a racialist anarcho-capitalist (Richard Hoste), a gay-masculinist ex-Satanist (Jack Donovan), a neo-pagan white nationalist (Alex Kurtagic), a curmudgeonly Old Rightist (Paul Gottfried), and a Nietzschean-Bakuninist old anarchist (yours truly). Richard Spencer himself seems to lean towards paleolibertarianism.  As a hat tip to one of the conventional pieties of our time, we might call this “diversity.”

Updated News Digest June 26-27, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 26 June 2010

American Revolutionary Vanguard: Loved By Few, Hated By Many, Respected By All

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, leveling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

Against the Empire: Defeating Imperialism Through Secession by Michael Cushman

How Many Americans Can Obama Kill? by Glenn Greenwald

A “Do Over” in Afghanistan by Stephen Walt

Israel Policy: Ignorance or Cynicism? by M.J. Rosenberg

America’s Alliances: Time for a Second Look? by Michael Scheuer

An Increasingly Politicized Military by Bruce Ackerman

Cause and Effect in the War on Terror by Glenn Greenwald

Did Bush and Company Do Medical Research on Detainees? by Sheldon Richman

Is There an End in Sight in Afghanistan? by Robert Fox

The Abolition of Nuclear Weapons Requires the End of the U.S. Empire by Robert Jensen

McChrystal Did Obama a Huge Favor by Alexander Cockburn

Putting Petraeus in Perspective by Patrick Cockburn

Losing It at the Airport Checkpoint by Ralph Nader

Killing Civilians, Ducking Blame by Kathy Kelly and Dan Pearson

The System and the Drug War by Adam Engel

Is Petraeus McChrystal’s Replacement or Obama’s? by Paul Craig Roberts

A Call to Resist the IMF from Infoshop.Org

Santa Cruz Anarchists Seek to “De-Mystify Anarchy” by J.M. Brown

Concerning the Social War in Greece from Infoshop.Org

Demonstration of Anarchists in Solidarity with Prisoners from Infoshop.Org

McChrystal: Past, Present, and Future by Karen Kwiatkowski

Murder With Malice Aforethought by Arthur Silber

Kill the “Kill Switch” by Justin Raimondo

McChrystal’s Challenge by Justin Raimondo

Glenn Beck’s South-Bashing by Stonewall

Trouble in Cosmoterian Land: Dave Weigal Resigns by Red Phillips

The Need for Secession by Patroon

A Native American on the Racist American Empire by Dennis Steele

On the Social Construction of Race by John Howard

Is World Peace Possible? by Oswald Spengler

The End of Our Culture? by James Leroy Wilson

Who Would Maintain Roads Worse Than the State? by Darian Worden

PIG Slams Elderly Woman’s Head in the Concrete from Francois Tremblay

Defiance is in Our DNA by Ted Nugent

Why I Hate Harry Truman by Justin Raimondo

Five Months of Packing Heat by Manuel Lora

Smile for the Fuzz by Paul Huebl

“Play It, James!” by Gary North

Libertarians in a State-Run World by Murray Rothbard

Police State Rule # 1 by William Norman Grigg

The Urgent Case for Nullification by Tom Eddlem

Is America Destined to Starve? by Philip Parham

The Feds Wrecked an Entire Town by Bill Anderson

Americans Are Barely Hanging On by Gary North

School is a Twelve Year Jail Sentence by John Taylor Gatto

PIGS Taser Granny by William Norman Grigg

The PIGS Murdered a Dog by David Kramer

PIGS Without Brains by William Norman Grigg

Off-Duty Crimes by Butler Shaffer

Possession of Any Drug Has Been Legal in Portugal Since 2001 by David Kramer

48% See U.S. Government Today as a Threat to Individual Rights

Audio Broadcasts

Liberal Double Talk: A New Form of Political Brainwashing by Dr. Tomislav Sunic

Why Multiculturalism Is Doomed by Dr. Tomislav Sunic

Obama Is Still Imprisoning Innocent Men Andy Worthington interviewed by Scott Horton

Don’t Let Them Shut Down the Internet Bruce Schneier interviewed by Scott Horton

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“A centralised democracy may be as tyrannical as an absolute monarch; and if the vigour of the nation is to continue unimpaired, each individual, each family, each district, must preserve as far as possible its independence, its self-completeness, its powers and its privilege to manage its own affairs and think its own thoughts.

–James Anthony Froude (1818-1894), author and historian.
Source: Short Studies on Great Subjects

“Whoever appeals to the law against his fellow man is either a fool or a coward. Whoever cannot take care of himself without police protection is both. It is as cowardly to betray an offender to justice, even though his offences be against yourself, as it is not to avenge an injury by violence. It is dastardly and contemptible in a wounded man to betray the name of his assailant, because if he recovers, he must naturally expect to take vengeance himself.”
– From Porello, The Rise and Fall of the Cleveland Mafia

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/2a/Gustav_Landauer_1913.png

http://recollectionbooks.com/bleed/images/anarchist/muehsamPrisoner.jpg

http://www.nndb.com/people/235/000134830/voltairine.jpg

http://de.academic.ru/pictures/dewiki/68/Durruti-portrait.png

http://mises.org/images4/AlbertJayNock.jpg

http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_itvU7VjDYLY/R9A4U9iuqzI/AAAAAAAAALU/LrDzXaG1Bjo/s320/Kuehnelt-Leddihn.jpg

“The Right’s Disturbing New Anti-Statists”

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 26 June 2010

So says E. J. Dionne, and old-style “vital center” type. What a dickhead. If only the Right was as radically anti-statist as he claims.

Just Another Week of Servin’ and Protectin’

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 27 June 2010
Elsmere DE cop subject of suit alleging he tasered a 50yr-old disabled man twice w/o justification after man complied: http://is.gd/d5sSyNew York NY cop arrested on allegations that he tried to lure an 11yr-old girl into his truck 3x as she walked to school: http://is.gd/d0WXa

Cobb County GA cop resigns after arrested on possession of child pornography charges after tip sparked investigation: http://is.gd/d2gvkSee More

New Albany IN cop probed for missing sensitivity class ordered after he said that civil rights was biggest mistake in US: http://is.gd/d0Zg4

Camden NJ cop sentenced to probation for ordering women into his truck and cruiser while in uniform & then groping them: http://is.gd/d3HUW

Bal Harbour FL cop takes plea deal after sexually assaulting a 7yr-old girl http://is.gd/cXQiV

Houston TX 4 cops involved in videotaped beating of cuffed 16yr-old suspect http://is.gd/d0PHy

Louisville KY police accused of using excessive force on nude 19yr-old suffering from apparent mental condition: http://is.gd/d04JZ

Palm Beach Co FL sheriff says county’s ethics rules don’t apply to him, orders officers to refuse to take ethics classes: http://is.gd/cYsDR

3 Parkersburg WV cops sued alleging they used anti-gay slurs when they beat & kicked man at his home in front of partner: http://is.gd/d5FVF

Baltimore MD school police officer found guilty of 2nd degree assault & sexual abuse of a 16yr-old female student: http://is.gd/d000g

Tybee GA police officer resigns over tasering of autistic teen: http://is.gd/d4oba

North Carolina State trooper resigns after drunk driving and hit & run charges: http://is.gd/d3HpX

Chaves County NM deputy fired for crashing into fence post w/cruiser while talking on cell, then lying about it: http://is.gd/d1mDK

San Francisco CA police accused of not divulging that cop testifying in case once stabbed suspect in face w/crack pipe: http://is.gd/cZslS

Macon GA police officer charged with battery & cruelty to children for hitting wife in front of grandkids: http://is.gd/cZlyU

Marco Island FL police sued by pharmacy alleging cops are intentionally harassing their customers to ruin their business: http://is.gd/d1uKe

San Francisco CA police sgt subject of lawsuit by ex-cop claiming she was forced out after refusing his sexual advances: http://is.gd/d1bQg

Maywood CA lays off employees & shuts down services after unable to afford insurance because of police misconduct costs: http://is.gd/d03gE

Bartlett TN police accused in suit of hiding years of abuse woman suffered at hands of cop who doused her in gasoline: http://is.gd/d0NA1

Chicago IL may settle suit for $6.3mil to man wrongfully imprisoned for 25yrs when police lab allegedly withheld evidence http://is.gd/d3V9m

Brunswick FL police chief admits to misleading officials about cop disciplined for lying about sex with a prostitute: http://is.gd/cZVtf

Clackamas County OR deputy charged for sexual misconduct w/women in jail and on home detention: http://is.gd/d1f58

Millville NJ police officer charged with domestic violence on allegations he grabbed an unspecified woman by the neck: http://is.gd/d4NjO

California Hwy Patrol officer convicted on bribery & perjury charges for dismissing traffic ticket in exchange for sex: http://is.gd/cYpq0

Sealy TX police officer subject of suit alleging he entered home w/o warrant then arrested man for taking picture of him: http://is.gd/d15Ty

Memphis TN police sergeant pleads guilty to embezzling $25k from police union he led: http://is.gd/d0TYz

US State Department diplomatic security agent gives wife brain damage in fight when she accused him of affair: http://is.gd/d2v3g

Los Angeles Co CA deputy’s union fights policy banning deputies from carrying guns when drunk as alcohol incidents climb: http://is.gd/d00FB

Durham County NC deputy accused of using excessive force on 78yr-old man w/alzheimer’s: http://is.gd/d18Bo

Ottawa Hills OH cop convicted of assault for shooting & paralyzing man at traffic stop: http://is.gd/cXQwe

NY Video released in trial of NYPD officer for repeatedly beating Iraq war vet with baton: http://is.gd/cYf8u

Jacksonville FL settles $200k suit to family of 80yr-old man killed after confronting cops posing as dealers on his lawn: http://is.gd/cYdvD

Broward County FL deputy charged w/fraud for filing false accident report to get insurance refund: http://is.gd/d1mqA

Chattanooga TN cop on paid leave while investigated for blocking man from getting wife to ER & arresting him for trying: http://is.gd/cXRMf

Duluth GA police officer found guilty on 9 counts for attacking woman at roadside and shooting fellow cop in drunken rage http://is.gd/d3YfM

North Las Vegas NV cop who resigned after lying about badge stopping bullet arrested on false reporting & firearm charges http://is.gd/cZP1Q

4 Greenville SC deputies subject of suit by 18yr old beaten in recorded incident: http://is.gd/cWKLH

3 Buffalo NY cops suspended 1mo w/o pay for drinking at bar & assaulting: http://is.gd/d2jsV

New York NY police subject of wrongful death suit alleging they let innocent man die in custody by denying him insulin: http://is.gd/cWNjl

North Dakota State trooper arrested on misdemeanor DV charge, allegedly punched & kicked wife while she held their baby: http://is.gd/d33Qk

Bakersfield CA cop arrested for driving under the influence and hit & run in his patrol car: http://is.gd/d5Iho

Bridgeport CT loses suit for $300k to man who suffered skull fracture & blinded in one eye when beaten at traffic stop: http://is.gd/d0N3x

Texas DPS trooper pleads guilty to choking man at church & theft via swapped tags at store http://is.gd/d3Ncd

Sacramento Co CA deputy under investigation for allegedly punching woman at dog park over dog fight: http://is.gd/cVZPG

New York NY 2 men and 2 boys unlawfully arrested for having a water balloon fight: http://is.gd/cZIo3

Farmington NH police detective indicted for stealing over $1,000 from evidence after investigation into missing items: http://is.gd/d0cr5

Dayton OH settles suit for $27k to couple who racked up $64k in medical bills after hit by patrol car going wrong way: http://is.gd/d0QCs

Luzerne PA hires 2 cops fired from other departments for their new police department, one of which has criminal record: http://is.gd/d3ePr

Solon OH police accused of profiling after cops cuff & hold 16 & 12yr old kids at gun point looking for adult suspect: http://is.gd/d2hAf


Rothbard on Individualism, Nationalism, and Immigration

category Uncategorized keith Monday 28 June 2010

Rothbard’s classic Nations by Consent: Decomposing the Nation-State

I generally agree with Rothbard’s position as outlined here, with the exception that I would take a looser, more open-ended definition of property rights or “private property” than Rothbard’s strict Lockeanism.

The question of open borders, or free immigration, has become an
accelerating problem for classical liberals. This is first, because the welfare
state increasingly subsidizes immigrants to enter and receive permanent
assistance, and second, because cultural boundaries have become increas-
ingly swamped. I began to rethink my views on immigration when, as
the Soviet Union collapsed, it became clear that ethnic Russians had been
encouraged to flood into Estonia and Latvia in order to destroy the
cultures and languages of these peoples. Previously, it had been easy to
dismiss as unrealistic Jean Raspail’s anti-immigration novel The Camp
of the Saints, in which virtually the entire population of India decides to
move, in small boats, into France, and the French, infected by liberal
ideology, cannot summon the will to prevent economic and cultural
national destruction. As cultural and welfare-state problems have inten-
sified, it became impossible to dismiss Raspail’s concerns any longer.
However, on rethinking immigration on the basis of the anarcho-
capitalist model, it became clear to me that a totally privatized country
would not have “open borders” at all. If every piece of land in a country
were owned by some person, group, or corporation, this would mean
that no immigrant could enter there unless invited to enter and allowed
to rent, or purchase, property. A totally privatized country would be as
“closed” as the particular inhabitants and property owners desire. It seems
clear, then, that the regime of open borders that exists de facto in the
U.S. really amounts to a compulsory opening by the central state, the
state in charge of all streets and public land areas, and does not gen-
uinely reflect the wishes of the proprietors.
Under total privatization, many local conflicts and “externality”
problems-not merely the immigration problem-would be neatly set-
tled. With every locale and neighborhood owned by private firms, cor-
porations, or contractual communities, true diversity would reign, in
accordance with the preferences of each community. Some neighborhoods
would be ethnically or economically diverse, while others would be
ethnically or economically homogeneous. Some localities would permit
pornography or prostitution or drugs or abortions, others would pro-
hibit any or all of them. The prohibitions would not be state imposed,
but would simply be requirements for residence or use of some person’s
or community’s land area. While statists who have the itch to impose
their values on everyone else would be disappointed, every group or
interest would at least have the satisfaction of living in neighborhoods
of people who share its values and preferences. While neighborhood
ownership would not provide Utopia or a panacea for all conflicts, it
would at least provide a “second-best” solution that most people might
be willing to live with.

Andrew Yeoman on Feminism and National-Anarchism

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 30 June 2010

See Andrew’s contribution here.

18% believe states have the right to secede

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 30 June 2010

Thanks to our Las Vegas friends for digging this Rasmussen study up. These numbers are basically the same as those revealed by the Zogby poll two years ago. Apparently, the numbers have remained the same even with a change in the ruling party. I’d be curious how the Rasmussen numbers break down on demographic lines. The Zogby poll showed secessionist support had something of a leftward slant, with liberals, youth, the less educated, low income, and minorities being somewhat more sympathetic. I wonder if the demographics have shifted rightward during the Age of Obama, even if the overall numbers have remained the same.

Our primary goal should be to push these numbers upward on a continual basis. For instance, over the years I’ve seen support for issues or movements like gay rights and marijuana legalization gradually rise from the same kinds of numbers secessionists have at present to being an almost majority nationwide at present. That’s happened in roughly twenty years. I’ve outlined a forty-year plan for our movement. In twenty years we need to have at least as much support for the mere right of secession as things like marijuana decriminalization or gay marriage have at present, and the size of actual secession movements and their support has to show a corresponding increase. Right now ten percent of the U.S. population thinks secession would be good, and another twenty percent is on the fence. We need to get a solid thirty percent in our camp within the next decade or two. By the year 2050, we need to have a majority of the U.S. population in favor of actual secession by their particular region or community, and an even larger majority in favor to the technical right of secession, just like a majority of Americans presently support abortion rights, even if some of them are personally opposed to abortion or would not participate in it.

The Myth of National-Defense

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 30 June 2010

Absolutely required reading.

“The sheer number of people killed by states in the
twentieth century—up to 100 million, with more killed in peacetime
“social reconstruction” than in wars—makes one suspect
that state-provided security is extremely expensive in all respects
and that meaningful alternatives have been overlooked.”

-Joseph Stromberg

Tom Woods Is Interviewed by a Zombie

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 1 July 2010

Hilarious!

Justice Tiny Tim?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 1 July 2010

Gottfried nails it once again in this discussion of Kagan from AltRight.

An overweight Jewish lesbian, whose career seems to have been put on fast track by her political supporters both inside and outside the media and someone who if she held diametrically opposed views, would not even be considered for a grounds crew post at Harvard, she is the quintessential symbol of Obama’s America. Her praise for her mentor Thurgood Marshall, whose “glory” it was to have acknowledged “special rights for the disadvantaged and despised,” does not in any way represent Christian or bourgeois morality. It is a ridiculous parody of what Nietzsche described as the behavior of the “Last Man,” the type of decadent who combines slave morality with philistine tastelessness. Kagan not only looks the part of this Last Man. She is the real article, no less than her fellow-law professors in the Ivy League and their imitators in the Bush League, who spend their time and energy instructing judges and state administrators on the practices and intricacies of victimology.

Also, check out Gottfried’s discussion in the Comments section of the relationship between Cultural Marxism and the so-called “Jewish Question.”

As for the chicken and egg conundrum and the Jewish question, I think there is no necessary relation between Jewish economic and social success and Jewish support for cultural Marxism. Jews are cultural Marxists because they fear an intact Christian bourgeois society, which they see as an historic enemy. They therefore try to neutralize the perceived or imaginary enemy in order to survive as a supposedly endangered minority. Jewish support for the cultural Left and its allies in government does no more to advance Jewish interests than Hitler’s decision to persecute Jews. It is an entirely irrational as well as destructive response to a fictitious friend/enemy distinction, albeit one that Jewish organizations like the ADA and Canadian Jewish Congress frenetically endorse.

It does not suggest a Jewish conspiracy but the superior skill of Jews in comparison to other predominantly leftist groups, like Irish Catholics, blacks and Hispanics, in organizing cultural Marxist politics. Since white Protestants are deteriorating into Lindsay Graham Republicans or worse, there is no effective opposition any longer to the transformative mission of the media and managerial state. Among those pushing us into anarcho-tyranny or cultural Marxist madness, Jews are simply better than their allies, like Patrick Leahy, Joe Biden, John Keary and the members of the Black Caucus.

The Original Purpose of Gun Control

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 1 July 2010

http://letterstoadyingdream.files.wordpress.com/2008/05/gun-control-is-racist.jpg

I wonder how retardo-liberals get around this one:

Racist Gun Control

The Racist Roots of Gun Control

Richard Spencer interviews Tom Sunic and David Yeagley

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 1 July 2010

Some great new interviews from Richard.

American Indian/Alaskan Native Attack the System

category Uncategorized keith Friday 2 July 2010

Good work from our friends up north!

Updated News Digest July 4, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 4 July 2010

American Revolutionary Vanguard: Denounced by Leftists as Fascists, by Fascists as Communists,

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, leveling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

“And what country can preserve its liberties, if its rulers are not warned from time to time, that this people preserve the spirit of resistance? Let them take arms. The remedy is to set them right as to the facts, pardon and pacify them. What signify a few lives lost in a century or two? The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time, with the blood of patriots and tyrants. It is its natural manure.”

-Thomas Jeffersonhttp://www.patriotsteaparty.net/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/ea05_1.gif

In the Religion of 100% Americanism, Ignorance Is Strength by Kevin Carson

Secession: The Real Meaning of July 4 by Thomas DiLorenzo

Clemency for Wall Street Criminals, Prison for the Powerless by William Norman Grigg

Surviving a Home Invasion Robbery by Susan G.

The National Debt: Apocalypse Now by John Derbyshire

Robert Byrd, Democrats, and the KKK by Jim Goad

“Progressive” Is the New “Reactionary” by Thomas Knapp

Managerial Liberalism’s Hostility to Decentralized Organization by Kevin Carson

U.S. Presidents and Those Who Kill for Them by Laurence Vance

Defusing the Foreign Policy Time Bomb by S. J. Masty

Gun Control Laws by Thomas Sowell

Towards a Responsible Defense Budget by Christopher Preble

War is Peace, Occupation is Withdrawal, Nation-Building is an Exit Strategy by Austin Bramwell

Colonialism Obama-Style by Justin Raimondo

Yalta: The Greatest U.S. War Crime of WW2 by Eric Margolis

Is the U.S. a Fascist Police State? by Tyler Durden

Police Kill a City by William Norman Grigg

To Resist the State on Behalf of Others by Roger Roots

Americans Have Reached the Breaking Point by Mark Crovelli

Rethinking Iran-Contra by Robert Parry

The MOVE 9 Parole Hearings: An Interview with Ramona Africa by Angola 3 News

Lessons Never Learned: Non-Profits and the State, Redux from Raider Nation Collective

“They Were Doing Their Goddamn Jobs”: On Policing by Jeff Shantz

Anarcho-Tyranny in Ontario by Richard Spencer

Guns Don’t Kill People, Gun Control Kills People by Richard Hoste

Secession and the Politics of Radical Non-Violent Confrontation by Thomas Naylor

Cannibal Statistics by Chilton Williamson

Qaddafi Is Right! by Eugene Girin

Public School Educators: Most Are a Sorry Lot by Jeremiah Dyke

The Not-So-Secret Agents by Alexander Cockburn

The Tyranny of the Merchant Class by Ralph Nader

The Israel Lobby in San Francisco by Binoy Kampmark

The Rape of Appalachia by Russell Mokhiber

Why Afghanistan’s Poppies Aren’t the Problem? by Julien Mercile

36 Questions for Elena Kagan by Ralph Nader

Endless Occupation? by Sheldon Richman

The Cops War on Videos of Cops by Jeanine Molloff

Hillbilly Rebel Women Vs Corporate Murderers by Dr. Susan Block

Declaration of Independence Day for Kids by Chuck Baldwin

Obama’s Immigration Speech: Stop Laughing, He’s Serious by Peter Brimelow

Yankee Utopians in a Chinese Century by Pat Buchanan

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“A centralised democracy may be as tyrannical as an absolute monarch; and if the vigour of the nation is to continue unimpaired, each individual, each family, each district, must preserve as far as possible its independence, its self-completeness, its powers and its privilege to manage its own affairs and think its own thoughts.

–James Anthony Froude (1818-1894), author and historian.
Source: Short Studies on Great Subjects

“Whoever appeals to the law against his fellow man is either a fool or a coward. Whoever cannot take care of himself without police protection is both. It is as cowardly to betray an offender to justice, even though his offences be against yourself, as it is not to avenge an injury by violence. It is dastardly and contemptible in a wounded man to betray the name of his assailant, because if he recovers, he must naturally expect to take vengeance himself.”
– From Porello, The Rise and Fall of the Cleveland Mafia

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

http://www.chinasmack.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/girls-carrying-guns-israel-jew-14.jpg

http://www.libertyclick.com/images/murrayrothbard.jpg

http://www.cooperativeindividualism.org/hess-karl.jpg

http://recollectionbooks.com/bleed/Encyclopedia/Bookchin/4bookchin_in_venice.jpghttp://www.nopsichiatria.com/img/thomas_szasz.jpg

http://www.paulgoodmanfilm.com/images/paul_goodman_home.jpg

Will the End of the Empire Be Slow and Gradual?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 4 July 2010

Robert Higgs thinks so, and considers this to be a good thing. He explains why here. Higgs’ analysis is fairly similar to that of Martin Van Creveld. According to these thinkers, maintenance of the Empire will eventually prove cost prohibitive and the Empire will begin to recede. Perhaps the U.S. will eventually begin to look more like the European Union, militarily weak externally but increasingly totalitarian and ideologically-driven internally.

The major point of contention I have with Higgs’ analysis is the allusion to the Tea Partiers as representing the “threat of fascism.” Chomsky has made similar statements in recent times. All political, cultural, demographic, and generational trends indicate that left-liberalism is on the rise and “right-wing conservatism” is on the decline. We see even the younger generation of the religious right adopting the liberal line on issues like global warming and immigrants’ rights. The hysteria that some people push today concerning the “fascist threat” posed by talk radio, militias, Tea Parties, etc. is totally out of whack. Characters like Limbaugh, Beck, Hannity, etc. are more comparable to the politicized televangelist phenomenon of the 80s. Liberal interest groups raised dire threats about the threat of fascism represented by those as well. But where are they now? They’ve either died out, had their credibility eliminated through repeat scandals, or become increasingly marginalized or irrelevant. The current wave of talk radio loudmouths are a more secularized version of the same phenomenon, and they’ve already experienced a somewhat similar fate, e.g. Limbaugh’s drug addiction, William Bennett’s gambling addiction, etc. At best, the Tea Party/talk radio milieu is comparable to the enduring but marginal, disreputable, and largely unpopular right-wing nationalist movements in Europe, e.g. the BNP, the National Front, etc. If anything, the latter have more credibility than the former.

All the more reason why any serious or comprehensive analysis of the System desperately needs to include the critique of Cultural Marxism and the therapeutic state advanced by Gottfried, Szasz, etc.

Without Adjectives

category Uncategorized keith Monday 5 July 2010

by Anna Morgenstern at Center for a Stateless Society

If you have an interest in a stateless society, you need to understand what the state is.  Otherwise you could end up chasing shadows, and many self-proclaimed anarchists often do so, unfortunately.  When you look around you, you can see examples of its handiwork everywhere.  Every police car you see, the various “permits” and “licenses” when you go into a business establishment (once you start to look for them, you’ll see them all the time without even trying to…), and then the more subtle things.   Now, you’ll notice I didn’t mention roads, or schools or traffic lights.  These are all things that would exist with or without the state.  The particular form they tend to take in our world however, this is the work of the state, as are the particular forms that all of our institutions and business establishments do.  (remember the “permits” above?)

But all of that is the trail the state leaves behind.  So what is the state?  Many people think that it is an organization sometimes called “the government”.  That’s one piece of the puzzle, but it’s not the complete answer.  The governments of the world act as a sort of administrative organization and enforcement agency for the state, they are necessary for its continued existence.  But there’s more to it than that.  In totalitarian countries, “government” and “state” seem very much to be the same, because the government controls everything so directly.  In more liberal/libertarian countries, the differences start to emerge.  One perspective I’ve found that sheds a lot of light on the state is to examine the Mafia.  Is a “legitimate business” owned by the Mafia, really not part of the Mafia?  Even if it’s not a money laundering front and is operated for a profit, it’s still basically part of the Mafia.

Now the government and the Mafia while they have similarities, have some glaring differences too.  One big one that doesn’t get looked at is that government officials never directly get actual profits from their activities.  In fact, most of their most prominent activities are non-profit, or run constant losses even if they do take payment.  They get a salary, which is paid out of stolen money, but that salary is relatively fixed and not dependent on performance (for which I am sure they are quite grateful).  So you have to broaden your gaze and see that these officials rotate into and out of “private sector” employment, and then it starts to make more sense.  The businesses favored by the state are the ones that hire ex-government employees and vice versa.  The fact that government officials are allowed to own stock (though that’s regulated to some extent) in private companies is another clue.

So why the pretense?  Why go through this ruse of “public” and “private”?  Well that’s it.  That’s the state.  The state IS the ruse.  The state… is a social fiction.  It is the myth of legitimacy.  This myth is the thin black line that separates “the government” and its “private sector” attachments from any other Mafia.  The fact that people believe that “the government” is legitimately allowed to kill and steal, and that when it does so, it represents something good and just, is what has allowed it to dominate the earth.  And despite the secondary myth that the government exists to fight crime, it is the very existence of the government that allows the lesser Mafias to thrive.

In the past this myth of legitimacy was carried out through religion.  As various religions were the “private sector” beneficiaries of government, they would preach that the state was the secular arm of their organization, devoted to enforcing “the lord’s will” on Earth.

While bunk in and of itself, at least they admitted the connection.

Nowadays, a new religion, that of “democracy”, legitimizes the state by claiming that it is “the people’s will” that they are charged with enforcing.  (Even when the people seem to be quite against what the government is doing, ala the recent bank bailouts)  Other flatulent high sounding ideas like “social order” , “tradition” and “public goods” are also used to weave this magic spell in people’s heads.

So now that we know what the state is, we know what Anarchism is.  Anarchism, truly, is simply the understanding that the state is merely a social fiction and has no legitimacy.  When you live that truth, you will not follow the law simply because it is the law.  You will let your conscience be your guide.  At that point you are no longer being ruled, though you might have crimes committed against you by the “government” and its lackeys.  When the Mafia forces someone to pay protection money, that guy isn’t being ruled, he’s being robbed.

So what then is liberty?  Liberty is the absence of crime.  Real crime, crime that has a victim.  Crimes that all persons’ conscience would acknowledge as such.  A libertarian then, is someone who wishes to abolish (or more realistically) minimize crime.

Not all anarchists are libertarians (some Stirnerites come to mind), but most are, at least to some extent.  But all anarchists understand that no one has any special authority to commit crimes that no one else has.

All political theories involve some level of crime.  Someone is getting victimized for someone else’s benefit.  The “liberals” (as we know them today) tend to favor a very mild, safe plutocratic regime — one that seeks to round off all of lifes sharp corners for the sake of making us all viable economic resources to exploit.  The “conservatives” have a more dog-eat-dog approach in which the workers are set up to fight over ever more scarce resources; a Darwinian approach to maximizing our productivity. Ultimately, these are just differing livestock management techniques.

Ahhh but you say, this is an age of ascendant corporatism and collectivism.  What about the political theories of the past?  Classical liberalism was a sort of minarchist libertarianism.  We must have this much organized crime (committed by the ruling classes), simply in order to fight sporadic, disorganized crime (usually committed by the lower classes).  The problem is that leaves all sorts of “wiggle room” which leads to the liberalism we have now.

Classical conservatism / Paleo-conservatism is a sort of patchwork of ideas that claims that “this social order is good”, and whatever crimes we have to commit to keep that order are thus justified.  It’s almost hearkening back to the ancient regime of religious statism, and indeed does attract a lot of religious types.

Both of these ideologies are a lot less totalitarian than modern corporate democracy, but that’s simply to be expected.  They realized at some point that totalitarian control is counter productive… the host that does not thrive leaves little for the parasite.  And so they developed political strategies that would allow the host to thrive, while still providing a decent feast for the parasite.

Nowadays we are seeing an attempt to use spurious financial-economics to min/max the amount of crime vs. the health and wealth of the population that crime feeds off.  The predators have charts and graphs you see, and they are giving lectures on “how to get the most from your prey”.  They also don’t think as long term as they used to, because they have thrown off sentimentality toward their children.  (and could you blame them for that?)

Anarchism has, itself, broken up into many sub-divisions and factions.  But in reality, all these factions are, are differing beliefs about what a stateless society will “look like”.  All anarchists, that is to say, all people who understand that no one is authorized to commit crimes, have one goal if they wish to see their desired future(s) come to pass, which is to destroy the myth of legitimacy.  This is the one way that one can smash the state.  Now there are several strategies and methods that might be used to do so, but everything that does not attack the myth of legitimacy directly or indirectly is extra-anarchist.  It is perhaps a strengthening of a social order that was hollowed out by the state, or a diversion of resources feeding the state, but no matter.  Where we disagree as anarchists is less important than where we agree.

A lot of “left” anarchists will claim, for instance, that anarcho-capitalists are not actually anarchists.  This, to me, seems like confusion about what capitalism means to anarcho-capitalists.  By the light of what leftist anarchists mean by “capitalism”, anarcho-capitalists are not non-anarchists, they are non-capitalists.  And the reverse holds true too.  An anarcho-socialist is not the sort of socialist that an anarcho-capitalist thinks of as “socialist”.  But all anarchists believe that the state is nonsense and has no right to assert some sort of magical authority to do things that you or I cannot.

There are pseudo-anarchists, yes, but they are the sort that end up cheering for this magical super-Mafia when their own pet issues come to town.

Having listened to the actual concepts (not just imaginations of their ideas) of anarchists of all stripes, I have come to the conclusion, as did Voltarine DeCleyre, one of my heroes, that I am an anarchist without adjectives.  Let us dispense with the fiction of the state, and then let everyone try what they can, and we will see how it all works out.

My posts at the Center for a Stateless Society

category Uncategorized keith Monday 5 July 2010

One on immigration , one on the battle between proprietarian anarchists or anarcho-capitalists and anarcho-syndicalists or anarcho-communists, and one on anarchism without adjectives in response to a critic.

If you post there, please do so in a civil and courteous manner. Let’s take the high road and avoid flame wars.

Vermont Secessionists Organize Against the Empire

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 6 July 2010

Watch the video.

50 random facts that make you wonder What in the World Has Happened To America…

category Uncategorized keith Friday 9 July 2010

[Keith: Someone posted this on FB. Some interesting data is included.]

Do you ever just sit back and wonder what in the world has happened to America? The truth is that the America that so many of us once loved so much has been shattered into a thousand pieces. The “land of the free and the home of the brave” has been transformed into a socialized Big Brother nanny state that is oozing with corruption and has accumulated the biggest mountain of debt in the history of the world. The greatest economic machine that the world has ever seen is falling apart before our very eyes, and even when our politicians actually try to do something right (which is quite rare) the end result is still a bunch of garbage. For those who still love this land (and there are a lot of us) it is heartbreaking to watch America slowly die.

The following are 50 random facts that show just how dramatically America has changed….

#50) A new report released by the United Nations is publicly calling for the establishment of a world currency and none of the major news networks are even covering it.

#49) The state of California is so broke that Arnold Schwarzenegger has ordered California State Controller John Chiang to reduce state worker pay for July to the federal minimum allowed by law — $7.25 an hour for most state workers.

#48) A police officer in Oklahoma recently tasered an 86-year-old disabled grandma in her bed and stepped on her oxygen hose until she couldn’t breathe because they considered her to be a “threat”.

#47) In early 2009, U.S. net national savings as a percentage of GDP went negative for the first time since 1952, and it has continued its downward trend since then.

#46) Corexit 9500 is so incredibly toxic that the UK’s Marine Management Organization has completely banned it, so if there was a major oil spill in the North Sea, BP would not be able to use it. And yet BP has dumped over a million gallons of dispersants such as Corexit 9500 into the Gulf of Mexico.

#45) For the first time in U.S. history, more than 40 million Americans are on food stamps, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture projects that number will go up to 43 million Americans in 2011.

#44) It has come out that one employee used a Federal Emergency Management Agency credit card to buy $4,318 in “Happy Birthday” gift cards. Two other FEMA officials charged the cost of 360 golf umbrellas ($9,000) to the taxpayers.

#43) Researchers at the State University of New York at Buffalo received $389,000 from the U.S. government to pay 100 residents of Buffalo $45 each to record how much malt liquor they drink and how much pot they smoke each day.

#42) The average duration of unemployment in the United States has risen to an all-time high.

#41) The bottom 40 percent of all income earners in the United States now collectively own less than 1 percent of the nation’s wealth.

#40) In the U.S., the average federal worker now earns about twice as much as the average worker in the private sector.

#39) Back in 1950 each retiree’s Social Security benefit was paid for by 16 workers. Today, each retiree’s Social Security benefit is paid for by approximately 3.3 workers. By 2025 it is projected that there will be approximately two workers for each retiree.

#38) According to a U.S. Treasury Department report to Congress, the U.S. national debt will top $13.6 trillion this year and climb to an estimated $19.6 trillion by 2015.

#37) The federal government actually has the gall to ask for online donations that will supposedly go towards paying off the national debt.

#36) The Cactus Bug Project at the University Of Florida was allocated $325,394 in economic stimulus funds to study the mating decisions of cactus bugs.

#35) A dinner cruise company in Chicago got nearly $1 million in economic stimulus funds to combat terrorism.

#34) It is being reported that a 6-year-old girl from Ohio is on the “no fly” list maintained by U.S. Homeland Security.

#33) During the first quarter of 2010, the total number of loans that are at least three months past due in the United States increased for the 16th consecutive quarter.

#32) According to a new report, Americans spend twice as much as residents of other developed countries on healthcare, but get lower quality and far less efficiency.

#31) Some experts are warning that the cost of bailing out Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could reach as high as $1 trillion.

#30) The FDA has announced that the offspring of cloned animals could be in our food supply right now and that there is nothing that they can do about it.

#29) In May, sales of new homes in the United States dropped to the lowest level ever recorded.

#28) In 1950, the ratio of the average executive’s paycheck to the average worker’s paycheck was about 30 to 1. Since the year 2000, that ratio has ranged between 300 to 500 to one.

#27) Federal border officials recently said that Mexican drug cartels have not only set up shop on American soil, they are actually maintaining lookout bases in strategic locations in the hills of southern Arizona.

#26) The U.S. government has declared some parts of Arizona off limits to U.S. citizens because of the threat of violence from Mexican drug smugglers.

#25) According to the credit card repayment calculator, if you owe $6000 on a credit card with a 20 percent interest rate and only pay the minimum payment each time, it will take you 54 years to pay off that credit card. During those 54 years you will pay $26,168 in interest rate charges in addition to the $6000 in principal that you are required to pay back.

#24) According to prepared testimony by Goldman Sachs Chief Operating Officer Gary Cohn, Goldman Sachs shorted roughly $615 million of the collateralized debt obligations and residential mortgage-backed securities the firm underwrote since late 2006.

#23) The six biggest banks in the United States now possess assets equivalent to 60 percent of America’s gross national product.

#22) Four of the biggest U.S. banks (Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America and Citigroup) had a “perfect quarter” with zero days of trading losses during the first quarter of 2010.

#21) 1.41 million Americans filed for personal bankruptcy in 2009 – a 32 percent increase over 2008.

#20) BP has hired private security contractors to keep the American people away from oil cleanup sites and nobody seems to care.

#19) Barack Obama is calling for a “civilian expeditionary force” to be sent to Afghanistan and Iraq to help overburdened military troops build infrastructure.

#18) On June 18th, two Christians decided that they would peacefully pass out copies of the gospel of John on a public sidewalk outside a public Arab festival in Dearborn, Michigan and within 3 minutes 8 policemen surrounded them and placed them under arrest.

#17) It is being reported that sales of foreclosed homes in Florida made up nearly 40 percent of all home purchases in the first part of this year.

#16) During a recent interview with Larry King, former first lady Laura Bush revealed to the world that she is actually in favor of legalized gay marriage and a woman’s “right” to abortion.

#15) Scientists at Columbia University are warning that the dose of radiation from the new full body security scanners going into airports all over the United States could be up to 20 times higher than originally estimated.

#14) 43 percent of Americans have less than $10,000 saved for retirement.

#13) The FDIC’s deposit insurance fund now has negative 20.7 billion dollars in it, which represents a slight improvement from the end of 2009.

#12) The judge that BP is pushing for to hear an estimated 200 lawsuits on the Gulf of Mexico oil disaster gets tens of thousands of dollars a year in oil royalties and is paid travel expenses to industry conferences.

#11) In recent years the U.S. government has spent $2.6 million tax dollars to study the drinking habits of Chinese prostitutes and $400,000 tax dollars to pay researchers to cruise six bars in Buenos Aires, Argentina to find out why gay men engage in risky sexual behavior when drunk.

#10) U.S. officials say that more than three billion dollars in cash (much of it aid money paid for by U.S. taxpayers) has been stolen by corrupt officials in Afghanistan and flown out of Kabul International Airport in recent years.

#9) According to a report by the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Bureau of Transportation Statistics, the baggage check fees collected by U.S. airlines shot up 33% in the first quarter of 2010 to $769 million.

#8) Three California high school students are fighting for their right to show their American patriotism – even on a Mexican holiday – after they were forced to remove their American flag T-shirts on Cinco de Mayo.

#7) Right now, interest on the U.S. national debt and spending on entitlement programs like Social Security and Medicare are somewhere in the neighborhood of 10 to 15 percent of GDP. By 2080, they are projected to eat up approximately 50 percent of GDP.

#6) The total of all government, corporate and consumer debt in the United States is now about 360 percent of GDP.

#5) A 6-year-old girl was recently handcuffed and sent to a mental facility after throwing temper tantrums at her elementary school.

#4) In Florida, students have been arrested by police for things as simple as bringing a plastic butter knife to school, throwing an eraser, and drawing a picture of a gun.

#3) School officials in one town in Massachusetts are refusing to allow students to recite the Pledge of Allegiance.

#2) According to one new study, approximately 21 percent of children in the United States are living below the poverty line in 2010.

#1) Since 1973, more than 50 million babies have been murdered in abortion facilities across the United States.

De Benoist on Junger, Heidegger, and Nihilism

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 10 July 2010

A translation of Alain De Benoist’s commentary on the dialogues between Ernst Junger and Martin Heidegger is now available here.

Our Enemy, the PIGS

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 10 July 2010

http://thecloud.crimethinc.com/images/police/police_b.jpg

Making “Respect for the Law” Seem Like a Bad Joke

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 10 July 2010

Costumed Goons Vs Children and the Elderly by William Norman Grigg

The Tyranny of the Bench by Murray Rothbard

The History of the “Money-Changers”

category Uncategorized keith Monday 12 July 2010

Interesting chronology by Andrew Bradford. See it here. Hat tip to James Duncan.

Vermont Secessionist Dennis Steele Interviewed on Public Radio

category Uncategorized keith Monday 12 July 2010

Listen to it here. The interviewer tries to ambush Dennis with the usual charges.

Some Great New Posts on the National-Anarchist Women’s Blog

category Uncategorized keith Monday 12 July 2010

Check them out. This blog is moving right along.

Social Characteristics of Tribes

Hypatia: Mathematician, Philosopher, Martyr

“All indigenous or ‘pagan’ religions spring from the soul of a particular people…”

Queen Boudicca: Mother, Wife, Warrior, Rebel, Legend…

Chomsky’s Inner Conservative

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 15 July 2010

Interesting assessment of Noam at Taki’s Mag.

Andrew Yeoman Interviewed on Voice of Reason

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 15 July 2010

Great interview with Andrew on Voice of Reason Radio. This covers a lot of major issues.

Portrait of an Anarchist General

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 15 July 2010

The military career of Major General Miguel Garcia Vivancos.

Updated News Digest July 16-18, 2010

category Uncategorized keith Friday 16 July 2010

American Revolutionary Vanguard: Denounced by Leftists as Fascists, by Fascists as Communists

“Marcuse Is Dead…And We Have Killed Him.” -Quagmire, ATS Reader

“What we fight is is _State_ socialism, leveling from above, bureaucracy; what we advocate is free association and union, the absence of authority, mind freed from all fetters, independence and well-being of all. Before all others it is we who preach _tolerance_ for all – whether we think their opinions right or wrong – we do not wish to crush them by force or otherwise… If our ideas are wrong, let those who know better teach us better.”

-Gustav Landauer, Social Democracy in Germany, Freedom Press 1896

Don’t Fear the Right: They Are Potential Class Allies by David Spero

Vermont Public Radio: The Voice of the American Empire by Thomas Naylor

Economics in Freefall by Paul Craig Roberts

Homeland Security Mission Creep: “Intellectual Property Crime” by Kevin Carson

Homeland Security Mission Creep: The Drug War by Kevin Carson

The Humanitarian Theory of Punishment by C.S. Lewis

Obama: A Global Menace by Nat Hentoff

What Is a “Strong” Defense? by Christopher Preble

Secessionists and Fireworks at the National Mall by Ross Kenyon

Why the FED is Steering the Economy into Deflation by Mike Whitney

The Weimar Syndrome by James Turk

Techno-Fascist Drones by Thomas Naylor

The Fall of Obama by Alexander Cockburn

The Human Price of Sanctions by Andrew Cockburn

The Unchallenged Power of the Israel Lobby by James Abourezk

The High Price of American Hubris by American Hubris

Could U.S. Propaganda Be Any Lamer? by Justin Raimondo

How Bank of America Got Away with a Huge Swindle by Dave Lindorff

Bradley Manning: American Patriot by Justin Raimondo

Hardly a Conservative Model by Daniel Larison

R.I.P. Tuli Kupferberg by Paul Krassner

Chomsky’s Inner Conservative by Charles Glass

Americans Are the Redcoats Now by Brent Gardner-Smith

Can the Iranian Model Save Mississippi? by Ralph Nader

Keep Cops Out of Schools by Chase Madar

Days of PIG Violence in New Orleans by Jordan Flaherty

A Mentor to Men Behind Walls by Anthony Papa

How Progressives and Liberals Are Different by Sam Smith

A Crack Law By Any Other Name by Roberto Rodriguez

The Best of Times, the Worst of Times by Alexander Cockburn

The Worst Supreme Court Decision of the Term by Joanne Mariner

The Obama Regime’s War Upon European America by Bede

Obama’s War of Choice…on Arizona by Pat Buchanan

America is in a Societal Meltdown by Chuck Baldwin

Freedom to Hunt and More by R. Emmett Tyrell, Jr.

Planet Islam by Jim Goad

Forget Mexico, Let’s Wall Off D.C. by John Derbyshire

Finding a Racist in a Haystack by Gavin McInnes

The Lynch Squad by Paul Gottfried

The Race Card Is Becoming Irrelevant by John Kass

Thou Shalt Kill: The American Warmongers Bible by Laurence Vance

The New Eugenics by Andrew Gavin Marshall

Stop Policing Our Thoughts by Brendan O’Neill

Repudiate Government Debt by Butler Shaffer

Revolution and Repression in America by Andrew Gavin Marshall

The U.S. Is Addicted to the Warfare State by William Norman Grigg

Phoenix Home Invaders Shot by Robbers Already in Home by Brittany Williams

Spontaneous Order

AlternativeRight.Com Is Now Live!

Community Organizing and National-Anarchism presentation by Andrew Yeoman

Tribal Anarchism Video Series Parts One, Two, Three, Four

United Anarchism Vs United Nationism

Fall of the New World Order

The Tyranny of “Tolerance”

“A centralised democracy may be as tyrannical as an absolute monarch; and if the vigour of the nation is to continue unimpaired, each individual, each family, each district, must preserve as far as possible its independence, its self-completeness, its powers and its privilege to manage its own affairs and think its own thoughts.

–James Anthony Froude (1818-1894), author and historian.
Source: Short Studies on Great Subjects

“Whoever appeals to the law against his fellow man is either a fool or a coward. Whoever cannot take care of himself without police protection is both. It is as cowardly to betray an offender to justice, even though his offences be against yourself, as it is not to avenge an injury by violence. It is dastardly and contemptible in a wounded man to betray the name of his assailant, because if he recovers, he must naturally expect to take vengeance himself.”
– From Porello, The Rise and Fall of the Cleveland Mafia

A Nation of Sheep, Ruled by Wolves, Owned by Pigs

The Revolution Within Anarchism

Forty Years in the Wilderness?

Liberty and Populism: Building An Effective Resistance Movement for North America

Organizing the Urban Lumpenproletariat

National Anarchy and the American Idea

Don’t Talk to the Police

“The king is most wounded by ridicule.” -Thomas Hobbes

http://citizenzoo.files.wordpress.com/2009/04/hezbollah.jpg

http://infidelsarecool.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/hezbollah-canada-sleeper-cells.jpg

http://libcom.org/files/spain-militia.jpg

http://flag.blackened.net/revolt/graphics/womilt.jpg

http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/para/images/upf-pic1.jpg

http://static.guim.co.uk/sys-images/Observer/Pix/pictures/2008/08/21/farc460x276.jpg

A Tiny Glimmer of Light at Infoshop?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 16 July 2010

I can’t believe they actually ran this.

How to Establish an Independent Bay Area

category Uncategorized keith Friday 16 July 2010

by Andrew Yeoman

[Note: I have been corresponding with the author of the recent SF Gate piece about getting the Bay Area independent. Here is the most important part of that correspondence so far.]

In my opinion, the Bay Area would have to be a confederation with a large amount of autonomy given to local areas like San Francisco and Marin/Sonoma that have very different political agendas. I’m sure a mutually beneficial agreement could be reached with Sierra authorities for water supply. I was at a pagan camping event a couple weeks ago near Reno and one of the locals made the opinion known that in their view California stops south of the Sacramento border! I didn’t quite agree but since he is an old school Californian I could understand his vantage point.

The National Anarchist solution I was thinking of would allow the existence of democratic tribal and local neighborhood councils that could be based on various ethnic or lifestyle interest groups (gay, Asians, blacks, whites, Indians, or no Identity if so desired, etc) that would work in tandem with an economic advisory council that would coordinate economic and labor issues and a parallel board of natural resources. They executive could hold sessions in their local communities and meet at San Francisco City Hall for monthly or quarterly meetings. It would seem to make sense to have police and judicial jurisdictions the same as they are now, unless otherwise needing to be updated. An area like the Bay Area will always have strong demand for tourism, young professionals, shipping, and technology and those would be the base economies to drive economic growth or sustainability.

I think the biggest obstacles are political rather than cultural. Culturally, the Bay Area is ripe for this to happen: most Bay Area residents view themselves as Northern Californian and have no real connection to Southern California or Sacramento. Creating the political will to make this happen is a different story: most people have never conceived of not having a Federal or State government and presenting new thinking to the public is extremely difficult. Their would have to be tangible immediate benefits from doing so. Lower taxes would appeal to many but I think most people would rather have the security of paying high taxes rather than switch to an unknown. I go running a lot and I notice lots of signs with for sale and sitting empty. Another thing that would appeal to many besides lower taxes is no longer honoring housing defaults to the banks. That would cause the financial system an enema and get lots of support from residents.

To make it look realistic a mock Bay Area Authority would have to be established and have representatives from the various cities and hold due process and rules of order and all the other (not fun!) tasks of government. With a track record of “open source” and orderly proceedings the BAA could then be viewed as a plausible alternative to the present system to a segment of the population and make symbolic proclamations (say, gay marriage for San Francisco, issue non binding marriage agreements, etc). The key to this working would to prevent the ambitious to making the BAA their personal dictatorship so the highest post such as a Secretary may make the most sense unless authorized by the councils.

If a SHTF scenario ever made the legit authorities unable to work the BAA could step in for disaster relief, etc. The key is to just not take actions that would be viewed as a rebellion by government authorities as like myself I’m sure you value your personal freedom!

Game show; If you’re male, white and middleclass you’re screwed.

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 18 July 2010

Now, this is good stuff.

Dramatic Collapse or Gradual Decline?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 18 July 2010

Which is the future of the United States?

Bill Lind has argued that the U.S. more closely resembles the Spanish empire as much as any previous “superpower” and will suffer a similar fate. The Spanish essentially bankrupted themselves through aggressive warfare and experienced gradual decline over the next three centuries.

Bob Higgs has likewise argued for the gradualist perspective. America’s growing debts to international banks and ever-expanding liabilities for the funding of domestic entitlement programs will force the empire to retreat over time.

On the other hand,  plenty of people have argued for a dramatic collapse. The reasons for the impending collapse have been attributed to everything from monetary policy to peak oil to racial/ethnic conflict to nuclear terrorism. Igor Panarin is a proponent of the dramatic collapse thesis who’s gotten some attention recently.

In recent years, I’ve tended to move away from the “dramatic collapse” scenario towards a more gradualist outlook. The reason for this is that as I review the decline of previous states or societies more thoroughly, I’ve found quite a few examples of societies that were in far worse condition than the U.S. at present and yet continued to survive for centuries longer. Even many regimes around the world today that are in much worse shape than the U.S. (Zimbabwe, for instance, to use but one example) have not experienced the collapse of their actual state.

It seems most likely that the U.S. will continue to experience rapid demographic change combined with widening class divisions under the reign of an ever more repressive state. The American empire may well start to recede due to continued military failure, demoralization, loss of public support, and cost prohibitions. In other words, the System may start becoming less aggressive externally and more aggressive internally, particularly as demographic conflict, political dissatisfaction, and economic unrest escalate.

Of course, another terrorist attack of the 9-11 model would significantly reformulate the equation.

Understanding Who The Real Enemy Is

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 18 July 2010

“I am a child of the South. [Head of DHS] Janet Napolitano tells me I need to be afraid of people who are labeled white supremacists, but I was raised around white supremacists. I am not afraid of white supremacists. I am concerned about my own government. The Patriot Act did not come from white supremacists, it came from the White House and Congress. The Citizens United decision [granting corporations full political personhood] did not come from white supremacists; it came from the Supreme Court. I am willing to reach across traditional barriers that have been skillfully constructed by people who benefit from the way the system is organized.”

-Former congresswoman and Green Party presidential candidate Cynthia McKinney

Left-anarchists and left-libertarians, take lessons!

Identifying the Ideology of the Enemy

category Uncategorized keith Monday 19 July 2010

“In the nineteenth century, a liberal was a person who championed individual liberty in a context of laissez-faire economics, who defined liberty as the absence of coercion, and who regarded the state as an ever-present threat to personal freedom and responsibility. Today, a liberal is a person who champions social justice in a context of socialist economics, who defines liberty as access to the means for a good life, and who regards the state as a benevolent provider whose duty is to protect people from poverty, racism, sexism, illness, and drugs.

-Thomas Szasz

Village Corporations: This Is How It’s Done

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 21 July 2010

Great work from our friends in the north!

How Americans Rank Institutions

category Uncategorized keith Friday 23 July 2010

Congress is at the bottom, but the military and the police are in the top three. See the poll results.

Please Place Contact Information on Your Blogs

category Uncategorized keith Friday 23 July 2010

It has been called to my attention that many of the ATS/ARV affiliated blogs and webpages do not include contact information. To build a local group in your area, obviously people will need a quick and effective method of getting in touch with you. Please consider posting a link to an email address that you check regularly on your blogsites. It can be very frustrating to readers if they can’t figure out how to contact you.

It could also really help your credibility if you made a public blog post introducing who you are and a picture of what you look like, providing this is feasible so far as security matters go. Nothing says lack of credibility more than anonymous websites with no personal accountability.

Another idea might be to write a blog post explaining how our positions might be applied to your local area. The American Indian/Alaska Native Attack the System blog has done a very good job of this thus far. Also, check out Andrew Yeoman’s comments on applying BANA’s ideas to the Bay Area. Let’s say your local affiliate of ATS or N-A or anarcho-libertarian or whatever group were to achieve political preeminence in your local area. What would you do in such a situation?

In my case, I’m particularly interested in networking with ATS readers and/or N-As, paleo-anarchists, an-caps, etc. in the southern states of the U.S. with an emphasis on urban areas like Richmond, Memphis, Nashville, Charleston, Raleigh, Columbia, New Orleans, Atlanta, Miami, Jackson, Tampa, etc. How would we go about applying ATS ideas to the American south? When many people think of secession, they automatically think of the South for obvious reasons. What should our relationship be to existing secessionist or regionalist organizations in the South such as the League of the South or the Southern National Congress?

Amnesty International: Upholders of the Pink Police State

category Uncategorized keith Monday 26 July 2010

Another once honorable organization falls into the clutches of PC and does the bidding of the therapeutic state. Article by Stephen Baskerville.

Life Under Anarchy: It Sucked

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 27 July 2010

How living through an earthquake turned an anarcho-communist into a Hobbesian. Read the story. This has nothing to do with anarchism as I conceive of it, but it’s an interesting read.

Two Great Economics Articles

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 27 July 2010

One from the Right, by Thomas Sowell

Elites may have more brilliance, but those who make decisions for society as a whole cannot possibly have as much experience as the millions of people whose decisions they preempt. The education and intellects of the elites may lead them to have more sweeping presumptions, but that just makes them more dangerous to the freedom, as well as the well-being, of the people as a whole.

One from the Left, by Kevin Carson

By making capital and land artificially scarce and expensive, the state forces workers to sell their labor in a buyer’s market and thereby reduces the bargaining power of labor. The owners of land and capital are thereby enabled to collect scarcity rents.

The economic effects are destabilizing. Income shifts from workers, who work mainly to meet their consumption needs, to rentiers with a high propensity to save and invest.  The result is a chronic tendency toward overaccumulation and underconsumption.

At the same time, the state subsidizes the most centralized, capital-intensive forms of production, leading to mass-production industry with overbuilt plant and equipment that’s constantly plagued with idle capacity.

The European Union: The New Soviet Union?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 29 July 2010

Former Soviet dissident Vladimir Bukovsky says yes. Watch the video.

David Frost interviews Bukovsky here.

Anarchism Revisted

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 29 July 2010

by Quagmire

Originally posted on the American New Right blog

As Preston and his comrades are busily outlining a functional anti-state strategy (and as a functional anti-state movement is busily coalescing around them) they have grown into a lightning rod for thunderstorms of left-wing hysterics. These have predictably emanated from those echo chambers of our institutions of lower learning known officially as the left-libertarian message boards.While I dedicated a past entry to defending his honor, I’ve neglected to pair my defense with a sturdy offense. My contempt for these over-protected mocha sippers is apparent from even the most cursory glance at this blog. My rationale for such a low evaluation, however, is not. So, while avoiding a backslide into rhetorical strawmen and ad hominem assaults, I have prepared this expanatory eviscreation.

A defining factor in the left-libertarian mindset is a decisive split from reality, one that renders them incapable of understanding, much less opposing, our current state of affairs. This is not unique to this faction, but likewise plagues the broader left of which they are an obvious subset. Specifically, they all but base their approach on the Marcusean identity politics inherited from the now graying New Left. This should not shock us in the least, given their origins as products of our academic idiot factories where those remnants have long held sway. Like their youthful disciples, these stale leftovers hail not from the underclass hordes whose interests they’ve appointed themselves to speak for, but from the very same strata they (correctly) attribute their misery to.

Somewhere between washing the mud off their legs and swapping cocaine for rogaine they found themselves at the helm of the very establishment they once told us we could never trust (a helm inherited, no doubt, from their bourgeoise folks.) With this dubious ascension the hollow nature of their rebellion became apparent so they started singing a different song. The establishment is your friend, the caring mama bear who will shelter you from white hoods, shaved heads, and tanned necks… and all the other nefarious nasties lurking under every bed and in every closet. Such scares are but a figment of the alzheimer’s encroached imagination of this mama bear. This time it’s the parents who are seeing and hearing things. And, another historic first, this time the kids actually listen to their parents. And…no break with tradition here…the kids repeat what they hear.

This effectively traps us in a cultural way back machine, with university engineered and approved TAPS teams chasing after ghosts that stopped hauntin’ these parts long ago, blind to their own status we should pull our covers over our heads for. When the well-off (and well-financed) anti-establishment agitators stormed the castle, they didn’t take a wrecking ball to it. They walzed on into the throne room of the new ousted monarch, assumed the throne, and unleashed a terror over the kingdom all their own. Meet the new boss, same as the old boss. The aging W.A.S.P. feudal lords were thrown out, but the feudal system itself was not…their positions were merely assumed by those cut from a more colorful cloth.

So, if you’ll allow me to transition from medeaval conquest back to modern hauntings, we arrive at an unsettling conclusion. Not only do the young false exorcists of the modern Left lack the theological know-how to properly expel spirits, they themselves are the spirits that need exorcising. So, if you’ll allow me me to time-warp yet again back to the middle-ages, we find that it is in fact the former lords and ladies of our cultural kingdom that need to take up arms. For those taking up arms with thems, the strategic implications are clear…and which I will share in common English.

In this world of “hate speech” legislation and “sensitivity training”, is it really that radical a move to wail about “institutionalized racism”…or to defend free speech and open inquiry for the insensitive? Is it that bold to crusade in favor of “women’s rights” in this era of family courts and university-mandated feminist studies…or to act on behalf of father’s rights? Is railing against “homosphobia” that radical a cause in a country where the lifestly is mostly viewed as an amusing novelty…or to agitate for freedom of speech and association for bible thumpers who find it a bit over the top? Is it that courageous to prattle on about “peace” and “non-violence”…or to snag a position on your local NRA chapter’s leadership board? I find these truths self evident. It’s indeed an odd paradox where conservatism has become radical and leftism reactionary.

The liberal-capitalist status quo takes as its basis the atomized individual, and its reason de’ etre that individual’s whims and wants. In this societal conception, these faceless particles construct their own mini-realities through an impersonal web of economic interaction and exchange. Preffered social relations are those concieved materially, with those that aren’t submerged under pavement. This process, starting at the dawn of modernity and within recent decades shifting into high gear, is effectively dissolving traditional ethnic groups, national boundaires, and cultures. How can effective ressistance, then, be found among those who dismiss such things as archaic abstractions (to be disposed of, naturally, so we can finally discover our universal “humanity”)?

For all the shrieking over alt.anarchism’s supposed “collectivism”, I fail to detect any flaw in a social system hardwired for organically constituted communities. If living and working with those you share commonalities with is such cardinal sin, why not just have the nanny state intervene for reprogramming purposes? Because a liberal universalist agenda doesn’t fit all, but a state enforcing it does, the answer to the debate over which side is more prone to authoritarian slipups is clear.

In his televised 1971 debate with Noam Chomsky, no less a leftist icon as Michel Foucault dismissed then contemporary radical movements on the grounds that their underlying philosophy was often wholly in line with that of the prevailing regime. His AIDS-related passing in 1984 was unfortunate, as he never got to see the realization of this observation among the inanities posted on the LL messageboards.

Thoughts on Revolution

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 1 August 2010

by Jeremy Weiland

originally published at Social Memory Complex

Art, Hypocrisy, and Violence in Perspective

A friend gave the pamphlet The Iron Fist Behind the Invisible Hand to a friend of his, passing along his reactions to me. This essay is an attempt to answer some of his concerns, which I am not publishing here. However, I think it stands reasonably well on its own as a meditation on genuine change and its propensity for resulting in some kind of suffering. The friend began by asking,

With whom, economically and culturally, should or does the contemporary poet or artist identify?

I appreciate the question. My personal opinion is that I see no difference between the answer to this question and the answer to the question, “With whom should anybody identify?” You either see an unjust system as acceptable or not. How honest you are with yourself about the actual decision you’re making is the real matter, and I don’t think anybody scores perfectly in that area.

The range of self-honesty among artists is probably on par with the general population. Some honestly find an elite-organized society appealing (it’s a cliche to mention nowadays, but let’s remember Hitler’s artistic inclinations). I’d agree that artists tend to have more empathy than your average person, but not that all do without exception. And business, prejudice, religion, and other forces invade art to varying degrees of distortion like every other aspect of life.

Any genuine resistance should begin, and in fact is beginning, to engage more directly with the conservative political economic vision of the status quo. As long as these ruling class systems are accepted as the default starting point by which others are compared, any truly revolutionary cultural impact artists can make is hedged against, as a rule. But the burden of moving the center of discourse is by no means borne solely by artists – everybody has talents that they can and should put to better use in order to convince one’s fellow man that more is possible in our world. Artists and poets can inspire the imagination, but it takes a lot of people doing the imagining to realize material change.

Realizing it, frankly, means slowly building and growing counter-institutions and organic, human-scale communities that can give people an identify and context independent of the status quo. Kevin Carson is a big fan of the old Wobbly slogan about “building the new society within the shell of the old”. To see rejection of the status quo as primarily a question of violence is mistaken. In order for such a rebellion to even be possible, much creative, positive work will have had to take place.

It’s kind of like what John Adams said during the debate over independence with Britain: the question isn’t whether to separate, but whether or not to formally acknowledge the separation between Britain and America that has already occurred. Similarly, the question isn’t whether the revolution will be violent, but to what degree the establishment will suppress the rejection of the regime that will have already occurred. Any armed struggle is far less important and completely at the mercy of the creative forms of insurrection, such as building counter-institutions like mutual aid societies, militias and community patrols, local businesses using their own transactional forms and instruments that fly under the state’s radar, building local economic networks for distribution (say, in emergencies to start), etc.

If one focuses on the violence brought about by change, it is far too easy to be discouraged. It may feel hypocritical to advocate for change when so much suffering is possible and when one benefits from the current state of affairs. But supporting the status quo as an effort to minimize violence is far more hypocritical, ignoring the ocean of violence exercised on behalf of this system every single day, at home and abroad. As white, middle class American men we have the privilege of occupying a societal position where this violence is not apparent. But it’s still real.

So if a moral cost to action is weighed, the cost of complacency and inaction must also be considered in comparison. Calling what we enjoy now “peace” is just as empty as calling revolution “justice”. In our hearts, we know neither is a pure good or pure evil, and dangers lurk on all sides. Faced with such daunting moral calculus, what is the concerned individual to do?

A more responsible approach would be to simply look at the world honestly and decide the manner in which one wants to contribute to it. We live within a system that is positively saturated in violence; escaping it is not an option, but acknowledging it is. The issue to my mind is not whether we will achieve a personally consistent and non-hypocritical approach to our condition (as Derrick Jensen once said, the genius of our system is that it’s impossible to live in it and not be a hypocrite) but whether we will act according to our values or resign ourselves to spectating. Moral certainty has never been a pre-requisite of moral actions, and we are dishonest to believe so.

The honest path is, I feel, to acknowledge the complexity of our situation instead of pushing it down and ignoring it because it’s uncomfortable. I think you can live a normal life and still work for human freedom and dignity. Contributing money and time to social or political causes, or building mutual aid institutions to solve your own problems, or engaging in conversations to open others’ minds – all of these things are individual acts of transforming self and, by extension, the society in which the self moves and has being. We need changed minds, not changed politics or economics; too often the cart is put before the horse.

What I think is important to understand about the anarchist perspective is that individual transformation, not some grand, outward historical event or abstract ideological mass realization, is the essence of revolution. These small, individual creative and social acts scale up spontaneously to the large, outward events that historians study, to be sure. But it’s a mistake to see the events as causing the change. The real change already occurred in the hearts and mind of the people. The events are at best lagging indicators; the personal transformation of individuals and the emergent social paradigm shifts are the material change we seek.

Revolution is a correction to the political order similar to a stock crash: the tumult comes from the delayed realization of the inherent imbalance that existed all along. If a social correction becomes violent, who is more to blame: those who prize their own hegemony over addressing injustice and suffering, or those willing to risk their lives to address it? Blaming violence on those who want change is an attempt to take the spotlight off those who fuel the system that caused the instability in the first place. Ultimately, those with the money and power will determine how violent the correction becomes, just as they decide right now how violent their “peaceful” rule is.

To put it another way: I’m not an anarchist, and I don’t advocate for change, because I think I know how the world should be organized. The goal is to change minds about what is possible, so that human potential can be explored more fully and people can live in a world that makes sense to them, that they have a stake and say in. The improvement over our current condition will come from all of us working messily and disjointedly towards it, not from one easily-identified leader or one tidy systemic model or one clever ideology. As Karl Hess once said, “Liberty means the right to shape your own institutions. It opposes the right of those institutions to shape you simply because of accreted power or gerontological status.”

Paul Craig Roberts: American Has Become an Oligarchy of Private Interests

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 1 August 2010

Interesting article on Roberts from the John Birch Society’s New American.

Glad to see Roberts is still in the game.

Anarcho-Pluralism and Pan-Secessionism: What They Are and What They Are Not

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 8 August 2010

A close colleague recently put a question to me that I regard as important enough to be well worth discussing publicly. I was asked if whether or not my own assumption of controversial stances on a variety of issues might have the effect of weakening my wider advocacy of an “anarcho-pluralist” political framework and a “pan-secessionist” strategy for achieving it. For instance, by attacking political correctness, am I not alienating many people with PC views on many issues who might otherwise be sympathetic to my wider outlook? By challenging the “open borders” preferences of mainstream libertarians, am I not pushing away anti-statists and decentralists who might also hold pro-immigration views? Indeed, might not even illegal immigrants themselves be viable allies within a pan-secessionist or anarcho-pluralist meta-political framework given that, at least on some levels, they are in conflict with the existing state?

Clearly, a number of important distinctions need to be made regarding such questions. The most significant of these distinctions involves defining what “anarcho-pluralism” and “pan-secessionism” actually are. “Anarcho-pluralism,” as I conceive of it at least, is a brand of anti-state radicalism that has “anti-universalism” and what might be called “radical localism” as it core defining characteristics. It is “anti-universalist” because it rejects the view that there is one “correct” system of politics, economics, or culture that is applicable much less obligatory for all people at all times and in all places. As Russell Kirk observed: “There exists no single best form of government for the happiness of all mankind. The most suitable form of government necessarily depends upon the historic experience, the customs, the beliefs, the state of culture, the ancient laws, and the material circumstances of a people.” Anarcho-pluralism advocates “radical localism” as the best possible method of avoiding the tyrannies and abuses of overarching Leviathan states, and accommodating the irreconcilable differences concerning any number of matters that all societies inevitably contain.

“Pan-secessionism” is the strategy for achieving anarcho-pluralism. Given that most modern societies are under the rule of overarching states possessing expansive bureaucratic tentacles and police powers, the simple territorial withdrawal of regions and localities and renunciation of the central state by the secessionists would seem to be the most practical and comprehensible method of resistance.  These few simple ideas are all that anarcho-pluralism and pan-secessionism really amount to. Theoretically, one could hold to just about any other set of beliefs or values and operate within the framework of anarcho-pluralism and pan-secessionism. In its essence, the anarcho-pluralist/pan-secessionist program does nothing more than work to abolish the central state and give every political interest group its own territory to create whatever kind of society it wishes, with ultimate success or failure being the sole responsibility of the local organizers, residents, or participants.

With regards to political correctness, it is certainly possible for persons holding stereotypical PC views to operate within a wider anarcho-pluralist/pan-secessionist framework or to join an alliance for the organization of such. For instance, the late, great, feminist-extremist Andrea Dworkin was actually a proponent of “lesbian separatism” and apparently favored the creation of communities for those with views like hers complete with “land and guns” of their own. Some in the left-wing anarchist milieu favor an idea called “libertarian municipalism,” a perspective advanced by the late anarchist-ecologist Murray Bookchin which basically involves creating independent city-state-like municipalities organized on the New England town meeting model, presumably espousing the usual communitarian-green-feminist-rainbow values of the far Left. It is theoretically possible that if and when the day comes that a pan-secessionist movement that is actually large enough and well-organized enough to mount a credible challenge to the authority of the U.S. regime and ruling class emerges, a majority or even a super-majority of the individuals, organizations, and communities participating in such an effort could potentially reflect the kinds of “far Left” values and positions on issues of the kinds that most current left-anarchists espouse.

A similar theoretical formulation could be applied to the immigration question.  It is entirely possible that many if not most participants in a pan-secessionist action could indeed be persons or groups favoring a completely “open borders” policy for their respective post-secession communities. Indeed, it is even possible that many participants in a pan-secessionist movement or action could be immigrants, even those who immigrated illegally according to present U.S. law, or the immediate descendants of such.

Yet a number of obvious and vital questions remain. The most immediate of these would be: what is the purpose of anarcho-pluralism/pan-secessionism in the first place, its core principles aside? Anarcho-pluralism/pan-secessionism is an outlook that myself and some colleagues developed in the late 1990s in response to certain problems that we perceived in the mainstream of the anarchist milieu. From my earliest involvement in the anarchist movement, I noticed that quite frequently anarchists seemed to be, among other things, much more interested in promoting the standard laundry list of liberal or left-wing causes, or simply engaging in countercultural lifestyle practices,  rather than advancing the struggle against the state. Opposition to the state itself is the core essence of any anarchist ideology worthy of the name. Anarchism differs from classical liberalism, which views the state as a neutral agent whose purpose is to uphold and protect abstract “rights.” The anarchist view regards the state as a self-interested entity claiming monopoly privilege for its members. Anarchism also differs from leftism in that it regards the state as a parasite and usurper rather than as a reflection of some mythical “general will” (the democratist view) or as an agent of class rule (the Marxist view).  The traditional anarchist critique of capitalism regards plutocracy as the result of state-imposed privilege for private interests allied with the state (see Proudhon), and the traditional anarchist opposition to war, militarism, and imperialism results from the anarchist view of these things as simple acts of aggression and plunder by states, no different in kind from ordinary criminality.

An additional factor that shaped my own view was the recognition that many thinkers and activists outside the anarchist milieu and, indeed, outside the subculture of the “far Left” where most anarchists tend to function, possess many cogent criticisms of the state, plutocracy, empire and imperialism that overlapped quite well with the traditional anarchist critique, including some from the “far Right.” While studying the works of leading commentators and theorists from these schools of thought more carefully, I came to the conclusion that a good number entirely valid and legitimate issues and questions were being raised by many in these camps. Initially, I began pushing for greater collaboration between anarchists and the libertarian-left and paleoconservatives, the militia-patriot-constitutionalist milieu, right-libertarians and anarcho-capitalists, the populist-right, and so forth. I then discovered the neo-secessionist tendencies that were starting to organize at the time, and around ten years ago I encountered for the first time the national-anarchist tendency that had recently emerged. This in turn introduced me to the world of “third-position” ideologies, to the French New Right of Alain De Benoist, and so forth. I began to understand that quite often the only key differences between many of these “right-wing” perspectives and traditional anarchism are matters of culture, and in some instances mere aesthetics or individual tastes.  I wrote a letter to a left-anarchist journal in 1999 where I outlined these views, and I later reworked the letter into an article expounding upon these ideas further.

Anarcho-pluralism/pan-secessionism was created as a tendency whose specific purpose was to re-orient the focus of modern anarchism away from liberal and leftist social causes and countercultural lifestyles, and towards a more concentrated attack on the state, the empire, and the plutocracy. A related purpose is to form tactical alliances towards this end with many others sharing overlapping critiques or concerns, including some from the “far Right” or other points on the political spectrum apart from the radical Left milieu. Additionally, strategic and organizational issues are to be placed at the forefront of our ongoing efforts and expressed concerns. In other words, anarcho-pluralism/pan-secessionism differs sharply from the mainstream anarchist movement  by

1) shifting focus away from left-wing social causes and countercultural lifestyles towards attacking the state, empire, and plutocracy as the primary values or objectives;

2) working for the construction of an anti-state, anti-plutocratic, and anti-imperialist political alliance comprised of opposition forces from across the political spectrum;

3) developing or promoting regional and local secessionist movements as the strategic and organizational vehicle for the political advancement of such a tactical alliance;

4) rejecting the universalistic claim that all participants in the anarcho-pluralistic/pan-secessionist project must hold to “ultra-liberal,” “far Left,” or countercultural lifestyle views on such matters as abortion, gay rights, feminism, transgendered rights, environmentalism, animal rights, “anti-racism,” “anti-fascism,” immigrants’ rights, “open borders,” veganism/vegetarianism, economic preferences, nuclear power, capital punishment, religion, drugs, family organization, squatting, dumpster-diving, punk rock music, and many other things. This is not to say that participants in such a project cannot hold “ultra-liberal” or countercultural views on such matters, but that such an outlook, while acceptable, is not mandatory.

5) recognizing that a post-state, post-plutocratic, and post-empire nation or civilization where anarchists are politically dominant would contain a genuine diversity of forms of political, cultural, and economic organization, and not just the kinds favored by the “far Left.” Consequently, a post-revolutionary political order would likely include communities and institutions of a conservative, religious, ethnocentric, traditionalist, patriarchal, or just plain old middle-of-the-road, moderate nature as well as those of a leftist or countercultural nature.

The Necessity of Confronting Totalitarian Humanism

Once upon a time, I generally agreed with the standard leftist view that much of the conservative critique of “political correctness” amounts to little more than sour grapes on the part of right-wingers who are on the losing end of history and political struggles. However, upon further experience and reflection, I found it necessary to alter my view. When I first began promoting the ideas outlined above in the anarchist milieu, I knew it would be controversial and that many would object. However, I was somewhat surprised by the level of vociferous hostility and threats of violence I received from the critics. Now, on one hand, if some anarchists regard immigrants’ rights, gay rights, transexual rights, animal rights, or the most extreme forms of “anti-racism” to be the most important issues, then they are still perfectly within their rights to feel this way. If they prefer to tolerate or endure the present system rather than cede any ground, politically or geographically, to the Right, or to have any sort of association with cultural conservatives, then they likewise have the right to make this value judgment for themselves. However, the fact that they cannot accept that some of us would choose a different way, and that they cannot co-exist with our own tendency without making threats of violence and assuming a generally obscurantist attitude, indicates that their commitment to such core libertarian values as freedom of speech and thought is rather limited. This essentially cancels their supposed “progressive” credentials and essentially renders them to the status of either a pre-Enlightenment cult movement, or secular theocrats,  or a variation of the modern totalitarian movements that have emerged since the French Revolution. As a biographer of the anarchist historian Paul Avrich observed: “Avrich does not shy away from controversy in his books, treating the anarchist acts of violence honestly and in the context of the time. He does not condone the violence of Berkman, but says he still admires his decision, considering how brutal Frick acted toward striking workers. But Avrich does not have the same patience for some contemporary anarchists, who choose to destroy property and who, he says, come mainly from educated and middle-class backgrounds. “I’m not so crazy about anarchists these days,” he says. Anarchism means that you leave other people alone and you don’t force people to do anything.” He says he is sad that the old-timers are not around to guide the resurgent movement. “They were nicer people –much nicer people.” Of course, the anarcho-leftoids, antifa, and other related groups are merely a symptom of the growing totalitarian movement of which Political Correctness is a manifestation. I have written about this third totalitarianism before, and will continue to do so in the future. For now, it is simply enough to say that Political Correctness must be confronted by serious anarchists in the same way that it was necessary for perceptive anarchists to confront Communism as Proudhon, Bakunin, and Kropotkin did in the days when it was the emerging totalitarian movement of the 19th century. This is simply a matter of self-defense, as the left-wing enemy has declared war on us. Given the rabid hatred expressed by PC Left (including its “anarchist” and “libertarian” contingents) towards anyone with political, social, or cultural values that conflict with hard-left orthodoxy, it is unlikely that these elements will ever be able to peacefully co-exist with those who are different from themselves.  The PC Left contains within itself the Lenins, Stalins, Maos, Castros, and Pol Pots of the future.

This is not to say that one cannot theoretically be a cultural leftist and simultaneously oppose Totalitarian Humanism. One can be a worker, a political leftist, or even a socialist, and oppose Marxism. One can be black, Jewish, or Hispanic and oppose totalitarian multiculturalism. Many do. One can be a woman and oppose the feminazis. There are many of these. One can certainly be gay and oppose the “homo-totalitarians.” Plenty of examples of this exist. Many of my own views on various issues are well to the left of the Democratic Party, if not the Green Party. Yet Totalitarian Humanism needs to be recognized for what it is, the third triplet after Communism and Fascism.

The Necessity of Strategic and Organizational Thinking

A criticism that has been issued against my outlook in the past is that it is overly concerned with pragmatic or strategic considerations and not rooted strongly enough in matters of abstract principle. But ideas are worthless (Stirnerite “spooks”) if they cannot be translated into real world action. If we wanted we could simply form a monastery where we sit around and debate whether drunk driving interferes with anyone’s property rights or whether non-coercive ageism or transphobia conflicts with the natural rights of man, but for what purpose other than intellectual masturbation? If that is what some wish to do, so be it, but for those of us who want an anti-state movement that is a real world contender, matters of strategy and organization are indispensable. Therefore, considerations of what kinds of demographic groups, subtendencies, organizational methods, and tactical efforts are most conducive to the success of the objectives outlined above, and considerations of time frame, are essential to our wider theoretical framework.

The Necessity of High Intellectual Standards and Political Foresight

While considerations of strategy and action are important to the formulation of theory, this does not mean that we should not aspire to high intellectual standards. For one thing, the purpose of ARV/ATS is not to simply be popular and attract sympathizers, but to cultivate an elite leadership corps who will be the revolutionary elite of a future anarcho-pluralist/pan-secessionist populist movement. A competent leadership corps has to first possess not only high intellectual standards but a capacity for serious political foresight. These considerations are relevant to many different questions. For now, we can reflect a bit on the relevance of these to the immigration question, given that immigration is at present a prominent and controversial public issue.

With the exception of the paleo-libertarians, national-anarchists, and perhaps some Green-anarchists, most present-day anti-state radicals generally advocate “open borders,” meaning that the existing states should simply order their border and coast guards to stand down and allow entry into their respective countries by anyone who wishes to enter for whatever reason. If that’s how many if not most libertarians or anarchists feel at present, then that’s their prerogative. Yet the popularity of a position should not be a barrier to its challenge. After all, if the goal were to simply be popular in the anarchist milieu, our own tendencies would not even exist in the first place.

I criticize the “open borders” beliefs of many anarchists for a variety of reasons. First, I regard mass immigration as a phenomenon that is actually generated by the forces of State, Capital, and Empire, and serves the interests of present day political elites and ruling classes. Second, I am skeptical as to whether a civilization of anarchic communities would actually have “open borders” as many anarchists conceive of such. “Open borders” simply invites the existing state to impose a uniform immigration standard on all communities and institutions within the wider society. There is likely to be a considerably greater degree of variation with regards to matters of immigration and citizenship in the absence of an overarching statist system. Third, it is doubtful that the cultural and social ultra-liberalism promoted by many anarchists and libertarians is compatible with the importation of unlimited numbers of persons from profoundly illiberal cultural environments. Fourth, the history of efforts by genuinely multi-ethnic and multicultural societies to maintain civil peace is not a particularly happy one or a cause for optimism. Fifth, there are the practical costs of mass immigration. For instance, do we really want North America to become as populous as China or India? Lastly, I am skeptical as to whether anarchists who champion “open borders” the most fervently are motivated primarily by anti-statist or civil libertarian concerns.

For instance, many anarchists have not devoted nearly as much effort, or no effort at all, to opposing statist legislation that is far more onerous or draconian in content and effect than the recently enacted Arizona immigration law. So are these anarchists motivated by anti-statism and civil libertarianism, or are they motivated more by universalism, e.g. the view that immigration is a good unto itself regardless of the state’s role in fostering or prohibiting it? What sort of concerns do they express? What sort of criticisms do they raise? Do they say “Requiring travelers to display passports is a statist interference with freedom to travel!”? Perhaps they do at times, but there are plenty of laws on the books of a comparable nature that they rarely if ever discuss, for instance, those requiring motorists to obtain and carry a driver’s license. Are they not more likely to say, “Restricting immigration is racist and xenophobic!” It is fairly clear that for many of the “open borders” anarchists and libertarians, univeralism rather than anti-statism is the guiding value.

Now, to be fair, it should be pointed out that those anti-statists with anti-immigration views are often likewise motivated by values beyond those of mere concern with the role of the state in promoting or sponsoring immigration. The same could be said of libertarians holding opposing views on other controversial matters like abortion or capital punishment. Yet,  anti-statists who are anti-immigration are typically much more likely to demonstrate anti-universalism. For instance, Hans Herman Hoppe is a leading paleolibertarian critic of “open borders” libertarians, yet he recognizes the degree of discrimination or non-discrimination, inclusion or exclusion, homogeneity or heterogeneity, will inevitably vary from community to community and institution to institution minus a system of uniformity imposed by the central state. Likewise, the national-anarchists typically recognize that the internal norms and standards of differing “tribes” or communities will vary greatly in the absence of the state, and typically understand that without the state homogeneous communities will co-exist with multicultural ones. Neither paleos nor national-anarchists typically engage in slander, vilification, threats, or violence towards those who do not share their views. Therefore, their claims of authenticity are at present the most valid and compelling.

The Necessity of a Flexibility of Theory and Tactics

The matter of immigration raises a few other issues that are relevant to the anarcho-pluralist/pan-secessionist paradigm. For instance, I have had some no doubt sincere and well-intentioned people ask questions such as these?

1) How can it be argued that the state promotes immigration and that immigrants benefit from statism when illegal immigrants are subject to arrest by the ICE or other police agencies?

2) Is not criticizing immigration promoting division among enemies of the state, thereby weakening the anti-state cause?

3) Is not criticizing immigration actually strengthening pro-state elements on the Right, who are after all motivated not by anti-statism but by statist nationalism?

4) Would not it be strategically more feasible to ally with immigrants against overarching common enemies, such as the global plutocracy?

Here are some short answers to these questions:

1) The state not a monolithic conspiracy. Many anarchists and libertarians seem to regard “the state” the same way Marxists regard “the capitalists” or Nazis regard “the Jews.” The state is a collection of certainly overlapping and interconnected interests, but one that also contains within itself plenty of contradictions and conflicts. Yes, certain elements within the state (for instance, the ICE or Joe Arpaio) might well have self-interest in enforcing immigration law. But plenty of other interests within the state actually benefit from immigration. These have been widely documented by immigration critics. Further, simply being a lawbreaker does not necessarily make one an enemy of the state per se, much less an anarchist revolutionary. If mere law-breaking were to be our standard of anarchist authenticity, then we would have to say that dirty cops are among the most anarchistic of all. After all, dirty cops commit perjury, plant evidence, engage in police brutality, confiscate drugs and then use or sell them, steal from evidence lockers, accept bribes, participate in illegal searches and seizures, solicit sexual favors from suspects or prisoners, or even engage in outright common crimes such as robbery, rape, kidnapping, and murder. There are certainly plenty of laws prohibiting these things, but are we prepared to argue that such cops measure up to anarchist standards?

2) For reasons that are widely known, it is doubtful whether immigrants, or even illegal immigrants, can be classified as enemies of the state on any kind of consistent level. As Andrew Yeoman succinctly put it: “…the ideal is to decentralize political power and increase the power of local institutions outside state control. This does not mean supporting illegal immigrants, who aren’t outside the state — to the contrary. Illegals represent a minority that is trying to impose its will on the majority by fully integrating itself within the state. Illegals oppose state power just as much as they oppose capitalism, which is to say, not at all — they are here to make money and eager to take advantage of all the benefits of the welfare system. They are also seeking race replacement.

3) It is undoubtedly true that many on the anti-immigration Right are motivated less by an opposition to the imposition of a uniform and universalist immigration policy by the central state, and more by a desire for a xenophobic brand of statist nationalism? But to what degree are these elements reflective of ruling class values or elite consensus, or even the mainstream of public opinion? For instance, the New York Times (which Abbie Hoffman used to refer to as “the voice of the ruling class”) has consistently taken an “open borders” stance, as has the Wall Street Journal (which might be called “the voice of the global plutocracy”). The evidence is overwhelming that while elites and the radical Left share the common goal of total or near-total abolition of immigration standards, hard-core “xenophobes” are a fairly marginal, fringe movement. Research indicates that the average American of all races or colors generally has a tolerant view of legal immigrants, while regarding present immigration rates as too high and believing that illegal immigration should be barred. This is hardly an indication of imminent genocide as “immigrants’ rights” hysterics would have us believe.

4) All of these issues aside, are there indeed areas or situations where illegal immigrants might well be potential allies? Aside from my strenuously un-PC views on certain questions, one of the areas of my own thinking that often raises the most eyebrows is my position that outlaw organizations might well be valuable allies against the state in certain instances. For instance, motorcycle gangs, survivalist militias, common street gangs, exotic cults, and the like. There are a number of reasons why I hold to this view. One is the obvious. Many of these groups view themselves as a nation of their own that is at war with the government, therefore in a situation of direct conflict with the state, they may be viable military allies against a common enemy. Second, many of these groups have a history of being in direct conflict and combat with the repressive apparatus of the state, e.g. the BATF, FBI, DEA, or state and local SWAT teams or paramilitary police. Thirdly, by recruiting them as allies or mercenaries for “our side” we prevent our various enemies from doing so.  There are other, less significant reasons why I take this position as well.

This brings us to the final question of on what issues might it be appropriate to take a pro-immigration stance or to ally ourselves with illegal immigrants. As mentioned, individuals participants in the anarcho-pluralist/pan-secessionist project can have any other views they wish. By extension, they can advocate for their own tribe, community, or territory whatever political values they wish. For instance, if some left-anarchists, left-libertarians, Hispanic ethno-nationalists, or liberal multiculturalists decide to organize a Miami secessionist movement (the “Republic of Miami”) and decide they wish for an independent Miami to have completely open borders, so be it. If most people in a liberal metropolis like New York City or San Francisco prefer that these regions be “sanctuary cities,” then that’s how it will be. Likewise, while I would defend Arizona’s sovereignty against the feds regarding the controversial immigration law, if one of Arizona’s cities or counties, say, Tucson or Flagstaff, decided to secede from Arizona in protest of the immigration law, I would defend their right to do so as well. Nor does this mean that any policy of any seceded polity is necessarily “written in stone.” For instance, in an independent Arizona, pro-immigrationists could certainly agitate for less restrictive immigration policies, and I would defend their free speech rights to do so. In an independent  “Republic of Miami” with open borders, immigration restrictionists could push for more limits on immigration, and I would likewise defend their free speech rights as well.

An analogy could be made to class issues. Any interest of mine is organizing secessionist efforts by large cites with an emphasis on class issues. While I am a Southerner, neo-confederate ideology or Dixieland revivalism doesn’t really interest me much. Instead, I would prefer to develop secession movements on the part of the large metro areas like Richmond, Nashville, Memphis, Atlanta, New Orleans, Chattanooga, Charleston, and so forth. The focus would be on achieving economic self-sufficiency and self-determination for the lower classes, and on repealing policies that generate much of the violent crime in these urban areas, particularly drug prohibition. Consequently, if we were to organize a general strike or mass walkout by workers in fast food chains, superstore chains, meatpacking plants, crony-capitalist real estate developments, or agribusiness plantations, I would very much advocate labor solidarity among all the workers, even though many of these places employ illegal immigrants.

At the same time, as part of the process of developing a pan-secessionist movement, I am certainly open to class collaboration on certain issues. While my personal focus would be on the urban lower classes, in many of the counties surrounding my own city there are affluent, upper-middle class communities with strong conservative leanings. If indeed a secessionist movement motivated by a desire to simply not pay taxes to Washington, D.C. or the state government were to emerge among such people, I would certainly back their efforts. Likewise, even though I am a pro-abortion atheist who thinks the cause of gay marriage is more silly than offensive, if a rural county or small town comprised of evangelical Christians or other religious conservatives were to secede rather than recognize Roe v. Wade or gay rights/gay marriage laws, I would support their efforts as well.

In a similar vein, given the reality that the future of the American Southwest likely belongs to Aztlan, it may well be likely that tactical collaboration with Hispanic ethno-nationalist secessionists in the Southwest, including many illegal immigrants or their immediate descendants, will be strategically feasible or even necessary at some point in the future.

Liberty for Whom?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 5 August 2010

http://newrightamerica.blogspot.com/2010/08/liberty-for-who-rebuttal-to-darian.html

By Michael Parish

Regular followers of this blog will know that I am unyielding in my contempt for the left-liberarian tendency, whose proponents I and others have engaged in debate to no effect. Hence the disproportionate amount of space I dedicate to sliming them here. As of late, the main point of contention between us has been the immigration cesspool, and its attendant implications vis a vis political philsosophy. I recently came across this slice of bleeding heart bullshit at the C4SS blog, courtesy of site regular (and ALL auxiliary member) Darien Worden. Analyze this…

“Liberty For All Means Immigrants Too”

But of course. We can’t forget the precious immigrants.

“It is dissapointing to see people express concern for liberty while advocating government restrictions on the liberty of immigrants. Immigrants should not be seen as a threat to liberty, but as potential allies in the fight for liberty.”

You can only buy into this if your understanding of our social-democratic system is seriously lacking. As they emerge as a demographic in this country, the immigrants and their children will likely evolve into another whining interest group, thumping a list of grievances and corresponding demands…and, in the name of “inclusiveness”, the managerial regime will expand to accomodate them. This is another foot deeper into the same quicksand we’re already mired in, not a rope to assist in our escape.

Liberty means nothing if the freedom of any group is placed above individual liberty. And people do not stop being individuals if they are born in a different country. All individuals have the right to claim the fullest liberty to do as they will, as long as they do not violate the liberty of others. Moving to a different part of the world and trying to improve one’s life-with or without permission from a government-does not violate anyone’s liberty.”

And….here comes the Jacobin universalism. Suddenly, everyone everywhere possesses the inaliable right to live wherever they fancy…because this guy says so. Might I inquire as to where this right originates and why it is universally applicable? Given that liberty is a relativist concept, possessing no quantitative or qualitative property, it would be far more sensible to view rights as concieved through the particulars of cultures…of which each individual is a part. That someone uproots from their place of origin and moves elsewhere is of relevance not to states, but to the peoples already established in their immigration destination.

National borders are invasive of liberty. Most, including the U.S.-Mexico border, were drawn by conquest at the orders of elitists in capitols. Borders designate which politicians are to control which people. They invade the lives of individuals who want to interact with people on the other side or to escape the conditions that governments have inflicted on people within certain boundaries.

No one has the “right” to move wherever they choose irrespective of the wishes of those native to the place they’ll be moving. As such, national borders are hardly “invasive of liberty.” Borders are drawn by cultural groups to represent where one regional identity ends and the next begins. That the dominant group on side doesn’t care to interact with the next does not constitute a rights violation. If governments have inflicted undesirable conditions on their citizens then the optimal course of action would be to remain and fight said government, not escape from their troubles in a foreign land. I am weary of this sort of legal-material reductionism.

“The reality of border enforcement is brutal and draconian. Patrols at the safest crossings send immigrants into the most dangerous desert areas. Many die slowly, and others tresspass desperately. A series of secret prisons, some in warehouses not designed for long term confinement, form a modern American gulag system. New Jersey Civil Rights Defense Committee has documented much of evidence of widespread, pervasive abuse of immigration detainees. One of the many who died in Immigration and Customs Detention was Jason Ng. A father of two who was arrested for immigration paperwork violations compounded by by beauracratic error, Ng died after being refused medical treatment. “

I’m the very last person to wave pom poms for the American police state, but I must point out that for every illegal that suffers in detention a great many more make it into the country, resulting in deleterious effects on the well-being of those already here. In order to prevent abuses of the sort he (rightly) deplores here, I would advocate dissolving the police state and restoring control over immigration at the state and local level, where the issue can be handled on a human scale.

Studies suggest that immigrants are less likely to commit crimes than natives. But whatever the case, punishing people for crimes other individuals have committed is fundamentally unjust. And crime is incentivized by any form of prohibition, including The War On Drugs, and by locking people out of the mainstream by assigning them the status of “illegal” humans.

He’s correct in pointing out the dubiousness of prohibition, but the notion that lawbreaking on the part of immigrants can be blamed on alienation over their legal status is laughable. Also, the title “human”, when devoid of any concrete particulars, is as meaningless as a blank slate.

“Immigrants do not generally take advantage of the U.S. welfare system anymore than natives do. In the article “Immigration: An Open Or Closed Door”, The International Society For Individual Rights notes that immigrants pay much in taxes and recieve little benefits from services. And if they did pay less in taxes, that just means the monster state gets less to use to harm people.”

Oh I beg to differ, as the exorbitant cost of immigration to native inhabitants has been well documented, by Peter Brimelow and others. Given their undocumented status they do not pay income taxes, which is the largest of them all, and the state’s main source of revenue. “And if they did pay less in taxes” that would just mean U.S. citizens are getting fucked over.

“Immigrants do not take jobs from natives. Soceity does not contain a fixes number of jobs or a fixed amount of wealth. Jobs are created when there is a demand that needs to be filled, and value is created by production and trade-by the interactions of numerous individuals. Politicians, not workers, make the economy more rigid and less productive. They stunt economic growth through land use regulations, restrictions that hamper starting businesses,corporate welfare, inflation, and military-industrial complex waste.

Actually by agreeing to work for lower wages immigrants do take jobs from natives, which those doing the hiring are more than happy to give them. Oh, and we’re all familar with free market basics and the workings of the U.S. corporate state, buddy.

“And no one has a higher claim to a job because of national or ethnic status. Supporting nationalist ideas of privelege means standing with the politicians who are making things worse, instead of with people trying to get by. Those concerned about job loss or wage reduction should stand with immigrants for higher wages and better conditions instead of deepening the divisions that can be used against workers.”

In an organically constituted society the economy exists to serve pre-existing social relations, rather than serve as the basis for social relations (which is all left-libertarianism is, aside from rationalized abstractions.) This naturally leads to preferential hiring for the native-born. This is not “privelege”, it’s common sense. Supporting open borders means standing with the Reagan, Bush, and Bush The Second, all of whom supported mass immigration and amnesty, and with the industrialists who bak-roll the entire pro-immigration agenda in this country…instead of the majority of the native population who hold dim views on this mass exodus. Those concerned about job loss and wage reduction should consciously reject the multiculti mantra of “diversity” that’s used to Trojan Horse these sagging economic fortunes.

An aspect of culture that cannot survive without being enforced by government agencies is unfit to exist. English has been around long enough and is spoken in enough places that it can easily continue to be an language of communication between multiple ethnic groups. And there is nothing wrong with teaching English to immigrants or knowing other languages. What business is it of anyone else’s is some people want to talk to each other differently. Culture is enhanced by interaction. If it is locked in place by isolation it is more likely to stagnte than strengthen.”

Agreed wholeheartedly. This is why bilingual voting cards, multiple language instructions, and other accomodations for Spanish speakers need to be abandoned.

“Immigrants, including illegal immigrants, have good reason to be against the government and for true liberty. Wide-spread cooperation among immigrant and native born freedom lovers will make our would-be masters tremble at the sound of advancing liberty.”

This is true, but immigrants generally are not “freedom lovers” (is this a return of Bush-speak?!)…they’re just here into integrate themsleves into the system as it currently exists, not fundamentally realter it in ways that extend beyond language. Oh, and I highly doubt a handful of Mexicans posting on the C4SS message board will induce any trembling in our masters.

Critique of Market Society…Well, More of a Rant

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 5 August 2010

http://newrightamerica.blogspot.com/2010/08/critique-of-market-societywell-more-of.html

By Michael Parish

Since its emergence in early modernity, the capitalist market has been trumpeted as the natural collorary to liberal governance, and understandably so. If the state assumes the atomized individual as its theoretical basis, and the natural rights of that individual as its chief (protective) function, then the economic system it presides over should be structured within a corresponding paradigm. What this produces is an economic order based on the free interactions of atomized individuals, its chief function the satisfaction of individual desires. The exponents of this paradigm have historically portrayed it as a shining example of “spontaneous order”, of an optimally functioning whole arising randomly out of self-interested interaction, or what Hayek gushingly christened the “Grand Society.”

Over time, as the market and its functions grew increasingly entrenched, two schools of thought emerged regarding what direction the state should function in regards to it. The first, falsely calling itself “conservative”, cheerleads for lassiez-faire, bolstering its demands with allusions to “protestant work ethic” and Ellis Island cultural mythology. Their opponents, social democrats, foresee all manner of disaster in this vision, insisting to the contrary on a protective regulatory role for the state. That both views retain the same belief in material transaction as the optimal method of social organization, and differ only in regards to the value of central planning, is itself indicitave of the nature of market society. For while the market is typically draped in rhetoric suggestive of spontaniety, its actual history reveals a far different reality.

By taking the abstract individual as its starting point, and constructing itself around the material desires of that individual, market society effectively erodes organic and pre-rational social relations. Families, communities, and hobbyist clubs commit two grave errors…the first being their inclusion of more than one person, and the second being their failure to produce profits. It is only necessary, then, that the individual subject be split from these relations during their insertion as a cog into the capitalist machinery. The non-productive values held by these eroded instutions commit the same sin, so the explicitly materialist market phases them out accordingly, to be usurped by a rational dogma of efficiency, predictability, and convenience.

During the early development of the system, as those at the helm were busy swallowing public subsidies and land grants, those displaced by these developments bore understandable grievances, and ideologies emerged to legitimize those grievances. Capitalism, functioning as it does with ice-cold rationality, ensured its future survival by commissioning the state to assume caretaking roles, ones previously belonging to the organic ties it had severed. This moderate reform also serves the dual purpose of softening the conditions of those on the economic bottom, thereby limiting the neccessity of (and excluding from debate) alternative, non-market economic options. This is the true origin of the modern welfare state.

We can see at this point how the market, despite its supporters claims, is totalitarian in impact. Having already replaced organic social relations with state beauracracy, it has also begun to reshape state-craft in accordance with its aims. As this article continues, it will become crystal clear that our object of inquiry here is an all-encompassing entity that absorbs and recasts all of society in its own image. We’ll explore more of this as we continue…

It is impossible to understand this transformative process without first understanding its political collorary, liberal mass democracy. The definitive feature of the liberal state is its self-legitimation through popular approval, configured along egalitarian lines i.e. one vote granted as a basic right to each citizen. In contrast to the monarchist regimes displaced by Enlightenment upheaval, liberal states justify their rule not by appeals to the transcendent (”the divine right of kings”) but to the populist, in ways that echo market functions. If a business enterprise markets a useful product, it is rewarded with sufficient profits and remains in competition. If not, the product is recalled, and the enterprise vanishes. Similarly, political parties remain in power by attracting votes via appealing offers. If these are successful, their status remains untouched. If not, they find themselves out of office.

Similarly, political parties are structured identically to business enterprises, built heierarchally around bosses (politicians), beauracracies (campaign management), and labor (street level activists). The democratic process in liberal political envieronments mirrors precisely the functions of the capitalist marketplace. Political parties, like private businesses, engage in competition with one another in pursuit of voters (customers) by offering different products (politicians and legislation presented as favorable to the interests of prospective voters).Conventions hosted by parties are strikingly similar in aspect to corporate product inveilments. Political campaigns gather voters with the use of stylized “campaign commercials” that are fundamentally indistinguishable from corporate product advertisements.

Modern politicians may not be royalty defined by blood as in bygone eras, but they nonetheless constitute a definite elite type of their own. The emergence of the mass media and the public’s subsequent dependence on it for their political information, as well as the neccessity of long distance transportation, has rendered running for political office a possibility only to those who can afford the cast of utilizing such apparatus. This has effectively made political campaigning the sole preserve of the already welathy. It is no coincidence, then, that those at the top of the political latter are culled from the same class as those at the top of the economic ladder. The egalitarian proposition of a political process open to everyone is revealed to be a most dubious sham.

The electoral process in liberal democracies is largely a continuation of market actions. Parties cynically accrue support by offering programs and services purportedly beneficial to the social segments they seek to attract; in turn, these segments (voting in line with their status within the market and/or its complementary welfare state) align themselves accordingly. Over time, the state itself transforms into a redistributive agency, ever expanding to allocate scarce resources to whomever can afford them. All political activity, more or less, devolves into regularly scheduled meetings on how best to preserve the status quo.

This dour state of affairs is perpetuated by the empty mentality of a public absorbed in commodity fetishism. As organic and pre-rational values dissappear and are replaced by commercial ones, citizens see themselves less as agents within a developing whole and more as passive recipients of services and stimuli. Material needs are replaced by desires, which the market continually expands to satisfy, as they can never be measured and defined in accordance with sensible standards. Consequently, political involvement is relegated from social duty to entertainment option, one of many equally valid hobbies or interests to choose from on our pop-culture smorgasboard. “I’m just not interested in politics” (as if it is no different from sports or rock music or any other consumer choice of little impact) becomes the mantra. That political advertisements are strikingly successful at inducing uninformed votes in the public by displaying an artificial image and witholding any pertinent information (similar to how product advertisements manipulate consumers) should come as no surprise.

Nor should it this mindset’s effect on the natural world. With the rationalization that has restructured the incomplete American mindset, subjective value has all but dissapeared as a means of evaluating objects. If it can’t be assigned a set material quality it ceases to bear weight as an item of value. Hence, a sufficient reason cannot be thought of to explain the existence of forests and wetlands, so they are to be stripped, dried and replaced with yet more cracker jack homes and commercial centers. Natural landscapes’ historic status as part of a nation’s and it’s people’s identity is of no significance, another instance of market society’s incompatability with conservatism.

What effect the market has on the natural is bested only slightly by its effect on the cultural world. If it is taken as an article of faith that the world exists for commercial co-optation, then what starts with naturally occuring substances (lovingly rebaptized as “natural resources”) will eventually happen to the arts. With the absence of a real cultural elite (which existed previously in the form of the landed aristocracy) culture exists for mass consumption rather than intellectual reflection. Though it does produce jarring inequalities in wealth, the market does have a built-in egalitarian mechanism-act of purchasing. Some may have more dollars in their pocket than others, but each individual dolor is worth the same, irrepsective of the intellect or intentions of he who spends it.

This effectively reduces art to “entertainment”, from an object of creative analysis to one of passive absorption. Epic dramas and plays become Hollywood movies, the classics become three-minute “pop-rock” jingles, and street performances are replaced by half-hour sitcoms and soap operas. Difference, variety, and creativity dissapear to have their positions usurped by repetetive formulas and genre exercises. Morever, their status as creations of the market reduce them even further, from socially encouraged rites of passage to mere consumer options, to be taken in, enjoyed, and disposed of at will. Consequently, given the rigors of work and social obligations, people look to such things as a means of temporary escape and nothing more.

The dissolution of organic culture caused by the market goes hand in hand with the dissolution of its sources, that being organic communities. As capitalism is an exclusively materialist system that prioritizes the accumulation of profit and dismisses all other concerns, it retains no loyalty to any of the particulars that traditionally constituted societies. Market pressures uproot members of historic communities and cast them out in pursuit of satisfactory economic conditions. Hence, societies become geographically re-arranged not according to ancestral roots but to material factors. This is the chief culprit behind the proliferation of suburbs and subdivisions populated by atomized materialists i.e. “Well, we wanted something with more bedrooms and a bigger garage…and David can finally have his mini-theatre in the basement.”

What it does on the communal scale it also carries out on the national scale, producing even greater societal distortion. As corporations go multinational and shed any pretense at loyalty to the soil that spawned them, the resulting globalization spurs the economically-motivated mass movements of peoples and products. This brave new world calls to be overseen by specially appointed global institutions, sapping independent nations of control over their own economies, and effectively of their own destiny. As cheap labor becomes a greater neccessity for the continued existence of top market players, immigration reaches mass proportions and borders grow increasingly irrelevant. Ultimately, what were once homogenous organic nations devolve into multicultural incoherency, their once readily identifiable national characters replaced by postmodern smorgasboards of disparate and unrelated colors and creeds.

Within this latter stage of capitalist development, individuals find themselves in a state of existential peril. Removed irrevocably from the traditional particulars that gave meaning to the lives of previous generations, they exist in a semi-comatose state, so mindlessly happy as to be blind to their own subconsious search for meaning. Devoid of any real roots, they are therefore devoid of any real identity…so they cultivate artificial ones for themselves by picking and choosing from superficial market options. Suddenly, people are defined (and define themselves) by the movies they view, the music they listen to, and the clothing they wear…in other words, their actions as a consumer become their identity. When Sartre affirmed the metaphysical significance of acting over mere being, this is not what he was referring to.

For generations now, the mainstream of the American right has been steadfast and uncritical in their embrace of what Evola rightly deplored as “the Age Of The Machine.” This is why, more than anything else, they have not “conserved” a damn thing.

Sexual Statism

category Uncategorized keith Friday 6 August 2010

Required reading. This article explains very vividly why the modern PC feminist movement and anti-statist politics are not compatible.

America’s Ruling Class

category Uncategorized keith Friday 6 August 2010

More required reading. This describes very well the revolution that has taken place in American politics in recent decades and the nature of the ruling class as presently constituted. The only point of contention I have with it is its nostalgia for the good old days of WASPish bourgeoisie rule.

But until our own time America’s upper crust was a mixture of people who had gained prominence in a variety of ways, who drew their money and status from different sources and were not predictably of one mind on any given matter. The Boston Brahmins, the New York financiers, the land barons of California, Texas, and Florida, the industrialists of Pittsburgh, the Southern aristocracy, and the hardscrabble politicians who made it big in Chicago or Memphis had little contact with one another. Few had much contact with government, and “bureaucrat” was a dirty word for all. So was “social engineering.” Nor had the schools and universities that formed yesterday’s upper crust imposed a single orthodoxy about the origins of man, about American history, and about how America should be governed. All that has changed.

I’m not sure I buy that. C. Wright Mills’ “The Power Elite” demonstrated pretty well the monolithic nature of the old elites.

The heads of the class do live in our big cities’ priciest enclaves and suburbs, from Montgomery County, Maryland, to Palo Alto, California, to Boston’s Beacon Hill as well as in opulent university towns from Princeton to Boulder. But they are no wealthier than many Texas oilmen or California farmers, or than neighbors with whom they do not associate — just as the social science and humanities class that rules universities seldom associates with physicians and physicists. Rather, regardless of where they live, their social-intellectual circle includes people in the lucrative “nonprofit” and “philanthropic” sectors and public policy. What really distinguishes these privileged people demographically is that, whether in government power directly or as officers in companies, their careers and fortunes depend on government. They vote Democrat more consistently than those who live on any of America’s Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Streets. These socioeconomic opposites draw their money and orientation from the same sources as the millions of teachers, consultants, and government employees in the middle ranks who aspire to be the former and identify morally with what they suppose to be the latter’s grievances.

In fact, it is possible to be an official of a major corporation or a member of the U.S. Supreme Court (just ask Justice Clarence Thomas), or even president (Ronald Reagan), and not be taken seriously by the ruling class.

This is too narrow a focus. This author ignores the Sunbelt insurgency fueled by the growth of the military-industrial complex in the postwar period which became the leadership of the kind of “movement conservatism” the author is obviously a product of. I wrote about that here. Like many conservatives, the author of this piece is very astute at pointing out the sins of the Left, but glosses over some of the sins of more traditional institutions or values. It’s still an excellent article, however.


To Hell with the U.S.: “War, Debt, and Cultural Decay…”

category Uncategorized keith Friday 6 August 2010

Great interview with Mike Gogulski of Center for a Stateless Society on Russia Today.

New Articles from American New Right

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 12 August 2010

Some great new stuff by Michael Parish and Ian Huyett.

“White Nationalism”? Bah Humbug by Michael Parish

Bowling for Common Sense by Michael Parish

The Descent Into the Cultural Marxist Twilight Zone Continues by Michael Parish

Penetrating the Liberal Mindset by Michael Parish

The Reason for Our Discontent by Michael Parish

The Early American Experience and It Implications for Social Organization by Michael Parish

Why Do Europeans Need Advocates? by Ian Huyett

Beyond Nationalism But Not Without It

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 12 August 2010

Interesting article by Black Panther-turned-anarchist Ashanti Alston.

Its funny cause as an anarchist searching for some good anarchist shit from the 60’s to be able to hold up and show “proof” that the anarchist were better on the position of Nationalism than the Marxists and Leninists, I found hardly anything! I found some positive stuff from a “libertarian” publication but to my surprise they represented the “anarcho-CAPITIALIST tendency! Yet, I found them to be on point and consistent on RESPECTING nationalism and national liberation. (”The Libertarian Forum” of the late 60’s and early 70’s. Karl Hess, Joseph Peden, and Murray N. Rothbard). They, at least, understood that black people’s nationalist struggle was a struggle against the State, the Babylonian state. They, also, looked at what the nationalist groups were doing in their actual grassroots practice, like creating concrete defenses against repression and alternatives in survival institutions. Thus, they liked what the Panthers were doing on the ground through their programs and supported that kind of nationalism as being compatible with “anarchism on the ground.” Paul Goodman made similar observations of the early civil rights movement groups. But it was understood that these groups were dealing with issues of survival against genocide, and that these groups were developing their own analyses and programs to rally their communities. One last thing about the libertarians of LF, they interestingly enough were critical of the Panthers when the Party turned towards Marxism and other authoritarian ideologies because in their “on the ground” practice the survival programs were no longer spontaneous responses to specific oppressions but increasingly had to be kept under the tight control of the Party.

New Interview with Andrew Yeoman of BANA

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 12 August 2010

More good stuff from Andrew.

Why Networks Defeat Hierarchies

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 12 August 2010

Kevin Carson lets us know.

“The Man” Ain’t What He Used to Be

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 14 August 2010

Fantastic piece from Jack Donovan at AltRight.

The Left has successfully marketed youthful rebellion against “The Man” for decades. One has to wonder, though, how long it will take until today’s budding hipsters — gussied up in a postmodern hodgepodge of recycled rebellions past — finally realize that they are the new squares.

It’s not like back in the ‘60s when you could just grow your hair out, get naked and sit around singing and smoking pot in the mud.  And it’s not some wizened old beatnik feeding you communist propaganda; it’s your schoolteacher, your principal, your college professor and your Supreme Court Justices. The future is now, cats, and you can’t fight “The Man” when he’s on your side. You can take to the streets and march, if that’s what you’re into, but your signs might as well say “Yes, sir, more of the same, please!” All you can do is become part of the machine, another cog. Your “rage” is all staged.

You Don’t Own Other People

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 14 August 2010

So says Kevin Carson.

We anarchists don’t believe other people are our property. We don’t believe we have the authority to tell other people what to eat, drink, smoke, or whom to have sex with. We’re not their bosses. We don’t own them. And we have no right to act through government to do things we have no legitimate authority to do as individuals. In other words, we anarchists actually believe the things the authors of your civics texts claimed to believe.

The Unique One and the Universal

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 17 August 2010

http://socialmemorycomplex.net/leftlibertarian/2010/08/16/the-unique-one-and-the-universal/

by Jeremy Weiland

Over the past two to three years, I’ve engaged in many conversations featuring the appeal to moral principles asserted to be held in common. Some who’ve known me for a while may notice that over this period I’ve begun to distance myself from appealing to these moral principles as a basis for my arguments. This has been a rule I’ve adhered to largely from both my own investigations of my beliefs as well as the influence of Max Stirner’s “The Ego and Its Own” (or, as Shawn Wilbur correctly points out is a better translation of the title, “The Unique One and Its Property”).

Stirner taught me that abstractions and concepts (”spooks”) often rule us just as completely and arbitrarily as corporeal authorities, and that true freedom requires one to break free of all preconceived notions of propriety, convention, and duty. This philosophy is often called “egoism” and is treated by many as a form of nihilistic realism culminating in an almost Nietzschean “will to power”. All constraints on the ego are to be discarded in order for the self to express itself fully through its property, its ideas.

This causes understandable concern in many. The search for perfect and complete freedom is framed in terms that are positively anti-social. If adhering to ethical codes or moral laws or legal statutes or social conventions should displease you, why not throw them all out? After all, what makes them all more valuable than your own happiness? And I find this a hard argument to reject without appealing to other spooks.

Indeed, I’ve come to realize that my own moral beliefs are undemonstrable and, therefore, I often have no compelling argument to make. For example, I believe the non-aggression axiom is a valid construct – it makes sense to me and seems to align with my innate sense of justice most of the time. But there’s no way to fashion a logical argument for this position outside of the conventions instilled in us through a lifetime of social experience, the nature we can claim to share (whatever that means), or the rhetorical power with which I can persuade, or make demands on, you.

If I want you to accept the axioms I accept, I don’t know where to begin, other than to presume you’re like me in important ways that allow my sensibilities to transfer over to you. The belief that we share common access to a universal basis for truth is the precondition for any persuasive, rational debate. It underlies the motivation for reaching out to you at all, because I assume you have the innate ability to reach the same conclusion I did – somehow. If I believe my position is true, I believe that you are compelled to accept it if you’re honestly accessing that same store of truth.

The idea that you and I are similar, that there’s an inner truth available to both of us that underlies our common interest in peace and harmony, and that this common truth is mutually accessible, is typically consigned to the domain of the religious, the mystical, the arena of doctrines requiring blind faith (though it has its secular versions, such as the rationalism of the Enlightenment era). And yet, the more deeply I’ve studied the arguments of libertarians (and I certainly believe this applies to any political ideology, or for that matter any belief system, bar none) the more clearly I see that ours is distinguished from others not by our beliefs per se so much as our constructions of that universal truth we expect others to access. Hence our outrage when they appear not to, because they are not simply disagreeing with us; they are challenging our own certainty in the truth at which we’ve arrived. After all, we would not reach out to them in the first place if we did not believe they (A) are honest with themselves and us, and (B) have equal access to that store of universal truth.

What’s weird about the typical construction of Stirner’s argument that appears to predominate in libertarian and anarchist circles is the emphasis on the quest to banish every kind of spook – only to make room for the primacy of another. It typically presumes a particular conception of the individual lying nascent and pure under these layers of spooks (particular at least to the degree that the spook’s restriction of it is identifiable) but never questions whether that conception of the individual as described by Stirner is itself a spook. Stirner advocates for this ego to dominate in exactly as arbitrary a manner as any other ideation can elevate itself within the psyche. In pushing for a radical individualism, Stirner seems to be convincing the reader not to abandon all the chains and limitations of the various spooks so much as to adopt one really powerful spook to rule them all, and let that ascendency be named “freedom”.

But what next? If you follow his ideas to their logical conclusion, a totally different construction can emerge. What if we, as the unique ones, create ourselves – not merely limit ourselves, though that seems to be part of it – through the duties, moral codes, and other constructs we assume? What if that is the character of our creative task? Perhaps casting off the spooks gets us down to the core of our being, but must we stop there? Or do we channel that core to others as an expression, a unique composition of identity and “will to self-definition”?

Perhaps all of us unique ones are defined not simply by our mere uniqueness at the root of it all, but the way in which we fit together as irreplaceable components. The ego as Stirner described it may in fact not be the unique one – it may be the spook we empower to protect ourselves from the inner truths others are constantly counter-demonstrating to us. If we are threatened by others’ constructions of their inner truth, it is only because we rely on the certainty of identification with our own spooks, which stand in for a more honest, rigorous, and continuous exploration of the self.

I maintain that the genuine political act is the quest for self-knowledge, or rather, a continual dedication to increasing honesty with oneself. The rest is arbitrary expressions people choose in order to get at that essential heart in others – indeed, if they didn’t assume the existence of that heart they wouldn’t bother to make the effort! Too often, they mistake the expressions for that which is being expressed, that which is truly being sought by all of us with various degrees of fidelity. You can argue ethics, morality, and logic all day with others and not convince anybody of anything nor discover anything that helps you better understand the human condition, because it is a condition of billions of unique truths, all equally valid.

In the same way that Nietzsche dared the individual to will himself to power, one can dare to create oneself by choosing his spooks, his constraints, his individual expressions of the universal as he understands it. It is an act of consummate creativity to define your own moral and ethical context as an expression of universal truth. The key, however, is to recognize that others do the same, and to see the interpersonal dialogue as a continuation of the meditation on the unique one – not some challenge to your ego. You approach the universal through the individual, not as a rejection of it.

If I express frustration with those who advocate for universal principles, such as particular conceptions of human rights, justice, moral codes, etc. it is not because I reject the reality of a transcendent universal truth. Instead, it has more to do with the manner in which some advocates appeal to it, as if their conception were binding on me. Often such arguments end up coming off more or less as breathless assertions of one’s ego, seeking conformity and not understanding, and certainly not an appeal to the common truth we should share.

In fact, it is precisely because of my firm grasp of what it means for a truth to be universal – that it has no need to be forced on another, either through the brute force of rhetoric or that of violence – that I do not insist on your consent to it. In fact, I welcome your dissent. We are each equally the conduits of the universal if we’re worth convincing at all. In order for me to be assured that I am articulating something “true”, the last thing I want to do is to extract your consent to my position. Above all, I want your honest feedback to help me integrate your unique insight into my search. The earnest seeker of truth places a higher value on testing it than merely believing in it.

Stirner closed his magnum opus with the phrase, “All things are nothing to me,” as if that were the end of the matter. Be that as it may, creativity and freedom end up manifesting most universally as the ability, nay, the daring to make something of that nothing, and to do it in the unique way only you can. That is a magnificent and glorious idea to me – indeed, it is what I believe I am, and what I believe you are.

It is why I will never demand you are compelled by some universal law “out there” to adopt my beliefs. Such arguments amount to hand waving, and no honest person resorts to them knowingly. For the precise reason that I believe some things are universal, I dare to trust you to find it yourself, in your own unique way – and if you can construct it better than I, then the benefits accrue to us both. It is in that manner of unique togetherness we approach a less distorted, more useful conception of the unnameable principle which impels us to associate in the first place.

“Without a Revolution, Americans are History”

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 19 August 2010

So says former Reaganite turned sensible person Paul Craig Roberts.

The empire, the military-industrial complex, and the plutocratic corporate-state are the real enemies.

Reality as Legal Construction

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 21 August 2010

Good article on rights theory by Michael Parish. Also, see another piece in  Michael’s ongoing critique of white nationalism.

Further Penetrating of the Liberal Mindset

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 22 August 2010

Michael hits another one out of the park.

A Revolution in Song

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 22 August 2010

An interesting analogy for what we are trying to do in the alternative anarchist movement:

Once upon a time, rock music was simply called “rock.” There were different genres to be sure, but they all fit under the “rock” umbrella. During the decade between the late 70s and late 80s, the phenomenon of “alternative” rock developed as a musical and cultural movement (which I was never into, btw). In the early 90s, “alternative rock” displaced what then came to be called “classic rock,” and what was once “alternative” is now simply ordinary rock music.

Today, we have the leftist-dominated anarchist movement, and “anarchism” is identified with this radical leftist ideology. Meanwhile, some of us are developing an “alternative anarchist” movement. Our tendencies continue to grow and more and more people from different backgrounds continue to come into our midst. Most of the National-Anarchists were always in our camp, of course, and more and more anarcho-capitalists or right-wing anarchists are moving in our direction. In more recent times, I’ve noticed more and more interest in our ideas from the left. For instance, proponents of anarcho-syndicalism, anarcho-communism, queer anarchism, individualist-feminism, Native American anarchism, Green anarchists, a minority of left-libertarians are others not typically thought of as right-wing have all expressed in positive interest in our activities in recent months. There are signs there may even be some openings from the world of black anarchism. Of course, our enemies keep shouting, but ultimately we’re going to win. Eventually, alternative anarchism will simply become “anarchism” and the anarcho-leftoids will be recognized for the dinosaurs they are. They are in many ways comparable to a classic rock band with only one or two original members, washed-up has-beens who are obviously only still in it for the money. We will eventually eclipse them.

Articles on Economic Crisis/America’s Decline

category Uncategorized keith Monday 23 August 2010

Because Killing Them All is Not an Option

category Uncategorized keith Monday 23 August 2010

by Jeremy Weiland

http://socialmemorycomplex.net/2010/08/23/because-killing-them-all-is-not-an-option/

Anarcho-pluralism as the peaceful alternative

Hey, anarchists, or really any reader who believes passionately in your political ideals for changing this world: depart with me on a thought experiment.

Your revolution succeeds. Through whatever means you think it possible, your fellow ________s have defeated the authoritarian/fascist/totalitarian forces and are ascendant. You, of course, know that your side will not rule in the same ruthless manner your enemy did.

Now what do you do with all these enemies whom you haven’t killed or converted yet? The same beliefs that motivated them to oppose you in the past are likely not to be simply cast aside. After all, you didn’t cast yours aside when you were out of power. As somebody experienced with dissidence, you know all too well that such people can take a long term view of their agenda and undermine the society you want to build in countless subtle ways.

Well, if you’re Lenin, you kill as many as you can and install a ruthless regime of your own to deter revolt of the rest. If you’re Washington, you expel as many “loyalists” to the enemy side as possible and, oh yeah, if anybody doesn’t like it you lead the army against them. If you’re Hitler, you kind of just kill them all. If you’re Mao, you kind of just kill them all.

See where I’m heading with this? We’re so used to being dissidents that we don’t even have a plan for success. Not only have we built the assumptions of marginality and defeatism into our politics, but we leave ourselves with a giant, gaping hole in the middle of our view of the world we seek to change. And if we don’t address this hole in the middle of our strategy, our revolution is likely to bring about the same kind of reactionary despotism we sought to overthrow, because there’s always going to be some asshole who’s willing to be the “serious, pragmatic” son-of-a-bitch to get shit done.

The only honest anarchists I know recognize that violent revolution is likely to come only after a large majority of people have rejected the establishment, and that any outward revolution will be, at most, a lagging indicator of the shift in public opinion, not the cause. These activists stress education and outreach. On the face of it, I think this is admirable for reasons I explained in my last post. But what about people who, even in the face of arguments you find compelling, simply do not agree with you? How do you deal with them? You can neither ignore the problem nor resolve to just kill them all, because the latter undermines the legitimacy of your victory and the former just invites somebody in your camp to do the same.

Let me pose a possible solution: yes, outreach and education as much as possible. But not just printing pamphlets and screeching at people; genuine dialogue with people who make you uncomfortable; dialogue that allows you to uncover peacefully what the ill-planned, knee-jerk revolution will uncover violently. You need to understand the strains of belief among your fellow man and not just call them bigoted or evil or stupid, but genuinely address them. We need to reach the hearts of people and not just change the label they attach to themselves, and that is harder work than most people consider when they advocate for propaganda (nothing wrong with propaganda, just that it’s not the end-all-be-all of the task).

But we need a back-up plan, and here’s my suggestion: anarcho-pluralism. Because people hold beliefs that are rigid and often unshakeable in the face of majority or forceful opposition, we need to be able to go our separate ways if we cannot resolve our differences. Of course, every attempt should be made to have as good of a relationship as possible with these people, but we must be ready for their rejection of premises and values we find compelling. If that means the theocrats or the fascists or the racists get their own little territories to be autocrats, well, what’s the alternative? Killing them? Imprisoning them?

Here’s the upside: by not marginalizing them within a majority society they find alien and intolerable, but instead letting them have their own sphere of influence – no matter how despicable we might find its exercise, we keep the door open that someday they will come around of their own accord. The kind of counter-revolutions that darken the history of initially pure revolutions around the world always happen because what was the ruling ideology becomes an insurgent ideology. People can feel like they are victimized and oppressed, even if they were previously oppressors, because their views are not realized – similarly to how we feel now. But by letting them build their own societies and live their own lives:

  1. we establish a respectful, minimal relationship with them where, at best, genuine dialogue is possible and, at worst, our revolution is not threatened or tainted by violence and counter-revolution,
  2. we deny them the ability to play their people off against an enemy. Suddenly, these little dictators have to actually demonstrate they can follow through on their utopia. If we believe in our ideals, we should welcome their attempt and eventual failure,
  3. we establish our society as a haven for their dissidents and a counterexample to their society, undermining them much more thoroughly than by sheer military, political or cultural subjugation,
  4. we benefit from the lessons of their experiment, and they from the lessons of ours, and finally
  5. in the case of grossly unacceptable societies, we are much more certain that any violent means we adopt are justified. For example, say one of these splinter societies adopted human slavery. I’d be much more willing to fight to free these slaves than to fight potential slaveholders on mere ideological and moral concepts in the abstract. If “killing them all” is in fact unavoidable, this approach at least provides the basis for genuinely considering an attack as a last resort. It also forces each of us to really take responsibility for our use of violence in a given scenario, instead of justifying it according to some sense of ideological purity.

At the core of this approach is the understanding that none of us have a monopoly on the truth. If we desire freedom in order to express ourselves and our conception of truth better, we must allow others equal freedom – in spite of how distasteful it may seem to us. Finally, if we truly believe in the principles of egalitarianism and liberty, we should expect that the less regimented and controlled the world is, the more likely our ideas are to emerge spontaneously. And nothing will undermine the fascists, the theocrats, the bigots, the petty dictators, and other assholes like having to abandon minority politics and actually govern according to their sad principles.

This approach also forces us to come to terms with the true significance of our agenda. It’s not just about the workers or the productive class or the people rising up; it’s about starting to genuinely address the dark sides of our world, instead of just overcoming it in some outburst of eschatological exuberance. If this causes us to be more careful in how we revolt, well, we should be careful.

Finally, what about the people who would suffer under these other totalitarian societies through no fault of their own? Here we have to be practical: ridding the world of human suffering cannot be our political goal. In any society, even ours, people will suffer. Look at our rich, flush society and how much even privileged people cause themselves grief and heartache. The real question is: do you want to fight a fucking war over it, or do you want to start healing that suffering in the nuanced and personal manner that is required?

Again, we have to face the fact that mere military victory doesn’t solve anything, and that it is a patient, thoughtful, engaging people that truly changes minds. If we are really caring and open-hearted, we will not fool ourselves into thinking evil can be simply vanquished by some faux-end-times conception of revolution. We will remain sympathetic to suffering, willing to continue the unending work of reaching out. Anarcho-pluralism allows the revolution, the transformation to continue even after we win.

Idealists and realists are always juxtaposed as if they represent two unreconcilable approaches. But in looking at these two camps with respect to revolutionary politics, perhaps this is only the case because they both go about their tasks in such a totalitarian manner. Idealists consider the revolution successful only if the ideals are adopted by 100% of the people. On the other hand, pragmatists consider themselves successful if they are able to rule with 100% of the power.

True transformation of society must be more subtle and thoughtful, and anarcho-pluralism provides a framework for ongoing transformation in just this manner. You can be idealistic and realistic by simply living and letting live; all you have to give up is the desire for the shallow smugness of instant moral satisfaction in exchange for a genuine, long-term commitment to your ideals. If these beliefs are worth fighting for, aren’t they worth continuing to work for after the peace accord? Or are you only in it for a final triumph of good over evil?

The Essence of Totalitarian Humanism

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 26 August 2010

A very interesting discussion between Paul Gottfried and Richard Spencer. Listen here. About 36 minutes into this, Gottfried describes what I would consider to be the essence of Totalitarian Humanism: A system where the state controls all resources in the name of engineering social equality and ostensibly assisting designated official victim groups.

The development of a solid and comprehensive critique of Totalitarian Humanism is essential to the development of a serious anarchist movement in the advanced industrialized countries of European cultural origins. It is this ideological framework that increasingly provides the legitimizing mythology of the state. It is this ideology that serves as a cover for the continuation of traditional efforts by states to control thought, speech, and association.

I do not regard this as a Left/Right issue. Just as sensible people of every political ideology had serious reason to oppose ideological movements like Bolshevism, so do both sensible leftists and rightists alike have an interest in opposing Totalitarian Humanism. Indeed, I consider this issue to be the contemporary version of the historic battle between Anarchists and Communists.

Some Home Runs from the Paleos

category Uncategorized keith Friday 27 August 2010

Living the Lie by Richard Spencer

That Mehlman and Bill Clinton are my enemies has nothing to do with the fact the one prefers men and the other can’t control himself around bimbos. If a statesman instituted the kind of radical, and currently unfeasible, political change that I desire, I could forgive bestiality.

Adolf Hitler: History’s Angriest Jew? by Jim Goad

One truism I stumbled upon accidentally is that the people who yammer most loudly about all living humans’ fundamental equality never seem to count dead bodies equally, or they’d be far more vicious toward Stalin and Mao than they are toward Hitler.

In Defense of Stoning by Gavin McInnes

The women of Islam are a fantastically beautiful and mysterious force we could never understand. They’re not some gum-chewing piece of NASCAR trash who will exchange sexual favors for a carton of cigarettes. They are more like angels among us. I have seen very few burqa wearers without their burqas but I imagine their outsides to be like Padma Lakshmi and their insides to be like Christiane Amanpour. If we were dealing with that level of babe, hiding her from horny eyes would be a no-brainer.


A Paleo Theory of America’s Class Structure?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 27 August 2010

Interesting articles from Scott Locklin:

The Upper Class

The Upper Middle Class

The American Middle Class

The Working Class

The Lower Class

Proudhon and Anarchism

category Uncategorized keith Friday 27 August 2010

Back to the basics. A classic from Larry Gambone.

The Death of Politics

category Uncategorized keith Friday 27 August 2010

Another back to basics classic from Karl Hess.

Carl Schmitt, Part I: Weimar-State of Exception

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 29 August 2010

The first installment of my four-part series on Schmitt for AltRight.

Why is the Antiwar Movement Stalled?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 29 August 2010

In two words: the Left, or so says Justin Raimondo.

As long as the organized antiwar movement remains a leftist sandbox, where sectarians get to pontificate – and do little else – it will stay a sideshow. Once we get beyond all that nonsense, however, there are no limits to what we can do: just look at the polls. The American people are with us – and they’re ready to join us in our fight. Indeed, they’ve never been readier. The question is: are we ready to receive them, and lead them?

Amen to the Iman

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 29 August 2010

Common sense from the Southern Avenger.

Rauf specifically cites “the U.S-led sanction against Iraq [that] led to the death of over half a million Iraqi children” in the 1990s, a death toll confirmed by the United Nations, approved of by former Secretary of State Madeline Albright (who said it was “worth it”) and apparently deemed irrelevant by Hannity. Using math over emotion, the Iraqi death toll due to U.S. sanctions equals about 170 9/11s. Despite Hannity’s outrage, the imam is absolutely right.

Anarchists Make It Into the Christian Science Monitor

category Uncategorized keith Monday 30 August 2010

Not too bad.

Vermont Revolutionaries and the Rise of a Green Tea Party

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 31 August 2010

New article by Christopher Ketcham on the Vermont secessionist movement, and in the Huffington Post, of all places. Hat tip to Jim Duncan.

Radical Tradition: Philosophy, Metapolitics & Revolution in the Twenty-First Century

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 31 August 2010

A new title that Troy Southgate has coming out soon through New Zealand’s Primordial Traditions.

This book includes articles on Heidegger, cultural pessimism, Schopenhauer, conservative revolution, Trotskyism and Western art, alternative businesses, Murnau’s ‘Nosferatu’, national identity, Nietzsche and nihilism, Sufism, human rights and Christian anarchism. Contributors include:
  • TOMISLAV SUNIC – History and Decadence: Spengler’s Cultural Pessimism Today
  • JONATHAN BOWDEN – A Polyp Devours Its Feed, Paracelsus Unzipped: An Analysis of F.W. Murnau’s Film, Nosferatu
  • TROY SOUTHGATE – Heidegger: The Application of Meaning in An Increasingly Transient World
  • DR. K.R. BOLTON – The Art of Rootless Cosmopolitanism: America’s Offensive Against Civilisation
  • VINCE YNZUNZA – The Manifesto of the Psychedelic Conservative
  • BEN CRAVEN – Are Human Rights a Fiction of Modern, Western Liberal Democracies That Bring Us No Closer to a Shared Ethical Framework?
  • KEITH PRESTON – The Nietzschean Prophecies: Two Hundred Years of Nihilism and the Coming Crisis of Western Civilization
  • TROY SOUTHGATE – Schopenhauer and Suffering: Eternal Pessimist or Prophet for our Times?

Carl Schmitt, Part 2: The Concept of the Political

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 31 August 2010

Part two of my Schmitt series is now available on AltRight.

PIG Kills Man for Holding Wood-Carving Knife in Seattle

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 2 September 2010

Read about it in the Seattle press.

hat tip to Raven Warrior

Liberalism and Democracy

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 2 September 2010

Jeremy Weiland has some interesting commentary on the second installment of my Schmitt series at AltRight.

Btw, I actually think the third and fourth parts of the series are the most interesting. Stay tuned to AltRight for more.

Class War

category Uncategorized keith Friday 3 September 2010

Another home run from Scott Locklin.

As an opening foray into social class as right wing concept, I offer a tentative battle plan. The job of the alternative right, as I see it, is to destroy the present upper middle class, and eventually replace it with something better. I’m not advocating feeding them to the wood chipper, though I’m only opposed to that idea on logistical and hygienic grounds. Destroying a social class is a lot easier than it sounds. The counterculture did this to the old upper middle class, and replaced it with … themselves.

Damn! This could be Bakunin or even Marx speaking in the 1860s. The real class enemy is not the inherited aristocracy, but the liberal bourgeoisie upper middle class (e.g. the New Class and David Brooks’ “bourgeois bohemians). This is what I’ve been saying for the last fifteen years. It’s the so-called “radical right” that understands this nowadays, which is why I’ve more or less moved into their camp despite my background and previous associations. The plutocracy proper is not numerous enough to subjugate the entire society all by their lonesome. They require their army of corporate stooges, managerial bureaucrats and, I might add, police, courts, and prisons. I suspect some of these paleoconservative guys would be disturbed to know just how close they are to being full-on classical anarchists.

The Economy Keeps Going Down

category Uncategorized keith Friday 3 September 2010

Some good economic analysis.

Check out this article on class analysis in particular.

The economic decline is going to be a permanent state of affairs. There’s not going to be any “recovery.” Look for some serious class struggle politics to emerge in the future, and look for it to come from the dissident forces on the Right (no, not the Tea Party idiots, who are basically the older, more right-wing faction of the upper middle class that is on it’s way out politically, culturally, and economically).

The True Costs of the War

category Uncategorized keith Friday 3 September 2010

Paul Craig Roberts shines once again.

Do Americans see the irony in the “saving Iraq from tyranny” excuse? The greatest price of the neoconservative war against Iraq is not the $3 trillion or the dead and maimed American soldiers and their broken families. The greatest price of this evil war is the destruction of the U.S. Constitution and American civil liberties.

The Bush/Cheney/Obama National Security State has eviscerated the Constitution and civil liberty. Nothing remains. The fascist Republican Federalist Society has put enough federal judges in the judiciary to rule that the president is above the law. The president doesn’t have to obey the law against spying on American citizens without warrants. The president doesn’t have to obey U.S. and international laws against torture. The president doesn’t have to obey the Constitution that mandates that only Congress can declare war. The president can do whatever he wants as long as he justifies it as “national security.”

The president’s part of the government, the unaccountable executive branch, is supreme. The president can announce, without being impeached, his decision to murder Americans abroad and at home if someone somewhere in the unaccountable executive branch regards such American citizens as “threats.”

Murder first. No accountability later.

I generally consider so-called “right-wing conservatism” to be a dead force in American politics. I suspect Iraq and Afghanistan will be American imperialism’s last great hurrahs. Americans clearly will not accept war if it involves any genuine sacrifices on their side such as high casualites, a direct war tax, the draft, rationing, etc. The U.S. has not fought a war of that kind since Vietnam. America’s imploding economy and mounting fiscal liabilities for entitlements and public debt will render future military adventures like Iraq cost prohibitive. It’s also obvious enough that in domestic American politics social conservatism is a dead dog as well. Organized religion continues to lose its influence, and the old WASP culture continues to disappear. Even the US prison population declined in 2009 for the first time in four decades. There’s also evidence the war on drugs is starting to very slowly recede with initiatives like the marijuana decriminalization referendum in California. Clearly, American culture is now more liberal than ever before with regard to virtually every issue including race, religion, cultural values, sexuality, the environment, and just about everything else. The greatest danger to liberty in the future will not come from reactionary theocratic Christians or right-wing racial supremacists (contrary to what the left-hysterics claims) or even ordinary conservatives, but from the rising forces of totalitarian humanism, the overlords of the managerial-therapuetic state, and the massive police state apparatus and authoritarian legal structures that have been created under the guise of the wars on drugs, crime, and terrorism. It is this apparatus that the totalitarian humanists will inherit and use to advance their own preferred form of tyranny. Thanks a lot for leaving us such a legacy, conservatives. May you all rot in Hell.

Netherlands to Close Prisons, Not Enough Criminals

category Uncategorized keith Friday 3 September 2010

Let’s bring Holland to America.

For years prohibitionists, including our own Drug Enforcement Administration, have claimed — falsely — that the tolerant marijuana policies of the Netherlands have made that nation a nest of crime and drug abuse. They may have trouble wrapping their little brains around this:

The Dutch government is getting ready to close eight prisons because they don’t have enough criminals to fill them. Officials attribute the shortage of prisoners to a declining crime rate.

Just for fun, let’s compare the Netherlands to California. With a population of 16.6 million, the Dutch prison population is about 12,000. With its population of 36.7 million, California should have a bit more than double the Dutch prison population. California’s actual prison population is 171,000.

So, whose drug policies are keeping the streets safer?

Andrew Yeoman on Russia Today

category Uncategorized keith Friday 3 September 2010

Watch it here.

I have some very serious reservations about protesting a film, book, work of art, etc. but Andrew presents himself and makes his case quite well in this interview.

Interesting Reading

category Uncategorized keith Friday 3 September 2010

Jesse Walker on Angelo Codevilla’s The Ruling Class as well as its weakness.

Christians, Tell Me How I’m Wrong by James Leroy Wilson

Police Secrecy by Radley Balko

Against the Current Court System by Francois Tremblay

An Ultra-Left Case Against the Civil Rights Act of 1964 by Charles Johnson

Amusement Parks and Private Property by Stacy Litz

The Growing Pains of the Mexican Drug War by Gavin McInnes

We Need a Revolution, Not a Movement by Chuck Baldwin

The Nazification of the United States by Paul Craig Roberts

Gay Marriage: Who Cares? by Jim Goad

Portugal Legalizes Drugs: Crime, Usage Falls

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 4 September 2010

Watch it on Youtube. Hat tip to Francois Tremblay.

The New Face of Libertarianism?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 5 September 2010

This guy is fairly impressive. He’s a young guy as well, and seems much less doctrinaire that previous generations of libertarians. Yet he retains the radical flavor of libertarianism. Check out his articles here.

National Anarchists and Their Social Tendencies

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 5 September 2010

New post at BANA’s blog from Andrew.

Some Points to Consider

category Uncategorized keith Monday 6 September 2010

Here are some points we need to be thinking about:

-Past partisan cycles indicate that the Democratic Party will be the dominant political party for the next few decades.

-Research on public opinion regarding controversial issues along with prevailing cultural, demographic, economic, and generational trends indicates that the Left will be the winning side in the “culture war” conflict.

-Past times in American history where the gap between socio-economic classes has been extremely wide have been followed by subsequent periods of intensified class struggle resulting in a new settlement and altering of relations between the social classes. Therefore, given the present economic situation, class issues should soon enough surpass culture war issues as the dominant conflict in American society.

-Major conflicts in American society are usually played out within the context of the dominant party, e.g. the civil rights conflict within the Democratic Party during the 1950s and 60s. That means conflict over class issues should emerge not only within the wider society but especially within the Democratic Party at some point in the future.

I’m not a historical determinist, and any number of variables could alter these trends or cycles. But this seems to be as good a model as any to base future predictions on, so long as the model remains flexible and subject to modification or re-evaluation. The question: What does this mean for the future of alternative anarchism?

Carl Schmitt, Part III: The End of the Weimar Republic

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 9 September 2010

Part three of the series is now up at AlternativeRight.Com

On Counter-Infiltration of Enemy Institutions

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 9 September 2010

Some thoughtful comments from David Heleniak:

I don’t think “our side” should give up on trying a counter-infiltration of the key institutions taken over by the PC Left. Many lawyers, for example, are committed to civil liberties, ye olde English traditions, etc.
They can be allies in someone’s bid to get a significant spot in the American Bar Association. I’m sure I’ve told you that the commission on domestic violence of the ABA is completely controlled by the PC feminists: http://www.mediaradar.org/docs/RADARreport-Myths-of-ABA-Commission-on-DV-Summary.pdf A coup attempt for that ABA section might be in order, or for some other key position, from which the DV section can be discredited and marginalized. Another area is the Catholic Church. There’s been some infiltration by the PC left, but it is not complete by any means. It probably is a waste of time to try to take over the mainline Methodist church, but with the Catholics you have the natural law tradition, an anti-government streak which I observed while in Catholic high school, splinter groups like Tom Woods and the Latin Mass crowd, homeschoolers. This is off the top of my head–there are other reasons too I think the Catholic Church is promising.

Imagine the Pope making a speech in which he denounces Cultural Marxism, or the family courts, or local dioceses’ support of local battered women’s shelters (this is common, in part because battered women’s shelters superficially seem like a good cause). That would set some gears in motion for sure. Of course, “our side” should join Mens Rights organizations. Check out the main writer at Spearhead’s story:

http://www.the-spearhead.com/2010/09/03/coming-out-of-the-closet/

I really do believe that when middle to upper-middle class men get
screwed by the State and their illusions of a just State are shattered,
they can cause the State more problems than screwed over members of the underclass, who (1) are used to getting screwed over, so don’t get as outraged by the treatment of the PC State; (2) tend to be dumb; and (3) have few resources.

On the issue of the masses, there’s a group that are between contented masses and the enlightened few, and they are the conspiracy Alex Jones types. One thing I’ve noticed, and this was pointed out at Lew Rockwell’s blog, is that these guys have a naive faith in the rule of law. They think the State is a demon that can be controlled by magical incantations. If only they can chant the right spell, the State will be compelled to do their bidding. E.g., some tax avoiders really think that with the right legal argument argument, the State, as manifested in the form of a tax judge, will see the light and agree they don’t have to pay taxes (wait, that sounds like me with my challenges of the DV system). Some birthers think that if they can just prove Obama wasn’t born in Hawaii, he’ll have to be removed from office (fat chance). Anyway, these guys, also as pointed out at Lew Rockwell’s site, are despite their flaws closer to our brand of enlightenment than is the typical sheeple.

Getting back to your article on legal theory, I’m guessing you probably
have this, but if not, be sure to get Paul Craig Robert’s The Tyranny of
Good Intentions.
On your efforts to discredit democracy, a book I’ve been leafing through that looks promising–not dead on, mind you–is The Trouble With Democracy, by William Gairdner.

Vermont’s Secessionist Movement Debuts Something New: Candidates

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 9 September 2010

New article on the Vermont secession movement. (Thanks, Jim)

Formulating a Strategy for an Independent Tlingit Nation – Part 2:

category Uncategorized keith Friday 10 September 2010

Good stuff from our friend Raven Warrior.

How to Identify a National-Anarchist

category Uncategorized keith Friday 10 September 2010

Here’s how.

A National Anarchist in America may exhibit the following stereotypical characteristics. They will often claim to have a staunch independent streak and critical thinking skills. They are also:

White Americans (not always, but at the present time 99 times out of 100 this is the case), they only speak one language, they have an affinity for wearing black, they are supportive of DIY culture and projects, they like punk music, they ride bikes as a form of transportation as a political statement, they are opposed to drug laws, taxes, and the primacy of money in society, they are opposed to working for the government or the military, they are college educated, they are very mobile and are rarely found in the area where they are from, they speak with respect towards other cultures and may know more about others than their own.

This finishes the list.

Oh, those evil National-Anarchists!

Karl Hess and the IRS

category Uncategorized keith Friday 10 September 2010

From Lila Rajiva’s blog. Hess really was one of the all-time greats.

“I am in total opposition to any institutional power. I favor a world of neighborhoods in which all social organization is voluntary and the ways of life are
established in small, consenting groups. These groups could cooperate with other groups as they saw fit. But all cooperation would be on a voluntary basis. As the French anarchist Proudhon said, “Liberty is not the daughter but the Mother of Order.” The precedents I look to are the participatory democracies of the Greek city-states, many Irish cities up until the British occupation, some Indian villages under Mahatma Gandhi and the town meetings right here in America. Each of those
anarchist societies produced great and honorable cultures. There is no way to achieve a free society that is national. The concept of a nation requires the subordination of the citizen because you must let someone else represent you. So your freedom is being exercised by another person. In a truly free society, there is no subordination of any citizen. Every citizen represents himself. The
nation-state is an abomination.”

–    Karl Hess 1976

The IRS story:

“Karl was a speech writer for Goldwater in the 1964 presidential campaign and was
credited with the famous, “Extremism in defense of Liberty is no vice. Moderation in pursuit of freedom is no virtue”, from Goldwater’s acceptance speech at the 1964 convention. Actually it was given to him by Harry Jaffa and although he thought it was provocative, he did not expect
it would induce the spontaneous hemorrhaging in the body politic it did.

After Johnson was elected Karl was slapped with an IRS audit. When he asked the auditor/robber who was handling his case/theft if a certain perfectly legitimate deduction was right, he replied it didn’t matter if it was right because it was the law. Karl said he had never before met an American who thought there was a difference between right and law. The perfect Nazi soldier. He then notified them he wasn’t going to pay taxes anymore–ever and by way of explanation enclosed a copy of the Declaration of Independence. The IRS confiscated all his property except tools and clothing and
slapped a 100 percent government lien on all future earnings. He and his wife moved to West Virginia where he became a non union welder and sculptor living on barter.

Karl said, “It is curious to note that when, for reasons of conscience, people refuse to kill, they are often exempted from active military duty. But there are no exemptions for people who, for reasons of conscience, refuse to financially support the bureaucracy that actually does the killing. Apparently the state takes money more seriously than life”.

Anarchism, Prescription, and Prediction

category Uncategorized keith Friday 10 September 2010

Good piece from Jeremy.

As an anarchist, I believe that distributed systems of decision making like the market are the best ways for processing information and organizing society. Central planning doesn’t work, and my ideology seeks to better understand the way humans relate rather than making them turn into something they’re not. Therefore, since I don’t wish to impose a plan on anybody, I really have none to offer – just ideas, reflections, and some theories. This often cripples me rhetorically, though – people don’t seem to understand why I can’t just “give them a plan” for how anarchism would work. It just goes to show you how deeply ingrained politics and central, top-down managerialism really is in our society.

Debating Class Conflict

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 11 September 2010

An interesting discussion between Robert Higgs and Kevin Carson at C4SS. I throw in my own two cents worth as well. Read it all here.

Would a libertarian society deprive individuals of cultural roots and collective identity?

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 11 September 2010

That’s the question the Libertarian Alliance is asking. Produce a good essay on the question and maybe you can win 1,000 British pounds. Anyone here up to the challenge?

The Pitfalls of Rationalism

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 11 September 2010

New essay from Michael Parish.

The basic tenants of liberalism are not, ironically, arrived at through deductive logic but through an arduous process of mental abstraction. What is presented to us by rationalists as a realist assessment of the world is in truth a vague conceptualization produced by a reductionist thought process. By abstracting thoroughly all essential properties from particulars it reduces them all objects in the world to mere mental concepts. These concepts are then presented to us as objective facts to be factored into account when it comes to socio-political organization. When reality negates these supposed facts the rationalist has no answer sufficient to negate reality.

See Michael’s “The Agony of the American Right” as well:

Now, all this drivel would in a perfect world would dissipate in mid-air. Sadly for us, we live not in the perfect world but in the modern world, where it gets beamed into Middle-American ears by the fluorescence of Faux News. That it spills from the mouth of an adult convert to Mormonism who indulges in played up tears on air apparently puts no dent in its credibility.

A Libertarian Argument Against Open Borders

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 11 September 2010

A realist approach from John Hospers, the first LP presidential candidate in 1972. He even got an electoral vote. This is the essay I would write, almost word for word, if I were going to do an extended discussion of the issue.

R.I.P. American Empire, and Good Riddance

category Uncategorized keith Monday 13 September 2010

When even an arch-imperialist like Thomas Friedman says the Empire is on its way down due to financial ruin, it must be true. Obama’s escalation of the war in Afghanistan, the “graveyard of empires,” is apparently going to be the empire’s last hurrah. So what’s next on our hitlist?

The Culture War Is Over, and the Left is the Winner

category Uncategorized keith Monday 13 September 2010

And this guy is supposed to be the leader of the Far-Right Homophobes?

So how long is it going to be before a reignited class struggle replaces the culture wars?

This data is also interesting.

This Is How It’s Done….

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 15 September 2010

Great interview with Dennis Steele of the Second Vermont Republic. We need a Dennis Steele in every state and locality in the U.S.A.

A New Globalization?

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 15 September 2010

Good stuff from the always interesting John Robb.

One in Seven Americans Live in Poverty

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 16 September 2010

The U.S. now has its highest poverty rate since 1965. We’ve got to get this class struggle thing moving.

Is It Time to Liberate Ourselves from the Word Secession?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 16 September 2010

Interesting new article from Tom Naylor.

Tom argues that “liberation” is a better term. My guess is that nothing will appease the PC Inquisitors irrespective of what kind of terminology we employ, nor do I think we should bother with trying to appease the forces of PC. But I also suspect “liberation” might be a more marketable term in a liberal region like Vermont, while “secession” might be more appropriate for a conservative region like Texas or the deep South.  Conservatives would hear the term “liberation” and think “Communism” just like liberals hear the term “secession” and think “racism and fascism.”

There was actually a very small militia back in the 1990s that essentially had a pan-secessionist outlook (which is more or less where I lifted the concept from) called North American Liberation Army. Their goal was to build an alliance between the militia movement and groups like the Nation of Islam and American Indian Movement in North America, pro-Palestinian groups in the Middle East like Hezbollah, and the Zapatistas and Shining Path in Latin America.

Insights on Race Issues

category Uncategorized keith Friday 17 September 2010

From “Miles,” a poster on Chris George’s blog:

The Deacons for Defense and the Black Panthers, in my eyes, were legitimate anti-racists who acted against racist governments for self-determination. But then again, most of the members of these groups (esp. the Panthers) were involved in community movements and not co-opted by corporate state diversity programs.

When Black Panthers helped the Young Patriots to organize Urban Appalachians in Chicago against police brutality and typical urban problems, the Panthers were successful because of their non-moral-supremacist approach as opposed to the SPLC’s force-fed diversity nazi way of trying to promote tolerance. A lot of the Patriots had relatives in the KKK and whatnot, but steadfast community organizers like Bobby Lee ignored these dilemma to help launch a united working class war against oppression that would be co-opted by a common enemy, Cointelpro.

And from “Kulak,” a poster at AlternativeRight.Com:

Our proper ally here is NOT “middle class” blacks who abandon their own and whose grandchildren are not an asset to our neighborhoods. Our proper ally here is “lower class” blacks.”

Interesting how two posters, one from the anti-racist far left and one from the racist far right, essentially reach the same conclusion. I agree with much of the paleoconservative analysis of America’s class structure, but one way where I think it errors is in its tendency to regard the left-wing of the upper-middle class (the “New Class”) as allies of the so-called “underclass” (meaning the urban poor and/or lumpenproletariat, often but certainly not always comprised of racial minorities). I would argue that the role of the New Class is to regulate and control the urban lower classes, which is the primary function of the whole therapeutic-welfare-managerial public sector bureaucracy in the first place. It is this New Class that staffs the entire bureaucratic apparatus that regulates the lower classes,  including Child Protective Services, social welfare systems, child support enforcement, family courts, so-called “criminal justice,” public housing, mental health professions, public schools, the myriad of busy body “case workers,” and so forth. There is no class more committed to the totalitarian humanist ideology than these public sector professional types.

Some insightful leftists actually recognize this. One of Howard Zinn’s books (I forget which one) included a chapter called “Revolt of the Guards” where he was calling on these public sector professional bureaucrats to renounce the plutocratic capitalist upper class and take up the cause of the poor whom they are charged with supervising. Implicit in the use of Zinn’s use of the term “guards” is that he understood that these sectors are agents of state control and not so-called “helping professionals.” He understood that the social bureaucracy is to ordinary society what guards are to jails and prisons. Of course, Zinn’s challenge was sheer fantasy. When have guards ever siding with prisoners in a prison uprising?

It is ironic that the New Class that the paleo-populist-traditionalist-racialist right-wing hates the most is the same class that administers the day to day oppression of the urban poor.

Carson on Plutocrats and PIGS

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 18 September 2010

“I’ve Never Seen a Poor Person Give Anyone a Job”

“A Government of Laws? Tell Me Another One”

Politically Correct Universities and Slave Morality

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 18 September 2010

Some more gems from AltRight:

PCU by Paul Gottfried

Although PC is taught at elite universities, its function there is entirely different from what it is elsewhere. In the Ivies, for example, PC constitutes the ideological basis of the present managerial order. It is the sacral and legitimating teaching of the ruling class that has to be passed on to a new generation of priests, in order to maintain the system. PC and diversity as transmitted at the top are not at all what they are at the bottom. At less than distinguished colleges, they are the candy of the intellectually challenged or hopelessly mediocre, which is pushed for among other reasons to keep government agencies and leftist accreditation boards off the backs of college administrators.

Slave Morality in Democracy by Scott Locklin

My concern with democracy is highly specific. It begins in observing the remarkable fact that, while democracy means a government accountable to the electorate, our rulers now make us accountable to them. Most Western governments hate me smoking, or eating the wrong kind of food, or hunting foxes, or drinking too much, and these are merely the surface disapprovals, the ones that provoke legislation or public campaigns. We also borrow too much money for our personal pleasures, and many of us are very bad parents. Ministers of state have been known to instruct us in elementary matters, such as the importance of reading stories to our children. Again, many of us have unsound views about people of other races, cultures, or religions, and the distribution of our friends does not always correspond, as governments think that it ought, to the cultural diversity of our society. We must face up to the grim fact that the rulers we elect are losing patience with us…

55% of Violent Crimes, 84% of Property Crimes Go Unsolved

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 21 September 2010

Some interesting stats on the clearance rates for crimes. Two in five murderers, three in five rapists, and three in four armed robbers, and nine in ten burglars “get away with it.” It’s also true that in some large cities the clearance rate for homicides is less than fifty percent, meaning most murderers complete their crimes successfully. There are sections of some U.S. cities where the clearance rate for murders is in the single digits, meaning there are urban zones where murder is de facto decriminalized. Of course, in such a scenario it’s hard to say where “murder” ends and self-defense or “street justice” begins.

The reason for this low clearance rate seems to be the diversion of so much police time and resources to the War on Drugs and other consensual crimes. So says a former New York prison official and a former undercover narcotics agent.

Your Guide to Recording the Police

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 21 September 2010

Helpful tips from Radley Balko.

So far Massachusetts is the only state to explicitly uphold a conviction for recording on-duty cops, and Illinois and Massachusetts are the only states where it is clearly illegal. The Illinois law has yet to be considered by the state’s Supreme Court, while the Massachusetts law has yet to be upheld by a federal appeals court. Maryland Attorney General Douglas Gansler recently issued an opinion concluding that arrests for recording cops are based on a misreading of the state’s wiretapping statute, but that opinion isn’t binding on local prosecutors.

In the remaining 47 states, the law is clearer: It is generally legal to record the police, as long as you don’t physically interfere with them. You may be unfairly harassed, questioned, or even arrested, but it’s unlikely you will be charged, much less convicted. (These are general observations and should not be treated as legal advice.)

U.S. Incarceration Rates Since 1920

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 21 September 2010

The U.S. prison population has quintupled since 1980.

File:US incarceration timeline-clean.svg

U.S. Population Growth

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 23 September 2010

U.S. Census Bureau data on population growth. Clearly, the growth of incarceration rates is light years ahead of what could be accounted for by ordinary population growth.

The Census Bureau also provides projections for the future, but these are highly speculative. We have shown their ‘middle estimates’ extending to 2100.

year population
2100 570,954,000 population of United States in 2100
2090 533,605,000 population of United States in 2090
2080 497,830,000 population of United States in 2080
2070 463,639,000 population of United States in 2070
2060 432,011,000 population of United States in 2060
2050 403,687,000 population of United States in 2050
2040 377,350,000 population of United States in 2040
2030 351,071,000 population of United States in 2030
2020 324,928,000 population of United States in 2020
2010 299,862,000 population of United States in 2010
2000 281,422,000 population of United States in 2000
1990 248,710,000 population of United States in 1990
1980 226,542,000 population of United States in 1980
1970 203,302,000 population of United States in 1970
1960 179,323,000 population of United States in 1960
1950 151,325,000 population of United States in 1950
1940 132,164,000 population of United States in 1940
1930 123,203,000 population of United States in 1930
1920 106,022,000 population of United States in 1920
1910 92,228,000 population of United States in 1910
1900 76,212,000 population of United States in 1900
1890 62,980,000 population of United States in 1890
1880 50,189,000 population of United States in 1880
1870 38,558,000 population of United States in 1870
1860 31,443,000 population of United States in 1860
1850 23,192,000 population of United States in 1850
1840 17,069,000 population of United States in 1840
1830 12,866,000 population of United States in 1830
1820 9,638,000 population of United States in 1820
1810 7,240,000 population of United States in 1810
1800 5,308,000 population of United States in 1800
1790 3,929,000 population of United States in 1790

More on Dennis Steele’s Campaign for an Independent Vermont

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 23 September 2010

Press coverage from regional media. Read the article here. And other article here.

Why Vermont Gubernatorial Candidates Are Afraid to Debate Dennis Steele by Thomas Naylor

(Thanks, Jim!)

Iraq: South Korea in the Middle East?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 23 September 2010

Interesting article from Scott Ritter.

It is in this topsy-turvy world created by political hype and media spin that a president can, with a straight face, announce the withdrawal of American “combat troops” from Iraq, while leaving behind six combat brigades (renamed, but not reorganized) comprising some 50,000 troops to fight and die in “noncombat.”

The war is over but tens of thousands of troops remain. Where have we seen that before?

Dissent on HIV/AIDS

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 23 September 2010

Lew Rockwell interviews filmmaker Brent Leung. Listen to the podcast.

Topics for debate

category Uncategorized keith Friday 24 September 2010

Chris George recently offered these comments in response to my “Liberty and Populism: Building an Effective Resistance Movement for North America” essay. Chris raises some really good issues here. I’d like to know what others here might have to say on some of these questions.

On the whole, I think I’m mostly in agreement with the pluralist approach. In some respects I think it might be a little too unfocused on anarchism and more focused on pragmatic decentralism/secessionism. But that’s a minor gripe, considering that what I think needs to transpire first anyway. As a rhetorical tool, I always like to have my end goals remain the unwavering focus.

Some things I didn’t agree with or I’d need more convincing of (mostly public choice critiques):

Use of the political means: I’m all for anarchists “running” in elections as a way of using elections for education or mocking the system, but I’m extremely skeptical of any attempts to win. The worst will rise to the top. Elections, as I view them, are a crutch. I’m not sure if there’s one person that I know who I would trust in any position of political authority. My family who I trust aren’t anarchists and the anarchists I know of aren’t people I know well know enough to trust. The current environment is too vastly populated for us to be successful by any means of manipulation, politics being primary among them.

Secretive leadership: I can see the appeal of secretive anarchist leadership, but it makes me uneasy. Keeping things secret from the State has its benefits but I’m not sure if it’s necessary at this point. But secrecy may result in the State being more able to crackdown or use that secrecy as something to demonize leadership with. Plus, I don’t think there’s any need to keep our ideas hidden from those on the ground. Seems a little too “scientific socialist” to me.

Philosopher kings: I used to hate Plato for this stuff, but I’ve actually become a lot more sympathetic, if not supportive (and if not simply because the foolishness of most people is nauseating). However, I’m not sure how it could be enforced/secured or how people could be selected. The methods of training you suggested I find to be problematic for the same reason all testing for merit has problems. I would say as a matter of practicality that there should be no one with enforceable power over more than 10,000 – 50,000 people (just an arbitrary ballpark). Any kinds of federation meeting, I would hope, would involve several thousand equally empowered delegates.

Violence/Class Conflict: Call me an optimist, but I don’t think that the State could withstand a dramatic ideological shift to anarchism within the population. If it didn’t, then I think defensive violence on the part of workers taking over their workplaces and communities taking over their roads and government buildings may be in order barring any other more practical means, but actually attacking the State and military, I think would be a bad idea. Perhaps I lack the warrior spirit and the petite bourgeoisie criticism definitely applies to me, but I’ve got to look out for my interests as well.

NKM’s tagline “Life is the process of resolving conflicts that have no basis in reality” reflects my opinion that conflicts are mutually destructive and that there are preferable ways of resolving them than through violence, politics, manipulation, fraud, lying, etc. A lot of anarchists take an us against them mentality, but I don’t. For me, the battle is humanity against human institutions that do no good for anyone besides a psychopath here of there.

Also, there was some anti-consumerist/seemingly primitivist elements in there which I have some sympathies for but am mostly against.

Spent most of the time on criticism, but I’m more in agreement than not. Here’s my platform: radical decentralization to an anarchist end point, federation and free trade to libertarian future.

U.S. Homicide Rates Since 1900

category Uncategorized keith Friday 24 September 2010


Homicide Rates in the United States 1900-1990

Does Cultural Authoritarianism Breed Political Authoritarianism?

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 September 2010

Kevin Carson says yes.

There’s some pretty good discussion going on with this, including comments from Carson, Gary Chartier, and myself.

The Racial Breakdown of America’s Biggest Cities

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 September 2010

To what degree are Americans integrated or segregated? Cartographer Eric Fischer figures it out.

Thomas Sowell interview from 1999

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 September 2010

There are some great quotes in this.

The Dangers of Decentralization? Words from a Reader

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 26 September 2010

Some comments from a reader named “Jared”:

Totalitarian humanism is something that I agree is a serious threat and where I live in Canada, it has advanced into law where people can be incarcerated for expressing opinions that are deemed hateful.

[Keith: At present, the First Amendment and a journalistic class conscious of its own self-interest prevents the formal censorship that has emerged in the Western European countries and Canada. This could very well change in the future. Modern American liberals are still somewhat under the residual influence of classical liberal values regarding a number of issues, such as free speech and freedom of the press. But that could end as the PC ideologues gain ever greater power.]

When it comes to the far right and their criticisms of leftist authoritarianism, I think they are on the mark. In many respects I find the authoritarianism of managerial liberalism to be far more distasteful than the worst right wing small town authoritarianism. My reasons for this are that while the crude authoritarianism of the latter sort is laughable to most, the former is taken seriously by people in the cultural elite. Also, the right wing type is up front about it’s authoritarianism while the left often conceals it behind all sort’s of nice sound rhetoric such as, “we as a society,” we are the government” etc. That was one of the things that angered me so much about the way Ron Paul was treated when the whole newsletter scandal broke. The fact that people were so up in arms about Paul’s paper authoritarianism while the media darling, Rudy Giuliani, was never criticized in the mainstream media ( that I saw) about his real life authoritarianism while he was mayor.

[Keith: Yes! A socially conservative but libertarian Republican is far less acceptable to the liberal elite than a socially liberal but authoritarian Republican such as Giuliani.]

On decentralization, I think that the reasons for some of my concerns about what sort of societies might develop come more from what I have seen in both the contemporary anarchist and libertarian movements, from an the perspective of an outsider I might add.  As you have said that strategy is a primary concern, I think you would agree that these issues are important to any strategic considerations to be made.

In your past articles, you have discussed your experience with left-anarchist movement years ago and criticized many of the ridiculous elements in that movement. From what I have observed as an outsider, the same movement today of my generation is as bad as the movement was when you were involved, which is the reason that I have no interest in being involved with any of those groups. One thing that really bothers me is not just the fact that those various groups are uncooperative and engage in pointless feuds, but also what accompanies the interpersonal nastiness is a victim mentality that such people have when it comes to the state. Whenever protests occur such as at the recent G-20 in Toronto, invariably what will come out are all sorts of writings, blog posts, and videos full of people complaining about minor mistreatment at the hands of the state, such people give ammunition to the critics who charge that people involved in these anarchist groups are just a bunch of pampered, sheltered, and spoiled brats who are live in complete ignorance of the world around them.

[Keith: Many such protesters do indeed convey an image of "How dare that cop arrest me for throwing a rock through a window?" hooliganism.]

I realize that what I have just stated will seem pointlessly repetitive to you as you haven expressed similar sentiments in your own writings in the past. The reason that I am bring this up now is in the light of the kinds of communities that would exist in a decentralized system. If the current system fails in a sudden way, there will be many groups vying for power and most of them will be a lot worse then the current group of people that control our centralized system. While you have argued that authoritarian groups may gain control in rural areas, but that cities would be a different story, I still have many concerns regarding them. The reason is that in cities there gangs and other organized crime groups who would clearly seek an opportunity to grab more power and control if they saw an opportunity to, which they would have if the current system fell apart. Now if my analysis of most contemporary anarchists and for that matter libertarians (especially of the left types) is correct, it is clear that such people would be absolutely powerless in the face of those groups that would seek the fill the power vacuum left in the absence of the state. I would add that as critical as I am of the police, the fact is that in the current system they are bound by certain rules of conduct whereas the groups that I have mentioned are not.

[Keith: The key to the problems of decentralization is still more decentralization. Let's say a predatory gang comes to dominate an urban region in an "Escape From New York" scenario. Surrounding communities might build a fence around it and essentially imprison and quarantine the offenders, which I think is the most preferable solution to violent crime anyway.]

One example of what I am describing is among the libertarians who make up the Free State project, which I been following for the past few years. I would invite you to check out some of the activism done there freekeene.com, and you would see many of the same sorts of silliness such as pointless civil disobedience acts, silly protests, and other absurd antics. On top of the fact that such acts do nothing to build a realistic alternative to the current system, the activists have also earned an extremely negative reputation among the people in those communities where they do their activism.

[Keith: That doesn't surprise me a bit. PR and marketing never were the strong suits of anarchists.]

I suppose that given what I have written here, it isn’t surprising that you would break with both left wing anarchists and libertarians the silly and cowardly nature of so many in those movements. It’s clear that such groups have not improved with the times, but have in fact degenerated. If there ever comes a time when there is a serious movement against the empire, I would rather have this guy on my side (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/7420469.stm) than a thousand of the current crybabies that are rampant in anti-authoritarian movements today.

[Keith: I can only imagine what Antonio Baron would think of today's anarchist movement. I have always said I would rather have five quality people in my camp than five hundred mediocrities or losers]

The Geography of the Rural Poor

category Uncategorized keith Monday 27 September 2010

A study showing where the rural poor are located, including a breakdown along ethnic lines.

Unfortunately, the authors offer no solutions other than more welfare statism. One thing I would love to see anarchists and libertarians do is wage a campaign to expose and attack laws and regulations that constrict the supply of housing, the availability of arable land, or opportunities for small entrepreneurship. A campaign against zoning ordinances, for instance, would be something that all libertarians and anarchists of any hyphen should be able to agree on, and it would be an issue of benefit to poor and working people across the cultural, racial, geographical, and political spectrum.

Where Are the Liberals? Where Are the Conservatives?

category Uncategorized keith Monday 27 September 2010

Bill Bishop discusses his book “The Big Sort” where he talks about the political splintering of the U.S. into liberal and conservative local communities.

How’s This for “Hope and Change”?

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 28 September 2010

Obama argues his assassination program is a state secret. Glenn Greenwald discusses it. Says Glenn:

At this point, I didn’t believe it was possible, but the Obama administration has just reached an all-new low in its abysmal civil liberties record.  In response to the lawsuit filed by Anwar Awlaki’s father asking a court to enjoin the President from assassinating his son, a U.S. citizen, without any due process, the administration late last night, according to The Washington Post, filed a brief asking the court to dismiss the lawsuit without hearing the merits of the claims.  That’s not surprising:  both the Bush and Obama administrations have repeatedly insisted that their secret conduct is legal but nonetheless urge courts not to even rule on its legality.  But what’s most notable here is that one of the arguments the Obama DOJ raises to demand dismissal of this lawsuit is “state secrets”:  in other words, not only does the President have the right to sentence Americans to death with no due process or charges of any kind, but his decisions as to who will be killed and why he wants them dead are “state secrets,” and thus no court may adjudicate their legality.

Stop the Internet Blacklist

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 28 September 2010

Find out more here.

Ontario Anti-Prostitute Laws Struck Down

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 29 September 2010

Landmark Canadian court ruling.

Bedford and prostitutes Valerie Scott and Amy Lebovitch took on the legal might of the federal and provincial governments, their battle waged on a shoestring legal aid budget and the volunteer services of expert witnesses and lawyers.

Scott said the decision means sex workers no longer have to “worry about being raped, robbed or murdered.”

Himel found Criminal Code prohibitions against keeping a common bawdy house, living on the avails of prostitution and communicating for the purposes of the trade violated the women’s Charter rights to freedom of expression and security of the person.

Rather than making prostitution itself illegal, the federal government has attempted to curtail the trade by criminalizing related activities.

Bedford, Scott and Lebovitch argued those prohibitions prevented them from conducting their business in the safety of their homes or brothels and forced them into hasty street conversations with potential customers, with no time to weed out those who might be dangerous.

Labor Struggle: A Free Market Model

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 29 September 2010

New extended essay by Kevin Carson.

Street Battles in Spain

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 29 September 2010

Watch it on Youtube. The Spirit of ‘36 lives on.

Max Stirner: The Anarchist Everybody Loves to Hate

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 29 September 2010

Jason McQuinn’s piece on Stirner from Anarchy: A Journal of Desire Armed.

What Is the Best Way for Measuring the Size of the State?

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 30 September 2010

I recently had a conversation with a professional sociologist, a liberal who actually believes in federal bureaucracy as an ideal, and who claimed that the best way of measuring the size of government is to consider the total number of government employees and their ratio to the size of the work force as a whole. According to him, the total number of federal employees has actually decreased in the past decades, meaning that the federal government has actually shrunk. His comments:

I do have some stats.  My old social problems texts started me thinking on this problem.  My favorite Social Problems Text was by J. John Palen– a VCU sociology professor who retired about 5 years ago.  His book is now out of print and dated, (2001) On Page 226 it states:

“When discussing the size of the federal government, two facts have to be kept in mind: (1) the number of federal government employees has actually been declining for a number of years, and (2) federal government employees are declining as a proportion of the total labor force. In 1960 when Dwight Eisenhower turned over the presidency to John F. Kennedy, the federal government employed almost 4 percent of American workers. Today, federal employment constitutes only 2 percent of American workers. Also, the federal government now accounts for only 16 percent of all government workers; 84 percent of government workers now are found at the state and local level. Local government is where growth is taking place.”

This caught my attention and Palen was the person who seemed to express it most clearly.  But you have to be careful about statistics like this– I scanned some recent sources and there seems to be considerable variation in the numbers that they report, depending upon who is included, excluded, etc. You can see what I found at the bottom of this.

Here is one article that sums it up: http://economics.about.com/od/howtheuseconomyworks/a/gov_growth.htm (But “About.com” is hardly a scholarly source). You’ll see a lot of stuff from conservatives on the growth of the Fed– But they generally discuss the size of the federal budget or debt and some of them don’t take inflation into account.  I prefer to look at the numbers of employees.  Finally, the budget figures that we see also include money that is paid out to private contractors who do government work. So the question in this regard is can we count these private contractors as government employees?  I’m not sure that even conservatives would want to do this.

Here’s some more material (more recent) on the number of federal employees.

Federal/Civilian Work Force Statistics Fact Book for 2007 shows a slight decline from 2000 to 2006 in federal civilian employment —  But I’m not happy with this because it is incomplete. http://www.opm.gov/feddata/factbook/2007/2007FACTBOOK.pdf

The Bureau of Labor Statistics is also a good source;  (It points out with nearly 2 million employees (excluding the U.S. Post Office, and the various intelligence agencies; CIA, NSA, DIA, and NIMA) is the nation’s largest employer. But, its difficult to find historical trends on this site.

I always like the U.S. Bureau of the Census… http://www.bls.gov/oco/cg/cgs041.htm– I’ve looked over the Statistical abstract of the U.S.  Not as clear as I would like, but you can see the trends…

http://www.census.gov/compendia/statab/2010/tables/10s0486.pdf–(This source shows a decline from 2.766 mil to 1.812 mil between 2000 and 2007– Not quite what I wanted, though)

Again from the Census– (A little better but still not exactly what I want– This covers the period from 1990 to 2006)  Table 489. Federal Executive Branch (Nonpostal) Employment by Race and National Origin: 1990 to 2006 http://www.census.gov/compendia/statab/2010/tables/10s0489.pdf– A drop from 21 million to 18 million.

This one’s a little better– going back to 1970:  Table 484. Federal Civilian Employment and Annual Payroll by Branch: 1970 to 2008– http://www.census.gov/compendia/statab/2010/tables/10s0484.pdf

Finally we have this ( http://www.census.gov/compendia/statab/2010/tables/10s0487.pdf)  Table 487. Federal Civilian Employment by Branch and Agency: 1990 to 2008

Two questions arise from this.

What is the best way to measure the size of the state? The number of state employees? The amount of GDP consumed by the state? The total of public spending and debt? The number of laws on the books? Something else?

The second question is what layer of government intrudes most into society and into our day to day lives, and maintains the largest overall bureaucratic enterprise? The majority of criminal cases are prosecuted in state courts. Some of the most intrusive regulations can come from the local level, like fix-it or ticket laws, zoning, licensing, land use, and so forth. The feds have war-making powers and, potentially, the power of conscription.

As an anarchist, decentralist, and secessionist I certainly maintain that the federal government is the most undesirable of the levels of government. Pennsylvania or Nashville have not killed a million people in Iraq, three million in Southeast Asia, hundreds of thousands in Central America, millions more in counterinsurgency programs, hundreds of thousands with a single bomb on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, incineration of entire cities like Dresden, etc.

If Bridgeport passes an intolerable law, it’s easier to relocate out of the city than out of the country. Even if states have larger bureaucracies than the feds, emigration to another state is easier than transnational emigration. And even the worst local and state policies don’t produce the casualties generated by the Empire.

“Reluctant Anarchist” Joseph Sobran Dies at 64

category Uncategorized keith Friday 1 October 2010

Read his obituary at The American Conservative. And read how a conservative Catholic writer for National Review became an anarchist.

State Worship: The Real Theocratic Threat

category Uncategorized keith Friday 1 October 2010

Good stuff from Jack Hunter.

Also, a very astute analysis of the irreversible decline of the American empire from Dilip Hiro.

Those familiar with stock exchanges know that the share price of a dwindling company does not go over a cliff in a free fall. It declines, attracts new buyers, recovers much of its lost ground, only to fall further the next time around. Such is the case with U.S. “stock” in the world. The peak American moment as the sole superpower is now well past — and there’s no overall recovery in sight, only a marginal chance of success in areas such as the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, where the United States remains the only major power whose clout counts.

For almost a decade, Washington poured huge amounts of money, blood, military power, and diplomatic capital into self-inflicted wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.  Meanwhile, the U.S. lost ground in South America and all of Africa, even Egypt. Its long-running wars also highlighted the limitations of the power of conventional weaponry and the military doctrine of applying overwhelming force against the enemy.

As the high command at the Pentagon trains a whole new generation of soldiers and officers in counterinsurgency warfare, which requires the arduous, time-consuming tasks of mastering alien cultures and foreign languages, “the enemy,” well versed in the use of the Internet, will forge new tactics. Given the growing economic strength of China, Brazil, and India, among other rising powers, U.S. influence will continue to wane. The American power outage is, by any measure, irreversible.

Should Gays Have Equal Right to Kill for the Empire?

category Uncategorized keith Friday 1 October 2010

Great stuff from my old editor at Anti-State.Com Jeremy Sapienza.

It’s too bad Jeremy’s gleefully malicious but hilarious  “Grim Milestone in Iraq-159,000 Troops Remain Alive” and “Why I Hate the Troops” articles aren’t available anymore.

Totalitarian Humanism Continues Its Long March

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 3 October 2010

The Death of the Office Joke

SOME OF THE EQUALITY ACT PROVISIONS…

  • Vegans, teetotallers and atheists given the same protection against discrimination as religious groups
  • Churches forced to hire homosexuals and transsexuals against the tenets of their faith when employing staff under planned Labour equality laws
  • Gipsies and travellers to get special favours because of the ‘many socio-economic disadvantages’ they face
  • Fire chiefs forced to prioritise the poor when drawing up fire fighting plans as poorer areas need better cover because they tend to suffer from a greater number of fires owing to the worse state of their homes and a lack of smoke alarms
  • Fears that bosses could be sued for jokes or comments that staff overhear and find offensive under ‘third party harassment’ provisions

What’s still being discussed….

  • Plans to force local authorities to discriminate in favour of the poor in order to narrow income inequalities
  • ‘Affirmative action’ plan to allow firms to explicitly discriminate in favour of women and ethnic minority candidates
The Stasi goes to nursery school.
Why don’t they consider banning exploitation of McDonald’s employees?
Some of my recent contributions to AlternativeRight.Com on these questions:

Carl Schmitt, Part IV

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 3 October 2010

The final installment of my series on Schmitt.

Giving Back With a Spoon, Taking With a Shovel

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 3 October 2010

New piece from Kevin Carson.

See also:

Market Anarchism vs Market Statism by Anna Morgenstern

Here’s an interesting critique of left-libertarianism from, well, a left-libertarian (more or less):

Why I Am Not a Left-Libertarian by Bryan Caplan

The Criminalization of Dissent

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 3 October 2010

Amy Goodman’s discussion of the recent attacks by the feds on antiwar activists.

Karl Marx: Bourgeois Con Man?

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

Interesting discussion of Marxism by Gary North from a Mises Institute seminar from 1988. I don’t agree with North’s religious determinism any more than I agree with Marx’s and John Stuart Mill’s economic determinism, but North’s critique of Marxism (and Marxists) is rather penetrating.

This comparison of Marxist and Austrian class theory by Hans Hermann Hoppe is also interesting.

Diego Santillan’s After the Revolution

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

The full text of this work is available online.

As for as I know, Santillan’s book is the most comprehensive explanation of how an anarcho-syndicalist economy is supposed to work.

Here’s Santillan’s biographical entry from Wikipedia.

Feminism/Multiculturalism Clash in New Jersey Domestic Violence Case

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

State court throws out religion as defense in case involving husband’s non-consensual sex with wife.

(hat tip to David Heleniak)

The Trial of Geert Wilders: Totalitarian Humanism in Action

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

Read the report from the BBC. (hat tip to Brady Campbell)

I’m not a fan of Wilders. His politics are basically the same as those of the neocons, e.g. Zionism, Islamophobia, and neoliberal economics. Nor do I agree with ideas like banning the Koran, minarets, headscarves, or burquas of the kind that some immigration restrictionists in Europe have proposed or enacted.

Murray Rothbard argued that it is the nature of the state to create a mess with its actions, which leads to calls for increased statism as a corrective measure, which creates more chaos, which leads to still more calls for state efforts at correction.

As I’ve argued before, mass immigration of the kind we see today is not naturally occurring but is the product of the state and of the economic arrangements imposed by the state. Sam Francis explained how this works a bit in this video. I also tried to explain the true relationship between the state, class theory, and immigration in this article for Lew Rockwell a few years ago. Most libertarians and anarchists are blind to this issue at present because, having drank the liberal Kool-Aid, they regard mass immigration as an ideal unto itself, irrespective of the role of the state or capitalism in fostering it.

Mass immigration has the effect of dramatically altering the host culture, which in turn leads to calls for state-imposed forms of cultural protectionism such as banning minarets, censorship of Islamic religious books and speech, banning burquas  and headscarves, etc. But those things are only symptomatic of the real problem. Western civilization could certainly survive the presence of an occasional burqua or minaret. It’s when immigration becomes so massive as to amount to demographic overrun or fundamental civilizational alteration that it becomes a problem. Naturally, many will want to take action to prevent such a thing, but they will do so in superficial ways like banning burquas. Meanwhile, the cultural protectionists (so-called “xenophobes”) will come under the attacks of the proponents of multiculturalism, who instead of calling for bans on minarets, will attempt to censor and repress the “xenophobes.”

In essence, both Wilders and those who are putting him on trial represent two different strands of “totalitarian humanism.” Why does Wilders oppose Islamic cultural influences? Because he regards them as illiberal, sexist, and reactionary. He compares the Koran with Mein Kampf. Wilders, the supposed “fascist,” actually has much more in common with militant liberal anti-religionists like Christopher Hitchens.  His opponents represent another thread of totalitarian humanism that regards denunciation of a non-European, predominantly Third World religion like Islam as racist, chauvinist, or colonialist.  It’s a question of liberalism versus multiculturalism.

The proper solution to the problem of mass immigration is to eliminate the support it receives from the state (which would involve abolishing much of what the state does at present), followed by economic decentralization, and restoration of full freedom of association, property rights, and community sovereignty.

Indigenous Resistance: From Colombia to Palestine

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

Article by Anna Baltzer

The gravest threat of all faced by Colombia’s indigenous population is cultural destruction and extinction. Of Colombia’s 102 indigenous tribes, 32 percent are in danger of disappearance. Eighteen tribes have fewer than two hundred persons remaining. One of the most important forms of resistance for many communities has been the preservation of language, cultural values and traditions.

News on the Empire

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

Obama Can’t Stand Up to His General-And That’s Dangerous by Andrew Bacevich

Afghanistan Nine Years On by Chris Sands

The New Antiwar Populism by Justin Raimondo

The U.S. Edges Closer to Invading Pakistan by Eric Margolis

The Real Costs of the Wars by Bob Adelmann

First Guantanamo Habeas Appeal to U.S. Supreme Court by Andy Worthington

The Taliban: Forced Into Negotiation While Winning by Ivan Eland

The Left/Right Libertarian Economic Debate: Inequality-Good or Bad?

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 5 October 2010

An Immoral System Can Only Be Sustained by Immorality by Kevin Carson

[Keith: As a Hobbesian, Nietzschean, and Stirnerite, I reject the paradigm that posits a morality/immorality dichotomy, but that's just nit-picking. This is good stuff.]

Should We Care About Inequality? by Jason Sorens, founder of the Free State Project (His answer? No, we shouldn’t.)

Anarcho-”Capitalism” Is Impossible by Anna Morgenstern

Is Political Power the Friend of the Common Person? by D’Amato

Is Inequality and Asymmetry Really Important? by David Heinrich

Cultural Roots and Collective Identity in a Libertarian Society

category Uncategorized keith Thursday 7 October 2010

Gary Chartier’s submission to the Libertarian Alliance’s current essay contest.

The Revolution Must Be Fun

category Uncategorized keith Friday 8 October 2010

A set of podcasts advocating a left/right populist alliance from a progressive perspective.

The Lying Media and the War on Terror

category Uncategorized keith Friday 8 October 2010

Excellent post from Sheldon Richman. The U.S. media does need formal censorship in order to silence dissident opinion. Because it is part of the wider ruling class apparatus, the media practices self-censorship. See the evidence:

Who Owns the Media? The Six Monolithic Corporations That Control Almost Everything We Watch, Hear, and Read

Six Zionist Companies Own Ninety-Six Percent of the World’s Media (take what you can use, discard the rest)

Faisal Shahzad was sentenced to life in prison the other day for trying to set off a car bomb in Times Square last May. At his sentencing Shahzad said what almost every Muslim says when he pleads guilty to or is sentenced for committing or attempting to commit violence against Americans:

We are only Muslims trying to defend our religion, people, homes and land, but if you call us terrorists, then we are proud terrorists, and we will keep on terrorizing you until you leave our lands and people at peace.

The Associated Press reported the quote in full.

But that’s not what the Washington Post wanted you to read. So it gutted the quote leaving: “We are only Muslims . . . but if you call us terrorists, we are proud terrorists, and we will keep on terrorizing you.”


The Washington Times, doctoring the AP story, did the same thing.

Ditto USA Today.

The New York Times did a better job, sprinkling the quote throughout its story but burying “we will keep on terrorizing until you leave our land and people at peace.”

Why won’t the mass media let the American people see the full story? Muslim violence is not aimed at American freedom. It is retaliation for decades of U.S. government crimes against Muslims.

The establishment media are lapdogs of the warfare state, as slavish as any publication in the old Soviet Union.

If you really wanted to make a “better” state, it should be easy enough.

category Uncategorized keith Friday 8 October 2010

Good suggestions from Anna Morgenstern:

Even within the context of welfare-state capitalism, if people were serious about reform, they could do it quite easily.

But the most logical reforms are not on the table, because of ideological bullshit.  The truth is, social-democrat types love the super rich and they love the false “meritocracy” of corporatism.  And statist-libertarian types love protestant religious morality.

But if an anarchist without adjectives like myself were to “reform” welfare-state capitalism, it’s pretty easy to make it better (but still not “good”):

Health Care Reform:  Make medicare non-need based.  Everyone is eligible if they want to opt in.  Even rich ass bastards.

However, anyone is free to get any sort of health care they want outside the system, with no regulations or restrictions.

Welfare Reform: Cut every citizen a check.  A decent check.  Pay this out each year, not each week (to give talented but poor people a chance to invest in their own talents).  Make it equal to the median per-capita income.  This will eliminate all behavioral incentives associated with our current welfare system, since there’s literally nothing you can do to get more or less money.  It will end up costing less in the long run, once you incorporate lost productivity and generational welfare patterns.  If you spend your whole check before the year ends, you can get free MREs – military field rations (3 per day) and BDUs – military style uniforms (each month) at government depots.  But no money, not a dime.

Environmental Reform:  Anyone who is a victim of pollution can raise a class action suit for unlimited damages against a polluter.  No limited liability applies in the case of environmental damage.  Stock in risky, pollution prone companies would drop like a fucking hot potato.

…and so on.  This is all very simple, *from the right perspective*.

And the right perspective is that people are more important than institutions or concepts.  That no one is magically protected from the consequences of their own actions.  That people should have the option to do things that aren’t acceptable to the majority, if they are willing to take those consequences.

But that perspective should lead you eventually to anarchism, I think.

In which case all of these reforms will seem like unnecessary and crude patches on a bad system to begin with.

I’ve always thought that an essential part of advancing an anarchist struggle would be to create a serious political wedge between the clients of public assistance and social welfare programs and those who administer such programs, e.g. New Class bureaucrats. Advocating the simple elimination of such programs and replacing them with something like the Negative Income Tax would be the way to do it. The clients would certainly prefer a system that gives them direct cash benefits without the bureaucratic middlemen. But of course, if such a system were proposed the public sector professional class would raise hell as they would soon be out of work if it were implemented. The welfare statists would then be exposed for what they are.

Only the Guilty Need Fear? Tell It to Anne Frank

category Uncategorized keith Friday 8 October 2010

by Kevin Carson

The U.S. government’s attempt to expand the surveillance state — in this case to make it easier to wiretap the Internet — is pretty much a dog-bites-man story.

A fairly typical response is: “I’m not worried. After all, I’m not doing anything wrong.”

Sure. Because governments have never done bad stuff to people who weren’t doing anything wrong. The right-wingers have a good word for people who implicitly assume that the government means well and can be trusted, and that its only motivation is to stop “bad guys.” They call them “sheeple.”

You think the Jews living in Europe in the 1930s were “doing anything wrong?”

But lest I be accused of triggering Godwin’s Law, let’s stick to the United States. God knows there’s enough material in our own history to keep the most naive goo-goo liberal awake nights.

Look at the role of the state in the post-Haymarket repression of anarchists and leftists, and the direct role of federal troops in breaking strikes like the Pullman Strike. During the Copper Wars out West at the turn of the century, governors proclaimed martial law to suppress the unions.

Look at the police state nightmare under Woodrow Wilson, during and after WWI. The War Hysteria and Red Scare under St. Woodrow included wholesale repression of dissent — American Railway Union leader and socialist presidential candidate Eugene Debs was imprisoned — and culminated in the Palmer Raid’s political imprisonment of socialists and Wobblies and shutdown of left-wing newspapers.

Then there was the internment of Japanese Nisei in 1942. Were they doing anything wrong?

And don’t forget COINTELPRO.

And all those civil rights organizers who were “shot trying to escape” in police custody down South. Were they doing anything wrong?

How about the people who had drugs planted on them by cops who “knew” they were guilty — or worse yet, had guns planted on them by the cops who murdered them — what were they doing wrong, other than being foolish enough to trespass on the turf of vicious thugs whose gang colors are blue?

Folks, the U.S. government has murdered or imprisoned countless people who weren’t doing anything wrong but being stupid enough to believe the government only goes after “bad guys,” and that “not doing anything wrong” makes a snowball’s difference in hell. If the government perceives you as a threat to the class interests and the system of power it upholds, you don’t need to be “doing anything wrong.”  It will make something up.

The question is why anyone would be gullible enough to trust the GOVERNMENT not to do anything wrong.

Leftist Psychology: Delusions in Disguise

category Uncategorized keith Friday 8 October 2010

by Michael Parish

I’ve blogged on here before about the psychological inadequacies plaguing the modern Left, but I’ve never systematically analyzed them and presented a full conclusion. So, to cop a line from Lenny Bruce, I, as a “surgeon with a scalpal for false values” will dedicate this blog post to doing just that. So kick back, relax, and crack a beer as I shine a flashlight through the mothballed corridors of liberal consciousness…

The liberal mind cognizes deductively, albeit having internalized its own strawman reasoning. Expressed abstractly it goes something like this-

1.Policy A is intended to advance the interests of group B.
2.Person C opposes Policy A.
3.Therefore, Person C opposes the societal advancement of group B.
4. Person C is therefore an “ist” or “phobe” regarding group B.

This line of thinking is applied to all objects of discourse. Opposing-

1. Affirmative action = ”racist”
2. Abortion = “sexist”
3. Gay marriage and/or adoption =  “homophobe”
4. Mass immigration = “xenophobe.”

These are then added together and deduced to the following equation-

1. Conservative and/or non-left thought opposes affirmative action, abortion, gay marriage and adoption, and mass immigration.
2. Affirmative action, abortion, gay marriage and adoption, and mass immigration are necessary for the societal advancement of their corresponding groups.
3. Therefore, conservatives and non-leftists oppose the societal advancement of those groups.
4. Therefore, conservatism and non-leftism are not ideologies but discursive covers for straight white males seeking to maintain their own supposed privilege while suppressing others.

This serves a dual function for the leftism, which likewise is deduced from a starting point-

1. Conservative and non-leftist views are not an actual ideology but covers for bigotry.
2. Therefore, the leftist is exempt from having to engage in actual debate with conservatives and non-leftist.

And-

1. Conservative and non-leftist arguments against liberal positions are actually arguments in favor of restoring past bigotries and inequalities.
2. Therefore, the leftist’s positions are exempt from conservative and non-leftist criticism.

From this reductionist deflation of conservative claims is deducted the leftist’s own self-image-

1. Conservatives are societal deviants seeking to perpetuate bigotry and inequality.
2. Leftists oppose conservatives and their agenda.
3. Therefore, leftists are societal heroes fighting against societal deviants and their bigotry and inequality.

And from this we derive the leftist conception of the socio-political realm-

1. All politics is a good versus evil struggle between left-wing heroes and right-wing villains.
2. As the heroes, the Left and its policies are exempt from criticism and need not engage in actual debate.
3. As the villains, the Right and its policies deserve nothing but criticism and need not be actually debated.

It becomes obvious, then, that-

1. The modern Leftist adheres to a false paradigm constructed through the use of deductive   logic that starts with false premises and ignores all actual facts and information.
2. Adhering to a false paradigm constructed using this method is a delusion.
3. Therefore, modern Leftism is not a real ideology but a delusion, or mental illness.

It’s plain to be seen who the truly irrational, unreasoned, and bigoted folks are in this place.

On Creating an Intellectual Counter-Elite

category Uncategorized keith Sunday 10 October 2010

Writes David Heleniak:

I read through your piece on demographics. One group that’s not on the list and is important despite in terms of quality as opposed to quantity is non-PC intellectuals like evolutionary psychologists, who, because they have not focused on it, are not tuned into the problems of the State are conventional in their politics, but would be open to our ideas if we pitch them in an appealing way. Some Objectivists could become more radical anti-statists, maybe some cognitive psychologists, which, since the discipline is pretty good, would be open to truth.

I was a psych/philosophy major in the early 90s. Overall I would say psychology at the undergrad level, which is focused on the scientific method as opposed to training future therapists, is PC free. I spoke with one of my former teachers a couple years ago–when my New Chamber article came out I gave a little presentation at Albright–and he was definitely keyed into anti-male bias in the culture, and he wasn’t an AltRight guy or fathers rights guy or anything like that, just observant and intelligent.

It’s like this in psych: as an undergrad, you are taught that psychology is an infant science: “We know a few things and are in the process of learning more, but don’t believe you can take a few psych classes and read someone’s mind.” This would be the same story if I had gone on to study experimental psych in grad school. If I was to go on to shrink school, however–therapeutic psychology–I would be mentored by a master shrink, who would have taken me under his wing and revealed the secrets of the craft: “Forget all that stuff about not knowing how the mind words, here’s how you read someone’s mind, how to tell who is a better parent when doing a custody evaluation (psst…it’s the Mom), etc.” This is where the bullshit and PC ideology come in.

Even in English lit, there are PC free pockets. I had a teacher–Michael Adams–who taught Arthurian lit, among other things, and was, in retrospect, euro-centric. He moved on to teach at North Carolina State University and was put on notice by Stephen Colbert for not properly acknowledging him as the originator of the word “truthiness.” Colbert later accepted his apology, even though he didn’t exactly offer one:

http://itre.cis.upenn.edu/~myl/languagelog/archives/002757.html

Philosophy is also relatively free from PC. It can either be AngloAmerican (e.g., logical positivism)–which is boring as shit–or Continental–which looks at Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sarte, etc., and is exciting. Either way, there’s lots of focus on the history of philosophy, e.g., what Plato and Aristotle said, and that’s all good.

You know, I regularly get lectures on tape from the Teaching Company, mostly on history. No PC guys there either.

I’m listening to a tape on Tocqueville right now and am getting a lot out of it. I’ve modified my theory on democracy getting us into war. As Tocqueville and people like Nock, Sunic, and Peikoff have noticed, the average American is uninteresting in intellectual matters and is mostly engaged in practical affairs, i.e., making money, building a better mouse trap, getting laid. As a result, he does not fully absorb ideas, which can be a good thing, because he only superficially absorbs bad ideas. The real impulse to spread democracy by gun point comes from the intellectuals and some relatively intelligent, bookish folks on top, like the neocons, Wilson, and GW. The average people would not have supported going to war to spread democracy had that been the rational for war presented to them (they agreed out of fear and anger), but now that we are there, they do not respond to atrocities with outrage because they have only vaguely absorbed “democracy worship”: “We’re a democracy, democracy is good, therefore we are good, therefore whatever we do is good, therefore if we kill or injure someone, it’s good.”

This is also true of PC, as the Gottfried article PCU suggests. The students at the Harvard and Yales get the real thing; the dummies at the dummy schools get a dumbed down version. The public only absorbs a vague version: e.g., it is appropriate to laugh at a guy getting kicked in the nuts because men aren’t worthy of sympathy.

Also, because average Americans don’t get too deep, they don’t try to reconcile bad ideas with the good ideas they absorbed, e.g., rugged individualism–don’t tread on me. As a consequence, they don’t reject good ideas in the name of consistency.

The problem lies with the intellectuals and the solution lies with the intellectuals. Get good intellectuals saying good things and good ideas will trickle down to the masses.

Anarchist Reading for the Day

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 12 October 2010

Some radically anti-state and anti-authoritarian commentary:

If Militias Are on Time’s Cover, Does That Mean They’re Over? by Jesse Walker

PIGS Use Taser on Diabetic Woman

Abolish Drunk Driving Laws by Radley Balko

The Scarlet Letter of Sex Work by Jennifer Abel

Forced to Be Free by Jesse Walker

The Drug War Metaphor: Increasingly Literal by Radley Balko

American Schools Are Killing Children by Marja Erwin

Freedom May Not Be Free, But It’s Not Priced in Dollars Either by Jeremy Weiland

Lloyd Lacy: Memphis, Black National Anarchist

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 12 October 2010

Lloyd Lacy is interviewed by Andrew Yeoman. Read the interview on BANA’s blog.

“They’re Inhuman and They Don’t Need to Be Loved…”

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 12 October 2010

This is a great bit of commentary from ATS contributor MRDA.

This is a particularly good comment:

I wonder: does Morrissey’s little outburst offer a snapshot of what could happen if the Left acknowledge that their favoured folk aren’t always as innocent, victimized and enlightened as they portray them? Would these universal uplifters react venomously, out of a sense of “betrayal”, upon staring reality straight in its pockmarked face? Does the type of of white Leftist I describe here assign bigotry to his breed in order to avoid acknowledging it in himself? Like the rector who yearns to take it up the rectum, does his socially-sanctioned superego shield a malignant Morrisseyan id, itching to smash the slanty, swarthy “subspecies” into submission?

This reminds me of what Tom Sunic observed about the former hard-line Communists in Yugoslavia who managed to somehow convert themselves into uber-capitalists overnight as the Communist meal ticket suddenly became invalid.  Sunic has said before that the liberal-multiculturalist elites would likely reinvent themselves as hard line racialists or nationalists if the multicultural system proved to be no longer viable. In other words, how many liberals would lose their pretentious humanitarian gloss and become fascists if the latter offered a better deal? To quote myself:

It should also be pointed out that the old-guard Marxists, even the Stalinists, only took their egalitarianism so far. Their professed aims were limited to the ostensible equality of wealth among the social classes and, in some instances, political equality of racial and ethnic groups. They did not nearly go so far as to attack the long list of “isms,” “archies” and “phobias” (for instance, “looksism,” “phallocracy” or “transphobia”) so reviled by today’s leftoids, nor did they typically advocate equality of looks, weight, ability, intelligence or even species (hence, the modern leftist infatuation with concepts ranging from “grade inflation” to virtual prohibition of so-called “fatty foods” to giving animals legal rights approximating those of humans). Nor did they advocate ending race and gender oppression by simply abolishing races and genders. Indeed, the contemporary leftist obsession with both race and health under the banner of multiculturalism and the therapeutic state calls to mind the other great totalitarian ideology of the twentieth century. One shudders to think what will happen when these elements gain control of a more fully developed genetic engineering technology and subsequently combine this with emerging surveillance technologies. An increasing popular concept in leftist academic circles is the notion of “whiteness” which, as might be expected, is typically used as a term of opprobrium. Indeed, one of the more extreme proponents of “whiteness” theory maintains a website whose masthead reads “treason to whiteness is loyalty to humanity.” To understand the implications of this slogan, one need only remove the term “whiteness” and replace it with “Jewishness.”

US Drops From First To Seventh In Average Wealth Per Adult, Behind Singapore, Sweden, And… France

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 12 October 2010

From Tyler Durden. (hat tip to James O’Meara)

As if we needed more warnings that the US is rapidly losing its position as the world’s superpower and wealth aggregator, is the following chart from Credit Suisse, which ranks the top 10 countries in the world in terms of average wealth per adult. While the US was #1 10 years ago, due to an abysmal growth rate of only 23%, by far the lowest of all the ranked countries, the US has now dropped from first to seventh, falling behind such countries as Sweden and France. At the top – such perennially voted “top places to live” as Switzerland and Norway. Hopefully the US can fix its ever-expanding black hole of problems soon, as once the wealthiest decide they have had it here and move away, look for this number to drop ever faster until the US drops out of the ranking altogether.

The American Economy: It Ain’t Doin’ Too Good

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 13 October 2010

From The Economic Collapse.

Does anyone really want to hear that America is in decline?  For decades, most of us have been raised to believe that the United States is “number one” and that anyone who doubts that fact is a “gloom and doomer” that should just pack up and move to “Russia” or “Iraq” or some other country where things are not nearly as good.  But does it do us or future generations any good to ignore the very serious signs of trouble that are erupting all around us?  The truth is that it is about time to wake up and admit how much trouble we are actually in.  The U.S. government is absolutely drowning in debt.  The entire society is absolutely drowning in debt.  We are being slaughtered in the arena of world trade, and every single month tens of billions of dollars (along with large numbers of factories and jobs) leave our shores for good.  Our infrastructure is failing, our kids are less educated and our incomes are going down.  We have serious, serious problems.  At one time, the U.S. economy was so dominant that it was not even worth talking about who was in second place.  That is no longer the case in 2010.  Our forefathers handed us the greatest economic machine in history and we have allowed it to fall apart right in front of our eyes.  A national economic crisis of historic proportions is getting worse with each passing month, and yet most of our leaders seem to be asleep at the switch.

So is American in decline?  Well, read the statistics below and decide for yourself.  The reality is that when you start connecting the dots it gets really hard to deny what is going on.

Urgent action must be taken if things are going to be turned around.  It is time to get our heads out of the sand.  It is not guaranteed that the United States will always be the greatest economy in the world or that we will even continue to be prosperous.

For many Americans, it will be incredibly difficult to admit that our nation has become a debt addict and an economic punching bag for the rest of the world.

But if we are never willing to admit what the problems are, how are we ever going to come up with the solutions?

What you are about to read below is going to absolutely shock many of you.  But hopefully it will shock you enough to get you to take action.  We desperately need to change course as a nation.

The following are 24 statistics about the United States economy that are almost too embarrassing to admit….

#1 Ten years ago, the United States was ranked number one in average wealth per adult.  In 2010, the United States has fallen to seventh.

#2 The United States once had the highest proportion of young adults with post-secondary degrees in the world.  Today, the U.S. has fallen to 12th.

#3 In the 2009 “prosperity index” published by the Legatum Institute, the United States was ranked as just the ninth most prosperous country in the world.  That was down five places from 2008.

#4 In 2001, the United States ranked fourth in the world in per capita broadband Internet use.  Today it ranks 15th.

#5 The economy of India is projected to become larger than the U.S. economy by the year 2050.

#6 One prominent economist now says that the Chinese economy will be three times larger than the U.S. economy by the year 2040.

#7 According to a new study conducted by Thompson Reuters, China could become the global leader in patent filings by next year.

#8 The United States has lost approximately 42,400 factories since 2001.  Approximately 75 percent of those factories employed at least 500 workers while they were still in operation.

#9 The United States has lost a staggering 32 percent of its manufacturing jobs since the year 2000.

#10 Manufacturing employment in the U.S. computer industry is actually lower in 2010 than it was in 1975.

#11 In 1959, manufacturing represented 28 percent of all U.S. economic output.  In 2008, it represented only 11.5 percent.

#12 The television manufacturing industry began in the United States.  So how many televisions are manufactured in the United States today?  According to Princeton University economist Alan S. Blinder, the grand total is zero.

#13 As of the end of 2009, less than 12 million Americans worked in manufacturing.  The last time that less than 12 million Americans were employed in manufacturing was in 1941.

#14 Back in 1980, the United States imported approximately 37 percent of  the oil that we use.  Now we import nearly 60 percent of the oil that we use.

#15 The U.S. trade deficit is running about 40 or 50 billion dollars a month in 2010.  That means that by the end of the year approximately half a trillion dollars (or more) will have left the United States for good.

#16 Between 2000 and 2009, America’s trade deficit with China increased nearly 300 percent.

#17 Today, the United States spends approximately $3.90 on Chinese goods for every $1 that China spends on goods from the United States.

#18 According to a new study conducted by the Economic Policy Institute, if the U.S. trade deficit with China continues to increase at its current rate, the U.S. economy will lose over half a million jobs this year alone.

#19 American 15-year-olds do not even rank in the top half of all advanced nations when it comes to math or science literacy.

#20 Median household income in the U.S. declined from $51,726 in 2008 to $50,221 in 2009.  That was the second yearly decline in a row.

#21 The United States has the third worst poverty rate among the advanced nations tracked by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

#22 Since the Federal Reserve was created in 1913, the U.S. dollar has lost over 95 percent of its purchasing power.

#23 U.S. government spending as a percentage of GDP is now up to approximately 36 percent.

#24 The Congressional Budget Office is projecting that U.S. government public debt will hit 716 percent of GDP by the year 2080.

Please share these statistics with as many family members and friends as you can.  It is time to get real.  It is time to admit that we have some really big problems.

America is in decline and the situation is getting worse by the day.  If we are not willing to admit how bad things really are, then we are never even going to have a chance to find the solutions that we need.

Understanding Carl Schmitt

category Uncategorized keith Friday 15 October 2010

My interview with Richard Spencer for AltRight Radio. Listen to the podcast.

The New Ruling Class And Taxpayer Funded Brainwashing

category Uncategorized keith Friday 15 October 2010

by Dr. Sean Gabb

One of the many annoyances of living in a country like England—and I believe this also applies to America—is that lack of effective opposition within the mainstream media to outrageous acts of the authorities.

I do not mean by this that when the police shoot someone or beat him to death, there is no coverage in the newspapers and on television. This is not the case at all. Official misconduct that amounts to oppression as traditionally conceived is fully covered, and this is occasionally successful at bringing the guilty parties to something that is regarded as justice. Equally, the wars of the past decade have been fully discussed and exposed by at least the British media.

However, where oppressions are concerned that have so far been unknown or uncommon within our own civilisation, such protest as is voiced is generally muted, where not almost wholly beside the point.

Let me give a specific instance of what I mean. On the 12th September 2010, The Mail on Sunday, which is one of the main British Sunday newspapers, carried a story under the heading Taxpayers fund council ‘adventures in Sindia and Lesbianandgayland’ as part of sessions on equality and diversity. As readers may be suspicious about the neutrality of any summary, the story is worth quoting at some length. It begins:

“Council bosses are being asked to imagine they are English economic migrants in the fictitious region of Sindia, or go on an ‘adventure in Lesbian-andgayland’ as part of publicly-funded training sessions on equality and diversity.

“More than 30 managers from Brighton and Hove City Council have been on the two-day ‘Leading on Diversity’ course in the past year—at a cost of several thousand pounds. In the session entitled Adventures in Sindia, the English Exodus, staff are asked to imagine that it is 2030 and the ‘world is a very different place’.

“In this scenario, much of the South-East of England and East Anglia is under water.

“Millions of English families desperate for work have been forced to uproot to Sindia, an economic federation which is made up of China and India.

“All the participants are asked to imagine that they are a seven-year-old child called Sarah Hardy, whose family has just moved to Delhi.

“They are also warned that the English are largely despised in India because they have a reputation for ‘illegality, criminality, cultural conservatism and an inability to learn the host language’.

“The course material states: ‘Your seventh birthday was a miserable occasion. Your parents invited all the children in your class to a party.  All but one failed to turn up and none sent an RSVP.

“‘The only child who came was a Jewish girl from Hungary. Somehow you felt that she understood what you were going through, even though you never talked about it.’”

“The course attendees are told that while in Sindia they can expect to hear comments such as: ‘Why do you insist on eating that bland food? What you need is a good masala’, ‘Do your parents really force you to drink alcohol at the age of ten?’, and ‘What do you call an English virgin? A contradiction in terms’.

In the other session, staff are asked to imagine that ‘while asleep one night they have slipped through a wormhole in space’ and woken up in a parallel world where it is normal to be lesbian or gay.

“They are told that they are now in a country where ‘heterosexual teachers are very reluctant to come out’, ‘the ideal family consists of a lesbian or gay male couple’, and ‘that conceiving a child by heterosexual intercourse is viewed with distaste’…”

The only complaint against all this voiced in Mail article is that “[Town Hall] officials… have been accused of wasting taxpayers’ money by sending staff on controversial courses“.

This is a fair criticism. At the moment in England, about one pound in every four spent by the State is borrowed. Some of the remainder is financed by printing money. Taxes are heading into what most economists regard as the red zone. Sooner rather than later, the new Conservative-Liberal Coalition proclaims, there must be substantial spending cuts that will affect everyone who, legitimately or otherwise, receives benefits from the State.

Yet, in spite of this, arms of the British State are spending money on what can only be regarded as brainwashing exercises.

Nevertheless, if it is fair to complain about the misuse of the taxpayers’ money, these are not the most relevant grounds for complaint. From the point of view of those spending it, the money is very well spent. It is, indeed, far more important for these people that money should be given to organisations like Aziz Associates, which developed this course, than spent on keeping the streets clean or the swimming pools open and affordable.

Of course, so long as there have been governments, the main use of the taxpayers’ money has always been the funding of a ruling class and its clients, and the manufacture of consent to their actions.

But what makes the spending priorities of the British State so striking nowadays is their revolutionary purpose. Spending the taxpayers’ money on this sort of exercise is not a waste of that money—but an important legitimisation of what the current ruling class in England is about.

Because it proceeded slowly in it origins, and was not attended by violence or any formal break with continuity, it is often difficult to see that my country has, for about the past thirty years, been living through a revolution as radical and as contrary to human nature as the Russian or French Revolutions. Because this revolution has taken place within the forms of the pre-existing order, it has had no markers as obvious as the storming of the Bastille or of the Winter Palace. Instead, it has taken place slowly and at different speeds within each branch of the State. It has been a matter of one person appointed to a senior position, as opposed to somebody else, of new written guidelines to junior staff, of new phrasing and new logos.

We could point to the election of a Labour Government in 1997. Undoubtedly, this was a government of radicals, fully committed to the revolution. But this revolution was already far advanced before 1997, and there is no reason to suppose that the electoral defeat of Labour earlier this year will have any effect on the continued progress of the revolution.

I could proceed to an analysis of the revolutionary doctrines. But I increasingly believe that, while stated ideologies are always important, they are, in the present case, far less important than the motivations.

And the motivation is the desire of a new ruling class—a class made up of politicians, bureaucrats, lawyers, educators, activists, and associated media and business interests—to secure absolute and unaccountable power for itself.

In England, even before the achievement of universal suffrage, government was always broadly by consent. The ruling class was small, and recruited mainly by birth and by the co-option of the most able; and the forces available to it were always insufficient for large-scale misgovernment.

Added to its size was the essential simplicity of its governing structures. Ministers were formally appointed by the Crown, which was the supreme legal authority, and responsible to a Parliament which—if often very loosely—was representative of the people. All official actions, even if he was unaware of them, were the responsibility of a specific Minister—and he could be forced to account for these, and might sometimes be forced to resign because of them. Before the classical age of the Constitution, he might even be tried and punished for these actions.

Education, the media, the enforcement of the law, and most business were either independent of the State or so radically decentralised and founded on immemorial right, that normal government had to take place by discussion and consent. If most ordinary people had no regular voice in affairs, they could make their voice heard by rioting—and the means of repressing such disturbances were generally inadequate—or by reliance on other immemorial rights that the ruling class as a whole had no desire to abridge.

Because of a shared horror of the republican and Stuart despotisms of the seventeenth century, there was no interest group within the ruling class to push for a more efficient or extended government. It was accepted that a more active state would require activist officials who would interfere with the landed and chartered interests of the ruling class. Because the English State, as it was allowed to exist by the ruling class, was so inefficient and corrupt, no one outside the ruling class wanted this state to be given any functions beyond those it already had.

In the early nineteenth century, for example, regulation of the factories was opposed partly because it meant an interference with freedom of contract—but also because no one believed that factory inspectors would bother to inspect any factories.

This Constitution was first unbalanced by the Whig reforms of the 1830s. Changes in the franchise were less important than the setting up of bureaucratic inspectorates to deal with public health and education, and then the rooting out of inefficiency and corruption within the civil service as a whole.

The stated—and almost certain—object of these reforms was to secure cheaper and more humane government. In the short term, this object was largely secured.

Its longer term effect, however, was to set off what may be called a Public Choice explosion. Officials were able to collect and manipulate statistics to justify greater numbers and status for themselves. As the prestige of the old ruling class faded in an age of democratic claims and belief in progress, politicians found it increasingly hard to face down demands for more state activity. These demands were amplified by external interests that stood to benefit. The mass of those who had to pay for increased government, or were harmed by it, had neither enough personal interest nor the ideological force needed to make a sufficient defence.

By 1914, the old forms of the Constitution remained intact, but had been joined by the outlines of a modern administrative state. Two big wars and the progress of socialist ideology solidified the administrative state. By about 1980, this administrative state was large enough and powerful enough to do whatever it pleased. It managed education and healthcare and welfare for the mass of the people, and managed the exercise of many rights that had not been formally abolished.

This is the State that was captured—perhaps during the Conservative Government of the 1980s—by the new ruling class. At the time, we called these people socialists. Many of them began as Marxists in the old-fashioned sense. Many began as old-fashioned administrative socialists in the English sense.

But their ability to move backwards and forwards between often contradictory legitimising ideologies should have made it clear that they were not socialists in any traditional sense. Sometimes, they argued for what they called the interests of the working class, sometimes for public health or health and safety, sometimes for racial equality, sometimes for efficient government, sometimes for cheaper and more efficient criminal justice, sometimes for more human criminal justice, sometimes for protecting the environment, sometimes for compliance with the requirements of international agencies.

The overall effect of their activity, however, was always the same. This was always to subject us to yet another interfering and proselytising bureaucracy that had no regard for our immemorial rights as Englishmen.

Readers of VDARE.COM will tend to focus on the multicultural legitimisations of the new ruling class, and the mass-immigration of non-whites that has attended it. There can be no doubt that this has been one of the most important legitimisations.

But I do suggest that things like the War On Smoking, and against homophobia, and restriction on what light bulbs, and changes in legal procedure, and loss of sovereignty to organisations like The European Union and the United Nations and the World Trade Organisation, and so on and so forth, are equally important.

These are all coordinate parts of a project by the ruling class to insulate itself from any accountability to or any challenge from the mass of the ruled. We are to be governed in ways that we do not understand and do not like, and often by agencies sanctioned by foreign authorities over which we have at best a decorative and indirect influence.

The most important questions any subject of a government can ask are: Who is my Lord? and What do I owe to my Lord? In the England where I was born, the answers were still: My Lord is the Queen in Parliament, and I am obliged to obey such laws as are made by the Queen in Parliament or derived by the Judges from the Common Law; and these laws must always be made and exercised with my consent.

But I now live in a country where these answers no longer describe the reality. And the reason why these answers no longer apply is because power has been seized by a revolutionary clique that wants to reduce me and mine to serfdom.

It is with this narrative in mind that the activities of Aziz Associates must be analysed. As said, spending our money on this and similar organisations is not a waste of our tax money. The function of the project uncovered by The Mail on Sunday is not so much to stop people from disliking homosexuals and foreigners, as to make them feel ridiculous. They are forced thereby to acknowledge in public and to themselves who is boss, and that to resist the boss in anything is fatal. Also, once they have been bullied into such nonsense, the only way that many people will be able to retain any feeling of self-respect is to persuade themselves that it was all in a good cause.

Do you remember how Caligula appointed his horse as one of the Consuls for the year? Was this because he was mad, and he somehow thought the appointment would please his horse? Or was the act a deliberate humiliation of a still powerful and highly conservative aristocracy, the members of which now had to make public fools of themselves as they went about the business of consulting the horse on policy and fitting it into the traditional ceremonies?

There are similar stories about the victims of the French and Russian Revolutions. Indeed, I recall an English crime report from many years ago, where some thugs caught two middle aged, middle class woman and murdered them. Before murdering them, they made their victims perform “erotic dances”. Again, this probably wasn’t because the thugs found simple pleasure in watching middle aged, middle class woman engage in lesbian sex. It was to humiliate the women and to break them into whatever else was expected of them before they were murdered.

Going back to the present case, people who have abased themselves in the ways required before the altar of political correctness will be less inclined to protest at or to sabotage the tyrannical whims of their masters. Many, indeed, can be expected to join in with apparent pleasure.

Some, no doubt, will file the humiliation away for some future time when the tables may have been turned. But most will go along with it.

The permitted response to this sort of outrage is to demand that it should be stopped—that the officials concerned should be reminded of their proper duties. But this is a worthless response. When a Labour Government in the 1940s spent large amounts of money on cultivating groundnuts in Africa, it was condemned. Eventually, the project was cancelled. But that was in the days when everyone agreed that the function of the State was to provide common services—even if there was much debate over the nature and extent of these services. As said, however, we are now ruled by an interlocking set of proselytising bureaucracies. Humiliating and brainwashing people is their function. No orders from a Minister in London—even assuming there were a Minister inclined to issue them—will change the general behaviour of these bureaucracies.

The only workable response to this sort of case is to shut down the relevant bureaucracies. They cannot be reformed. They cannot be persuaded to act other than as they do. Least of all are there alternative personnel to manage or staff them. The only people able to run these bureaucracies are those already within them.

They can only be smashed. They must be shut down—preferably all at once. Their staff must be thrown into the street, and must lose their pensions. Their records must be burned. And their records must be burned even if they are likely to contain evidence of criminal or treasonable acts. What England needs above all else—and perhaps America too—is not a government of piecemeal reform, but a government of reaction such as took power in England in 1660, on the restoration of the Monarchy. Every single law made since a certain time must be repealed.

Perhaps a few can be re-enacted. But the reaction must be stern and unbending. It must be this not only because it is just, but primarily because any government of reaction will be strong enough for one frontal assault on the institutions of the administrative state, and nothing more.

Now, I think all this puts me at a distance from many of the people who write for and who read VDARE.COM. It may raise suspicions that I, as a libertarian, am less interested in the specific horrors of the politically correct administrative states that we have than in simply downsizing the State. Many people, I suspect, would be happy to keep a large state if only it acted other than it does. I, on the other hand, would be just as opposed to this kind of state as to those we actually have.

There may be some justice in this. We libertarians may be the equivalent of the Trotskyites who latch onto every grievance of the poor, nodding sympathetically and then pushing their own line of international revolution.

Even so, I would urge the merits of my analysis. There are people who blame our present situation chiefly on the workings of some small group or other—Jews, bankers, cultural Marxists, Tony Blair, Hillary Clinton, or whatever. I suggest that the impending collapse of our civilisation may be traced in part to local causes. But local causes are usually secondary causes. Even without them, the final effects would be much the same.

Even if we were to strip out every effect of mass-immigration and multiculturalism from our countries, it would remain the case that we were not living under any kind of limited, constitutional government.

The powers of a still enlarged state would remain in the hands of other malevolent interest groups—or the void left by one strand of the overall legitimisation would be filled by some other as yet unimagined.

The problem is not that we have bureaucracies telling people to think themselves into refugee status in Sindia-Lesbianopolis, but that we have bureaucracies open to capture by proselytising totalitarians.

Whatever the case, we are not at the stage where improvement of any kind seems likely. The State as we have it will continue rolling forward over legal or immemorial rights. We remain at the stage where the best we can do is discuss the most appropriate explanations of what has gone wrong—and what we might, in more opportune circumstances, do about it.

Dr. Sean Gabb [Email him] is a writer, academic, broadcaster and Director of the Libertarian Alliance in England. His monograph Cultural Revolution, Culture War: How Conservatives Lost England, and How to Get It Back is downloadable here. For his account of the Property and Freedom Society’s 2008 conference in Bodrum, Turkey, click here. For his address to the 2009 PFS conference, “What is the Ruling Class?”, click here; for videos of the other presentations, click here.

If You’re Not an Extremist, You’re Not Paying Attention

category Uncategorized keith Friday 15 October 2010

From Kevin Carson. Read the entire article.

If you think the anti-government paranoids of right and left are “extremists,” it’s a safe bet you don’t know much of anything at all about the actual historical record of federal law enforcement, the content of legislation like the 1996 Counter-Terrorism Act or USA PATRIOT, or the broad range of “national security” powers claimed by the Executive in the event of martial law proclaimed unilaterally by … wait for it … the Executive.

If you think Noam Chomsky’s a raving anti-American lunatic, it’s a safe bet that you don’t know anything about the role of the U.S. government after WWII in setting up provisional governments staffed by former Axis collaborators, about the things the U.S. government did in Guatemala in 1954 and Jakarta in 1965, about Operation Condor, or about the School of the Americas.

What it comes down to is that the “mainstream consensus” is manufactured — manufactured by the very institutions that depend on it for their survival. One of the most important functions in any society is the cultural  apparatus, whose job is to reproduce a population that accepts the system of power as legitimate and as the only natural or inevitable way of doing things. The range of “mainstream” or “moderate” policy proposals, by definition, encompasses only those policies that can be carried out within the existing framework of dominant institutions, by the kinds of people currently running them.  Any proposal that requires fundamental changes in the institutional framework or structure of power is, by definition, “extremist.”

PoliceAbuse.Com

category Uncategorized keith Saturday 16 October 2010

This appears to be a rather useful resource.

Understanding Totalitarian Humanism

category Uncategorized keith Tuesday 19 October 2010

I recently discussed this issue in an interview with Richard Spencer. Listen here.

U.S. Slips to 49th Worldwide in Life Expectancy

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 20 October 2010

America: The first post-industrial Third World country.

Good Liberals for the Therapeutic Police State

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 20 October 2010

Chris George discusses one of liberalism’s greatest hypocrisies.

One thing that libertarians, anarchists, radical anti-statists, left-wing civil libertarians, and anti-authoritarians who wish to repeal prohibition laws should always remember is that this automatically puts us in conflict with the proponents of therapeutic-feminist-liberalism. The primary enemies on these issues are no longer theocratic reactionaries or law and order conservatives, but those who support prohibitionism under the banner of totalitarian humanism.

Btw, Charles Johnson’s “Scratching By: How Government Creates Poverty As We Know It” is well worth reading.

Civic Engagement is for Suckers

category Uncategorized keith Wednesday 20 October 2010

Kevin Carson tells why.

This reminds me of a conversation I had a while back with a left-liberal, Dissent-magazine type who argued that liberals should be for the draft on the grounds that the draft would result in fewer wars because people wouldn’t support war if their kids had to do the fighting. I pointed out that American wars tended to be even more extreme and casualty-producing when the state had a virtually unlimited supply of conscripts at its disposal. See Vietnam, Korea, the two World Wars, and the Civil War.

He replied, “Yeah, but the draft would contribute to greater civic involvement. You can’t have a liberal society when fifty percent of the population opts out.” The latter comment was a reference to the percentage of Americans who actually vote in elections.

My reply? “Well, who cares about having a liberal society in the first place?”